diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'thirdparties/win32/include')
246 files changed, 50660 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bv16/bitpack.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bv16/bitpack.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0401c2c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bv16/bitpack.h @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* BroadVoice(R)16 (BV16) Fixed-Point ANSI-C Source Code */ +/* Revision Date: November 13, 2009 */ +/* Version 1.1 */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* Copyright 2000-2009 Broadcom Corporation */ +/* */ +/* This software is provided under the GNU Lesser General Public License, */ +/* version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation ("LGPL"). */ +/* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but */ +/* WITHOUT ANY SUPPORT OR WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of */ +/* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the LGPL for */ +/* more details. A copy of the LGPL is available at */ +/* http://www.broadcom.com/licenses/LGPLv2.1.php, */ +/* or by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., */ +/* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + + + +/***************************************************************************** + bitpack.h: BV16 bit packing routines + + $Log$ +******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef BITPACK_H +#define BITPACK_H + +void BV16_BitPack(UWord8 * PackedStream, struct BV16_Bit_Stream * BitStruct ); +void BV16_BitUnPack(UWord8 * PackedStream, struct BV16_Bit_Stream * BitStruct ); + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bv16/bv16.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bv16/bv16.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..90f7973 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bv16/bv16.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* BroadVoice(R)16 (BV16) Fixed-Point ANSI-C Source Code */ +/* Revision Date: November 13, 2009 */ +/* Version 1.1 */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* Copyright 2000-2009 Broadcom Corporation */ +/* */ +/* This software is provided under the GNU Lesser General Public License, */ +/* version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation ("LGPL"). */ +/* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but */ +/* WITHOUT ANY SUPPORT OR WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of */ +/* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the LGPL for */ +/* more details. A copy of the LGPL is available at */ +/* http://www.broadcom.com/licenses/LGPLv2.1.php, */ +/* or by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., */ +/* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************** + bv16.h : + + $Log$ +******************************************************************************/ + +void Reset_BV16_Encoder( +struct BV16_Encoder_State *cs); + +void BV16_Encode( +struct BV16_Bit_Stream *bs, +struct BV16_Encoder_State *cs, +Word16 *inx); + +void Reset_BV16_Decoder( +struct BV16_Decoder_State *ds); + +void BV16_Decode( +struct BV16_Bit_Stream *bs, +struct BV16_Decoder_State *ds, +Word16 *xq); + +void BV16_PLC( +struct BV16_Decoder_State *ds, +Word16 *x); + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bv16/bv16cnst.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bv16/bv16cnst.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd07214 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bv16/bv16cnst.h @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* BroadVoice(R)16 (BV16) Fixed-Point ANSI-C Source Code */ +/* Revision Date: November 13, 2009 */ +/* Version 1.1 */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* Copyright 2000-2009 Broadcom Corporation */ +/* */ +/* This software is provided under the GNU Lesser General Public License, */ +/* version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation ("LGPL"). */ +/* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but */ +/* WITHOUT ANY SUPPORT OR WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of */ +/* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the LGPL for */ +/* more details. A copy of the LGPL is available at */ +/* http://www.broadcom.com/licenses/LGPLv2.1.php, */ +/* or by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., */ +/* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************** + bv16cnst.h : BV16 constants + + $Log$ +******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef BV16CNST_H +#define BV16CNST_H + +/* ----- Basic Codec Parameters ----- */ +#define FRSZ 40 /* frame size */ +#define WINSZ 160 /* lpc analysis WINdow SiZe */ +#define MAXPP 137 /* MAXimum Pitch Period */ +#define MINPP 10 /* MINimum Pitch Period */ +#define PWSZ 120 /* Pitch analysis Window SiZe */ +#define MAXPP1 (MAXPP+1)/* MAXimum Pitch Period + 1 */ + +/* Quantization parameters */ +#define VDIM 4 /* excitation vector dimension */ +#define CBSZ 16 /* excitation codebook size */ +#define PPCBSZ 32 /* pitch predictor codebook size */ +#define LGPORDER 8 /* Log-Gain Predictor OODER */ +#define LGPECBSZ 16 /* Log-Gain Prediction Error CodeBook SiZe */ +#define LSPPORDER 8 /* LSP MA Predictor ORDER */ +#define LSPECBSZ1 128 /* codebook size of 1st-stage LSP VQ */ +#define LSPECBSZ2 64 /* codebook size of 2nd-stage LSP VQ; 1-bit for sign */ + +/* Excitation gain quantization */ +#define GPO 8 /* order of MA prediction */ +#define NG 18 /* number of relative gain bins */ +#define GLB -24. /* lower relative gain bound */ +#define NGC 12 /* number of gain change bins */ +#define GCLB -8. /* lower gain change bound */ +#define Minlg 0. /* minimum log-gain */ +#define TMinlg 1. /* minimum linear gain */ +#define LGCBSZ 16 /* size of codebook */ + +/* Definitions for periodicity to gain scaling mapping */ +#define ScPLCGmin 1639 /* 0.1 Q14 */ +#define ScPLCGmax 14746 /* 0.9 Q14 */ +#define ScPLCG_b -32768 /* -2.0 in Q14 */ +#define ScPLCG_a 31129 /* 1.9 in Q14 */ +#define HoldPLCG 8 +#define AttnPLCG 50 +#define AttnFacPLCG 20971 + +/* Level Estimation */ +#define estl_alpha 32760 +#define estl_alpha1 32640 +#define estl_beta 32704 +#define estl_beta1 64 +#define estl_a 32640 +#define estl_a1 128 +#define estl_TH 6554 +#define Nfdm 100 /* Max number of frames with fast decay of Lmin */ + +/* Log-Gain Limitation */ +#define LGLB -24 /* Log-Gain Lower Bound */ +#define LGCLB -8 /* Log-Gain Change Lower Bound */ +#define NGB 18 /* Number of Gain Bins */ +#define NGCB 12 /* Number of Gain Change Bins */ + +/* Buffer offsets and sizes */ +#define XOFF MAXPP1 /* offset for x() frame */ +#define LX (XOFF+FRSZ) /* Length of x() buffer */ +#define XQOFF (MAXPP1) /* xq() offset before current subframe */ +#define LXQ (XQOFF+FRSZ) /* Length of xq() buffer */ +#define LTMOFF (MAXPP1) /* Long-Term filter Memory OFFset */ + +/* Long-term postfilter */ +#define DPPQNS 4 /* Delta pitch period for search */ +#define NINT 20 /* length of filter interpolation */ +#define ATHLD1 18022 /* 0.55 Q15 threshold on normalized pitch correlation */ +#define ATHLD2 26214 /* 0.80 Q15 threshold on normalized pitch correlation */ +#define ScLTPF 9830 /* 0.3 Q15 scaling of LTPF coefficient */ + +/* Coarse pitch search */ +#define MAX_NPEAKS 7 +#define TH1 23921 /* first threshold for cor*cor/energy */ +#define TH2 13107 /* second threshold for cor*cor/energy */ +#define LPTH1 25887 /* Last Pitch cor*cor/energy THreshold 1 */ +#define LPTH2 14090 /* Last Pitch cor*cor/energy THreshold 2 */ +#define MPDTH 2130 /* Multiple Pitch Deviation THreshold */ +#define SMDTH 3113 /* Sub-Multiple pitch Deviation THreshold 0.125 */ +#define MPTH4 9830 + +/* Decimation parameters */ +#define DECF 4 /* DECimation Factor for coarse pitch period search */ +#define FRSZD (FRSZ/DECF) /* FRame SiZe in DECF:1 lowband domain */ +#define MAXPPD (MAXPP/DECF) /* MAX Pitch in DECF:1, */ +#define MINPPD ((int)(MINPP/DECF)) /* MINimum Pitch Period in DECF:1 */ +#define PWSZD (PWSZ/DECF) /* Pitch ana Window SiZe in DECF:1 domain */ +#define DFO 4 +#define MAXPPD1 (MAXPPD+1) +#define LXD (MAXPPD1+PWSZD) +#define XDOFF (LXD-FRSZD) +#define HMAXPPD (MAXPPD/2) +#define M1 (MINPPD-1) +#define M2 MAXPPD1 +#define HDECF (DECF/2) + +/* Front-end 150 Hz highpass filter */ +#define HPO 2 /* High-pass filter order */ + +/* LPC weighting filter */ +#define LTWF 4096 /* 0.5 in Q13 perceptual Weighting Factor Lowband */ + +/* pole-zero NFC shaping filter */ +#define NSTORDER 8 + +#endif /* BV16CNST_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bv16/bv16externs.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bv16/bv16externs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6d7ce95 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bv16/bv16externs.h @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* BroadVoice(R)16 (BV16) Fixed-Point ANSI-C Source Code */ +/* Revision Date: November 13, 2009 */ +/* Version 1.1 */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* Copyright 2000-2009 Broadcom Corporation */ +/* */ +/* This software is provided under the GNU Lesser General Public License, */ +/* version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation ("LGPL"). */ +/* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but */ +/* WITHOUT ANY SUPPORT OR WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of */ +/* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the LGPL for */ +/* more details. A copy of the LGPL is available at */ +/* http://www.broadcom.com/licenses/LGPLv2.1.php, */ +/* or by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., */ +/* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************** + bv16externs.c : BV16 Fixed-Point externs + + $Log$ +******************************************************************************/ + +/* POINTERS */ +extern Word16 winl[WINSZ]; +extern Word16 sstwinl_h[]; +extern Word16 sstwinl_l[]; +extern Word16 gfsz[]; +extern Word16 gfsp[]; +extern Word16 idxord[]; +extern Word16 hpfa[]; +extern Word16 hpfb[]; +extern Word16 adf_h[]; +extern Word16 adf_l[]; +extern Word16 bdf[]; +extern Word16 x[]; +extern Word16 x2[]; +extern Word16 MPTH[]; + +/* LSP Quantization */ +extern Word16 lspecb1[]; +extern Word16 lspecb2[]; +extern Word16 lspmean[]; +extern Word16 lspp[]; + +/* Log-Gain Quantization */ +extern Word16 lgpecb[]; +extern Word16 lgp[]; +extern Word16 lgmean; + +/* Log-Gain Limitation */ +extern Word16 lgclimit[]; + +/* Excitation Codebook */ +extern Word16 cccb[]; + +/* Function Prototypes */ +Word32 estlevel( +Word32 lg, +Word32 *level, +Word32 *lmax, +Word32 *lmin, +Word32 *lmean, +Word32 *x1, +Word16 ngfae, +Word16 nggalgc, +Word16 *estl_alpha_min); /* Q15 */ + +void excdec_w_synth( +Word16 *xq, /* (o) Q0 quantized signal vector */ +Word16 *ltsym, /* (i/o) Q16 quantized excitation signal vector */ +Word16 *stsym, /* (i/o) Q0 short-term predictor memory */ +Word16 *idx, /* (o) quantizer codebook index for uq[] vector */ +Word16 *b, /* (i) Q15 coefficient of 3-tap pitch predictor */ +Word16 *cb, /* (i) Q0 codebook */ +Word16 pp, /* pitch period (# of 8 kHz samples) */ +Word16 *aq, /* (i) Q12 short-term predictor coefficients */ +Word16 gain_exp, /* gain_exp of current sub-frame */ +Word32 *EE +); + +Word32 gaindec( +Word32 *lgq, /* Q25 */ +Word16 gidx, +Word16 *lgpm, /* Q11 */ +Word32 *prevlg, /* Q25 */ +Word32 level, /* Q25 */ +Word16 *nggalgc, +Word32 *lg_el); + +void gainplc(Word32 E, Word16 *lgeqm, Word32 *lgqm); + +void lspdec( +Word16 *lspq, /* Q15 */ +Word16 *lspidx, +Word16 *lsppm, /* Q15 */ +Word16 *lspqlast); + +void lspdecplc( +Word16 *lspq, /* Q15 */ +Word16 *lsppm); /* Q15 */ + +Word16 coarsepitch( +Word16 *xw, /* (i) Q1 weighted low-band signal frame */ +struct BV16_Encoder_State *c); /* (i/o) coder state */ + +Word16 refinepitch( +Word16 *x, +Word16 cpp, +Word16 *ppt); + +Word16 pitchtapquan( +Word16 *x, +Word16 pp, +Word16 *b, +Word32 *re); + +void excquan( +Word16 *idx, /* quantizer codebook index for uq[] vector */ +Word16 *s, /* (i) Q0 input signal vector */ +Word16 *aq, /* (i) Q12 noise feedback filter coefficient array */ +Word16 *fsz, /* (i) Q12 short-term noise feedback filter - numerator */ +Word16 *fsp, /* (i) Q12 short-term noise feedback filter - denominator */ +Word16 *b, /* (i) Q15 coefficient of 3-tap pitch predictor */ +Word16 beta, /* (i) Q13 coefficient of pitch feedback filter */ +Word16 *stsym, /* (i/o) Q0 filter memory */ +Word16 *ltsym, /* (i/0) Q0 long-term synthesis filter memory */ +Word16 *ltnfm, /* (i/o) Q0 long-term noise feedback filter memory */ +Word16 *stnfz, /* (i/o) Q0 filter memory */ +Word16 *stnfp, /* (i/o) Q0 filter memory */ +Word16 *cb, /* (i) scalar quantizer codebook - normalized by gain_exp */ +Word16 pp, /* pitch period (# of 8 kHz samples) */ +Word16 gain_exp +); + +Word16 gainquan( +Word32 *gainq, /* Q18 */ +Word32 *ee, /* Q3 */ +Word16 *lgpm, /* Q11 */ +Word32 *prevlg, /* Q25 */ +Word32 level); /* Q25 */ + +void lspquan( +Word16 *lspq, +Word16 *lspidx, +Word16 *lsp, +Word16 *lsppm); + +void preprocess( +struct BV16_Encoder_State *cs, +Word16 *output, /* (o) Q0 output signal, less factor 1.5 */ +Word16 *input, /* (i) Q0 input signal */ +Word16 N); /* length of signal */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bv16/bv16strct.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bv16/bv16strct.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0877cb --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bv16/bv16strct.h @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* BroadVoice(R)16 (BV16) Fixed-Point ANSI-C Source Code */ +/* Revision Date: November 13, 2009 */ +/* Version 1.1 */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* Copyright 2000-2009 Broadcom Corporation */ +/* */ +/* This software is provided under the GNU Lesser General Public License, */ +/* version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation ("LGPL"). */ +/* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but */ +/* WITHOUT ANY SUPPORT OR WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of */ +/* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the LGPL for */ +/* more details. A copy of the LGPL is available at */ +/* http://www.broadcom.com/licenses/LGPLv2.1.php, */ +/* or by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., */ +/* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************** + bv16strct.h : BV16 data structures + + $Log$ +******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef BV16STRCT_H +#define BV16STRCT_H + +struct BV16_Decoder_State { +Word16 stsym[LPCO]; +Word16 ltsym[LTMOFF]; +Word16 xq[XQOFF]; +Word16 lsppm[LPCO*LSPPORDER]; +Word16 lgpm[LGPORDER]; +Word16 lsplast[LPCO]; +Word32 prevlg[2]; +Word32 lmax; +Word32 lmin; +Word32 lmean; +Word32 x1; +Word32 level; +Word16 pp_last; +Word16 cfecount; +Word16 ngfae; +Word16 bq_last[3]; +Word16 nggalgc; +Word16 estl_alpha_min; +UWord32 idum; +Word16 per; /* Q15 */ +Word32 E; +Word16 atplc[LPCO+1]; +Word16 ma_a; +Word16 b_prv[2]; +Word16 pp_prv; +}; + +struct BV16_Encoder_State { +Word32 prevlg[2]; +Word32 lmax; +Word32 lmin; +Word32 lmean; +Word32 x1; +Word32 level; +Word16 x[XOFF]; /* Signal memory */ +Word16 xwd[XDOFF]; /* Memory of DECF:1 decimated version of xw() */ +Word16 xwd_exp; /* or block floating-point in coarptch.c */ +Word16 dq[XOFF]; /* Q0 - Quantized short-term pred error */ +Word16 dfm_h[DFO]; /* Decimated xwd() filter memory */ +Word16 dfm_l[DFO]; +Word16 stwpm[LPCO]; /* Q0 - Short-term weighting all-pole filter memory */ +Word16 stsym[LPCO]; /* Q0 - Short-term synthesis filter memory */ +Word16 stnfz[NSTORDER]; /* Q0 - Short-term noise feedback filter memory - zero section */ +Word16 stnfp[NSTORDER]; /* Q0 - Short-term noise feedback filter memory - pole section */ +Word16 ltnfm[MAXPP1]; /* Q0 - Long-term noise feedback filter memory */ +Word16 lsplast[LPCO]; +Word16 lsppm[LPCO*LSPPORDER]; /* Q15 - LSP Predictor Memory */ +Word16 lgpm[LGPORDER]; /* Q11 - Log-Gain Predictor Memory */ +Word16 cpplast; /* Pitch period pf the previous frame */ +Word16 hpfzm[HPO]; +Word16 hpfpm[2*HPO]; +Word16 old_A[1+LPCO]; /* Q12 - LPC of previous frame */ +}; + +struct BV16_Bit_Stream { +Word16 lspidx[2]; +Word16 ppidx; +Word16 bqidx; +Word16 gidx; +Word16 qvidx[FRSZ/VDIM]; +}; + +#endif /* BV16STRCT_H */ + + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bv16/g192.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bv16/g192.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c1562c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bv16/g192.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* BroadVoice(R)16 (BV16) Fixed-Point ANSI-C Source Code */ +/* Revision Date: November 13, 2009 */ +/* Version 1.1 */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* Copyright 2000-2009 Broadcom Corporation */ +/* */ +/* This software is provided under the GNU Lesser General Public License, */ +/* version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation ("LGPL"). */ +/* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but */ +/* WITHOUT ANY SUPPORT OR WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of */ +/* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the LGPL for */ +/* more details. A copy of the LGPL is available at */ +/* http://www.broadcom.com/licenses/LGPLv2.1.php, */ +/* or by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., */ +/* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************** + g192.h : BV16 G.192 + + $Log$ +******************************************************************************/ + +/* prototypes for G.192 bit-stream functions */ +void bv16_fwrite_g192bitstrm(struct BV16_Bit_Stream *bs, FILE *fo); +short bv16_fread_g192bitstrm(struct BV16_Bit_Stream *bs, FILE *fi); diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bv16/postfilt.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bv16/postfilt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5054148 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bv16/postfilt.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* BroadVoice(R)16 (BV16) Fixed-Point ANSI-C Source Code */ +/* Revision Date: November 13, 2009 */ +/* Version 1.1 */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* Copyright 2000-2009 Broadcom Corporation */ +/* */ +/* This software is provided under the GNU Lesser General Public License, */ +/* version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation ("LGPL"). */ +/* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but */ +/* WITHOUT ANY SUPPORT OR WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of */ +/* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the LGPL for */ +/* more details. A copy of the LGPL is available at */ +/* http://www.broadcom.com/licenses/LGPLv2.1.php, */ +/* or by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., */ +/* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************** + postfilt.h : BV16 Post Filter + + $Log$ +******************************************************************************/ + +void postfilter( +Word16 *s, /* input : quantized speech signal */ +Word16 pp, /* input : pitch period */ +Word16 *ma_a, +Word16 *b_prv, +Word16 *pp_prv, +Word16 *e); /* output: enhanced speech signal */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bvcommon/basop32.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bvcommon/basop32.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b6f59b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bvcommon/basop32.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* BroadVoice(R)16 (BV16) Fixed-Point ANSI-C Source Code */ +/* Revision Date: November 13, 2009 */ +/* Version 1.1 */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* Copyright 2000-2009 Broadcom Corporation */ +/* */ +/* This software is provided under the GNU Lesser General Public License, */ +/* version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation ("LGPL"). */ +/* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but */ +/* WITHOUT ANY SUPPORT OR WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of */ +/* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the LGPL for */ +/* more details. A copy of the LGPL is available at */ +/* http://www.broadcom.com/licenses/LGPLv2.1.php, */ +/* or by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., */ +/* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + +#include "../itug191lib/basop32.h" +#include "../itug729ilib/oper_32b.h" diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bvcommon/bvcommon.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bvcommon/bvcommon.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4b285a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bvcommon/bvcommon.h @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* BroadVoice(R)16 (BV16) Fixed-Point ANSI-C Source Code */ +/* Revision Date: November 13, 2009 */ +/* Version 1.1 */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* Copyright 2000-2009 Broadcom Corporation */ +/* */ +/* This software is provided under the GNU Lesser General Public License, */ +/* version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation ("LGPL"). */ +/* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but */ +/* WITHOUT ANY SUPPORT OR WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of */ +/* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the LGPL for */ +/* more details. A copy of the LGPL is available at */ +/* http://www.broadcom.com/licenses/LGPLv2.1.php, */ +/* or by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., */ +/* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************** + bvcommon.h : Common Fixed-Point Library: common #defines and prototypes + + $Log$ +******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef BVCOMMON_H +#define BVCOMMON_H + +/* ----- Basic Codec Parameters ----- */ + +#define LPCO 8 /* LPC Order for 8 kHz sampled lowband signal */ +#define Ngrd 60 + +#define LSPMIN 49 /* 0.00150 minimum lsp frequency */ +#define LSPMAX 32694 /* 0.99775 maximum lsp frequency */ +#define DLSPMIN 410 /* 0.01250 minimum lsp spacing */ +#define STBLDIM 3 /* dimension of stability enforcement */ + +/* LPC bandwidth expansion */ +extern Word16 bwel[]; + +/* LPC to lsp Conversion */ +extern Word16 grid[]; + +/* LPC WEIGHTING FILTER */ +extern Word16 STWAL[]; + +/* Coarse Pitch Search */ +extern Word16 invk[]; + +/* Pitch tap codebook - actually content different for BV16 and BV32 */ +extern Word16 pp9cb[]; + +/* Function prototypes */ + +void azfilter( + Word16 a[], /* (i) Q12 : prediction coefficients */ + Word16 m, /* (i) : LPC order */ + Word16 x[], /* (i) Q0 : input signal samples, incl. past */ + Word16 y[], /* (o) Q0 : filtered output signal */ + Word16 lg /* (i) : size of filtering */ + ); + +void apfilter( + Word16 a[], /* (i) Q12 : prediction coefficients */ + Word16 m, /* (i) : LPC order */ + Word16 x[], /* (i) Q0 : input signal */ + Word16 y[], /* (o) Q0 : output signal */ + Word16 lg, /* (i) : size of filtering */ + Word16 mem[], /* (i/o) Q0: filter memory */ + Word16 update /* (i) : memory update flag */ + ); + +void lsp2a( +Word16 lsp[], /* (i) Q15 : line spectral frequencies */ +Word16 a[]); /* (o) Q12 : predictor coefficients (order = 10) */ + +void stblz_lsp( +Word16 *lsp, /* Q15 */ +Word16 order); + +Word16 stblchck( +Word16 *x, +Word16 vdim); + +void a2lsp( +Word16 a[], /* (i) Q12 : predictor coefficients */ +Word16 lsp[], /* (o) Q15 : line spectral frequencies */ +Word16 old_lsp[]); /* (i) : old lsp[] (in case not found 10 roots) */ + +void Autocorr( + Word32 r[], /* (o) : Autocorrelations */ + Word16 x[], /* (i) : Input signal */ + Word16 window[],/* (i) : LPC Analysis window */ + Word16 l_window,/* (i) : window length */ + Word16 m); /* (i) : LPC order */ + +void Spectral_Smoothing( +Word16 m, /* (i) : LPC order */ +Word32 rl[], /* (i/o) : Autocorrelations lags */ +Word16 lag_h[], /* (i) : SST coefficients (msb) */ +Word16 lag_l[]); /* (i) : SST coefficients (lsb) */ + +void Levinson( + Word32 r32[], /* (i) : r32[] double precision vector of autocorrelation coefficients */ + Word16 a[], /* (o) : a[] in Q12 - LPC coefficients */ + Word16 old_a[], /* (i/o): old_a[] in Q12 - previous LPC coefficients */ + Word16 m); /* (i) : LPC order */ + +void pp3dec( +Word16 idx, +Word16 *b); + +void vqdec( +Word16 *xq, +Word16 idx, +Word16 *cb, +Word16 vdim); + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#include "math.h" +static __inline double round(double val) +{ + return floor(val + 0.5); +} +#endif + +#endif /* BVCOMMON_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bvcommon/mathutil.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bvcommon/mathutil.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..17198cd --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bvcommon/mathutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* BroadVoice(R)16 (BV16) Fixed-Point ANSI-C Source Code */ +/* Revision Date: November 13, 2009 */ +/* Version 1.1 */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* Copyright 2000-2009 Broadcom Corporation */ +/* */ +/* This software is provided under the GNU Lesser General Public License, */ +/* version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation ("LGPL"). */ +/* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but */ +/* WITHOUT ANY SUPPORT OR WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of */ +/* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the LGPL for */ +/* more details. A copy of the LGPL is available at */ +/* http://www.broadcom.com/licenses/LGPLv2.1.php, */ +/* or by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., */ +/* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************** + fixmath.h : Common Fixed-Point Library: + + $Log$ +******************************************************************************/ + +Word32 Pow2( /* Q0 output */ + Word16 int_comp, /* Q0 Integer part */ + Word16 frac_comp /* Q15 frac_compal part */ + ); + +void Log2( + Word32 x, /* (i) input */ + Word16 *int_comp, /* Q0 integer part */ + Word16 *frac_comp /* Q15 fractional part */ + ); + +void sqrt_i(Word16 x_man, Word16 x_exp, Word16 *y_man, Word16 *y_exp); +Word16 sqrts(Word16 x); + +extern Word16 tabsqrt[]; +extern Word16 tablog[]; +extern Word16 tabpow[]; +extern Word16 costable[]; +extern Word16 acosslope[]; + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bvcommon/memutil.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bvcommon/memutil.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01868fc --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bvcommon/memutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* BroadVoice(R)16 (BV16) Fixed-Point ANSI-C Source Code */ +/* Revision Date: November 13, 2009 */ +/* Version 1.1 */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* Copyright 2000-2009 Broadcom Corporation */ +/* */ +/* This software is provided under the GNU Lesser General Public License, */ +/* version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation ("LGPL"). */ +/* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but */ +/* WITHOUT ANY SUPPORT OR WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of */ +/* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the LGPL for */ +/* more details. A copy of the LGPL is available at */ +/* http://www.broadcom.com/licenses/LGPLv2.1.php, */ +/* or by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., */ +/* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************** + memutil.h : Common Fixed-Point Library: memory utilities + + $Log$ +******************************************************************************/ + +Word16 *allocWord16(long nl, long nh); +void deallocWord16(Word16 *v, long nl, long nh); +Word32 *allocWord32(long nl, long nh); +void deallocWord32(Word32 *v, long nl, long nh); diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bvcommon/typedef.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bvcommon/typedef.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..769f372 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bvcommon/typedef.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* BroadVoice(R)16 (BV16) Fixed-Point ANSI-C Source Code */ +/* Revision Date: November 13, 2009 */ +/* Version 1.1 */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* Copyright 2000-2009 Broadcom Corporation */ +/* */ +/* This software is provided under the GNU Lesser General Public License, */ +/* version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation ("LGPL"). */ +/* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but */ +/* WITHOUT ANY SUPPORT OR WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of */ +/* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the LGPL for */ +/* more details. A copy of the LGPL is available at */ +/* http://www.broadcom.com/licenses/LGPLv2.1.php, */ +/* or by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., */ +/* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************** + typedef.h : Common Fixed-Point Library: + + $Log$ +******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __TYPEDEF__ +#define __TYPEDEF__ +typedef unsigned char UWord8; +typedef short Word16; +typedef int Word32; +typedef unsigned int UWord32; +typedef int Flag; +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bvcommon/utility.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bvcommon/utility.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0a3cfe --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/BroadVoice16/bvcommon/utility.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* BroadVoice(R)16 (BV16) Fixed-Point ANSI-C Source Code */ +/* Revision Date: November 13, 2009 */ +/* Version 1.1 */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + +/*****************************************************************************/ +/* Copyright 2000-2009 Broadcom Corporation */ +/* */ +/* This software is provided under the GNU Lesser General Public License, */ +/* version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation ("LGPL"). */ +/* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but */ +/* WITHOUT ANY SUPPORT OR WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of */ +/* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the LGPL for */ +/* more details. A copy of the LGPL is available at */ +/* http://www.broadcom.com/licenses/LGPLv2.1.php, */ +/* or by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., */ +/* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ +/*****************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************** + utility.h : Common Fixed-Point Library: + + $Log$ +******************************************************************************/ + +void W16copy(Word16 *y, Word16 *x, int size); +void W16zero(Word16 *x, int size); +void W32copy(Word32 *y, Word32 *x, int size); + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/cuda/types.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/cuda/types.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c7be519 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/cuda/types.h @@ -0,0 +1,241 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1993-2010 NVIDIA Corporation. All rights reserved. + * + * Please refer to the NVIDIA end user license agreement (EULA) associated + * with this source code for terms and conditions that govern your use of + * this software. Any use, reproduction, disclosure, or distribution of + * this software and related documentation outside the terms of the EULA + * is strictly prohibited. + * + */ + +#ifndef TYPES_H +#define TYPES_H + +#include "NVEncodeDataTypes.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +struct NVEncoderParams +{ + char configFile[256]; + char inputFile[256]; + char outputFile[256]; + int measure_psnr; + int measure_fps; + int force_device; + int iSurfaceFormat; + int iPictureType; + int nDeviceMemPitch; + + int iCodecType; // NVVE_CODEC_TYPE, + int GPU_count; // Choose the specific GPU count + int GPU_devID; // Choose the specific GPU device ID + int iUseDeviceMem; // CUDA with DEVICE_MEMORY_INPUT (for encoding) + int iForcedGPU; // NVVE_FORCE_GPU_SELECTION //F22 + int iOutputSize[2]; // NVVE_OUT_SIZE, + int iInputSize[2]; // NVVE_IN_SIZE, + float fAspectRatio; // + int iAspectRatio[3]; // NVVE_ASPECT_RATIO, + NVVE_FIELD_MODE Fieldmode; // NVVE_FIELD_ENC_MODE, + int iP_Interval; // NVVE_P_INTERVAL, + int iIDR_Period; // NVVE_IDR_PERIOD, + int iDynamicGOP; // NVVE_DYNAMIC_GOP, + NVVE_RateCtrlType RCType; // NVVE_RC_TYPE, + int iAvgBitrate; // NVVE_AVG_BITRATE, + int iPeakBitrate; // NVVE_PEAK_BITRATE, + int iQP_Level_Intra; // NVVE_QP_LEVEL_INTRA, + int iQP_Level_InterP; // NVVE_QP_LEVEL_INTER_P, + int iQP_Level_InterB; // NVVE_QP_LEVEL_INTER_B, + int iFrameRate[2]; // NVVE_FRAME_RATE, + int iDeblockMode; // NVVE_DEBLOCK_MODE, + int iProfileLevel; // NVVE_PROFILE_LEVEL, + int iForceIntra; // NVVE_FORCE_INTRA, + int iForceIDR; // NVVE_FORCE_IDR, + int iClearStat; // NVVE_CLEAR_STAT, + NVVE_DI_MODE DIMode; // NVVE_SET_DEINTERLACE, + NVVE_PRESETS_TARGET Presets; // NVVE_PRESETS, + int iDisableCabac; // NVVE_DISABLE_CABAC, + int iNaluFramingType; // NVVE_CONFIGURE_NALU_FRAMING_TYPE + int iDisableSPSPPS; // NVVE_DISABLE_SPS_PPS + NVVE_GPUOffloadLevel GPUOffloadLevel; // NVVE_GPU_OFFLOAD_LEVEL + NVVE_GPUOffloadLevel MaxOffloadLevel; // NVVE_GPU_OFFLOAD_LEVEL_MAX + int iSliceCnt; // NVVE_SLICE_COUNT //F19 + int iMultiGPU; // NVVE_MULTI_GPU //F21 + int iDeviceMemInput; // NVVE_DEVICE_MEMORY_INPUT //F23 + +// NVVE_STAT_NUM_CODED_FRAMES, +// NVVE_STAT_NUM_RECEIVED_FRAMES, +// NVVE_STAT_BITRATE, +// NVVE_STAT_NUM_BITS_GENERATED, +// NVVE_GET_PTS_DIFF_TIME, +// NVVE_GET_PTS_BASE_TIME, +// NVVE_GET_PTS_CODED_TIME, +// NVVE_GET_PTS_RECEIVED_TIME, +// NVVE_STAT_ELAPSED_TIME, +// NVVE_STAT_QBUF_FULLNESS, +// NVVE_STAT_PERF_FPS, +// NVVE_STAT_PERF_AVG_TIME, +}; + +typedef struct { + char *name; + char *yuv_type; + int bpp; +} _sYUVParams; + +static _sYUVParams sSurfaceFormat[] = +{ + { "UYVY", "4:2:2", 16 }, + { "YUY2", "4:2:2", 16 }, + { "YV12", "4:2:0", 12 }, + { "NV12", "4:2:0", 12 }, + { "IYUV", "4:2:0", 12 }, + { NULL , 0 } +}; + +typedef struct { + char *name; + int params; +} _sNVVEEncodeParams; + +static _sNVVEEncodeParams sNVVE_EncodeParams[] = +{ + { "UNDEFINED", 1 }, + { "NVVE_OUT_SIZE", 2 }, + { "NVVE_ASPECT_RATIO", 3 }, + { "NVVE_FIELD_ENC_MODE", 1 }, + { "NVVE_P_INTERVAL", 1 }, + { "NVVE_IDR_PERIOD", 1 }, + { "NVVE_DYNAMIC_GOP", 1 }, + { "NVVE_RC_TYPE", 1 }, + { "NVVE_AVG_BITRATE", 1 }, + { "NVVE_PEAK_BITRATE", 1 }, + { "NVVE_QP_LEVEL_INTRA", 1 }, + { "NVVE_QP_LEVEL_INTER_P", 1 }, + { "NVVE_QP_LEVEL_INTER_B", 1 }, + { "NVVE_FRAME_RATE", 2 }, + { "NVVE_DEBLOCK_MODE", 1 }, + { "NVVE_PROFILE_LEVEL", 1 }, + { "NVVE_FORCE_INTRA (DS)", 1 }, //DShow only + { "NVVE_FORCE_IDR (DS)", 1 }, //DShow only + { "NVVE_CLEAR_STAT (DS)", 1 }, //DShow only + { "NVVE_SET_DEINTERLACE", 1 }, + { "NVVE_PRESETS", 1 }, + { "NVVE_IN_SIZE", 2 }, + { "NVVE_STAT_NUM_CODED_FRAMES (DS)", 1 }, //DShow only + { "NVVE_STAT_NUM_RECEIVED_FRAMES (DS)", 1 }, //DShow only + { "NVVE_STAT_BITRATE (DS)", 1 }, //DShow only + { "NVVE_STAT_NUM_BITS_GENERATED (DS)", 1 }, //DShow only + { "NVVE_GET_PTS_DIFF_TIME (DS)", 1 }, //DShow only + { "NVVE_GET_PTS_BASE_TIME (DS)", 1 }, //DShow only + { "NVVE_GET_PTS_CODED_TIME (DS)", 1 }, //DShow only + { "NVVE_GET_PTS_RECEIVED_TIME (DS)", 1 }, //DShow only + { "NVVE_STAT_ELAPSED_TIME (DS)", 1 }, //DShow only + { "NVVE_STAT_QBUF_FULLNESS (DS)", 1 }, //DShow only + { "NVVE_STAT_PERF_FPS (DS)", 1 }, //DShow only + { "NVVE_STAT_PERF_AVG_TIME (DS)", 1 }, //DShow only + { "NVVE_DISABLE_CABAC", 1 }, + { "NVVE_CONFIGURE_NALU_FRAMING_TYPE", 1 }, + { "NVVE_DISABLE_SPS_PPS", 1 }, + { "NVVE_SLICE_COUNT", 1 }, + { "NVVE_GPU_OFFLOAD_LEVEL", 1 }, + { "NVVE_GPU_OFFLOAD_LEVEL_MAX", 1 }, + { "NVVE_MULTI_GPU", 1 }, + { "NVVE_GET_GPU_COUNT", 1 }, + { "NVVE_GET_GPU_ATTRIBUTES", 1 }, + { "NVVE_FORCE_GPU_SELECTION", 1 }, + { "NVVE_DEVICE_MEMORY_INPUT", 1 }, + { "NVVE_DEVICE_CTX_LOCK", 1 }, + { NULL, 0 } +}; + +static _sNVVEEncodeParams sProfileName[] = { + { "Baseline", 0x42 }, + { "Main" , 0x4d }, + { "High" , 0x64 }, + { NULL , 0 } +}; + +static _sNVVEEncodeParams sProfileLevel[] = { + { "1.0", 0x0a }, + { "1.1", 0x0b }, + { "1.2", 0x0c }, + { "1.3", 0x0d }, + { "2.0", 0x14 }, + { "2.1", 0x15 }, + { "2.2", 0x16 }, + { "3.0", 0x1e }, + { "3.1", 0x1f }, + { "3.2", 0x20 }, + { "4.0", 0x28 }, + { "4.1", 0x29 }, + { "4.2", 0x29 }, + { "5.0", 0x32 }, + { "5.1", 0x33 }, + { "Auto", 0xff }, + { NULL , 0 } +}; + +inline char * sProfileIDX2Char(_sNVVEEncodeParams *pProfile, int ID) +{ + int index; + for (index = 0; pProfile[index].name != NULL; index++) { + if (pProfile[index].params == ID) { + // found the profile return the string + return pProfile[index].name; + } + } + return NULL; +} + +static char *sVideoEncodePresets[] = { + "PSP ( 320x 240)", + "iPod/iPhone ( 320x 240)", + "AVCHD", + "BluRay", + "HDV_1440", + "ZuneHD", + "FlipCam", + NULL +}; + +static char *sGPUOffloadLevel[] = { + "CPU PEL processing", + "Motion Estimation", + "Full Encode", + NULL +}; + +static char *sPictureType[] = { + "Frame Mode", + "Field Mode (top first)", + "Field Mode (bottom first)", + "Field Mode (picaff) unsupported", + NULL +}; + +static char *sPictureStructure[] = { + "Unknown", + "Top Field", + "Bottom Field", + "Frame Picture", + NULL +}; + +// Rate Control Method (NVVE_RC_TYPE) +static char *sNVVE_RateCtrlType[] = { + "Rate Control CQP", + "Rate Control VBR", + "Rate Control CBR with QP", + "Rate Control VBR with Min QP", + NULL +}; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/curl.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/curl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..973fdcc --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/curl.h @@ -0,0 +1,1919 @@ +#ifndef __CURL_CURL_H +#define __CURL_CURL_H +/*************************************************************************** + * _ _ ____ _ + * Project ___| | | | _ \| | + * / __| | | | |_) | | + * | (__| |_| | _ <| |___ + * \___|\___/|_| \_\_____| + * + * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2009, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al. + * + * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which + * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms + * are also available at http://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html. + * + * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell + * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file. + * + * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. + * + * $Id: curl.h,v 1.390 2009-08-11 14:07:08 patrickm Exp $ + ***************************************************************************/ + +/* + * If you have libcurl problems, all docs and details are found here: + * http://curl.haxx.se/libcurl/ + * + * curl-library mailing list subscription and unsubscription web interface: + * http://cool.haxx.se/mailman/listinfo/curl-library/ + */ + +#include "curlver.h" /* libcurl version defines */ +#include "curl/curlbuild.h" /* libcurl build definitions */ +#include "curlrules.h" /* libcurl rules enforcement */ + +/* + * Define WIN32 when build target is Win32 API + */ + +#if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(__WIN32__)) && \ + !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__SYMBIAN32__) +#define WIN32 +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <limits.h> + +/* The include stuff here below is mainly for time_t! */ +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <time.h> + +#if defined(WIN32) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) && !defined(__GNUC__) && \ + !defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) +#if !(defined(_WINSOCKAPI_) || defined(_WINSOCK_H)) +/* The check above prevents the winsock2 inclusion if winsock.h already was + included, since they can't co-exist without problems */ +#include <winsock2.h> +#include <ws2tcpip.h> +#endif +#else + +/* HP-UX systems version 9, 10 and 11 lack sys/select.h and so does oldish + libc5-based Linux systems. Only include it on system that are known to + require it! */ +#if defined(_AIX) || defined(__NOVELL_LIBC__) || defined(__NetBSD__) || \ + defined(__minix) || defined(__SYMBIAN32__) || defined(__INTEGRITY) || \ + defined(ANDROID) +#include <sys/select.h> +#endif + +#ifndef _WIN32_WCE +#include <sys/socket.h> +#endif +#if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__WATCOMC__) && !defined(__VXWORKS__) +#include <sys/time.h> +#endif +#include <sys/types.h> +#endif + +#ifdef __BEOS__ +#include <support/SupportDefs.h> +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef void CURL; + +/* + * Decorate exportable functions for Win32 and Symbian OS DLL linking. + * This avoids using a .def file for building libcurl.dll. + */ +#if (defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32) || defined(__SYMBIAN32__)) && \ + !defined(CURL_STATICLIB) +#if defined(BUILDING_LIBCURL) +#define CURL_EXTERN __declspec(dllexport) +#else +#define CURL_EXTERN __declspec(dllimport) +#endif +#else + +#ifdef CURL_HIDDEN_SYMBOLS +/* + * This definition is used to make external definitions visible in the + * shared library when symbols are hidden by default. It makes no + * difference when compiling applications whether this is set or not, + * only when compiling the library. + */ +#define CURL_EXTERN CURL_EXTERN_SYMBOL +#else +#define CURL_EXTERN +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef curl_socket_typedef +/* socket typedef */ +#ifdef WIN32 +typedef SOCKET curl_socket_t; +#define CURL_SOCKET_BAD INVALID_SOCKET +#else +typedef int curl_socket_t; +#define CURL_SOCKET_BAD -1 +#endif +#define curl_socket_typedef +#endif /* curl_socket_typedef */ + +struct curl_httppost { + struct curl_httppost *next; /* next entry in the list */ + char *name; /* pointer to allocated name */ + long namelength; /* length of name length */ + char *contents; /* pointer to allocated data contents */ + long contentslength; /* length of contents field */ + char *buffer; /* pointer to allocated buffer contents */ + long bufferlength; /* length of buffer field */ + char *contenttype; /* Content-Type */ + struct curl_slist* contentheader; /* list of extra headers for this form */ + struct curl_httppost *more; /* if one field name has more than one + file, this link should link to following + files */ + long flags; /* as defined below */ +#define HTTPPOST_FILENAME (1<<0) /* specified content is a file name */ +#define HTTPPOST_READFILE (1<<1) /* specified content is a file name */ +#define HTTPPOST_PTRNAME (1<<2) /* name is only stored pointer + do not free in formfree */ +#define HTTPPOST_PTRCONTENTS (1<<3) /* contents is only stored pointer + do not free in formfree */ +#define HTTPPOST_BUFFER (1<<4) /* upload file from buffer */ +#define HTTPPOST_PTRBUFFER (1<<5) /* upload file from pointer contents */ +#define HTTPPOST_CALLBACK (1<<6) /* upload file contents by using the + regular read callback to get the data + and pass the given pointer as custom + pointer */ + + char *showfilename; /* The file name to show. If not set, the + actual file name will be used (if this + is a file part) */ + void *userp; /* custom pointer used for + HTTPPOST_CALLBACK posts */ +}; + +typedef int (*curl_progress_callback)(void *clientp, + double dltotal, + double dlnow, + double ultotal, + double ulnow); + +#ifndef CURL_MAX_WRITE_SIZE + /* Tests have proven that 20K is a very bad buffer size for uploads on + Windows, while 16K for some odd reason performed a lot better. + We do the ifndef check to allow this value to easier be changed at build + time for those who feel adventurous. */ +#define CURL_MAX_WRITE_SIZE 16384 +#endif +/* This is a magic return code for the write callback that, when returned, + will signal libcurl to pause receiving on the current transfer. */ +#define CURL_WRITEFUNC_PAUSE 0x10000001 +typedef size_t (*curl_write_callback)(char *buffer, + size_t size, + size_t nitems, + void *outstream); + +/* These are the return codes for the seek callbacks */ +#define CURL_SEEKFUNC_OK 0 +#define CURL_SEEKFUNC_FAIL 1 /* fail the entire transfer */ +#define CURL_SEEKFUNC_CANTSEEK 2 /* tell libcurl seeking can't be done, so + libcurl might try other means instead */ +typedef int (*curl_seek_callback)(void *instream, + curl_off_t offset, + int origin); /* 'whence' */ + +/* This is a return code for the read callback that, when returned, will + signal libcurl to immediately abort the current transfer. */ +#define CURL_READFUNC_ABORT 0x10000000 +/* This is a return code for the read callback that, when returned, will + signal libcurl to pause sending data on the current transfer. */ +#define CURL_READFUNC_PAUSE 0x10000001 + +typedef size_t (*curl_read_callback)(char *buffer, + size_t size, + size_t nitems, + void *instream); + +typedef enum { + CURLSOCKTYPE_IPCXN, /* socket created for a specific IP connection */ + CURLSOCKTYPE_LAST /* never use */ +} curlsocktype; + +typedef int (*curl_sockopt_callback)(void *clientp, + curl_socket_t curlfd, + curlsocktype purpose); + +struct curl_sockaddr { + int family; + int socktype; + int protocol; + unsigned int addrlen; /* addrlen was a socklen_t type before 7.18.0 but it + turned really ugly and painful on the systems that + lack this type */ + struct sockaddr addr; +}; + +typedef curl_socket_t +(*curl_opensocket_callback)(void *clientp, + curlsocktype purpose, + struct curl_sockaddr *address); + +#ifndef CURL_NO_OLDIES + /* not used since 7.10.8, will be removed in a future release */ +typedef int (*curl_passwd_callback)(void *clientp, + const char *prompt, + char *buffer, + int buflen); +#endif + +typedef enum { + CURLIOE_OK, /* I/O operation successful */ + CURLIOE_UNKNOWNCMD, /* command was unknown to callback */ + CURLIOE_FAILRESTART, /* failed to restart the read */ + CURLIOE_LAST /* never use */ +} curlioerr; + +typedef enum { + CURLIOCMD_NOP, /* no operation */ + CURLIOCMD_RESTARTREAD, /* restart the read stream from start */ + CURLIOCMD_LAST /* never use */ +} curliocmd; + +typedef curlioerr (*curl_ioctl_callback)(CURL *handle, + int cmd, + void *clientp); + +/* + * The following typedef's are signatures of malloc, free, realloc, strdup and + * calloc respectively. Function pointers of these types can be passed to the + * curl_global_init_mem() function to set user defined memory management + * callback routines. + */ +typedef void *(*curl_malloc_callback)(size_t size); +typedef void (*curl_free_callback)(void *ptr); +typedef void *(*curl_realloc_callback)(void *ptr, size_t size); +typedef char *(*curl_strdup_callback)(const char *str); +typedef void *(*curl_calloc_callback)(size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/* the kind of data that is passed to information_callback*/ +typedef enum { + CURLINFO_TEXT = 0, + CURLINFO_HEADER_IN, /* 1 */ + CURLINFO_HEADER_OUT, /* 2 */ + CURLINFO_DATA_IN, /* 3 */ + CURLINFO_DATA_OUT, /* 4 */ + CURLINFO_SSL_DATA_IN, /* 5 */ + CURLINFO_SSL_DATA_OUT, /* 6 */ + CURLINFO_END +} curl_infotype; + +typedef int (*curl_debug_callback) + (CURL *handle, /* the handle/transfer this concerns */ + curl_infotype type, /* what kind of data */ + char *data, /* points to the data */ + size_t size, /* size of the data pointed to */ + void *userptr); /* whatever the user please */ + +/* All possible error codes from all sorts of curl functions. Future versions + may return other values, stay prepared. + + Always add new return codes last. Never *EVER* remove any. The return + codes must remain the same! + */ + +typedef enum { + CURLE_OK = 0, + CURLE_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL, /* 1 */ + CURLE_FAILED_INIT, /* 2 */ + CURLE_URL_MALFORMAT, /* 3 */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE4, /* 4 - NOT USED */ + CURLE_COULDNT_RESOLVE_PROXY, /* 5 */ + CURLE_COULDNT_RESOLVE_HOST, /* 6 */ + CURLE_COULDNT_CONNECT, /* 7 */ + CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_SERVER_REPLY, /* 8 */ + CURLE_REMOTE_ACCESS_DENIED, /* 9 a service was denied by the server + due to lack of access - when login fails + this is not returned. */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE10, /* 10 - NOT USED */ + CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_PASS_REPLY, /* 11 */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE12, /* 12 - NOT USED */ + CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_PASV_REPLY, /* 13 */ + CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_227_FORMAT, /* 14 */ + CURLE_FTP_CANT_GET_HOST, /* 15 */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE16, /* 16 - NOT USED */ + CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_SET_TYPE, /* 17 */ + CURLE_PARTIAL_FILE, /* 18 */ + CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_RETR_FILE, /* 19 */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE20, /* 20 - NOT USED */ + CURLE_QUOTE_ERROR, /* 21 - quote command failure */ + CURLE_HTTP_RETURNED_ERROR, /* 22 */ + CURLE_WRITE_ERROR, /* 23 */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE24, /* 24 - NOT USED */ + CURLE_UPLOAD_FAILED, /* 25 - failed upload "command" */ + CURLE_READ_ERROR, /* 26 - couldn't open/read from file */ + CURLE_OUT_OF_MEMORY, /* 27 */ + /* Note: CURLE_OUT_OF_MEMORY may sometimes indicate a conversion error + instead of a memory allocation error if CURL_DOES_CONVERSIONS + is defined + */ + CURLE_OPERATION_TIMEDOUT, /* 28 - the timeout time was reached */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE29, /* 29 - NOT USED */ + CURLE_FTP_PORT_FAILED, /* 30 - FTP PORT operation failed */ + CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_USE_REST, /* 31 - the REST command failed */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE32, /* 32 - NOT USED */ + CURLE_RANGE_ERROR, /* 33 - RANGE "command" didn't work */ + CURLE_HTTP_POST_ERROR, /* 34 */ + CURLE_SSL_CONNECT_ERROR, /* 35 - wrong when connecting with SSL */ + CURLE_BAD_DOWNLOAD_RESUME, /* 36 - couldn't resume download */ + CURLE_FILE_COULDNT_READ_FILE, /* 37 */ + CURLE_LDAP_CANNOT_BIND, /* 38 */ + CURLE_LDAP_SEARCH_FAILED, /* 39 */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE40, /* 40 - NOT USED */ + CURLE_FUNCTION_NOT_FOUND, /* 41 */ + CURLE_ABORTED_BY_CALLBACK, /* 42 */ + CURLE_BAD_FUNCTION_ARGUMENT, /* 43 */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE44, /* 44 - NOT USED */ + CURLE_INTERFACE_FAILED, /* 45 - CURLOPT_INTERFACE failed */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE46, /* 46 - NOT USED */ + CURLE_TOO_MANY_REDIRECTS , /* 47 - catch endless re-direct loops */ + CURLE_UNKNOWN_TELNET_OPTION, /* 48 - User specified an unknown option */ + CURLE_TELNET_OPTION_SYNTAX , /* 49 - Malformed telnet option */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE50, /* 50 - NOT USED */ + CURLE_PEER_FAILED_VERIFICATION, /* 51 - peer's certificate or fingerprint + wasn't verified fine */ + CURLE_GOT_NOTHING, /* 52 - when this is a specific error */ + CURLE_SSL_ENGINE_NOTFOUND, /* 53 - SSL crypto engine not found */ + CURLE_SSL_ENGINE_SETFAILED, /* 54 - can not set SSL crypto engine as + default */ + CURLE_SEND_ERROR, /* 55 - failed sending network data */ + CURLE_RECV_ERROR, /* 56 - failure in receiving network data */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE57, /* 57 - NOT IN USE */ + CURLE_SSL_CERTPROBLEM, /* 58 - problem with the local certificate */ + CURLE_SSL_CIPHER, /* 59 - couldn't use specified cipher */ + CURLE_SSL_CACERT, /* 60 - problem with the CA cert (path?) */ + CURLE_BAD_CONTENT_ENCODING, /* 61 - Unrecognized transfer encoding */ + CURLE_LDAP_INVALID_URL, /* 62 - Invalid LDAP URL */ + CURLE_FILESIZE_EXCEEDED, /* 63 - Maximum file size exceeded */ + CURLE_USE_SSL_FAILED, /* 64 - Requested FTP SSL level failed */ + CURLE_SEND_FAIL_REWIND, /* 65 - Sending the data requires a rewind + that failed */ + CURLE_SSL_ENGINE_INITFAILED, /* 66 - failed to initialise ENGINE */ + CURLE_LOGIN_DENIED, /* 67 - user, password or similar was not + accepted and we failed to login */ + CURLE_TFTP_NOTFOUND, /* 68 - file not found on server */ + CURLE_TFTP_PERM, /* 69 - permission problem on server */ + CURLE_REMOTE_DISK_FULL, /* 70 - out of disk space on server */ + CURLE_TFTP_ILLEGAL, /* 71 - Illegal TFTP operation */ + CURLE_TFTP_UNKNOWNID, /* 72 - Unknown transfer ID */ + CURLE_REMOTE_FILE_EXISTS, /* 73 - File already exists */ + CURLE_TFTP_NOSUCHUSER, /* 74 - No such user */ + CURLE_CONV_FAILED, /* 75 - conversion failed */ + CURLE_CONV_REQD, /* 76 - caller must register conversion + callbacks using curl_easy_setopt options + CURLOPT_CONV_FROM_NETWORK_FUNCTION, + CURLOPT_CONV_TO_NETWORK_FUNCTION, and + CURLOPT_CONV_FROM_UTF8_FUNCTION */ + CURLE_SSL_CACERT_BADFILE, /* 77 - could not load CACERT file, missing + or wrong format */ + CURLE_REMOTE_FILE_NOT_FOUND, /* 78 - remote file not found */ + CURLE_SSH, /* 79 - error from the SSH layer, somewhat + generic so the error message will be of + interest when this has happened */ + + CURLE_SSL_SHUTDOWN_FAILED, /* 80 - Failed to shut down the SSL + connection */ + CURLE_AGAIN, /* 81 - socket is not ready for send/recv, + wait till it's ready and try again (Added + in 7.18.2) */ + CURLE_SSL_CRL_BADFILE, /* 82 - could not load CRL file, missing or + wrong format (Added in 7.19.0) */ + CURLE_SSL_ISSUER_ERROR, /* 83 - Issuer check failed. (Added in + 7.19.0) */ + CURL_LAST /* never use! */ +} CURLcode; + +#ifndef CURL_NO_OLDIES /* define this to test if your app builds with all + the obsolete stuff removed! */ + +/* Backwards compatibility with older names */ + +/* The following were added in 7.17.1 */ +/* These are scheduled to disappear by 2009 */ +#define CURLE_SSL_PEER_CERTIFICATE CURLE_PEER_FAILED_VERIFICATION + +/* The following were added in 7.17.0 */ +/* These are scheduled to disappear by 2009 */ +#define CURLE_OBSOLETE CURLE_OBSOLETE50 /* noone should be using this! */ +#define CURLE_BAD_PASSWORD_ENTERED CURLE_OBSOLETE46 +#define CURLE_BAD_CALLING_ORDER CURLE_OBSOLETE44 +#define CURLE_FTP_USER_PASSWORD_INCORRECT CURLE_OBSOLETE10 +#define CURLE_FTP_CANT_RECONNECT CURLE_OBSOLETE16 +#define CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_GET_SIZE CURLE_OBSOLETE32 +#define CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_SET_ASCII CURLE_OBSOLETE29 +#define CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_USER_REPLY CURLE_OBSOLETE12 +#define CURLE_FTP_WRITE_ERROR CURLE_OBSOLETE20 +#define CURLE_LIBRARY_NOT_FOUND CURLE_OBSOLETE40 +#define CURLE_MALFORMAT_USER CURLE_OBSOLETE24 +#define CURLE_SHARE_IN_USE CURLE_OBSOLETE57 +#define CURLE_URL_MALFORMAT_USER CURLE_OBSOLETE4 + +#define CURLE_FTP_ACCESS_DENIED CURLE_REMOTE_ACCESS_DENIED +#define CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_SET_BINARY CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_SET_TYPE +#define CURLE_FTP_QUOTE_ERROR CURLE_QUOTE_ERROR +#define CURLE_TFTP_DISKFULL CURLE_REMOTE_DISK_FULL +#define CURLE_TFTP_EXISTS CURLE_REMOTE_FILE_EXISTS +#define CURLE_HTTP_RANGE_ERROR CURLE_RANGE_ERROR +#define CURLE_FTP_SSL_FAILED CURLE_USE_SSL_FAILED + +/* The following were added earlier */ + +#define CURLE_OPERATION_TIMEOUTED CURLE_OPERATION_TIMEDOUT + +#define CURLE_HTTP_NOT_FOUND CURLE_HTTP_RETURNED_ERROR +#define CURLE_HTTP_PORT_FAILED CURLE_INTERFACE_FAILED +#define CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_STOR_FILE CURLE_UPLOAD_FAILED + +#define CURLE_FTP_PARTIAL_FILE CURLE_PARTIAL_FILE +#define CURLE_FTP_BAD_DOWNLOAD_RESUME CURLE_BAD_DOWNLOAD_RESUME + +/* This was the error code 50 in 7.7.3 and a few earlier versions, this + is no longer used by libcurl but is instead #defined here only to not + make programs break */ +#define CURLE_ALREADY_COMPLETE 99999 + +#endif /*!CURL_NO_OLDIES*/ + +/* This prototype applies to all conversion callbacks */ +typedef CURLcode (*curl_conv_callback)(char *buffer, size_t length); + +typedef CURLcode (*curl_ssl_ctx_callback)(CURL *curl, /* easy handle */ + void *ssl_ctx, /* actually an + OpenSSL SSL_CTX */ + void *userptr); + +typedef enum { + CURLPROXY_HTTP = 0, /* added in 7.10, new in 7.19.4 default is to use + CONNECT HTTP/1.1 */ + CURLPROXY_HTTP_1_0 = 1, /* added in 7.19.4, force to use CONNECT + HTTP/1.0 */ + CURLPROXY_SOCKS4 = 4, /* support added in 7.15.2, enum existed already + in 7.10 */ + CURLPROXY_SOCKS5 = 5, /* added in 7.10 */ + CURLPROXY_SOCKS4A = 6, /* added in 7.18.0 */ + CURLPROXY_SOCKS5_HOSTNAME = 7 /* Use the SOCKS5 protocol but pass along the + host name rather than the IP address. added + in 7.18.0 */ +} curl_proxytype; /* this enum was added in 7.10 */ + +#define CURLAUTH_NONE 0 /* nothing */ +#define CURLAUTH_BASIC (1<<0) /* Basic (default) */ +#define CURLAUTH_DIGEST (1<<1) /* Digest */ +#define CURLAUTH_GSSNEGOTIATE (1<<2) /* GSS-Negotiate */ +#define CURLAUTH_NTLM (1<<3) /* NTLM */ +#define CURLAUTH_DIGEST_IE (1<<4) /* Digest with IE flavour */ +#define CURLAUTH_ANY (~CURLAUTH_DIGEST_IE) /* all fine types set */ +#define CURLAUTH_ANYSAFE (~(CURLAUTH_BASIC|CURLAUTH_DIGEST_IE)) + +#define CURLSSH_AUTH_ANY ~0 /* all types supported by the server */ +#define CURLSSH_AUTH_NONE 0 /* none allowed, silly but complete */ +#define CURLSSH_AUTH_PUBLICKEY (1<<0) /* public/private key files */ +#define CURLSSH_AUTH_PASSWORD (1<<1) /* password */ +#define CURLSSH_AUTH_HOST (1<<2) /* host key files */ +#define CURLSSH_AUTH_KEYBOARD (1<<3) /* keyboard interactive */ +#define CURLSSH_AUTH_DEFAULT CURLSSH_AUTH_ANY + +#define CURL_ERROR_SIZE 256 + +struct curl_khkey { + const char *key; /* points to a zero-terminated string encoded with base64 + if len is zero, otherwise to the "raw" data */ + size_t len; + enum type { + CURLKHTYPE_UNKNOWN, + CURLKHTYPE_RSA1, + CURLKHTYPE_RSA, + CURLKHTYPE_DSS + } keytype; +}; + +/* this is the set of return values expected from the curl_sshkeycallback + callback */ +enum curl_khstat { + CURLKHSTAT_FINE_ADD_TO_FILE, + CURLKHSTAT_FINE, + CURLKHSTAT_REJECT, /* reject the connection, return an error */ + CURLKHSTAT_DEFER, /* do not accept it, but we can't answer right now so + this causes a CURLE_DEFER error but otherwise the + connection will be left intact etc */ + CURLKHSTAT_LAST /* not for use, only a marker for last-in-list */ +}; + +/* this is the set of status codes pass in to the callback */ +enum curl_khmatch { + CURLKHMATCH_OK, /* match */ + CURLKHMATCH_MISMATCH, /* host found, key mismatch! */ + CURLKHMATCH_MISSING, /* no matching host/key found */ + CURLKHMATCH_LAST /* not for use, only a marker for last-in-list */ +}; + +typedef int + (*curl_sshkeycallback) (CURL *easy, /* easy handle */ + const struct curl_khkey *knownkey, /* known */ + const struct curl_khkey *foundkey, /* found */ + enum curl_khmatch, /* libcurl's view on the keys */ + void *clientp); /* custom pointer passed from app */ + +/* parameter for the CURLOPT_USE_SSL option */ +typedef enum { + CURLUSESSL_NONE, /* do not attempt to use SSL */ + CURLUSESSL_TRY, /* try using SSL, proceed anyway otherwise */ + CURLUSESSL_CONTROL, /* SSL for the control connection or fail */ + CURLUSESSL_ALL, /* SSL for all communication or fail */ + CURLUSESSL_LAST /* not an option, never use */ +} curl_usessl; + +#ifndef CURL_NO_OLDIES /* define this to test if your app builds with all + the obsolete stuff removed! */ + +/* Backwards compatibility with older names */ +/* These are scheduled to disappear by 2009 */ + +#define CURLFTPSSL_NONE CURLUSESSL_NONE +#define CURLFTPSSL_TRY CURLUSESSL_TRY +#define CURLFTPSSL_CONTROL CURLUSESSL_CONTROL +#define CURLFTPSSL_ALL CURLUSESSL_ALL +#define CURLFTPSSL_LAST CURLUSESSL_LAST +#define curl_ftpssl curl_usessl +#endif /*!CURL_NO_OLDIES*/ + +/* parameter for the CURLOPT_FTP_SSL_CCC option */ +typedef enum { + CURLFTPSSL_CCC_NONE, /* do not send CCC */ + CURLFTPSSL_CCC_PASSIVE, /* Let the server initiate the shutdown */ + CURLFTPSSL_CCC_ACTIVE, /* Initiate the shutdown */ + CURLFTPSSL_CCC_LAST /* not an option, never use */ +} curl_ftpccc; + +/* parameter for the CURLOPT_FTPSSLAUTH option */ +typedef enum { + CURLFTPAUTH_DEFAULT, /* let libcurl decide */ + CURLFTPAUTH_SSL, /* use "AUTH SSL" */ + CURLFTPAUTH_TLS, /* use "AUTH TLS" */ + CURLFTPAUTH_LAST /* not an option, never use */ +} curl_ftpauth; + +/* parameter for the CURLOPT_FTP_CREATE_MISSING_DIRS option */ +typedef enum { + CURLFTP_CREATE_DIR_NONE, /* do NOT create missing dirs! */ + CURLFTP_CREATE_DIR, /* (FTP/SFTP) if CWD fails, try MKD and then CWD + again if MKD succeeded, for SFTP this does + similar magic */ + CURLFTP_CREATE_DIR_RETRY, /* (FTP only) if CWD fails, try MKD and then CWD + again even if MKD failed! */ + CURLFTP_CREATE_DIR_LAST /* not an option, never use */ +} curl_ftpcreatedir; + +/* parameter for the CURLOPT_FTP_FILEMETHOD option */ +typedef enum { + CURLFTPMETHOD_DEFAULT, /* let libcurl pick */ + CURLFTPMETHOD_MULTICWD, /* single CWD operation for each path part */ + CURLFTPMETHOD_NOCWD, /* no CWD at all */ + CURLFTPMETHOD_SINGLECWD, /* one CWD to full dir, then work on file */ + CURLFTPMETHOD_LAST /* not an option, never use */ +} curl_ftpmethod; + +/* CURLPROTO_ defines are for the CURLOPT_*PROTOCOLS options */ +#define CURLPROTO_HTTP (1<<0) +#define CURLPROTO_HTTPS (1<<1) +#define CURLPROTO_FTP (1<<2) +#define CURLPROTO_FTPS (1<<3) +#define CURLPROTO_SCP (1<<4) +#define CURLPROTO_SFTP (1<<5) +#define CURLPROTO_TELNET (1<<6) +#define CURLPROTO_LDAP (1<<7) +#define CURLPROTO_LDAPS (1<<8) +#define CURLPROTO_DICT (1<<9) +#define CURLPROTO_FILE (1<<10) +#define CURLPROTO_TFTP (1<<11) +#define CURLPROTO_ALL (~0) /* enable everything */ + +/* long may be 32 or 64 bits, but we should never depend on anything else + but 32 */ +#define CURLOPTTYPE_LONG 0 +#define CURLOPTTYPE_OBJECTPOINT 10000 +#define CURLOPTTYPE_FUNCTIONPOINT 20000 +#define CURLOPTTYPE_OFF_T 30000 + +/* name is uppercase CURLOPT_<name>, + type is one of the defined CURLOPTTYPE_<type> + number is unique identifier */ +#ifdef CINIT +#undef CINIT +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_ISOCPP +#define CINIT(name,type,number) CURLOPT_ ## name = CURLOPTTYPE_ ## type + number +#else +/* The macro "##" is ISO C, we assume pre-ISO C doesn't support it. */ +#define LONG CURLOPTTYPE_LONG +#define OBJECTPOINT CURLOPTTYPE_OBJECTPOINT +#define FUNCTIONPOINT CURLOPTTYPE_FUNCTIONPOINT +#define OFF_T CURLOPTTYPE_OFF_T +#define CINIT(name,type,number) CURLOPT_/**/name = type + number +#endif + +/* + * This macro-mania below setups the CURLOPT_[what] enum, to be used with + * curl_easy_setopt(). The first argument in the CINIT() macro is the [what] + * word. + */ + +typedef enum { + /* This is the FILE * or void * the regular output should be written to. */ + CINIT(FILE, OBJECTPOINT, 1), + + /* The full URL to get/put */ + CINIT(URL, OBJECTPOINT, 2), + + /* Port number to connect to, if other than default. */ + CINIT(PORT, LONG, 3), + + /* Name of proxy to use. */ + CINIT(PROXY, OBJECTPOINT, 4), + + /* "name:password" to use when fetching. */ + CINIT(USERPWD, OBJECTPOINT, 5), + + /* "name:password" to use with proxy. */ + CINIT(PROXYUSERPWD, OBJECTPOINT, 6), + + /* Range to get, specified as an ASCII string. */ + CINIT(RANGE, OBJECTPOINT, 7), + + /* not used */ + + /* Specified file stream to upload from (use as input): */ + CINIT(INFILE, OBJECTPOINT, 9), + + /* Buffer to receive error messages in, must be at least CURL_ERROR_SIZE + * bytes big. If this is not used, error messages go to stderr instead: */ + CINIT(ERRORBUFFER, OBJECTPOINT, 10), + + /* Function that will be called to store the output (instead of fwrite). The + * parameters will use fwrite() syntax, make sure to follow them. */ + CINIT(WRITEFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 11), + + /* Function that will be called to read the input (instead of fread). The + * parameters will use fread() syntax, make sure to follow them. */ + CINIT(READFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 12), + + /* Time-out the read operation after this amount of seconds */ + CINIT(TIMEOUT, LONG, 13), + + /* If the CURLOPT_INFILE is used, this can be used to inform libcurl about + * how large the file being sent really is. That allows better error + * checking and better verifies that the upload was successful. -1 means + * unknown size. + * + * For large file support, there is also a _LARGE version of the key + * which takes an off_t type, allowing platforms with larger off_t + * sizes to handle larger files. See below for INFILESIZE_LARGE. + */ + CINIT(INFILESIZE, LONG, 14), + + /* POST static input fields. */ + CINIT(POSTFIELDS, OBJECTPOINT, 15), + + /* Set the referrer page (needed by some CGIs) */ + CINIT(REFERER, OBJECTPOINT, 16), + + /* Set the FTP PORT string (interface name, named or numerical IP address) + Use i.e '-' to use default address. */ + CINIT(FTPPORT, OBJECTPOINT, 17), + + /* Set the User-Agent string (examined by some CGIs) */ + CINIT(USERAGENT, OBJECTPOINT, 18), + + /* If the download receives less than "low speed limit" bytes/second + * during "low speed time" seconds, the operations is aborted. + * You could i.e if you have a pretty high speed connection, abort if + * it is less than 2000 bytes/sec during 20 seconds. + */ + + /* Set the "low speed limit" */ + CINIT(LOW_SPEED_LIMIT, LONG, 19), + + /* Set the "low speed time" */ + CINIT(LOW_SPEED_TIME, LONG, 20), + + /* Set the continuation offset. + * + * Note there is also a _LARGE version of this key which uses + * off_t types, allowing for large file offsets on platforms which + * use larger-than-32-bit off_t's. Look below for RESUME_FROM_LARGE. + */ + CINIT(RESUME_FROM, LONG, 21), + + /* Set cookie in request: */ + CINIT(COOKIE, OBJECTPOINT, 22), + + /* This points to a linked list of headers, struct curl_slist kind */ + CINIT(HTTPHEADER, OBJECTPOINT, 23), + + /* This points to a linked list of post entries, struct curl_httppost */ + CINIT(HTTPPOST, OBJECTPOINT, 24), + + /* name of the file keeping your private SSL-certificate */ + CINIT(SSLCERT, OBJECTPOINT, 25), + + /* password for the SSL or SSH private key */ + CINIT(KEYPASSWD, OBJECTPOINT, 26), + + /* send TYPE parameter? */ + CINIT(CRLF, LONG, 27), + + /* send linked-list of QUOTE commands */ + CINIT(QUOTE, OBJECTPOINT, 28), + + /* send FILE * or void * to store headers to, if you use a callback it + is simply passed to the callback unmodified */ + CINIT(WRITEHEADER, OBJECTPOINT, 29), + + /* point to a file to read the initial cookies from, also enables + "cookie awareness" */ + CINIT(COOKIEFILE, OBJECTPOINT, 31), + + /* What version to specifically try to use. + See CURL_SSLVERSION defines below. */ + CINIT(SSLVERSION, LONG, 32), + + /* What kind of HTTP time condition to use, see defines */ + CINIT(TIMECONDITION, LONG, 33), + + /* Time to use with the above condition. Specified in number of seconds + since 1 Jan 1970 */ + CINIT(TIMEVALUE, LONG, 34), + + /* 35 = OBSOLETE */ + + /* Custom request, for customizing the get command like + HTTP: DELETE, TRACE and others + FTP: to use a different list command + */ + CINIT(CUSTOMREQUEST, OBJECTPOINT, 36), + + /* HTTP request, for odd commands like DELETE, TRACE and others */ + CINIT(STDERR, OBJECTPOINT, 37), + + /* 38 is not used */ + + /* send linked-list of post-transfer QUOTE commands */ + CINIT(POSTQUOTE, OBJECTPOINT, 39), + + /* Pass a pointer to string of the output using full variable-replacement + as described elsewhere. */ + CINIT(WRITEINFO, OBJECTPOINT, 40), + + CINIT(VERBOSE, LONG, 41), /* talk a lot */ + CINIT(HEADER, LONG, 42), /* throw the header out too */ + CINIT(NOPROGRESS, LONG, 43), /* shut off the progress meter */ + CINIT(NOBODY, LONG, 44), /* use HEAD to get http document */ + CINIT(FAILONERROR, LONG, 45), /* no output on http error codes >= 300 */ + CINIT(UPLOAD, LONG, 46), /* this is an upload */ + CINIT(POST, LONG, 47), /* HTTP POST method */ + CINIT(DIRLISTONLY, LONG, 48), /* return bare names when listing directories */ + + CINIT(APPEND, LONG, 50), /* Append instead of overwrite on upload! */ + + /* Specify whether to read the user+password from the .netrc or the URL. + * This must be one of the CURL_NETRC_* enums below. */ + CINIT(NETRC, LONG, 51), + + CINIT(FOLLOWLOCATION, LONG, 52), /* use Location: Luke! */ + + CINIT(TRANSFERTEXT, LONG, 53), /* transfer data in text/ASCII format */ + CINIT(PUT, LONG, 54), /* HTTP PUT */ + + /* 55 = OBSOLETE */ + + /* Function that will be called instead of the internal progress display + * function. This function should be defined as the curl_progress_callback + * prototype defines. */ + CINIT(PROGRESSFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 56), + + /* Data passed to the progress callback */ + CINIT(PROGRESSDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 57), + + /* We want the referrer field set automatically when following locations */ + CINIT(AUTOREFERER, LONG, 58), + + /* Port of the proxy, can be set in the proxy string as well with: + "[host]:[port]" */ + CINIT(PROXYPORT, LONG, 59), + + /* size of the POST input data, if strlen() is not good to use */ + CINIT(POSTFIELDSIZE, LONG, 60), + + /* tunnel non-http operations through a HTTP proxy */ + CINIT(HTTPPROXYTUNNEL, LONG, 61), + + /* Set the interface string to use as outgoing network interface */ + CINIT(INTERFACE, OBJECTPOINT, 62), + + /* Set the krb4/5 security level, this also enables krb4/5 awareness. This + * is a string, 'clear', 'safe', 'confidential' or 'private'. If the string + * is set but doesn't match one of these, 'private' will be used. */ + CINIT(KRBLEVEL, OBJECTPOINT, 63), + + /* Set if we should verify the peer in ssl handshake, set 1 to verify. */ + CINIT(SSL_VERIFYPEER, LONG, 64), + + /* The CApath or CAfile used to validate the peer certificate + this option is used only if SSL_VERIFYPEER is true */ + CINIT(CAINFO, OBJECTPOINT, 65), + + /* 66 = OBSOLETE */ + /* 67 = OBSOLETE */ + + /* Maximum number of http redirects to follow */ + CINIT(MAXREDIRS, LONG, 68), + + /* Pass a long set to 1 to get the date of the requested document (if + possible)! Pass a zero to shut it off. */ + CINIT(FILETIME, LONG, 69), + + /* This points to a linked list of telnet options */ + CINIT(TELNETOPTIONS, OBJECTPOINT, 70), + + /* Max amount of cached alive connections */ + CINIT(MAXCONNECTS, LONG, 71), + + /* What policy to use when closing connections when the cache is filled + up */ + CINIT(CLOSEPOLICY, LONG, 72), + + /* 73 = OBSOLETE */ + + /* Set to explicitly use a new connection for the upcoming transfer. + Do not use this unless you're absolutely sure of this, as it makes the + operation slower and is less friendly for the network. */ + CINIT(FRESH_CONNECT, LONG, 74), + + /* Set to explicitly forbid the upcoming transfer's connection to be re-used + when done. Do not use this unless you're absolutely sure of this, as it + makes the operation slower and is less friendly for the network. */ + CINIT(FORBID_REUSE, LONG, 75), + + /* Set to a file name that contains random data for libcurl to use to + seed the random engine when doing SSL connects. */ + CINIT(RANDOM_FILE, OBJECTPOINT, 76), + + /* Set to the Entropy Gathering Daemon socket pathname */ + CINIT(EGDSOCKET, OBJECTPOINT, 77), + + /* Time-out connect operations after this amount of seconds, if connects + are OK within this time, then fine... This only aborts the connect + phase. [Only works on unix-style/SIGALRM operating systems] */ + CINIT(CONNECTTIMEOUT, LONG, 78), + + /* Function that will be called to store headers (instead of fwrite). The + * parameters will use fwrite() syntax, make sure to follow them. */ + CINIT(HEADERFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 79), + + /* Set this to force the HTTP request to get back to GET. Only really usable + if POST, PUT or a custom request have been used first. + */ + CINIT(HTTPGET, LONG, 80), + + /* Set if we should verify the Common name from the peer certificate in ssl + * handshake, set 1 to check existence, 2 to ensure that it matches the + * provided hostname. */ + CINIT(SSL_VERIFYHOST, LONG, 81), + + /* Specify which file name to write all known cookies in after completed + operation. Set file name to "-" (dash) to make it go to stdout. */ + CINIT(COOKIEJAR, OBJECTPOINT, 82), + + /* Specify which SSL ciphers to use */ + CINIT(SSL_CIPHER_LIST, OBJECTPOINT, 83), + + /* Specify which HTTP version to use! This must be set to one of the + CURL_HTTP_VERSION* enums set below. */ + CINIT(HTTP_VERSION, LONG, 84), + + /* Specifically switch on or off the FTP engine's use of the EPSV command. By + default, that one will always be attempted before the more traditional + PASV command. */ + CINIT(FTP_USE_EPSV, LONG, 85), + + /* type of the file keeping your SSL-certificate ("DER", "PEM", "ENG") */ + CINIT(SSLCERTTYPE, OBJECTPOINT, 86), + + /* name of the file keeping your private SSL-key */ + CINIT(SSLKEY, OBJECTPOINT, 87), + + /* type of the file keeping your private SSL-key ("DER", "PEM", "ENG") */ + CINIT(SSLKEYTYPE, OBJECTPOINT, 88), + + /* crypto engine for the SSL-sub system */ + CINIT(SSLENGINE, OBJECTPOINT, 89), + + /* set the crypto engine for the SSL-sub system as default + the param has no meaning... + */ + CINIT(SSLENGINE_DEFAULT, LONG, 90), + + /* Non-zero value means to use the global dns cache */ + CINIT(DNS_USE_GLOBAL_CACHE, LONG, 91), /* To become OBSOLETE soon */ + + /* DNS cache timeout */ + CINIT(DNS_CACHE_TIMEOUT, LONG, 92), + + /* send linked-list of pre-transfer QUOTE commands */ + CINIT(PREQUOTE, OBJECTPOINT, 93), + + /* set the debug function */ + CINIT(DEBUGFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 94), + + /* set the data for the debug function */ + CINIT(DEBUGDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 95), + + /* mark this as start of a cookie session */ + CINIT(COOKIESESSION, LONG, 96), + + /* The CApath directory used to validate the peer certificate + this option is used only if SSL_VERIFYPEER is true */ + CINIT(CAPATH, OBJECTPOINT, 97), + + /* Instruct libcurl to use a smaller receive buffer */ + CINIT(BUFFERSIZE, LONG, 98), + + /* Instruct libcurl to not use any signal/alarm handlers, even when using + timeouts. This option is useful for multi-threaded applications. + See libcurl-the-guide for more background information. */ + CINIT(NOSIGNAL, LONG, 99), + + /* Provide a CURLShare for mutexing non-ts data */ + CINIT(SHARE, OBJECTPOINT, 100), + + /* indicates type of proxy. accepted values are CURLPROXY_HTTP (default), + CURLPROXY_SOCKS4, CURLPROXY_SOCKS4A and CURLPROXY_SOCKS5. */ + CINIT(PROXYTYPE, LONG, 101), + + /* Set the Accept-Encoding string. Use this to tell a server you would like + the response to be compressed. */ + CINIT(ENCODING, OBJECTPOINT, 102), + + /* Set pointer to private data */ + CINIT(PRIVATE, OBJECTPOINT, 103), + + /* Set aliases for HTTP 200 in the HTTP Response header */ + CINIT(HTTP200ALIASES, OBJECTPOINT, 104), + + /* Continue to send authentication (user+password) when following locations, + even when hostname changed. This can potentially send off the name + and password to whatever host the server decides. */ + CINIT(UNRESTRICTED_AUTH, LONG, 105), + + /* Specifically switch on or off the FTP engine's use of the EPRT command ( it + also disables the LPRT attempt). By default, those ones will always be + attempted before the good old traditional PORT command. */ + CINIT(FTP_USE_EPRT, LONG, 106), + + /* Set this to a bitmask value to enable the particular authentications + methods you like. Use this in combination with CURLOPT_USERPWD. + Note that setting multiple bits may cause extra network round-trips. */ + CINIT(HTTPAUTH, LONG, 107), + + /* Set the ssl context callback function, currently only for OpenSSL ssl_ctx + in second argument. The function must be matching the + curl_ssl_ctx_callback proto. */ + CINIT(SSL_CTX_FUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 108), + + /* Set the userdata for the ssl context callback function's third + argument */ + CINIT(SSL_CTX_DATA, OBJECTPOINT, 109), + + /* FTP Option that causes missing dirs to be created on the remote server. + In 7.19.4 we introduced the convenience enums for this option using the + CURLFTP_CREATE_DIR prefix. + */ + CINIT(FTP_CREATE_MISSING_DIRS, LONG, 110), + + /* Set this to a bitmask value to enable the particular authentications + methods you like. Use this in combination with CURLOPT_PROXYUSERPWD. + Note that setting multiple bits may cause extra network round-trips. */ + CINIT(PROXYAUTH, LONG, 111), + + /* FTP option that changes the timeout, in seconds, associated with + getting a response. This is different from transfer timeout time and + essentially places a demand on the FTP server to acknowledge commands + in a timely manner. */ + CINIT(FTP_RESPONSE_TIMEOUT, LONG, 112), + + /* Set this option to one of the CURL_IPRESOLVE_* defines (see below) to + tell libcurl to resolve names to those IP versions only. This only has + affect on systems with support for more than one, i.e IPv4 _and_ IPv6. */ + CINIT(IPRESOLVE, LONG, 113), + + /* Set this option to limit the size of a file that will be downloaded from + an HTTP or FTP server. + + Note there is also _LARGE version which adds large file support for + platforms which have larger off_t sizes. See MAXFILESIZE_LARGE below. */ + CINIT(MAXFILESIZE, LONG, 114), + + /* See the comment for INFILESIZE above, but in short, specifies + * the size of the file being uploaded. -1 means unknown. + */ + CINIT(INFILESIZE_LARGE, OFF_T, 115), + + /* Sets the continuation offset. There is also a LONG version of this; + * look above for RESUME_FROM. + */ + CINIT(RESUME_FROM_LARGE, OFF_T, 116), + + /* Sets the maximum size of data that will be downloaded from + * an HTTP or FTP server. See MAXFILESIZE above for the LONG version. + */ + CINIT(MAXFILESIZE_LARGE, OFF_T, 117), + + /* Set this option to the file name of your .netrc file you want libcurl + to parse (using the CURLOPT_NETRC option). If not set, libcurl will do + a poor attempt to find the user's home directory and check for a .netrc + file in there. */ + CINIT(NETRC_FILE, OBJECTPOINT, 118), + + /* Enable SSL/TLS for FTP, pick one of: + CURLFTPSSL_TRY - try using SSL, proceed anyway otherwise + CURLFTPSSL_CONTROL - SSL for the control connection or fail + CURLFTPSSL_ALL - SSL for all communication or fail + */ + CINIT(USE_SSL, LONG, 119), + + /* The _LARGE version of the standard POSTFIELDSIZE option */ + CINIT(POSTFIELDSIZE_LARGE, OFF_T, 120), + + /* Enable/disable the TCP Nagle algorithm */ + CINIT(TCP_NODELAY, LONG, 121), + + /* 122 OBSOLETE, used in 7.12.3. Gone in 7.13.0 */ + /* 123 OBSOLETE. Gone in 7.16.0 */ + /* 124 OBSOLETE, used in 7.12.3. Gone in 7.13.0 */ + /* 125 OBSOLETE, used in 7.12.3. Gone in 7.13.0 */ + /* 126 OBSOLETE, used in 7.12.3. Gone in 7.13.0 */ + /* 127 OBSOLETE. Gone in 7.16.0 */ + /* 128 OBSOLETE. Gone in 7.16.0 */ + + /* When FTP over SSL/TLS is selected (with CURLOPT_USE_SSL), this option + can be used to change libcurl's default action which is to first try + "AUTH SSL" and then "AUTH TLS" in this order, and proceed when a OK + response has been received. + + Available parameters are: + CURLFTPAUTH_DEFAULT - let libcurl decide + CURLFTPAUTH_SSL - try "AUTH SSL" first, then TLS + CURLFTPAUTH_TLS - try "AUTH TLS" first, then SSL + */ + CINIT(FTPSSLAUTH, LONG, 129), + + CINIT(IOCTLFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 130), + CINIT(IOCTLDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 131), + + /* 132 OBSOLETE. Gone in 7.16.0 */ + /* 133 OBSOLETE. Gone in 7.16.0 */ + + /* zero terminated string for pass on to the FTP server when asked for + "account" info */ + CINIT(FTP_ACCOUNT, OBJECTPOINT, 134), + + /* feed cookies into cookie engine */ + CINIT(COOKIELIST, OBJECTPOINT, 135), + + /* ignore Content-Length */ + CINIT(IGNORE_CONTENT_LENGTH, LONG, 136), + + /* Set to non-zero to skip the IP address received in a 227 PASV FTP server + response. Typically used for FTP-SSL purposes but is not restricted to + that. libcurl will then instead use the same IP address it used for the + control connection. */ + CINIT(FTP_SKIP_PASV_IP, LONG, 137), + + /* Select "file method" to use when doing FTP, see the curl_ftpmethod + above. */ + CINIT(FTP_FILEMETHOD, LONG, 138), + + /* Local port number to bind the socket to */ + CINIT(LOCALPORT, LONG, 139), + + /* Number of ports to try, including the first one set with LOCALPORT. + Thus, setting it to 1 will make no additional attempts but the first. + */ + CINIT(LOCALPORTRANGE, LONG, 140), + + /* no transfer, set up connection and let application use the socket by + extracting it with CURLINFO_LASTSOCKET */ + CINIT(CONNECT_ONLY, LONG, 141), + + /* Function that will be called to convert from the + network encoding (instead of using the iconv calls in libcurl) */ + CINIT(CONV_FROM_NETWORK_FUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 142), + + /* Function that will be called to convert to the + network encoding (instead of using the iconv calls in libcurl) */ + CINIT(CONV_TO_NETWORK_FUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 143), + + /* Function that will be called to convert from UTF8 + (instead of using the iconv calls in libcurl) + Note that this is used only for SSL certificate processing */ + CINIT(CONV_FROM_UTF8_FUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 144), + + /* if the connection proceeds too quickly then need to slow it down */ + /* limit-rate: maximum number of bytes per second to send or receive */ + CINIT(MAX_SEND_SPEED_LARGE, OFF_T, 145), + CINIT(MAX_RECV_SPEED_LARGE, OFF_T, 146), + + /* Pointer to command string to send if USER/PASS fails. */ + CINIT(FTP_ALTERNATIVE_TO_USER, OBJECTPOINT, 147), + + /* callback function for setting socket options */ + CINIT(SOCKOPTFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 148), + CINIT(SOCKOPTDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 149), + + /* set to 0 to disable session ID re-use for this transfer, default is + enabled (== 1) */ + CINIT(SSL_SESSIONID_CACHE, LONG, 150), + + /* allowed SSH authentication methods */ + CINIT(SSH_AUTH_TYPES, LONG, 151), + + /* Used by scp/sftp to do public/private key authentication */ + CINIT(SSH_PUBLIC_KEYFILE, OBJECTPOINT, 152), + CINIT(SSH_PRIVATE_KEYFILE, OBJECTPOINT, 153), + + /* Send CCC (Clear Command Channel) after authentication */ + CINIT(FTP_SSL_CCC, LONG, 154), + + /* Same as TIMEOUT and CONNECTTIMEOUT, but with ms resolution */ + CINIT(TIMEOUT_MS, LONG, 155), + CINIT(CONNECTTIMEOUT_MS, LONG, 156), + + /* set to zero to disable the libcurl's decoding and thus pass the raw body + data to the application even when it is encoded/compressed */ + CINIT(HTTP_TRANSFER_DECODING, LONG, 157), + CINIT(HTTP_CONTENT_DECODING, LONG, 158), + + /* Permission used when creating new files and directories on the remote + server for protocols that support it, SFTP/SCP/FILE */ + CINIT(NEW_FILE_PERMS, LONG, 159), + CINIT(NEW_DIRECTORY_PERMS, LONG, 160), + + /* Set the behaviour of POST when redirecting. Values must be set to one + of CURL_REDIR* defines below. This used to be called CURLOPT_POST301 */ + CINIT(POSTREDIR, LONG, 161), + + /* used by scp/sftp to verify the host's public key */ + CINIT(SSH_HOST_PUBLIC_KEY_MD5, OBJECTPOINT, 162), + + /* Callback function for opening socket (instead of socket(2)). Optionally, + callback is able change the address or refuse to connect returning + CURL_SOCKET_BAD. The callback should have type + curl_opensocket_callback */ + CINIT(OPENSOCKETFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 163), + CINIT(OPENSOCKETDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 164), + + /* POST volatile input fields. */ + CINIT(COPYPOSTFIELDS, OBJECTPOINT, 165), + + /* set transfer mode (;type=<a|i>) when doing FTP via an HTTP proxy */ + CINIT(PROXY_TRANSFER_MODE, LONG, 166), + + /* Callback function for seeking in the input stream */ + CINIT(SEEKFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 167), + CINIT(SEEKDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 168), + + /* CRL file */ + CINIT(CRLFILE, OBJECTPOINT, 169), + + /* Issuer certificate */ + CINIT(ISSUERCERT, OBJECTPOINT, 170), + + /* (IPv6) Address scope */ + CINIT(ADDRESS_SCOPE, LONG, 171), + + /* Collect certificate chain info and allow it to get retrievable with + CURLINFO_CERTINFO after the transfer is complete. (Unfortunately) only + working with OpenSSL-powered builds. */ + CINIT(CERTINFO, LONG, 172), + + /* "name" and "pwd" to use when fetching. */ + CINIT(USERNAME, OBJECTPOINT, 173), + CINIT(PASSWORD, OBJECTPOINT, 174), + + /* "name" and "pwd" to use with Proxy when fetching. */ + CINIT(PROXYUSERNAME, OBJECTPOINT, 175), + CINIT(PROXYPASSWORD, OBJECTPOINT, 176), + + /* Comma separated list of hostnames defining no-proxy zones. These should + match both hostnames directly, and hostnames within a domain. For + example, local.com will match local.com and www.local.com, but NOT + notlocal.com or www.notlocal.com. For compatibility with other + implementations of this, .local.com will be considered to be the same as + local.com. A single * is the only valid wildcard, and effectively + disables the use of proxy. */ + CINIT(NOPROXY, OBJECTPOINT, 177), + + /* block size for TFTP transfers */ + CINIT(TFTP_BLKSIZE, LONG, 178), + + /* Socks Service */ + CINIT(SOCKS5_GSSAPI_SERVICE, OBJECTPOINT, 179), + + /* Socks Service */ + CINIT(SOCKS5_GSSAPI_NEC, LONG, 180), + + /* set the bitmask for the protocols that are allowed to be used for the + transfer, which thus helps the app which takes URLs from users or other + external inputs and want to restrict what protocol(s) to deal + with. Defaults to CURLPROTO_ALL. */ + CINIT(PROTOCOLS, LONG, 181), + + /* set the bitmask for the protocols that libcurl is allowed to follow to, + as a subset of the CURLOPT_PROTOCOLS ones. That means the protocol needs + to be set in both bitmasks to be allowed to get redirected to. Defaults + to all protocols except FILE and SCP. */ + CINIT(REDIR_PROTOCOLS, LONG, 182), + + /* set the SSH knownhost file name to use */ + CINIT(SSH_KNOWNHOSTS, OBJECTPOINT, 183), + + /* set the SSH host key callback, must point to a curl_sshkeycallback + function */ + CINIT(SSH_KEYFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 184), + + /* set the SSH host key callback custom pointer */ + CINIT(SSH_KEYDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 185), + + CURLOPT_LASTENTRY /* the last unused */ +} CURLoption; + +#ifndef CURL_NO_OLDIES /* define this to test if your app builds with all + the obsolete stuff removed! */ + +/* Backwards compatibility with older names */ +/* These are scheduled to disappear by 2011 */ + +/* This was added in version 7.19.1 */ +#define CURLOPT_POST301 CURLOPT_POSTREDIR + +/* These are scheduled to disappear by 2009 */ + +/* The following were added in 7.17.0 */ +#define CURLOPT_SSLKEYPASSWD CURLOPT_KEYPASSWD +#define CURLOPT_FTPAPPEND CURLOPT_APPEND +#define CURLOPT_FTPLISTONLY CURLOPT_DIRLISTONLY +#define CURLOPT_FTP_SSL CURLOPT_USE_SSL + +/* The following were added earlier */ + +#define CURLOPT_SSLCERTPASSWD CURLOPT_KEYPASSWD +#define CURLOPT_KRB4LEVEL CURLOPT_KRBLEVEL + +#else +/* This is set if CURL_NO_OLDIES is defined at compile-time */ +#undef CURLOPT_DNS_USE_GLOBAL_CACHE /* soon obsolete */ +#endif + + + /* Below here follows defines for the CURLOPT_IPRESOLVE option. If a host + name resolves addresses using more than one IP protocol version, this + option might be handy to force libcurl to use a specific IP version. */ +#define CURL_IPRESOLVE_WHATEVER 0 /* default, resolves addresses to all IP + versions that your system allows */ +#define CURL_IPRESOLVE_V4 1 /* resolve to ipv4 addresses */ +#define CURL_IPRESOLVE_V6 2 /* resolve to ipv6 addresses */ + + /* three convenient "aliases" that follow the name scheme better */ +#define CURLOPT_WRITEDATA CURLOPT_FILE +#define CURLOPT_READDATA CURLOPT_INFILE +#define CURLOPT_HEADERDATA CURLOPT_WRITEHEADER + + /* These enums are for use with the CURLOPT_HTTP_VERSION option. */ +enum { + CURL_HTTP_VERSION_NONE, /* setting this means we don't care, and that we'd + like the library to choose the best possible + for us! */ + CURL_HTTP_VERSION_1_0, /* please use HTTP 1.0 in the request */ + CURL_HTTP_VERSION_1_1, /* please use HTTP 1.1 in the request */ + + CURL_HTTP_VERSION_LAST /* *ILLEGAL* http version */ +}; + + /* These enums are for use with the CURLOPT_NETRC option. */ +enum CURL_NETRC_OPTION { + CURL_NETRC_IGNORED, /* The .netrc will never be read. + * This is the default. */ + CURL_NETRC_OPTIONAL, /* A user:password in the URL will be preferred + * to one in the .netrc. */ + CURL_NETRC_REQUIRED, /* A user:password in the URL will be ignored. + * Unless one is set programmatically, the .netrc + * will be queried. */ + CURL_NETRC_LAST +}; + +enum { + CURL_SSLVERSION_DEFAULT, + CURL_SSLVERSION_TLSv1, + CURL_SSLVERSION_SSLv2, + CURL_SSLVERSION_SSLv3, + + CURL_SSLVERSION_LAST /* never use, keep last */ +}; + +/* symbols to use with CURLOPT_POSTREDIR. + CURL_REDIR_POST_301 and CURL_REDIR_POST_302 can be bitwise ORed so that + CURL_REDIR_POST_301 | CURL_REDIR_POST_302 == CURL_REDIR_POST_ALL */ + +#define CURL_REDIR_GET_ALL 0 +#define CURL_REDIR_POST_301 1 +#define CURL_REDIR_POST_302 2 +#define CURL_REDIR_POST_ALL (CURL_REDIR_POST_301|CURL_REDIR_POST_302) + +typedef enum { + CURL_TIMECOND_NONE, + + CURL_TIMECOND_IFMODSINCE, + CURL_TIMECOND_IFUNMODSINCE, + CURL_TIMECOND_LASTMOD, + + CURL_TIMECOND_LAST +} curl_TimeCond; + + +/* curl_strequal() and curl_strnequal() are subject for removal in a future + libcurl, see lib/README.curlx for details */ +CURL_EXTERN int (curl_strequal)(const char *s1, const char *s2); +CURL_EXTERN int (curl_strnequal)(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n); + +/* name is uppercase CURLFORM_<name> */ +#ifdef CFINIT +#undef CFINIT +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_ISOCPP +#define CFINIT(name) CURLFORM_ ## name +#else +/* The macro "##" is ISO C, we assume pre-ISO C doesn't support it. */ +#define CFINIT(name) CURLFORM_/**/name +#endif + +typedef enum { + CFINIT(NOTHING), /********* the first one is unused ************/ + + /* */ + CFINIT(COPYNAME), + CFINIT(PTRNAME), + CFINIT(NAMELENGTH), + CFINIT(COPYCONTENTS), + CFINIT(PTRCONTENTS), + CFINIT(CONTENTSLENGTH), + CFINIT(FILECONTENT), + CFINIT(ARRAY), + CFINIT(OBSOLETE), + CFINIT(FILE), + + CFINIT(BUFFER), + CFINIT(BUFFERPTR), + CFINIT(BUFFERLENGTH), + + CFINIT(CONTENTTYPE), + CFINIT(CONTENTHEADER), + CFINIT(FILENAME), + CFINIT(END), + CFINIT(OBSOLETE2), + + CFINIT(STREAM), + + CURLFORM_LASTENTRY /* the last unused */ +} CURLformoption; + +#undef CFINIT /* done */ + +/* structure to be used as parameter for CURLFORM_ARRAY */ +struct curl_forms { + CURLformoption option; + const char *value; +}; + +/* use this for multipart formpost building */ +/* Returns code for curl_formadd() + * + * Returns: + * CURL_FORMADD_OK on success + * CURL_FORMADD_MEMORY if the FormInfo allocation fails + * CURL_FORMADD_OPTION_TWICE if one option is given twice for one Form + * CURL_FORMADD_NULL if a null pointer was given for a char + * CURL_FORMADD_MEMORY if the allocation of a FormInfo struct failed + * CURL_FORMADD_UNKNOWN_OPTION if an unknown option was used + * CURL_FORMADD_INCOMPLETE if the some FormInfo is not complete (or error) + * CURL_FORMADD_MEMORY if a curl_httppost struct cannot be allocated + * CURL_FORMADD_MEMORY if some allocation for string copying failed. + * CURL_FORMADD_ILLEGAL_ARRAY if an illegal option is used in an array + * + ***************************************************************************/ +typedef enum { + CURL_FORMADD_OK, /* first, no error */ + + CURL_FORMADD_MEMORY, + CURL_FORMADD_OPTION_TWICE, + CURL_FORMADD_NULL, + CURL_FORMADD_UNKNOWN_OPTION, + CURL_FORMADD_INCOMPLETE, + CURL_FORMADD_ILLEGAL_ARRAY, + CURL_FORMADD_DISABLED, /* libcurl was built with this disabled */ + + CURL_FORMADD_LAST /* last */ +} CURLFORMcode; + +/* + * NAME curl_formadd() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Pretty advanced function for building multi-part formposts. Each invoke + * adds one part that together construct a full post. Then use + * CURLOPT_HTTPPOST to send it off to libcurl. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLFORMcode curl_formadd(struct curl_httppost **httppost, + struct curl_httppost **last_post, + ...); + +/* + * callback function for curl_formget() + * The void *arg pointer will be the one passed as second argument to + * curl_formget(). + * The character buffer passed to it must not be freed. + * Should return the buffer length passed to it as the argument "len" on + * success. + */ +typedef size_t (*curl_formget_callback)(void *arg, const char *buf, size_t len); + +/* + * NAME curl_formget() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Serialize a curl_httppost struct built with curl_formadd(). + * Accepts a void pointer as second argument which will be passed to + * the curl_formget_callback function. + * Returns 0 on success. + */ +CURL_EXTERN int curl_formget(struct curl_httppost *form, void *arg, + curl_formget_callback append); +/* + * NAME curl_formfree() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Free a multipart formpost previously built with curl_formadd(). + */ +CURL_EXTERN void curl_formfree(struct curl_httppost *form); + +/* + * NAME curl_getenv() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Returns a malloc()'ed string that MUST be curl_free()ed after usage is + * complete. DEPRECATED - see lib/README.curlx + */ +CURL_EXTERN char *curl_getenv(const char *variable); + +/* + * NAME curl_version() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Returns a static ascii string of the libcurl version. + */ +CURL_EXTERN char *curl_version(void); + +/* + * NAME curl_easy_escape() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Escapes URL strings (converts all letters consider illegal in URLs to their + * %XX versions). This function returns a new allocated string or NULL if an + * error occurred. + */ +CURL_EXTERN char *curl_easy_escape(CURL *handle, + const char *string, + int length); + +/* the previous version: */ +CURL_EXTERN char *curl_escape(const char *string, + int length); + + +/* + * NAME curl_easy_unescape() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Unescapes URL encoding in strings (converts all %XX codes to their 8bit + * versions). This function returns a new allocated string or NULL if an error + * occurred. + * Conversion Note: On non-ASCII platforms the ASCII %XX codes are + * converted into the host encoding. + */ +CURL_EXTERN char *curl_easy_unescape(CURL *handle, + const char *string, + int length, + int *outlength); + +/* the previous version */ +CURL_EXTERN char *curl_unescape(const char *string, + int length); + +/* + * NAME curl_free() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Provided for de-allocation in the same translation unit that did the + * allocation. Added in libcurl 7.10 + */ +CURL_EXTERN void curl_free(void *p); + +/* + * NAME curl_global_init() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * curl_global_init() should be invoked exactly once for each application that + * uses libcurl and before any call of other libcurl functions. + * + * This function is not thread-safe! + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_global_init(long flags); + +/* + * NAME curl_global_init_mem() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * curl_global_init() or curl_global_init_mem() should be invoked exactly once + * for each application that uses libcurl. This function can be used to + * initialize libcurl and set user defined memory management callback + * functions. Users can implement memory management routines to check for + * memory leaks, check for mis-use of the curl library etc. User registered + * callback routines with be invoked by this library instead of the system + * memory management routines like malloc, free etc. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_global_init_mem(long flags, + curl_malloc_callback m, + curl_free_callback f, + curl_realloc_callback r, + curl_strdup_callback s, + curl_calloc_callback c); + +/* + * NAME curl_global_cleanup() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * curl_global_cleanup() should be invoked exactly once for each application + * that uses libcurl + */ +CURL_EXTERN void curl_global_cleanup(void); + +/* linked-list structure for the CURLOPT_QUOTE option (and other) */ +struct curl_slist { + char *data; + struct curl_slist *next; +}; + +/* + * NAME curl_slist_append() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Appends a string to a linked list. If no list exists, it will be created + * first. Returns the new list, after appending. + */ +CURL_EXTERN struct curl_slist *curl_slist_append(struct curl_slist *, + const char *); + +/* + * NAME curl_slist_free_all() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * free a previously built curl_slist. + */ +CURL_EXTERN void curl_slist_free_all(struct curl_slist *); + +/* + * NAME curl_getdate() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Returns the time, in seconds since 1 Jan 1970 of the time string given in + * the first argument. The time argument in the second parameter is unused + * and should be set to NULL. + */ +CURL_EXTERN time_t curl_getdate(const char *p, const time_t *unused); + +/* info about the certificate chain, only for OpenSSL builds. Asked + for with CURLOPT_CERTINFO / CURLINFO_CERTINFO */ +struct curl_certinfo { + int num_of_certs; /* number of certificates with information */ + struct curl_slist **certinfo; /* for each index in this array, there's a + linked list with textual information in the + format "name: value" */ +}; + +#define CURLINFO_STRING 0x100000 +#define CURLINFO_LONG 0x200000 +#define CURLINFO_DOUBLE 0x300000 +#define CURLINFO_SLIST 0x400000 +#define CURLINFO_MASK 0x0fffff +#define CURLINFO_TYPEMASK 0xf00000 + +typedef enum { + CURLINFO_NONE, /* first, never use this */ + CURLINFO_EFFECTIVE_URL = CURLINFO_STRING + 1, + CURLINFO_RESPONSE_CODE = CURLINFO_LONG + 2, + CURLINFO_TOTAL_TIME = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 3, + CURLINFO_NAMELOOKUP_TIME = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 4, + CURLINFO_CONNECT_TIME = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 5, + CURLINFO_PRETRANSFER_TIME = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 6, + CURLINFO_SIZE_UPLOAD = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 7, + CURLINFO_SIZE_DOWNLOAD = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 8, + CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 9, + CURLINFO_SPEED_UPLOAD = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 10, + CURLINFO_HEADER_SIZE = CURLINFO_LONG + 11, + CURLINFO_REQUEST_SIZE = CURLINFO_LONG + 12, + CURLINFO_SSL_VERIFYRESULT = CURLINFO_LONG + 13, + CURLINFO_FILETIME = CURLINFO_LONG + 14, + CURLINFO_CONTENT_LENGTH_DOWNLOAD = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 15, + CURLINFO_CONTENT_LENGTH_UPLOAD = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 16, + CURLINFO_STARTTRANSFER_TIME = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 17, + CURLINFO_CONTENT_TYPE = CURLINFO_STRING + 18, + CURLINFO_REDIRECT_TIME = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 19, + CURLINFO_REDIRECT_COUNT = CURLINFO_LONG + 20, + CURLINFO_PRIVATE = CURLINFO_STRING + 21, + CURLINFO_HTTP_CONNECTCODE = CURLINFO_LONG + 22, + CURLINFO_HTTPAUTH_AVAIL = CURLINFO_LONG + 23, + CURLINFO_PROXYAUTH_AVAIL = CURLINFO_LONG + 24, + CURLINFO_OS_ERRNO = CURLINFO_LONG + 25, + CURLINFO_NUM_CONNECTS = CURLINFO_LONG + 26, + CURLINFO_SSL_ENGINES = CURLINFO_SLIST + 27, + CURLINFO_COOKIELIST = CURLINFO_SLIST + 28, + CURLINFO_LASTSOCKET = CURLINFO_LONG + 29, + CURLINFO_FTP_ENTRY_PATH = CURLINFO_STRING + 30, + CURLINFO_REDIRECT_URL = CURLINFO_STRING + 31, + CURLINFO_PRIMARY_IP = CURLINFO_STRING + 32, + CURLINFO_APPCONNECT_TIME = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 33, + CURLINFO_CERTINFO = CURLINFO_SLIST + 34, + CURLINFO_CONDITION_UNMET = CURLINFO_LONG + 35, + /* Fill in new entries below here! */ + + CURLINFO_LASTONE = 35 +} CURLINFO; + +/* CURLINFO_RESPONSE_CODE is the new name for the option previously known as + CURLINFO_HTTP_CODE */ +#define CURLINFO_HTTP_CODE CURLINFO_RESPONSE_CODE + +typedef enum { + CURLCLOSEPOLICY_NONE, /* first, never use this */ + + CURLCLOSEPOLICY_OLDEST, + CURLCLOSEPOLICY_LEAST_RECENTLY_USED, + CURLCLOSEPOLICY_LEAST_TRAFFIC, + CURLCLOSEPOLICY_SLOWEST, + CURLCLOSEPOLICY_CALLBACK, + + CURLCLOSEPOLICY_LAST /* last, never use this */ +} curl_closepolicy; + +#define CURL_GLOBAL_SSL (1<<0) +#define CURL_GLOBAL_WIN32 (1<<1) +#define CURL_GLOBAL_ALL (CURL_GLOBAL_SSL|CURL_GLOBAL_WIN32) +#define CURL_GLOBAL_NOTHING 0 +#define CURL_GLOBAL_DEFAULT CURL_GLOBAL_ALL + + +/***************************************************************************** + * Setup defines, protos etc for the sharing stuff. + */ + +/* Different data locks for a single share */ +typedef enum { + CURL_LOCK_DATA_NONE = 0, + /* CURL_LOCK_DATA_SHARE is used internally to say that + * the locking is just made to change the internal state of the share + * itself. + */ + CURL_LOCK_DATA_SHARE, + CURL_LOCK_DATA_COOKIE, + CURL_LOCK_DATA_DNS, + CURL_LOCK_DATA_SSL_SESSION, + CURL_LOCK_DATA_CONNECT, + CURL_LOCK_DATA_LAST +} curl_lock_data; + +/* Different lock access types */ +typedef enum { + CURL_LOCK_ACCESS_NONE = 0, /* unspecified action */ + CURL_LOCK_ACCESS_SHARED = 1, /* for read perhaps */ + CURL_LOCK_ACCESS_SINGLE = 2, /* for write perhaps */ + CURL_LOCK_ACCESS_LAST /* never use */ +} curl_lock_access; + +typedef void (*curl_lock_function)(CURL *handle, + curl_lock_data data, + curl_lock_access locktype, + void *userptr); +typedef void (*curl_unlock_function)(CURL *handle, + curl_lock_data data, + void *userptr); + +typedef void CURLSH; + +typedef enum { + CURLSHE_OK, /* all is fine */ + CURLSHE_BAD_OPTION, /* 1 */ + CURLSHE_IN_USE, /* 2 */ + CURLSHE_INVALID, /* 3 */ + CURLSHE_NOMEM, /* out of memory */ + CURLSHE_LAST /* never use */ +} CURLSHcode; + +typedef enum { + CURLSHOPT_NONE, /* don't use */ + CURLSHOPT_SHARE, /* specify a data type to share */ + CURLSHOPT_UNSHARE, /* specify which data type to stop sharing */ + CURLSHOPT_LOCKFUNC, /* pass in a 'curl_lock_function' pointer */ + CURLSHOPT_UNLOCKFUNC, /* pass in a 'curl_unlock_function' pointer */ + CURLSHOPT_USERDATA, /* pass in a user data pointer used in the lock/unlock + callback functions */ + CURLSHOPT_LAST /* never use */ +} CURLSHoption; + +CURL_EXTERN CURLSH *curl_share_init(void); +CURL_EXTERN CURLSHcode curl_share_setopt(CURLSH *, CURLSHoption option, ...); +CURL_EXTERN CURLSHcode curl_share_cleanup(CURLSH *); + +/**************************************************************************** + * Structures for querying information about the curl library at runtime. + */ + +typedef enum { + CURLVERSION_FIRST, + CURLVERSION_SECOND, + CURLVERSION_THIRD, + CURLVERSION_FOURTH, + CURLVERSION_LAST /* never actually use this */ +} CURLversion; + +/* The 'CURLVERSION_NOW' is the symbolic name meant to be used by + basically all programs ever that want to get version information. It is + meant to be a built-in version number for what kind of struct the caller + expects. If the struct ever changes, we redefine the NOW to another enum + from above. */ +#define CURLVERSION_NOW CURLVERSION_FOURTH + +typedef struct { + CURLversion age; /* age of the returned struct */ + const char *version; /* LIBCURL_VERSION */ + unsigned int version_num; /* LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM */ + const char *host; /* OS/host/cpu/machine when configured */ + int features; /* bitmask, see defines below */ + const char *ssl_version; /* human readable string */ + long ssl_version_num; /* not used anymore, always 0 */ + const char *libz_version; /* human readable string */ + /* protocols is terminated by an entry with a NULL protoname */ + const char * const *protocols; + + /* The fields below this were added in CURLVERSION_SECOND */ + const char *ares; + int ares_num; + + /* This field was added in CURLVERSION_THIRD */ + const char *libidn; + + /* These field were added in CURLVERSION_FOURTH */ + + /* Same as '_libiconv_version' if built with HAVE_ICONV */ + int iconv_ver_num; + + const char *libssh_version; /* human readable string */ + +} curl_version_info_data; + +#define CURL_VERSION_IPV6 (1<<0) /* IPv6-enabled */ +#define CURL_VERSION_KERBEROS4 (1<<1) /* kerberos auth is supported */ +#define CURL_VERSION_SSL (1<<2) /* SSL options are present */ +#define CURL_VERSION_LIBZ (1<<3) /* libz features are present */ +#define CURL_VERSION_NTLM (1<<4) /* NTLM auth is supported */ +#define CURL_VERSION_GSSNEGOTIATE (1<<5) /* Negotiate auth support */ +#define CURL_VERSION_DEBUG (1<<6) /* built with debug capabilities */ +#define CURL_VERSION_ASYNCHDNS (1<<7) /* asynchronous dns resolves */ +#define CURL_VERSION_SPNEGO (1<<8) /* SPNEGO auth */ +#define CURL_VERSION_LARGEFILE (1<<9) /* supports files bigger than 2GB */ +#define CURL_VERSION_IDN (1<<10) /* International Domain Names support */ +#define CURL_VERSION_SSPI (1<<11) /* SSPI is supported */ +#define CURL_VERSION_CONV (1<<12) /* character conversions supported */ +#define CURL_VERSION_CURLDEBUG (1<<13) /* debug memory tracking supported */ + +/* + * NAME curl_version_info() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * This function returns a pointer to a static copy of the version info + * struct. See above. + */ +CURL_EXTERN curl_version_info_data *curl_version_info(CURLversion); + +/* + * NAME curl_easy_strerror() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * The curl_easy_strerror function may be used to turn a CURLcode value + * into the equivalent human readable error string. This is useful + * for printing meaningful error messages. + */ +CURL_EXTERN const char *curl_easy_strerror(CURLcode); + +/* + * NAME curl_share_strerror() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * The curl_share_strerror function may be used to turn a CURLSHcode value + * into the equivalent human readable error string. This is useful + * for printing meaningful error messages. + */ +CURL_EXTERN const char *curl_share_strerror(CURLSHcode); + +/* + * NAME curl_easy_pause() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * The curl_easy_pause function pauses or unpauses transfers. Select the new + * state by setting the bitmask, use the convenience defines below. + * + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_pause(CURL *handle, int bitmask); + +#define CURLPAUSE_RECV (1<<0) +#define CURLPAUSE_RECV_CONT (0) + +#define CURLPAUSE_SEND (1<<2) +#define CURLPAUSE_SEND_CONT (0) + +#define CURLPAUSE_ALL (CURLPAUSE_RECV|CURLPAUSE_SEND) +#define CURLPAUSE_CONT (CURLPAUSE_RECV_CONT|CURLPAUSE_SEND_CONT) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/* unfortunately, the easy.h and multi.h include files need options and info + stuff before they can be included! */ +#include "easy.h" /* nothing in curl is fun without the easy stuff */ +#include "multi.h" + +/* the typechecker doesn't work in C++ (yet) */ +#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__GNUC_MINOR__) && \ + ((__GNUC__ > 4) || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)) && \ + !defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(CURL_DISABLE_TYPECHECK) +#include "typecheck-gcc.h" +#else +#if defined(__STDC__) && (__STDC__ >= 1) +/* This preprocessor magic that replaces a call with the exact same call is + only done to make sure application authors pass exactly three arguments + to these functions. */ +#define curl_easy_setopt(handle,opt,param) curl_easy_setopt(handle,opt,param) +#define curl_easy_getinfo(handle,info,arg) curl_easy_getinfo(handle,info,arg) +#define curl_share_setopt(share,opt,param) curl_share_setopt(share,opt,param) +#define curl_multi_setopt(handle,opt,param) curl_multi_setopt(handle,opt,param) +#endif /* __STDC__ >= 1 */ +#endif /* gcc >= 4.3 && !__cplusplus */ + +#endif /* __CURL_CURL_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/curlbuild.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/curlbuild.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..205e9f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/curlbuild.h @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +/* include/curl/curlbuild.h. Generated from curlbuild.h.in by configure. */ +#ifndef __CURL_CURLBUILD_H +#define __CURL_CURLBUILD_H +/*************************************************************************** + * _ _ ____ _ + * Project ___| | | | _ \| | + * / __| | | | |_) | | + * | (__| |_| | _ <| |___ + * \___|\___/|_| \_\_____| + * + * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2009, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al. + * + * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which + * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms + * are also available at http://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html. + * + * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell + * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file. + * + * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. + * + * $Id: curlbuild.h.in,v 1.8 2009-04-29 15:15:38 yangtse Exp $ + ***************************************************************************/ + +/* ================================================================ */ +/* NOTES FOR CONFIGURE CAPABLE SYSTEMS */ +/* ================================================================ */ + +/* + * NOTE 1: + * ------- + * + * Nothing in this file is intended to be modified or adjusted by the + * curl library user nor by the curl library builder. + * + * If you think that something actually needs to be changed, adjusted + * or fixed in this file, then, report it on the libcurl development + * mailing list: http://cool.haxx.se/mailman/listinfo/curl-library/ + * + * This header file shall only export symbols which are 'curl' or 'CURL' + * prefixed, otherwise public name space would be polluted. + * + * NOTE 2: + * ------- + * + * Right now you might be staring at file include/curl/curlbuild.h.in or + * at file include/curl/curlbuild.h, this is due to the following reason: + * + * On systems capable of running the configure script, the configure process + * will overwrite the distributed include/curl/curlbuild.h file with one that + * is suitable and specific to the library being configured and built, which + * is generated from the include/curl/curlbuild.h.in template file. + * + */ + +/* ================================================================ */ +/* DEFINITION OF THESE SYMBOLS SHALL NOT TAKE PLACE ANYWHERE ELSE */ +/* ================================================================ */ + +#ifdef CURL_SIZEOF_LONG +# error "CURL_SIZEOF_LONG shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SIZEOF_LONG_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T +# error "CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T +# error "CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T +# error "CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T +# error "CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU +# error "CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_FORMAT_OFF_T +# error "CURL_FORMAT_OFF_T shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_FORMAT_OFF_T_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_OFF_T +# error "CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_OFF_T shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_OFF_T_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T +# error "CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU +# error "CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU_already_defined +#endif + +/* ================================================================ */ +/* EXTERNAL INTERFACE SETTINGS FOR CONFIGURE CAPABLE SYSTEMS ONLY */ +/* ================================================================ */ + +/* Configure process defines this to 1 when it finds out that system */ +/* header file ws2tcpip.h must be included by the external interface. */ +#define CURL_PULL_WS2TCPIP_H 1 +#ifdef CURL_PULL_WS2TCPIP_H +# ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1 +# endif +# include <windows.h> +# include <winsock2.h> +# include <ws2tcpip.h> +#endif + +/* Configure process defines this to 1 when it finds out that system */ +/* header file sys/types.h must be included by the external interface. */ +#define CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H 1 +#ifdef CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H +# include <sys/types.h> +#endif + +/* Configure process defines this to 1 when it finds out that system */ +/* header file stdint.h must be included by the external interface. */ +#define CURL_PULL_STDINT_H 1 +#ifdef CURL_PULL_STDINT_H +# include <stdint.h> +#endif + +/* Configure process defines this to 1 when it finds out that system */ +/* header file inttypes.h must be included by the external interface. */ +#define CURL_PULL_INTTYPES_H 1 +#ifdef CURL_PULL_INTTYPES_H +# include <inttypes.h> +#endif + +/* Configure process defines this to 1 when it finds out that system */ +/* header file sys/socket.h must be included by the external interface. */ +/* #undef CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H */ +#ifdef CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H +# include <sys/socket.h> +#endif + +/* The size of `long', as computed by sizeof. */ +#define CURL_SIZEOF_LONG 4 + +/* Integral data type used for curl_socklen_t. */ +#define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t + +/* The size of `curl_socklen_t', as computed by sizeof. */ +#define CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T 4 + +/* Data type definition of curl_socklen_t. */ +typedef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T curl_socklen_t; + +/* Signed integral data type used for curl_off_t. */ +#define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T int64_t + +/* Data type definition of curl_off_t. */ +typedef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T curl_off_t; + +/* curl_off_t formatting string directive without "%" conversion specifier. */ +#define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "I64d" + +/* unsigned curl_off_t formatting string without "%" conversion specifier. */ +#define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "I64u" + +/* curl_off_t formatting string directive with "%" conversion specifier. */ +#define CURL_FORMAT_OFF_T "%I64d" + +/* The size of `curl_off_t', as computed by sizeof. */ +#define CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_OFF_T 8 + +/* curl_off_t constant suffix. */ +#define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T LL + +/* unsigned curl_off_t constant suffix. */ +#define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ULL + +#endif /* __CURL_CURLBUILD_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/curlrules.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/curlrules.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4401873 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/curlrules.h @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ +#ifndef __CURL_CURLRULES_H +#define __CURL_CURLRULES_H +/*************************************************************************** + * _ _ ____ _ + * Project ___| | | | _ \| | + * / __| | | | |_) | | + * | (__| |_| | _ <| |___ + * \___|\___/|_| \_\_____| + * + * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2009, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al. + * + * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which + * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms + * are also available at http://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html. + * + * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell + * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file. + * + * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. + * + * $Id: curlrules.h,v 1.6 2009-04-29 15:15:38 yangtse Exp $ + ***************************************************************************/ + +/* ================================================================ */ +/* COMPILE TIME SANITY CHECKS */ +/* ================================================================ */ + +/* + * NOTE 1: + * ------- + * + * All checks done in this file are intentionally placed in a public + * header file which is pulled by curl/curl.h when an application is + * being built using an already built libcurl library. Additionally + * this file is also included and used when building the library. + * + * If compilation fails on this file it is certainly sure that the + * problem is elsewhere. It could be a problem in the curlbuild.h + * header file, or simply that you are using different compilation + * settings than those used to build the library. + * + * Nothing in this file is intended to be modified or adjusted by the + * curl library user nor by the curl library builder. + * + * Do not deactivate any check, these are done to make sure that the + * library is properly built and used. + * + * You can find further help on the libcurl development mailing list: + * http://cool.haxx.se/mailman/listinfo/curl-library/ + * + * NOTE 2 + * ------ + * + * Some of the following compile time checks are based on the fact + * that the dimension of a constant array can not be a negative one. + * In this way if the compile time verification fails, the compilation + * will fail issuing an error. The error description wording is compiler + * dependant but it will be quite similar to one of the following: + * + * "negative subscript or subscript is too large" + * "array must have at least one element" + * "-1 is an illegal array size" + * "size of array is negative" + * + * If you are building an application which tries to use an already + * built libcurl library and you are getting this kind of errors on + * this file, it is a clear indication that there is a mismatch between + * how the library was built and how you are trying to use it for your + * application. Your already compiled or binary library provider is the + * only one who can give you the details you need to properly use it. + */ + +/* + * Verify that some macros are actually defined. + */ + +#ifndef CURL_SIZEOF_LONG +# error "CURL_SIZEOF_LONG definition is missing!" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SIZEOF_LONG_is_missing +#endif + +#ifndef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T +# error "CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T definition is missing!" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T_is_missing +#endif + +#ifndef CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T +# error "CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T definition is missing!" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T_is_missing +#endif + +#ifndef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T +# error "CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T definition is missing!" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T_is_missing +#endif + +#ifndef CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T +# error "CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T definition is missing!" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T_is_missing +#endif + +#ifndef CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU +# error "CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU definition is missing!" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU_is_missing +#endif + +#ifndef CURL_FORMAT_OFF_T +# error "CURL_FORMAT_OFF_T definition is missing!" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_FORMAT_OFF_T_is_missing +#endif + +#ifndef CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_OFF_T +# error "CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_OFF_T definition is missing!" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_OFF_T_is_missing +#endif + +#ifndef CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T +# error "CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T definition is missing!" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T_is_missing +#endif + +#ifndef CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU +# error "CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU definition is missing!" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU_is_missing +#endif + +/* + * Macros private to this header file. + */ + +#define CurlchkszEQ(t, s) sizeof(t) == s ? 1 : -1 + +#define CurlchkszGE(t1, t2) sizeof(t1) >= sizeof(t2) ? 1 : -1 + +/* + * Verify that the size previously defined and expected for long + * is the same as the one reported by sizeof() at compile time. + */ + +typedef char + __curl_rule_01__ + [CurlchkszEQ(long, CURL_SIZEOF_LONG)]; + +/* + * Verify that the size previously defined and expected for + * curl_off_t is actually the the same as the one reported + * by sizeof() at compile time. + */ + +typedef char + __curl_rule_02__ + [CurlchkszEQ(curl_off_t, CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_OFF_T)]; + +/* + * Verify at compile time that the size of curl_off_t as reported + * by sizeof() is greater or equal than the one reported for long + * for the current compilation. + */ + +typedef char + __curl_rule_03__ + [CurlchkszGE(curl_off_t, long)]; + +/* + * Verify that the size previously defined and expected for + * curl_socklen_t is actually the the same as the one reported + * by sizeof() at compile time. + */ + +typedef char + __curl_rule_04__ + [CurlchkszEQ(curl_socklen_t, CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T)]; + +/* + * Verify at compile time that the size of curl_socklen_t as reported + * by sizeof() is greater or equal than the one reported for int for + * the current compilation. + */ + +typedef char + __curl_rule_05__ + [CurlchkszGE(curl_socklen_t, int)]; + +/* ================================================================ */ +/* EXTERNALLY AND INTERNALLY VISIBLE DEFINITIONS */ +/* ================================================================ */ + +/* + * CURL_ISOCPP and CURL_OFF_T_C definitions are done here in order to allow + * these to be visible and exported by the external libcurl interface API, + * while also making them visible to the library internals, simply including + * setup.h, without actually needing to include curl.h internally. + * If some day this section would grow big enough, all this should be moved + * to its own header file. + */ + +/* + * Figure out if we can use the ## preprocessor operator, which is supported + * by ISO/ANSI C and C++. Some compilers support it without setting __STDC__ + * or __cplusplus so we need to carefully check for them too. + */ + +#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__cplusplus) || \ + defined(__HP_aCC) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__LCC__) || \ + defined(__POCC__) || defined(__SALFORDC__) || defined(__HIGHC__) || \ + defined(__ILEC400__) + /* This compiler is believed to have an ISO compatible preprocessor */ +#define CURL_ISOCPP +#else + /* This compiler is believed NOT to have an ISO compatible preprocessor */ +#undef CURL_ISOCPP +#endif + +/* + * Macros for minimum-width signed and unsigned curl_off_t integer constants. + */ + +#ifdef CURL_ISOCPP +# define __CURL_OFF_T_C_HELPER2(Val,Suffix) Val ## Suffix +#else +# define __CURL_OFF_T_C_HELPER2(Val,Suffix) Val/**/Suffix +#endif +#define __CURL_OFF_T_C_HELPER1(Val,Suffix) __CURL_OFF_T_C_HELPER2(Val,Suffix) +#define CURL_OFF_T_C(Val) __CURL_OFF_T_C_HELPER1(Val,CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T) +#define CURL_OFF_TU_C(Val) __CURL_OFF_T_C_HELPER1(Val,CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU) + +/* + * Get rid of macros private to this header file. + */ + +#undef CurlchkszEQ +#undef CurlchkszGE + +/* + * Get rid of macros not intended to exist beyond this point. + */ + +#undef CURL_PULL_WS2TCPIP_H +#undef CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H +#undef CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H +#undef CURL_PULL_STDINT_H +#undef CURL_PULL_INTTYPES_H + +#undef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T +#undef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T + +#endif /* __CURL_CURLRULES_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/curlver.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/curlver.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..177f6cb --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/curlver.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +#ifndef __CURL_CURLVER_H +#define __CURL_CURLVER_H +/*************************************************************************** + * _ _ ____ _ + * Project ___| | | | _ \| | + * / __| | | | |_) | | + * | (__| |_| | _ <| |___ + * \___|\___/|_| \_\_____| + * + * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2009, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al. + * + * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which + * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms + * are also available at http://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html. + * + * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell + * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file. + * + * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. + * + * $Id: curlver.h,v 1.47 2009-05-18 07:58:00 bagder Exp $ + ***************************************************************************/ + +/* This header file contains nothing but libcurl version info, generated by + a script at release-time. This was made its own header file in 7.11.2 */ + +/* This is the global package copyright */ +#define LIBCURL_COPYRIGHT "1996 - 2009 Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>." + +/* This is the version number of the libcurl package from which this header + file origins: */ +#define LIBCURL_VERSION "7.19.6" + +/* The numeric version number is also available "in parts" by using these + defines: */ +#define LIBCURL_VERSION_MAJOR 7 +#define LIBCURL_VERSION_MINOR 19 +#define LIBCURL_VERSION_PATCH 6 + +/* This is the numeric version of the libcurl version number, meant for easier + parsing and comparions by programs. The LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM define will + always follow this syntax: + + 0xXXYYZZ + + Where XX, YY and ZZ are the main version, release and patch numbers in + hexadecimal (using 8 bits each). All three numbers are always represented + using two digits. 1.2 would appear as "0x010200" while version 9.11.7 + appears as "0x090b07". + + This 6-digit (24 bits) hexadecimal number does not show pre-release number, + and it is always a greater number in a more recent release. It makes + comparisons with greater than and less than work. +*/ +#define LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM 0x071306 + +/* + * This is the date and time when the full source package was created. The + * timestamp is not stored in CVS, as the timestamp is properly set in the + * tarballs by the maketgz script. + * + * The format of the date should follow this template: + * + * "Mon Feb 12 11:35:33 UTC 2007" + */ +#define LIBCURL_TIMESTAMP "Wed Aug 12 08:59:35 UTC 2009" + +#endif /* __CURL_CURLVER_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/easy.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/easy.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40449c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/easy.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +#ifndef __CURL_EASY_H +#define __CURL_EASY_H +/*************************************************************************** + * _ _ ____ _ + * Project ___| | | | _ \| | + * / __| | | | |_) | | + * | (__| |_| | _ <| |___ + * \___|\___/|_| \_\_____| + * + * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2008, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al. + * + * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which + * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms + * are also available at http://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html. + * + * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell + * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file. + * + * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. + * + * $Id: easy.h,v 1.14 2008-05-12 21:43:28 bagder Exp $ + ***************************************************************************/ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +CURL_EXTERN CURL *curl_easy_init(void); +CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_setopt(CURL *curl, CURLoption option, ...); +CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_perform(CURL *curl); +CURL_EXTERN void curl_easy_cleanup(CURL *curl); + +/* + * NAME curl_easy_getinfo() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Request internal information from the curl session with this function. The + * third argument MUST be a pointer to a long, a pointer to a char * or a + * pointer to a double (as the documentation describes elsewhere). The data + * pointed to will be filled in accordingly and can be relied upon only if the + * function returns CURLE_OK. This function is intended to get used *AFTER* a + * performed transfer, all results from this function are undefined until the + * transfer is completed. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_getinfo(CURL *curl, CURLINFO info, ...); + + +/* + * NAME curl_easy_duphandle() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Creates a new curl session handle with the same options set for the handle + * passed in. Duplicating a handle could only be a matter of cloning data and + * options, internal state info and things like persistant connections cannot + * be transfered. It is useful in multithreaded applications when you can run + * curl_easy_duphandle() for each new thread to avoid a series of identical + * curl_easy_setopt() invokes in every thread. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURL* curl_easy_duphandle(CURL *curl); + +/* + * NAME curl_easy_reset() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Re-initializes a CURL handle to the default values. This puts back the + * handle to the same state as it was in when it was just created. + * + * It does keep: live connections, the Session ID cache, the DNS cache and the + * cookies. + */ +CURL_EXTERN void curl_easy_reset(CURL *curl); + +/* + * NAME curl_easy_recv() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Receives data from the connected socket. Use after successful + * curl_easy_perform() with CURLOPT_CONNECT_ONLY option. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_recv(CURL *curl, void *buffer, size_t buflen, + size_t *n); + +/* + * NAME curl_easy_send() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Sends data over the connected socket. Use after successful + * curl_easy_perform() with CURLOPT_CONNECT_ONLY option. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_send(CURL *curl, const void *buffer, + size_t buflen, size_t *n); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/mprintf.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/mprintf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7202de --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/mprintf.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +#ifndef __CURL_MPRINTF_H +#define __CURL_MPRINTF_H +/*************************************************************************** + * _ _ ____ _ + * Project ___| | | | _ \| | + * / __| | | | |_) | | + * | (__| |_| | _ <| |___ + * \___|\___/|_| \_\_____| + * + * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2006, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al. + * + * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which + * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms + * are also available at http://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html. + * + * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell + * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file. + * + * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. + * + * $Id: mprintf.h,v 1.16 2008-05-20 10:21:50 patrickm Exp $ + ***************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <stdio.h> /* needed for FILE */ + +#include "curl.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +CURL_EXTERN int curl_mprintf(const char *format, ...); +CURL_EXTERN int curl_mfprintf(FILE *fd, const char *format, ...); +CURL_EXTERN int curl_msprintf(char *buffer, const char *format, ...); +CURL_EXTERN int curl_msnprintf(char *buffer, size_t maxlength, + const char *format, ...); +CURL_EXTERN int curl_mvprintf(const char *format, va_list args); +CURL_EXTERN int curl_mvfprintf(FILE *fd, const char *format, va_list args); +CURL_EXTERN int curl_mvsprintf(char *buffer, const char *format, va_list args); +CURL_EXTERN int curl_mvsnprintf(char *buffer, size_t maxlength, + const char *format, va_list args); +CURL_EXTERN char *curl_maprintf(const char *format, ...); +CURL_EXTERN char *curl_mvaprintf(const char *format, va_list args); + +#ifdef _MPRINTF_REPLACE +# undef printf +# undef fprintf +# undef sprintf +# undef vsprintf +# undef snprintf +# undef vprintf +# undef vfprintf +# undef vsnprintf +# undef aprintf +# undef vaprintf +# define printf curl_mprintf +# define fprintf curl_mfprintf +#ifdef CURLDEBUG +/* When built with CURLDEBUG we define away the sprintf() functions since we + don't want internal code to be using them */ +# define sprintf sprintf_was_used +# define vsprintf vsprintf_was_used +#else +# define sprintf curl_msprintf +# define vsprintf curl_mvsprintf +#endif +# define snprintf curl_msnprintf +# define vprintf curl_mvprintf +# define vfprintf curl_mvfprintf +# define vsnprintf curl_mvsnprintf +# define aprintf curl_maprintf +# define vaprintf curl_mvaprintf +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __CURL_MPRINTF_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/multi.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/multi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..153f772 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/multi.h @@ -0,0 +1,346 @@ +#ifndef __CURL_MULTI_H +#define __CURL_MULTI_H +/*************************************************************************** + * _ _ ____ _ + * Project ___| | | | _ \| | + * / __| | | | |_) | | + * | (__| |_| | _ <| |___ + * \___|\___/|_| \_\_____| + * + * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2007, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al. + * + * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which + * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms + * are also available at http://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html. + * + * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell + * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file. + * + * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. + * + * $Id: multi.h,v 1.45 2008-05-20 10:21:50 patrickm Exp $ + ***************************************************************************/ +/* + This is an "external" header file. Don't give away any internals here! + + GOALS + + o Enable a "pull" interface. The application that uses libcurl decides where + and when to ask libcurl to get/send data. + + o Enable multiple simultaneous transfers in the same thread without making it + complicated for the application. + + o Enable the application to select() on its own file descriptors and curl's + file descriptors simultaneous easily. + +*/ + +/* + * This header file should not really need to include "curl.h" since curl.h + * itself includes this file and we expect user applications to do #include + * <curl/curl.h> without the need for especially including multi.h. + * + * For some reason we added this include here at one point, and rather than to + * break existing (wrongly written) libcurl applications, we leave it as-is + * but with this warning attached. + */ +#include "curl.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef void CURLM; + +typedef enum { + CURLM_CALL_MULTI_PERFORM = -1, /* please call curl_multi_perform() or + curl_multi_socket*() soon */ + CURLM_OK, + CURLM_BAD_HANDLE, /* the passed-in handle is not a valid CURLM handle */ + CURLM_BAD_EASY_HANDLE, /* an easy handle was not good/valid */ + CURLM_OUT_OF_MEMORY, /* if you ever get this, you're in deep sh*t */ + CURLM_INTERNAL_ERROR, /* this is a libcurl bug */ + CURLM_BAD_SOCKET, /* the passed in socket argument did not match */ + CURLM_UNKNOWN_OPTION, /* curl_multi_setopt() with unsupported option */ + CURLM_LAST +} CURLMcode; + +/* just to make code nicer when using curl_multi_socket() you can now check + for CURLM_CALL_MULTI_SOCKET too in the same style it works for + curl_multi_perform() and CURLM_CALL_MULTI_PERFORM */ +#define CURLM_CALL_MULTI_SOCKET CURLM_CALL_MULTI_PERFORM + +typedef enum { + CURLMSG_NONE, /* first, not used */ + CURLMSG_DONE, /* This easy handle has completed. 'result' contains + the CURLcode of the transfer */ + CURLMSG_LAST /* last, not used */ +} CURLMSG; + +struct CURLMsg { + CURLMSG msg; /* what this message means */ + CURL *easy_handle; /* the handle it concerns */ + union { + void *whatever; /* message-specific data */ + CURLcode result; /* return code for transfer */ + } data; +}; +typedef struct CURLMsg CURLMsg; + +/* + * Name: curl_multi_init() + * + * Desc: inititalize multi-style curl usage + * + * Returns: a new CURLM handle to use in all 'curl_multi' functions. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLM *curl_multi_init(void); + +/* + * Name: curl_multi_add_handle() + * + * Desc: add a standard curl handle to the multi stack + * + * Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_add_handle(CURLM *multi_handle, + CURL *curl_handle); + + /* + * Name: curl_multi_remove_handle() + * + * Desc: removes a curl handle from the multi stack again + * + * Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_remove_handle(CURLM *multi_handle, + CURL *curl_handle); + + /* + * Name: curl_multi_fdset() + * + * Desc: Ask curl for its fd_set sets. The app can use these to select() or + * poll() on. We want curl_multi_perform() called as soon as one of + * them are ready. + * + * Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_fdset(CURLM *multi_handle, + fd_set *read_fd_set, + fd_set *write_fd_set, + fd_set *exc_fd_set, + int *max_fd); + + /* + * Name: curl_multi_perform() + * + * Desc: When the app thinks there's data available for curl it calls this + * function to read/write whatever there is right now. This returns + * as soon as the reads and writes are done. This function does not + * require that there actually is data available for reading or that + * data can be written, it can be called just in case. It returns + * the number of handles that still transfer data in the second + * argument's integer-pointer. + * + * Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code. *NOTE* that this only + * returns errors etc regarding the whole multi stack. There might + * still have occurred problems on invidual transfers even when this + * returns OK. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_perform(CURLM *multi_handle, + int *running_handles); + + /* + * Name: curl_multi_cleanup() + * + * Desc: Cleans up and removes a whole multi stack. It does not free or + * touch any individual easy handles in any way. We need to define + * in what state those handles will be if this function is called + * in the middle of a transfer. + * + * Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_cleanup(CURLM *multi_handle); + +/* + * Name: curl_multi_info_read() + * + * Desc: Ask the multi handle if there's any messages/informationals from + * the individual transfers. Messages include informationals such as + * error code from the transfer or just the fact that a transfer is + * completed. More details on these should be written down as well. + * + * Repeated calls to this function will return a new struct each + * time, until a special "end of msgs" struct is returned as a signal + * that there is no more to get at this point. + * + * The data the returned pointer points to will not survive calling + * curl_multi_cleanup(). + * + * The 'CURLMsg' struct is meant to be very simple and only contain + * very basic informations. If more involved information is wanted, + * we will provide the particular "transfer handle" in that struct + * and that should/could/would be used in subsequent + * curl_easy_getinfo() calls (or similar). The point being that we + * must never expose complex structs to applications, as then we'll + * undoubtably get backwards compatibility problems in the future. + * + * Returns: A pointer to a filled-in struct, or NULL if it failed or ran out + * of structs. It also writes the number of messages left in the + * queue (after this read) in the integer the second argument points + * to. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLMsg *curl_multi_info_read(CURLM *multi_handle, + int *msgs_in_queue); + +/* + * Name: curl_multi_strerror() + * + * Desc: The curl_multi_strerror function may be used to turn a CURLMcode + * value into the equivalent human readable error string. This is + * useful for printing meaningful error messages. + * + * Returns: A pointer to a zero-terminated error message. + */ +CURL_EXTERN const char *curl_multi_strerror(CURLMcode); + +/* + * Name: curl_multi_socket() and + * curl_multi_socket_all() + * + * Desc: An alternative version of curl_multi_perform() that allows the + * application to pass in one of the file descriptors that have been + * detected to have "action" on them and let libcurl perform. + * See man page for details. + */ +#define CURL_POLL_NONE 0 +#define CURL_POLL_IN 1 +#define CURL_POLL_OUT 2 +#define CURL_POLL_INOUT 3 +#define CURL_POLL_REMOVE 4 + +#define CURL_SOCKET_TIMEOUT CURL_SOCKET_BAD + +#define CURL_CSELECT_IN 0x01 +#define CURL_CSELECT_OUT 0x02 +#define CURL_CSELECT_ERR 0x04 + +typedef int (*curl_socket_callback)(CURL *easy, /* easy handle */ + curl_socket_t s, /* socket */ + int what, /* see above */ + void *userp, /* private callback + pointer */ + void *socketp); /* private socket + pointer */ +/* + * Name: curl_multi_timer_callback + * + * Desc: Called by libcurl whenever the library detects a change in the + * maximum number of milliseconds the app is allowed to wait before + * curl_multi_socket() or curl_multi_perform() must be called + * (to allow libcurl's timed events to take place). + * + * Returns: The callback should return zero. + */ +typedef int (*curl_multi_timer_callback)(CURLM *multi, /* multi handle */ + long timeout_ms, /* see above */ + void *userp); /* private callback + pointer */ + +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_socket(CURLM *multi_handle, curl_socket_t s, + int *running_handles); + +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_socket_action(CURLM *multi_handle, + curl_socket_t s, + int ev_bitmask, + int *running_handles); + +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_socket_all(CURLM *multi_handle, + int *running_handles); + +#ifndef CURL_ALLOW_OLD_MULTI_SOCKET +/* This macro below was added in 7.16.3 to push users who recompile to use + the new curl_multi_socket_action() instead of the old curl_multi_socket() +*/ +#define curl_multi_socket(x,y,z) curl_multi_socket_action(x,y,0,z) +#endif + +/* + * Name: curl_multi_timeout() + * + * Desc: Returns the maximum number of milliseconds the app is allowed to + * wait before curl_multi_socket() or curl_multi_perform() must be + * called (to allow libcurl's timed events to take place). + * + * Returns: CURLM error code. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_timeout(CURLM *multi_handle, + long *milliseconds); + +#undef CINIT /* re-using the same name as in curl.h */ + +#ifdef CURL_ISOCPP +#define CINIT(name,type,num) CURLMOPT_ ## name = CURLOPTTYPE_ ## type + num +#else +/* The macro "##" is ISO C, we assume pre-ISO C doesn't support it. */ +#define LONG CURLOPTTYPE_LONG +#define OBJECTPOINT CURLOPTTYPE_OBJECTPOINT +#define FUNCTIONPOINT CURLOPTTYPE_FUNCTIONPOINT +#define OFF_T CURLOPTTYPE_OFF_T +#define CINIT(name,type,number) CURLMOPT_/**/name = type + number +#endif + +typedef enum { + /* This is the socket callback function pointer */ + CINIT(SOCKETFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 1), + + /* This is the argument passed to the socket callback */ + CINIT(SOCKETDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 2), + + /* set to 1 to enable pipelining for this multi handle */ + CINIT(PIPELINING, LONG, 3), + + /* This is the timer callback function pointer */ + CINIT(TIMERFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 4), + + /* This is the argument passed to the timer callback */ + CINIT(TIMERDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 5), + + /* maximum number of entries in the connection cache */ + CINIT(MAXCONNECTS, LONG, 6), + + CURLMOPT_LASTENTRY /* the last unused */ +} CURLMoption; + + +/* + * Name: curl_multi_setopt() + * + * Desc: Sets options for the multi handle. + * + * Returns: CURLM error code. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_setopt(CURLM *multi_handle, + CURLMoption option, ...); + + +/* + * Name: curl_multi_assign() + * + * Desc: This function sets an association in the multi handle between the + * given socket and a private pointer of the application. This is + * (only) useful for curl_multi_socket uses. + * + * Returns: CURLM error code. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_assign(CURLM *multi_handle, + curl_socket_t sockfd, void *sockp); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* end of extern "C" */ +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/stdcheaders.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/stdcheaders.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f739d7f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/stdcheaders.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +#ifndef __STDC_HEADERS_H +#define __STDC_HEADERS_H +/*************************************************************************** + * _ _ ____ _ + * Project ___| | | | _ \| | + * / __| | | | |_) | | + * | (__| |_| | _ <| |___ + * \___|\___/|_| \_\_____| + * + * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2009, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al. + * + * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which + * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms + * are also available at http://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html. + * + * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell + * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file. + * + * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. + * + * $Id: stdcheaders.h,v 1.9 2009-05-18 12:25:45 yangtse Exp $ + ***************************************************************************/ + +#include <sys/types.h> + +size_t fread (void *, size_t, size_t, FILE *); +size_t fwrite (const void *, size_t, size_t, FILE *); + +int strcasecmp(const char *, const char *); +int strncasecmp(const char *, const char *, size_t); + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/typecheck-gcc.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/typecheck-gcc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9788305 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/typecheck-gcc.h @@ -0,0 +1,551 @@ +#ifndef __CURL_TYPECHECK_GCC_H +#define __CURL_TYPECHECK_GCC_H +/*************************************************************************** + * _ _ ____ _ + * Project ___| | | | _ \| | + * / __| | | | |_) | | + * | (__| |_| | _ <| |___ + * \___|\___/|_| \_\_____| + * + * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2009, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al. + * + * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which + * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms + * are also available at http://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html. + * + * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell + * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file. + * + * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. + * + * $Id: typecheck-gcc.h,v 1.9 2009-01-25 23:26:31 bagder Exp $ + ***************************************************************************/ + +/* wraps curl_easy_setopt() with typechecking */ + +/* To add a new kind of warning, add an + * if(_curl_is_sometype_option(_curl_opt) && ! _curl_is_sometype(value)) + * _curl_easy_setopt_err_sometype(); + * block and define _curl_is_sometype_option, _curl_is_sometype and + * _curl_easy_setopt_err_sometype below + * + * To add an option that uses the same type as an existing option, you'll just + * need to extend the appropriate _curl_*_option macro + */ +#define curl_easy_setopt(handle, option, value) \ +__extension__ ({ \ + __typeof__ (option) _curl_opt = option; \ + if (__builtin_constant_p(_curl_opt)) { \ + if (_curl_is_long_option(_curl_opt) && !_curl_is_long(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_long(); \ + if (_curl_is_off_t_option(_curl_opt) && !_curl_is_off_t(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_off_t(); \ + if (_curl_is_string_option(_curl_opt) && !_curl_is_string(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_string(); \ + if (_curl_is_write_cb_option(_curl_opt) && !_curl_is_write_cb(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_write_callback(); \ + if ((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_READFUNCTION && !_curl_is_read_cb(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_read_cb(); \ + if ((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_IOCTLFUNCTION && !_curl_is_ioctl_cb(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_ioctl_cb(); \ + if ((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_SOCKOPTFUNCTION && !_curl_is_sockopt_cb(value))\ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_sockopt_cb(); \ + if ((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_OPENSOCKETFUNCTION && \ + !_curl_is_opensocket_cb(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_opensocket_cb(); \ + if ((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_PROGRESSFUNCTION && \ + !_curl_is_progress_cb(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_progress_cb(); \ + if ((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_DEBUGFUNCTION && !_curl_is_debug_cb(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_debug_cb(); \ + if ((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_SSL_CTX_FUNCTION && \ + !_curl_is_ssl_ctx_cb(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_ssl_ctx_cb(); \ + if (_curl_is_conv_cb_option(_curl_opt) && !_curl_is_conv_cb(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_conv_cb(); \ + if ((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_SEEKFUNCTION && !_curl_is_seek_cb(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_seek_cb(); \ + if (_curl_is_cb_data_option(_curl_opt) && !_curl_is_cb_data(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_cb_data(); \ + if ((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_ERRORBUFFER && !_curl_is_error_buffer(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_error_buffer(); \ + if ((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_STDERR && !_curl_is_FILE(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_FILE(); \ + if (_curl_is_postfields_option(_curl_opt) && !_curl_is_postfields(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_postfields(); \ + if ((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_HTTPPOST && \ + !_curl_is_arr((value), struct curl_httppost)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_httpost(); \ + if (_curl_is_slist_option(_curl_opt) && \ + !_curl_is_arr((value), struct curl_slist)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_slist(); \ + if ((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_SHARE && !_curl_is_ptr((value), CURLSH)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_CURLSH(); \ + } \ + curl_easy_setopt(handle, _curl_opt, value); \ +}) + +/* wraps curl_easy_getinfo() with typechecking */ +/* FIXME: don't allow const pointers */ +#define curl_easy_getinfo(handle, info, arg) \ +__extension__ ({ \ + __typeof__ (info) _curl_info = info; \ + if (__builtin_constant_p(_curl_info)) { \ + if (_curl_is_string_info(_curl_info) && !_curl_is_arr((arg), char *)) \ + _curl_easy_getinfo_err_string(); \ + if (_curl_is_long_info(_curl_info) && !_curl_is_arr((arg), long)) \ + _curl_easy_getinfo_err_long(); \ + if (_curl_is_double_info(_curl_info) && !_curl_is_arr((arg), double)) \ + _curl_easy_getinfo_err_double(); \ + if (_curl_is_slist_info(_curl_info) && \ + !_curl_is_arr((arg), struct curl_slist *)) \ + _curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_slist(); \ + } \ + curl_easy_getinfo(handle, _curl_info, arg); \ +}) + +/* TODO: typechecking for curl_share_setopt() and curl_multi_setopt(), + * for now just make sure that the functions are called with three + * arguments + */ +#define curl_share_setopt(share,opt,param) curl_share_setopt(share,opt,param) +#define curl_multi_setopt(handle,opt,param) curl_multi_setopt(handle,opt,param) + + +/* the actual warnings, triggered by calling the _curl_easy_setopt_err* + * functions */ + +/* To define a new warning, use _CURL_WARNING(identifier, "message") */ +#define _CURL_WARNING(id, message) \ + static void __attribute__((warning(message))) __attribute__((unused)) \ + __attribute__((noinline)) id(void) { __asm__(""); } + +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_long, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a long argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_off_t, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_off_t argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_string, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a string (char* or char[]) argument for this option" + ) +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_write_callback, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_write_callback argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_read_cb, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_read_callback argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_ioctl_cb, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_ioctl_callback argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_sockopt_cb, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_sockopt_callback argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_opensocket_cb, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_opensocket_callback argument for this option" + ) +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_progress_cb, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_progress_callback argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_debug_cb, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_debug_callback argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_ssl_ctx_cb, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_ssl_ctx_callback argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_conv_cb, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_conv_callback argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_seek_cb, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_seek_callback argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_cb_data, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a private data pointer as argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_error_buffer, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a char buffer of CURL_ERROR_SIZE as argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_FILE, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a FILE* argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_postfields, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a void* or char* argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_httpost, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a struct curl_httppost* argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_slist, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a struct curl_slist* argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_CURLSH, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a CURLSH* argument for this option") + +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_string, + "curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to char * for this info") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_long, + "curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to long for this info") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_double, + "curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to double for this info") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_slist, + "curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to struct curl_slist * for this info") + +/* groups of curl_easy_setops options that take the same type of argument */ + +/* To add a new option to one of the groups, just add + * (option) == CURLOPT_SOMETHING + * to the or-expression. If the option takes a long or curl_off_t, you don't + * have to do anything + */ + +/* evaluates to true if option takes a long argument */ +#define _curl_is_long_option(option) \ + (0 < (option) && (option) < CURLOPTTYPE_OBJECTPOINT) + +#define _curl_is_off_t_option(option) \ + ((option) > CURLOPTTYPE_OFF_T) + +/* evaluates to true if option takes a char* argument */ +#define _curl_is_string_option(option) \ + ((option) == CURLOPT_URL || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_PROXY || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_INTERFACE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_NETRC_FILE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_USERPWD || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_USERNAME || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_PASSWORD || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_PROXYUSERPWD || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_PROXYUSERNAME || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_PROXYPASSWORD || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_NOPROXY || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_ENCODING || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_REFERER || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_USERAGENT || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_COOKIE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_COOKIEFILE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_COOKIEJAR || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_COOKIELIST || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_FTPPORT || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_FTP_ALTERNATIVE_TO_USER || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_FTP_ACCOUNT || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_RANGE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_CUSTOMREQUEST || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSLCERT || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSLCERTTYPE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSLKEY || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSLKEYTYPE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_KEYPASSWD || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSLENGINE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_CAINFO || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_CAPATH || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_RANDOM_FILE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_EGDSOCKET || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSL_CIPHER_LIST || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_KRBLEVEL || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSH_HOST_PUBLIC_KEY_MD5 || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSH_PUBLIC_KEYFILE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSH_PRIVATE_KEYFILE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_CRLFILE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_ISSUERCERT || \ + 0) + +/* evaluates to true if option takes a curl_write_callback argument */ +#define _curl_is_write_cb_option(option) \ + ((option) == CURLOPT_HEADERFUNCTION || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_WRITEFUNCTION) + +/* evaluates to true if option takes a curl_conv_callback argument */ +#define _curl_is_conv_cb_option(option) \ + ((option) == CURLOPT_CONV_TO_NETWORK_FUNCTION || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_CONV_FROM_NETWORK_FUNCTION || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_CONV_FROM_UTF8_FUNCTION) + +/* evaluates to true if option takes a data argument to pass to a callback */ +#define _curl_is_cb_data_option(option) \ + ((option) == CURLOPT_WRITEDATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_READDATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_IOCTLDATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SOCKOPTDATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_OPENSOCKETDATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_PROGRESSDATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_WRITEHEADER || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_DEBUGDATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSL_CTX_DATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SEEKDATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_PRIVATE || \ + 0) + +/* evaluates to true if option takes a POST data argument (void* or char*) */ +#define _curl_is_postfields_option(option) \ + ((option) == CURLOPT_POSTFIELDS || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_COPYPOSTFIELDS || \ + 0) + +/* evaluates to true if option takes a struct curl_slist * argument */ +#define _curl_is_slist_option(option) \ + ((option) == CURLOPT_HTTPHEADER || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_HTTP200ALIASES || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_QUOTE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_POSTQUOTE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_PREQUOTE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_TELNETOPTIONS || \ + 0) + +/* groups of curl_easy_getinfo infos that take the same type of argument */ + +/* evaluates to true if info expects a pointer to char * argument */ +#define _curl_is_string_info(info) \ + (CURLINFO_STRING < (info) && (info) < CURLINFO_LONG) + +/* evaluates to true if info expects a pointer to long argument */ +#define _curl_is_long_info(info) \ + (CURLINFO_LONG < (info) && (info) < CURLINFO_DOUBLE) + +/* evaluates to true if info expects a pointer to double argument */ +#define _curl_is_double_info(info) \ + (CURLINFO_DOUBLE < (info) && (info) < CURLINFO_SLIST) + +/* true if info expects a pointer to struct curl_slist * argument */ +#define _curl_is_slist_info(info) \ + (CURLINFO_SLIST < (info)) + + +/* typecheck helpers -- check whether given expression has requested type*/ + +/* For pointers, you can use the _curl_is_ptr/_curl_is_arr macros, + * otherwise define a new macro. Search for __builtin_types_compatible_p + * in the GCC manual. + * NOTE: these macros MUST NOT EVALUATE their arguments! The argument is + * the actual expression passed to the curl_easy_setopt macro. This + * means that you can only apply the sizeof and __typeof__ operators, no + * == or whatsoever. + */ + +/* XXX: should evaluate to true iff expr is a pointer */ +#define _curl_is_any_ptr(expr) \ + (sizeof(expr) == sizeof(void*)) + +/* evaluates to true if expr is NULL */ +/* XXX: must not evaluate expr, so this check is not accurate */ +#define _curl_is_NULL(expr) \ + (__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), __typeof__(NULL))) + +/* evaluates to true if expr is type*, const type* or NULL */ +#define _curl_is_ptr(expr, type) \ + (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), type *) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), const type *)) + +/* evaluates to true if expr is one of type[], type*, NULL or const type* */ +#define _curl_is_arr(expr, type) \ + (_curl_is_ptr((expr), type) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), type [])) + +/* evaluates to true if expr is a string */ +#define _curl_is_string(expr) \ + (_curl_is_arr((expr), char) || \ + _curl_is_arr((expr), signed char) || \ + _curl_is_arr((expr), unsigned char)) + +/* evaluates to true if expr is a long (no matter the signedness) + * XXX: for now, int is also accepted (and therefore short and char, which + * are promoted to int when passed to a variadic function) */ +#define _curl_is_long(expr) \ + (__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), long) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), signed long) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), unsigned long) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), int) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), signed int) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), unsigned int) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), short) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), signed short) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), unsigned short) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), char) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), signed char) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), unsigned char)) + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_off_t */ +#define _curl_is_off_t(expr) \ + (__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_off_t)) + +/* evaluates to true if expr is abuffer suitable for CURLOPT_ERRORBUFFER */ +/* XXX: also check size of an char[] array? */ +#define _curl_is_error_buffer(expr) \ + (__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), char *) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), char[])) + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type (const) void* or (const) FILE* */ +#if 0 +#define _curl_is_cb_data(expr) \ + (_curl_is_ptr((expr), void) || \ + _curl_is_ptr((expr), FILE)) +#else /* be less strict */ +#define _curl_is_cb_data(expr) \ + _curl_is_any_ptr(expr) +#endif + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type FILE* */ +#define _curl_is_FILE(expr) \ + (__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), FILE *)) + +/* evaluates to true if expr can be passed as POST data (void* or char*) */ +#define _curl_is_postfields(expr) \ + (_curl_is_ptr((expr), void) || \ + _curl_is_arr((expr), char)) + +/* FIXME: the whole callback checking is messy... + * The idea is to tolerate char vs. void and const vs. not const + * pointers in arguments at least + */ +/* helper: __builtin_types_compatible_p distinguishes between functions and + * function pointers, hide it */ +#define _curl_callback_compatible(func, type) \ + (__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(func), type) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(func), type*)) + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_read_callback or "similar" */ +#define _curl_is_read_cb(expr) \ + (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), __typeof__(fread)) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_read_callback) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback1) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback2) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback3) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback4) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback5) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback6)) +typedef size_t (_curl_read_callback1)(char *, size_t, size_t, void*); +typedef size_t (_curl_read_callback2)(char *, size_t, size_t, const void*); +typedef size_t (_curl_read_callback3)(char *, size_t, size_t, FILE*); +typedef size_t (_curl_read_callback4)(void *, size_t, size_t, void*); +typedef size_t (_curl_read_callback5)(void *, size_t, size_t, const void*); +typedef size_t (_curl_read_callback6)(void *, size_t, size_t, FILE*); + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_write_callback or "similar" */ +#define _curl_is_write_cb(expr) \ + (_curl_is_read_cb(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), __typeof__(fwrite)) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_write_callback) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback1) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback2) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback3) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback4) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback5) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback6)) +typedef size_t (_curl_write_callback1)(const char *, size_t, size_t, void*); +typedef size_t (_curl_write_callback2)(const char *, size_t, size_t, + const void*); +typedef size_t (_curl_write_callback3)(const char *, size_t, size_t, FILE*); +typedef size_t (_curl_write_callback4)(const void *, size_t, size_t, void*); +typedef size_t (_curl_write_callback5)(const void *, size_t, size_t, + const void*); +typedef size_t (_curl_write_callback6)(const void *, size_t, size_t, FILE*); + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_ioctl_callback or "similar" */ +#define _curl_is_ioctl_cb(expr) \ + (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_ioctl_callback) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ioctl_callback1) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ioctl_callback2) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ioctl_callback3) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ioctl_callback4)) +typedef curlioerr (_curl_ioctl_callback1)(CURL *, int, void*); +typedef curlioerr (_curl_ioctl_callback2)(CURL *, int, const void*); +typedef curlioerr (_curl_ioctl_callback3)(CURL *, curliocmd, void*); +typedef curlioerr (_curl_ioctl_callback4)(CURL *, curliocmd, const void*); + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_sockopt_callback or "similar" */ +#define _curl_is_sockopt_cb(expr) \ + (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_sockopt_callback) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_sockopt_callback1) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_sockopt_callback2)) +typedef int (_curl_sockopt_callback1)(void *, curl_socket_t, curlsocktype); +typedef int (_curl_sockopt_callback2)(const void *, curl_socket_t, + curlsocktype); + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_opensocket_callback or "similar" */ +#define _curl_is_opensocket_cb(expr) \ + (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_opensocket_callback) ||\ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_opensocket_callback1) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_opensocket_callback2) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_opensocket_callback3) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_opensocket_callback4)) +typedef curl_socket_t (_curl_opensocket_callback1) + (void *, curlsocktype, struct curl_sockaddr *); +typedef curl_socket_t (_curl_opensocket_callback2) + (void *, curlsocktype, const struct curl_sockaddr *); +typedef curl_socket_t (_curl_opensocket_callback3) + (const void *, curlsocktype, struct curl_sockaddr *); +typedef curl_socket_t (_curl_opensocket_callback4) + (const void *, curlsocktype, const struct curl_sockaddr *); + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_progress_callback or "similar" */ +#define _curl_is_progress_cb(expr) \ + (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_progress_callback) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_progress_callback1) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_progress_callback2)) +typedef int (_curl_progress_callback1)(void *, + double, double, double, double); +typedef int (_curl_progress_callback2)(const void *, + double, double, double, double); + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_debug_callback or "similar" */ +#define _curl_is_debug_cb(expr) \ + (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_debug_callback) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback1) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback2) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback3) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback4)) +typedef int (_curl_debug_callback1) (CURL *, + curl_infotype, char *, size_t, void *); +typedef int (_curl_debug_callback2) (CURL *, + curl_infotype, char *, size_t, const void *); +typedef int (_curl_debug_callback3) (CURL *, + curl_infotype, const char *, size_t, void *); +typedef int (_curl_debug_callback4) (CURL *, + curl_infotype, const char *, size_t, const void *); + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_ssl_ctx_callback or "similar" */ +/* this is getting even messier... */ +#define _curl_is_ssl_ctx_cb(expr) \ + (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_ssl_ctx_callback) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback1) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback2) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback3) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback4) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback5) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback6) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback7) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback8)) +typedef CURLcode (_curl_ssl_ctx_callback1)(CURL *, void *, void *); +typedef CURLcode (_curl_ssl_ctx_callback2)(CURL *, void *, const void *); +typedef CURLcode (_curl_ssl_ctx_callback3)(CURL *, const void *, void *); +typedef CURLcode (_curl_ssl_ctx_callback4)(CURL *, const void *, const void *); +#ifdef HEADER_SSL_H +/* hack: if we included OpenSSL's ssl.h, we know about SSL_CTX + * this will of course break if we're included before OpenSSL headers... + */ +typedef CURLcode (_curl_ssl_ctx_callback5)(CURL *, SSL_CTX, void *); +typedef CURLcode (_curl_ssl_ctx_callback6)(CURL *, SSL_CTX, const void *); +typedef CURLcode (_curl_ssl_ctx_callback7)(CURL *, const SSL_CTX, void *); +typedef CURLcode (_curl_ssl_ctx_callback8)(CURL *, const SSL_CTX, const void *); +#else +typedef _curl_ssl_ctx_callback1 _curl_ssl_ctx_callback5; +typedef _curl_ssl_ctx_callback1 _curl_ssl_ctx_callback6; +typedef _curl_ssl_ctx_callback1 _curl_ssl_ctx_callback7; +typedef _curl_ssl_ctx_callback1 _curl_ssl_ctx_callback8; +#endif + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_conv_callback or "similar" */ +#define _curl_is_conv_cb(expr) \ + (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_conv_callback) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_conv_callback1) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_conv_callback2) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_conv_callback3) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_conv_callback4)) +typedef CURLcode (*_curl_conv_callback1)(char *, size_t length); +typedef CURLcode (*_curl_conv_callback2)(const char *, size_t length); +typedef CURLcode (*_curl_conv_callback3)(void *, size_t length); +typedef CURLcode (*_curl_conv_callback4)(const void *, size_t length); + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_seek_callback or "similar" */ +#define _curl_is_seek_cb(expr) \ + (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_seek_callback) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_seek_callback1) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_seek_callback2)) +typedef CURLcode (*_curl_seek_callback1)(void *, curl_off_t, int); +typedef CURLcode (*_curl_seek_callback2)(const void *, curl_off_t, int); + + +#endif /* __CURL_TYPECHECK_GCC_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/types.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/types.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d37d6ae --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/curl/types.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/* not used */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/amextra.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/amextra.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3caf64c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/amextra.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: AMExtra.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +#ifndef __AMEXTRA__ +#define __AMEXTRA__ + +// Simple rendered input pin +// +// NOTE if your filter queues stuff before rendering then it may not be +// appropriate to use this class +// +// In that case queue the end of stream condition until the last sample +// is actually rendered and flush the condition appropriately + +class CRenderedInputPin : public CBaseInputPin +{ +public: + + CRenderedInputPin(__in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName, + __in CBaseFilter *pFilter, + __in CCritSec *pLock, + __inout HRESULT *phr, + __in_opt LPCWSTR pName); +#ifdef UNICODE + CRenderedInputPin(__in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName, + __in CBaseFilter *pFilter, + __in CCritSec *pLock, + __inout HRESULT *phr, + __in_opt LPCWSTR pName); +#endif + + // Override methods to track end of stream state + STDMETHODIMP EndOfStream(); + STDMETHODIMP EndFlush(); + + HRESULT Active(); + HRESULT Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart); + +protected: + + // Member variables to track state + BOOL m_bAtEndOfStream; // Set by EndOfStream + BOOL m_bCompleteNotified; // Set when we notify for EC_COMPLETE + +private: + void DoCompleteHandling(); +}; + +#endif // __AMEXTRA__ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/amfilter.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/amfilter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8646bc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/amfilter.h @@ -0,0 +1,1587 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: AMFilter.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - efines class hierarchy for streams +// architecture. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +#ifndef __FILTER__ +#define __FILTER__ + +/* The following classes are declared in this header: */ + +class CBaseMediaFilter; // IMediaFilter support +class CBaseFilter; // IBaseFilter,IMediaFilter support +class CBasePin; // Abstract base class for IPin interface +class CEnumPins; // Enumerate input and output pins +class CEnumMediaTypes; // Enumerate the pin's preferred formats +class CBaseOutputPin; // Adds data provider member functions +class CBaseInputPin; // Implements IMemInputPin interface +class CMediaSample; // Basic transport unit for IMemInputPin +class CBaseAllocator; // General list guff for most allocators +class CMemAllocator; // Implements memory buffer allocation + + +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== +// +// QueryFilterInfo and QueryPinInfo AddRef the interface pointers +// they return. You can use the macro below to release the interface. +// +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== + +#define QueryFilterInfoReleaseGraph(fi) if ((fi).pGraph) (fi).pGraph->Release(); + +#define QueryPinInfoReleaseFilter(pi) if ((pi).pFilter) (pi).pFilter->Release(); + +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== +// Defines CBaseMediaFilter +// +// Abstract base class implementing IMediaFilter. +// +// Typically you will derive your filter from CBaseFilter rather than +// this, unless you are implementing an object such as a plug-in +// distributor that needs to support IMediaFilter but not IBaseFilter. +// +// Note that IMediaFilter is derived from IPersist to allow query of +// class id. +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== + +class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseMediaFilter : public CUnknown, + public IMediaFilter +{ + +protected: + + FILTER_STATE m_State; // current state: running, paused + IReferenceClock *m_pClock; // this filter's reference clock + // note: all filters in a filter graph use the same clock + + // offset from stream time to reference time + CRefTime m_tStart; + + CLSID m_clsid; // This filters clsid + // used for serialization + CCritSec *m_pLock; // Object we use for locking + +public: + + CBaseMediaFilter( + __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, + __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, + __in CCritSec *pLock, + REFCLSID clsid); + + virtual ~CBaseMediaFilter(); + + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN + + // override this to say what interfaces we support where + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv); + + // + // --- IPersist method --- + // + + STDMETHODIMP GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsID); + + // --- IMediaFilter methods --- + + STDMETHODIMP GetState(DWORD dwMSecs, __out FILTER_STATE *State); + + STDMETHODIMP SetSyncSource(__inout_opt IReferenceClock *pClock); + + STDMETHODIMP GetSyncSource(__deref_out_opt IReferenceClock **pClock); + + // default implementation of Stop and Pause just record the + // state. Override to activate or de-activate your filter. + // Note that Run when called from Stopped state will call Pause + // to ensure activation, so if you are a source or transform + // you will probably not need to override Run. + STDMETHODIMP Stop(); + STDMETHODIMP Pause(); + + + // the start parameter is the difference to be added to the + // sample's stream time to get the reference time for + // its presentation + STDMETHODIMP Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart); + + // --- helper methods --- + + // return the current stream time - ie find out what + // stream time should be appearing now + virtual HRESULT StreamTime(CRefTime& rtStream); + + // Is the filter currently active? (running or paused) + BOOL IsActive() { + CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock); + return ((m_State == State_Paused) || (m_State == State_Running)); + }; +}; + +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== +// Defines CBaseFilter +// +// An abstract class providing basic IBaseFilter support for pin +// enumeration and filter information reading. +// +// We cannot derive from CBaseMediaFilter since methods in IMediaFilter +// are also in IBaseFilter and would be ambiguous. Since much of the code +// assumes that they derive from a class that has m_State and other state +// directly available, we duplicate code from CBaseMediaFilter rather than +// having a member variable. +// +// Derive your filter from this, or from a derived object such as +// CTransformFilter. +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== + + +class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseFilter : public CUnknown, // Handles an IUnknown + public IBaseFilter, // The Filter Interface + public IAMovieSetup // For un/registration +{ + +friend class CBasePin; + +protected: + FILTER_STATE m_State; // current state: running, paused + IReferenceClock *m_pClock; // this graph's ref clock + CRefTime m_tStart; // offset from stream time to reference time + CLSID m_clsid; // This filters clsid + // used for serialization + CCritSec *m_pLock; // Object we use for locking + + WCHAR *m_pName; // Full filter name + IFilterGraph *m_pGraph; // Graph we belong to + IMediaEventSink *m_pSink; // Called with notify events + LONG m_PinVersion; // Current pin version + +public: + + CBaseFilter( + __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Object description + __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // IUnknown of delegating object + __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who maintains lock + REFCLSID clsid); // The clsid to be used to serialize this filter + + CBaseFilter( + __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Object description + __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // IUnknown of delegating object + __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who maintains lock + REFCLSID clsid, // The clsid to be used to serialize this filter + __inout HRESULT *phr); // General OLE return code +#ifdef UNICODE + CBaseFilter( + __in_opt LPCSTR pName, // Object description + __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // IUnknown of delegating object + __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who maintains lock + REFCLSID clsid); // The clsid to be used to serialize this filter + + CBaseFilter( + __in_opt LPCSTR pName, // Object description + __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // IUnknown of delegating object + __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who maintains lock + REFCLSID clsid, // The clsid to be used to serialize this filter + __inout HRESULT *phr); // General OLE return code +#endif + ~CBaseFilter(); + + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN + + // override this to say what interfaces we support where + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv); +#ifdef DEBUG + STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingRelease(); +#endif + + // + // --- IPersist method --- + // + + STDMETHODIMP GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsID); + + // --- IMediaFilter methods --- + + STDMETHODIMP GetState(DWORD dwMSecs, __out FILTER_STATE *State); + + STDMETHODIMP SetSyncSource(__in_opt IReferenceClock *pClock); + + STDMETHODIMP GetSyncSource(__deref_out_opt IReferenceClock **pClock); + + + // override Stop and Pause so we can activate the pins. + // Note that Run will call Pause first if activation needed. + // Override these if you want to activate your filter rather than + // your pins. + STDMETHODIMP Stop(); + STDMETHODIMP Pause(); + + // the start parameter is the difference to be added to the + // sample's stream time to get the reference time for + // its presentation + STDMETHODIMP Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart); + + // --- helper methods --- + + // return the current stream time - ie find out what + // stream time should be appearing now + virtual HRESULT StreamTime(CRefTime& rtStream); + + // Is the filter currently active? + BOOL IsActive() { + CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock); + return ((m_State == State_Paused) || (m_State == State_Running)); + }; + + // Is this filter stopped (without locking) + BOOL IsStopped() { + return (m_State == State_Stopped); + }; + + // + // --- IBaseFilter methods --- + // + + // pin enumerator + STDMETHODIMP EnumPins( + __deref_out IEnumPins ** ppEnum); + + + // default behaviour of FindPin assumes pin ids are their names + STDMETHODIMP FindPin( + LPCWSTR Id, + __deref_out IPin ** ppPin + ); + + STDMETHODIMP QueryFilterInfo( + __out FILTER_INFO * pInfo); + + STDMETHODIMP JoinFilterGraph( + __inout_opt IFilterGraph * pGraph, + __in_opt LPCWSTR pName); + + // return a Vendor information string. Optional - may return E_NOTIMPL. + // memory returned should be freed using CoTaskMemFree + // default implementation returns E_NOTIMPL + STDMETHODIMP QueryVendorInfo( + __deref_out LPWSTR* pVendorInfo + ); + + // --- helper methods --- + + // send an event notification to the filter graph if we know about it. + // returns S_OK if delivered, S_FALSE if the filter graph does not sink + // events, or an error otherwise. + HRESULT NotifyEvent( + long EventCode, + LONG_PTR EventParam1, + LONG_PTR EventParam2); + + // return the filter graph we belong to + __out_opt IFilterGraph *GetFilterGraph() { + return m_pGraph; + } + + // Request reconnect + // pPin is the pin to reconnect + // pmt is the type to reconnect with - can be NULL + // Calls ReconnectEx on the filter graph + HRESULT ReconnectPin(IPin *pPin, __in_opt AM_MEDIA_TYPE const *pmt); + + // find out the current pin version (used by enumerators) + virtual LONG GetPinVersion(); + void IncrementPinVersion(); + + // you need to supply these to access the pins from the enumerator + // and for default Stop and Pause/Run activation. + virtual int GetPinCount() PURE; + virtual CBasePin *GetPin(int n) PURE; + + // --- IAMovieSetup methods --- + + STDMETHODIMP Register(); // ask filter to register itself + STDMETHODIMP Unregister(); // and unregister itself + + // --- setup helper methods --- + // (override to return filters setup data) + + virtual __out_opt LPAMOVIESETUP_FILTER GetSetupData(){ return NULL; } + +}; + + +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== +// Defines CBasePin +// +// Abstract class that supports the basics of IPin +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== + +class AM_NOVTABLE CBasePin : public CUnknown, public IPin, public IQualityControl +{ + +protected: + + WCHAR * m_pName; // This pin's name + IPin *m_Connected; // Pin we have connected to + PIN_DIRECTION m_dir; // Direction of this pin + CCritSec *m_pLock; // Object we use for locking + bool m_bRunTimeError; // Run time error generated + bool m_bCanReconnectWhenActive; // OK to reconnect when active + bool m_bTryMyTypesFirst; // When connecting enumerate + // this pin's types first + CBaseFilter *m_pFilter; // Filter we were created by + IQualityControl *m_pQSink; // Target for Quality messages + LONG m_TypeVersion; // Holds current type version + CMediaType m_mt; // Media type of connection + + CRefTime m_tStart; // time from NewSegment call + CRefTime m_tStop; // time from NewSegment + double m_dRate; // rate from NewSegment + +#ifdef DEBUG + LONG m_cRef; // Ref count tracing +#endif + + // displays pin connection information + +#ifdef DEBUG + void DisplayPinInfo(IPin *pReceivePin); + void DisplayTypeInfo(IPin *pPin, const CMediaType *pmt); +#else + void DisplayPinInfo(IPin *pReceivePin) {}; + void DisplayTypeInfo(IPin *pPin, const CMediaType *pmt) {}; +#endif + + // used to agree a media type for a pin connection + + // given a specific media type, attempt a connection (includes + // checking that the type is acceptable to this pin) + HRESULT + AttemptConnection( + IPin* pReceivePin, // connect to this pin + const CMediaType* pmt // using this type + ); + + // try all the media types in this enumerator - for each that + // we accept, try to connect using ReceiveConnection. + HRESULT TryMediaTypes( + IPin *pReceivePin, // connect to this pin + __in_opt const CMediaType *pmt, // proposed type from Connect + IEnumMediaTypes *pEnum); // try this enumerator + + // establish a connection with a suitable mediatype. Needs to + // propose a media type if the pmt pointer is null or partially + // specified - use TryMediaTypes on both our and then the other pin's + // enumerator until we find one that works. + HRESULT AgreeMediaType( + IPin *pReceivePin, // connect to this pin + const CMediaType *pmt); // proposed type from Connect + +public: + + CBasePin( + __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName, // Object description + __in CBaseFilter *pFilter, // Owning filter who knows about pins + __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who implements the lock + __inout HRESULT *phr, // General OLE return code + __in_opt LPCWSTR pName, // Pin name for us + PIN_DIRECTION dir); // Either PINDIR_INPUT or PINDIR_OUTPUT +#ifdef UNICODE + CBasePin( + __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName, // Object description + __in CBaseFilter *pFilter, // Owning filter who knows about pins + __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who implements the lock + __inout HRESULT *phr, // General OLE return code + __in_opt LPCWSTR pName, // Pin name for us + PIN_DIRECTION dir); // Either PINDIR_INPUT or PINDIR_OUTPUT +#endif + virtual ~CBasePin(); + + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN + + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv); + STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingRelease(); + STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingAddRef(); + + // --- IPin methods --- + + // take lead role in establishing a connection. Media type pointer + // may be null, or may point to partially-specified mediatype + // (subtype or format type may be GUID_NULL). + STDMETHODIMP Connect( + IPin * pReceivePin, + __in_opt const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt // optional media type + ); + + // (passive) accept a connection from another pin + STDMETHODIMP ReceiveConnection( + IPin * pConnector, // this is the initiating connecting pin + const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt // this is the media type we will exchange + ); + + STDMETHODIMP Disconnect(); + + STDMETHODIMP ConnectedTo(__deref_out IPin **pPin); + + STDMETHODIMP ConnectionMediaType(__out AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt); + + STDMETHODIMP QueryPinInfo( + __out PIN_INFO * pInfo + ); + + STDMETHODIMP QueryDirection( + __out PIN_DIRECTION * pPinDir + ); + + STDMETHODIMP QueryId( + __deref_out LPWSTR * Id + ); + + // does the pin support this media type + STDMETHODIMP QueryAccept( + const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt + ); + + // return an enumerator for this pins preferred media types + STDMETHODIMP EnumMediaTypes( + __deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum + ); + + // return an array of IPin* - the pins that this pin internally connects to + // All pins put in the array must be AddReffed (but no others) + // Errors: "Can't say" - FAIL, not enough slots - return S_FALSE + // Default: return E_NOTIMPL + // The filter graph will interpret NOT_IMPL as any input pin connects to + // all visible output pins and vice versa. + // apPin can be NULL if nPin==0 (not otherwise). + STDMETHODIMP QueryInternalConnections( + __out_ecount_part(*nPin,*nPin) IPin* *apPin, // array of IPin* + __inout ULONG *nPin // on input, the number of slots + // on output the number of pins + ) { return E_NOTIMPL; } + + // Called when no more data will be sent + STDMETHODIMP EndOfStream(void); + + // Begin/EndFlush still PURE + + // NewSegment notifies of the start/stop/rate applying to the data + // about to be received. Default implementation records data and + // returns S_OK. + // Override this to pass downstream. + STDMETHODIMP NewSegment( + REFERENCE_TIME tStart, + REFERENCE_TIME tStop, + double dRate); + + //================================================================================ + // IQualityControl methods + //================================================================================ + + STDMETHODIMP Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q); + + STDMETHODIMP SetSink(IQualityControl * piqc); + + // --- helper methods --- + + // Returns true if the pin is connected. false otherwise. + BOOL IsConnected(void) {return (m_Connected != NULL); }; + // Return the pin this is connected to (if any) + IPin * GetConnected() { return m_Connected; }; + + // Check if our filter is currently stopped + BOOL IsStopped() { + return (m_pFilter->m_State == State_Stopped); + }; + + // find out the current type version (used by enumerators) + virtual LONG GetMediaTypeVersion(); + void IncrementTypeVersion(); + + // switch the pin to active (paused or running) mode + // not an error to call this if already active + virtual HRESULT Active(void); + + // switch the pin to inactive state - may already be inactive + virtual HRESULT Inactive(void); + + // Notify of Run() from filter + virtual HRESULT Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart); + + // check if the pin can support this specific proposed type and format + virtual HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *) PURE; + + // set the connection to use this format (previously agreed) + virtual HRESULT SetMediaType(const CMediaType *); + + // check that the connection is ok before verifying it + // can be overridden eg to check what interfaces will be supported. + virtual HRESULT CheckConnect(IPin *); + + // Set and release resources required for a connection + virtual HRESULT BreakConnect(); + virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin); + + // returns the preferred formats for a pin + virtual HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType); + + // access to NewSegment values + REFERENCE_TIME CurrentStopTime() { + return m_tStop; + } + REFERENCE_TIME CurrentStartTime() { + return m_tStart; + } + double CurrentRate() { + return m_dRate; + } + + // Access name + LPWSTR Name() { return m_pName; }; + + // Can reconnectwhen active? + void SetReconnectWhenActive(bool bCanReconnect) + { + m_bCanReconnectWhenActive = bCanReconnect; + } + + bool CanReconnectWhenActive() + { + return m_bCanReconnectWhenActive; + } + +protected: + STDMETHODIMP DisconnectInternal(); +}; + + +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== +// Defines CEnumPins +// +// Pin enumerator class that works by calling CBaseFilter. This interface +// is provided by CBaseFilter::EnumPins and calls GetPinCount() and +// GetPin() to enumerate existing pins. Needs to be a separate object so +// that it can be cloned (creating an existing object at the same +// position in the enumeration) +// +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== + +class CEnumPins : public IEnumPins // The interface we support +{ + int m_Position; // Current ordinal position + int m_PinCount; // Number of pins available + CBaseFilter *m_pFilter; // The filter who owns us + LONG m_Version; // Pin version information + LONG m_cRef; + + typedef CGenericList<CBasePin> CPinList; + + CPinList m_PinCache; // These pointers have not been AddRef'ed and + // so they should not be dereferenced. They are + // merely kept to ID which pins have been enumerated. + +#ifdef DEBUG + DWORD m_dwCookie; +#endif + + /* If while we are retrieving a pin for example from the filter an error + occurs we assume that our internal state is stale with respect to the + filter (someone may have deleted all the pins). We can check before + starting whether or not the operation is likely to fail by asking the + filter what it's current version number is. If the filter has not + overriden the GetPinVersion method then this will always match */ + + BOOL AreWeOutOfSync() { + return (m_pFilter->GetPinVersion() == m_Version ? FALSE : TRUE); + }; + + /* This method performs the same operations as Reset, except is does not clear + the cache of pins already enumerated. */ + + STDMETHODIMP Refresh(); + +public: + + CEnumPins( + __in CBaseFilter *pFilter, + __in_opt CEnumPins *pEnumPins); + + virtual ~CEnumPins(); + + // IUnknown + STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv); + STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) AddRef(); + STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) Release(); + + // IEnumPins + STDMETHODIMP Next( + ULONG cPins, // place this many pins... + __out_ecount(cPins) IPin ** ppPins, // ...in this array of IPin* + __out_opt ULONG * pcFetched // actual count passed returned here + ); + + STDMETHODIMP Skip(ULONG cPins); + STDMETHODIMP Reset(); + STDMETHODIMP Clone(__deref_out IEnumPins **ppEnum); + + +}; + + +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== +// Defines CEnumMediaTypes +// +// Enumerates the preferred formats for input and output pins +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== + +class CEnumMediaTypes : public IEnumMediaTypes // The interface we support +{ + int m_Position; // Current ordinal position + CBasePin *m_pPin; // The pin who owns us + LONG m_Version; // Media type version value + LONG m_cRef; +#ifdef DEBUG + DWORD m_dwCookie; +#endif + + /* The media types a filter supports can be quite dynamic so we add to + the general IEnumXXXX interface the ability to be signaled when they + change via an event handle the connected filter supplies. Until the + Reset method is called after the state changes all further calls to + the enumerator (except Reset) will return E_UNEXPECTED error code */ + + BOOL AreWeOutOfSync() { + return (m_pPin->GetMediaTypeVersion() == m_Version ? FALSE : TRUE); + }; + +public: + + CEnumMediaTypes( + __in CBasePin *pPin, + __in_opt CEnumMediaTypes *pEnumMediaTypes); + + virtual ~CEnumMediaTypes(); + + // IUnknown + STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv); + STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) AddRef(); + STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) Release(); + + // IEnumMediaTypes + STDMETHODIMP Next( + ULONG cMediaTypes, // place this many pins... + __out_ecount(cMediaTypes) AM_MEDIA_TYPE ** ppMediaTypes, // ...in this array + __out_opt ULONG * pcFetched // actual count passed + ); + + STDMETHODIMP Skip(ULONG cMediaTypes); + STDMETHODIMP Reset(); + STDMETHODIMP Clone(__deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum); +}; + + + + +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== +// Defines CBaseOutputPin +// +// class derived from CBasePin that can pass buffers to a connected pin +// that supports IMemInputPin. Supports IPin. +// +// Derive your output pin from this. +// +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== + +class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseOutputPin : public CBasePin +{ + +protected: + + IMemAllocator *m_pAllocator; + IMemInputPin *m_pInputPin; // interface on the downstreaminput pin + // set up in CheckConnect when we connect. + +public: + + CBaseOutputPin( + __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName, + __in CBaseFilter *pFilter, + __in CCritSec *pLock, + __inout HRESULT *phr, + __in_opt LPCWSTR pName); +#ifdef UNICODE + CBaseOutputPin( + __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName, + __in CBaseFilter *pFilter, + __in CCritSec *pLock, + __inout HRESULT *phr, + __in_opt LPCWSTR pName); +#endif + // override CompleteConnect() so we can negotiate an allocator + virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin); + + // negotiate the allocator and its buffer size/count and other properties + // Calls DecideBufferSize to set properties + virtual HRESULT DecideAllocator(IMemInputPin * pPin, __deref_out IMemAllocator ** pAlloc); + + // override this to set the buffer size and count. Return an error + // if the size/count is not to your liking. + // The allocator properties passed in are those requested by the + // input pin - use eg the alignment and prefix members if you have + // no preference on these. + virtual HRESULT DecideBufferSize( + IMemAllocator * pAlloc, + __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES * ppropInputRequest + ) PURE; + + // returns an empty sample buffer from the allocator + virtual HRESULT GetDeliveryBuffer(__deref_out IMediaSample ** ppSample, + __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pStartTime, + __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pEndTime, + DWORD dwFlags); + + // deliver a filled-in sample to the connected input pin + // note - you need to release it after calling this. The receiving + // pin will addref the sample if it needs to hold it beyond the + // call. + virtual HRESULT Deliver(IMediaSample *); + + // override this to control the connection + virtual HRESULT InitAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator **ppAlloc); + HRESULT CheckConnect(IPin *pPin); + HRESULT BreakConnect(); + + // override to call Commit and Decommit + HRESULT Active(void); + HRESULT Inactive(void); + + // we have a default handling of EndOfStream which is to return + // an error, since this should be called on input pins only + STDMETHODIMP EndOfStream(void); + + // called from elsewhere in our filter to pass EOS downstream to + // our connected input pin + virtual HRESULT DeliverEndOfStream(void); + + // same for Begin/EndFlush - we handle Begin/EndFlush since it + // is an error on an output pin, and we have Deliver methods to + // call the methods on the connected pin + STDMETHODIMP BeginFlush(void); + STDMETHODIMP EndFlush(void); + virtual HRESULT DeliverBeginFlush(void); + virtual HRESULT DeliverEndFlush(void); + + // deliver NewSegment to connected pin - you will need to + // override this if you queue any data in your output pin. + virtual HRESULT DeliverNewSegment( + REFERENCE_TIME tStart, + REFERENCE_TIME tStop, + double dRate); + + //================================================================================ + // IQualityControl methods + //================================================================================ + + // All inherited from CBasePin and not overridden here. + // STDMETHODIMP Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q); + // STDMETHODIMP SetSink(IQualityControl * piqc); +}; + + +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== +// Defines CBaseInputPin +// +// derive your standard input pin from this. +// you need to supply GetMediaType and CheckConnect etc (see CBasePin), +// and you need to supply Receive to do something more useful. +// +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== + +class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseInputPin : public CBasePin, + public IMemInputPin +{ + +protected: + + IMemAllocator *m_pAllocator; // Default memory allocator + + // allocator is read-only, so received samples + // cannot be modified (probably only relevant to in-place + // transforms + BYTE m_bReadOnly; + + // in flushing state (between BeginFlush and EndFlush) + // if TRUE, all Receives are returned with S_FALSE + BYTE m_bFlushing; + + // Sample properties - initalized in Receive + AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES m_SampleProps; + +public: + + CBaseInputPin( + __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName, + __in CBaseFilter *pFilter, + __in CCritSec *pLock, + __inout HRESULT *phr, + __in_opt LPCWSTR pName); +#ifdef UNICODE + CBaseInputPin( + __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName, + __in CBaseFilter *pFilter, + __in CCritSec *pLock, + __inout HRESULT *phr, + __in_opt LPCWSTR pName); +#endif + virtual ~CBaseInputPin(); + + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN + + // override this to publicise our interfaces + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv); + + // return the allocator interface that this input pin + // would like the output pin to use + STDMETHODIMP GetAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator ** ppAllocator); + + // tell the input pin which allocator the output pin is actually + // going to use. + STDMETHODIMP NotifyAllocator( + IMemAllocator * pAllocator, + BOOL bReadOnly); + + // do something with this media sample + STDMETHODIMP Receive(IMediaSample *pSample); + + // do something with these media samples + STDMETHODIMP ReceiveMultiple ( + __in_ecount(nSamples) IMediaSample **pSamples, + long nSamples, + __out long *nSamplesProcessed); + + // See if Receive() blocks + STDMETHODIMP ReceiveCanBlock(); + + // Default handling for BeginFlush - call at the beginning + // of your implementation (makes sure that all Receive calls + // fail). After calling this, you need to free any queued data + // and then call downstream. + STDMETHODIMP BeginFlush(void); + + // default handling for EndFlush - call at end of your implementation + // - before calling this, ensure that there is no queued data and no thread + // pushing any more without a further receive, then call downstream, + // then call this method to clear the m_bFlushing flag and re-enable + // receives + STDMETHODIMP EndFlush(void); + + // this method is optional (can return E_NOTIMPL). + // default implementation returns E_NOTIMPL. Override if you have + // specific alignment or prefix needs, but could use an upstream + // allocator + STDMETHODIMP GetAllocatorRequirements(__out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES*pProps); + + // Release the pin's allocator. + HRESULT BreakConnect(); + + // helper method to check the read-only flag + BOOL IsReadOnly() { + return m_bReadOnly; + }; + + // helper method to see if we are flushing + BOOL IsFlushing() { + return m_bFlushing; + }; + + // Override this for checking whether it's OK to process samples + // Also call this from EndOfStream. + virtual HRESULT CheckStreaming(); + + // Pass a Quality notification on to the appropriate sink + HRESULT PassNotify(Quality& q); + + + //================================================================================ + // IQualityControl methods (from CBasePin) + //================================================================================ + + STDMETHODIMP Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q); + + // no need to override: + // STDMETHODIMP SetSink(IQualityControl * piqc); + + + // switch the pin to inactive state - may already be inactive + virtual HRESULT Inactive(void); + + // Return sample properties pointer + AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES * SampleProps() { + ASSERT(m_SampleProps.cbData != 0); + return &m_SampleProps; + } + +}; + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// CDynamicOutputPin +// + +class CDynamicOutputPin : public CBaseOutputPin, + public IPinFlowControl +{ +public: +#ifdef UNICODE + CDynamicOutputPin( + __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName, + __in CBaseFilter *pFilter, + __in CCritSec *pLock, + __inout HRESULT *phr, + __in_opt LPCWSTR pName); +#endif + + CDynamicOutputPin( + __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName, + __in CBaseFilter *pFilter, + __in CCritSec *pLock, + __inout HRESULT *phr, + __in_opt LPCWSTR pName); + + ~CDynamicOutputPin(); + + // IUnknown Methods + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv); + + // IPin Methods + STDMETHODIMP Disconnect(void); + + // IPinFlowControl Methods + STDMETHODIMP Block(DWORD dwBlockFlags, HANDLE hEvent); + + // Set graph config info + void SetConfigInfo(IGraphConfig *pGraphConfig, HANDLE hStopEvent); + + #ifdef DEBUG + virtual HRESULT Deliver(IMediaSample *pSample); + virtual HRESULT DeliverEndOfStream(void); + virtual HRESULT DeliverNewSegment(REFERENCE_TIME tStart, REFERENCE_TIME tStop, double dRate); + #endif // DEBUG + + HRESULT DeliverBeginFlush(void); + HRESULT DeliverEndFlush(void); + + HRESULT Inactive(void); + HRESULT Active(void); + virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin); + + virtual HRESULT StartUsingOutputPin(void); + virtual void StopUsingOutputPin(void); + virtual bool StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin(void); + + HRESULT ChangeOutputFormat + ( + const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt, + REFERENCE_TIME tSegmentStart, + REFERENCE_TIME tSegmentStop, + double dSegmentRate + ); + HRESULT ChangeMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt); + HRESULT DynamicReconnect(const CMediaType *pmt); + +protected: + HRESULT SynchronousBlockOutputPin(void); + HRESULT AsynchronousBlockOutputPin(HANDLE hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent); + HRESULT UnblockOutputPin(void); + + void BlockOutputPin(void); + void ResetBlockState(void); + + static HRESULT WaitEvent(HANDLE hEvent); + + enum BLOCK_STATE + { + NOT_BLOCKED, + PENDING, + BLOCKED + }; + + // This lock should be held when the following class members are + // being used: m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent, m_BlockState, + // m_dwBlockCallerThreadID and m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers. + CCritSec m_BlockStateLock; + + // This event should be signaled when the output pin is + // not blocked. This is a manual reset event. For more + // information on events, see the documentation for + // CreateEvent() in the Windows SDK. + HANDLE m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent; + + // This event will be signaled when block operation succeedes or + // when the user cancels the block operation. The block operation + // can be canceled by calling IPinFlowControl2::Block( 0, NULL ) + // while the block operation is pending. + HANDLE m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent; + + // The state of the current block operation. + BLOCK_STATE m_BlockState; + + // The ID of the thread which last called IPinFlowControl::Block(). + // For more information on thread IDs, see the documentation for + // GetCurrentThreadID() in the Windows SDK. + DWORD m_dwBlockCallerThreadID; + + // The number of times StartUsingOutputPin() has been sucessfully + // called and a corresponding call to StopUsingOutputPin() has not + // been made. When this variable is greater than 0, the streaming + // thread is calling IPin::NewSegment(), IPin::EndOfStream(), + // IMemInputPin::Receive() or IMemInputPin::ReceiveMultiple(). The + // streaming thread could also be calling: DynamicReconnect(), + // ChangeMediaType() or ChangeOutputFormat(). The output pin cannot + // be blocked while the output pin is being used. + DWORD m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers; + + // This event should be set when the IMediaFilter::Stop() is called. + // This is a manual reset event. It is also set when the output pin + // delivers a flush to the connected input pin. + HANDLE m_hStopEvent; + IGraphConfig* m_pGraphConfig; + + // TRUE if the output pin's allocator's samples are read only. + // Otherwise FALSE. For more information, see the documentation + // for IMemInputPin::NotifyAllocator(). + BOOL m_bPinUsesReadOnlyAllocator; + +private: + HRESULT Initialize(void); + HRESULT ChangeMediaTypeHelper(const CMediaType *pmt); + + #ifdef DEBUG + void AssertValid(void); + #endif // DEBUG +}; + +class CAutoUsingOutputPin +{ +public: + CAutoUsingOutputPin( __in CDynamicOutputPin* pOutputPin, __inout HRESULT* phr ); + ~CAutoUsingOutputPin(); + +private: + CDynamicOutputPin* m_pOutputPin; +}; + +inline CAutoUsingOutputPin::CAutoUsingOutputPin( __in CDynamicOutputPin* pOutputPin, __inout HRESULT* phr ) : + m_pOutputPin(NULL) +{ + // The caller should always pass in valid pointers. + ASSERT( NULL != pOutputPin ); + ASSERT( NULL != phr ); + + // Make sure the user initialized phr. + ASSERT( S_OK == *phr ); + + HRESULT hr = pOutputPin->StartUsingOutputPin(); + if( FAILED( hr ) ) + { + *phr = hr; + return; + } + + m_pOutputPin = pOutputPin; +} + +inline CAutoUsingOutputPin::~CAutoUsingOutputPin() +{ + if( NULL != m_pOutputPin ) + { + m_pOutputPin->StopUsingOutputPin(); + } +} + +#ifdef DEBUG + +inline HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::Deliver(IMediaSample *pSample) +{ + // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this + // method. + ASSERT(StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin()); + + return CBaseOutputPin::Deliver(pSample); +} + +inline HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::DeliverEndOfStream(void) +{ + // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this + // method. + ASSERT( StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin() ); + + return CBaseOutputPin::DeliverEndOfStream(); +} + +inline HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::DeliverNewSegment(REFERENCE_TIME tStart, REFERENCE_TIME tStop, double dRate) +{ + // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this + // method. + ASSERT(StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin()); + + return CBaseOutputPin::DeliverNewSegment(tStart, tStop, dRate); +} + +#endif // DEBUG + +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== +// Memory allocators +// +// the shared memory transport between pins requires the input pin +// to provide a memory allocator that can provide sample objects. A +// sample object supports the IMediaSample interface. +// +// CBaseAllocator handles the management of free and busy samples. It +// allocates CMediaSample objects. CBaseAllocator is an abstract class: +// in particular it has no method of initializing the list of free +// samples. CMemAllocator is derived from CBaseAllocator and initializes +// the list of samples using memory from the standard IMalloc interface. +// +// If you want your buffers to live in some special area of memory, +// derive your allocator object from CBaseAllocator. If you derive your +// IMemInputPin interface object from CBaseMemInputPin, you will get +// CMemAllocator-based allocation etc for free and will just need to +// supply the Receive handling, and media type / format negotiation. +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== + + +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== +// Defines CMediaSample +// +// an object of this class supports IMediaSample and represents a buffer +// for media data with some associated properties. Releasing it returns +// it to a freelist managed by a CBaseAllocator derived object. +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== + +class CMediaSample : public IMediaSample2 // The interface we support +{ + +protected: + + friend class CBaseAllocator; + + /* Values for dwFlags - these are used for backward compatiblity + only now - use AM_SAMPLE_xxx + */ + enum { Sample_SyncPoint = 0x01, /* Is this a sync point */ + Sample_Preroll = 0x02, /* Is this a preroll sample */ + Sample_Discontinuity = 0x04, /* Set if start of new segment */ + Sample_TypeChanged = 0x08, /* Has the type changed */ + Sample_TimeValid = 0x10, /* Set if time is valid */ + Sample_MediaTimeValid = 0x20, /* Is the media time valid */ + Sample_TimeDiscontinuity = 0x40, /* Time discontinuity */ + Sample_StopValid = 0x100, /* Stop time valid */ + Sample_ValidFlags = 0x1FF + }; + + /* Properties, the media sample class can be a container for a format + change in which case we take a copy of a type through the SetMediaType + interface function and then return it when GetMediaType is called. As + we do no internal processing on it we leave it as a pointer */ + + DWORD m_dwFlags; /* Flags for this sample */ + /* Type specific flags are packed + into the top word + */ + DWORD m_dwTypeSpecificFlags; /* Media type specific flags */ + __field_ecount_opt(m_cbBuffer) LPBYTE m_pBuffer; /* Pointer to the complete buffer */ + LONG m_lActual; /* Length of data in this sample */ + LONG m_cbBuffer; /* Size of the buffer */ + CBaseAllocator *m_pAllocator; /* The allocator who owns us */ + CMediaSample *m_pNext; /* Chaining in free list */ + REFERENCE_TIME m_Start; /* Start sample time */ + REFERENCE_TIME m_End; /* End sample time */ + LONGLONG m_MediaStart; /* Real media start position */ + LONG m_MediaEnd; /* A difference to get the end */ + AM_MEDIA_TYPE *m_pMediaType; /* Media type change data */ + DWORD m_dwStreamId; /* Stream id */ +public: + LONG m_cRef; /* Reference count */ + + +public: + + CMediaSample( + __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, + __in_opt CBaseAllocator *pAllocator, + __inout_opt HRESULT *phr, + __in_bcount_opt(length) LPBYTE pBuffer = NULL, + LONG length = 0); +#ifdef UNICODE + CMediaSample( + __in_opt LPCSTR pName, + __in_opt CBaseAllocator *pAllocator, + __inout_opt HRESULT *phr, + __in_bcount_opt(length) LPBYTE pBuffer = NULL, + LONG length = 0); +#endif + + virtual ~CMediaSample(); + + /* Note the media sample does not delegate to its owner */ + + STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv); + STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) AddRef(); + STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) Release(); + + // set the buffer pointer and length. Used by allocators that + // want variable sized pointers or pointers into already-read data. + // This is only available through a CMediaSample* not an IMediaSample* + // and so cannot be changed by clients. + HRESULT SetPointer(__in_bcount(cBytes) BYTE * ptr, LONG cBytes); + + // Get me a read/write pointer to this buffer's memory. + STDMETHODIMP GetPointer(__deref_out BYTE ** ppBuffer); + + STDMETHODIMP_(LONG) GetSize(void); + + // get the stream time at which this sample should start and finish. + STDMETHODIMP GetTime( + __out REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeStart, // put time here + __out REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeEnd + ); + + // Set the stream time at which this sample should start and finish. + STDMETHODIMP SetTime( + __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeStart, // put time here + __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeEnd + ); + STDMETHODIMP IsSyncPoint(void); + STDMETHODIMP SetSyncPoint(BOOL bIsSyncPoint); + STDMETHODIMP IsPreroll(void); + STDMETHODIMP SetPreroll(BOOL bIsPreroll); + + STDMETHODIMP_(LONG) GetActualDataLength(void); + STDMETHODIMP SetActualDataLength(LONG lActual); + + // these allow for limited format changes in band + + STDMETHODIMP GetMediaType(__deref_out AM_MEDIA_TYPE **ppMediaType); + STDMETHODIMP SetMediaType(__in_opt AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pMediaType); + + // returns S_OK if there is a discontinuity in the data (this same is + // not a continuation of the previous stream of data + // - there has been a seek). + STDMETHODIMP IsDiscontinuity(void); + // set the discontinuity property - TRUE if this sample is not a + // continuation, but a new sample after a seek. + STDMETHODIMP SetDiscontinuity(BOOL bDiscontinuity); + + // get the media times for this sample + STDMETHODIMP GetMediaTime( + __out LONGLONG * pTimeStart, + __out LONGLONG * pTimeEnd + ); + + // Set the media times for this sample + STDMETHODIMP SetMediaTime( + __in_opt LONGLONG * pTimeStart, + __in_opt LONGLONG * pTimeEnd + ); + + // Set and get properties (IMediaSample2) + STDMETHODIMP GetProperties( + DWORD cbProperties, + __out_bcount(cbProperties) BYTE * pbProperties + ); + + STDMETHODIMP SetProperties( + DWORD cbProperties, + __in_bcount(cbProperties) const BYTE * pbProperties + ); +}; + + +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== +// Defines CBaseAllocator +// +// Abstract base class that manages a list of media samples +// +// This class provides support for getting buffers from the free list, +// including handling of commit and (asynchronous) decommit. +// +// Derive from this class and override the Alloc and Free functions to +// allocate your CMediaSample (or derived) objects and add them to the +// free list, preparing them as necessary. +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== + +class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseAllocator : public CUnknown,// A non delegating IUnknown + public IMemAllocatorCallbackTemp, // The interface we support + public CCritSec // Provides object locking +{ + class CSampleList; + friend class CSampleList; + + /* Trick to get at protected member in CMediaSample */ + static CMediaSample * &NextSample(__in CMediaSample *pSample) + { + return pSample->m_pNext; + }; + + /* Mini list class for the free list */ + class CSampleList + { + public: + CSampleList() : m_List(NULL), m_nOnList(0) {}; +#ifdef DEBUG + ~CSampleList() + { + ASSERT(m_nOnList == 0); + }; +#endif + CMediaSample *Head() const { return m_List; }; + CMediaSample *Next(__in CMediaSample *pSample) const { return CBaseAllocator::NextSample(pSample); }; + int GetCount() const { return m_nOnList; }; + void Add(__inout CMediaSample *pSample) + { + ASSERT(pSample != NULL); + CBaseAllocator::NextSample(pSample) = m_List; + m_List = pSample; + m_nOnList++; + }; + CMediaSample *RemoveHead() + { + CMediaSample *pSample = m_List; + if (pSample != NULL) { + m_List = CBaseAllocator::NextSample(m_List); + m_nOnList--; + } + return pSample; + }; + void Remove(__inout CMediaSample *pSample); + + public: + CMediaSample *m_List; + int m_nOnList; + }; +protected: + + CSampleList m_lFree; // Free list + + /* Note to overriders of CBaseAllocator. + + We use a lazy signalling mechanism for waiting for samples. + This means we don't call the OS if no waits occur. + + In order to implement this: + + 1. When a new sample is added to m_lFree call NotifySample() which + calls ReleaseSemaphore on m_hSem with a count of m_lWaiting and + sets m_lWaiting to 0. + This must all be done holding the allocator's critical section. + + 2. When waiting for a sample call SetWaiting() which increments + m_lWaiting BEFORE leaving the allocator's critical section. + + 3. Actually wait by calling WaitForSingleObject(m_hSem, INFINITE) + having left the allocator's critical section. The effect of + this is to remove 1 from the semaphore's count. You MUST call + this once having incremented m_lWaiting. + + The following are then true when the critical section is not held : + (let nWaiting = number about to wait or waiting) + + (1) if (m_lFree.GetCount() != 0) then (m_lWaiting == 0) + (2) m_lWaiting + Semaphore count == nWaiting + + We would deadlock if + nWaiting != 0 && + m_lFree.GetCount() != 0 && + Semaphore count == 0 + + But from (1) if m_lFree.GetCount() != 0 then m_lWaiting == 0 so + from (2) Semaphore count == nWaiting (which is non-0) so the + deadlock can't happen. + */ + + HANDLE m_hSem; // For signalling + long m_lWaiting; // Waiting for a free element + long m_lCount; // how many buffers we have agreed to provide + long m_lAllocated; // how many buffers are currently allocated + long m_lSize; // agreed size of each buffer + long m_lAlignment; // agreed alignment + long m_lPrefix; // agreed prefix (preceeds GetPointer() value) + BOOL m_bChanged; // Have the buffer requirements changed + + // if true, we are decommitted and can't allocate memory + BOOL m_bCommitted; + // if true, the decommit has happened, but we haven't called Free yet + // as there are still outstanding buffers + BOOL m_bDecommitInProgress; + + // Notification interface + IMemAllocatorNotifyCallbackTemp *m_pNotify; + + BOOL m_fEnableReleaseCallback; + + // called to decommit the memory when the last buffer is freed + // pure virtual - need to override this + virtual void Free(void) PURE; + + // override to allocate the memory when commit called + virtual HRESULT Alloc(void); + +public: + + CBaseAllocator( + __in_opt LPCTSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *, + BOOL bEvent = TRUE, BOOL fEnableReleaseCallback = FALSE); +#ifdef UNICODE + CBaseAllocator( + __in_opt LPCSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *, + BOOL bEvent = TRUE, BOOL fEnableReleaseCallback = FALSE); +#endif + virtual ~CBaseAllocator(); + + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN + + // override this to publicise our interfaces + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv); + + STDMETHODIMP SetProperties( + __in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pRequest, + __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pActual); + + // return the properties actually being used on this allocator + STDMETHODIMP GetProperties( + __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pProps); + + // override Commit to allocate memory. We handle the GetBuffer + //state changes + STDMETHODIMP Commit(); + + // override this to handle the memory freeing. We handle any outstanding + // GetBuffer calls + STDMETHODIMP Decommit(); + + // get container for a sample. Blocking, synchronous call to get the + // next free buffer (as represented by an IMediaSample interface). + // on return, the time etc properties will be invalid, but the buffer + // pointer and size will be correct. The two time parameters are + // optional and either may be NULL, they may alternatively be set to + // the start and end times the sample will have attached to it + // bPrevFramesSkipped is not used (used only by the video renderer's + // allocator where it affects quality management in direct draw). + + STDMETHODIMP GetBuffer(__deref_out IMediaSample **ppBuffer, + __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pStartTime, + __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pEndTime, + DWORD dwFlags); + + // final release of a CMediaSample will call this + STDMETHODIMP ReleaseBuffer(IMediaSample *pBuffer); + // obsolete:: virtual void PutOnFreeList(CMediaSample * pSample); + + STDMETHODIMP SetNotify(IMemAllocatorNotifyCallbackTemp *pNotify); + + STDMETHODIMP GetFreeCount(__out LONG *plBuffersFree); + + // Notify that a sample is available + void NotifySample(); + + // Notify that we're waiting for a sample + void SetWaiting() { m_lWaiting++; }; +}; + + +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== +// Defines CMemAllocator +// +// this is an allocator based on CBaseAllocator that allocates sample +// buffers in main memory (from 'new'). You must call SetProperties +// before calling Commit. +// +// we don't free the memory when going into Decommit state. The simplest +// way to implement this without complicating CBaseAllocator is to +// have a Free() function, called to go into decommit state, that does +// nothing and a ReallyFree function called from our destructor that +// actually frees the memory. +//===================================================================== +//===================================================================== + +// Make me one from quartz.dll +STDAPI CreateMemoryAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator **ppAllocator); + +class CMemAllocator : public CBaseAllocator +{ + +protected: + + LPBYTE m_pBuffer; // combined memory for all buffers + + // override to free the memory when decommit completes + // - we actually do nothing, and save the memory until deletion. + void Free(void); + + // called from the destructor (and from Alloc if changing size/count) to + // actually free up the memory + void ReallyFree(void); + + // overriden to allocate the memory when commit called + HRESULT Alloc(void); + +public: + /* This goes in the factory template table to create new instances */ + static CUnknown *CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *); + + STDMETHODIMP SetProperties( + __in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pRequest, + __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pActual); + + CMemAllocator(__in_opt LPCTSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *); +#ifdef UNICODE + CMemAllocator(__in_opt LPCSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *); +#endif + ~CMemAllocator(); +}; + +// helper used by IAMovieSetup implementation +STDAPI +AMovieSetupRegisterFilter( const AMOVIESETUP_FILTER * const psetupdata + , IFilterMapper * pIFM + , BOOL bRegister ); + + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#endif /* __FILTER__ */ + + + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/cache.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/cache.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a2d5752 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/cache.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: Cache.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - efines a non-MFC generic cache class. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +/* This class implements a simple cache. A cache object is instantiated + with the number of items it is to hold. An item is a pointer to an + object derived from CBaseObject (helps reduce memory leaks). The cache + can then have objects added to it and removed from it. The cache size + is fixed at construction time and may therefore run out or be flooded. + If it runs out it returns a NULL pointer, if it fills up it also returns + a NULL pointer instead of a pointer to the object just inserted */ + +/* Making these classes inherit from CBaseObject does nothing for their + functionality but it allows us to check there are no memory leaks */ + +/* WARNING Be very careful when using this class, what it lets you do is + store and retrieve objects so that you can minimise object creation + which in turns improves efficiency. However the object you store is + exactly the same as the object you get back which means that it short + circuits the constructor initialisation phase. This means any class + variables the object has (eg pointers) are highly likely to be invalid. + Therefore ensure you reinitialise the object before using it again */ + + +#ifndef __CACHE__ +#define __CACHE__ + + +class CCache : CBaseObject { + + /* Make copy constructor and assignment operator inaccessible */ + + CCache(const CCache &refCache); + CCache &operator=(const CCache &refCache); + +private: + + /* These are initialised in the constructor. The first variable points to + an array of pointers, each of which points to a CBaseObject derived + object. The m_iCacheSize is the static fixed size for the cache and the + m_iUsed defines the number of places filled with objects at any time. + We fill the array of pointers from the start (ie m_ppObjects[0] first) + and then only add and remove objects from the end position, so in this + respect the array of object pointers should be treated as a stack */ + + CBaseObject **m_ppObjects; + const INT m_iCacheSize; + INT m_iUsed; + +public: + + CCache(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,INT iItems); + virtual ~CCache(); + + /* Add an item to the cache */ + CBaseObject *AddToCache(__in CBaseObject *pObject); + + /* Remove an item from the cache */ + CBaseObject *RemoveFromCache(); + + /* Delete all the objects held in the cache */ + void RemoveAll(void); + + /* Return the cache size which is set during construction */ + INT GetCacheSize(void) const {return m_iCacheSize;}; +}; + +#endif /* __CACHE__ */ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/checkbmi.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/checkbmi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9761dae --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/checkbmi.h @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +// Copyright (c) 1992 - 1997 Microsoft Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +#ifndef _CHECKBMI_H_ +#define _CHECKBMI_H_ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +// Helper +__inline BOOL MultiplyCheckOverflow(DWORD a, DWORD b, __deref_out_range(==, a * b) DWORD *pab) { + *pab = a * b; + if ((a == 0) || (((*pab) / a) == b)) { + return TRUE; + } + return FALSE; +} + + +// Checks if the fields in a BITMAPINFOHEADER won't generate +// overlows and buffer overruns +// This is not a complete check and does not guarantee code using this structure will be secure +// from attack +// Bugs this is guarding against: +// 1. Total structure size calculation overflowing +// 2. biClrUsed > 256 for 8-bit palettized content +// 3. Total bitmap size in bytes overflowing +// 4. biSize < size of the base structure leading to accessessing random memory +// 5. Total structure size exceeding know size of data +// + +__success(return != 0) __inline BOOL ValidateBitmapInfoHeader( + const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi, // pointer to structure to check + __out_range(>=, sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER)) DWORD cbSize // size of memory block containing structure +) +{ + DWORD dwWidthInBytes; + DWORD dwBpp; + DWORD dwWidthInBits; + DWORD dwHeight; + DWORD dwSizeImage; + DWORD dwClrUsed; + + // Reject bad parameters - do the size check first to avoid reading bad memory + if (cbSize < sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER) || + pbmi->biSize < sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER) || + pbmi->biSize > 4096) { + return FALSE; + } + + // Reject 0 size + if (pbmi->biWidth == 0 || pbmi->biHeight == 0) { + return FALSE; + } + + // Use bpp of 200 for validating against further overflows if not set for compressed format + dwBpp = 200; + + if (pbmi->biBitCount > dwBpp) { + return FALSE; + } + + // Strictly speaking abs can overflow so cast explicitly to DWORD + dwHeight = (DWORD)abs(pbmi->biHeight); + + if (!MultiplyCheckOverflow(dwBpp, (DWORD)pbmi->biWidth, &dwWidthInBits)) { + return FALSE; + } + + // Compute correct width in bytes - rounding up to 4 bytes + dwWidthInBytes = (dwWidthInBits / 8 + 3) & ~3; + + if (!MultiplyCheckOverflow(dwWidthInBytes, dwHeight, &dwSizeImage)) { + return FALSE; + } + + // Fail if total size is 0 - this catches indivual quantities being 0 + // Also don't allow huge values > 1GB which might cause arithmetic + // errors for users + if (dwSizeImage > 0x40000000 || + pbmi->biSizeImage > 0x40000000) { + return FALSE; + } + + // Fail if biClrUsed looks bad + if (pbmi->biClrUsed > 256) { + return FALSE; + } + + if (pbmi->biClrUsed == 0 && pbmi->biBitCount <= 8 && pbmi->biBitCount > 0) { + dwClrUsed = (1 << pbmi->biBitCount); + } else { + dwClrUsed = pbmi->biClrUsed; + } + + // Check total size + if (cbSize < pbmi->biSize + dwClrUsed * sizeof(RGBQUAD) + + (pbmi->biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS ? 3 * sizeof(DWORD) : 0)) { + return FALSE; + } + + // If it is RGB validate biSizeImage - lots of code assumes the size is correct + if (pbmi->biCompression == BI_RGB || pbmi->biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS) { + if (pbmi->biSizeImage != 0) { + DWORD dwBits = (DWORD)pbmi->biWidth * (DWORD)pbmi->biBitCount; + DWORD dwWidthInBytes = ((DWORD)((dwBits+31) & (~31)) / 8); + DWORD dwTotalSize = (DWORD)abs(pbmi->biHeight) * dwWidthInBytes; + if (dwTotalSize > pbmi->biSizeImage) { + return FALSE; + } + } + } + return TRUE; +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // _CHECKBMI_H_ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/combase.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/combase.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..44ca535 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/combase.h @@ -0,0 +1,305 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: ComBase.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a class hierarchy for creating +// COM objects. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +/* + +a. Derive your COM object from CUnknown + +b. Make a static CreateInstance function that takes an LPUNKNOWN, an HRESULT * + and a TCHAR *. The LPUNKNOWN defines the object to delegate IUnknown calls + to. The HRESULT * allows error codes to be passed around constructors and + the TCHAR * is a descriptive name that can be printed on the debugger. + + It is important that constructors only change the HRESULT * if they have + to set an ERROR code, if it was successful then leave it alone or you may + overwrite an error code from an object previously created. + + When you call a constructor the descriptive name should be in static store + as we do not copy the string. To stop large amounts of memory being used + in retail builds by all these static strings use the NAME macro, + + CMyFilter = new CImplFilter(NAME("My filter"),pUnknown,phr); + if (FAILED(hr)) { + return hr; + } + + In retail builds NAME(_x_) compiles to NULL, the base CBaseObject class + knows not to do anything with objects that don't have a name. + +c. Have a constructor for your object that passes the LPUNKNOWN, HRESULT * and + TCHAR * to the CUnknown constructor. You can set the HRESULT if you have an + error, or just simply pass it through to the constructor. + + The object creation will fail in the class factory if the HRESULT indicates + an error (ie FAILED(HRESULT) == TRUE) + +d. Create a FactoryTemplate with your object's class id and CreateInstance + function. + +Then (for each interface) either + +Multiple inheritance + +1. Also derive it from ISomeInterface +2. Include DECLARE_IUNKNOWN in your class definition to declare + implementations of QueryInterface, AddRef and Release that + call the outer unknown +3. Override NonDelegatingQueryInterface to expose ISomeInterface by + code something like + + if (riid == IID_ISomeInterface) { + return GetInterface((ISomeInterface *) this, ppv); + } else { + return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv); + } + +4. Declare and implement the member functions of ISomeInterface. + +or: Nested interfaces + +1. Declare a class derived from CUnknown +2. Include DECLARE_IUNKNOWN in your class definition +3. Override NonDelegatingQueryInterface to expose ISomeInterface by + code something like + + if (riid == IID_ISomeInterface) { + return GetInterface((ISomeInterface *) this, ppv); + } else { + return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv); + } + +4. Implement the member functions of ISomeInterface. Use GetOwner() to + access the COM object class. + +And in your COM object class: + +5. Make the nested class a friend of the COM object class, and declare + an instance of the nested class as a member of the COM object class. + + NOTE that because you must always pass the outer unknown and an hResult + to the CUnknown constructor you cannot use a default constructor, in + other words you will have to make the member variable a pointer to the + class and make a NEW call in your constructor to actually create it. + +6. override the NonDelegatingQueryInterface with code like this: + + if (riid == IID_ISomeInterface) { + return m_pImplFilter-> + NonDelegatingQueryInterface(IID_ISomeInterface, ppv); + } else { + return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv); + } + +You can have mixed classes which support some interfaces via multiple +inheritance and some via nested classes + +*/ + +#ifndef __COMBASE__ +#define __COMBASE__ + +// Filter Setup data structures no defined in axextend.idl + +typedef REGPINTYPES +AMOVIESETUP_MEDIATYPE, * PAMOVIESETUP_MEDIATYPE, * FAR LPAMOVIESETUP_MEDIATYPE; + +typedef REGFILTERPINS +AMOVIESETUP_PIN, * PAMOVIESETUP_PIN, * FAR LPAMOVIESETUP_PIN; + +typedef struct _AMOVIESETUP_FILTER +{ + const CLSID * clsID; + const WCHAR * strName; + DWORD dwMerit; + UINT nPins; + const AMOVIESETUP_PIN * lpPin; +} +AMOVIESETUP_FILTER, * PAMOVIESETUP_FILTER, * FAR LPAMOVIESETUP_FILTER; + +/* The DLLENTRY module initialises the module handle on loading */ + +extern HINSTANCE g_hInst; + +/* On DLL load remember which platform we are running on */ + +extern DWORD g_amPlatform; +extern OSVERSIONINFO g_osInfo; // Filled in by GetVersionEx + +/* Version of IUnknown that is renamed to allow a class to support both + non delegating and delegating IUnknowns in the same COM object */ + +#ifndef INONDELEGATINGUNKNOWN_DEFINED +DECLARE_INTERFACE(INonDelegatingUnknown) +{ + STDMETHOD(NonDelegatingQueryInterface) (THIS_ REFIID, LPVOID *) PURE; + STDMETHOD_(ULONG, NonDelegatingAddRef)(THIS) PURE; + STDMETHOD_(ULONG, NonDelegatingRelease)(THIS) PURE; +}; +#define INONDELEGATINGUNKNOWN_DEFINED +#endif + +typedef INonDelegatingUnknown *PNDUNKNOWN; + + +/* This is the base object class that supports active object counting. As + part of the debug facilities we trace every time a C++ object is created + or destroyed. The name of the object has to be passed up through the class + derivation list during construction as you cannot call virtual functions + in the constructor. The downside of all this is that every single object + constructor has to take an object name parameter that describes it */ + +class CBaseObject +{ + +private: + + // Disable the copy constructor and assignment by default so you will get + // compiler errors instead of unexpected behaviour if you pass objects + // by value or assign objects. + CBaseObject(const CBaseObject& objectSrc); // no implementation + void operator=(const CBaseObject& objectSrc); // no implementation + +private: + static LONG m_cObjects; /* Total number of objects active */ + +protected: +#ifdef DEBUG + DWORD m_dwCookie; /* Cookie identifying this object */ +#endif + + +public: + + /* These increment and decrement the number of active objects */ + + CBaseObject(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName); +#ifdef UNICODE + CBaseObject(__in_opt LPCSTR pName); +#endif + ~CBaseObject(); + + /* Call this to find if there are any CUnknown derived objects active */ + + static LONG ObjectsActive() { + return m_cObjects; + }; +}; + + +/* An object that supports one or more COM interfaces will be based on + this class. It supports counting of total objects for DLLCanUnloadNow + support, and an implementation of the core non delegating IUnknown */ + +class AM_NOVTABLE CUnknown : public INonDelegatingUnknown, + public CBaseObject +{ +private: + const LPUNKNOWN m_pUnknown; /* Owner of this object */ + +protected: /* So we can override NonDelegatingRelease() */ + volatile LONG m_cRef; /* Number of reference counts */ + +public: + + CUnknown(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk); + virtual ~CUnknown() {}; + + // This is redundant, just use the other constructor + // as we never touch the HRESULT in this anyway + CUnknown(__in_opt LPCTSTR Name, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr); +#ifdef UNICODE + CUnknown(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk); + CUnknown(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,__inout_opt HRESULT *phr); +#endif + + /* Return the owner of this object */ + + LPUNKNOWN GetOwner() const { + return m_pUnknown; + }; + + /* Called from the class factory to create a new instance, it is + pure virtual so it must be overriden in your derived class */ + + /* static CUnknown *CreateInstance(LPUNKNOWN, HRESULT *) */ + + /* Non delegating unknown implementation */ + + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID, __deref_out void **); + STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingAddRef(); + STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingRelease(); +}; + +/* Return an interface pointer to a requesting client + performing a thread safe AddRef as necessary */ + +STDAPI GetInterface(LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __out void **ppv); + +/* A function that can create a new COM object */ + +typedef CUnknown *(CALLBACK *LPFNNewCOMObject)(__in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnkOuter, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr); + +/* A function (can be NULL) which is called from the DLL entrypoint + routine for each factory template: + + bLoading - TRUE on DLL load, FALSE on DLL unload + rclsid - the m_ClsID of the entry +*/ +typedef void (CALLBACK *LPFNInitRoutine)(BOOL bLoading, const CLSID *rclsid); + +/* Create one of these per object class in an array so that + the default class factory code can create new instances */ + +class CFactoryTemplate { + +public: + + const WCHAR * m_Name; + const CLSID * m_ClsID; + LPFNNewCOMObject m_lpfnNew; + LPFNInitRoutine m_lpfnInit; + const AMOVIESETUP_FILTER * m_pAMovieSetup_Filter; + + BOOL IsClassID(REFCLSID rclsid) const { + return (IsEqualCLSID(*m_ClsID,rclsid)); + }; + + CUnknown *CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr) const { + CheckPointer(phr,NULL); + return m_lpfnNew(pUnk, phr); + }; +}; + + +/* You must override the (pure virtual) NonDelegatingQueryInterface to return + interface pointers (using GetInterface) to the interfaces your derived + class supports (the default implementation only supports IUnknown) */ + +#define DECLARE_IUNKNOWN \ + STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv) { \ + return GetOwner()->QueryInterface(riid,ppv); \ + }; \ + STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) AddRef() { \ + return GetOwner()->AddRef(); \ + }; \ + STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) Release() { \ + return GetOwner()->Release(); \ + }; + + + +HINSTANCE LoadOLEAut32(); + + +#endif /* __COMBASE__ */ + + + + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/cprop.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/cprop.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a030f8f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/cprop.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: CProp.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +#ifndef __CPROP__ +#define __CPROP__ + +// Base property page class. Filters typically expose custom properties by +// implementing special control interfaces, examples are IDirectDrawVideo +// and IQualProp on renderers. This allows property pages to be built that +// use the given interface. Applications such as the ActiveMovie OCX query +// filters for the property pages they support and expose them to the user +// +// This class provides all the framework for a property page. A property +// page is a COM object that supports IPropertyPage. We should be created +// with a resource ID for the dialog which we will load when required. We +// should also be given in the constructor a resource ID for a title string +// we will load from the DLLs STRINGTABLE. The property page titles must be +// stored in resource files so that they can be easily internationalised +// +// We have a number of virtual methods (not PURE) that may be overriden in +// derived classes to query for interfaces and so on. These functions have +// simple implementations here that just return NOERROR. Derived classes +// will almost definately have to override the message handler method called +// OnReceiveMessage. We have a static dialog procedure that calls the method +// so that derived classes don't have to fiddle around with the this pointer + +class AM_NOVTABLE CBasePropertyPage : public IPropertyPage, public CUnknown +{ +protected: + + LPPROPERTYPAGESITE m_pPageSite; // Details for our property site + HWND m_hwnd; // Window handle for the page + HWND m_Dlg; // Actual dialog window handle + BOOL m_bDirty; // Has anything been changed + int m_TitleId; // Resource identifier for title + int m_DialogId; // Dialog resource identifier + + static INT_PTR CALLBACK DialogProc(HWND hwnd, + UINT uMsg, + WPARAM wParam, + LPARAM lParam); + +private: + BOOL m_bObjectSet ; // SetObject has been called or not. +public: + + CBasePropertyPage(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Debug only name + __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // COM Delegator + int DialogId, // Resource ID + int TitleId); // To get tital + +#ifdef UNICODE + CBasePropertyPage(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, + __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, + int DialogId, + int TitleId); +#endif + virtual ~CBasePropertyPage() { }; + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN + + // Override these virtual methods + + virtual HRESULT OnConnect(IUnknown *pUnknown) { return NOERROR; }; + virtual HRESULT OnDisconnect() { return NOERROR; }; + virtual HRESULT OnActivate() { return NOERROR; }; + virtual HRESULT OnDeactivate() { return NOERROR; }; + virtual HRESULT OnApplyChanges() { return NOERROR; }; + virtual INT_PTR OnReceiveMessage(HWND hwnd,UINT uMsg,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam); + + // These implement an IPropertyPage interface + + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv); + STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingRelease(); + STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingAddRef(); + STDMETHODIMP SetPageSite(__in_opt LPPROPERTYPAGESITE pPageSite); + STDMETHODIMP Activate(HWND hwndParent, LPCRECT prect,BOOL fModal); + STDMETHODIMP Deactivate(void); + STDMETHODIMP GetPageInfo(__out LPPROPPAGEINFO pPageInfo); + STDMETHODIMP SetObjects(ULONG cObjects, __in_ecount_opt(cObjects) LPUNKNOWN *ppUnk); + STDMETHODIMP Show(UINT nCmdShow); + STDMETHODIMP Move(LPCRECT prect); + STDMETHODIMP IsPageDirty(void) { return m_bDirty ? S_OK : S_FALSE; } + STDMETHODIMP Apply(void); + STDMETHODIMP Help(LPCWSTR lpszHelpDir) { return E_NOTIMPL; } + STDMETHODIMP TranslateAccelerator(__inout LPMSG lpMsg) { return E_NOTIMPL; } +}; + +#endif // __CPROP__ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/ctlutil.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/ctlutil.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3f7085 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/ctlutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,923 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: CtlUtil.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +// Base classes implementing IDispatch parsing for the basic control dual +// interfaces. Derive from these and implement just the custom method and +// property methods. We also implement CPosPassThru that can be used by +// renderers and transforms to pass by IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking + +#ifndef __CTLUTIL__ +#define __CTLUTIL__ + +// OLE Automation has different ideas of TRUE and FALSE + +#define OATRUE (-1) +#define OAFALSE (0) + + +// It's possible that we could replace this class with CreateStdDispatch + +class CBaseDispatch +{ + ITypeInfo * m_pti; + +public: + + CBaseDispatch() : m_pti(NULL) {} + ~CBaseDispatch(); + + /* IDispatch methods */ + STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo); + + STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo( + REFIID riid, + UINT itinfo, + LCID lcid, + __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo); + + STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames( + REFIID riid, + __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames, + UINT cNames, + LCID lcid, + __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid); +}; + + +class AM_NOVTABLE CMediaControl : + public IMediaControl, + public CUnknown +{ + CBaseDispatch m_basedisp; + +public: + + CMediaControl(const TCHAR *, LPUNKNOWN); + + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN + + // override this to publicise our interfaces + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv); + + /* IDispatch methods */ + STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo); + + STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo( + UINT itinfo, + LCID lcid, + __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo); + + STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames( + REFIID riid, + __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames, + UINT cNames, + LCID lcid, + __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid); + + STDMETHODIMP Invoke( + DISPID dispidMember, + REFIID riid, + LCID lcid, + WORD wFlags, + __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams, + __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult, + __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo, + __out_opt UINT * puArgErr); +}; + + +class AM_NOVTABLE CMediaEvent : + public IMediaEventEx, + public CUnknown +{ + CBaseDispatch m_basedisp; + +public: + + CMediaEvent(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN); + + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN + + // override this to publicise our interfaces + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv); + + /* IDispatch methods */ + STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo); + + STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo( + UINT itinfo, + LCID lcid, + __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo); + + STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames( + REFIID riid, + __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames, + UINT cNames, + LCID lcid, + __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid); + + STDMETHODIMP Invoke( + DISPID dispidMember, + REFIID riid, + LCID lcid, + WORD wFlags, + __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams, + __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult, + __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo, + __out_opt UINT * puArgErr); +}; + + +class AM_NOVTABLE CMediaPosition : + public IMediaPosition, + public CUnknown +{ + CBaseDispatch m_basedisp; + + +public: + + CMediaPosition(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN); + CMediaPosition(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *phr); + + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN + + // override this to publicise our interfaces + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv); + + /* IDispatch methods */ + STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo); + + STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo( + UINT itinfo, + LCID lcid, + __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo); + + STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames( + REFIID riid, + __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames, + UINT cNames, + LCID lcid, + __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid); + + STDMETHODIMP Invoke( + DISPID dispidMember, + REFIID riid, + LCID lcid, + WORD wFlags, + __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams, + __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult, + __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo, + __out_opt UINT * puArgErr); + +}; + + +// OA-compatibility means that we must use double as the RefTime value, +// and REFERENCE_TIME (essentially a LONGLONG) within filters. +// this class converts between the two + +class COARefTime : public CRefTime { +public: + + COARefTime() { + }; + + COARefTime(CRefTime t) + : CRefTime(t) + { + }; + + COARefTime(REFERENCE_TIME t) + : CRefTime(t) + { + }; + + COARefTime(double d) { + m_time = (LONGLONG) (d * 10000000); + }; + + operator double() { + return double(m_time) / 10000000; + }; + + operator REFERENCE_TIME() { + return m_time; + }; + + COARefTime& operator=(const double& rd) { + m_time = (LONGLONG) (rd * 10000000); + return *this; + } + + COARefTime& operator=(const REFERENCE_TIME& rt) { + m_time = rt; + return *this; + } + + inline BOOL operator==(const COARefTime& rt) + { + return m_time == rt.m_time; + }; + + inline BOOL operator!=(const COARefTime& rt) + { + return m_time != rt.m_time; + }; + + inline BOOL operator < (const COARefTime& rt) + { + return m_time < rt.m_time; + }; + + inline BOOL operator > (const COARefTime& rt) + { + return m_time > rt.m_time; + }; + + inline BOOL operator >= (const COARefTime& rt) + { + return m_time >= rt.m_time; + }; + + inline BOOL operator <= (const COARefTime& rt) + { + return m_time <= rt.m_time; + }; + + inline COARefTime operator+(const COARefTime& rt) + { + return COARefTime(m_time + rt.m_time); + }; + + inline COARefTime operator-(const COARefTime& rt) + { + return COARefTime(m_time - rt.m_time); + }; + + inline COARefTime operator*(LONG l) + { + return COARefTime(m_time * l); + }; + + inline COARefTime operator/(LONG l) + { + return COARefTime(m_time / l); + }; + +private: + // Prevent bugs from constructing from LONG (which gets + // converted to double and then multiplied by 10000000 + COARefTime(LONG); + LONG operator=(LONG); +}; + + +// A utility class that handles IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking on behalf +// of single-input pin renderers, or transform filters. +// +// Renderers will expose this from the filter; transform filters will +// expose it from the output pin and not the renderer. +// +// Create one of these, giving it your IPin* for your input pin, and delegate +// all IMediaPosition methods to it. It will query the input pin for +// IMediaPosition and respond appropriately. +// +// Call ForceRefresh if the pin connection changes. +// +// This class no longer caches the upstream IMediaPosition or IMediaSeeking +// it acquires it on each method call. This means ForceRefresh is not needed. +// The method is kept for source compatibility and to minimise the changes +// if we need to put it back later for performance reasons. + +class CPosPassThru : public IMediaSeeking, public CMediaPosition +{ + IPin *m_pPin; + + HRESULT GetPeer(__deref_out IMediaPosition **ppMP); + HRESULT GetPeerSeeking(__deref_out IMediaSeeking **ppMS); + +public: + + CPosPassThru(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT*, IPin *); + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN + + HRESULT ForceRefresh() { + return S_OK; + }; + + // override to return an accurate current position + virtual HRESULT GetMediaTime(__out LONGLONG *pStartTime, __out_opt LONGLONG *pEndTime) { + return E_FAIL; + } + + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out void **ppv); + + // IMediaSeeking methods + STDMETHODIMP GetCapabilities( __out DWORD * pCapabilities ); + STDMETHODIMP CheckCapabilities( __inout DWORD * pCapabilities ); + STDMETHODIMP SetTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat); + STDMETHODIMP GetTimeFormat(__out GUID *pFormat); + STDMETHODIMP IsUsingTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat); + STDMETHODIMP IsFormatSupported( const GUID * pFormat); + STDMETHODIMP QueryPreferredFormat( __out GUID *pFormat); + STDMETHODIMP ConvertTimeFormat(__out LONGLONG * pTarget, + __in_opt const GUID * pTargetFormat, + LONGLONG Source, + __in_opt const GUID * pSourceFormat ); + STDMETHODIMP SetPositions( __inout_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent, DWORD CurrentFlags + , __inout_opt LONGLONG * pStop, DWORD StopFlags ); + + STDMETHODIMP GetPositions( __out_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent, __out_opt LONGLONG * pStop ); + STDMETHODIMP GetCurrentPosition( __out LONGLONG * pCurrent ); + STDMETHODIMP GetStopPosition( __out LONGLONG * pStop ); + STDMETHODIMP SetRate( double dRate); + STDMETHODIMP GetRate( __out double * pdRate); + STDMETHODIMP GetDuration( __out LONGLONG *pDuration); + STDMETHODIMP GetAvailable( __out_opt LONGLONG *pEarliest, __out_opt LONGLONG *pLatest ); + STDMETHODIMP GetPreroll( __out LONGLONG *pllPreroll ); + + // IMediaPosition properties + STDMETHODIMP get_Duration(__out REFTIME * plength); + STDMETHODIMP put_CurrentPosition(REFTIME llTime); + STDMETHODIMP get_StopTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime); + STDMETHODIMP put_StopTime(REFTIME llTime); + STDMETHODIMP get_PrerollTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime); + STDMETHODIMP put_PrerollTime(REFTIME llTime); + STDMETHODIMP get_Rate(__out double * pdRate); + STDMETHODIMP put_Rate(double dRate); + STDMETHODIMP get_CurrentPosition(__out REFTIME * pllTime); + STDMETHODIMP CanSeekForward(__out LONG *pCanSeekForward); + STDMETHODIMP CanSeekBackward(__out LONG *pCanSeekBackward); + +private: + HRESULT GetSeekingLongLong( HRESULT (__stdcall IMediaSeeking::*pMethod)( LONGLONG * ), + __out LONGLONG * pll ); +}; + + +// Adds the ability to return a current position + +class CRendererPosPassThru : public CPosPassThru +{ + CCritSec m_PositionLock; // Locks access to our position + LONGLONG m_StartMedia; // Start media time last seen + LONGLONG m_EndMedia; // And likewise the end media + BOOL m_bReset; // Have media times been set + +public: + + // Used to help with passing media times through graph + + CRendererPosPassThru(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT*, IPin *); + HRESULT RegisterMediaTime(IMediaSample *pMediaSample); + HRESULT RegisterMediaTime(LONGLONG StartTime,LONGLONG EndTime); + HRESULT GetMediaTime(__out LONGLONG *pStartTime,__out_opt LONGLONG *pEndTime); + HRESULT ResetMediaTime(); + HRESULT EOS(); +}; + +STDAPI CreatePosPassThru( + __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pAgg, + BOOL bRenderer, + IPin *pPin, + __deref_out IUnknown **ppPassThru +); + +// A class that handles the IDispatch part of IBasicAudio and leaves the +// properties and methods themselves pure virtual. + +class AM_NOVTABLE CBasicAudio : public IBasicAudio, public CUnknown +{ + CBaseDispatch m_basedisp; + +public: + + CBasicAudio(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN); + + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN + + // override this to publicise our interfaces + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv); + + /* IDispatch methods */ + STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo); + + STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo( + UINT itinfo, + LCID lcid, + __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo); + + STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames( + REFIID riid, + __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames, + UINT cNames, + LCID lcid, + __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid); + + STDMETHODIMP Invoke( + DISPID dispidMember, + REFIID riid, + LCID lcid, + WORD wFlags, + __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams, + __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult, + __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo, + __out_opt UINT * puArgErr); +}; + + +// A class that handles the IDispatch part of IBasicVideo and leaves the +// properties and methods themselves pure virtual. + +class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseBasicVideo : public IBasicVideo2, public CUnknown +{ + CBaseDispatch m_basedisp; + +public: + + CBaseBasicVideo(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN); + + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN + + // override this to publicise our interfaces + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv); + + /* IDispatch methods */ + STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo); + + STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo( + UINT itinfo, + LCID lcid, + __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo); + + STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames( + REFIID riid, + __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames, + UINT cNames, + LCID lcid, + __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid); + + STDMETHODIMP Invoke( + DISPID dispidMember, + REFIID riid, + LCID lcid, + WORD wFlags, + __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams, + __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult, + __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo, + __out_opt UINT * puArgErr); + + STDMETHODIMP GetPreferredAspectRatio( + __out long *plAspectX, + __out long *plAspectY) + { + return E_NOTIMPL; + } +}; + + +// A class that handles the IDispatch part of IVideoWindow and leaves the +// properties and methods themselves pure virtual. + +class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseVideoWindow : public IVideoWindow, public CUnknown +{ + CBaseDispatch m_basedisp; + +public: + + CBaseVideoWindow(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN); + + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN + + // override this to publicise our interfaces + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv); + + /* IDispatch methods */ + STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo); + + STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo( + UINT itinfo, + LCID lcid, + __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo); + + STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames( + REFIID riid, + __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames, + UINT cNames, + LCID lcid, + __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid); + + STDMETHODIMP Invoke( + DISPID dispidMember, + REFIID riid, + LCID lcid, + WORD wFlags, + __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams, + __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult, + __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo, + __out_opt UINT * puArgErr); +}; + + +// abstract class to help source filters with their implementation +// of IMediaPosition. Derive from this and set the duration (and stop +// position). Also override NotifyChange to do something when the properties +// change. + +class AM_NOVTABLE CSourcePosition : public CMediaPosition +{ + +public: + CSourcePosition(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT*, __in CCritSec *); + + // IMediaPosition methods + STDMETHODIMP get_Duration(__out REFTIME * plength); + STDMETHODIMP put_CurrentPosition(REFTIME llTime); + STDMETHODIMP get_StopTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime); + STDMETHODIMP put_StopTime(REFTIME llTime); + STDMETHODIMP get_PrerollTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime); + STDMETHODIMP put_PrerollTime(REFTIME llTime); + STDMETHODIMP get_Rate(__out double * pdRate); + STDMETHODIMP put_Rate(double dRate); + STDMETHODIMP CanSeekForward(__out LONG *pCanSeekForward); + STDMETHODIMP CanSeekBackward(__out LONG *pCanSeekBackward); + + // override if you can return the data you are actually working on + STDMETHODIMP get_CurrentPosition(__out REFTIME * pllTime) { + return E_NOTIMPL; + }; + +protected: + + // we call this to notify changes. Override to handle them + virtual HRESULT ChangeStart() PURE; + virtual HRESULT ChangeStop() PURE; + virtual HRESULT ChangeRate() PURE; + + COARefTime m_Duration; + COARefTime m_Start; + COARefTime m_Stop; + double m_Rate; + + CCritSec * m_pLock; +}; + +class AM_NOVTABLE CSourceSeeking : + public IMediaSeeking, + public CUnknown +{ + +public: + + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN; + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv); + + // IMediaSeeking methods + + STDMETHODIMP IsFormatSupported(const GUID * pFormat); + STDMETHODIMP QueryPreferredFormat(__out GUID *pFormat); + STDMETHODIMP SetTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat); + STDMETHODIMP IsUsingTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat); + STDMETHODIMP GetTimeFormat(__out GUID *pFormat); + STDMETHODIMP GetDuration(__out LONGLONG *pDuration); + STDMETHODIMP GetStopPosition(__out LONGLONG *pStop); + STDMETHODIMP GetCurrentPosition(__out LONGLONG *pCurrent); + STDMETHODIMP GetCapabilities( __out DWORD * pCapabilities ); + STDMETHODIMP CheckCapabilities( __inout DWORD * pCapabilities ); + STDMETHODIMP ConvertTimeFormat( __out LONGLONG * pTarget, + __in_opt const GUID * pTargetFormat, + LONGLONG Source, + __in_opt const GUID * pSourceFormat ); + + STDMETHODIMP SetPositions( __inout_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent, DWORD CurrentFlags + , __inout_opt LONGLONG * pStop, DWORD StopFlags ); + + STDMETHODIMP GetPositions( __out_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent, __out_opt LONGLONG * pStop ); + + STDMETHODIMP GetAvailable( __out_opt LONGLONG * pEarliest, __out_opt LONGLONG * pLatest ); + STDMETHODIMP SetRate( double dRate); + STDMETHODIMP GetRate( __out double * pdRate); + STDMETHODIMP GetPreroll(__out LONGLONG *pPreroll); + + +protected: + + // ctor + CSourceSeeking(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT*, __in CCritSec *); + + // we call this to notify changes. Override to handle them + virtual HRESULT ChangeStart() PURE; + virtual HRESULT ChangeStop() PURE; + virtual HRESULT ChangeRate() PURE; + + CRefTime m_rtDuration; // length of stream + CRefTime m_rtStart; // source will start here + CRefTime m_rtStop; // source will stop here + double m_dRateSeeking; + + // seeking capabilities + DWORD m_dwSeekingCaps; + + CCritSec * m_pLock; +}; + + +// Base classes supporting Deferred commands. + +// Deferred commands are queued by calls to methods on the IQueueCommand +// interface, exposed by the filtergraph and by some filters. A successful +// call to one of these methods will return an IDeferredCommand interface +// representing the queued command. +// +// A CDeferredCommand object represents a single deferred command, and exposes +// the IDeferredCommand interface as well as other methods permitting time +// checks and actual execution. It contains a reference to the CCommandQueue +// object on which it is queued. +// +// CCommandQueue is a base class providing a queue of CDeferredCommand +// objects, and methods to add, remove, check status and invoke the queued +// commands. A CCommandQueue object would be part of an object that +// implemented IQueueCommand. + +class CCmdQueue; + +// take a copy of the params and store them. Release any allocated +// memory in destructor + +class CDispParams : public DISPPARAMS +{ +public: + CDispParams(UINT nArgs, __in_ecount(nArgs) VARIANT* pArgs, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL); + ~CDispParams(); +}; + + +// CDeferredCommand lifetime is controlled by refcounts. Caller of +// InvokeAt.. gets a refcounted interface pointer, and the CCmdQueue +// object also holds a refcount on us. Calling Cancel or Invoke takes +// us off the CCmdQueue and thus reduces the refcount by 1. Once taken +// off the queue we cannot be put back on the queue. + +class CDeferredCommand + : public CUnknown, + public IDeferredCommand +{ +public: + + CDeferredCommand( + __inout CCmdQueue * pQ, + __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // aggregation outer unk + __inout HRESULT * phr, + __in LPUNKNOWN pUnkExecutor, // object that will execute this cmd + REFTIME time, + __in GUID* iid, + long dispidMethod, + short wFlags, + long cArgs, + __in_ecount(cArgs) VARIANT* pDispParams, + __out VARIANT* pvarResult, + __out short* puArgErr, + BOOL bStream + ); + + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN + + // override this to publicise our interfaces + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __out void **ppv); + + // IDeferredCommand methods + STDMETHODIMP Cancel(); + STDMETHODIMP Confidence( + __out LONG* pConfidence); + STDMETHODIMP Postpone( + REFTIME newtime); + STDMETHODIMP GetHResult( + __out HRESULT* phrResult); + + // other public methods + + HRESULT Invoke(); + + // access methods + + // returns TRUE if streamtime, FALSE if presentation time + BOOL IsStreamTime() { + return m_bStream; + }; + + CRefTime GetTime() { + return m_time; + }; + + REFIID GetIID() { + return *m_iid; + }; + + long GetMethod() { + return m_dispidMethod; + }; + + short GetFlags() { + return m_wFlags; + }; + + DISPPARAMS* GetParams() { + return &m_DispParams; + }; + + VARIANT* GetResult() { + return m_pvarResult; + }; + +protected: + + CCmdQueue* m_pQueue; + + // pUnk for the interface that we will execute the command on + LPUNKNOWN m_pUnk; + + // stored command data + REFERENCE_TIME m_time; + GUID* m_iid; + long m_dispidMethod; + short m_wFlags; + VARIANT* m_pvarResult; + BOOL m_bStream; + CDispParams m_DispParams; + DISPID m_DispId; // For get and put + + // we use this for ITypeInfo access + CBaseDispatch m_Dispatch; + + // save retval here + HRESULT m_hrResult; +}; + + +// a list of CDeferredCommand objects. this is a base class providing +// the basics of access to the list. If you want to use CDeferredCommand +// objects then your queue needs to be derived from this class. + +class AM_NOVTABLE CCmdQueue +{ +public: + CCmdQueue(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL); + virtual ~CCmdQueue(); + + // returns a new CDeferredCommand object that will be initialised with + // the parameters and will be added to the queue during construction. + // returns S_OK if successfully created otherwise an error and + // no object has been queued. + virtual HRESULT New( + __out CDeferredCommand **ppCmd, + __in LPUNKNOWN pUnk, + REFTIME time, + __in GUID* iid, + long dispidMethod, + short wFlags, + long cArgs, + __in_ecount(cArgs) VARIANT* pDispParams, + __out VARIANT* pvarResult, + __out short* puArgErr, + BOOL bStream + ); + + // called by the CDeferredCommand object to add and remove itself + // from the queue + virtual HRESULT Insert(__in CDeferredCommand* pCmd); + virtual HRESULT Remove(__in CDeferredCommand* pCmd); + + // Command-Due Checking + // + // There are two schemes of synchronisation: coarse and accurate. In + // coarse mode, you wait till the time arrives and then execute the cmd. + // In accurate mode, you wait until you are processing the sample that + // will appear at the time, and then execute the command. It's up to the + // filter which one it will implement. The filtergraph will always + // implement coarse mode for commands queued at the filtergraph. + // + // If you want coarse sync, you probably want to wait until there is a + // command due, and then execute it. You can do this by calling + // GetDueCommand. If you have several things to wait for, get the + // event handle from GetDueHandle() and when this is signalled then call + // GetDueCommand. Stream time will only advance between calls to Run and + // EndRun. Note that to avoid an extra thread there is no guarantee that + // if the handle is set there will be a command ready. Each time the + // event is signalled, call GetDueCommand (probably with a 0 timeout); + // This may return E_ABORT. + // + // If you want accurate sync, you must call GetCommandDueFor, passing + // as a parameter the stream time of the samples you are about to process. + // This will return: + // -- a stream-time command due at or before that stream time + // -- a presentation-time command due at or before the + // time that stream time will be presented (only between Run + // and EndRun calls, since outside of this, the mapping from + // stream time to presentation time is not known. + // -- any presentation-time command due now. + // This means that if you want accurate synchronisation on samples that + // might be processed during Paused mode, you need to use + // stream-time commands. + // + // In all cases, commands remain queued until Invoked or Cancelled. The + // setting and resetting of the event handle is managed entirely by this + // queue object. + + // set the clock used for timing + virtual HRESULT SetSyncSource(__in_opt IReferenceClock*); + + // switch to run mode. Streamtime to Presentation time mapping known. + virtual HRESULT Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStreamTimeOffset); + + // switch to Stopped or Paused mode. Time mapping not known. + virtual HRESULT EndRun(); + + // return a pointer to the next due command. Blocks for msTimeout + // milliseconds until there is a due command. + // Stream-time commands will only become due between Run and Endrun calls. + // The command remains queued until invoked or cancelled. + // Returns E_ABORT if timeout occurs, otherwise S_OK (or other error). + // Returns an AddRef-ed object + virtual HRESULT GetDueCommand(__out CDeferredCommand ** ppCmd, long msTimeout); + + // return the event handle that will be signalled whenever + // there are deferred commands due for execution (when GetDueCommand + // will not block). + HANDLE GetDueHandle() { + return HANDLE(m_evDue); + }; + + // return a pointer to a command that will be due for a given time. + // Pass in a stream time here. The stream time offset will be passed + // in via the Run method. + // Commands remain queued until invoked or cancelled. + // This method will not block. It will report VFW_E_NOT_FOUND if there + // are no commands due yet. + // Returns an AddRef-ed object + virtual HRESULT GetCommandDueFor(REFERENCE_TIME tStream, __out CDeferredCommand**ppCmd); + + // check if a given time is due (TRUE if it is due yet) + BOOL CheckTime(CRefTime time, BOOL bStream) { + + // if no clock, nothing is due! + if (!m_pClock) { + return FALSE; + } + + // stream time + if (bStream) { + + // not valid if not running + if (!m_bRunning) { + return FALSE; + } + // add on known stream time offset to get presentation time + time += m_StreamTimeOffset; + } + + CRefTime Now; + m_pClock->GetTime((REFERENCE_TIME*)&Now); + return (time <= Now); + }; + +protected: + + // protect access to lists etc + CCritSec m_Lock; + + // commands queued in presentation time are stored here + CGenericList<CDeferredCommand> m_listPresentation; + + // commands queued in stream time are stored here + CGenericList<CDeferredCommand> m_listStream; + + // set when any commands are due + CAMEvent m_evDue; + + // creates an advise for the earliest time required, if any + void SetTimeAdvise(void); + + // advise id from reference clock (0 if no outstanding advise) + DWORD_PTR m_dwAdvise; + + // advise time is for this presentation time + CRefTime m_tCurrentAdvise; + + // the reference clock we are using (addrefed) + IReferenceClock* m_pClock; + + // true when running + BOOL m_bRunning; + + // contains stream time offset when m_bRunning is true + CRefTime m_StreamTimeOffset; +}; + +#endif // __CTLUTIL__ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/ddmm.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/ddmm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c773d58 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/ddmm.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: DDMM.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - efines routines for using DirectDraw +// on a multimonitor system. +// +// Copyright (c) 1995-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { /* Assume C declarations for C++ */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +// DDRAW.H might not include these +#ifndef DDENUM_ATTACHEDSECONDARYDEVICES +#define DDENUM_ATTACHEDSECONDARYDEVICES 0x00000001L +#endif + +typedef HRESULT (*PDRAWCREATE)(IID *,LPDIRECTDRAW *,LPUNKNOWN); +typedef HRESULT (*PDRAWENUM)(LPDDENUMCALLBACKA, LPVOID); + +IDirectDraw * DirectDrawCreateFromDevice(__in_opt LPSTR, PDRAWCREATE, PDRAWENUM); +IDirectDraw * DirectDrawCreateFromDeviceEx(__in_opt LPSTR, PDRAWCREATE, LPDIRECTDRAWENUMERATEEXA); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/dllsetup.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/dllsetup.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aaac2ec --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/dllsetup.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: DllSetup.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +// To be self registering, OLE servers must +// export functions named DllRegisterServer +// and DllUnregisterServer. To allow use of +// custom and default implementations the +// defaults are named AMovieDllRegisterServer +// and AMovieDllUnregisterServer. +// +// To the use the default implementation you +// must provide stub functions. +// +// i.e. STDAPI DllRegisterServer() +// { +// return AMovieDllRegisterServer(); +// } +// +// STDAPI DllUnregisterServer() +// { +// return AMovieDllUnregisterServer(); +// } +// +// +// AMovieDllRegisterServer calls IAMovieSetup.Register(), and +// AMovieDllUnregisterServer calls IAMovieSetup.Unregister(). + +STDAPI AMovieDllRegisterServer2( BOOL ); +STDAPI AMovieDllRegisterServer(); +STDAPI AMovieDllUnregisterServer(); + +// helper functions +STDAPI EliminateSubKey( HKEY, LPCTSTR ); + + +STDAPI +AMovieSetupRegisterFilter2( const AMOVIESETUP_FILTER * const psetupdata + , IFilterMapper2 * pIFM2 + , BOOL bRegister ); + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/dsschedule.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/dsschedule.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a81c576 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/dsschedule.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: DSSchedule.h (replaces DirectX 8's schedule.h) +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes. +// +// Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +#ifndef __CAMSchedule__ +#define __CAMSchedule__ + +class CAMSchedule : private CBaseObject +{ +public: + virtual ~CAMSchedule(); + // ev is the event we should fire if the advise time needs re-evaluating + CAMSchedule( HANDLE ev ); + + DWORD GetAdviseCount(); + REFERENCE_TIME GetNextAdviseTime(); + + // We need a method for derived classes to add advise packets, we return the cookie + DWORD_PTR AddAdvisePacket( const REFERENCE_TIME & time1, const REFERENCE_TIME & time2, HANDLE h, BOOL periodic ); + // And a way to cancel + HRESULT Unadvise(DWORD_PTR dwAdviseCookie); + + // Tell us the time please, and we'll dispatch the expired events. We return the time of the next event. + // NB: The time returned will be "useless" if you start adding extra Advises. But that's the problem of + // whoever is using this helper class (typically a clock). + REFERENCE_TIME Advise( const REFERENCE_TIME & rtTime ); + + // Get the event handle which will be set if advise time requires re-evaluation. + HANDLE GetEvent() const { return m_ev; } + +private: + // We define the nodes that will be used in our singly linked list + // of advise packets. The list is ordered by time, with the + // elements that will expire first at the front. + class CAdvisePacket + { + public: + CAdvisePacket() + {} + + CAdvisePacket * m_next; + DWORD_PTR m_dwAdviseCookie; + REFERENCE_TIME m_rtEventTime; // Time at which event should be set + REFERENCE_TIME m_rtPeriod; // Periodic time + HANDLE m_hNotify; // Handle to event or semephore + BOOL m_bPeriodic; // TRUE => Periodic event + + CAdvisePacket( CAdvisePacket * next, LONGLONG time ) : m_next(next), m_rtEventTime(time) + {} + + void InsertAfter( CAdvisePacket * p ) + { + p->m_next = m_next; + m_next = p; + } + + int IsZ() const // That is, is it the node that represents the end of the list + { return m_next == 0; } + + CAdvisePacket * RemoveNext() + { + CAdvisePacket *const next = m_next; + CAdvisePacket *const new_next = next->m_next; + m_next = new_next; + return next; + } + + void DeleteNext() + { + delete RemoveNext(); + } + + CAdvisePacket * Next() const + { + CAdvisePacket * result = m_next; + if (result->IsZ()) result = 0; + return result; + } + + DWORD_PTR Cookie() const + { return m_dwAdviseCookie; } + }; + + // Structure is: + // head -> elmt1 -> elmt2 -> z -> null + // So an empty list is: head -> z -> null + // Having head & z as links makes insertaion, + // deletion and shunting much easier. + CAdvisePacket head, z; // z is both a tail and a sentry + + volatile DWORD_PTR m_dwNextCookie; // Strictly increasing + volatile DWORD m_dwAdviseCount; // Number of elements on list + + CCritSec m_Serialize; + + // AddAdvisePacket: adds the packet, returns the cookie (0 if failed) + DWORD_PTR AddAdvisePacket( CAdvisePacket * pPacket ); + // Event that we should set if the packed added above will be the next to fire. + const HANDLE m_ev; + + // A Shunt is where we have changed the first element in the + // list and want it re-evaluating (i.e. repositioned) in + // the list. + void ShuntHead(); + + // Rather than delete advise packets, we cache them for future use + CAdvisePacket * m_pAdviseCache; + DWORD m_dwCacheCount; + enum { dwCacheMax = 5 }; // Don't bother caching more than five + + void Delete( CAdvisePacket * pLink );// This "Delete" will cache the Link + +// Attributes and methods for debugging +public: +#ifdef DEBUG + void DumpLinkedList(); +#else + void DumpLinkedList() {} +#endif + +}; + +#endif // __CAMSchedule__ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/dxmperf.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/dxmperf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc58ad7 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/dxmperf.h @@ -0,0 +1,250 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: DXMPerf.h +// +// Desc: Macros for DirectShow performance logging. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +#ifndef _DXMPERF_H_ +#define _DXMPERF_H_ + +#include <perfstruct.h> +#include "perflog.h" + +#ifdef _IA64_ +extern "C" unsigned __int64 __getReg( int whichReg ); +#pragma intrinsic(__getReg) +#endif // _IA64_ + + +inline ULONGLONG _RDTSC( void ) { +#ifdef _X86_ + LARGE_INTEGER li; + __asm { + _emit 0x0F + _emit 0x31 + mov li.LowPart,eax + mov li.HighPart,edx + } + return li.QuadPart; + +#if 0 // This isn't tested yet + +#elif defined (_IA64_) + +#define INL_REGID_APITC 3116 + return __getReg( INL_REGID_APITC ); + +#endif // 0 + +#else // unsupported platform + // not implemented on non x86/IA64 platforms + return 0; +#endif // _X86_/_IA64_ +} + +#define DXMPERF_VIDEOREND 0x00000001 +#define DXMPERF_AUDIOGLITCH 0x00000002 +//#define GETTIME_BIT 0x00000001 +//#define AUDIOREND_BIT 0x00000004 +//#define FRAMEDROP_BIT 0x00000008 +#define AUDIOBREAK_BIT 0x00000010 +#define DXMPERF_AUDIORECV 0x00000020 +#define DXMPERF_AUDIOSLAVE 0x00000040 +#define DXMPERF_AUDIOBREAK 0x00000080 + +#define PERFLOG_CTOR( name, iface ) +#define PERFLOG_DTOR( name, iface ) +#define PERFLOG_DELIVER( name, source, dest, sample, pmt ) +#define PERFLOG_RECEIVE( name, source, dest, sample, pmt ) +#define PERFLOG_RUN( name, iface, time, oldstate ) +#define PERFLOG_PAUSE( name, iface, oldstate ) +#define PERFLOG_STOP( name, iface, oldstate ) +#define PERFLOG_JOINGRAPH( name, iface, graph ) +#define PERFLOG_GETBUFFER( allocator, sample ) +#define PERFLOG_RELBUFFER( allocator, sample ) +#define PERFLOG_CONNECT( connector, connectee, status, pmt ) +#define PERFLOG_RXCONNECT( connector, connectee, status, pmt ) +#define PERFLOG_DISCONNECT( disconnector, disconnectee, status ) + +#define PERFLOG_GETTIME( clock, time ) /*{ \ + PERFINFO_WMI_GETTIME perfData; \ + if (NULL != g_pTraceEvent) { \ + memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \ + perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \ + perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \ + perfData.header.Guid = GUID_GETTIME; \ + perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \ + perfData.data.dshowClock = (ULONGLONG) (time); \ + if (g_perfMasks[GETTIME_INDEX] & GETTIME_BIT) \ + (*g_pTraceEvent)( g_traceHandle, (PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData ); \ + } \ + }*/ + +#define PERFLOG_AUDIOREND( clocktime, sampletime, psample, bytetime, cbytes ) /*{ \ + PERFINFO_WMI_AVREND perfData; \ + if (NULL != g_pTraceEvent) { \ + memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \ + perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \ + perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \ + perfData.header.Guid = GUID_AUDIOREND; \ + perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \ + perfData.data.dshowClock = (clocktime); \ + perfData.data.sampleTime = (sampletime); \ + if (g_perfMasks[AUDIOREND_INDEX] & AUDIOREND_BIT) \ + (*g_pTraceEvent)( g_traceHandle, (PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData ); \ + } \ + }*/ + +#define PERFLOG_AUDIORECV(StreamTime,SampleStart,SampleStop,Discontinuity,Duration) \ + if (PerflogEnableFlags & DXMPERF_AUDIORECV) { \ + PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIORECV perfData; \ + memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \ + perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \ + perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \ + perfData.header.Guid = GUID_AUDIORECV; \ + perfData.data.streamTime = StreamTime; \ + perfData.data.sampleStart = SampleStart; \ + perfData.data.sampleStop = SampleStop; \ + perfData.data.discontinuity = Discontinuity; \ + perfData.data.hwduration = Duration; \ + PerflogTraceEvent((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \ + } + +#define PERFLOG_AUDIOSLAVE(MasterClock,SlaveClock,ErrorAccum,LastHighErrorSeen,LastLowErrorSeen) \ + if (PerflogEnableFlags & DXMPERF_AUDIOSLAVE) { \ + PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOSLAVE perfData; \ + memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \ + perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \ + perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \ + perfData.header.Guid = GUID_AUDIOSLAVE; \ + perfData.data.masterClock = MasterClock; \ + perfData.data.slaveClock = SlaveClock; \ + perfData.data.errorAccum = ErrorAccum; \ + perfData.data.lastHighErrorSeen = LastHighErrorSeen;\ + perfData.data.lastLowErrorSeen = LastLowErrorSeen; \ + PerflogTraceEvent((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \ + } + +#define PERFLOG_AUDIOADDBREAK(IterNextWrite,OffsetNextWrite,IterWrite,OffsetWrite) \ + if (PerflogEnableFlags & DXMPERF_AUDIOBREAK) { \ + PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOADDBREAK perfData; \ + memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \ + perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \ + perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \ + perfData.header.Guid = GUID_AUDIOADDBREAK; \ + perfData.data.iterNextWrite = IterNextWrite; \ + perfData.data.offsetNextWrite = OffsetNextWrite; \ + perfData.data.iterWrite = IterWrite; \ + perfData.data.offsetWrite = OffsetWrite; \ + PerflogTraceEvent((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \ + } + +#define PERFLOG_VIDEOREND( sampletime, clocktime, psample ) \ + if (PerflogEnableFlags & DXMPERF_VIDEOREND) { \ + PERFINFO_WMI_AVREND perfData; \ + memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \ + perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \ + perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \ + perfData.header.Guid = GUID_VIDEOREND; \ + perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \ + perfData.data.dshowClock = (clocktime); \ + perfData.data.sampleTime = (sampletime); \ + PerflogTraceEvent ((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \ + } + +#define PERFLOG_AUDIOGLITCH( instance, glitchtype, currenttime, previoustime ) \ + if (PerflogEnableFlags & DXMPERF_AUDIOGLITCH) { \ + PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOGLITCH perfData; \ + memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \ + perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \ + perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \ + perfData.header.Guid = GUID_DSOUNDGLITCH; \ + perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \ + perfData.data.glitchType = (glitchtype); \ + perfData.data.sampleTime = (currenttime); \ + perfData.data.previousTime = (previoustime); \ + perfData.data.instanceId = (instance); \ + PerflogTraceEvent ((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \ + } + +#define PERFLOG_FRAMEDROP( sampletime, clocktime, psample, renderer ) /*{ \ + PERFINFO_WMI_FRAMEDROP perfData; \ + if (NULL != g_pTraceEvent) { \ + memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \ + perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \ + perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \ + perfData.header.Guid = GUID_FRAMEDROP; \ + perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \ + perfData.data.dshowClock = (clocktime); \ + perfData.data.frameTime = (sampletime); \ + if (g_perfMasks[FRAMEDROP_INDEX] & FRAMEDROP_BIT) \ + (*g_pTraceEvent)( g_traceHandle, (PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData ); \ + } \ + }*/ + +/* +#define PERFLOG_AUDIOBREAK( nextwrite, writepos, msecs ) { \ + PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOBREAK perfData; \ + if (NULL != g_pTraceEvent) { \ + memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \ + perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \ + perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \ + perfData.header.Guid = GUID_AUDIOBREAK; \ + perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \ + perfData.data.dshowClock = (writepos); \ + perfData.data.sampleTime = (nextwrite); \ + perfData.data.sampleDuration = (msecs); \ + if (g_perfMasks[AUDIOBREAK_INDEX] & AUDIOBREAK_BIT) \ + (*g_pTraceEvent)( g_traceHandle, (PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData ); \ + } \ + } +*/ + +#define PERFLOG_AUDIOBREAK( nextwrite, writepos, msecs ) \ + if (PerflogEnableFlags & AUDIOBREAK_BIT) { \ + PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOBREAK perfData; \ + memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \ + perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \ + perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \ + perfData.header.Guid = GUID_AUDIOBREAK; \ + perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \ + perfData.data.dshowClock = (writepos); \ + perfData.data.sampleTime = (nextwrite); \ + perfData.data.sampleDuration = (msecs); \ + PerflogTraceEvent ((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \ + } \ + + +inline +VOID PERFLOG_STREAMTRACE( + ULONG Level, + ULONG Id, + ULONGLONG DShowClock, + ULONGLONG Data1, + ULONGLONG Data2, + ULONGLONG Data3, + ULONGLONG Data4 + ) +{ + if (Level <= PerflogModuleLevel) + { + PERFINFO_WMI_STREAMTRACE perfData; + memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); + perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); + perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; + perfData.header.Guid = GUID_STREAMTRACE; + perfData.data.dshowClock = DShowClock; + perfData.data.id = Id; + perfData.data.data[0] = Data1; + perfData.data.data[1] = Data2; + perfData.data.data[2] = Data3; + perfData.data.data[3] = Data4; + PerflogTraceEvent((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); + } +} + + +#endif // _DXMPERF_H_ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/fourcc.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/fourcc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f4f71e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/fourcc.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: FourCC.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +// FOURCCMap +// +// provides a mapping between old-style multimedia format DWORDs +// and new-style GUIDs. +// +// A range of 4 billion GUIDs has been allocated to ensure that this +// mapping can be done straightforwardly one-to-one in both directions. +// +// January 95 + + +#ifndef __FOURCC__ +#define __FOURCC__ + + +// Multimedia format types are marked with DWORDs built from four 8-bit +// chars and known as FOURCCs. New multimedia AM_MEDIA_TYPE definitions include +// a subtype GUID. In order to simplify the mapping, GUIDs in the range: +// XXXXXXXX-0000-0010-8000-00AA00389B71 +// are reserved for FOURCCs. + +class FOURCCMap : public GUID +{ + +public: + FOURCCMap(); + FOURCCMap(DWORD Fourcc); + FOURCCMap(const GUID *); + + + DWORD GetFOURCC(void); + void SetFOURCC(DWORD fourcc); + void SetFOURCC(const GUID *); + +private: + void InitGUID(); +}; + +#define GUID_Data2 0 +#define GUID_Data3 0x10 +#define GUID_Data4_1 0xaa000080 +#define GUID_Data4_2 0x719b3800 + +inline void +FOURCCMap::InitGUID() { + Data2 = GUID_Data2; + Data3 = GUID_Data3; + ((DWORD *)Data4)[0] = GUID_Data4_1; + ((DWORD *)Data4)[1] = GUID_Data4_2; +} + +inline +FOURCCMap::FOURCCMap() { + InitGUID(); + SetFOURCC( DWORD(0)); +} + +inline +FOURCCMap::FOURCCMap(DWORD fourcc) +{ + InitGUID(); + SetFOURCC(fourcc); +} + +inline +FOURCCMap::FOURCCMap(const GUID * pGuid) +{ + InitGUID(); + SetFOURCC(pGuid); +} + +inline void +FOURCCMap::SetFOURCC(const GUID * pGuid) +{ + FOURCCMap * p = (FOURCCMap*) pGuid; + SetFOURCC(p->GetFOURCC()); +} + +inline void +FOURCCMap::SetFOURCC(DWORD fourcc) +{ + Data1 = fourcc; +} + +inline DWORD +FOURCCMap::GetFOURCC(void) +{ + return Data1; +} + +#endif /* __FOURCC__ */ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/measure.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/measure.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0babc86 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/measure.h @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: Measure.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +/* + The idea is to pepper the source code with interesting measurements and + have the last few thousand of these recorded in a circular buffer that + can be post-processed to give interesting numbers. + + WHAT THE LOG LOOKS LIKE: + + Time (sec) Type Delta Incident_Name + 0.055,41 NOTE -. Incident Nine - Another note + 0.055,42 NOTE 0.000,01 Incident Nine - Another note + 0.055,44 NOTE 0.000,02 Incident Nine - Another note + 0.055,45 STOP -. Incident Eight - Also random + 0.055,47 START -. Incident Seven - Random + 0.055,49 NOTE 0.000,05 Incident Nine - Another note + ------- <etc. there is a lot of this> ---------------- + 0.125,60 STOP 0.000,03 Msr_Stop + 0.125,62 START -. Msr_Start + 0.125,63 START -. Incident Two - Start/Stop + 0.125,65 STOP 0.000,03 Msr_Start + 0.125,66 START -. Msr_Stop + 0.125,68 STOP 0.000,05 Incident Two - Start/Stop + 0.125,70 STOP 0.000,04 Msr_Stop + 0.125,72 START -. Msr_Start + 0.125,73 START -. Incident Two - Start/Stop + 0.125,75 STOP 0.000,03 Msr_Start + 0.125,77 START -. Msr_Stop + 0.125,78 STOP 0.000,05 Incident Two - Start/Stop + 0.125,80 STOP 0.000,03 Msr_Stop + 0.125,81 NOTE -. Incident Three - single Note + 0.125,83 START -. Incident Four - Start, no stop + 0.125,85 START -. Incident Five - Single Start/Stop + 0.125,87 STOP 0.000,02 Incident Five - Single Start/Stop + +Number Average StdDev Smallest Largest Incident_Name + 10 0.000,58 0.000,10 0.000,55 0.000,85 Incident One - Note + 50 0.000,05 0.000,00 0.000,05 0.000,05 Incident Two - Start/Stop + 1 -. -. -. -. Incident Three - single Note + 0 -. -. -. -. Incident Four - Start, no stop + 1 0.000,02 -. 0.000,02 0.000,02 Incident Five - Single Start/Stop + 0 -. -. -. -. Incident Six - zero occurrences + 100 0.000,25 0.000,12 0.000,02 0.000,62 Incident Seven - Random + 100 0.000,79 0.000,48 0.000,02 0.001,92 Incident Eight - Also random + 5895 0.000,01 0.000,01 0.000,01 0.000,56 Incident Nine - Another note + 10 0.000,03 0.000,00 0.000,03 0.000,04 Msr_Note + 50 0.000,03 0.000,00 0.000,03 0.000,04 Msr_Start + 50 0.000,04 0.000,03 0.000,03 0.000,31 Msr_Stop + + WHAT IT MEANS: + The log shows what happened and when. Each line shows the time at which + something happened (see WHAT YOU CODE below) what it was that happened + and (if approporate) the time since the corresponding previous event + (that's the delta column). + + The statistics show how many times each event occurred, what the average + delta time was, also the standard deviation, largest and smalles delta. + + WHAT YOU CODE: + + Before anything else executes: - register your ids + + int id1 = Msr_Register("Incident One - Note"); + int id2 = Msr_Register("Incident Two - Start/Stop"); + int id3 = Msr_Register("Incident Three - single Note"); + etc. + + At interesting moments: + + // To measure a repetitive event - e.g. end of bitblt to screen + Msr_Note(Id9); // e.g. "video frame hiting the screen NOW!" + + or + + // To measure an elapsed time e.g. time taken to decode an MPEG B-frame + Msr_Start(Id2); // e.g. "Starting to decode MPEG B-frame" + . . . + MsrStop(Id2); // "Finished MPEG decode" + + At the end: + + HANDLE hFile; + hFile = CreateFile("Perf.log", GENERIC_WRITE, 0, NULL, CREATE_ALWAYS, 0, NULL); + Msr_Dump(hFile); // This writes the log out to the file + CloseHandle(hFile); + + or + + Msr_Dump(NULL); // This writes it to DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,0, ... )); + // but if you are writing it out to the debugger + // then the times are probably all garbage because + // the debugger can make things run awfully slow. + + A given id should be used either for start / stop or Note calls. If Notes + are mixed in with Starts and Stops their statistics will be gibberish. + + If you code the calls in upper case i.e. MSR_START(idMunge); then you get + macros which will turn into nothing unless PERF is defined. + + You can reset the statistical counts for a given id by calling Reset(Id). + They are reset by default at the start. + It logs Reset as a special incident, so you can see it in the log. + + The log is a circular buffer in storage (to try to minimise disk I/O). + It overwrites the oldest entries once full. The statistics include ALL + incidents since the last Reset, whether still visible in the log or not. +*/ + +#ifndef __MEASURE__ +#define __MEASURE__ + +#ifdef PERF +#define MSR_INIT() Msr_Init() +#define MSR_TERMINATE() Msr_Terminate() +#define MSR_REGISTER(a) Msr_Register(a) +#define MSR_RESET(a) Msr_Reset(a) +#define MSR_CONTROL(a) Msr_Control(a) +#define MSR_START(a) Msr_Start(a) +#define MSR_STOP(a) Msr_Stop(a) +#define MSR_NOTE(a) Msr_Note(a) +#define MSR_INTEGER(a,b) Msr_Integer(a,b) +#define MSR_DUMP(a) Msr_Dump(a) +#define MSR_DUMPSTATS(a) Msr_DumpStats(a) +#else +#define MSR_INIT() ((void)0) +#define MSR_TERMINATE() ((void)0) +#define MSR_REGISTER(a) 0 +#define MSR_RESET(a) ((void)0) +#define MSR_CONTROL(a) ((void)0) +#define MSR_START(a) ((void)0) +#define MSR_STOP(a) ((void)0) +#define MSR_NOTE(a) ((void)0) +#define MSR_INTEGER(a,b) ((void)0) +#define MSR_DUMP(a) ((void)0) +#define MSR_DUMPSTATS(a) ((void)0) +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +// This must be called first - (called by the DllEntry) + +void WINAPI Msr_Init(void); + + +// Call this last to clean up (or just let it fall off the end - who cares?) + +void WINAPI Msr_Terminate(void); + + +// Call this to get an Id for an "incident" that you can pass to Start, Stop or Note +// everything that's logged is called an "incident". + +int WINAPI Msr_Register(__in LPTSTR Incident); + + +// Reset the statistical counts for an incident + +void WINAPI Msr_Reset(int Id); + + +// Reset all the counts for all incidents +#define MSR_RESET_ALL 0 +#define MSR_PAUSE 1 +#define MSR_RUN 2 + +void WINAPI Msr_Control(int iAction); + + +// log the start of an operation + +void WINAPI Msr_Start(int Id); + + +// log the end of an operation + +void WINAPI Msr_Stop(int Id); + + +// log a one-off or repetitive operation + +void WINAPI Msr_Note(int Id); + + +// log an integer (on which we can see statistics later) +void WINAPI Msr_Integer(int Id, int n); + + +// print out all the vaialable log (it may have wrapped) and then the statistics. +// When the log wraps you lose log but the statistics are still complete. +// hFIle==NULL => use DbgLog +// otherwise hFile must have come from CreateFile or OpenFile. + +void WINAPI Msr_Dump(HANDLE hFile); + + +// just dump the statistics - never mind the log + +void WINAPI Msr_DumpStats(HANDLE hFile); + +// Type definitions in case you want to declare a pointer to the dump functions +// (makes it a trifle easier to do dynamic linking +// i.e. LoadModule, GetProcAddress and call that) + +// Typedefs so can declare MSR_DUMPPROC *MsrDumpStats; or whatever +typedef void WINAPI MSR_DUMPPROC(HANDLE hFile); +typedef void WINAPI MSR_CONTROLPROC(int iAction); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // __MEASURE__ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/msgthrd.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/msgthrd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..208f03c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/msgthrd.h @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: MsgThrd.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - provides support for a worker thread +// class to which one can asynchronously post messages. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +// Message class - really just a structure. +// +class CMsg { +public: + UINT uMsg; + DWORD dwFlags; + LPVOID lpParam; + CAMEvent *pEvent; + + CMsg(UINT u, DWORD dw, __inout_opt LPVOID lp, __in_opt CAMEvent *pEvnt) + : uMsg(u), dwFlags(dw), lpParam(lp), pEvent(pEvnt) {} + + CMsg() + : uMsg(0), dwFlags(0L), lpParam(NULL), pEvent(NULL) {} +}; + +// This is the actual thread class. It exports all the usual thread control +// functions. The created thread is different from a normal WIN32 thread in +// that it is prompted to perform particaular tasks by responding to messages +// posted to its message queue. +// +class AM_NOVTABLE CMsgThread { +private: + static DWORD WINAPI DefaultThreadProc(__inout LPVOID lpParam); + DWORD m_ThreadId; + HANDLE m_hThread; + +protected: + + // if you want to override GetThreadMsg to block on other things + // as well as this queue, you need access to this + CGenericList<CMsg> m_ThreadQueue; + CCritSec m_Lock; + HANDLE m_hSem; + LONG m_lWaiting; + +public: + CMsgThread() + : m_ThreadId(0), + m_hThread(NULL), + m_lWaiting(0), + m_hSem(NULL), + // make a list with a cache of 5 items + m_ThreadQueue(NAME("MsgThread list"), 5) + { + } + + ~CMsgThread(); + // override this if you want to block on other things as well + // as the message loop + void virtual GetThreadMsg(__out CMsg *msg); + + // override this if you want to do something on thread startup + virtual void OnThreadInit() { + }; + + BOOL CreateThread(); + + BOOL WaitForThreadExit(__out LPDWORD lpdwExitCode) { + if (m_hThread != NULL) { + WaitForSingleObject(m_hThread, INFINITE); + return GetExitCodeThread(m_hThread, lpdwExitCode); + } + return FALSE; + } + + DWORD ResumeThread() { + return ::ResumeThread(m_hThread); + } + + DWORD SuspendThread() { + return ::SuspendThread(m_hThread); + } + + int GetThreadPriority() { + return ::GetThreadPriority(m_hThread); + } + + BOOL SetThreadPriority(int nPriority) { + return ::SetThreadPriority(m_hThread, nPriority); + } + + HANDLE GetThreadHandle() { + return m_hThread; + } + + DWORD GetThreadId() { + return m_ThreadId; + } + + + void PutThreadMsg(UINT uMsg, DWORD dwMsgFlags, + __in_opt LPVOID lpMsgParam, __in_opt CAMEvent *pEvent = NULL) { + CAutoLock lck(&m_Lock); + CMsg* pMsg = new CMsg(uMsg, dwMsgFlags, lpMsgParam, pEvent); + m_ThreadQueue.AddTail(pMsg); + if (m_lWaiting != 0) { + ReleaseSemaphore(m_hSem, m_lWaiting, 0); + m_lWaiting = 0; + } + } + + // This is the function prototype of the function that the client + // supplies. It is always called on the created thread, never on + // the creator thread. + // + virtual LRESULT ThreadMessageProc( + UINT uMsg, DWORD dwFlags, __inout_opt LPVOID lpParam, __in_opt CAMEvent *pEvent) = 0; +}; + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/mtype.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/mtype.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9402f06 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/mtype.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: MtType.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a class that holds and manages +// media type information. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +#ifndef __MTYPE__ +#define __MTYPE__ + +/* Helper class that derived pin objects can use to compare media + types etc. Has same data members as the struct AM_MEDIA_TYPE defined + in the streams IDL file, but also has (non-virtual) functions */ + +class CMediaType : public _AMMediaType { + +public: + + ~CMediaType(); + CMediaType(); + CMediaType(const GUID * majortype); + CMediaType(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE&, __out_opt HRESULT* phr = NULL); + CMediaType(const CMediaType&, __out_opt HRESULT* phr = NULL); + + CMediaType& operator=(const CMediaType&); + CMediaType& operator=(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE&); + + BOOL operator == (const CMediaType&) const; + BOOL operator != (const CMediaType&) const; + + HRESULT Set(const CMediaType& rt); + HRESULT Set(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE& rt); + + BOOL IsValid() const; + + const GUID *Type() const { return &majortype;} ; + void SetType(const GUID *); + const GUID *Subtype() const { return &subtype;} ; + void SetSubtype(const GUID *); + + BOOL IsFixedSize() const {return bFixedSizeSamples; }; + BOOL IsTemporalCompressed() const {return bTemporalCompression; }; + ULONG GetSampleSize() const; + + void SetSampleSize(ULONG sz); + void SetVariableSize(); + void SetTemporalCompression(BOOL bCompressed); + + // read/write pointer to format - can't change length without + // calling SetFormat, AllocFormatBuffer or ReallocFormatBuffer + + BYTE* Format() const {return pbFormat; }; + ULONG FormatLength() const { return cbFormat; }; + + void SetFormatType(const GUID *); + const GUID *FormatType() const {return &formattype; }; + BOOL SetFormat(__in_bcount(length) BYTE *pFormat, ULONG length); + void ResetFormatBuffer(); + BYTE* AllocFormatBuffer(ULONG length); + BYTE* ReallocFormatBuffer(ULONG length); + + void InitMediaType(); + + BOOL MatchesPartial(const CMediaType* ppartial) const; + BOOL IsPartiallySpecified(void) const; +}; + + +/* General purpose functions to copy and delete a task allocated AM_MEDIA_TYPE + structure which is useful when using the IEnumMediaFormats interface as + the implementation allocates the structures which you must later delete */ + +void WINAPI DeleteMediaType(__inout_opt AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt); +AM_MEDIA_TYPE * WINAPI CreateMediaType(AM_MEDIA_TYPE const *pSrc); +HRESULT WINAPI CopyMediaType(__out AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtTarget, const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtSource); +void WINAPI FreeMediaType(__inout AM_MEDIA_TYPE& mt); + +// Initialize a media type from a WAVEFORMATEX + +STDAPI CreateAudioMediaType( + const WAVEFORMATEX *pwfx, + __out AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt, + BOOL bSetFormat); + +#endif /* __MTYPE__ */ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/outputq.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/outputq.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7e60b53 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/outputq.h @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: OutputQ.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines the COutputQueue class, which +// makes a queue of samples and sends them to an output pin. The +// class will optionally send the samples to the pin directly. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +typedef CGenericList<IMediaSample> CSampleList; + +class COutputQueue : public CCritSec +{ +public: + // Constructor + COutputQueue(IPin *pInputPin, // Pin to send stuff to + __inout HRESULT *phr, // 'Return code' + BOOL bAuto = TRUE, // Ask pin if blocks + BOOL bQueue = TRUE, // Send through queue (ignored if + // bAuto set) + LONG lBatchSize = 1, // Batch + BOOL bBatchExact = FALSE,// Batch exactly to BatchSize + LONG lListSize = // Likely number in the list + DEFAULTCACHE, + DWORD dwPriority = // Priority of thread to create + THREAD_PRIORITY_NORMAL, + bool bFlushingOpt = false // flushing optimization + ); + ~COutputQueue(); + + // enter flush state - discard all data + void BeginFlush(); // Begin flushing samples + + // re-enable receives (pass this downstream) + void EndFlush(); // Complete flush of samples - downstream + // pin guaranteed not to block at this stage + + void EOS(); // Call this on End of stream + + void SendAnyway(); // Send batched samples anyway (if bBatchExact set) + + void NewSegment( + REFERENCE_TIME tStart, + REFERENCE_TIME tStop, + double dRate); + + HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample *pSample); + + // do something with these media samples + HRESULT ReceiveMultiple ( + __in_ecount(nSamples) IMediaSample **pSamples, + long nSamples, + __out long *nSamplesProcessed); + + void Reset(); // Reset m_hr ready for more data + + // See if its idle or not + BOOL IsIdle(); + + // give the class an event to fire after everything removed from the queue + void SetPopEvent(HANDLE hEvent); + +protected: + static DWORD WINAPI InitialThreadProc(__in LPVOID pv); + DWORD ThreadProc(); + BOOL IsQueued() + { + return m_List != NULL; + }; + + // The critical section MUST be held when this is called + void QueueSample(IMediaSample *pSample); + + BOOL IsSpecialSample(IMediaSample *pSample) + { + return (DWORD_PTR)pSample > (DWORD_PTR)(LONG_PTR)(-16); + }; + + // Remove and Release() batched and queued samples + void FreeSamples(); + + // Notify the thread there is something to do + void NotifyThread(); + + +protected: + // Queue 'messages' + #define SEND_PACKET ((IMediaSample *)(LONG_PTR)(-2)) // Send batch + #define EOS_PACKET ((IMediaSample *)(LONG_PTR)(-3)) // End of stream + #define RESET_PACKET ((IMediaSample *)(LONG_PTR)(-4)) // Reset m_hr + #define NEW_SEGMENT ((IMediaSample *)(LONG_PTR)(-5)) // send NewSegment + + // new segment packet is always followed by one of these + struct NewSegmentPacket { + REFERENCE_TIME tStart; + REFERENCE_TIME tStop; + double dRate; + }; + + // Remember input stuff + IPin * const m_pPin; + IMemInputPin * m_pInputPin; + BOOL const m_bBatchExact; + LONG const m_lBatchSize; + + CSampleList * m_List; + HANDLE m_hSem; + CAMEvent m_evFlushComplete; + HANDLE m_hThread; + __field_ecount_opt(m_lBatchSize) IMediaSample ** m_ppSamples; + __range(0, m_lBatchSize) LONG m_nBatched; + + // Wait optimization + LONG m_lWaiting; + // Flush synchronization + BOOL m_bFlushing; + + // flushing optimization. some downstream filters have trouble + // with the queue's flushing optimization. other rely on it + BOOL m_bFlushed; + bool m_bFlushingOpt; + + // Terminate now + BOOL m_bTerminate; + + // Send anyway flag for batching + BOOL m_bSendAnyway; + + // Deferred 'return code' + HRESULT volatile m_hr; + + // an event that can be fired after every deliver + HANDLE m_hEventPop; +}; + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/perflog.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/perflog.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..05d6404 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/perflog.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: perflog.h +// +// Desc: Performance logging framework. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +typedef struct _PERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS { + GUID ControlGuid; + void (*OnStateChanged)(void); + ULONG NumberOfTraceGuids; + TRACE_GUID_REGISTRATION TraceGuids[ANYSIZE_ARRAY]; +} PERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS, *PPERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS; + +BOOL +PerflogInitIfEnabled( + IN HINSTANCE hInstance, + __in PPERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS LogParams + ); + +BOOL +PerflogInitialize ( + __in PPERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS LogParams + ); + +VOID +PerflogShutdown ( + VOID + ); + +VOID +PerflogTraceEvent ( + __in PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER Event + ); + +extern ULONG PerflogEnableFlags; +extern UCHAR PerflogEnableLevel; +extern ULONG PerflogModuleLevel; +extern TRACEHANDLE PerflogTraceHandle; +extern TRACEHANDLE PerflogRegHandle; + +#define PerflogTracingEnabled() (PerflogTraceHandle != 0) + +#define PerflogEvent( _x_ ) PerflogTraceEventLevel _x_ + +VOID +PerflogTraceEventLevel( + ULONG Level, + __in PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER Event + ); + +VOID +PerflogTraceEvent ( + __in PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER Event + ); diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/perfstruct.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/perfstruct.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b57657c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/perfstruct.h @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: PerfStruct.h +// +// Desc: Structures for DirectShow performance logging. +// +// Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +#ifndef _PERFSTRUCT_H_ +#define _PERFSTRUCT_H_ + +#include <wmistr.h> +#include <evntrace.h> + +// {28CF047A-2437-4b24-B653-B9446A419A69} +DEFINE_GUID(GUID_DSHOW_CTL, +0x28cf047a, 0x2437, 0x4b24, 0xb6, 0x53, 0xb9, 0x44, 0x6a, 0x41, 0x9a, 0x69); + +// {D0DA7AD6-AE80-4de5-AAFC-C126711E7593} +DEFINE_GUID(GUID_VIDEOREND, +0xd0da7ad6, 0xae80, 0x4de5, 0xaa, 0xfc, 0xc1, 0x26, 0x71, 0x1e, 0x75, 0x93); + +// {DC70AC3E-93E5-48db-88AB-E42064EC276A} +DEFINE_GUID(GUID_DSOUNDGLITCH, +0xdc70ac3e, 0x93e5, 0x48db, 0x88, 0xab, 0xe4, 0x20, 0x64, 0xec, 0x27, 0x6a); + +// {3d7e7d93-2fc8-4a07-a719-e0922ff2899} +DEFINE_GUID(GUID_STREAMTRACE, +0x3d7e7d93, 0x2fc8, 0x4a07, 0xa7, 0x19, 0xe0, 0x92, 0x2f, 0xf2, 0x89, 0x9e); + +// AZFIX: the following GUIDs aren't useful right now. + +// {3C33F7F5-EE54-493c-BA25-1656539C05AC} +DEFINE_GUID(GUID_GETTIME, +0x3c33f7f5, 0xee54, 0x493c, 0xba, 0x25, 0x16, 0x56, 0x53, 0x9c, 0x5, 0xac); + +// {CC44B44D-8169-4952-9E4A-A4E13295E492} +DEFINE_GUID(GUID_AUDIOREND, +0xcc44b44d, 0x8169, 0x4952, 0x9e, 0x4a, 0xa4, 0xe1, 0x32, 0x95, 0xe4, 0x92); + +// {775D19BF-4D8B-4de6-8DC9-66BAC7B310A2} +DEFINE_GUID(GUID_FRAMEDROP, +0x775d19bf, 0x4d8b, 0x4de6, 0x8d, 0xc9, 0x66, 0xba, 0xc7, 0xb3, 0x10, 0xa2); + +// {56D29065-EFBE-42dc-8C29-E325DC9C27D5} +DEFINE_GUID(GUID_AUDIOBREAK, +0x56d29065, 0xefbe, 0x42dc, 0x8c, 0x29, 0xe3, 0x25, 0xdc, 0x9c, 0x27, 0xd5); + +// {E1E6EA87-95A8-497e-BFBA-0295AEBCC707} +DEFINE_GUID(GUID_AUDIORECV, +0xe1e6ea87, 0x95a8, 0x497e, 0xbf, 0xba, 0x2, 0x95, 0xae, 0xbc, 0xc7, 0x7); + +// {10F7768A-B1E7-4242-AD90-A2D44683D9F0} +DEFINE_GUID(GUID_AUDIOSLAVE, +0x10f7768a, 0xb1e7, 0x4242, 0xad, 0x90, 0xa2, 0xd4, 0x46, 0x83, 0xd9, 0xf0); + +// {8983803D-691A-49bc-8FF6-962A39C0198F} +DEFINE_GUID(GUID_AUDIOADDBREAK, +0x8983803d, 0x691a, 0x49bc, 0x8f, 0xf6, 0x96, 0x2a, 0x39, 0xc0, 0x19, 0x8f); + +#define GLITCHTYPE_DSOUNDFIRSTGOOD 0 +#define GLITCHTYPE_DSOUNDFIRSTBAD 1 + +typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOGLITCH { + ULONGLONG cycleCounter; + DWORD glitchType; + LONGLONG sampleTime; + LONGLONG previousTime; + ULONG_PTR instanceId; +} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOGLITCH, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOGLITCH; + +typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOGLITCH { + EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header; + PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOGLITCH data; +} PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIO_GLITCH, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOGLITCH; + +typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_GETTIME { + ULONGLONG cycleCounter; + ULONGLONG dshowClock; +} PERFINFO_DSHOW_GETTIME, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_GETTIME; + +typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_GETTIME { + EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header; + PERFINFO_DSHOW_GETTIME data; +} PERFINFO_WMI_GETTIME, *PPERFINFO_WMI_GETTIME; + +typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AVREND { + ULONGLONG cycleCounter; + ULONGLONG dshowClock; + ULONGLONG sampleTime; +} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AVREND, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AVREND; + +typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AVREND { + EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header; + PERFINFO_DSHOW_AVREND data; +} PERFINFO_WMI_AVREND, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AVREND; + +typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOBREAK { + ULONGLONG cycleCounter; + ULONGLONG dshowClock; + ULONGLONG sampleTime; + ULONGLONG sampleDuration; +} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOBREAK, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOBREAK; + +typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOBREAK { + EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header; + PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOBREAK data; +} PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOBREAK, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOBREAK; + +typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_FRAMEDROP { + ULONGLONG cycleCounter; + ULONGLONG dshowClock; + ULONGLONG frameTime; +} PERFINFO_DSHOW_FRAMEDROP, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_FRAMEDROP; + +typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_FRAMEDROP { + EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header; + PERFINFO_DSHOW_FRAMEDROP data; +} PERFINFO_WMI_FRAMEDROP, *PPERFINFO_WMI_FRAMEDROP; + +#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_MPEG2DEMUX_PTS_TRANSLATION 1 +#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_MPEG2DEMUX_SAMPLE_RECEIVED 2 +#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_BEGIN_ADVISE 3 +#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_END_ADVISE 4 +#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_RECEIVE 5 +#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_BEGIN_DEINTERLACE 6 +#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_END_DEINTERLACE 7 +#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_BEGIN_DECODE 8 +#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_END_DECODE 9 +#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_DROPPED_FRAME 10 +#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_ENCDEC_DTFILTERINPUT 11 +#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_ENCDEC_DTFILTEROUTPUT 12 +#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_ENCDEC_ETFILTERINPUT 13 +#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_ENCDEC_ETFILTEROUTPUT 14 +#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_ENCDEC_XDSCODECINPUT 15 +#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_SBE_DVRANALYSISINPUT_RECEIVE 16 +#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_SBE_DVRANALYSISINPUT_DELIVER 17 +#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_SBE_DVRINPUTPIN_RECEIVE 18 +#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_SBE_DVROUTPUTPIN_RECEIVE 19 +#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_RENDER_TIME 20 + +typedef struct _PERFINFO_DSHOW_STREAMTRACE { + ULONG id; + ULONG reserved; + ULONGLONG dshowClock; + ULONGLONG data[ 4 ]; +} PERFINFO_DSHOW_STREAMTRACE, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_STREAMTRACE; + +typedef struct _PERFINFO_WMI_STREAMTRACE { + EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header; + PERFINFO_DSHOW_STREAMTRACE data; +} PERFINFO_WMI_STREAMTRACE, *PPERFINFO_WMI_STREAMTRACE; + + +typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIORECV { + LONGLONG streamTime ; + LONGLONG sampleStart ; + LONGLONG sampleStop ; + LONGLONG hwduration ; + BOOL discontinuity ; +} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIORECV, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIORECV; + +typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIORECV { + EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header; + PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIORECV data; +} PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIORECV, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AUDIORECV; + +typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOSLAVE { + LONGLONG masterClock ; + LONGLONG slaveClock ; + LONGLONG errorAccum ; + LONGLONG lastHighErrorSeen ; + LONGLONG lastLowErrorSeen ; +} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOSLAVE, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOSLAVE; + +typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOSLAVE { + EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header; + PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOSLAVE data; +} PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOSLAVE, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOSLAVE; + +typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOADDBREAK { + DWORD iterNextWrite ; + DWORD offsetNextWrite ; + DWORD iterWrite ; + DWORD offsetWrite ; +} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOADDBREAK, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOADDBREAK; + +typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOADDBREAK { + EVENT_TRACE_HEADER header; + PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOADDBREAK data; +} PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOADDBREAK, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOADDBREAK; + +#endif // _PREFSTRUCT_H_ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/pstream.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/pstream.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e278ab --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/pstream.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: PStream.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a class for persistent properties +// of filters. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +#ifndef __PSTREAM__ +#define __PSTREAM__ + +// Base class for persistent properties of filters +// (i.e. filter properties in saved graphs) + +// The simplest way to use this is: +// 1. Arrange for your filter to inherit this class +// 2. Implement in your class WriteToStream and ReadFromStream +// These will override the "do nothing" functions here. +// 3. Change your NonDelegatingQueryInterface to handle IPersistStream +// 4. Implement SizeMax to return the number of bytes of data you save. +// If you save UNICODE data, don't forget a char is 2 bytes. +// 5. Whenever your data changes, call SetDirty() +// +// At some point you may decide to alter, or extend the format of your data. +// At that point you will wish that you had a version number in all the old +// saved graphs, so that you can tell, when you read them, whether they +// represent the old or new form. To assist you in this, this class +// writes and reads a version number. +// When it writes, it calls GetSoftwareVersion() to enquire what version +// of the software we have at the moment. (In effect this is a version number +// of the data layout in the file). It writes this as the first thing in the data. +// If you want to change the version, implement (override) GetSoftwareVersion(). +// It reads this from the file into mPS_dwFileVersion before calling ReadFromStream, +// so in ReadFromStream you can check mPS_dwFileVersion to see if you are reading +// an old version file. +// Normally you should accept files whose version is no newer than the software +// version that's reading them. + + +// CPersistStream +// +// Implements IPersistStream. +// See 'OLE Programmers Reference (Vol 1):Structured Storage Overview' for +// more implementation information. +class CPersistStream : public IPersistStream { + private: + + // Internal state: + + protected: + DWORD mPS_dwFileVersion; // version number of file (being read) + BOOL mPS_fDirty; + + public: + + // IPersistStream methods + + STDMETHODIMP IsDirty() + {return (mPS_fDirty ? S_OK : S_FALSE);} // note FALSE means clean + STDMETHODIMP Load(LPSTREAM pStm); + STDMETHODIMP Save(LPSTREAM pStm, BOOL fClearDirty); + STDMETHODIMP GetSizeMax(__out ULARGE_INTEGER * pcbSize) + // Allow 24 bytes for version. + { pcbSize->QuadPart = 12*sizeof(WCHAR)+SizeMax(); return NOERROR; } + + // implementation + + CPersistStream(IUnknown *punk, __inout HRESULT *phr); + ~CPersistStream(); + + HRESULT SetDirty(BOOL fDirty) + { mPS_fDirty = fDirty; return NOERROR;} + + + // override to reveal IPersist & IPersistStream + // STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, void **ppv); + + // --- IPersist --- + + // You must override this to provide your own class id + STDMETHODIMP GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsid) PURE; + + // overrideable if you want + // file version number. Override it if you ever change format + virtual DWORD GetSoftwareVersion(void) { return 0; } + + + //========================================================================= + // OVERRIDE THESE to read and write your data + // OVERRIDE THESE to read and write your data + // OVERRIDE THESE to read and write your data + + virtual int SizeMax() {return 0;} + virtual HRESULT WriteToStream(IStream *pStream); + virtual HRESULT ReadFromStream(IStream *pStream); + //========================================================================= + + private: + +}; + + +// --- Useful helpers --- + + +// Writes an int to an IStream as UNICODE. +STDAPI WriteInt(IStream *pIStream, int n); + +// inverse of WriteInt +STDAPI_(int) ReadInt(IStream *pIStream, __out HRESULT &hr); + +#endif // __PSTREAM__ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/pullpin.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/pullpin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..db4f407 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/pullpin.h @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: PullPin.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines CPullPin class. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +#ifndef __PULLPIN_H__ +#define __PULLPIN_H__ + +// +// CPullPin +// +// object supporting pulling data from an IAsyncReader interface. +// Given a start/stop position, calls a pure Receive method with each +// IMediaSample received. +// +// This is essentially for use in a MemInputPin when it finds itself +// connected to an IAsyncReader pin instead of a pushing pin. +// + +class CPullPin : public CAMThread +{ + IAsyncReader* m_pReader; + REFERENCE_TIME m_tStart; + REFERENCE_TIME m_tStop; + REFERENCE_TIME m_tDuration; + BOOL m_bSync; + + enum ThreadMsg { + TM_Pause, // stop pulling and wait for next message + TM_Start, // start pulling + TM_Exit, // stop and exit + }; + + ThreadMsg m_State; + + // override pure thread proc from CAMThread + DWORD ThreadProc(void); + + // running pull method (check m_bSync) + void Process(void); + + // clean up any cancelled i/o after a flush + void CleanupCancelled(void); + + // suspend thread from pulling, eg during seek + HRESULT PauseThread(); + + // start thread pulling - create thread if necy + HRESULT StartThread(); + + // stop and close thread + HRESULT StopThread(); + + // called from ProcessAsync to queue and collect requests + HRESULT QueueSample( + __inout REFERENCE_TIME& tCurrent, + REFERENCE_TIME tAlignStop, + BOOL bDiscontinuity); + + HRESULT CollectAndDeliver( + REFERENCE_TIME tStart, + REFERENCE_TIME tStop); + + HRESULT DeliverSample( + IMediaSample* pSample, + REFERENCE_TIME tStart, + REFERENCE_TIME tStop); + +protected: + IMemAllocator * m_pAlloc; + +public: + CPullPin(); + virtual ~CPullPin(); + + // returns S_OK if successfully connected to an IAsyncReader interface + // from this object + // Optional allocator should be proposed as a preferred allocator if + // necessary + // bSync is TRUE if we are to use sync reads instead of the + // async methods. + HRESULT Connect(IUnknown* pUnk, IMemAllocator* pAlloc, BOOL bSync); + + // disconnect any connection made in Connect + HRESULT Disconnect(); + + // agree an allocator using RequestAllocator - optional + // props param specifies your requirements (non-zero fields). + // returns an error code if fail to match requirements. + // optional IMemAllocator interface is offered as a preferred allocator + // but no error occurs if it can't be met. + virtual HRESULT DecideAllocator( + IMemAllocator* pAlloc, + __inout_opt ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES * pProps); + + // set start and stop position. if active, will start immediately at + // the new position. Default is 0 to duration + HRESULT Seek(REFERENCE_TIME tStart, REFERENCE_TIME tStop); + + // return the total duration + HRESULT Duration(__out REFERENCE_TIME* ptDuration); + + // start pulling data + HRESULT Active(void); + + // stop pulling data + HRESULT Inactive(void); + + // helper functions + LONGLONG AlignDown(LONGLONG ll, LONG lAlign) { + // aligning downwards is just truncation + return ll & ~(lAlign-1); + }; + + LONGLONG AlignUp(LONGLONG ll, LONG lAlign) { + // align up: round up to next boundary + return (ll + (lAlign -1)) & ~(lAlign -1); + }; + + // GetReader returns the (addrefed) IAsyncReader interface + // for SyncRead etc + IAsyncReader* GetReader() { + m_pReader->AddRef(); + return m_pReader; + }; + + // -- pure -- + + // override this to handle data arrival + // return value other than S_OK will stop data + virtual HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample*) PURE; + + // override this to handle end-of-stream + virtual HRESULT EndOfStream(void) PURE; + + // called on runtime errors that will have caused pulling + // to stop + // these errors are all returned from the upstream filter, who + // will have already reported any errors to the filtergraph. + virtual void OnError(HRESULT hr) PURE; + + // flush this pin and all downstream + virtual HRESULT BeginFlush() PURE; + virtual HRESULT EndFlush() PURE; + +}; + +#endif //__PULLPIN_H__ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/refclock.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/refclock.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..df822e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/refclock.h @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: RefClock.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines the IReferenceClock interface. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +#ifndef __BASEREFCLOCK__ +#define __BASEREFCLOCK__ + +#include <Schedule.h> + +const UINT RESOLUTION = 1; /* High resolution timer */ +const INT ADVISE_CACHE = 4; /* Default cache size */ +const LONGLONG MAX_TIME = 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF; /* Maximum LONGLONG value */ + +inline LONGLONG WINAPI ConvertToMilliseconds(const REFERENCE_TIME& RT) +{ + /* This converts an arbitrary value representing a reference time + into a MILLISECONDS value for use in subsequent system calls */ + + return (RT / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS)); +} + +/* This class hierarchy will support an IReferenceClock interface so + that an audio card (or other externally driven clock) can update the + system wide clock that everyone uses. + + The interface will be pretty thin with probably just one update method + This interface has not yet been defined. + */ + +/* This abstract base class implements the IReferenceClock + * interface. Classes that actually provide clock signals (from + * whatever source) have to be derived from this class. + * + * The abstract class provides implementations for: + * CUnknown support + * locking support (CCritSec) + * client advise code (creates a thread) + * + * Question: what can we do about quality? Change the timer + * resolution to lower the system load? Up the priority of the + * timer thread to force more responsive signals? + * + * During class construction we create a worker thread that is destroyed during + * destuction. This thread executes a series of WaitForSingleObject calls, + * waking up when a command is given to the thread or the next wake up point + * is reached. The wakeup points are determined by clients making Advise + * calls. + * + * Each advise call defines a point in time when they wish to be notified. A + * periodic advise is a series of these such events. We maintain a list of + * advise links and calculate when the nearest event notification is due for. + * We then call WaitForSingleObject with a timeout equal to this time. The + * handle we wait on is used by the class to signal that something has changed + * and that we must reschedule the next event. This typically happens when + * someone comes in and asks for an advise link while we are waiting for an + * event to timeout. + * + * While we are modifying the list of advise requests we + * are protected from interference through a critical section. Clients are NOT + * advised through callbacks. One shot clients have an event set, while + * periodic clients have a semaphore released for each event notification. A + * semaphore allows a client to be kept up to date with the number of events + * actually triggered and be assured that they can't miss multiple events being + * set. + * + * Keeping track of advises is taken care of by the CAMSchedule class. + */ + +class CBaseReferenceClock +: public CUnknown, public IReferenceClock, public CCritSec, public IReferenceClockTimerControl +{ +protected: + virtual ~CBaseReferenceClock(); // Don't let me be created on the stack! +public: + CBaseReferenceClock(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, + __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, + __inout HRESULT *phr, + __inout_opt CAMSchedule * pSched = 0 ); + + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv); + + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN + + /* IReferenceClock methods */ + // Derived classes must implement GetPrivateTime(). All our GetTime + // does is call GetPrivateTime and then check so that time does not + // go backwards. A return code of S_FALSE implies that the internal + // clock has gone backwards and GetTime time has halted until internal + // time has caught up. (Don't know if this will be much use to folk, + // but it seems odd not to use the return code for something useful.) + STDMETHODIMP GetTime(__out REFERENCE_TIME *pTime); + // When this is called, it sets m_rtLastGotTime to the time it returns. + + /* Provide standard mechanisms for scheduling events */ + + /* Ask for an async notification that a time has elapsed */ + STDMETHODIMP AdviseTime( + REFERENCE_TIME baseTime, // base reference time + REFERENCE_TIME streamTime, // stream offset time + HEVENT hEvent, // advise via this event + __out DWORD_PTR *pdwAdviseCookie// where your cookie goes + ); + + /* Ask for an asynchronous periodic notification that a time has elapsed */ + STDMETHODIMP AdvisePeriodic( + REFERENCE_TIME StartTime, // starting at this time + REFERENCE_TIME PeriodTime, // time between notifications + HSEMAPHORE hSemaphore, // advise via a semaphore + __out DWORD_PTR *pdwAdviseCookie// where your cookie goes + ); + + /* Cancel a request for notification(s) - if the notification was + * a one shot timer then this function doesn't need to be called + * as the advise is automatically cancelled, however it does no + * harm to explicitly cancel a one-shot advise. It is REQUIRED that + * clients call Unadvise to clear a Periodic advise setting. + */ + + STDMETHODIMP Unadvise(DWORD_PTR dwAdviseCookie); + + /* Methods for the benefit of derived classes or outer objects */ + + // GetPrivateTime() is the REAL clock. GetTime is just a cover for + // it. Derived classes will probably override this method but not + // GetTime() itself. + // The important point about GetPrivateTime() is it's allowed to go + // backwards. Our GetTime() will keep returning the LastGotTime + // until GetPrivateTime() catches up. + virtual REFERENCE_TIME GetPrivateTime(); + + /* Provide a method for correcting drift */ + STDMETHODIMP SetTimeDelta( const REFERENCE_TIME& TimeDelta ); + + CAMSchedule * GetSchedule() const { return m_pSchedule; } + + // IReferenceClockTimerControl methods + // + // Setting a default of 0 disables the default of 1ms + STDMETHODIMP SetDefaultTimerResolution( + REFERENCE_TIME timerResolution // in 100ns + ); + STDMETHODIMP GetDefaultTimerResolution( + __out REFERENCE_TIME* pTimerResolution // in 100ns + ); + +private: + REFERENCE_TIME m_rtPrivateTime; // Current best estimate of time + DWORD m_dwPrevSystemTime; // Last vaule we got from timeGetTime + REFERENCE_TIME m_rtLastGotTime; // Last time returned by GetTime + REFERENCE_TIME m_rtNextAdvise; // Time of next advise + UINT m_TimerResolution; + +#ifdef PERF + int m_idGetSystemTime; +#endif + +// Thread stuff +public: + void TriggerThread() // Wakes thread up. Need to do this if + { // time to next advise needs reevaluating. + EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent(m_pSchedule->GetEvent())); + } + + +private: + BOOL m_bAbort; // Flag used for thread shutdown + HANDLE m_hThread; // Thread handle + + HRESULT AdviseThread(); // Method in which the advise thread runs + static DWORD __stdcall AdviseThreadFunction(__in LPVOID); // Function used to get there + +protected: + CAMSchedule * m_pSchedule; + + void Restart (IN REFERENCE_TIME rtMinTime = 0I64) ; +}; + +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/reftime.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/reftime.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ed32f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/reftime.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: RefTime.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines CRefTime, a class that manages +// reference times. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +// +// CRefTime +// +// Manage reference times. +// Shares same data layout as REFERENCE_TIME, but adds some (nonvirtual) +// functions providing simple comparison, conversion and arithmetic. +// +// A reference time (at the moment) is a unit of seconds represented in +// 100ns units as is used in the Win32 FILETIME structure. BUT the time +// a REFERENCE_TIME represents is NOT the time elapsed since 1/1/1601 it +// will either be stream time or reference time depending upon context +// +// This class provides simple arithmetic operations on reference times +// +// keep non-virtual otherwise the data layout will not be the same as +// REFERENCE_TIME + + +// ----- +// note that you are safe to cast a CRefTime* to a REFERENCE_TIME*, but +// you will need to do so explicitly +// ----- + + +#ifndef __REFTIME__ +#define __REFTIME__ + + +const LONGLONG MILLISECONDS = (1000); // 10 ^ 3 +const LONGLONG NANOSECONDS = (1000000000); // 10 ^ 9 +const LONGLONG UNITS = (NANOSECONDS / 100); // 10 ^ 7 + +/* Unfortunately an inline function here generates a call to __allmul + - even for constants! +*/ +#define MILLISECONDS_TO_100NS_UNITS(lMs) \ + Int32x32To64((lMs), (UNITS / MILLISECONDS)) + +class CRefTime +{ +public: + + // *MUST* be the only data member so that this class is exactly + // equivalent to a REFERENCE_TIME. + // Also, must be *no virtual functions* + + REFERENCE_TIME m_time; + + inline CRefTime() + { + // default to 0 time + m_time = 0; + }; + + inline CRefTime(LONG msecs) + { + m_time = MILLISECONDS_TO_100NS_UNITS(msecs); + }; + + inline CRefTime(REFERENCE_TIME rt) + { + m_time = rt; + }; + + inline operator REFERENCE_TIME() const + { + return m_time; + }; + + inline CRefTime& operator=(const CRefTime& rt) + { + m_time = rt.m_time; + return *this; + }; + + inline CRefTime& operator=(const LONGLONG ll) + { + m_time = ll; + return *this; + }; + + inline CRefTime& operator+=(const CRefTime& rt) + { + return (*this = *this + rt); + }; + + inline CRefTime& operator-=(const CRefTime& rt) + { + return (*this = *this - rt); + }; + + inline LONG Millisecs(void) + { + return (LONG)(m_time / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS)); + }; + + inline LONGLONG GetUnits(void) + { + return m_time; + }; +}; + +const LONGLONG TimeZero = 0; + +#endif /* __REFTIME__ */ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/renbase.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/renbase.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8634c6b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/renbase.h @@ -0,0 +1,478 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: RenBase.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a generic ActiveX base renderer +// class. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +#ifndef __RENBASE__ +#define __RENBASE__ + +// Forward class declarations + +class CBaseRenderer; +class CBaseVideoRenderer; +class CRendererInputPin; + +// This is our input pin class that channels calls to the renderer + +class CRendererInputPin : public CBaseInputPin +{ +protected: + + CBaseRenderer *m_pRenderer; + +public: + + CRendererInputPin(__inout CBaseRenderer *pRenderer, + __inout HRESULT *phr, + __in_opt LPCWSTR Name); + + // Overriden from the base pin classes + + HRESULT BreakConnect(); + HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin); + HRESULT SetMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt); + HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt); + HRESULT Active(); + HRESULT Inactive(); + + // Add rendering behaviour to interface functions + + STDMETHODIMP QueryId(__deref_out LPWSTR *Id); + STDMETHODIMP EndOfStream(); + STDMETHODIMP BeginFlush(); + STDMETHODIMP EndFlush(); + STDMETHODIMP Receive(IMediaSample *pMediaSample); + + // Helper + IMemAllocator inline *Allocator() const + { + return m_pAllocator; + } +}; + +// Main renderer class that handles synchronisation and state changes + +class CBaseRenderer : public CBaseFilter +{ +protected: + + friend class CRendererInputPin; + + friend void CALLBACK EndOfStreamTimer(UINT uID, // Timer identifier + UINT uMsg, // Not currently used + DWORD_PTR dwUser, // User information + DWORD_PTR dw1, // Windows reserved + DWORD_PTR dw2); // Is also reserved + + CRendererPosPassThru *m_pPosition; // Media seeking pass by object + CAMEvent m_RenderEvent; // Used to signal timer events + CAMEvent m_ThreadSignal; // Signalled to release worker thread + CAMEvent m_evComplete; // Signalled when state complete + BOOL m_bAbort; // Stop us from rendering more data + BOOL m_bStreaming; // Are we currently streaming + DWORD_PTR m_dwAdvise; // Timer advise cookie + IMediaSample *m_pMediaSample; // Current image media sample + BOOL m_bEOS; // Any more samples in the stream + BOOL m_bEOSDelivered; // Have we delivered an EC_COMPLETE + CRendererInputPin *m_pInputPin; // Our renderer input pin object + CCritSec m_InterfaceLock; // Critical section for interfaces + CCritSec m_RendererLock; // Controls access to internals + IQualityControl * m_pQSink; // QualityControl sink + BOOL m_bRepaintStatus; // Can we signal an EC_REPAINT + // Avoid some deadlocks by tracking filter during stop + volatile BOOL m_bInReceive; // Inside Receive between PrepareReceive + // And actually processing the sample + REFERENCE_TIME m_SignalTime; // Time when we signal EC_COMPLETE + UINT m_EndOfStreamTimer; // Used to signal end of stream + CCritSec m_ObjectCreationLock; // This lock protects the creation and + // of m_pPosition and m_pInputPin. It + // ensures that two threads cannot create + // either object simultaneously. + +public: + + CBaseRenderer(REFCLSID RenderClass, // CLSID for this renderer + __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Debug ONLY description + __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Aggregated owner object + __inout HRESULT *phr); // General OLE return code + + ~CBaseRenderer(); + + // Overriden to say what interfaces we support and where + + virtual HRESULT GetMediaPositionInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv); + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID, __deref_out void **); + + virtual HRESULT SourceThreadCanWait(BOOL bCanWait); + +#ifdef DEBUG + // Debug only dump of the renderer state + void DisplayRendererState(); +#endif + virtual HRESULT WaitForRenderTime(); + virtual HRESULT CompleteStateChange(FILTER_STATE OldState); + + // Return internal information about this filter + + BOOL IsEndOfStream() { return m_bEOS; }; + BOOL IsEndOfStreamDelivered() { return m_bEOSDelivered; }; + BOOL IsStreaming() { return m_bStreaming; }; + void SetAbortSignal(BOOL bAbort) { m_bAbort = bAbort; }; + virtual void OnReceiveFirstSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample) { }; + CAMEvent *GetRenderEvent() { return &m_RenderEvent; }; + + // Permit access to the transition state + + void Ready() { m_evComplete.Set(); }; + void NotReady() { m_evComplete.Reset(); }; + BOOL CheckReady() { return m_evComplete.Check(); }; + + virtual int GetPinCount(); + virtual CBasePin *GetPin(int n); + FILTER_STATE GetRealState(); + void SendRepaint(); + void SendNotifyWindow(IPin *pPin,HWND hwnd); + BOOL OnDisplayChange(); + void SetRepaintStatus(BOOL bRepaint); + + // Override the filter and pin interface functions + + STDMETHODIMP Stop(); + STDMETHODIMP Pause(); + STDMETHODIMP Run(REFERENCE_TIME StartTime); + STDMETHODIMP GetState(DWORD dwMSecs, __out FILTER_STATE *State); + STDMETHODIMP FindPin(LPCWSTR Id, __deref_out IPin **ppPin); + + // These are available for a quality management implementation + + virtual void OnRenderStart(IMediaSample *pMediaSample); + virtual void OnRenderEnd(IMediaSample *pMediaSample); + virtual HRESULT OnStartStreaming() { return NOERROR; }; + virtual HRESULT OnStopStreaming() { return NOERROR; }; + virtual void OnWaitStart() { }; + virtual void OnWaitEnd() { }; + virtual void PrepareRender() { }; + +#ifdef PERF + REFERENCE_TIME m_trRenderStart; // Just before we started drawing + // Set in OnRenderStart, Used in OnRenderEnd + int m_idBaseStamp; // MSR_id for frame time stamp + int m_idBaseRenderTime; // MSR_id for true wait time + int m_idBaseAccuracy; // MSR_id for time frame is late (int) +#endif + + // Quality management implementation for scheduling rendering + + virtual BOOL ScheduleSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample); + virtual HRESULT GetSampleTimes(IMediaSample *pMediaSample, + __out REFERENCE_TIME *pStartTime, + __out REFERENCE_TIME *pEndTime); + + virtual HRESULT ShouldDrawSampleNow(IMediaSample *pMediaSample, + __out REFERENCE_TIME *ptrStart, + __out REFERENCE_TIME *ptrEnd); + + // Lots of end of stream complexities + + void TimerCallback(); + void ResetEndOfStreamTimer(); + HRESULT NotifyEndOfStream(); + virtual HRESULT SendEndOfStream(); + virtual HRESULT ResetEndOfStream(); + virtual HRESULT EndOfStream(); + + // Rendering is based around the clock + + void SignalTimerFired(); + virtual HRESULT CancelNotification(); + virtual HRESULT ClearPendingSample(); + + // Called when the filter changes state + + virtual HRESULT Active(); + virtual HRESULT Inactive(); + virtual HRESULT StartStreaming(); + virtual HRESULT StopStreaming(); + virtual HRESULT BeginFlush(); + virtual HRESULT EndFlush(); + + // Deal with connections and type changes + + virtual HRESULT BreakConnect(); + virtual HRESULT SetMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt); + virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin); + + // These look after the handling of data samples + + virtual HRESULT PrepareReceive(IMediaSample *pMediaSample); + virtual HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample *pMediaSample); + virtual BOOL HaveCurrentSample(); + virtual IMediaSample *GetCurrentSample(); + virtual HRESULT Render(IMediaSample *pMediaSample); + + // Derived classes MUST override these + virtual HRESULT DoRenderSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample) PURE; + virtual HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *) PURE; + + // Helper + void WaitForReceiveToComplete(); +}; + + +// CBaseVideoRenderer is a renderer class (see its ancestor class) and +// it handles scheduling of media samples so that they are drawn at the +// correct time by the reference clock. It implements a degradation +// strategy. Possible degradation modes are: +// Drop frames here (only useful if the drawing takes significant time) +// Signal supplier (upstream) to drop some frame(s) - i.e. one-off skip. +// Signal supplier to change the frame rate - i.e. ongoing skipping. +// Or any combination of the above. +// In order to determine what's useful to try we need to know what's going +// on. This is done by timing various operations (including the supplier). +// This timing is done by using timeGetTime as it is accurate enough and +// usually cheaper than calling the reference clock. It also tells the +// truth if there is an audio break and the reference clock stops. +// We provide a number of public entry points (named OnXxxStart, OnXxxEnd) +// which the rest of the renderer calls at significant moments. These do +// the timing. + +// the number of frames that the sliding averages are averaged over. +// the rule is (1024*NewObservation + (AVGPERIOD-1) * PreviousAverage)/AVGPERIOD +#define AVGPERIOD 4 +#define DO_MOVING_AVG(avg,obs) (avg = (1024*obs + (AVGPERIOD-1)*avg)/AVGPERIOD) +// Spot the bug in this macro - I can't. but it doesn't work! + +class CBaseVideoRenderer : public CBaseRenderer, // Base renderer class + public IQualProp, // Property page guff + public IQualityControl // Allow throttling +{ +protected: + + // Hungarian: + // tFoo is the time Foo in mSec (beware m_tStart from filter.h) + // trBar is the time Bar by the reference clock + + //****************************************************************** + // State variables to control synchronisation + //****************************************************************** + + // Control of sending Quality messages. We need to know whether + // we are in trouble (e.g. frames being dropped) and where the time + // is being spent. + + // When we drop a frame we play the next one early. + // The frame after that is likely to wait before drawing and counting this + // wait as spare time is unfair, so we count it as a zero wait. + // We therefore need to know whether we are playing frames early or not. + + int m_nNormal; // The number of consecutive frames + // drawn at their normal time (not early) + // -1 means we just dropped a frame. + +#ifdef PERF + BOOL m_bDrawLateFrames; // Don't drop any frames (debug and I'm + // not keen on people using it!) +#endif + + BOOL m_bSupplierHandlingQuality;// The response to Quality messages says + // our supplier is handling things. + // We will allow things to go extra late + // before dropping frames. We will play + // very early after he has dropped one. + + // Control of scheduling, frame dropping etc. + // We need to know where the time is being spent so as to tell whether + // we should be taking action here, signalling supplier or what. + // The variables are initialised to a mode of NOT dropping frames. + // They will tell the truth after a few frames. + // We typically record a start time for an event, later we get the time + // again and subtract to get the elapsed time, and we average this over + // a few frames. The average is used to tell what mode we are in. + + // Although these are reference times (64 bit) they are all DIFFERENCES + // between times which are small. An int will go up to 214 secs before + // overflow. Avoiding 64 bit multiplications and divisions seems + // worth while. + + + + // Audio-video throttling. If the user has turned up audio quality + // very high (in principle it could be any other stream, not just audio) + // then we can receive cries for help via the graph manager. In this case + // we put in a wait for some time after rendering each frame. + int m_trThrottle; + + // The time taken to render (i.e. BitBlt) frames controls which component + // needs to degrade. If the blt is expensive, the renderer degrades. + // If the blt is cheap it's done anyway and the supplier degrades. + int m_trRenderAvg; // Time frames are taking to blt + int m_trRenderLast; // Time for last frame blt + int m_tRenderStart; // Just before we started drawing (mSec) + // derived from timeGetTime. + + // When frames are dropped we will play the next frame as early as we can. + // If it was a false alarm and the machine is fast we slide gently back to + // normal timing. To do this, we record the offset showing just how early + // we really are. This will normally be negative meaning early or zero. + int m_trEarliness; + + // Target provides slow long-term feedback to try to reduce the + // average sync offset to zero. Whenever a frame is actually rendered + // early we add a msec or two, whenever late we take off a few. + // We add or take off 1/32 of the error time. + // Eventually we should be hovering around zero. For a really bad case + // where we were (say) 300mSec off, it might take 100 odd frames to + // settle down. The rate of change of this is intended to be slower + // than any other mechanism in Quartz, thereby avoiding hunting. + int m_trTarget; + + // The proportion of time spent waiting for the right moment to blt + // controls whether we bother to drop a frame or whether we reckon that + // we're doing well enough that we can stand a one-frame glitch. + int m_trWaitAvg; // Average of last few wait times + // (actually we just average how early + // we were). Negative here means LATE. + + // The average inter-frame time. + // This is used to calculate the proportion of the time used by the + // three operations (supplying us, waiting, rendering) + int m_trFrameAvg; // Average inter-frame time + int m_trDuration; // duration of last frame. + +#ifdef PERF + // Performance logging identifiers + int m_idTimeStamp; // MSR_id for frame time stamp + int m_idEarliness; // MSR_id for earliness fudge + int m_idTarget; // MSR_id for Target fudge + int m_idWaitReal; // MSR_id for true wait time + int m_idWait; // MSR_id for wait time recorded + int m_idFrameAccuracy; // MSR_id for time frame is late (int) + int m_idRenderAvg; // MSR_id for Render time recorded (int) + int m_idSchLateTime; // MSR_id for lateness at scheduler + int m_idQualityRate; // MSR_id for Quality rate requested + int m_idQualityTime; // MSR_id for Quality time requested + int m_idDecision; // MSR_id for decision code + int m_idDuration; // MSR_id for duration of a frame + int m_idThrottle; // MSR_id for audio-video throttling + //int m_idDebug; // MSR_id for trace style debugging + //int m_idSendQuality; // MSR_id for timing the notifications per se +#endif // PERF + REFERENCE_TIME m_trRememberStampForPerf; // original time stamp of frame + // with no earliness fudges etc. +#ifdef PERF + REFERENCE_TIME m_trRememberFrameForPerf; // time when previous frame rendered + + // debug... + int m_idFrameAvg; + int m_idWaitAvg; +#endif + + // PROPERTY PAGE + // This has edit fields that show the user what's happening + // These member variables hold these counts. + + int m_cFramesDropped; // cumulative frames dropped IN THE RENDERER + int m_cFramesDrawn; // Frames since streaming started seen BY THE + // RENDERER (some may be dropped upstream) + + // Next two support average sync offset and standard deviation of sync offset. + LONGLONG m_iTotAcc; // Sum of accuracies in mSec + LONGLONG m_iSumSqAcc; // Sum of squares of (accuracies in mSec) + + // Next two allow jitter calculation. Jitter is std deviation of frame time. + REFERENCE_TIME m_trLastDraw; // Time of prev frame (for inter-frame times) + LONGLONG m_iSumSqFrameTime; // Sum of squares of (inter-frame time in mSec) + LONGLONG m_iSumFrameTime; // Sum of inter-frame times in mSec + + // To get performance statistics on frame rate, jitter etc, we need + // to record the lateness and inter-frame time. What we actually need are the + // data above (sum, sum of squares and number of entries for each) but the data + // is generated just ahead of time and only later do we discover whether the + // frame was actually drawn or not. So we have to hang on to the data + int m_trLate; // hold onto frame lateness + int m_trFrame; // hold onto inter-frame time + + int m_tStreamingStart; // if streaming then time streaming started + // else time of last streaming session + // used for property page statistics +#ifdef PERF + LONGLONG m_llTimeOffset; // timeGetTime()*10000+m_llTimeOffset==ref time +#endif + +public: + + + CBaseVideoRenderer(REFCLSID RenderClass, // CLSID for this renderer + __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Debug ONLY description + __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Aggregated owner object + __inout HRESULT *phr); // General OLE return code + + ~CBaseVideoRenderer(); + + // IQualityControl methods - Notify allows audio-video throttling + + STDMETHODIMP SetSink( IQualityControl * piqc); + STDMETHODIMP Notify( IBaseFilter * pSelf, Quality q); + + // These provide a full video quality management implementation + + void OnRenderStart(IMediaSample *pMediaSample); + void OnRenderEnd(IMediaSample *pMediaSample); + void OnWaitStart(); + void OnWaitEnd(); + HRESULT OnStartStreaming(); + HRESULT OnStopStreaming(); + void ThrottleWait(); + + // Handle the statistics gathering for our quality management + + void PreparePerformanceData(int trLate, int trFrame); + virtual void RecordFrameLateness(int trLate, int trFrame); + virtual void OnDirectRender(IMediaSample *pMediaSample); + virtual HRESULT ResetStreamingTimes(); + BOOL ScheduleSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample); + HRESULT ShouldDrawSampleNow(IMediaSample *pMediaSample, + __inout REFERENCE_TIME *ptrStart, + __inout REFERENCE_TIME *ptrEnd); + + virtual HRESULT SendQuality(REFERENCE_TIME trLate, REFERENCE_TIME trRealStream); + STDMETHODIMP JoinFilterGraph(__inout_opt IFilterGraph * pGraph, __in_opt LPCWSTR pName); + + // + // Do estimates for standard deviations for per-frame + // statistics + // + // *piResult = (llSumSq - iTot * iTot / m_cFramesDrawn - 1) / + // (m_cFramesDrawn - 2) + // or 0 if m_cFramesDrawn <= 3 + // + HRESULT GetStdDev( + int nSamples, + __out int *piResult, + LONGLONG llSumSq, + LONGLONG iTot + ); +public: + + // IQualProp property page support + + STDMETHODIMP get_FramesDroppedInRenderer(__out int *cFramesDropped); + STDMETHODIMP get_FramesDrawn(__out int *pcFramesDrawn); + STDMETHODIMP get_AvgFrameRate(__out int *piAvgFrameRate); + STDMETHODIMP get_Jitter(__out int *piJitter); + STDMETHODIMP get_AvgSyncOffset(__out int *piAvg); + STDMETHODIMP get_DevSyncOffset(__out int *piDev); + + // Implement an IUnknown interface and expose IQualProp + + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out VOID **ppv); +}; + +#endif // __RENBASE__ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/schedule.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/schedule.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..65ed402 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/schedule.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: Schedule.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes. +// +// Copyright (c) 1996-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +#ifndef __CAMSchedule__ +#define __CAMSchedule__ + +class CAMSchedule : private CBaseObject +{ +public: + virtual ~CAMSchedule(); + // ev is the event we should fire if the advise time needs re-evaluating + CAMSchedule( HANDLE ev ); + + DWORD GetAdviseCount(); + REFERENCE_TIME GetNextAdviseTime(); + + // We need a method for derived classes to add advise packets, we return the cookie + DWORD_PTR AddAdvisePacket( const REFERENCE_TIME & time1, const REFERENCE_TIME & time2, HANDLE h, BOOL periodic ); + // And a way to cancel + HRESULT Unadvise(DWORD_PTR dwAdviseCookie); + + // Tell us the time please, and we'll dispatch the expired events. We return the time of the next event. + // NB: The time returned will be "useless" if you start adding extra Advises. But that's the problem of + // whoever is using this helper class (typically a clock). + REFERENCE_TIME Advise( const REFERENCE_TIME & rtTime ); + + // Get the event handle which will be set if advise time requires re-evaluation. + HANDLE GetEvent() const { return m_ev; } + +private: + // We define the nodes that will be used in our singly linked list + // of advise packets. The list is ordered by time, with the + // elements that will expire first at the front. + class CAdvisePacket + { + public: + CAdvisePacket() + {} + + CAdvisePacket * m_next; + DWORD_PTR m_dwAdviseCookie; + REFERENCE_TIME m_rtEventTime; // Time at which event should be set + REFERENCE_TIME m_rtPeriod; // Periodic time + HANDLE m_hNotify; // Handle to event or semephore + BOOL m_bPeriodic; // TRUE => Periodic event + + CAdvisePacket( __inout_opt CAdvisePacket * next, LONGLONG time ) : m_next(next), m_rtEventTime(time) + {} + + void InsertAfter( __inout CAdvisePacket * p ) + { + p->m_next = m_next; + m_next = p; + } + + int IsZ() const // That is, is it the node that represents the end of the list + { return m_next == 0; } + + CAdvisePacket * RemoveNext() + { + CAdvisePacket *const next = m_next; + CAdvisePacket *const new_next = next->m_next; + m_next = new_next; + return next; + } + + void DeleteNext() + { + delete RemoveNext(); + } + + CAdvisePacket * Next() const + { + CAdvisePacket * result = m_next; + if (result->IsZ()) result = 0; + return result; + } + + DWORD_PTR Cookie() const + { return m_dwAdviseCookie; } + }; + + // Structure is: + // head -> elmt1 -> elmt2 -> z -> null + // So an empty list is: head -> z -> null + // Having head & z as links makes insertaion, + // deletion and shunting much easier. + CAdvisePacket head, z; // z is both a tail and a sentry + + volatile DWORD_PTR m_dwNextCookie; // Strictly increasing + volatile DWORD m_dwAdviseCount; // Number of elements on list + + CCritSec m_Serialize; + + // AddAdvisePacket: adds the packet, returns the cookie (0 if failed) + DWORD_PTR AddAdvisePacket( __inout CAdvisePacket * pPacket ); + // Event that we should set if the packed added above will be the next to fire. + const HANDLE m_ev; + + // A Shunt is where we have changed the first element in the + // list and want it re-evaluating (i.e. repositioned) in + // the list. + void ShuntHead(); + + // Rather than delete advise packets, we cache them for future use + CAdvisePacket * m_pAdviseCache; + DWORD m_dwCacheCount; + enum { dwCacheMax = 5 }; // Don't bother caching more than five + + void Delete( __inout CAdvisePacket * pLink );// This "Delete" will cache the Link + +// Attributes and methods for debugging +public: +#ifdef DEBUG + void DumpLinkedList(); +#else + void DumpLinkedList() {} +#endif + +}; + +#endif // __CAMSchedule__ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/seekpt.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/seekpt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26abdf3 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/seekpt.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: SeekPT.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +#ifndef __seekpt_h__ +#define __seekpt_h__ + + +class CSeekingPassThru : public ISeekingPassThru, public CUnknown +{ +public: + static CUnknown *CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr); + CSeekingPassThru(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr); + ~CSeekingPassThru(); + + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN; + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv); + + STDMETHODIMP Init(BOOL bSupportRendering, IPin *pPin); + +private: + CPosPassThru *m_pPosPassThru; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/source.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/source.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e6e451b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/source.h @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: Source.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines classes to simplify creation of +// ActiveX source filters that support continuous generation of data. +// No support is provided for IMediaControl or IMediaPosition. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +// +// Derive your source filter from CSource. +// During construction either: +// Create some CSourceStream objects to manage your pins +// Provide the user with a means of doing so eg, an IPersistFile interface. +// +// CSource provides: +// IBaseFilter interface management +// IMediaFilter interface management, via CBaseFilter +// Pin counting for CBaseFilter +// +// Derive a class from CSourceStream to manage your output pin types +// Implement GetMediaType/1 to return the type you support. If you support multiple +// types then overide GetMediaType/3, CheckMediaType and GetMediaTypeCount. +// Implement Fillbuffer() to put data into one buffer. +// +// CSourceStream provides: +// IPin management via CBaseOutputPin +// Worker thread management + +#ifndef __CSOURCE__ +#define __CSOURCE__ + +class CSourceStream; // The class that will handle each pin + + +// +// CSource +// +// Override construction to provide a means of creating +// CSourceStream derived objects - ie a way of creating pins. +class CSource : public CBaseFilter { +public: + + CSource(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *phr); + CSource(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid); +#ifdef UNICODE + CSource(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *phr); + CSource(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid); +#endif + ~CSource(); + + int GetPinCount(void); + CBasePin *GetPin(int n); + + // -- Utilities -- + + CCritSec* pStateLock(void) { return &m_cStateLock; } // provide our critical section + + HRESULT AddPin(__in CSourceStream *); + HRESULT RemovePin(__in CSourceStream *); + + STDMETHODIMP FindPin( + LPCWSTR Id, + __deref_out IPin ** ppPin + ); + + int FindPinNumber(__in IPin *iPin); + +protected: + + int m_iPins; // The number of pins on this filter. Updated by CSourceStream + // constructors & destructors. + CSourceStream **m_paStreams; // the pins on this filter. + + CCritSec m_cStateLock; // Lock this to serialize function accesses to the filter state + +}; + + +// +// CSourceStream +// +// Use this class to manage a stream of data that comes from a +// pin. +// Uses a worker thread to put data on the pin. +class CSourceStream : public CAMThread, public CBaseOutputPin { +public: + + CSourceStream(__in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName, + __inout HRESULT *phr, + __inout CSource *pms, + __in_opt LPCWSTR pName); +#ifdef UNICODE + CSourceStream(__in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName, + __inout HRESULT *phr, + __inout CSource *pms, + __in_opt LPCWSTR pName); +#endif + virtual ~CSourceStream(void); // virtual destructor ensures derived class destructors are called too. + +protected: + + CSource *m_pFilter; // The parent of this stream + + // * + // * Data Source + // * + // * The following three functions: FillBuffer, OnThreadCreate/Destroy, are + // * called from within the ThreadProc. They are used in the creation of + // * the media samples this pin will provide + // * + + // Override this to provide the worker thread a means + // of processing a buffer + virtual HRESULT FillBuffer(IMediaSample *pSamp) PURE; + + // Called as the thread is created/destroyed - use to perform + // jobs such as start/stop streaming mode + // If OnThreadCreate returns an error the thread will exit. + virtual HRESULT OnThreadCreate(void) {return NOERROR;}; + virtual HRESULT OnThreadDestroy(void) {return NOERROR;}; + virtual HRESULT OnThreadStartPlay(void) {return NOERROR;}; + + // * + // * Worker Thread + // * + + HRESULT Active(void); // Starts up the worker thread + HRESULT Inactive(void); // Exits the worker thread. + +public: + // thread commands + enum Command {CMD_INIT, CMD_PAUSE, CMD_RUN, CMD_STOP, CMD_EXIT}; + HRESULT Init(void) { return CallWorker(CMD_INIT); } + HRESULT Exit(void) { return CallWorker(CMD_EXIT); } + HRESULT Run(void) { return CallWorker(CMD_RUN); } + HRESULT Pause(void) { return CallWorker(CMD_PAUSE); } + HRESULT Stop(void) { return CallWorker(CMD_STOP); } + +protected: + Command GetRequest(void) { return (Command) CAMThread::GetRequest(); } + BOOL CheckRequest(Command *pCom) { return CAMThread::CheckRequest( (DWORD *) pCom); } + + // override these if you want to add thread commands + virtual DWORD ThreadProc(void); // the thread function + + virtual HRESULT DoBufferProcessingLoop(void); // the loop executed whilst running + + + // * + // * AM_MEDIA_TYPE support + // * + + // If you support more than one media type then override these 2 functions + virtual HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pMediaType); + virtual HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType); // List pos. 0-n + + // If you support only one type then override this fn. + // This will only be called by the default implementations + // of CheckMediaType and GetMediaType(int, CMediaType*) + // You must override this fn. or the above 2! + virtual HRESULT GetMediaType(__inout CMediaType *pMediaType) {return E_UNEXPECTED;} + + STDMETHODIMP QueryId( + __deref_out LPWSTR * Id + ); +}; + +#endif // __CSOURCE__ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/streams.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/streams.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..72c6fd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/streams.h @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: Streams.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines overall streams architecture. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +#ifndef __STREAMS__ +#define __STREAMS__ + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +// disable some level-4 warnings, use #pragma warning(enable:###) to re-enable +#pragma warning(disable:4100) // warning C4100: unreferenced formal parameter +#pragma warning(disable:4201) // warning C4201: nonstandard extension used : nameless struct/union +#pragma warning(disable:4511) // warning C4511: copy constructor could not be generated +#pragma warning(disable:4512) // warning C4512: assignment operator could not be generated +#pragma warning(disable:4514) // warning C4514: "unreferenced inline function has been removed" + +#if _MSC_VER>=1100 +#define AM_NOVTABLE __declspec(novtable) +#else +#define AM_NOVTABLE +#endif +#endif // MSC_VER + + +// Because of differences between Visual C++ and older Microsoft SDKs, +// you may have defined _DEBUG without defining DEBUG. This logic +// ensures that both will be set if Visual C++ sets _DEBUG. +#ifdef _DEBUG +#ifndef DEBUG +#define DEBUG +#endif +#endif + + +#include <windows.h> +#include <windowsx.h> +#include <olectl.h> +#include <ddraw.h> +#include <mmsystem.h> + + +#ifndef NUMELMS +#if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0600 + #define NUMELMS(aa) (sizeof(aa)/sizeof((aa)[0])) +#else + #define NUMELMS(aa) ARRAYSIZE(aa) +#endif +#endif + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// The following definitions come from the Platform SDK and are required if +// the applicaiton is being compiled with the headers from Visual C++ 6.0. +/////////////////////////////////////////////////// //////////////////////// +#ifndef InterlockedExchangePointer + #define InterlockedExchangePointer(Target, Value) \ + (PVOID)InterlockedExchange((PLONG)(Target), (LONG)(Value)) +#endif + +#ifndef _WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE_ +#define _WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE_ +typedef struct { + WAVEFORMATEX Format; + union { + WORD wValidBitsPerSample; /* bits of precision */ + WORD wSamplesPerBlock; /* valid if wBitsPerSample==0 */ + WORD wReserved; /* If neither applies, set to zero. */ + } Samples; + DWORD dwChannelMask; /* which channels are */ + /* present in stream */ + GUID SubFormat; +} WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE, *PWAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE; +#endif // !_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE_ + +#if !defined(WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE) +#define WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE 0xFFFE +#endif // !defined(WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE) + +#ifndef GetWindowLongPtr + #define GetWindowLongPtrA GetWindowLongA + #define GetWindowLongPtrW GetWindowLongW + #ifdef UNICODE + #define GetWindowLongPtr GetWindowLongPtrW + #else + #define GetWindowLongPtr GetWindowLongPtrA + #endif // !UNICODE +#endif // !GetWindowLongPtr + +#ifndef SetWindowLongPtr + #define SetWindowLongPtrA SetWindowLongA + #define SetWindowLongPtrW SetWindowLongW + #ifdef UNICODE + #define SetWindowLongPtr SetWindowLongPtrW + #else + #define SetWindowLongPtr SetWindowLongPtrA + #endif // !UNICODE +#endif // !SetWindowLongPtr + +#ifndef GWLP_WNDPROC + #define GWLP_WNDPROC (-4) +#endif +#ifndef GWLP_HINSTANCE + #define GWLP_HINSTANCE (-6) +#endif +#ifndef GWLP_HWNDPARENT + #define GWLP_HWNDPARENT (-8) +#endif +#ifndef GWLP_USERDATA + #define GWLP_USERDATA (-21) +#endif +#ifndef GWLP_ID + #define GWLP_ID (-12) +#endif +#ifndef DWLP_MSGRESULT + #define DWLP_MSGRESULT 0 +#endif +#ifndef DWLP_DLGPROC + #define DWLP_DLGPROC DWLP_MSGRESULT + sizeof(LRESULT) +#endif +#ifndef DWLP_USER + #define DWLP_USER DWLP_DLGPROC + sizeof(DLGPROC) +#endif + + +#pragma warning(push) +#pragma warning(disable: 4312 4244) +// _GetWindowLongPtr +// Templated version of GetWindowLongPtr, to suppress spurious compiler warning. +template <class T> +T _GetWindowLongPtr(HWND hwnd, int nIndex) +{ + return (T)GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, nIndex); +} + +// _SetWindowLongPtr +// Templated version of SetWindowLongPtr, to suppress spurious compiler warning. +template <class T> +LONG_PTR _SetWindowLongPtr(HWND hwnd, int nIndex, T p) +{ + return SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, nIndex, (LONG_PTR)p); +} +#pragma warning(pop) + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// End Platform SDK definitions +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +#include <strmif.h> // Generated IDL header file for streams interfaces +#include <intsafe.h> // required by amvideo.h + +#include <reftime.h> // Helper class for REFERENCE_TIME management +#include <wxdebug.h> // Debug support for logging and ASSERTs +#include <amvideo.h> // ActiveMovie video interfaces and definitions +//include amaudio.h explicitly if you need it. it requires the DX SDK. +//#include <amaudio.h> // ActiveMovie audio interfaces and definitions +#include <wxutil.h> // General helper classes for threads etc +#include <combase.h> // Base COM classes to support IUnknown +#include <dllsetup.h> // Filter registration support functions +#include <measure.h> // Performance measurement +#include <comlite.h> // Light weight com function prototypes + +#include <cache.h> // Simple cache container class +#include <wxlist.h> // Non MFC generic list class +#include <msgthrd.h> // CMsgThread +#include <mtype.h> // Helper class for managing media types +#include <fourcc.h> // conversions between FOURCCs and GUIDs +#include <control.h> // generated from control.odl +#include <ctlutil.h> // control interface utility classes +#include <evcode.h> // event code definitions +#include <amfilter.h> // Main streams architecture class hierachy +#include <transfrm.h> // Generic transform filter +#include <transip.h> // Generic transform-in-place filter +#include <uuids.h> // declaration of type GUIDs and well-known clsids +#include <source.h> // Generic source filter +#include <outputq.h> // Output pin queueing +#include <errors.h> // HRESULT status and error definitions +#include <renbase.h> // Base class for writing ActiveX renderers +#include <winutil.h> // Helps with filters that manage windows +#include <winctrl.h> // Implements the IVideoWindow interface +#include <videoctl.h> // Specifically video related classes +#include <refclock.h> // Base clock class +#include <sysclock.h> // System clock +#include <pstream.h> // IPersistStream helper class +#include <vtrans.h> // Video Transform Filter base class +#include <amextra.h> +#include <cprop.h> // Base property page class +#include <strmctl.h> // IAMStreamControl support +#include <edevdefs.h> // External device control interface defines +#include <audevcod.h> // audio filter device error event codes + + + +#else + #ifdef DEBUG + #pragma message("STREAMS.H included TWICE") + #endif +#endif // __STREAMS__ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/strmctl.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/strmctl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4077e6c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/strmctl.h @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: StrmCtl.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes. +// +// Copyright (c) 1996-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +#ifndef __strmctl_h__ +#define __strmctl_h__ + +class CBaseStreamControl : public IAMStreamControl +{ +public: + // Used by the implementation + enum StreamControlState + { STREAM_FLOWING = 0x1000, + STREAM_DISCARDING + }; + +private: + enum StreamControlState m_StreamState; // Current stream state + enum StreamControlState m_StreamStateOnStop; // State after next stop + // (i.e.Blocking or Discarding) + + REFERENCE_TIME m_tStartTime; // MAX_TIME implies none + REFERENCE_TIME m_tStopTime; // MAX_TIME implies none + DWORD m_dwStartCookie; // Cookie for notification to app + DWORD m_dwStopCookie; // Cookie for notification to app + volatile BOOL m_bIsFlushing; // No optimization pls! + volatile BOOL m_bStopSendExtra; // bSendExtra was set + volatile BOOL m_bStopExtraSent; // the extra one was sent + + CCritSec m_CritSec; // CritSec to guard above attributes + + // Event to fire when we can come + // out of blocking, or to come out of waiting + // to discard if we change our minds. + // + CAMEvent m_StreamEvent; + + // All of these methods execute immediately. Helpers for others. + // + void ExecuteStop(); + void ExecuteStart(); + void CancelStop(); + void CancelStart(); + + // Some things we need to be told by our owning filter + // Your pin must also expose IAMStreamControl when QI'd for it! + // + IReferenceClock * m_pRefClock; // Need it to set advises + // Filter must tell us via + // SetSyncSource + IMediaEventSink * m_pSink; // Event sink + // Filter must tell us after it + // creates it in JoinFilterGraph() + FILTER_STATE m_FilterState; // Just need it! + // Filter must tell us via + // NotifyFilterState + REFERENCE_TIME m_tRunStart; // Per the Run call to the filter + + // This guy will return one of the three StreamControlState's. Here's what + // the caller should do for each one: + // + // STREAM_FLOWING: Proceed as usual (render or pass the sample on) + // STREAM_DISCARDING: Calculate the time 'til *pSampleStop and wait + // that long for the event handle + // (GetStreamEventHandle()). If the wait + // expires, throw the sample away. If the event + // fires, call me back - I've changed my mind. + // + enum StreamControlState CheckSampleTimes( __in const REFERENCE_TIME * pSampleStart, + __in const REFERENCE_TIME * pSampleStop ); + +public: + // You don't have to tell us much when we're created, but there are other + // obligations that must be met. See SetSyncSource & NotifyFilterState + // below. + // + CBaseStreamControl(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL); + ~CBaseStreamControl(); + + // If you want this class to work properly, there are thing you need to + // (keep) telling it. Filters with pins that use this class + // should ensure that they pass through to this method any calls they + // receive on their SetSyncSource. + + // We need a clock to see what time it is. This is for the + // "discard in a timely fashion" logic. If we discard everything as + // quick as possible, a whole 60 minute file could get discarded in the + // first 10 seconds, and if somebody wants to turn streaming on at 30 + // minutes into the file, and they make the call more than a few seconds + // after the graph is run, it may be too late! + // So we hold every sample until it's time has gone, then we discard it. + // The filter should call this when it gets a SetSyncSource + // + void SetSyncSource( IReferenceClock * pRefClock ) + { + CAutoLock lck(&m_CritSec); + if (m_pRefClock) m_pRefClock->Release(); + m_pRefClock = pRefClock; + if (m_pRefClock) m_pRefClock->AddRef(); + } + + // Set event sink for notifications + // The filter should call this in its JoinFilterGraph after it creates the + // IMediaEventSink + // + void SetFilterGraph( IMediaEventSink *pSink ) { + m_pSink = pSink; + } + + // Since we schedule in stream time, we need the tStart and must track the + // state of our owning filter. + // The app should call this ever state change + // + void NotifyFilterState( FILTER_STATE new_state, REFERENCE_TIME tStart = 0 ); + + // Filter should call Flushing(TRUE) in BeginFlush, + // and Flushing(FALSE) in EndFlush. + // + void Flushing( BOOL bInProgress ); + + + // The two main methods of IAMStreamControl + + // Class adds default values suitable for immediate + // muting and unmuting of the stream. + + STDMETHODIMP StopAt( const REFERENCE_TIME * ptStop = NULL, + BOOL bSendExtra = FALSE, + DWORD dwCookie = 0 ); + STDMETHODIMP StartAt( const REFERENCE_TIME * ptStart = NULL, + DWORD dwCookie = 0 ); + STDMETHODIMP GetInfo( __out AM_STREAM_INFO *pInfo); + + // Helper function for pin's receive method. Call this with + // the sample and we'll tell you what to do with it. We'll do a + // WaitForSingleObject within this call if one is required. This is + // a "What should I do with this sample?" kind of call. We'll tell the + // caller to either flow it or discard it. + // If pSample is NULL we evaluate based on the current state + // settings + enum StreamControlState CheckStreamState( IMediaSample * pSample ); + +private: + // These don't require locking, but we are relying on the fact that + // m_StreamState can be retrieved with integrity, and is a snap shot that + // may have just been, or may be just about to be, changed. + HANDLE GetStreamEventHandle() const { return m_StreamEvent; } + enum StreamControlState GetStreamState() const { return m_StreamState; } + BOOL IsStreaming() const { return m_StreamState == STREAM_FLOWING; } +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/sysclock.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/sysclock.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf9192c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/sysclock.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: SysClock.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a system clock implementation of +// IReferenceClock. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +#ifndef __SYSTEMCLOCK__ +#define __SYSTEMCLOCK__ + +// +// Base clock. Uses timeGetTime ONLY +// Uses most of the code in the base reference clock. +// Provides GetTime +// + +class CSystemClock : public CBaseReferenceClock, public IAMClockAdjust, public IPersist +{ +public: + // We must be able to create an instance of ourselves + static CUnknown * WINAPI CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr); + CSystemClock(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr); + + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN + + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv); + + // Yield up our class id so that we can be persisted + // Implement required Ipersist method + STDMETHODIMP GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsID); + + // IAMClockAdjust methods + STDMETHODIMP SetClockDelta(REFERENCE_TIME rtDelta); +}; //CSystemClock + +#endif /* __SYSTEMCLOCK__ */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/transfrm.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/transfrm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..36c2e0d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/transfrm.h @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: Transfrm.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines classes from which simple +// transform codecs may be derived. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +// It assumes the codec has one input and one output stream, and has no +// interest in memory management, interface negotiation or anything else. +// +// derive your class from this, and supply Transform and the media type/format +// negotiation functions. Implement that class, compile and link and +// you're done. + + +#ifndef __TRANSFRM__ +#define __TRANSFRM__ + +// ====================================================================== +// This is the com object that represents a simple transform filter. It +// supports IBaseFilter, IMediaFilter and two pins through nested interfaces +// ====================================================================== + +class CTransformFilter; + +// ================================================== +// Implements the input pin +// ================================================== + +class CTransformInputPin : public CBaseInputPin +{ + friend class CTransformFilter; + +protected: + CTransformFilter *m_pTransformFilter; + + +public: + + CTransformInputPin( + __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName, + __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter, + __inout HRESULT * phr, + __in_opt LPCWSTR pName); +#ifdef UNICODE + CTransformInputPin( + __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName, + __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter, + __inout HRESULT * phr, + __in_opt LPCWSTR pName); +#endif + + STDMETHODIMP QueryId(__deref_out LPWSTR * Id) + { + return AMGetWideString(L"In", Id); + } + + // Grab and release extra interfaces if required + + HRESULT CheckConnect(IPin *pPin); + HRESULT BreakConnect(); + HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin); + + // check that we can support this output type + HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* mtIn); + + // set the connection media type + HRESULT SetMediaType(const CMediaType* mt); + + // --- IMemInputPin ----- + + // here's the next block of data from the stream. + // AddRef it yourself if you need to hold it beyond the end + // of this call. + STDMETHODIMP Receive(IMediaSample * pSample); + + // provide EndOfStream that passes straight downstream + // (there is no queued data) + STDMETHODIMP EndOfStream(void); + + // passes it to CTransformFilter::BeginFlush + STDMETHODIMP BeginFlush(void); + + // passes it to CTransformFilter::EndFlush + STDMETHODIMP EndFlush(void); + + STDMETHODIMP NewSegment( + REFERENCE_TIME tStart, + REFERENCE_TIME tStop, + double dRate); + + // Check if it's OK to process samples + virtual HRESULT CheckStreaming(); + + // Media type +public: + CMediaType& CurrentMediaType() { return m_mt; }; + +}; + +// ================================================== +// Implements the output pin +// ================================================== + +class CTransformOutputPin : public CBaseOutputPin +{ + friend class CTransformFilter; + +protected: + CTransformFilter *m_pTransformFilter; + +public: + + // implement IMediaPosition by passing upstream + IUnknown * m_pPosition; + + CTransformOutputPin( + __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName, + __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter, + __inout HRESULT * phr, + __in_opt LPCWSTR pName); +#ifdef UNICODE + CTransformOutputPin( + __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName, + __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter, + __inout HRESULT * phr, + __in_opt LPCWSTR pName); +#endif + ~CTransformOutputPin(); + + // override to expose IMediaPosition + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv); + + // --- CBaseOutputPin ------------ + + STDMETHODIMP QueryId(__deref_out LPWSTR * Id) + { + return AMGetWideString(L"Out", Id); + } + + // Grab and release extra interfaces if required + + HRESULT CheckConnect(IPin *pPin); + HRESULT BreakConnect(); + HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin); + + // check that we can support this output type + HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* mtOut); + + // set the connection media type + HRESULT SetMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt); + + // called from CBaseOutputPin during connection to ask for + // the count and size of buffers we need. + HRESULT DecideBufferSize( + IMemAllocator * pAlloc, + __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pProp); + + // returns the preferred formats for a pin + HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType); + + // inherited from IQualityControl via CBasePin + STDMETHODIMP Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q); + + // Media type +public: + CMediaType& CurrentMediaType() { return m_mt; }; +}; + + +class AM_NOVTABLE CTransformFilter : public CBaseFilter +{ + +public: + + // map getpin/getpincount for base enum of pins to owner + // override this to return more specialised pin objects + + virtual int GetPinCount(); + virtual CBasePin * GetPin(int n); + STDMETHODIMP FindPin(LPCWSTR Id, __deref_out IPin **ppPin); + + // override state changes to allow derived transform filter + // to control streaming start/stop + STDMETHODIMP Stop(); + STDMETHODIMP Pause(); + +public: + + CTransformFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, REFCLSID clsid); +#ifdef UNICODE + CTransformFilter(__in_opt LPCSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, REFCLSID clsid); +#endif + ~CTransformFilter(); + + // ================================================================= + // ----- override these bits --------------------------------------- + // ================================================================= + + // These must be supplied in a derived class + + virtual HRESULT Transform(IMediaSample * pIn, IMediaSample *pOut); + + // check if you can support mtIn + virtual HRESULT CheckInputType(const CMediaType* mtIn) PURE; + + // check if you can support the transform from this input to this output + virtual HRESULT CheckTransform(const CMediaType* mtIn, const CMediaType* mtOut) PURE; + + // this goes in the factory template table to create new instances + // static CCOMObject * CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, HRESULT *); + + // call the SetProperties function with appropriate arguments + virtual HRESULT DecideBufferSize( + IMemAllocator * pAllocator, + __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pprop) PURE; + + // override to suggest OUTPUT pin media types + virtual HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType) PURE; + + + + // ================================================================= + // ----- Optional Override Methods ----------------------- + // ================================================================= + + // you can also override these if you want to know about streaming + virtual HRESULT StartStreaming(); + virtual HRESULT StopStreaming(); + + // override if you can do anything constructive with quality notifications + virtual HRESULT AlterQuality(Quality q); + + // override this to know when the media type is actually set + virtual HRESULT SetMediaType(PIN_DIRECTION direction,const CMediaType *pmt); + + // chance to grab extra interfaces on connection + virtual HRESULT CheckConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir,IPin *pPin); + virtual HRESULT BreakConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir); + virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(PIN_DIRECTION direction,IPin *pReceivePin); + + // chance to customize the transform process + virtual HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample *pSample); + + // Standard setup for output sample + HRESULT InitializeOutputSample(IMediaSample *pSample, __deref_out IMediaSample **ppOutSample); + + // if you override Receive, you may need to override these three too + virtual HRESULT EndOfStream(void); + virtual HRESULT BeginFlush(void); + virtual HRESULT EndFlush(void); + virtual HRESULT NewSegment( + REFERENCE_TIME tStart, + REFERENCE_TIME tStop, + double dRate); + +#ifdef PERF + // Override to register performance measurement with a less generic string + // You should do this to avoid confusion with other filters + virtual void RegisterPerfId() + {m_idTransform = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Transform"));} +#endif // PERF + + +// implementation details + +protected: + +#ifdef PERF + int m_idTransform; // performance measuring id +#endif + BOOL m_bEOSDelivered; // have we sent EndOfStream + BOOL m_bSampleSkipped; // Did we just skip a frame + BOOL m_bQualityChanged; // Have we degraded? + + // critical section protecting filter state. + + CCritSec m_csFilter; + + // critical section stopping state changes (ie Stop) while we're + // processing a sample. + // + // This critical section is held when processing + // events that occur on the receive thread - Receive() and EndOfStream(). + // + // If you want to hold both m_csReceive and m_csFilter then grab + // m_csFilter FIRST - like CTransformFilter::Stop() does. + + CCritSec m_csReceive; + + // these hold our input and output pins + + friend class CTransformInputPin; + friend class CTransformOutputPin; + CTransformInputPin *m_pInput; + CTransformOutputPin *m_pOutput; +}; + +#endif /* __TRANSFRM__ */ + + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/transip.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/transip.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..45fb4e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/transip.h @@ -0,0 +1,250 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: TransIP.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines classes from which simple +// Transform-In-Place filters may be derived. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +// +// The difference between this and Transfrm.h is that Transfrm copies the data. +// +// It assumes the filter has one input and one output stream, and has no +// interest in memory management, interface negotiation or anything else. +// +// Derive your class from this, and supply Transform and the media type/format +// negotiation functions. Implement that class, compile and link and +// you're done. + + +#ifndef __TRANSIP__ +#define __TRANSIP__ + +// ====================================================================== +// This is the com object that represents a simple transform filter. It +// supports IBaseFilter, IMediaFilter and two pins through nested interfaces +// ====================================================================== + +class CTransInPlaceFilter; + +// Several of the pin functions call filter functions to do the work, +// so you can often use the pin classes unaltered, just overriding the +// functions in CTransInPlaceFilter. If that's not enough and you want +// to derive your own pin class, override GetPin in the filter to supply +// your own pin classes to the filter. + +// ================================================== +// Implements the input pin +// ================================================== + +class CTransInPlaceInputPin : public CTransformInputPin +{ + +protected: + CTransInPlaceFilter * const m_pTIPFilter; // our filter + BOOL m_bReadOnly; // incoming stream is read only + +public: + + CTransInPlaceInputPin( + __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName, + __inout CTransInPlaceFilter *pFilter, + __inout HRESULT *phr, + __in_opt LPCWSTR pName); + + // --- IMemInputPin ----- + + // Provide an enumerator for media types by getting one from downstream + STDMETHODIMP EnumMediaTypes( __deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum ); + + // Say whether media type is acceptable. + HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* pmt); + + // Return our upstream allocator + STDMETHODIMP GetAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator ** ppAllocator); + + // get told which allocator the upstream output pin is actually + // going to use. + STDMETHODIMP NotifyAllocator(IMemAllocator * pAllocator, + BOOL bReadOnly); + + // Allow the filter to see what allocator we have + // N.B. This does NOT AddRef + __out IMemAllocator * PeekAllocator() const + { return m_pAllocator; } + + // Pass this on downstream if it ever gets called. + STDMETHODIMP GetAllocatorRequirements(__out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pProps); + + HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin); + + inline const BOOL ReadOnly() { return m_bReadOnly ; } + +}; // CTransInPlaceInputPin + +// ================================================== +// Implements the output pin +// ================================================== + +class CTransInPlaceOutputPin : public CTransformOutputPin +{ + +protected: + // m_pFilter points to our CBaseFilter + CTransInPlaceFilter * const m_pTIPFilter; + +public: + + CTransInPlaceOutputPin( + __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName, + __inout CTransInPlaceFilter *pFilter, + __inout HRESULT *phr, + __in_opt LPCWSTR pName); + + + // --- CBaseOutputPin ------------ + + // negotiate the allocator and its buffer size/count + // Insists on using our own allocator. (Actually the one upstream of us). + // We don't override this - instead we just agree the default + // then let the upstream filter decide for itself on reconnect + // virtual HRESULT DecideAllocator(IMemInputPin * pPin, IMemAllocator ** pAlloc); + + // Provide a media type enumerator. Get it from upstream. + STDMETHODIMP EnumMediaTypes( __deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum ); + + // Say whether media type is acceptable. + HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* pmt); + + // This just saves the allocator being used on the output pin + // Also called by input pin's GetAllocator() + void SetAllocator(IMemAllocator * pAllocator); + + __out_opt IMemInputPin * ConnectedIMemInputPin() + { return m_pInputPin; } + + // Allow the filter to see what allocator we have + // N.B. This does NOT AddRef + __out IMemAllocator * PeekAllocator() const + { return m_pAllocator; } + + HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin); + +}; // CTransInPlaceOutputPin + + +class AM_NOVTABLE CTransInPlaceFilter : public CTransformFilter +{ + +public: + + // map getpin/getpincount for base enum of pins to owner + // override this to return more specialised pin objects + + virtual CBasePin *GetPin(int n); + +public: + + // Set bModifiesData == false if your derived filter does + // not modify the data samples (for instance it's just copying + // them somewhere else or looking at the timestamps). + + CTransInPlaceFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, REFCLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *, + bool bModifiesData = true); +#ifdef UNICODE + CTransInPlaceFilter(__in_opt LPCSTR, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, REFCLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *, + bool bModifiesData = true); +#endif + // The following are defined to avoid undefined pure virtuals. + // Even if they are never called, they will give linkage warnings/errors + + // We override EnumMediaTypes to bypass the transform class enumerator + // which would otherwise call this. + HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType) + { DbgBreak("CTransInPlaceFilter::GetMediaType should never be called"); + return E_UNEXPECTED; + } + + // This is called when we actually have to provide our own allocator. + HRESULT DecideBufferSize(IMemAllocator*, __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *); + + // The functions which call this in CTransform are overridden in this + // class to call CheckInputType with the assumption that the type + // does not change. In Debug builds some calls will be made and + // we just ensure that they do not assert. + HRESULT CheckTransform(const CMediaType *mtIn, const CMediaType *mtOut) + { + return S_OK; + }; + + + // ================================================================= + // ----- You may want to override this ----------------------------- + // ================================================================= + + HRESULT CompleteConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir,IPin *pReceivePin); + + // chance to customize the transform process + virtual HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample *pSample); + + // ================================================================= + // ----- You MUST override these ----------------------------------- + // ================================================================= + + virtual HRESULT Transform(IMediaSample *pSample) PURE; + + // this goes in the factory template table to create new instances + // static CCOMObject * CreateInstance(LPUNKNOWN, HRESULT *); + + +#ifdef PERF + // Override to register performance measurement with a less generic string + // You should do this to avoid confusion with other filters + virtual void RegisterPerfId() + {m_idTransInPlace = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("TransInPlace"));} +#endif // PERF + + +// implementation details + +protected: + + __out_opt IMediaSample * CTransInPlaceFilter::Copy(IMediaSample *pSource); + +#ifdef PERF + int m_idTransInPlace; // performance measuring id +#endif // PERF + bool m_bModifiesData; // Does this filter change the data? + + // these hold our input and output pins + + friend class CTransInPlaceInputPin; + friend class CTransInPlaceOutputPin; + + __out CTransInPlaceInputPin *InputPin() const + { + return (CTransInPlaceInputPin *)m_pInput; + }; + __out CTransInPlaceOutputPin *OutputPin() const + { + return (CTransInPlaceOutputPin *)m_pOutput; + }; + + // Helper to see if the input and output types match + BOOL TypesMatch() + { + return InputPin()->CurrentMediaType() == + OutputPin()->CurrentMediaType(); + } + + // Are the input and output allocators different? + BOOL UsingDifferentAllocators() const + { + return InputPin()->PeekAllocator() != OutputPin()->PeekAllocator(); + } +}; // CTransInPlaceFilter + +#endif /* __TRANSIP__ */ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/videoctl.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/videoctl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..440d81a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/videoctl.h @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: VideoCtl.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +#ifndef __VIDEOCTL__ +#define __VIDEOCTL__ + +// These help with property page implementations. The first can be used to +// load any string from a resource file. The buffer to load into is passed +// as an input parameter. The same buffer is the return value if the string +// was found otherwise it returns TEXT(""). The GetDialogSize is passed the +// resource ID of a dialog box and returns the size of it in screen pixels + +#define STR_MAX_LENGTH 256 +LPTSTR WINAPI StringFromResource(__out_ecount(STR_MAX_LENGTH) LPTSTR pBuffer, int iResourceID); + +#ifdef UNICODE +#define WideStringFromResource StringFromResource +LPSTR WINAPI StringFromResource(__out_ecount(STR_MAX_LENGTH) LPSTR pBuffer, int iResourceID); +#else +LPWSTR WINAPI WideStringFromResource(__out_ecount(STR_MAX_LENGTH) LPWSTR pBuffer, int iResourceID); +#endif + + +BOOL WINAPI GetDialogSize(int iResourceID, // Dialog box resource identifier + DLGPROC pDlgProc, // Pointer to dialog procedure + LPARAM lParam, // Any user data wanted in pDlgProc + __out SIZE *pResult);// Returns the size of dialog box + +// Class that aggregates an IDirectDraw interface + +class CAggDirectDraw : public IDirectDraw, public CUnknown +{ +protected: + + LPDIRECTDRAW m_pDirectDraw; + +public: + + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out void **ppv); + + // Constructor and destructor + + CAggDirectDraw(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk) : + CUnknown(pName,pUnk), + m_pDirectDraw(NULL) { }; + + virtual CAggDirectDraw::~CAggDirectDraw() { }; + + // Set the object we should be aggregating + void SetDirectDraw(__inout LPDIRECTDRAW pDirectDraw) { + m_pDirectDraw = pDirectDraw; + } + + // IDirectDraw methods + + STDMETHODIMP Compact(); + STDMETHODIMP CreateClipper(DWORD dwFlags,__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWCLIPPER *lplpDDClipper,__inout_opt IUnknown *pUnkOuter); + STDMETHODIMP CreatePalette(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPPALETTEENTRY lpColorTable,__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWPALETTE *lplpDDPalette,__inout_opt IUnknown *pUnkOuter); + STDMETHODIMP CreateSurface(__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc,__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpDDSurface,__inout_opt IUnknown *pUnkOuter); + STDMETHODIMP DuplicateSurface(__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSurface,__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpDupDDSurface); + STDMETHODIMP EnumDisplayModes(DWORD dwSurfaceDescCount,__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lplpDDSurfaceDescList,__in LPVOID lpContext,__in LPDDENUMMODESCALLBACK lpEnumCallback); + STDMETHODIMP EnumSurfaces(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSD,__in LPVOID lpContext,__in LPDDENUMSURFACESCALLBACK lpEnumCallback); + STDMETHODIMP FlipToGDISurface(); + STDMETHODIMP GetCaps(__out LPDDCAPS lpDDDriverCaps,__out LPDDCAPS lpDDHELCaps); + STDMETHODIMP GetDisplayMode(__out LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc); + STDMETHODIMP GetFourCCCodes(__inout LPDWORD lpNumCodes,__out_ecount(*lpNumCodes) LPDWORD lpCodes); + STDMETHODIMP GetGDISurface(__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpGDIDDSurface); + STDMETHODIMP GetMonitorFrequency(__out LPDWORD lpdwFrequency); + STDMETHODIMP GetScanLine(__out LPDWORD lpdwScanLine); + STDMETHODIMP GetVerticalBlankStatus(__out LPBOOL lpblsInVB); + STDMETHODIMP Initialize(__in GUID *lpGUID); + STDMETHODIMP RestoreDisplayMode(); + STDMETHODIMP SetCooperativeLevel(HWND hWnd,DWORD dwFlags); + STDMETHODIMP SetDisplayMode(DWORD dwWidth,DWORD dwHeight,DWORD dwBpp); + STDMETHODIMP WaitForVerticalBlank(DWORD dwFlags,HANDLE hEvent); +}; + + +// Class that aggregates an IDirectDrawSurface interface + +class CAggDrawSurface : public IDirectDrawSurface, public CUnknown +{ +protected: + + LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE m_pDirectDrawSurface; + +public: + + DECLARE_IUNKNOWN + STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out void **ppv); + + // Constructor and destructor + + CAggDrawSurface(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk) : + CUnknown(pName,pUnk), + m_pDirectDrawSurface(NULL) { }; + + virtual ~CAggDrawSurface() { }; + + // Set the object we should be aggregating + void SetDirectDrawSurface(__inout LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE pDirectDrawSurface) { + m_pDirectDrawSurface = pDirectDrawSurface; + } + + // IDirectDrawSurface methods + + STDMETHODIMP AddAttachedSurface(__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSAttachedSurface); + STDMETHODIMP AddOverlayDirtyRect(__in LPRECT lpRect); + STDMETHODIMP Blt(__in LPRECT lpDestRect,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSrcSurface,__in LPRECT lpSrcRect,DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDDBLTFX lpDDBltFx); + STDMETHODIMP BltBatch(__in_ecount(dwCount) LPDDBLTBATCH lpDDBltBatch,DWORD dwCount,DWORD dwFlags); + STDMETHODIMP BltFast(DWORD dwX,DWORD dwY,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSrcSurface,__in LPRECT lpSrcRect,DWORD dwTrans); + STDMETHODIMP DeleteAttachedSurface(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSAttachedSurface); + STDMETHODIMP EnumAttachedSurfaces(__in LPVOID lpContext,__in LPDDENUMSURFACESCALLBACK lpEnumSurfacesCallback); + STDMETHODIMP EnumOverlayZOrders(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPVOID lpContext,__in LPDDENUMSURFACESCALLBACK lpfnCallback); + STDMETHODIMP Flip(__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSurfaceTargetOverride,DWORD dwFlags); + STDMETHODIMP GetAttachedSurface(__in LPDDSCAPS lpDDSCaps,__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpDDAttachedSurface); + STDMETHODIMP GetBltStatus(DWORD dwFlags); + STDMETHODIMP GetCaps(__out LPDDSCAPS lpDDSCaps); + STDMETHODIMP GetClipper(__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWCLIPPER *lplpDDClipper); + STDMETHODIMP GetColorKey(DWORD dwFlags,__out LPDDCOLORKEY lpDDColorKey); + STDMETHODIMP GetDC(__out HDC *lphDC); + STDMETHODIMP GetFlipStatus(DWORD dwFlags); + STDMETHODIMP GetOverlayPosition(__out LPLONG lpdwX,__out LPLONG lpdwY); + STDMETHODIMP GetPalette(__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWPALETTE *lplpDDPalette); + STDMETHODIMP GetPixelFormat(__out LPDDPIXELFORMAT lpDDPixelFormat); + STDMETHODIMP GetSurfaceDesc(__out LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc); + STDMETHODIMP Initialize(__in LPDIRECTDRAW lpDD,__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc); + STDMETHODIMP IsLost(); + STDMETHODIMP Lock(__in LPRECT lpDestRect,__inout LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc,DWORD dwFlags,HANDLE hEvent); + STDMETHODIMP ReleaseDC(HDC hDC); + STDMETHODIMP Restore(); + STDMETHODIMP SetClipper(__in LPDIRECTDRAWCLIPPER lpDDClipper); + STDMETHODIMP SetColorKey(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDDCOLORKEY lpDDColorKey); + STDMETHODIMP SetOverlayPosition(LONG dwX,LONG dwY); + STDMETHODIMP SetPalette(__in LPDIRECTDRAWPALETTE lpDDPalette); + STDMETHODIMP Unlock(__in LPVOID lpSurfaceData); + STDMETHODIMP UpdateOverlay(__in LPRECT lpSrcRect,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDDestSurface,__in LPRECT lpDestRect,DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDDOVERLAYFX lpDDOverlayFX); + STDMETHODIMP UpdateOverlayDisplay(DWORD dwFlags); + STDMETHODIMP UpdateOverlayZOrder(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSReference); +}; + + +class CLoadDirectDraw +{ + LPDIRECTDRAW m_pDirectDraw; // The DirectDraw driver instance + HINSTANCE m_hDirectDraw; // Handle to the loaded library + +public: + + CLoadDirectDraw(); + ~CLoadDirectDraw(); + + HRESULT LoadDirectDraw(__in LPSTR szDevice); + void ReleaseDirectDraw(); + HRESULT IsDirectDrawLoaded(); + LPDIRECTDRAW GetDirectDraw(); + BOOL IsDirectDrawVersion1(); +}; + +#endif // __VIDEOCTL__ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/vtrans.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/vtrans.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7122392 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/vtrans.h @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: VTrans.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a video transform class. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +// This class is derived from CTransformFilter, but is specialised to handle +// the requirements of video quality control by frame dropping. +// This is a non-in-place transform, (i.e. it copies the data) such as a decoder. + +class CVideoTransformFilter : public CTransformFilter +{ + public: + + CVideoTransformFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, REFCLSID clsid); + ~CVideoTransformFilter(); + HRESULT EndFlush(); + + // ================================================================= + // ----- override these bits --------------------------------------- + // ================================================================= + // The following methods are in CTransformFilter which is inherited. + // They are mentioned here for completeness + // + // These MUST be supplied in a derived class + // + // NOTE: + // virtual HRESULT Transform(IMediaSample * pIn, IMediaSample *pOut); + // virtual HRESULT CheckInputType(const CMediaType* mtIn) PURE; + // virtual HRESULT CheckTransform + // (const CMediaType* mtIn, const CMediaType* mtOut) PURE; + // static CCOMObject * CreateInstance(LPUNKNOWN, HRESULT *); + // virtual HRESULT DecideBufferSize + // (IMemAllocator * pAllocator, ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pprop) PURE; + // virtual HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, CMediaType *pMediaType) PURE; + // + // These MAY also be overridden + // + // virtual HRESULT StopStreaming(); + // virtual HRESULT SetMediaType(PIN_DIRECTION direction,const CMediaType *pmt); + // virtual HRESULT CheckConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir,IPin *pPin); + // virtual HRESULT BreakConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir); + // virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(PIN_DIRECTION direction,IPin *pReceivePin); + // virtual HRESULT EndOfStream(void); + // virtual HRESULT BeginFlush(void); + // virtual HRESULT EndFlush(void); + // virtual HRESULT NewSegment + // (REFERENCE_TIME tStart,REFERENCE_TIME tStop,double dRate); +#ifdef PERF + + // If you override this - ensure that you register all these ids + // as well as any of your own, + virtual void RegisterPerfId() { + m_idSkip = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Video Transform Skip frame")); + m_idFrameType = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Video transform frame type")); + m_idLate = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Video Transform Lateness")); + m_idTimeTillKey = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Video Transform Estd. time to next key")); + CTransformFilter::RegisterPerfId(); + } +#endif + + protected: + + // =========== QUALITY MANAGEMENT IMPLEMENTATION ======================== + // Frames are assumed to come in three types: + // Type 1: an AVI key frame or an MPEG I frame. + // This frame can be decoded with no history. + // Dropping this frame means that no further frame can be decoded + // until the next type 1 frame. + // Type 1 frames are sync points. + // Type 2: an AVI non-key frame or an MPEG P frame. + // This frame cannot be decoded unless the previous type 1 frame was + // decoded and all type 2 frames since have been decoded. + // Dropping this frame means that no further frame can be decoded + // until the next type 1 frame. + // Type 3: An MPEG B frame. + // This frame cannot be decoded unless the previous type 1 or 2 frame + // has been decoded AND the subsequent type 1 or 2 frame has also + // been decoded. (This requires decoding the frames out of sequence). + // Dropping this frame affects no other frames. This implementation + // does not allow for these. All non-sync-point frames are treated + // as being type 2. + // + // The spacing of frames of type 1 in a file is not guaranteed. There MUST + // be a type 1 frame at (well, near) the start of the file in order to start + // decoding at all. After that there could be one every half second or so, + // there could be one at the start of each scene (aka "cut", "shot") or + // there could be no more at all. + // If there is only a single type 1 frame then NO FRAMES CAN BE DROPPED + // without losing all the rest of the movie. There is no way to tell whether + // this is the case, so we find that we are in the gambling business. + // To try to improve the odds, we record the greatest interval between type 1s + // that we have seen and we bet on things being no worse than this in the + // future. + + // You can tell if it's a type 1 frame by calling IsSyncPoint(). + // there is no architected way to test for a type 3, so you should override + // the quality management here if you have B-frames. + + int m_nKeyFramePeriod; // the largest observed interval between type 1 frames + // 1 means every frame is type 1, 2 means every other. + + int m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame; // Used to count frames since the last type 1. + // becomes the new m_nKeyFramePeriod if greater. + + BOOL m_bSkipping; // we are skipping to the next type 1 frame + +#ifdef PERF + int m_idFrameType; // MSR id Frame type. 1=Key, 2="non-key" + int m_idSkip; // MSR id skipping + int m_idLate; // MSR id lateness + int m_idTimeTillKey; // MSR id for guessed time till next key frame. +#endif + + virtual HRESULT StartStreaming(); + + HRESULT AbortPlayback(HRESULT hr); // if something bad happens + + HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample *pSample); + + HRESULT AlterQuality(Quality q); + + BOOL ShouldSkipFrame(IMediaSample * pIn); + + int m_itrLate; // lateness from last Quality message + // (this overflows at 214 secs late). + int m_tDecodeStart; // timeGetTime when decode started. + int m_itrAvgDecode; // Average decode time in reference units. + + BOOL m_bNoSkip; // debug - no skipping. + + // We send an EC_QUALITY_CHANGE notification to the app if we have to degrade. + // We send one when we start degrading, not one for every frame, this means + // we track whether we've sent one yet. + BOOL m_bQualityChanged; + + // When non-zero, don't pass anything to renderer until next keyframe + // If there are few keys, give up and eventually draw something + int m_nWaitForKey; +}; diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/winctrl.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/winctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f18ba82 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/winctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: WinCtrl.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines classes for video control +// interfaces. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +#ifndef __WINCTRL__ +#define __WINCTRL__ + +#define ABSOL(x) (x < 0 ? -x : x) +#define NEGAT(x) (x > 0 ? -x : x) + +// Helper +BOOL WINAPI PossiblyEatMessage(HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); + +class CBaseControlWindow : public CBaseVideoWindow, public CBaseWindow +{ +protected: + + CBaseFilter *m_pFilter; // Pointer to owning media filter + CBasePin *m_pPin; // Controls media types for connection + CCritSec *m_pInterfaceLock; // Externally defined critical section + COLORREF m_BorderColour; // Current window border colour + BOOL m_bAutoShow; // What happens when the state changes + HWND m_hwndOwner; // Owner window that we optionally have + HWND m_hwndDrain; // HWND to post any messages received + BOOL m_bCursorHidden; // Should we hide the window cursor + +public: + + // Internal methods for other objects to get information out + + HRESULT DoSetWindowStyle(long Style,long WindowLong); + HRESULT DoGetWindowStyle(__out long *pStyle,long WindowLong); + BOOL IsAutoShowEnabled() { return m_bAutoShow; }; + COLORREF GetBorderColour() { return m_BorderColour; }; + HWND GetOwnerWindow() { return m_hwndOwner; }; + BOOL IsCursorHidden() { return m_bCursorHidden; }; + + inline BOOL PossiblyEatMessage(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) + { + return ::PossiblyEatMessage(m_hwndDrain, uMsg, wParam, lParam); + } + + // Derived classes must call this to set the pin the filter is using + // We don't have the pin passed in to the constructor (as we do with + // the CBaseFilter object) because filters typically create the + // pins dynamically when requested in CBaseFilter::GetPin. This can + // not be called from our constructor because is is a virtual method + + void SetControlWindowPin(CBasePin *pPin) { + m_pPin = pPin; + } + +public: + + CBaseControlWindow(__inout CBaseFilter *pFilter, // Owning media filter + __in CCritSec *pInterfaceLock, // Locking object + __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Object description + __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Normal COM ownership + __inout HRESULT *phr); // OLE return code + + // These are the properties we support + + STDMETHODIMP put_Caption(__in BSTR strCaption); + STDMETHODIMP get_Caption(__out BSTR *pstrCaption); + STDMETHODIMP put_AutoShow(long AutoShow); + STDMETHODIMP get_AutoShow(__out long *AutoShow); + STDMETHODIMP put_WindowStyle(long WindowStyle); + STDMETHODIMP get_WindowStyle(__out long *pWindowStyle); + STDMETHODIMP put_WindowStyleEx(long WindowStyleEx); + STDMETHODIMP get_WindowStyleEx(__out long *pWindowStyleEx); + STDMETHODIMP put_WindowState(long WindowState); + STDMETHODIMP get_WindowState(__out long *pWindowState); + STDMETHODIMP put_BackgroundPalette(long BackgroundPalette); + STDMETHODIMP get_BackgroundPalette(__out long *pBackgroundPalette); + STDMETHODIMP put_Visible(long Visible); + STDMETHODIMP get_Visible(__out long *pVisible); + STDMETHODIMP put_Left(long Left); + STDMETHODIMP get_Left(__out long *pLeft); + STDMETHODIMP put_Width(long Width); + STDMETHODIMP get_Width(__out long *pWidth); + STDMETHODIMP put_Top(long Top); + STDMETHODIMP get_Top(__out long *pTop); + STDMETHODIMP put_Height(long Height); + STDMETHODIMP get_Height(__out long *pHeight); + STDMETHODIMP put_Owner(OAHWND Owner); + STDMETHODIMP get_Owner(__out OAHWND *Owner); + STDMETHODIMP put_MessageDrain(OAHWND Drain); + STDMETHODIMP get_MessageDrain(__out OAHWND *Drain); + STDMETHODIMP get_BorderColor(__out long *Color); + STDMETHODIMP put_BorderColor(long Color); + STDMETHODIMP get_FullScreenMode(__out long *FullScreenMode); + STDMETHODIMP put_FullScreenMode(long FullScreenMode); + + // And these are the methods + + STDMETHODIMP SetWindowForeground(long Focus); + STDMETHODIMP NotifyOwnerMessage(OAHWND hwnd,long uMsg,LONG_PTR wParam,LONG_PTR lParam); + STDMETHODIMP GetMinIdealImageSize(__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight); + STDMETHODIMP GetMaxIdealImageSize(__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight); + STDMETHODIMP SetWindowPosition(long Left,long Top,long Width,long Height); + STDMETHODIMP GetWindowPosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight); + STDMETHODIMP GetRestorePosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight); + STDMETHODIMP HideCursor(long HideCursor); + STDMETHODIMP IsCursorHidden(__out long *CursorHidden); +}; + +// This class implements the IBasicVideo interface + +class CBaseControlVideo : public CBaseBasicVideo +{ +protected: + + CBaseFilter *m_pFilter; // Pointer to owning media filter + CBasePin *m_pPin; // Controls media types for connection + CCritSec *m_pInterfaceLock; // Externally defined critical section + +public: + + // Derived classes must provide these for the implementation + + virtual HRESULT IsDefaultTargetRect() PURE; + virtual HRESULT SetDefaultTargetRect() PURE; + virtual HRESULT SetTargetRect(RECT *pTargetRect) PURE; + virtual HRESULT GetTargetRect(RECT *pTargetRect) PURE; + virtual HRESULT IsDefaultSourceRect() PURE; + virtual HRESULT SetDefaultSourceRect() PURE; + virtual HRESULT SetSourceRect(RECT *pSourceRect) PURE; + virtual HRESULT GetSourceRect(RECT *pSourceRect) PURE; + virtual HRESULT GetStaticImage(__inout long *pBufferSize,__out_bcount_part(*pBufferSize, *pBufferSize) long *pDIBImage) PURE; + + // Derived classes must override this to return a VIDEOINFO representing + // the video format. We cannot call IPin ConnectionMediaType to get this + // format because various filters dynamically change the type when using + // DirectDraw such that the format shows the position of the logical + // bitmap in a frame buffer surface, so the size might be returned as + // 1024x768 pixels instead of 320x240 which is the real video dimensions + + __out virtual VIDEOINFOHEADER *GetVideoFormat() PURE; + + // Helper functions for creating memory renderings of a DIB image + + HRESULT GetImageSize(__in VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo, + __out LONG *pBufferSize, + __in RECT *pSourceRect); + + HRESULT CopyImage(IMediaSample *pMediaSample, + __in VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo, + __inout LONG *pBufferSize, + __out_bcount_part(*pBufferSize, *pBufferSize) BYTE *pVideoImage, + __in RECT *pSourceRect); + + // Override this if you want notifying when the rectangles change + virtual HRESULT OnUpdateRectangles() { return NOERROR; }; + virtual HRESULT OnVideoSizeChange(); + + // Derived classes must call this to set the pin the filter is using + // We don't have the pin passed in to the constructor (as we do with + // the CBaseFilter object) because filters typically create the + // pins dynamically when requested in CBaseFilter::GetPin. This can + // not be called from our constructor because is is a virtual method + + void SetControlVideoPin(__inout CBasePin *pPin) { + m_pPin = pPin; + } + + // Helper methods for checking rectangles + virtual HRESULT CheckSourceRect(__in RECT *pSourceRect); + virtual HRESULT CheckTargetRect(__in RECT *pTargetRect); + +public: + + CBaseControlVideo(__inout CBaseFilter *pFilter, // Owning media filter + __in CCritSec *pInterfaceLock, // Serialise interface + __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Object description + __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Normal COM ownership + __inout HRESULT *phr); // OLE return code + + // These are the properties we support + + STDMETHODIMP get_AvgTimePerFrame(__out REFTIME *pAvgTimePerFrame); + STDMETHODIMP get_BitRate(__out long *pBitRate); + STDMETHODIMP get_BitErrorRate(__out long *pBitErrorRate); + STDMETHODIMP get_VideoWidth(__out long *pVideoWidth); + STDMETHODIMP get_VideoHeight(__out long *pVideoHeight); + STDMETHODIMP put_SourceLeft(long SourceLeft); + STDMETHODIMP get_SourceLeft(__out long *pSourceLeft); + STDMETHODIMP put_SourceWidth(long SourceWidth); + STDMETHODIMP get_SourceWidth(__out long *pSourceWidth); + STDMETHODIMP put_SourceTop(long SourceTop); + STDMETHODIMP get_SourceTop(__out long *pSourceTop); + STDMETHODIMP put_SourceHeight(long SourceHeight); + STDMETHODIMP get_SourceHeight(__out long *pSourceHeight); + STDMETHODIMP put_DestinationLeft(long DestinationLeft); + STDMETHODIMP get_DestinationLeft(__out long *pDestinationLeft); + STDMETHODIMP put_DestinationWidth(long DestinationWidth); + STDMETHODIMP get_DestinationWidth(__out long *pDestinationWidth); + STDMETHODIMP put_DestinationTop(long DestinationTop); + STDMETHODIMP get_DestinationTop(__out long *pDestinationTop); + STDMETHODIMP put_DestinationHeight(long DestinationHeight); + STDMETHODIMP get_DestinationHeight(__out long *pDestinationHeight); + + // And these are the methods + + STDMETHODIMP GetVideoSize(__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight); + STDMETHODIMP SetSourcePosition(long Left,long Top,long Width,long Height); + STDMETHODIMP GetSourcePosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight); + STDMETHODIMP GetVideoPaletteEntries(long StartIndex,long Entries,__out long *pRetrieved,__out_ecount_part(Entries, *pRetrieved) long *pPalette); + STDMETHODIMP SetDefaultSourcePosition(); + STDMETHODIMP IsUsingDefaultSource(); + STDMETHODIMP SetDestinationPosition(long Left,long Top,long Width,long Height); + STDMETHODIMP GetDestinationPosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight); + STDMETHODIMP SetDefaultDestinationPosition(); + STDMETHODIMP IsUsingDefaultDestination(); + STDMETHODIMP GetCurrentImage(__inout long *pBufferSize,__out_bcount_part(*pBufferSize, *pBufferSize) long *pVideoImage); +}; + +#endif // __WINCTRL__ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/winutil.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/winutil.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..641b53a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/winutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,419 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: WinUtil.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines generic handler classes. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +// Make sure that you call PrepareWindow to initialise the window after +// the object has been constructed. It is a separate method so that +// derived classes can override useful methods like MessageLoop. Also +// any derived class must call DoneWithWindow in its destructor. If it +// doesn't a message may be retrieved and call a derived class member +// function while a thread is executing the base class destructor code + +#ifndef __WINUTIL__ +#define __WINUTIL__ + +const int DEFWIDTH = 320; // Initial window width +const int DEFHEIGHT = 240; // Initial window height +const int CAPTION = 256; // Maximum length of caption +const int TIMELENGTH = 50; // Maximum length of times +const int PROFILESTR = 128; // Normal profile string +const WORD PALVERSION = 0x300; // GDI palette version +const LONG PALETTE_VERSION = (LONG) 1; // Initial palette version +const COLORREF VIDEO_COLOUR = 0; // Defaults to black background +const HANDLE hMEMORY = (HANDLE) (-1); // Says to open as memory file + +#define WIDTH(x) ((*(x)).right - (*(x)).left) +#define HEIGHT(x) ((*(x)).bottom - (*(x)).top) +#define SHOWSTAGE TEXT("WM_SHOWSTAGE") +#define SHOWSTAGETOP TEXT("WM_SHOWSTAGETOP") +#define REALIZEPALETTE TEXT("WM_REALIZEPALETTE") + +class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseWindow +{ +protected: + + HINSTANCE m_hInstance; // Global module instance handle + HWND m_hwnd; // Handle for our window + HDC m_hdc; // Device context for the window + LONG m_Width; // Client window width + LONG m_Height; // Client window height + BOOL m_bActivated; // Has the window been activated + LPTSTR m_pClassName; // Static string holding class name + DWORD m_ClassStyles; // Passed in to our constructor + DWORD m_WindowStyles; // Likewise the initial window styles + DWORD m_WindowStylesEx; // And the extended window styles + UINT m_ShowStageMessage; // Have the window shown with focus + UINT m_ShowStageTop; // Makes the window WS_EX_TOPMOST + UINT m_RealizePalette; // Makes us realize our new palette + HDC m_MemoryDC; // Used for fast BitBlt operations + HPALETTE m_hPalette; // Handle to any palette we may have + BYTE m_bNoRealize; // Don't realize palette now + BYTE m_bBackground; // Should we realise in background + BYTE m_bRealizing; // already realizing the palette + CCritSec m_WindowLock; // Serialise window object access + BOOL m_bDoGetDC; // Should this window get a DC + bool m_bDoPostToDestroy; // Use PostMessage to destroy + CCritSec m_PaletteLock; // This lock protects m_hPalette. + // It should be held anytime the + // program use the value of m_hPalette. + + // Maps windows message procedure into C++ methods + friend LRESULT CALLBACK WndProc(HWND hwnd, // Window handle + UINT uMsg, // Message ID + WPARAM wParam, // First parameter + LPARAM lParam); // Other parameter + + virtual LRESULT OnPaletteChange(HWND hwnd, UINT Message); + +public: + + CBaseWindow(BOOL bDoGetDC = TRUE, bool bPostToDestroy = false); + +#ifdef DEBUG + virtual ~CBaseWindow(); +#endif + + virtual HRESULT DoneWithWindow(); + virtual HRESULT PrepareWindow(); + virtual HRESULT InactivateWindow(); + virtual HRESULT ActivateWindow(); + virtual BOOL OnSize(LONG Width, LONG Height); + virtual BOOL OnClose(); + virtual RECT GetDefaultRect(); + virtual HRESULT UninitialiseWindow(); + virtual HRESULT InitialiseWindow(HWND hwnd); + + HRESULT CompleteConnect(); + HRESULT DoCreateWindow(); + + HRESULT PerformanceAlignWindow(); + HRESULT DoShowWindow(LONG ShowCmd); + void PaintWindow(BOOL bErase); + void DoSetWindowForeground(BOOL bFocus); + virtual HRESULT SetPalette(HPALETTE hPalette); + void SetRealize(BOOL bRealize) + { + m_bNoRealize = !bRealize; + } + + // Jump over to the window thread to set the current palette + HRESULT SetPalette(); + void UnsetPalette(void); + virtual HRESULT DoRealisePalette(BOOL bForceBackground = FALSE); + + void LockPaletteLock(); + void UnlockPaletteLock(); + + virtual BOOL PossiblyEatMessage(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) + { return FALSE; }; + + // Access our window information + + bool WindowExists(); + LONG GetWindowWidth(); + LONG GetWindowHeight(); + HWND GetWindowHWND(); + HDC GetMemoryHDC(); + HDC GetWindowHDC(); + + #ifdef DEBUG + HPALETTE GetPalette(); + #endif // DEBUG + + // This is the window procedure the derived object should override + + virtual LRESULT OnReceiveMessage(HWND hwnd, // Window handle + UINT uMsg, // Message ID + WPARAM wParam, // First parameter + LPARAM lParam); // Other parameter + + // Must be overriden to return class and window styles + + virtual LPTSTR GetClassWindowStyles( + __out DWORD *pClassStyles, // Class styles + __out DWORD *pWindowStyles, // Window styles + __out DWORD *pWindowStylesEx) PURE; // Extended styles +}; + + +// This helper class is entirely subservient to the owning CBaseWindow object +// All this object does is to split out the actual drawing operation from the +// main object (because it was becoming too large). We have a number of entry +// points to set things like the draw device contexts, to implement the actual +// drawing and to set the destination rectangle in the client window. We have +// no critical section locking in this class because we are used exclusively +// by the owning window object which looks after serialising calls into us + +// If you want to use this class make sure you call NotifyAllocator once the +// allocate has been agreed, also call NotifyMediaType with a pointer to a +// NON stack based CMediaType once that has been set (we keep a pointer to +// the original rather than taking a copy). When the palette changes call +// IncrementPaletteVersion (easiest thing to do is to also call this method +// in the SetMediaType method most filters implement). Finally before you +// start rendering anything call SetDrawContext so that we can get the HDCs +// for drawing from the CBaseWindow object we are given during construction + +class CDrawImage +{ +protected: + + CBaseWindow *m_pBaseWindow; // Owning video window object + CRefTime m_StartSample; // Start time for the current sample + CRefTime m_EndSample; // And likewise it's end sample time + HDC m_hdc; // Main window device context + HDC m_MemoryDC; // Offscreen draw device context + RECT m_TargetRect; // Target destination rectangle + RECT m_SourceRect; // Source image rectangle + BOOL m_bStretch; // Do we have to stretch the images + BOOL m_bUsingImageAllocator; // Are the samples shared DIBSECTIONs + CMediaType *m_pMediaType; // Pointer to the current format + int m_perfidRenderTime; // Time taken to render an image + LONG m_PaletteVersion; // Current palette version cookie + + // Draw the video images in the window + + void SlowRender(IMediaSample *pMediaSample); + void FastRender(IMediaSample *pMediaSample); + void DisplaySampleTimes(IMediaSample *pSample); + void UpdateColourTable(HDC hdc,__in BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi); + void SetStretchMode(); + +public: + + // Used to control the image drawing + + CDrawImage(__inout CBaseWindow *pBaseWindow); + BOOL DrawImage(IMediaSample *pMediaSample); + BOOL DrawVideoImageHere(HDC hdc, IMediaSample *pMediaSample, + __in LPRECT lprcSrc, __in LPRECT lprcDst); + void SetDrawContext(); + void SetTargetRect(__in RECT *pTargetRect); + void SetSourceRect(__in RECT *pSourceRect); + void GetTargetRect(__out RECT *pTargetRect); + void GetSourceRect(__out RECT *pSourceRect); + virtual RECT ScaleSourceRect(const RECT *pSource); + + // Handle updating palettes as they change + + LONG GetPaletteVersion(); + void ResetPaletteVersion(); + void IncrementPaletteVersion(); + + // Tell us media types and allocator assignments + + void NotifyAllocator(BOOL bUsingImageAllocator); + void NotifyMediaType(__in CMediaType *pMediaType); + BOOL UsingImageAllocator(); + + // Called when we are about to draw an image + + void NotifyStartDraw() { + MSR_START(m_perfidRenderTime); + }; + + // Called when we complete an image rendering + + void NotifyEndDraw() { + MSR_STOP(m_perfidRenderTime); + }; +}; + + +// This is the structure used to keep information about each GDI DIB. All the +// samples we create from our allocator will have a DIBSECTION allocated to +// them. When we receive the sample we know we can BitBlt straight to an HDC + +typedef struct tagDIBDATA { + + LONG PaletteVersion; // Current palette version in use + DIBSECTION DibSection; // Details of DIB section allocated + HBITMAP hBitmap; // Handle to bitmap for drawing + HANDLE hMapping; // Handle to shared memory block + BYTE *pBase; // Pointer to base memory address + +} DIBDATA; + + +// This class inherits from CMediaSample and uses all of it's methods but it +// overrides the constructor to initialise itself with the DIBDATA structure +// When we come to render an IMediaSample we will know if we are using our own +// allocator, and if we are, we can cast the IMediaSample to a pointer to one +// of these are retrieve the DIB section information and hence the HBITMAP + +class CImageSample : public CMediaSample +{ +protected: + + DIBDATA m_DibData; // Information about the DIBSECTION + BOOL m_bInit; // Is the DIB information setup + +public: + + // Constructor + + CImageSample(__inout CBaseAllocator *pAllocator, + __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, + __inout HRESULT *phr, + __in_bcount(length) LPBYTE pBuffer, + LONG length); + + // Maintain the DIB/DirectDraw state + + void SetDIBData(__in DIBDATA *pDibData); + __out DIBDATA *GetDIBData(); +}; + + +// This is an allocator based on the abstract CBaseAllocator base class that +// allocates sample buffers in shared memory. The number and size of these +// are determined when the output pin calls Prepare on us. The shared memory +// blocks are used in subsequent calls to GDI CreateDIBSection, once that +// has been done the output pin can fill the buffers with data which will +// then be handed to GDI through BitBlt calls and thereby remove one copy + +class CImageAllocator : public CBaseAllocator +{ +protected: + + CBaseFilter *m_pFilter; // Delegate reference counts to + CMediaType *m_pMediaType; // Pointer to the current format + + // Used to create and delete samples + + HRESULT Alloc(); + void Free(); + + // Manage the shared DIBSECTION and DCI/DirectDraw buffers + + HRESULT CreateDIB(LONG InSize,DIBDATA &DibData); + STDMETHODIMP CheckSizes(__in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pRequest); + virtual CImageSample *CreateImageSample(__in_bcount(Length) LPBYTE pData,LONG Length); + +public: + + // Constructor and destructor + + CImageAllocator(__inout CBaseFilter *pFilter,__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,__inout HRESULT *phr); +#ifdef DEBUG + ~CImageAllocator(); +#endif + + STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingAddRef(); + STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingRelease(); + void NotifyMediaType(__in CMediaType *pMediaType); + + // Agree the number of buffers to be used and their size + + STDMETHODIMP SetProperties( + __in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pRequest, + __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pActual); +}; + + +// This class is a fairly specialised helper class for image renderers that +// have to create and manage palettes. The CBaseWindow class looks after +// realising palettes once they have been installed. This class can be used +// to create the palette handles from a media format (which must contain a +// VIDEOINFO structure in the format block). We try to make the palette an +// identity palette to maximise performance and also only change palettes +// if actually required to (we compare palette colours before updating). +// All the methods are virtual so that they can be overriden if so required + +class CImagePalette +{ +protected: + + CBaseWindow *m_pBaseWindow; // Window to realise palette in + CBaseFilter *m_pFilter; // Media filter to send events + CDrawImage *m_pDrawImage; // Object who will be drawing + HPALETTE m_hPalette; // The palette handle we own + +public: + + CImagePalette(__inout CBaseFilter *pBaseFilter, + __inout CBaseWindow *pBaseWindow, + __inout CDrawImage *pDrawImage); + +#ifdef DEBUG + virtual ~CImagePalette(); +#endif + + static HPALETTE MakePalette(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo, __in LPSTR szDevice); + HRESULT RemovePalette(); + static HRESULT MakeIdentityPalette(__inout_ecount_full(iColours) PALETTEENTRY *pEntry,INT iColours, __in LPSTR szDevice); + HRESULT CopyPalette(const CMediaType *pSrc,__out CMediaType *pDest); + BOOL ShouldUpdate(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pNewInfo,const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pOldInfo); + HRESULT PreparePalette(const CMediaType *pmtNew,const CMediaType *pmtOld,__in LPSTR szDevice); + + BOOL DrawVideoImageHere(HDC hdc, IMediaSample *pMediaSample, __in LPRECT lprcSrc, __in LPRECT lprcDst) + { + return m_pDrawImage->DrawVideoImageHere(hdc, pMediaSample, lprcSrc,lprcDst); + } +}; + + +// Another helper class really for video based renderers. Most such renderers +// need to know what the display format is to some degree or another. This +// class initialises itself with the display format. The format can be asked +// for through GetDisplayFormat and various other accessor functions. If a +// filter detects a display format change (perhaps it gets a WM_DEVMODECHANGE +// message then it can call RefreshDisplayType to reset that format). Also +// many video renderers will want to check formats as they are proposed by +// source filters. This class provides methods to check formats and only +// accept those video formats that can be efficiently drawn using GDI calls + +class CImageDisplay : public CCritSec +{ +protected: + + // This holds the display format; biSize should not be too big, so we can + // safely use the VIDEOINFO structure + VIDEOINFO m_Display; + + static DWORD CountSetBits(const DWORD Field); + static DWORD CountPrefixBits(const DWORD Field); + static BOOL CheckBitFields(const VIDEOINFO *pInput); + +public: + + // Constructor and destructor + + CImageDisplay(); + + // Used to manage BITMAPINFOHEADERs and the display format + + const VIDEOINFO *GetDisplayFormat(); + HRESULT RefreshDisplayType(__in_opt LPSTR szDeviceName); + static BOOL CheckHeaderValidity(const VIDEOINFO *pInput); + static BOOL CheckPaletteHeader(const VIDEOINFO *pInput); + BOOL IsPalettised(); + WORD GetDisplayDepth(); + + // Provide simple video format type checking + + HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pmtIn); + HRESULT CheckVideoType(const VIDEOINFO *pInput); + HRESULT UpdateFormat(__inout VIDEOINFO *pVideoInfo); + const DWORD *GetBitMasks(const VIDEOINFO *pVideoInfo); + + BOOL GetColourMask(__out DWORD *pMaskRed, + __out DWORD *pMaskGreen, + __out DWORD *pMaskBlue); +}; + +// Convert a FORMAT_VideoInfo to FORMAT_VideoInfo2 +STDAPI ConvertVideoInfoToVideoInfo2(__inout AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt); + +// Check a media type containing VIDEOINFOHEADER +STDAPI CheckVideoInfoType(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt); + +// Check a media type containing VIDEOINFOHEADER +STDAPI CheckVideoInfo2Type(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt); + +#endif // __WINUTIL__ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/wxdebug.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/wxdebug.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..62efffb --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/wxdebug.h @@ -0,0 +1,359 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: WXDebug.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - provides debugging facilities. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +#ifndef __WXDEBUG__ +#define __WXDEBUG__ + +// This library provides fairly straight forward debugging functionality, this +// is split into two main sections. The first is assertion handling, there are +// three types of assertions provided here. The most commonly used one is the +// ASSERT(condition) macro which will pop up a message box including the file +// and line number if the condition evaluates to FALSE. Then there is the +// EXECUTE_ASSERT macro which is the same as ASSERT except the condition will +// still be executed in NON debug builds. The final type of assertion is the +// KASSERT macro which is more suitable for pure (perhaps kernel) filters as +// the condition is printed onto the debugger rather than in a message box. +// +// The other part of the debug module facilties is general purpose logging. +// This is accessed by calling DbgLog(). The function takes a type and level +// field which define the type of informational string you are presenting and +// it's relative importance. The type field can be a combination (one or more) +// of LOG_TIMING, LOG_TRACE, LOG_MEMORY, LOG_LOCKING and LOG_ERROR. The level +// is a DWORD value where zero defines highest important. Use of zero as the +// debug logging level is to be encouraged ONLY for major errors or events as +// they will ALWAYS be displayed on the debugger. Other debug output has it's +// level matched against the current debug output level stored in the registry +// for this module and if less than the current setting it will be displayed. +// +// Each module or executable has it's own debug output level for each of the +// five types. These are read in when the DbgInitialise function is called +// for DLLs linking to STRMBASE.LIB this is done automatically when the DLL +// is loaded, executables must call it explicitely with the module instance +// handle given to them through the WINMAIN entry point. An executable must +// also call DbgTerminate when they have finished to clean up the resources +// the debug library uses, once again this is done automatically for DLLs + +// These are the five different categories of logging information + +enum { LOG_TIMING = 0x01, // Timing and performance measurements + LOG_TRACE = 0x02, // General step point call tracing + LOG_MEMORY = 0x04, // Memory and object allocation/destruction + LOG_LOCKING = 0x08, // Locking/unlocking of critical sections + LOG_ERROR = 0x10, // Debug error notification + LOG_CUSTOM1 = 0x20, + LOG_CUSTOM2 = 0x40, + LOG_CUSTOM3 = 0x80, + LOG_CUSTOM4 = 0x100, + LOG_CUSTOM5 = 0x200, +}; + +#define LOG_FORCIBLY_SET 0x80000000 + +enum { CDISP_HEX = 0x01, + CDISP_DEC = 0x02}; + +// For each object created derived from CBaseObject (in debug builds) we +// create a descriptor that holds it's name (statically allocated memory) +// and a cookie we assign it. We keep a list of all the active objects +// we have registered so that we can dump a list of remaining objects + +typedef struct tag_ObjectDesc { + LPCSTR m_szName; + LPCWSTR m_wszName; + DWORD m_dwCookie; + tag_ObjectDesc *m_pNext; +} ObjectDesc; + +#define DLLIMPORT __declspec(dllimport) +#define DLLEXPORT __declspec(dllexport) + +#ifdef DEBUG + + #define NAME(x) TEXT(x) + + // These are used internally by the debug library (PRIVATE) + + void WINAPI DbgInitKeyLevels(HKEY hKey, bool fTakeMax); + void WINAPI DbgInitGlobalSettings(bool fTakeMax); + void WINAPI DbgInitModuleSettings(bool fTakeMax); + void WINAPI DbgInitModuleName(); + DWORD WINAPI DbgRegisterObjectCreation( + LPCSTR szObjectName, LPCWSTR wszObjectName); + + BOOL WINAPI DbgRegisterObjectDestruction(DWORD dwCookie); + + // These are the PUBLIC entry points + + BOOL WINAPI DbgCheckModuleLevel(DWORD Type,DWORD Level); + void WINAPI DbgSetModuleLevel(DWORD Type,DWORD Level); + void WINAPI DbgSetAutoRefreshLevels(bool fAuto); + + // Initialise the library with the module handle + + void WINAPI DbgInitialise(HINSTANCE hInst); + void WINAPI DbgTerminate(); + + void WINAPI DbgDumpObjectRegister(); + + // Display error and logging to the user + + void WINAPI DbgAssert(LPCTSTR pCondition,LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine); + void WINAPI DbgBreakPoint(LPCTSTR pCondition,LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine); + void WINAPI DbgBreakPoint(LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine,__format_string LPCTSTR szFormatString,...); + + void WINAPI DbgKernelAssert(LPCTSTR pCondition,LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine); + void WINAPI DbgLogInfo(DWORD Type,DWORD Level,__format_string LPCTSTR pFormat,...); +#ifdef UNICODE + void WINAPI DbgLogInfo(DWORD Type,DWORD Level,__format_string LPCSTR pFormat,...); + void WINAPI DbgAssert(LPCSTR pCondition,LPCSTR pFileName,INT iLine); + void WINAPI DbgBreakPoint(LPCSTR pCondition,LPCSTR pFileName,INT iLine); + void WINAPI DbgKernelAssert(LPCSTR pCondition,LPCSTR pFileName,INT iLine); +#endif + void WINAPI DbgOutString(LPCTSTR psz); + + // Debug infinite wait stuff + DWORD WINAPI DbgWaitForSingleObject(HANDLE h); + DWORD WINAPI DbgWaitForMultipleObjects(DWORD nCount, + __in_ecount(nCount) CONST HANDLE *lpHandles, + BOOL bWaitAll); + void WINAPI DbgSetWaitTimeout(DWORD dwTimeout); + +#ifdef __strmif_h__ + // Display a media type: Terse at level 2, verbose at level 5 + void WINAPI DisplayType(LPCTSTR label, const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtIn); + + // Dump lots of information about a filter graph + void WINAPI DumpGraph(IFilterGraph *pGraph, DWORD dwLevel); +#endif + + #define KASSERT(_x_) if (!(_x_)) \ + DbgKernelAssert(TEXT(#_x_),TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__) + + // Break on the debugger without putting up a message box + // message goes to debugger instead + + #define KDbgBreak(_x_) \ + DbgKernelAssert(TEXT(#_x_),TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__) + + // We chose a common name for our ASSERT macro, MFC also uses this name + // So long as the implementation evaluates the condition and handles it + // then we will be ok. Rather than override the behaviour expected we + // will leave whatever first defines ASSERT as the handler (i.e. MFC) + #ifndef ASSERT + #define ASSERT(_x_) if (!(_x_)) \ + DbgAssert(TEXT(#_x_),TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__) + #endif + + #define DbgAssertAligned( _ptr_, _alignment_ ) ASSERT( ((DWORD_PTR) (_ptr_)) % (_alignment_) == 0) + + // Put up a message box informing the user of a halt + // condition in the program + + #define DbgBreak(_x_) \ + DbgBreakPoint(TEXT(#_x_),TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__) + + #define EXECUTE_ASSERT(_x_) ASSERT(_x_) + #define DbgLog(_x_) DbgLogInfo _x_ + // MFC style trace macros + + #define NOTE(_x_) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_))) + #define NOTE1(_x_,a) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_),a)) + #define NOTE2(_x_,a,b) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_),a,b)) + #define NOTE3(_x_,a,b,c) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_),a,b,c)) + #define NOTE4(_x_,a,b,c,d) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_),a,b,c,d)) + #define NOTE5(_x_,a,b,c,d,e) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_),a,b,c,d,e)) + +#else + + // Retail builds make public debug functions inert - WARNING the source + // files do not define or build any of the entry points in debug builds + // (public entry points compile to nothing) so if you go trying to call + // any of the private entry points in your source they won't compile + + #define NAME(_x_) ((LPTSTR) NULL) + + #define DbgInitialise(hInst) + #define DbgTerminate() + #define DbgLog(_x_) 0 + #define DbgOutString(psz) + #define DbgAssertAligned( _ptr_, _alignment_ ) 0 + + #define DbgRegisterObjectCreation(pObjectName) + #define DbgRegisterObjectDestruction(dwCookie) + #define DbgDumpObjectRegister() + + #define DbgCheckModuleLevel(Type,Level) + #define DbgSetModuleLevel(Type,Level) + #define DbgSetAutoRefreshLevels(fAuto) + + #define DbgWaitForSingleObject(h) WaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE) + #define DbgWaitForMultipleObjects(nCount, lpHandles, bWaitAll) \ + WaitForMultipleObjects(nCount, lpHandles, bWaitAll, INFINITE) + #define DbgSetWaitTimeout(dwTimeout) + + #define KDbgBreak(_x_) + #define DbgBreak(_x_) + + #define KASSERT(_x_) ((void)0) + #ifndef ASSERT + #define ASSERT(_x_) ((void)0) + #endif + #define EXECUTE_ASSERT(_x_) ((void)(_x_)) + + // MFC style trace macros + + #define NOTE(_x_) ((void)0) + #define NOTE1(_x_,a) ((void)0) + #define NOTE2(_x_,a,b) ((void)0) + #define NOTE3(_x_,a,b,c) ((void)0) + #define NOTE4(_x_,a,b,c,d) ((void)0) + #define NOTE5(_x_,a,b,c,d,e) ((void)0) + + #define DisplayType(label, pmtIn) ((void)0) + #define DumpGraph(pGraph, label) ((void)0) +#endif + + +// Checks a pointer which should be non NULL - can be used as follows. + +#define CheckPointer(p,ret) {if((p)==NULL) return (ret);} + +// HRESULT Foo(VOID *pBar) +// { +// CheckPointer(pBar,E_INVALIDARG) +// } +// +// Or if the function returns a boolean +// +// BOOL Foo(VOID *pBar) +// { +// CheckPointer(pBar,FALSE) +// } + +#define ValidateReadPtr(p,cb) 0 +#define ValidateWritePtr(p,cb) 0 +#define ValidateReadWritePtr(p,cb) 0 +#define ValidateStringPtr(p) 0 +#define ValidateStringPtrA(p) 0 +#define ValidateStringPtrW(p) 0 + + +#ifdef _OBJBASE_H_ + + // Outputting GUID names. If you want to include the name + // associated with a GUID (eg CLSID_...) then + // + // GuidNames[yourGUID] + // + // Returns the name defined in uuids.h as a string + + typedef struct { + CHAR *szName; + GUID guid; + } GUID_STRING_ENTRY; + + class CGuidNameList { + public: + CHAR *operator [] (const GUID& guid); + }; + + extern CGuidNameList GuidNames; + +#endif + +#ifndef REMIND + // REMIND macro - generates warning as reminder to complete coding + // (eg) usage: + // + // #pragma message (REMIND("Add automation support")) + + + #define QUOTE(x) #x + #define QQUOTE(y) QUOTE(y) + #define REMIND(str) __FILE__ "(" QQUOTE(__LINE__) ") : " str +#endif + +// Method to display objects in a useful format +// +// eg If you want to display a LONGLONG ll in a debug string do (eg) +// +// DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, n, TEXT("Value is %s"), (LPCTSTR)CDisp(ll, CDISP_HEX))); + + +class CDispBasic +{ +public: + CDispBasic() { m_pString = m_String; }; + ~CDispBasic(); +protected: + PTCHAR m_pString; // normally points to m_String... unless too much data + TCHAR m_String[50]; +}; +class CDisp : public CDispBasic +{ +public: + CDisp(LONGLONG ll, int Format = CDISP_HEX); // Display a LONGLONG in CDISP_HEX or CDISP_DEC form + CDisp(REFCLSID clsid); // Display a GUID + CDisp(double d); // Display a floating point number +#ifdef __strmif_h__ +#ifdef __STREAMS__ + CDisp(CRefTime t); // Display a Reference Time +#endif + CDisp(IPin *pPin); // Display a pin as {filter clsid}(pin name) + CDisp(IUnknown *pUnk); // Display a filter or pin +#endif // __strmif_h__ + ~CDisp(); + + // Implement cast to (LPCTSTR) as parameter to logger + operator LPCTSTR() + { + return (LPCTSTR)m_pString; + }; +}; + + +#if defined(DEBUG) +class CAutoTrace +{ +private: + LPCTSTR _szBlkName; + const int _level; + static const TCHAR _szEntering[]; + static const TCHAR _szLeaving[]; +public: + CAutoTrace(LPCTSTR szBlkName, const int level = 15) + : _szBlkName(szBlkName), _level(level) + {DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, _level, _szEntering, _szBlkName));} + + ~CAutoTrace() + {DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, _level, _szLeaving, _szBlkName));} +}; + +#if defined (__FUNCTION__) + +#define AMTRACEFN() CAutoTrace __trace(TEXT(__FUNCTION__)) +#define AMTRACE(_x_) CAutoTrace __trace(TEXT(__FUNCTION__)) + +#else + +#define AMTRACE(_x_) CAutoTrace __trace _x_ +#define AMTRACEFN() + +#endif + +#else + +#define AMTRACE(_x_) +#define AMTRACEFN() + +#endif + +#endif // __WXDEBUG__ + + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/wxlist.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/wxlist.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..931893d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/wxlist.h @@ -0,0 +1,553 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: WXList.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a non-MFC generic template list +// class. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +/* A generic list of pointers to objects. + No storage management or copying is done on the objects pointed to. + Objectives: avoid using MFC libraries in ndm kernel mode and + provide a really useful list type. + + The class is thread safe in that separate threads may add and + delete items in the list concurrently although the application + must ensure that constructor and destructor access is suitably + synchronised. An application can cause deadlock with operations + which use two lists by simultaneously calling + list1->Operation(list2) and list2->Operation(list1). So don't! + + The names must not conflict with MFC classes as an application + may use both. + */ + +#ifndef __WXLIST__ +#define __WXLIST__ + + /* A POSITION represents (in some fashion that's opaque) a cursor + on the list that can be set to identify any element. NULL is + a valid value and several operations regard NULL as the position + "one step off the end of the list". (In an n element list there + are n+1 places to insert and NULL is that "n+1-th" value). + The POSITION of an element in the list is only invalidated if + that element is deleted. Move operations may mean that what + was a valid POSITION in one list is now a valid POSITION in + a different list. + + Some operations which at first sight are illegal are allowed as + harmless no-ops. For instance RemoveHead is legal on an empty + list and it returns NULL. This allows an atomic way to test if + there is an element there, and if so, get it. The two operations + AddTail and RemoveHead thus implement a MONITOR (See Hoare's paper). + + Single element operations return POSITIONs, non-NULL means it worked. + whole list operations return a BOOL. TRUE means it all worked. + + This definition is the same as the POSITION type for MFCs, so we must + avoid defining it twice. + */ +#ifndef __AFX_H__ +struct __POSITION { int unused; }; +typedef __POSITION* POSITION; +#endif + +const int DEFAULTCACHE = 10; /* Default node object cache size */ + +/* A class representing one node in a list. + Each node knows a pointer to it's adjacent nodes and also a pointer + to the object that it looks after. + All of these pointers can be retrieved or set through member functions. +*/ +class CBaseList +#ifdef DEBUG + : public CBaseObject +#endif +{ + /* Making these classes inherit from CBaseObject does nothing + functionally but it allows us to check there are no memory + leaks in debug builds. + */ + +public: + +#ifdef DEBUG + class CNode : public CBaseObject { +#else + class CNode { +#endif + + CNode *m_pPrev; /* Previous node in the list */ + CNode *m_pNext; /* Next node in the list */ + void *m_pObject; /* Pointer to the object */ + + public: + + /* Constructor - initialise the object's pointers */ + CNode() +#ifdef DEBUG + : CBaseObject(NAME("List node")) +#endif + { + }; + + + /* Return the previous node before this one */ + __out CNode *Prev() const { return m_pPrev; }; + + + /* Return the next node after this one */ + __out CNode *Next() const { return m_pNext; }; + + + /* Set the previous node before this one */ + void SetPrev(__in_opt CNode *p) { m_pPrev = p; }; + + + /* Set the next node after this one */ + void SetNext(__in_opt CNode *p) { m_pNext = p; }; + + + /* Get the pointer to the object for this node */ + __out void *GetData() const { return m_pObject; }; + + + /* Set the pointer to the object for this node */ + void SetData(__in void *p) { m_pObject = p; }; + }; + + class CNodeCache + { + public: + CNodeCache(INT iCacheSize) : m_iCacheSize(iCacheSize), + m_pHead(NULL), + m_iUsed(0) + {}; + ~CNodeCache() { + CNode *pNode = m_pHead; + while (pNode) { + CNode *pCurrent = pNode; + pNode = pNode->Next(); + delete pCurrent; + } + }; + void AddToCache(__inout CNode *pNode) + { + if (m_iUsed < m_iCacheSize) { + pNode->SetNext(m_pHead); + m_pHead = pNode; + m_iUsed++; + } else { + delete pNode; + } + }; + CNode *RemoveFromCache() + { + CNode *pNode = m_pHead; + if (pNode != NULL) { + m_pHead = pNode->Next(); + m_iUsed--; + ASSERT(m_iUsed >= 0); + } else { + ASSERT(m_iUsed == 0); + } + return pNode; + }; + private: + INT m_iCacheSize; + INT m_iUsed; + CNode *m_pHead; + }; + +protected: + + CNode* m_pFirst; /* Pointer to first node in the list */ + CNode* m_pLast; /* Pointer to the last node in the list */ + LONG m_Count; /* Number of nodes currently in the list */ + +private: + + CNodeCache m_Cache; /* Cache of unused node pointers */ + +private: + + /* These override the default copy constructor and assignment + operator for all list classes. They are in the private class + declaration section so that anybody trying to pass a list + object by value will generate a compile time error of + "cannot access the private member function". If these were + not here then the compiler will create default constructors + and assignment operators which when executed first take a + copy of all member variables and then during destruction + delete them all. This must not be done for any heap + allocated data. + */ + CBaseList(const CBaseList &refList); + CBaseList &operator=(const CBaseList &refList); + +public: + + CBaseList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, + INT iItems); + + CBaseList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName); +#ifdef UNICODE + CBaseList(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, + INT iItems); + + CBaseList(__in_opt LPCSTR pName); +#endif + ~CBaseList(); + + /* Remove all the nodes from *this i.e. make the list empty */ + void RemoveAll(); + + + /* Return a cursor which identifies the first element of *this */ + __out_opt POSITION GetHeadPositionI() const; + + + /* Return a cursor which identifies the last element of *this */ + __out_opt POSITION GetTailPositionI() const; + + + /* Return the number of objects in *this */ + int GetCountI() const; + +protected: + /* Return the pointer to the object at rp, + Update rp to the next node in *this + but make it NULL if it was at the end of *this. + This is a wart retained for backwards compatibility. + GetPrev is not implemented. + Use Next, Prev and Get separately. + */ + __out void *GetNextI(__inout POSITION& rp) const; + + + /* Return a pointer to the object at p + Asking for the object at NULL will return NULL harmlessly. + */ + __out_opt void *GetI(__in_opt POSITION p) const; + __out void *GetValidI(__in POSITION p) const; + +public: + /* return the next / prev position in *this + return NULL when going past the end/start. + Next(NULL) is same as GetHeadPosition() + Prev(NULL) is same as GetTailPosition() + An n element list therefore behaves like a n+1 element + cycle with NULL at the start/end. + + !!WARNING!! - This handling of NULL is DIFFERENT from GetNext. + + Some reasons are: + 1. For a list of n items there are n+1 positions to insert + These are conveniently encoded as the n POSITIONs and NULL. + 2. If you are keeping a list sorted (fairly common) and you + search forward for an element to insert before and don't + find it you finish up with NULL as the element before which + to insert. You then want that NULL to be a valid POSITION + so that you can insert before it and you want that insertion + point to mean the (n+1)-th one that doesn't have a POSITION. + (symmetrically if you are working backwards through the list). + 3. It simplifies the algebra which the methods generate. + e.g. AddBefore(p,x) is identical to AddAfter(Prev(p),x) + in ALL cases. All the other arguments probably are reflections + of the algebraic point. + */ + __out_opt POSITION Next(__in_opt POSITION pos) const + { + if (pos == NULL) { + return (POSITION) m_pFirst; + } + CNode *pn = (CNode *) pos; + return (POSITION) pn->Next(); + } //Next + + // See Next + __out_opt POSITION Prev(__in_opt POSITION pos) const + { + if (pos == NULL) { + return (POSITION) m_pLast; + } + CNode *pn = (CNode *) pos; + return (POSITION) pn->Prev(); + } //Prev + + + /* Return the first position in *this which holds the given + pointer. Return NULL if the pointer was not not found. + */ +protected: + __out_opt POSITION FindI( __in void * pObj) const; + + // ??? Should there be (or even should there be only) + // ??? POSITION FindNextAfter(void * pObj, POSITION p) + // ??? And of course FindPrevBefore too. + // ??? List.Find(&Obj) then becomes List.FindNextAfter(&Obj, NULL) + + + /* Remove the first node in *this (deletes the pointer to its + object from the list, does not free the object itself). + Return the pointer to its object. + If *this was already empty it will harmlessly return NULL. + */ + __out_opt void *RemoveHeadI(); + + + /* Remove the last node in *this (deletes the pointer to its + object from the list, does not free the object itself). + Return the pointer to its object. + If *this was already empty it will harmlessly return NULL. + */ + __out_opt void *RemoveTailI(); + + + /* Remove the node identified by p from the list (deletes the pointer + to its object from the list, does not free the object itself). + Asking to Remove the object at NULL will harmlessly return NULL. + Return the pointer to the object removed. + */ + __out_opt void *RemoveI(__in_opt POSITION p); + + /* Add single object *pObj to become a new last element of the list. + Return the new tail position, NULL if it fails. + If you are adding a COM objects, you might want AddRef it first. + Other existing POSITIONs in *this are still valid + */ + __out_opt POSITION AddTailI(__in void * pObj); +public: + + + /* Add all the elements in *pList to the tail of *this. + This duplicates all the nodes in *pList (i.e. duplicates + all its pointers to objects). It does not duplicate the objects. + If you are adding a list of pointers to a COM object into the list + it's a good idea to AddRef them all it when you AddTail it. + Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't. + If it fails some elements may have been added. + Existing POSITIONs in *this are still valid + + If you actually want to MOVE the elements, use MoveToTail instead. + */ + BOOL AddTail(__in CBaseList *pList); + + + /* Mirror images of AddHead: */ + + /* Add single object to become a new first element of the list. + Return the new head position, NULL if it fails. + Existing POSITIONs in *this are still valid + */ +protected: + __out_opt POSITION AddHeadI(__in void * pObj); +public: + + /* Add all the elements in *pList to the head of *this. + Same warnings apply as for AddTail. + Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't. + If it fails some of the objects may have been added. + + If you actually want to MOVE the elements, use MoveToHead instead. + */ + BOOL AddHead(__in CBaseList *pList); + + + /* Add the object *pObj to *this after position p in *this. + AddAfter(NULL,x) adds x to the start - equivalent to AddHead + Return the position of the object added, NULL if it failed. + Existing POSITIONs in *this are undisturbed, including p. + */ +protected: + __out_opt POSITION AddAfterI(__in_opt POSITION p, __in void * pObj); +public: + + /* Add the list *pList to *this after position p in *this + AddAfter(NULL,x) adds x to the start - equivalent to AddHead + Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't. + If it fails, some of the objects may be added + Existing POSITIONs in *this are undisturbed, including p. + */ + BOOL AddAfter(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CBaseList *pList); + + + /* Mirror images: + Add the object *pObj to this-List after position p in *this. + AddBefore(NULL,x) adds x to the end - equivalent to AddTail + Return the position of the new object, NULL if it fails + Existing POSITIONs in *this are undisturbed, including p. + */ + protected: + __out_opt POSITION AddBeforeI(__in_opt POSITION p, __in void * pObj); + public: + + /* Add the list *pList to *this before position p in *this + AddAfter(NULL,x) adds x to the start - equivalent to AddHead + Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't. + If it fails, some of the objects may be added + Existing POSITIONs in *this are undisturbed, including p. + */ + BOOL AddBefore(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CBaseList *pList); + + + /* Note that AddAfter(p,x) is equivalent to AddBefore(Next(p),x) + even in cases where p is NULL or Next(p) is NULL. + Similarly for mirror images etc. + This may make it easier to argue about programs. + */ + + + + /* The following operations do not copy any elements. + They move existing blocks of elements around by switching pointers. + They are fairly efficient for long lists as for short lists. + (Alas, the Count slows things down). + + They split the list into two parts. + One part remains as the original list, the other part + is appended to the second list. There are eight possible + variations: + Split the list {after/before} a given element + keep the {head/tail} portion in the original list + append the rest to the {head/tail} of the new list. + + Since After is strictly equivalent to Before Next + we are not in serious need of the Before/After variants. + That leaves only four. + + If you are processing a list left to right and dumping + the bits that you have processed into another list as + you go, the Tail/Tail variant gives the most natural result. + If you are processing in reverse order, Head/Head is best. + + By using NULL positions and empty lists judiciously either + of the other two can be built up in two operations. + + The definition of NULL (see Next/Prev etc) means that + degenerate cases include + "move all elements to new list" + "Split a list into two lists" + "Concatenate two lists" + (and quite a few no-ops) + + !!WARNING!! The type checking won't buy you much if you get list + positions muddled up - e.g. use a POSITION that's in a different + list and see what a mess you get! + */ + + /* Split *this after position p in *this + Retain as *this the tail portion of the original *this + Add the head portion to the tail end of *pList + Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't. + + e.g. + foo->MoveToTail(foo->GetHeadPosition(), bar); + moves one element from the head of foo to the tail of bar + foo->MoveToTail(NULL, bar); + is a no-op, returns NULL + foo->MoveToTail(foo->GetTailPosition, bar); + concatenates foo onto the end of bar and empties foo. + + A better, except excessively long name might be + MoveElementsFromHeadThroughPositionToOtherTail + */ + BOOL MoveToTail(__in_opt POSITION pos, __in CBaseList *pList); + + + /* Mirror image: + Split *this before position p in *this. + Retain in *this the head portion of the original *this + Add the tail portion to the start (i.e. head) of *pList + + e.g. + foo->MoveToHead(foo->GetTailPosition(), bar); + moves one element from the tail of foo to the head of bar + foo->MoveToHead(NULL, bar); + is a no-op, returns NULL + foo->MoveToHead(foo->GetHeadPosition, bar); + concatenates foo onto the start of bar and empties foo. + */ + BOOL MoveToHead(__in_opt POSITION pos, __in CBaseList *pList); + + + /* Reverse the order of the [pointers to] objects in *this + */ + void Reverse(); + + + /* set cursor to the position of each element of list in turn */ + #define TRAVERSELIST(list, cursor) \ + for ( cursor = (list).GetHeadPosition() \ + ; cursor!=NULL \ + ; cursor = (list).Next(cursor) \ + ) + + + /* set cursor to the position of each element of list in turn + in reverse order + */ + #define REVERSETRAVERSELIST(list, cursor) \ + for ( cursor = (list).GetTailPosition() \ + ; cursor!=NULL \ + ; cursor = (list).Prev(cursor) \ + ) + +}; // end of class declaration + +template<class OBJECT> class CGenericList : public CBaseList +{ +public: + CGenericList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, + INT iItems, + BOOL bLock = TRUE, + BOOL bAlert = FALSE) : + CBaseList(pName, iItems) { + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(bAlert); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(bLock); + }; + CGenericList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName) : + CBaseList(pName) { + }; + + __out_opt POSITION GetHeadPosition() const { return (POSITION)m_pFirst; } + __out_opt POSITION GetTailPosition() const { return (POSITION)m_pLast; } + int GetCount() const { return m_Count; } + + __out OBJECT *GetNext(__inout POSITION& rp) const { return (OBJECT *) GetNextI(rp); } + + __out_opt OBJECT *Get(__in_opt POSITION p) const { return (OBJECT *) GetI(p); } + __out OBJECT *GetValid(__in POSITION p) const { return (OBJECT *) GetValidI(p); } + __out_opt OBJECT *GetHead() const { return Get(GetHeadPosition()); } + + __out_opt OBJECT *RemoveHead() { return (OBJECT *) RemoveHeadI(); } + + __out_opt OBJECT *RemoveTail() { return (OBJECT *) RemoveTailI(); } + + __out_opt OBJECT *Remove(__in_opt POSITION p) { return (OBJECT *) RemoveI(p); } + __out_opt POSITION AddBefore(__in_opt POSITION p, __in OBJECT * pObj) { return AddBeforeI(p, pObj); } + __out_opt POSITION AddAfter(__in_opt POSITION p, __in OBJECT * pObj) { return AddAfterI(p, pObj); } + __out_opt POSITION AddHead(__in OBJECT * pObj) { return AddHeadI(pObj); } + __out_opt POSITION AddTail(__in OBJECT * pObj) { return AddTailI(pObj); } + BOOL AddTail(__in CGenericList<OBJECT> *pList) + { return CBaseList::AddTail((CBaseList *) pList); } + BOOL AddHead(__in CGenericList<OBJECT> *pList) + { return CBaseList::AddHead((CBaseList *) pList); } + BOOL AddAfter(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CGenericList<OBJECT> *pList) + { return CBaseList::AddAfter(p, (CBaseList *) pList); }; + BOOL AddBefore(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CGenericList<OBJECT> *pList) + { return CBaseList::AddBefore(p, (CBaseList *) pList); }; + __out_opt POSITION Find( __in OBJECT * pObj) const { return FindI(pObj); } +}; // end of class declaration + + + +/* These define the standard list types */ + +typedef CGenericList<CBaseObject> CBaseObjectList; +typedef CGenericList<IUnknown> CBaseInterfaceList; + +#endif /* __WXLIST__ */ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/wxutil.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/wxutil.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3bfc2d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/directshow/wxutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,532 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// File: WXUtil.h +// +// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines helper classes and functions for +// building multimedia filters. +// +// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +#ifndef __WXUTIL__ +#define __WXUTIL__ + +// eliminate spurious "statement has no effect" warnings. +#pragma warning(disable: 4705) + +// wrapper for whatever critical section we have +class CCritSec { + + // make copy constructor and assignment operator inaccessible + + CCritSec(const CCritSec &refCritSec); + CCritSec &operator=(const CCritSec &refCritSec); + + CRITICAL_SECTION m_CritSec; + +#ifdef DEBUG +public: + DWORD m_currentOwner; + DWORD m_lockCount; + BOOL m_fTrace; // Trace this one +public: + CCritSec(); + ~CCritSec(); + void Lock(); + void Unlock(); +#else + +public: + CCritSec() { + InitializeCriticalSection(&m_CritSec); + }; + + ~CCritSec() { + DeleteCriticalSection(&m_CritSec); + }; + + void Lock() { + EnterCriticalSection(&m_CritSec); + }; + + void Unlock() { + LeaveCriticalSection(&m_CritSec); + }; +#endif +}; + +// +// To make deadlocks easier to track it is useful to insert in the +// code an assertion that says whether we own a critical section or +// not. We make the routines that do the checking globals to avoid +// having different numbers of member functions in the debug and +// retail class implementations of CCritSec. In addition we provide +// a routine that allows usage of specific critical sections to be +// traced. This is NOT on by default - there are far too many. +// + +#ifdef DEBUG + BOOL WINAPI CritCheckIn(CCritSec * pcCrit); + BOOL WINAPI CritCheckIn(const CCritSec * pcCrit); + BOOL WINAPI CritCheckOut(CCritSec * pcCrit); + BOOL WINAPI CritCheckOut(const CCritSec * pcCrit); + void WINAPI DbgLockTrace(CCritSec * pcCrit, BOOL fTrace); +#else + #define CritCheckIn(x) TRUE + #define CritCheckOut(x) TRUE + #define DbgLockTrace(pc, fT) +#endif + + +// locks a critical section, and unlocks it automatically +// when the lock goes out of scope +class CAutoLock { + + // make copy constructor and assignment operator inaccessible + + CAutoLock(const CAutoLock &refAutoLock); + CAutoLock &operator=(const CAutoLock &refAutoLock); + +protected: + CCritSec * m_pLock; + +public: + CAutoLock(CCritSec * plock) + { + m_pLock = plock; + m_pLock->Lock(); + }; + + ~CAutoLock() { + m_pLock->Unlock(); + }; +}; + + + +// wrapper for event objects +class CAMEvent +{ + + // make copy constructor and assignment operator inaccessible + + CAMEvent(const CAMEvent &refEvent); + CAMEvent &operator=(const CAMEvent &refEvent); + +protected: + HANDLE m_hEvent; +public: + CAMEvent(BOOL fManualReset = FALSE, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL); + CAMEvent(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr); + ~CAMEvent(); + + // Cast to HANDLE - we don't support this as an lvalue + operator HANDLE () const { return m_hEvent; }; + + void Set() {EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent(m_hEvent));}; + BOOL Wait(DWORD dwTimeout = INFINITE) { + return (WaitForSingleObject(m_hEvent, dwTimeout) == WAIT_OBJECT_0); + }; + void Reset() { ResetEvent(m_hEvent); }; + BOOL Check() { return Wait(0); }; +}; + + +// wrapper for event objects that do message processing +// This adds ONE method to the CAMEvent object to allow sent +// messages to be processed while waiting + +class CAMMsgEvent : public CAMEvent +{ + +public: + + CAMMsgEvent(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL); + + // Allow SEND messages to be processed while waiting + BOOL WaitMsg(DWORD dwTimeout = INFINITE); +}; + +// old name supported for the time being +#define CTimeoutEvent CAMEvent + +// support for a worker thread + +#ifdef AM_NOVTABLE +// simple thread class supports creation of worker thread, synchronization +// and communication. Can be derived to simplify parameter passing +class AM_NOVTABLE CAMThread { + + // make copy constructor and assignment operator inaccessible + + CAMThread(const CAMThread &refThread); + CAMThread &operator=(const CAMThread &refThread); + + CAMEvent m_EventSend; + CAMEvent m_EventComplete; + + DWORD m_dwParam; + DWORD m_dwReturnVal; + +protected: + HANDLE m_hThread; + + // thread will run this function on startup + // must be supplied by derived class + virtual DWORD ThreadProc() = 0; + +public: + CAMThread(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL); + virtual ~CAMThread(); + + CCritSec m_AccessLock; // locks access by client threads + CCritSec m_WorkerLock; // locks access to shared objects + + // thread initially runs this. param is actually 'this'. function + // just gets this and calls ThreadProc + static DWORD WINAPI InitialThreadProc(__inout LPVOID pv); + + // start thread running - error if already running + BOOL Create(); + + // signal the thread, and block for a response + // + DWORD CallWorker(DWORD); + + // accessor thread calls this when done with thread (having told thread + // to exit) + void Close() { + + // Disable warning: Conversion from LONG to PVOID of greater size +#pragma warning(push) +#pragma warning(disable: 4312) + HANDLE hThread = (HANDLE)InterlockedExchangePointer(&m_hThread, 0); +#pragma warning(pop) + + if (hThread) { + WaitForSingleObject(hThread, INFINITE); + CloseHandle(hThread); + } + }; + + // ThreadExists + // Return TRUE if the thread exists. FALSE otherwise + BOOL ThreadExists(void) const + { + if (m_hThread == 0) { + return FALSE; + } else { + return TRUE; + } + } + + // wait for the next request + DWORD GetRequest(); + + // is there a request? + BOOL CheckRequest(__out_opt DWORD * pParam); + + // reply to the request + void Reply(DWORD); + + // If you want to do WaitForMultipleObjects you'll need to include + // this handle in your wait list or you won't be responsive + HANDLE GetRequestHandle() const { return m_EventSend; }; + + // Find out what the request was + DWORD GetRequestParam() const { return m_dwParam; }; + + // call CoInitializeEx (COINIT_DISABLE_OLE1DDE) if + // available. S_FALSE means it's not available. + static HRESULT CoInitializeHelper(); +}; +#endif // AM_NOVTABLE + + +// CQueue +// +// Implements a simple Queue ADT. The queue contains a finite number of +// objects, access to which is controlled by a semaphore. The semaphore +// is created with an initial count (N). Each time an object is added +// a call to WaitForSingleObject is made on the semaphore's handle. When +// this function returns a slot has been reserved in the queue for the new +// object. If no slots are available the function blocks until one becomes +// available. Each time an object is removed from the queue ReleaseSemaphore +// is called on the semaphore's handle, thus freeing a slot in the queue. +// If no objects are present in the queue the function blocks until an +// object has been added. + +#define DEFAULT_QUEUESIZE 2 + +template <class T> class CQueue { +private: + HANDLE hSemPut; // Semaphore controlling queue "putting" + HANDLE hSemGet; // Semaphore controlling queue "getting" + CRITICAL_SECTION CritSect; // Thread seriallization + int nMax; // Max objects allowed in queue + int iNextPut; // Array index of next "PutMsg" + int iNextGet; // Array index of next "GetMsg" + T *QueueObjects; // Array of objects (ptr's to void) + + void Initialize(int n) { + iNextPut = iNextGet = 0; + nMax = n; + InitializeCriticalSection(&CritSect); + hSemPut = CreateSemaphore(NULL, n, n, NULL); + hSemGet = CreateSemaphore(NULL, 0, n, NULL); + QueueObjects = new T[n]; + } + + +public: + CQueue(int n) { + Initialize(n); + } + + CQueue() { + Initialize(DEFAULT_QUEUESIZE); + } + + ~CQueue() { + delete [] QueueObjects; + DeleteCriticalSection(&CritSect); + CloseHandle(hSemPut); + CloseHandle(hSemGet); + } + + T GetQueueObject() { + int iSlot; + T Object; + LONG lPrevious; + + // Wait for someone to put something on our queue, returns straight + // away is there is already an object on the queue. + // + WaitForSingleObject(hSemGet, INFINITE); + + EnterCriticalSection(&CritSect); + iSlot = iNextGet++ % nMax; + Object = QueueObjects[iSlot]; + LeaveCriticalSection(&CritSect); + + // Release anyone waiting to put an object onto our queue as there + // is now space available in the queue. + // + ReleaseSemaphore(hSemPut, 1L, &lPrevious); + return Object; + } + + void PutQueueObject(T Object) { + int iSlot; + LONG lPrevious; + + // Wait for someone to get something from our queue, returns straight + // away is there is already an empty slot on the queue. + // + WaitForSingleObject(hSemPut, INFINITE); + + EnterCriticalSection(&CritSect); + iSlot = iNextPut++ % nMax; + QueueObjects[iSlot] = Object; + LeaveCriticalSection(&CritSect); + + // Release anyone waiting to remove an object from our queue as there + // is now an object available to be removed. + // + ReleaseSemaphore(hSemGet, 1L, &lPrevious); + } +}; + +// Ensures that memory is not read past the length source buffer +// and that memory is not written past the length of the dst buffer +// dst - buffer to copy to +// dst_size - total size of destination buffer +// cb_dst_offset - offset, first byte copied to dst+cb_dst_offset +// src - buffer to copy from +// src_size - total size of source buffer +// cb_src_offset - offset, first byte copied from src+cb_src_offset +// count - number of bytes to copy +// +// Returns: +// S_OK - no error +// E_INVALIDARG - values passed would lead to overrun +HRESULT AMSafeMemMoveOffset( + __in_bcount(dst_size) void * dst, + __in size_t dst_size, + __in DWORD cb_dst_offset, + __in_bcount(src_size) const void * src, + __in size_t src_size, + __in DWORD cb_src_offset, + __in size_t count); + +extern "C" +void * __stdcall memmoveInternal(void *, const void *, size_t); + +inline void * __cdecl memchrInternal(const void *buf, int chr, size_t cnt) +{ +#ifdef _X86_ + void *pRet = NULL; + + _asm { + cld // make sure we get the direction right + mov ecx, cnt // num of bytes to scan + mov edi, buf // pointer byte stream + mov eax, chr // byte to scan for + repne scasb // look for the byte in the byte stream + jnz exit_memchr // Z flag set if byte found + dec edi // scasb always increments edi even when it + // finds the required byte + mov pRet, edi +exit_memchr: + } + return pRet; + +#else + while ( cnt && (*(unsigned char *)buf != (unsigned char)chr) ) { + buf = (unsigned char *)buf + 1; + cnt--; + } + + return(cnt ? (void *)buf : NULL); +#endif +} + +void WINAPI IntToWstr(int i, __out_ecount(12) LPWSTR wstr); + +#define WstrToInt(sz) _wtoi(sz) +#define atoiW(sz) _wtoi(sz) +#define atoiA(sz) atoi(sz) + +// These are available to help managing bitmap VIDEOINFOHEADER media structures + +extern const DWORD bits555[3]; +extern const DWORD bits565[3]; +extern const DWORD bits888[3]; + +// These help convert between VIDEOINFOHEADER and BITMAPINFO structures + +STDAPI_(const GUID) GetTrueColorType(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmiHeader); +STDAPI_(const GUID) GetBitmapSubtype(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmiHeader); +STDAPI_(WORD) GetBitCount(const GUID *pSubtype); + +// strmbase.lib implements this for compatibility with people who +// managed to link to this directly. we don't want to advertise it. +// +// STDAPI_(/* T */ CHAR *) GetSubtypeName(const GUID *pSubtype); + +STDAPI_(CHAR *) GetSubtypeNameA(const GUID *pSubtype); +STDAPI_(WCHAR *) GetSubtypeNameW(const GUID *pSubtype); + +#ifdef UNICODE +#define GetSubtypeName GetSubtypeNameW +#else +#define GetSubtypeName GetSubtypeNameA +#endif + +STDAPI_(LONG) GetBitmapFormatSize(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pHeader); +STDAPI_(DWORD) GetBitmapSize(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pHeader); + +#ifdef __AMVIDEO__ +STDAPI_(BOOL) ContainsPalette(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo); +STDAPI_(const RGBQUAD *) GetBitmapPalette(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo); +#endif // __AMVIDEO__ + + +// Compares two interfaces and returns TRUE if they are on the same object +BOOL WINAPI IsEqualObject(IUnknown *pFirst, IUnknown *pSecond); + +// This is for comparing pins +#define EqualPins(pPin1, pPin2) IsEqualObject(pPin1, pPin2) + + +// Arithmetic helper functions + +// Compute (a * b + rnd) / c +LONGLONG WINAPI llMulDiv(LONGLONG a, LONGLONG b, LONGLONG c, LONGLONG rnd); +LONGLONG WINAPI Int64x32Div32(LONGLONG a, LONG b, LONG c, LONG rnd); + + +// Avoids us dyna-linking to SysAllocString to copy BSTR strings +STDAPI WriteBSTR(__deref_out BSTR * pstrDest, LPCWSTR szSrc); +STDAPI FreeBSTR(__deref_in BSTR* pstr); + +// Return a wide string - allocating memory for it +// Returns: +// S_OK - no error +// E_POINTER - ppszReturn == NULL +// E_OUTOFMEMORY - can't allocate memory for returned string +STDAPI AMGetWideString(LPCWSTR pszString, __deref_out LPWSTR *ppszReturn); + +// Special wait for objects owning windows +DWORD WINAPI WaitDispatchingMessages( + HANDLE hObject, + DWORD dwWait, + HWND hwnd = NULL, + UINT uMsg = 0, + HANDLE hEvent = NULL); + +// HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 converts ERROR_SUCCESS to a success code, but in +// our use of HRESULT_FROM_WIN32, it typically means a function failed +// to call SetLastError(), and we still want a failure code. +// +#define AmHresultFromWin32(x) (MAKE_HRESULT(SEVERITY_ERROR, FACILITY_WIN32, x)) + +// call GetLastError and return an HRESULT value that will fail the +// SUCCEEDED() macro. +HRESULT AmGetLastErrorToHResult(void); + +// duplicate of ATL's CComPtr to avoid linker conflicts. + +IUnknown* QzAtlComPtrAssign(__deref_inout_opt IUnknown** pp, __in_opt IUnknown* lp); + +template <class T> +class QzCComPtr +{ +public: + typedef T _PtrClass; + QzCComPtr() {p=NULL;} + QzCComPtr(T* lp) + { + if ((p = lp) != NULL) + p->AddRef(); + } + QzCComPtr(const QzCComPtr<T>& lp) + { + if ((p = lp.p) != NULL) + p->AddRef(); + } + ~QzCComPtr() {if (p) p->Release();} + void Release() {if (p) p->Release(); p=NULL;} + operator T*() {return (T*)p;} + T& operator*() {ASSERT(p!=NULL); return *p; } + //The assert on operator& usually indicates a bug. If this is really + //what is needed, however, take the address of the p member explicitly. + T** operator&() { ASSERT(p==NULL); return &p; } + T* operator->() { ASSERT(p!=NULL); return p; } + T* operator=(T* lp){return (T*)QzAtlComPtrAssign((IUnknown**)&p, lp);} + T* operator=(const QzCComPtr<T>& lp) + { + return (T*)QzAtlComPtrAssign((IUnknown**)&p, lp.p); + } +#if _MSC_VER>1020 + bool operator!(){return (p == NULL);} +#else + BOOL operator!(){return (p == NULL) ? TRUE : FALSE;} +#endif + T* p; +}; + +MMRESULT CompatibleTimeSetEvent( UINT uDelay, UINT uResolution, __in LPTIMECALLBACK lpTimeProc, DWORD_PTR dwUser, UINT fuEvent ); +bool TimeKillSynchronousFlagAvailable( void ); + +// Helper to replace lstrcpmi +__inline int lstrcmpiLocaleIndependentW(LPCWSTR lpsz1, LPCWSTR lpsz2) +{ + return CompareStringW(LOCALE_INVARIANT, NORM_IGNORECASE, lpsz1, -1, lpsz2, -1) - CSTR_EQUAL; +} +__inline int lstrcmpiLocaleIndependentA(LPCSTR lpsz1, LPCSTR lpsz2) +{ + return CompareStringA(LOCALE_INVARIANT, NORM_IGNORECASE, lpsz1, -1, lpsz2, -1) - CSTR_EQUAL; +} + +#endif /* __WXUTIL__ */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/g729a/BASIC_OP.H b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729a/BASIC_OP.H new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b909782 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729a/BASIC_OP.H @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ + +/*___________________________________________________________________________ + | | + | Constants and Globals | + |___________________________________________________________________________| +*/ +extern Flag Overflow; +extern Flag Carry; + +#define MAX_32 (Word32)0x7fffffffL +#define MIN_32 (Word32)0x80000000L + +#define MAX_16 (Word16)0x7fff +#define MIN_16 (Word16)0x8000 + + +/*___________________________________________________________________________ + | | + | Operators prototypes | + |___________________________________________________________________________| +*/ + +Word16 sature(Word32 L_var1); /* Limit to 16 bits, 1 */ +Word16 add(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Short add, 1 */ +Word16 sub(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Short sub, 1 */ +Word16 abs_s(Word16 var1); /* Short abs, 1 */ +Word16 shl(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Short shift left, 1 */ +Word16 shr(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Short shift right, 1 */ +Word16 mult(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Short mult, 1 */ +Word32 L_mult(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Long mult, 1 */ +Word16 negate(Word16 var1); /* Short negate, 1 */ +Word16 extract_h(Word32 L_var1); /* Extract high, 1 */ +Word16 extract_l(Word32 L_var1); /* Extract low, 1 */ +Word16 round(Word32 L_var1); /* Round, 1 */ +Word32 L_mac(Word32 L_var3, Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Mac, 1 */ +Word32 L_msu(Word32 L_var3, Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Msu, 1 */ +Word32 L_macNs(Word32 L_var3, Word16 var1, Word16 var2);/* Mac without sat, 1*/ +Word32 L_msuNs(Word32 L_var3, Word16 var1, Word16 var2);/* Msu without sat, 1*/ + +Word32 L_add(Word32 L_var1, Word32 L_var2); /* Long add, 2 */ +Word32 L_sub(Word32 L_var1, Word32 L_var2); /* Long sub, 2 */ +Word32 L_add_c(Word32 L_var1, Word32 L_var2); /*Long add with c, 2 */ +Word32 L_sub_c(Word32 L_var1, Word32 L_var2); /*Long sub with c, 2 */ +Word32 L_negate(Word32 L_var1); /* Long negate, 2 */ +Word16 mult_r(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Mult with round, 2 */ +Word32 L_shl(Word32 L_var1, Word16 var2); /* Long shift left, 2 */ +Word32 L_shr(Word32 L_var1, Word16 var2); /* Long shift right, 2 */ +Word16 shr_r(Word16 var1, Word16 var2);/* Shift right with round, 2 */ +Word16 mac_r(Word32 L_var3, Word16 var1, Word16 var2);/* Mac with rounding, 2*/ +Word16 msu_r(Word32 L_var3, Word16 var1, Word16 var2);/* Msu with rounding, 2*/ +Word32 L_deposit_h(Word16 var1); /* 16 bit var1 -> MSB, 2 */ +Word32 L_deposit_l(Word16 var1); /* 16 bit var1 -> LSB, 2 */ + +Word32 L_shr_r(Word32 L_var1, Word16 var2);/* Long shift right with round, 3*/ +Word32 L_abs(Word32 L_var1); /* Long abs, 3 */ + +Word32 L_sat(Word32 L_var1); /* Long saturation, 4 */ + +Word16 norm_s(Word16 var1); /* Short norm, 15 */ + +Word16 div_s(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Short division, 18 */ + +Word16 norm_l(Word32 L_var1); /* Long norm, 30 */ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/g729a/LD8A.H b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729a/LD8A.H new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e9b7359 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729a/LD8A.H @@ -0,0 +1,623 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.1 Last modified: September 1996 + + Copyright (c) 1996, + AT&T, France Telecom, NTT, Universite de Sherbrooke + All rights reserved. +*/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------* + * LD8A.H * + * ~~~~~~ * + * Function prototypes and constants use for G.729A 8kb/s coder. * + * * + *---------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * Codec constant parameters (coder, decoder, and postfilter) * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define L_TOTAL 240 /* Total size of speech buffer. */ +#define L_WINDOW 240 /* Window size in LP analysis. */ +#define L_NEXT 40 /* Lookahead in LP analysis. */ +#define L_FRAME 80 /* Frame size. */ +#define L_SUBFR 40 /* Subframe size. */ +#define M 10 /* Order of LP filter. */ +#define MP1 (M+1) /* Order of LP filter + 1 */ +#define PIT_MIN 20 /* Minimum pitch lag. */ +#define PIT_MAX 143 /* Maximum pitch lag. */ +#define L_INTERPOL (10+1) /* Length of filter for interpolation. */ +#define GAMMA1 24576 /* Bandwitdh factor = 0.75 in Q15 */ + +#define PRM_SIZE 11 /* Size of vector of analysis parameters. */ +#define SERIAL_SIZE (80+2) /* bfi+ number of speech bits */ + +#define SHARPMAX 13017 /* Maximum value of pitch sharpening 0.8 Q14 */ +#define SHARPMIN 3277 /* Minimum value of pitch sharpening 0.2 Q14 */ + + +/*-------------------------------* + * Mathematic functions. * + *-------------------------------*/ + +Word32 Inv_sqrt( /* (o) Q30 : output value (range: 0<=val<1) */ + Word32 L_x /* (i) Q0 : input value (range: 0<=val<=7fffffff) */ +); + +void Log2( + Word32 L_x, /* (i) Q0 : input value */ + Word16 *exponent, /* (o) Q0 : Integer part of Log2. (range: 0<=val<=30) */ + Word16 *fraction /* (o) Q15: Fractionnal part of Log2. (range: 0<=val<1) */ +); + +Word32 Pow2( /* (o) Q0 : result (range: 0<=val<=0x7fffffff) */ + Word16 exponent, /* (i) Q0 : Integer part. (range: 0<=val<=30) */ + Word16 fraction /* (i) Q15 : Fractionnal part. (range: 0.0<=val<1.0) */ +); + +/*-------------------------------* + * Pre and post-process. * + *-------------------------------*/ + +void Init_Pre_Process(void); +void Init_Post_Process(void); + +void Pre_Process( + Word16 signal[], /* Input/output signal */ + Word16 lg /* Length of signal */ +); + +void Post_Process( + Word16 signal[], /* Input/output signal */ + Word16 lg /* Length of signal */ +); + +/*----------------------------------* + * Main coder and decoder functions * + *----------------------------------*/ + +void Init_Coder_ld8a(void); + +void Coder_ld8a( + Word16 ana[] /* output : Analysis parameters */ +); + +void Init_Decod_ld8a(void); + +void Decod_ld8a( + Word16 parm[], /* (i) : vector of synthesis parameters + parm[0] = bad frame indicator (bfi) */ + Word16 synth[], /* (o) : synthesis speech */ + Word16 A_t[], /* (o) : decoded LP filter in 2 subframes */ + Word16 *T2 /* (o) : decoded pitch lag in 2 subframes */ +); + +/*-------------------------------* + * LPC analysis and filtering. * + *-------------------------------*/ + +void Autocorr( + Word16 x[], /* (i) : Input signal */ + Word16 m, /* (i) : LPC order */ + Word16 r_h[], /* (o) : Autocorrelations (msb) */ + Word16 r_l[] /* (o) : Autocorrelations (lsb) */ +); + +void Lag_window( + Word16 m, /* (i) : LPC order */ + Word16 r_h[], /* (i/o) : Autocorrelations (msb) */ + Word16 r_l[] /* (i/o) : Autocorrelations (lsb) */ +); + +void Levinson( + Word16 Rh[], /* (i) : Rh[m+1] Vector of autocorrelations (msb) */ + Word16 Rl[], /* (i) : Rl[m+1] Vector of autocorrelations (lsb) */ + Word16 A[], /* (o) Q12 : A[m] LPC coefficients (m = 10) */ + Word16 rc[] /* (o) Q15 : rc[M] Relection coefficients. */ +); + +void Az_lsp( + Word16 a[], /* (i) Q12 : predictor coefficients */ + Word16 lsp[], /* (o) Q15 : line spectral pairs */ + Word16 old_lsp[] /* (i) : old lsp[] (in case not found 10 roots) */ +); + +void Lsp_Az( + Word16 lsp[], /* (i) Q15 : line spectral frequencies */ + Word16 a[] /* (o) Q12 : predictor coefficients (order = 10) */ +); + +void Lsf_lsp( + Word16 lsf[], /* (i) Q15 : lsf[m] normalized (range: 0.0<=val<=0.5) */ + Word16 lsp[], /* (o) Q15 : lsp[m] (range: -1<=val<1) */ + Word16 m /* (i) : LPC order */ +); + +void Lsp_lsf( + Word16 lsp[], /* (i) Q15 : lsp[m] (range: -1<=val<1) */ + Word16 lsf[], /* (o) Q15 : lsf[m] normalized (range: 0.0<=val<=0.5) */ + Word16 m /* (i) : LPC order */ +); + +void Int_qlpc( + Word16 lsp_old[], /* input : LSP vector of past frame */ + Word16 lsp_new[], /* input : LSP vector of present frame */ + Word16 Az[] /* output: interpolated Az() for the 2 subframes */ +); + +void Weight_Az( + Word16 a[], /* (i) Q12 : a[m+1] LPC coefficients */ + Word16 gamma, /* (i) Q15 : Spectral expansion factor. */ + Word16 m, /* (i) : LPC order. */ + Word16 ap[] /* (o) Q12 : Spectral expanded LPC coefficients */ +); + +void Residu( + Word16 a[], /* (i) Q12 : prediction coefficients */ + Word16 x[], /* (i) : speech (values x[-m..-1] are needed (m=10) */ + Word16 y[], /* (o) : residual signal */ + Word16 lg /* (i) : size of filtering */ +); + +void Syn_filt( + Word16 a[], /* (i) Q12 : a[m+1] prediction coefficients (m=10) */ + Word16 x[], /* (i) : input signal */ + Word16 y[], /* (o) : output signal */ + Word16 lg, /* (i) : size of filtering */ + Word16 mem[], /* (i/o) : memory associated with this filtering. */ + Word16 update /* (i) : 0=no update, 1=update of memory. */ +); + +void Convolve( + Word16 x[], /* (i) : input vector */ + Word16 h[], /* (i) Q12 : impulse response */ + Word16 y[], /* (o) : output vector */ + Word16 L /* (i) : vector size */ +); + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * LTP constant parameters * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define UP_SAMP 3 +#define L_INTER10 10 +#define FIR_SIZE_SYN (UP_SAMP*L_INTER10+1) + +/*-----------------------* + * Pitch functions. * + *-----------------------*/ + +Word16 Pitch_ol_fast( /* output: open loop pitch lag */ + Word16 signal[], /* input : signal used to compute the open loop pitch */ + /* signal[-pit_max] to signal[-1] should be known */ + Word16 pit_max, /* input : maximum pitch lag */ + Word16 L_frame /* input : length of frame to compute pitch */ +); + +Word16 Pitch_fr3_fast(/* (o) : pitch period. */ + Word16 exc[], /* (i) : excitation buffer */ + Word16 xn[], /* (i) : target vector */ + Word16 h[], /* (i) Q12 : impulse response of filters. */ + Word16 L_subfr, /* (i) : Length of subframe */ + Word16 t0_min, /* (i) : minimum value in the searched range. */ + Word16 t0_max, /* (i) : maximum value in the searched range. */ + Word16 i_subfr, /* (i) : indicator for first subframe. */ + Word16 *pit_frac /* (o) : chosen fraction. */ +); + +Word16 G_pitch( /* (o) Q14 : Gain of pitch lag saturated to 1.2 */ + Word16 xn[], /* (i) : Pitch target. */ + Word16 y1[], /* (i) : Filtered adaptive codebook. */ + Word16 g_coeff[], /* (i) : Correlations need for gain quantization. */ + Word16 L_subfr /* (i) : Length of subframe. */ +); + +Word16 Enc_lag3( /* output: Return index of encoding */ + Word16 T0, /* input : Pitch delay */ + Word16 T0_frac, /* input : Fractional pitch delay */ + Word16 *T0_min, /* in/out: Minimum search delay */ + Word16 *T0_max, /* in/out: Maximum search delay */ + Word16 pit_min, /* input : Minimum pitch delay */ + Word16 pit_max, /* input : Maximum pitch delay */ + Word16 pit_flag /* input : Flag for 1st subframe */ +); + +void Dec_lag3( /* output: return integer pitch lag */ + Word16 index, /* input : received pitch index */ + Word16 pit_min, /* input : minimum pitch lag */ + Word16 pit_max, /* input : maximum pitch lag */ + Word16 i_subfr, /* input : subframe flag */ + Word16 *T0, /* output: integer part of pitch lag */ + Word16 *T0_frac /* output: fractional part of pitch lag */ +); + +Word16 Interpol_3( /* (o) : interpolated value */ + Word16 *x, /* (i) : input vector */ + Word16 frac /* (i) : fraction */ +); + +void Pred_lt_3( + Word16 exc[], /* in/out: excitation buffer */ + Word16 T0, /* input : integer pitch lag */ + Word16 frac, /* input : fraction of lag */ + Word16 L_subfr /* input : subframe size */ +); + +Word16 Parity_Pitch( /* output: parity bit (XOR of 6 MSB bits) */ + Word16 pitch_index /* input : index for which parity to compute */ +); + +Word16 Check_Parity_Pitch( /* output: 0 = no error, 1= error */ + Word16 pitch_index, /* input : index of parameter */ + Word16 parity /* input : parity bit */ +); + +void Cor_h_X( + Word16 h[], /* (i) Q12 :Impulse response of filters */ + Word16 X[], /* (i) :Target vector */ + Word16 D[] /* (o) :Correlations between h[] and D[] */ + /* Normalized to 13 bits */ +); + +/*-----------------------* + * Innovative codebook. * + *-----------------------*/ + +#define DIM_RR 616 /* size of correlation matrix */ +#define NB_POS 8 /* Number of positions for each pulse */ +#define STEP 5 /* Step betweem position of the same pulse. */ +#define MSIZE 64 /* Size of vectors for cross-correlation between 2 pulses*/ + +/* The following constants are Q15 fractions. + These fractions is used to keep maximum precision on "alp" sum */ + +#define _1_2 (Word16)(16384) +#define _1_4 (Word16)( 8192) +#define _1_8 (Word16)( 4096) +#define _1_16 (Word16)( 2048) + +Word16 ACELP_Code_A( /* (o) :index of pulses positions */ + Word16 x[], /* (i) :Target vector */ + Word16 h[], /* (i) Q12 :Inpulse response of filters */ + Word16 T0, /* (i) :Pitch lag */ + Word16 pitch_sharp, /* (i) Q14 :Last quantized pitch gain */ + Word16 code[], /* (o) Q13 :Innovative codebook */ + Word16 y[], /* (o) Q12 :Filtered innovative codebook */ + Word16 *sign /* (o) :Signs of 4 pulses */ +); + +void Decod_ACELP( + Word16 sign, /* (i) : signs of 4 pulses. */ + Word16 index, /* (i) : Positions of the 4 pulses. */ + Word16 cod[] /* (o) Q13 : algebraic (fixed) codebook excitation */ +); +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * LSP constant parameters * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define NC 5 /* NC = M/2 */ +#define MA_NP 4 /* MA prediction order for LSP */ +#define MODE 2 /* number of modes for MA prediction */ +#define NC0_B 7 /* number of first stage bits */ +#define NC1_B 5 /* number of second stage bits */ +#define NC0 (1<<NC0_B) +#define NC1 (1<<NC1_B) + +#define L_LIMIT 40 /* Q13:0.005 */ +#define M_LIMIT 25681 /* Q13:3.135 */ + +#define GAP1 10 /* Q13 */ +#define GAP2 5 /* Q13 */ +#define GAP3 321 /* Q13 */ +#define GRID_POINTS 50 + +#define PI04 ((Word16)1029) /* Q13 pi*0.04 */ +#define PI92 ((Word16)23677) /* Q13 pi*0.92 */ +#define CONST10 ((Word16)10*(1<<11)) /* Q11 10.0 */ +#define CONST12 ((Word16)19661) /* Q14 1.2 */ + +/*-------------------------------* + * LSP VQ functions. * + *-------------------------------*/ + +void Lsf_lsp2( + Word16 lsf[], /* (i) Q13 : lsf[m] (range: 0.0<=val<PI) */ + Word16 lsp[], /* (o) Q15 : lsp[m] (range: -1<=val<1) */ + Word16 m /* (i) : LPC order */ +); + +void Lsp_lsf2( + Word16 lsp[], /* (i) Q15 : lsp[m] (range: -1<=val<1) */ + Word16 lsf[], /* (o) Q13 : lsf[m] (range: 0.0<=val<PI) */ + Word16 m /* (i) : LPC order */ +); + +void Qua_lsp( + Word16 lsp[], /* (i) Q15 : Unquantized LSP */ + Word16 lsp_q[], /* (o) Q15 : Quantized LSP */ + Word16 ana[] /* (o) : indexes */ +); + +void Get_wegt( + Word16 flsp[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 wegt[] /* Q11 -> normalized */ +); + +void Lsp_encw_reset( + void +); + +void Lsp_qua_cs( + Word16 flsp_in[M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspq_out[M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 *code +); + +void Lsp_expand_1( + Word16 buf[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 gap /* Q13 */ +); + +void Lsp_expand_2( + Word16 buf[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 gap /* Q13 */ +); + +void Lsp_expand_1_2( + Word16 buf[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 gap /* Q13 */ +); + +void Lsp_get_quant( + Word16 lspcb1[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspcb2[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 code0, + Word16 code1, + Word16 code2, + Word16 fg[][M], /* Q15 */ + Word16 freq_prev[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspq[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg_sum[] /* Q15 */ +); + +void Lsp_get_tdist( + Word16 wegt[], /* normalized */ + Word16 buf[], /* Q13 */ + Word32 *L_tdist, /* Q27 */ + Word16 rbuf[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg_sum[] /* Q15 */ +); + +void Lsp_last_select( + Word32 L_tdist[], /* Q27 */ + Word16 *mode_index +); + +void Lsp_pre_select( + Word16 rbuf[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspcb1[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 *cand +); + +void Lsp_select_1( + Word16 rbuf[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspcb1[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 wegt[], /* normalized */ + Word16 lspcb2[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 *index +); + +void Lsp_select_2( + Word16 rbuf[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspcb1[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 wegt[], /* normalized */ + Word16 lspcb2[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 *index +); + +void Lsp_stability( + Word16 buf[] /* Q13 */ +); + +void Relspwed( + Word16 lsp[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 wegt[], /* normalized */ + Word16 lspq[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspcb1[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspcb2[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg[MODE][MA_NP][M], /* Q15 */ + Word16 freq_prev[MA_NP][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg_sum[MODE][M], /* Q15 */ + Word16 fg_sum_inv[MODE][M], /* Q12 */ + Word16 code_ana[] +); + +void D_lsp( + Word16 prm[], /* (i) : indexes of the selected LSP */ + Word16 lsp_q[], /* (o) Q15 : Quantized LSP parameters */ + Word16 erase /* (i) : frame erase information */ +); + +void Lsp_decw_reset( + void +); + +void Lsp_iqua_cs( + Word16 prm[], /* input : codes of the selected LSP*/ + Word16 lsp_q[], /* output: Quantized LSP parameters*/ + Word16 erase /* input : frame erase information */ +); + +void Lsp_prev_compose( + Word16 lsp_ele[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lsp[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg[][M], /* Q15 */ + Word16 freq_prev[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg_sum[] /* Q15 */ +); + +void Lsp_prev_extract( + Word16 lsp[M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lsp_ele[M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg[MA_NP][M], /* Q15 */ + Word16 freq_prev[MA_NP][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg_sum_inv[M] /* Q12 */ +); + +void Lsp_prev_update( + Word16 lsp_ele[M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 freq_prev[MA_NP][M] /* Q13 */ +); + +/*-------------------------------* + * gain VQ constants. * + *-------------------------------*/ + +#define NCODE1_B 3 /* number of Codebook-bit */ +#define NCODE2_B 4 /* number of Codebook-bit */ +#define NCODE1 (1<<NCODE1_B) /* Codebook 1 size */ +#define NCODE2 (1<<NCODE2_B) /* Codebook 2 size */ +#define NCAN1 4 /* Pre-selecting order for #1 */ +#define NCAN2 8 /* Pre-selecting order for #2 */ +#define INV_COEF -17103 /* Q19 */ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * gain VQ functions. * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +Word16 Qua_gain( + Word16 code[], /* (i) Q13 : Innovative vector. */ + Word16 g_coeff[], /* (i) : Correlations <xn y1> -2<y1 y1> */ + /* <y2,y2>, -2<xn,y2>, 2<y1,y2> */ + Word16 exp_coeff[],/* (i) : Q-Format g_coeff[] */ + Word16 L_subfr, /* (i) : Subframe length. */ + Word16 *gain_pit, /* (o) Q14 : Pitch gain. */ + Word16 *gain_cod, /* (o) Q1 : Code gain. */ + Word16 tameflag /* (i) : flag set to 1 if taming is needed */ +); + +void Dec_gain( + Word16 index, /* (i) : Index of quantization. */ + Word16 code[], /* (i) Q13 : Innovative vector. */ + Word16 L_subfr, /* (i) : Subframe length. */ + Word16 bfi, /* (i) : Bad frame indicator */ + Word16 *gain_pit, /* (o) Q14 : Pitch gain. */ + Word16 *gain_cod /* (o) Q1 : Code gain. */ +); + +void Gain_predict( + Word16 past_qua_en[],/* (i) Q10 :Past quantized energies */ + Word16 code[], /* (i) Q13 : Innovative vector. */ + Word16 L_subfr, /* (i) : Subframe length. */ + Word16 *gcode0, /* (o) Qxx : Predicted codebook gain */ + Word16 *exp_gcode0 /* (o) : Q-Format(gcode0) */ +); + +void Gain_update( + Word16 past_qua_en[],/* (i) Q10 :Past quantized energies */ + Word32 L_gbk12 /* (i) Q13 : gbk1[indice1][1]+gbk2[indice2][1] */ +); + +void Gain_update_erasure( + Word16 past_qua_en[]/* (i) Q10 :Past quantized energies */ +); + +void Corr_xy2( + Word16 xn[], /* (i) Q0 :Target vector. */ + Word16 y1[], /* (i) Q0 :Adaptive codebook. */ + Word16 y2[], /* (i) Q12 :Filtered innovative vector. */ + Word16 g_coeff[], /* (o) Q[exp]:Correlations between xn,y1,y2 */ + Word16 exp_g_coeff[] /* (o) :Q-format of g_coeff[] */ +); + +/*-----------------------* + * Bitstream function * + *-----------------------*/ + +void prm2bits_ld8k(Word16 prm[], Word16 bits[]); +void bits2prm_ld8k(Word16 bits[], Word16 prm[]); +#define BIT_0 (short)0x007f /* definition of zero-bit in bit-stream */ +#define BIT_1 (short)0x0081 /* definition of one-bit in bit-stream */ +#define SYNC_WORD (short)0x6b21 /* definition of frame erasure flag */ +#define SIZE_WORD (short)80 /* number of speech bits */ + + +/*-----------------------------------* + * Post-filter functions. * + *-----------------------------------*/ + +#define L_H 22 /* size of truncated impulse response of A(z/g1)/A(z/g2) */ + +#define GAMMAP 16384 /* 0.5 (Q15) */ +#define INV_GAMMAP 21845 /* 1/(1+GAMMAP) (Q15) */ +#define GAMMAP_2 10923 /* GAMMAP/(1+GAMMAP) (Q15) */ + +#define GAMMA2_PST 18022 /* Formant postfilt factor (numerator) 0.55 Q15 */ +#define GAMMA1_PST 22938 /* Formant postfilt factor (denominator) 0.70 Q15 */ + +#define MU 26214 /* Factor for tilt compensation filter 0.8 Q15 */ +#define AGC_FAC 29491 /* Factor for automatic gain control 0.9 Q15 */ +#define AGC_FAC1 (Word16)(32767 - AGC_FAC) /* 1-AGC_FAC in Q15 */ + + +void Init_Post_Filter(void); + +void Post_Filter( + Word16 *syn, /* in/out: synthesis speech (postfiltered is output) */ + Word16 *Az_4, /* input : interpolated LPC parameters in all subframes */ + Word16 *T /* input : decoded pitch lags in all subframes */ +); + +void pit_pst_filt( + Word16 *signal, /* (i) : input signal */ + Word16 *scal_sig, /* (i) : input signal (scaled, divided by 4) */ + Word16 t0_min, /* (i) : minimum value in the searched range */ + Word16 t0_max, /* (i) : maximum value in the searched range */ + Word16 L_subfr, /* (i) : size of filtering */ + Word16 *signal_pst /* (o) : harmonically postfiltered signal */ +); + +void preemphasis( + Word16 *signal, /* (i/o) : input signal overwritten by the output */ + Word16 g, /* (i) Q15 : preemphasis coefficient */ + Word16 L /* (i) : size of filtering */ +); + +void agc( + Word16 *sig_in, /* (i) : postfilter input signal */ + Word16 *sig_out, /* (i/o) : postfilter output signal */ + Word16 l_trm /* (i) : subframe size */ +); + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * Constants and prototypes for taming procedure. * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define GPCLIP 15564 /* Maximum pitch gain if taming is needed Q14*/ +#define GPCLIP2 481 /* Maximum pitch gain if taming is needed Q9 */ +#define GP0999 16383 /* Maximum pitch gain if taming is needed */ +#define L_THRESH_ERR 983040000L /* Error threshold taming 16384. * 60000. */ + +void Init_exc_err(void); +void update_exc_err(Word16 gain_pit, Word16 t0); +Word16 test_err(Word16 t0, Word16 t0_frac); + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * Prototypes for auxiliary functions. * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void Copy( + Word16 x[], /* (i) : input vector */ + Word16 y[], /* (o) : output vector */ + Word16 L /* (i) : vector length */ +); + +void Set_zero( + Word16 x[], /* (o) : vector to clear */ + Word16 L /* (i) : length of vector */ +); + +Word16 Random(void); + + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/g729a/OPER_32B.H b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729a/OPER_32B.H new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7d3c475 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729a/OPER_32B.H @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.1 Last modified: September 1996 + + Copyright (c) 1996, + AT&T, France Telecom, NTT, Universite de Sherbrooke + All rights reserved. +*/ + +/* Double precision operations */ + +void L_Extract(Word32 L_32, Word16 *hi, Word16 *lo); +Word32 L_Comp(Word16 hi, Word16 lo); +Word32 Mpy_32(Word16 hi1, Word16 lo1, Word16 hi2, Word16 lo2); +Word32 Mpy_32_16(Word16 hi, Word16 lo, Word16 n); +Word32 Div_32(Word32 L_num, Word16 denom_hi, Word16 denom_lo); + + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/g729a/TAB_LD8A.H b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729a/TAB_LD8A.H new file mode 100644 index 0000000..51fb10b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729a/TAB_LD8A.H @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.1 Last modified: September 1996 + + Copyright (c) 1996, + AT&T, France Telecom, NTT, Universite de Sherbrooke + All rights reserved. +*/ + +extern Word16 hamwindow[L_WINDOW]; +extern Word16 lag_h[M]; +extern Word16 lag_l[M]; +extern Word16 table[65]; +extern Word16 slope[64]; +extern Word16 table2[64]; +extern Word16 slope_cos[64]; +extern Word16 slope_acos[64]; +extern Word16 lspcb1[NC0][M]; +extern Word16 lspcb2[NC1][M]; +extern Word16 fg[2][MA_NP][M]; +extern Word16 fg_sum[2][M]; +extern Word16 fg_sum_inv[2][M]; +extern Word16 grid[GRID_POINTS+1]; +extern Word16 inter_3l[FIR_SIZE_SYN]; +extern Word16 pred[4]; +extern Word16 gbk1[NCODE1][2]; +extern Word16 gbk2[NCODE2][2]; +extern Word16 map1[NCODE1]; +extern Word16 map2[NCODE2]; +extern Word16 coef[2][2]; +extern Word32 L_coef[2][2]; +extern Word16 thr1[NCODE1-NCAN1]; +extern Word16 thr2[NCODE2-NCAN2]; +extern Word16 imap1[NCODE1]; +extern Word16 imap2[NCODE2]; +extern Word16 b100[3]; +extern Word16 a100[3]; +extern Word16 b140[3]; +extern Word16 a140[3]; +extern Word16 bitsno[PRM_SIZE]; +extern Word16 tabpow[33]; +extern Word16 tablog[33]; +extern Word16 tabsqr[49]; +extern Word16 tab_zone[PIT_MAX+L_INTERPOL-1]; + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/g729a/TYPEDEF.H b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729a/TYPEDEF.H new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3307fe --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729a/TYPEDEF.H @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.1 Last modified: September 1996 + + Copyright (c) 1996, + AT&T, France Telecom, NTT, Universite de Sherbrooke + All rights reserved. +*/ + +/* WARNING: Make sure that the proper flags are defined for your system */ + +/* + Types definitions +*/ + +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined (__WATCOMC__) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__ZTC__) || defined(__HIGHC__) || defined(_TURBOC_) +typedef long int Word32 ; +typedef short int Word16 ; +typedef short int Flag ; +#elif defined( __sun) +typedef short Word16; +typedef long Word32; +typedef int Flag; +#elif defined(__unix__) || defined(__unix) +typedef short Word16; +typedef int Word32; +typedef int Flag; +#elif defined(VMS) || defined(__VMS) +typedef short Word16; +typedef long Word32; +typedef int Flag; +#else +#error COMPILER NOT TESTED typedef.h needs to be updated, see readme +#endif + + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/basic_op.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/basic_op.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..21c19be --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/basic_op.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/*___________________________________________________________________________ + | | + | Constants and Globals | + |___________________________________________________________________________| +*/ +extern Flag Overflow; +extern Flag Carry; + +#define MAX_32 (Word32)0x7fffffffL +#define MIN_32 (Word32)0x80000000L + +#define MAX_16 (Word16)0x7fff +#define MIN_16 (Word16)0x8000 + + +/*___________________________________________________________________________ + | | + | Operators prototypes | + |___________________________________________________________________________| +*/ + +Word16 sature(Word32 L_var1); /* Limit to 16 bits, 1 */ +Word16 add(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Short add, 1 */ +Word16 sub(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Short sub, 1 */ +Word16 abs_s(Word16 var1); /* Short abs, 1 */ +Word16 shl(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Short shift left, 1 */ +Word16 shr(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Short shift right, 1 */ +Word16 mult(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Short mult, 1 */ +Word32 L_mult(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Long mult, 1 */ +Word16 negate(Word16 var1); /* Short negate, 1 */ +Word16 extract_h(Word32 L_var1); /* Extract high, 1 */ +Word16 extract_l(Word32 L_var1); /* Extract low, 1 */ +Word16 round(Word32 L_var1); /* Round, 1 */ +Word32 L_mac(Word32 L_var3, Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Mac, 1 */ +Word32 L_msu(Word32 L_var3, Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Msu, 1 */ +Word32 L_macNs(Word32 L_var3, Word16 var1, Word16 var2);/* Mac without sat, 1*/ +Word32 L_msuNs(Word32 L_var3, Word16 var1, Word16 var2);/* Msu without sat, 1*/ + +Word32 L_add(Word32 L_var1, Word32 L_var2); /* Long add, 2 */ +Word32 L_sub(Word32 L_var1, Word32 L_var2); /* Long sub, 2 */ +Word32 L_add_c(Word32 L_var1, Word32 L_var2); /*Long add with c, 2 */ +Word32 L_sub_c(Word32 L_var1, Word32 L_var2); /*Long sub with c, 2 */ +Word32 L_negate(Word32 L_var1); /* Long negate, 2 */ +Word16 mult_r(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Mult with round, 2 */ +Word32 L_shl(Word32 L_var1, Word16 var2); /* Long shift left, 2 */ +Word32 L_shr(Word32 L_var1, Word16 var2); /* Long shift right, 2 */ +Word16 shr_r(Word16 var1, Word16 var2);/* Shift right with round, 2 */ +Word16 mac_r(Word32 L_var3, Word16 var1, Word16 var2);/* Mac with rounding, 2*/ +Word16 msu_r(Word32 L_var3, Word16 var1, Word16 var2);/* Msu with rounding, 2*/ +Word32 L_deposit_h(Word16 var1); /* 16 bit var1 -> MSB, 2 */ +Word32 L_deposit_l(Word16 var1); /* 16 bit var1 -> LSB, 2 */ + +Word32 L_shr_r(Word32 L_var1, Word16 var2);/* Long shift right with round, 3*/ +Word32 L_abs(Word32 L_var1); /* Long abs, 3 */ + +Word32 L_sat(Word32 L_var1); /* Long saturation, 4 */ + +Word16 norm_s(Word16 var1); /* Short norm, 15 */ + +Word16 div_s(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Short division, 18 */ + +Word16 norm_l(Word32 L_var1); /* Long norm, 30 */ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/dtx.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/dtx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0cc6ac --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/dtx.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Annex B ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.3 Last modified: August 1997 + Copyright (c) 1996, France Telecom, Rockwell International, + Universite de Sherbrooke. + All rights reserved. +*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * Prototypes for DTX/CNG * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Encoder DTX/CNG functions */ +void Init_Cod_cng(void); +void Cod_cng( + Word16 *exc, /* (i/o) : excitation array */ + Word16 pastVad, /* (i) : previous VAD decision */ + Word16 *lsp_old_q, /* (i/o) : previous quantized lsp */ + Word16 *Aq, /* (o) : set of interpolated LPC coefficients */ + Word16 *ana, /* (o) : coded SID parameters */ + Word16 freq_prev[MA_NP][M], + /* (i/o) : previous LPS for quantization */ + Word16 *seed /* (i/o) : random generator seed */ +); +void Update_cng( + Word16 *r_h, /* (i) : MSB of frame autocorrelation */ + Word16 exp_r, /* (i) : scaling factor associated */ + Word16 Vad /* (i) : current Vad decision */ +); + +/* SID gain Quantization */ +void Qua_Sidgain( + Word16 *ener, /* (i) array of energies */ + Word16 *sh_ener, /* (i) corresponding scaling factors */ + Word16 nb_ener, /* (i) number of energies or */ + Word16 *enerq, /* (o) decoded energies in dB */ + Word16 *idx /* (o) SID gain quantization index */ +); + +/* CNG excitation generation */ +void Calc_exc_rand( + Word16 cur_gain, /* (i) : target sample gain */ + Word16 *exc, /* (i/o) : excitation array */ + Word16 *seed, /* (i) : current Vad decision */ + Flag flag_cod /* (i) : encoder/decoder flag */ +); + +/* SID LSP Quantization */ +void Get_freq_prev(Word16 x[MA_NP][M]); +void Update_freq_prev(Word16 x[MA_NP][M]); +void Get_decfreq_prev(Word16 x[MA_NP][M]); +void Update_decfreq_prev(Word16 x[MA_NP][M]); + +/* Decoder CNG generation */ +void Init_Dec_cng(void); +void Dec_cng( + Word16 past_ftyp, /* (i) : past frame type */ + Word16 sid_sav, /* (i) : energy to recover SID gain */ + Word16 sh_sid_sav, /* (i) : corresponding scaling factor */ + Word16 *parm, /* (i) : coded SID parameters */ + Word16 *exc, /* (i/o) : excitation array */ + Word16 *lsp_old, /* (i/o) : previous lsp */ + Word16 *A_t, /* (o) : set of interpolated LPC coefficients */ + Word16 *seed, /* (i/o) : random generator seed */ + Word16 freq_prev[MA_NP][M] + /* (i/o) : previous LPS for quantization */ +); +Word16 read_frame(FILE *f_serial, Word16 *parm); + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * Constants for DTX/CNG * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* DTX constants */ +#define FLAG_COD (Flag)1 +#define FLAG_DEC (Flag)0 +#define INIT_SEED 11111 +#define FR_SID_MIN 3 +#define NB_SUMACF 3 +#define NB_CURACF 2 +#define NB_GAIN 2 +#define FRAC_THRESH1 4855 +#define FRAC_THRESH2 3161 +#define A_GAIN0 28672 + +#define SIZ_SUMACF (NB_SUMACF * MP1) +#define SIZ_ACF (NB_CURACF * MP1) +#define A_GAIN1 4096 /* 32768L - A_GAIN0 */ + +#define RATE_8000 80 /* Full rate (8000 bit/s) */ +#define RATE_SID 15 /* SID */ +#define RATE_0 0 /* 0 bit/s rate */ + +/* CNG excitation generation constant */ + /* alpha = 0.5 */ +#define FRAC1 19043 /* (sqrt(40)xalpha/2 - 1) * 32768 */ +#define K0 24576 /* (1 - alpha ** 2) in Q15 */ +#define G_MAX 5000 + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/ld8a.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/ld8a.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f95011 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/ld8a.h @@ -0,0 +1,629 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Speech Coder with Annex B ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.3 Last modified: August 1997 + + Copyright (c) 1996, + AT&T, France Telecom, NTT, Universite de Sherbrooke, Lucent Technologies, + Rockwell International + All rights reserved. +*/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------* + * LD8A.H * + * ~~~~~~ * + * Function prototypes and constants use for G.729A 8kb/s coder. * + * * + *---------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * Codec constant parameters (coder, decoder, and postfilter) * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define L_TOTAL 240 /* Total size of speech buffer. */ +#define L_WINDOW 240 /* Window size in LP analysis. */ +#define L_NEXT 40 /* Lookahead in LP analysis. */ +#define L_FRAME 80 /* Frame size. */ +#define L_SUBFR 40 /* Subframe size. */ +#define M 10 /* Order of LP filter. */ +#define MP1 (M+1) /* Order of LP filter + 1 */ +#define PIT_MIN 20 /* Minimum pitch lag. */ +#define PIT_MAX 143 /* Maximum pitch lag. */ +#define L_INTERPOL (10+1) /* Length of filter for interpolation. */ +#define GAMMA1 24576 /* Bandwitdh factor = 0.75 in Q15 */ + +#define PRM_SIZE 11 /* Size of vector of analysis parameters. */ +#define SERIAL_SIZE (80+2) /* bfi+ number of speech bits */ + +#define SHARPMAX 13017 /* Maximum value of pitch sharpening 0.8 Q14 */ +#define SHARPMIN 3277 /* Minimum value of pitch sharpening 0.2 Q14 */ + + +/*-------------------------------* + * Mathematic functions. * + *-------------------------------*/ + +Word32 Inv_sqrt( /* (o) Q30 : output value (range: 0<=val<1) */ + Word32 L_x /* (i) Q0 : input value (range: 0<=val<=7fffffff) */ +); + +void Log2( + Word32 L_x, /* (i) Q0 : input value */ + Word16 *exponent, /* (o) Q0 : Integer part of Log2. (range: 0<=val<=30) */ + Word16 *fraction /* (o) Q15: Fractionnal part of Log2. (range: 0<=val<1) */ +); + +Word32 Pow2( /* (o) Q0 : result (range: 0<=val<=0x7fffffff) */ + Word16 exponent, /* (i) Q0 : Integer part. (range: 0<=val<=30) */ + Word16 fraction /* (i) Q15 : Fractionnal part. (range: 0.0<=val<1.0) */ +); + +/*-------------------------------* + * Pre and post-process. * + *-------------------------------*/ + +void Init_Pre_Process(void); +void Init_Post_Process(void); + +void Pre_Process( + Word16 signal[], /* Input/output signal */ + Word16 lg /* Length of signal */ +); + +void Post_Process( + Word16 signal[], /* Input/output signal */ + Word16 lg /* Length of signal */ +); + +/*----------------------------------* + * Main coder and decoder functions * + *----------------------------------*/ + +void Init_Coder_ld8a(void); + +void Coder_ld8a( + Word16 ana[], /* output : Analysis parameters */ + Word16 frame, + Word16 vad_enable +); + +void Init_Decod_ld8a(void); + +void Decod_ld8a( + Word16 parm[], /* (i) : vector of synthesis parameters + parm[0] = bad frame indicator (bfi) */ + Word16 synth[], /* (o) : synthesis speech */ + Word16 A_t[], /* (o) : decoded LP filter in 2 subframes */ + Word16 *T2, /* (o) : decoded pitch lag in 2 subframes */ + Word16 *Vad /* (o) : VAD */ +); + +/*-------------------------------* + * LPC analysis and filtering. * + *-------------------------------*/ + +void Autocorr( + Word16 x[], /* (i) : Input signal */ + Word16 m, /* (i) : LPC order */ + Word16 r_h[], /* (o) : Autocorrelations (msb) */ + Word16 r_l[], /* (o) : Autocorrelations (lsb) */ + Word16 *exp_R0 +); + +void Lag_window( + Word16 m, /* (i) : LPC order */ + Word16 r_h[], /* (i/o) : Autocorrelations (msb) */ + Word16 r_l[] /* (i/o) : Autocorrelations (lsb) */ +); + +void Levinson( + Word16 Rh[], /* (i) : Rh[m+1] Vector of autocorrelations (msb) */ + Word16 Rl[], /* (i) : Rl[m+1] Vector of autocorrelations (lsb) */ + Word16 A[], /* (o) Q12 : A[m] LPC coefficients (m = 10) */ + Word16 rc[], /* (o) Q15 : rc[M] Relection coefficients. */ + Word16 *Err /* (o) : Residual energy */ +); + +void Az_lsp( + Word16 a[], /* (i) Q12 : predictor coefficients */ + Word16 lsp[], /* (o) Q15 : line spectral pairs */ + Word16 old_lsp[] /* (i) : old lsp[] (in case not found 10 roots) */ +); + +void Lsp_Az( + Word16 lsp[], /* (i) Q15 : line spectral frequencies */ + Word16 a[] /* (o) Q12 : predictor coefficients (order = 10) */ +); + +void Lsf_lsp( + Word16 lsf[], /* (i) Q15 : lsf[m] normalized (range: 0.0<=val<=0.5) */ + Word16 lsp[], /* (o) Q15 : lsp[m] (range: -1<=val<1) */ + Word16 m /* (i) : LPC order */ +); + +void Lsp_lsf( + Word16 lsp[], /* (i) Q15 : lsp[m] (range: -1<=val<1) */ + Word16 lsf[], /* (o) Q15 : lsf[m] normalized (range: 0.0<=val<=0.5) */ + Word16 m /* (i) : LPC order */ +); + +void Int_qlpc( + Word16 lsp_old[], /* input : LSP vector of past frame */ + Word16 lsp_new[], /* input : LSP vector of present frame */ + Word16 Az[] /* output: interpolated Az() for the 2 subframes */ +); + +void Weight_Az( + Word16 a[], /* (i) Q12 : a[m+1] LPC coefficients */ + Word16 gamma, /* (i) Q15 : Spectral expansion factor. */ + Word16 m, /* (i) : LPC order. */ + Word16 ap[] /* (o) Q12 : Spectral expanded LPC coefficients */ +); + +void Residu( + Word16 a[], /* (i) Q12 : prediction coefficients */ + Word16 x[], /* (i) : speech (values x[-m..-1] are needed (m=10) */ + Word16 y[], /* (o) : residual signal */ + Word16 lg /* (i) : size of filtering */ +); + +void Syn_filt( + Word16 a[], /* (i) Q12 : a[m+1] prediction coefficients (m=10) */ + Word16 x[], /* (i) : input signal */ + Word16 y[], /* (o) : output signal */ + Word16 lg, /* (i) : size of filtering */ + Word16 mem[], /* (i/o) : memory associated with this filtering. */ + Word16 update /* (i) : 0=no update, 1=update of memory. */ +); + +void Convolve( + Word16 x[], /* (i) : input vector */ + Word16 h[], /* (i) Q12 : impulse response */ + Word16 y[], /* (o) : output vector */ + Word16 L /* (i) : vector size */ +); + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * LTP constant parameters * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define UP_SAMP 3 +#define L_INTER10 10 +#define FIR_SIZE_SYN (UP_SAMP*L_INTER10+1) + +/*-----------------------* + * Pitch functions. * + *-----------------------*/ + +Word16 Pitch_ol_fast( /* output: open loop pitch lag */ + Word16 signal[], /* input : signal used to compute the open loop pitch */ + /* signal[-pit_max] to signal[-1] should be known */ + Word16 pit_max, /* input : maximum pitch lag */ + Word16 L_frame /* input : length of frame to compute pitch */ +); + +Word16 Pitch_fr3_fast(/* (o) : pitch period. */ + Word16 exc[], /* (i) : excitation buffer */ + Word16 xn[], /* (i) : target vector */ + Word16 h[], /* (i) Q12 : impulse response of filters. */ + Word16 L_subfr, /* (i) : Length of subframe */ + Word16 t0_min, /* (i) : minimum value in the searched range. */ + Word16 t0_max, /* (i) : maximum value in the searched range. */ + Word16 i_subfr, /* (i) : indicator for first subframe. */ + Word16 *pit_frac /* (o) : chosen fraction. */ +); + +Word16 G_pitch( /* (o) Q14 : Gain of pitch lag saturated to 1.2 */ + Word16 xn[], /* (i) : Pitch target. */ + Word16 y1[], /* (i) : Filtered adaptive codebook. */ + Word16 g_coeff[], /* (i) : Correlations need for gain quantization. */ + Word16 L_subfr /* (i) : Length of subframe. */ +); + +Word16 Enc_lag3( /* output: Return index of encoding */ + Word16 T0, /* input : Pitch delay */ + Word16 T0_frac, /* input : Fractional pitch delay */ + Word16 *T0_min, /* in/out: Minimum search delay */ + Word16 *T0_max, /* in/out: Maximum search delay */ + Word16 pit_min, /* input : Minimum pitch delay */ + Word16 pit_max, /* input : Maximum pitch delay */ + Word16 pit_flag /* input : Flag for 1st subframe */ +); + +void Dec_lag3( /* output: return integer pitch lag */ + Word16 index, /* input : received pitch index */ + Word16 pit_min, /* input : minimum pitch lag */ + Word16 pit_max, /* input : maximum pitch lag */ + Word16 i_subfr, /* input : subframe flag */ + Word16 *T0, /* output: integer part of pitch lag */ + Word16 *T0_frac /* output: fractional part of pitch lag */ +); + +Word16 Interpol_3( /* (o) : interpolated value */ + Word16 *x, /* (i) : input vector */ + Word16 frac /* (i) : fraction */ +); + +void Pred_lt_3( + Word16 exc[], /* in/out: excitation buffer */ + Word16 T0, /* input : integer pitch lag */ + Word16 frac, /* input : fraction of lag */ + Word16 L_subfr /* input : subframe size */ +); + +Word16 Parity_Pitch( /* output: parity bit (XOR of 6 MSB bits) */ + Word16 pitch_index /* input : index for which parity to compute */ +); + +Word16 Check_Parity_Pitch( /* output: 0 = no error, 1= error */ + Word16 pitch_index, /* input : index of parameter */ + Word16 parity /* input : parity bit */ +); + +void Cor_h_X( + Word16 h[], /* (i) Q12 :Impulse response of filters */ + Word16 X[], /* (i) :Target vector */ + Word16 D[] /* (o) :Correlations between h[] and D[] */ + /* Normalized to 13 bits */ +); + +/*-----------------------* + * Innovative codebook. * + *-----------------------*/ + +#define DIM_RR 616 /* size of correlation matrix */ +#define NB_POS 8 /* Number of positions for each pulse */ +#define STEP 5 /* Step betweem position of the same pulse. */ +#define MSIZE 64 /* Size of vectors for cross-correlation between 2 pulses*/ + +/* The following constants are Q15 fractions. + These fractions is used to keep maximum precision on "alp" sum */ + +#define _1_2 (Word16)(16384) +#define _1_4 (Word16)( 8192) +#define _1_8 (Word16)( 4096) +#define _1_16 (Word16)( 2048) + +Word16 ACELP_Code_A( /* (o) :index of pulses positions */ + Word16 x[], /* (i) :Target vector */ + Word16 h[], /* (i) Q12 :Inpulse response of filters */ + Word16 T0, /* (i) :Pitch lag */ + Word16 pitch_sharp, /* (i) Q14 :Last quantized pitch gain */ + Word16 code[], /* (o) Q13 :Innovative codebook */ + Word16 y[], /* (o) Q12 :Filtered innovative codebook */ + Word16 *sign /* (o) :Signs of 4 pulses */ +); + +void Decod_ACELP( + Word16 sign, /* (i) : signs of 4 pulses. */ + Word16 index, /* (i) : Positions of the 4 pulses. */ + Word16 cod[] /* (o) Q13 : algebraic (fixed) codebook excitation */ +); +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * LSP constant parameters * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define NC 5 /* NC = M/2 */ +#define MA_NP 4 /* MA prediction order for LSP */ +#define MODE 2 /* number of modes for MA prediction */ +#define NC0_B 7 /* number of first stage bits */ +#define NC1_B 5 /* number of second stage bits */ +#define NC0 (1<<NC0_B) +#define NC1 (1<<NC1_B) + +#define L_LIMIT 40 /* Q13:0.005 */ +#define M_LIMIT 25681 /* Q13:3.135 */ + +#define GAP1 10 /* Q13 */ +#define GAP2 5 /* Q13 */ +#define GAP3 321 /* Q13 */ +#define GRID_POINTS 50 + +#define PI04 ((Word16)1029) /* Q13 pi*0.04 */ +#define PI92 ((Word16)23677) /* Q13 pi*0.92 */ +#define CONST10 ((Word16)10*(1<<11)) /* Q11 10.0 */ +#define CONST12 ((Word16)19661) /* Q14 1.2 */ + +/*-------------------------------* + * LSP VQ functions. * + *-------------------------------*/ + +void Lsf_lsp2( + Word16 lsf[], /* (i) Q13 : lsf[m] (range: 0.0<=val<PI) */ + Word16 lsp[], /* (o) Q15 : lsp[m] (range: -1<=val<1) */ + Word16 m /* (i) : LPC order */ +); + +void Lsp_lsf2( + Word16 lsp[], /* (i) Q15 : lsp[m] (range: -1<=val<1) */ + Word16 lsf[], /* (o) Q13 : lsf[m] (range: 0.0<=val<PI) */ + Word16 m /* (i) : LPC order */ +); + +void Qua_lsp( + Word16 lsp[], /* (i) Q15 : Unquantized LSP */ + Word16 lsp_q[], /* (o) Q15 : Quantized LSP */ + Word16 ana[] /* (o) : indexes */ +); + +void Get_wegt( + Word16 flsp[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 wegt[] /* Q11 -> normalized */ +); + +void Lsp_encw_reset( + void +); + +void Lsp_qua_cs( + Word16 flsp_in[M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspq_out[M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 *code +); + +void Lsp_expand_1( + Word16 buf[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 gap /* Q13 */ +); + +void Lsp_expand_2( + Word16 buf[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 gap /* Q13 */ +); + +void Lsp_expand_1_2( + Word16 buf[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 gap /* Q13 */ +); + +void Lsp_get_quant( + Word16 lspcb1[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspcb2[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 code0, + Word16 code1, + Word16 code2, + Word16 fg[][M], /* Q15 */ + Word16 freq_prev[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspq[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg_sum[] /* Q15 */ +); + +void Lsp_get_tdist( + Word16 wegt[], /* normalized */ + Word16 buf[], /* Q13 */ + Word32 *L_tdist, /* Q27 */ + Word16 rbuf[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg_sum[] /* Q15 */ +); + +void Lsp_last_select( + Word32 L_tdist[], /* Q27 */ + Word16 *mode_index +); + +void Lsp_pre_select( + Word16 rbuf[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspcb1[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 *cand +); + +void Lsp_select_1( + Word16 rbuf[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspcb1[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 wegt[], /* normalized */ + Word16 lspcb2[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 *index +); + +void Lsp_select_2( + Word16 rbuf[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspcb1[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 wegt[], /* normalized */ + Word16 lspcb2[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 *index +); + +void Lsp_stability( + Word16 buf[] /* Q13 */ +); + +void Relspwed( + Word16 lsp[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 wegt[], /* normalized */ + Word16 lspq[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspcb1[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspcb2[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg[MODE][MA_NP][M], /* Q15 */ + Word16 freq_prev[MA_NP][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg_sum[MODE][M], /* Q15 */ + Word16 fg_sum_inv[MODE][M], /* Q12 */ + Word16 code_ana[] +); + +void D_lsp( + Word16 prm[], /* (i) : indexes of the selected LSP */ + Word16 lsp_q[], /* (o) Q15 : Quantized LSP parameters */ + Word16 erase /* (i) : frame erase information */ +); + +void Lsp_decw_reset( + void +); + +void Lsp_iqua_cs( + Word16 prm[], /* input : codes of the selected LSP*/ + Word16 lsp_q[], /* output: Quantized LSP parameters*/ + Word16 erase /* input : frame erase information */ +); + +void Lsp_prev_compose( + Word16 lsp_ele[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lsp[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg[][M], /* Q15 */ + Word16 freq_prev[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg_sum[] /* Q15 */ +); + +void Lsp_prev_extract( + Word16 lsp[M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lsp_ele[M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg[MA_NP][M], /* Q15 */ + Word16 freq_prev[MA_NP][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg_sum_inv[M] /* Q12 */ +); + +void Lsp_prev_update( + Word16 lsp_ele[M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 freq_prev[MA_NP][M] /* Q13 */ +); + +/*-------------------------------* + * gain VQ constants. * + *-------------------------------*/ + +#define NCODE1_B 3 /* number of Codebook-bit */ +#define NCODE2_B 4 /* number of Codebook-bit */ +#define NCODE1 (1<<NCODE1_B) /* Codebook 1 size */ +#define NCODE2 (1<<NCODE2_B) /* Codebook 2 size */ +#define NCAN1 4 /* Pre-selecting order for #1 */ +#define NCAN2 8 /* Pre-selecting order for #2 */ +#define INV_COEF -17103 /* Q19 */ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * gain VQ functions. * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +Word16 Qua_gain( + Word16 code[], /* (i) Q13 : Innovative vector. */ + Word16 g_coeff[], /* (i) : Correlations <xn y1> -2<y1 y1> */ + /* <y2,y2>, -2<xn,y2>, 2<y1,y2> */ + Word16 exp_coeff[],/* (i) : Q-Format g_coeff[] */ + Word16 L_subfr, /* (i) : Subframe length. */ + Word16 *gain_pit, /* (o) Q14 : Pitch gain. */ + Word16 *gain_cod, /* (o) Q1 : Code gain. */ + Word16 tameflag /* (i) : flag set to 1 if taming is needed */ +); + +void Dec_gain( + Word16 index, /* (i) : Index of quantization. */ + Word16 code[], /* (i) Q13 : Innovative vector. */ + Word16 L_subfr, /* (i) : Subframe length. */ + Word16 bfi, /* (i) : Bad frame indicator */ + Word16 *gain_pit, /* (o) Q14 : Pitch gain. */ + Word16 *gain_cod /* (o) Q1 : Code gain. */ +); + +void Gain_predict( + Word16 past_qua_en[],/* (i) Q10 :Past quantized energies */ + Word16 code[], /* (i) Q13 : Innovative vector. */ + Word16 L_subfr, /* (i) : Subframe length. */ + Word16 *gcode0, /* (o) Qxx : Predicted codebook gain */ + Word16 *exp_gcode0 /* (o) : Q-Format(gcode0) */ +); + +void Gain_update( + Word16 past_qua_en[],/* (i) Q10 :Past quantized energies */ + Word32 L_gbk12 /* (i) Q13 : gbk1[indice1][1]+gbk2[indice2][1] */ +); + +void Gain_update_erasure( + Word16 past_qua_en[]/* (i) Q10 :Past quantized energies */ +); + +void Corr_xy2( + Word16 xn[], /* (i) Q0 :Target vector. */ + Word16 y1[], /* (i) Q0 :Adaptive codebook. */ + Word16 y2[], /* (i) Q12 :Filtered innovative vector. */ + Word16 g_coeff[], /* (o) Q[exp]:Correlations between xn,y1,y2 */ + Word16 exp_g_coeff[] /* (o) :Q-format of g_coeff[] */ +); + +/*-----------------------* + * Bitstream function * + *-----------------------*/ + +void prm2bits_ld8k(Word16 prm[], Word16 bits[]); +void bits2prm_ld8k(Word16 bits[], Word16 prm[]); +#define BIT_0 (short)0x007f /* definition of zero-bit in bit-stream */ +#define BIT_1 (short)0x0081 /* definition of one-bit in bit-stream */ +#define SYNC_WORD (short)0x6b21 /* definition of frame erasure flag */ +#define SIZE_WORD (short)80 /* number of speech bits */ + + +/*-----------------------------------* + * Post-filter functions. * + *-----------------------------------*/ + +#define L_H 22 /* size of truncated impulse response of A(z/g1)/A(z/g2) */ + +#define GAMMAP 16384 /* 0.5 (Q15) */ +#define INV_GAMMAP 21845 /* 1/(1+GAMMAP) (Q15) */ +#define GAMMAP_2 10923 /* GAMMAP/(1+GAMMAP) (Q15) */ + +#define GAMMA2_PST 18022 /* Formant postfilt factor (numerator) 0.55 Q15 */ +#define GAMMA1_PST 22938 /* Formant postfilt factor (denominator) 0.70 Q15 */ + +#define MU 26214 /* Factor for tilt compensation filter 0.8 Q15 */ +#define AGC_FAC 29491 /* Factor for automatic gain control 0.9 Q15 */ +#define AGC_FAC1 (Word16)(32767 - AGC_FAC) /* 1-AGC_FAC in Q15 */ + + +void Init_Post_Filter(void); + +void Post_Filter( + Word16 *syn, /* in/out: synthesis speech (postfiltered is output) */ + Word16 *Az_4, /* input : interpolated LPC parameters in all subframes */ + Word16 *T, /* input : decoded pitch lags in all subframes */ + Word16 Vad +); + +void pit_pst_filt( + Word16 *signal, /* (i) : input signal */ + Word16 *scal_sig, /* (i) : input signal (scaled, divided by 4) */ + Word16 t0_min, /* (i) : minimum value in the searched range */ + Word16 t0_max, /* (i) : maximum value in the searched range */ + Word16 L_subfr, /* (i) : size of filtering */ + Word16 *signal_pst /* (o) : harmonically postfiltered signal */ +); + +void preemphasis( + Word16 *signal, /* (i/o) : input signal overwritten by the output */ + Word16 g, /* (i) Q15 : preemphasis coefficient */ + Word16 L /* (i) : size of filtering */ +); + +void agc( + Word16 *sig_in, /* (i) : postfilter input signal */ + Word16 *sig_out, /* (i/o) : postfilter output signal */ + Word16 l_trm /* (i) : subframe size */ +); + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * Constants and prototypes for taming procedure. * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define GPCLIP 15564 /* Maximum pitch gain if taming is needed Q14*/ +#define GPCLIP2 481 /* Maximum pitch gain if taming is needed Q9 */ +#define GP0999 16383 /* Maximum pitch gain if taming is needed */ +#define L_THRESH_ERR 983040000L /* Error threshold taming 16384. * 60000. */ + +void Init_exc_err(void); +void update_exc_err(Word16 gain_pit, Word16 t0); +Word16 test_err(Word16 t0, Word16 t0_frac); + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * Prototypes for auxiliary functions. * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void Copy( + Word16 x[], /* (i) : input vector */ + Word16 y[], /* (o) : output vector */ + Word16 L /* (i) : vector length */ +); + +void Set_zero( + Word16 x[], /* (o) : vector to clear */ + Word16 L /* (i) : length of vector */ +); + +Word16 Random(Word16 *seed); + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/octet.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/octet.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e75827a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/octet.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Annex B ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.3 Last modified: August 1997 + Copyright (c) 1996, France Telecom, Rockwell International, + Universite de Sherbrooke. + All rights reserved. +*/ + +/* Definition for Octet Transmission mode */ +/* When Annex B is used for transmission systems that operate on octet boundary, + an extra bit (with value zero) will be packed at the end of a SID bit stream. + This will change the number of bits in a SID bit stream from 15 bits to + 16 bits (i.e., 2 bytes). +*/ + +#define OCTET_TX_MODE +#define RATE_SID_OCTET 16 /* number of bits in Octet Transmission mode */ + + + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/oper_32b.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/oper_32b.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a6e8e45 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/oper_32b.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.1 Last modified: September 1996 + + Copyright (c) 1996, + AT&T, France Telecom, NTT, Universite de Sherbrooke, Lucent Technologies + All rights reserved. +*/ + +/* Double precision operations */ + +void L_Extract(Word32 L_32, Word16 *hi, Word16 *lo); +Word32 L_Comp(Word16 hi, Word16 lo); +Word32 Mpy_32(Word16 hi1, Word16 lo1, Word16 hi2, Word16 lo2); +Word32 Mpy_32_16(Word16 hi, Word16 lo, Word16 n); +Word32 Div_32(Word32 L_num, Word16 denom_hi, Word16 denom_lo); + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/sid.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/sid.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3aae1eb --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/sid.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Annex B ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.3 Last modified: August 1997 + Copyright (c) 1996, France Telecom, Rockwell International, + Universite de Sherbrooke. + All rights reserved. +*/ + +#define TRUE 1 +#define FALSE 0 +#define sqr(a) ((a)*(a)) +#define R_LSFQ 10 + +void Init_lsfq_noise(void); +void lsfq_noise(Word16 *lsp_new, Word16 *lspq, + Word16 freq_prev[MA_NP][M], Word16 *idx); +void sid_lsfq_decode(Word16 *index, Word16 *lspq, + Word16 freq_prev[MA_NP][M]); + + + + + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/tab_dtx.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/tab_dtx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..befce68 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/tab_dtx.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Annex B ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.3 Last modified: August 1997 + Copyright (c) 1996, France Telecom, Rockwell International, + Universite de Sherbrooke. + All rights reserved. +*/ + +/* VAD constants */ +extern Word16 lbf_corr[NP+1]; +extern Word16 shift_fx[33]; +extern Word16 factor_fx[33]; + +/* SID LSF quantization */ +extern Word16 noise_fg[MODE][MA_NP][M]; +extern Word16 noise_fg_sum[MODE][M]; +extern Word16 noise_fg_sum_inv[MODE][M]; +extern Word16 PtrTab_1[32]; +extern Word16 PtrTab_2[2][16]; +extern Word16 Mp[MODE]; + +/* SID gain quantization */ +extern Word16 fact[NB_GAIN+1]; +extern Word16 marg[NB_GAIN+1]; +extern Word16 tab_Sidgain[32]; + + + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/tab_ld8a.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/tab_ld8a.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0cb1b3e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/tab_ld8a.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Speech Coder with Annex B ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.3 Last modified: August 1997 + + Copyright (c) 1996, + AT&T, France Telecom, NTT, Universite de Sherbrooke, Lucent Technologies, + Rockwell International + All rights reserved. +*/ + +extern Word16 hamwindow[L_WINDOW]; +extern Word16 lag_h[M+2]; +extern Word16 lag_l[M+2]; +extern Word16 table[65]; +extern Word16 slope[64]; +extern Word16 table2[64]; +extern Word16 slope_cos[64]; +extern Word16 slope_acos[64]; +extern Word16 lspcb1[NC0][M]; +extern Word16 lspcb2[NC1][M]; +extern Word16 fg[2][MA_NP][M]; +extern Word16 fg_sum[2][M]; +extern Word16 fg_sum_inv[2][M]; +extern Word16 grid[GRID_POINTS+1]; +extern Word16 freq_prev_reset[M]; +extern Word16 inter_3l[FIR_SIZE_SYN]; +extern Word16 pred[4]; +extern Word16 gbk1[NCODE1][2]; +extern Word16 gbk2[NCODE2][2]; +extern Word16 map1[NCODE1]; +extern Word16 map2[NCODE2]; +extern Word16 coef[2][2]; +extern Word32 L_coef[2][2]; +extern Word16 thr1[NCODE1-NCAN1]; +extern Word16 thr2[NCODE2-NCAN2]; +extern Word16 imap1[NCODE1]; +extern Word16 imap2[NCODE2]; +extern Word16 b100[3]; +extern Word16 a100[3]; +extern Word16 b140[3]; +extern Word16 a140[3]; +extern Word16 bitsno[PRM_SIZE]; +extern Word16 bitsno2[4]; +extern Word16 tabpow[33]; +extern Word16 tablog[33]; +extern Word16 tabsqr[49]; +extern Word16 tab_zone[PIT_MAX+L_INTERPOL-1]; + + + + + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/typedef.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/typedef.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7868b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/typedef.h @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.1 Last modified: September 1996 + + Copyright (c) 1996, + AT&T, France Telecom, NTT, Universite de Sherbrooke, Lucent Technologies + All rights reserved. +*/ + +/* WARNING: Make sure that the proper flags are defined for your system */ + +/* + Types definitions +*/ + +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined (__WATCOMC__) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__ZTC__) || defined(__HIGHC__) +typedef long int Word32 ; +typedef short int Word16 ; +typedef short int Flag ; +#elif defined( __sun) +typedef short Word16; +typedef long Word32; +typedef int Flag; +#elif defined(__unix__) || defined(__unix) +typedef short Word16; +typedef int Word32; +typedef int Flag; +#elif defined(VMS) || defined(__VMS) +typedef short Word16; +typedef long Word32; +typedef int Flag; +#else +#error COMPILER NOT TESTED typedef.h needs to be updated, see readme +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/vad.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/vad.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb7a67e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/g729b/vad.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Annex B ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.3 Last modified: August 1997 + Copyright (c) 1996, France Telecom, Rockwell International, + Universite de Sherbrooke. + All rights reserved. +*/ + +#define NP 12 /* Increased LPC order */ +#define NOISE 0 +#define VOICE 1 +#define INIT_FRAME 32 +#define INIT_COUNT 20 +#define ZC_START 120 +#define ZC_END 200 + +void vad_init(void); + +void vad( + Word16 rc, + Word16 *lsf, + Word16 *r_h, + Word16 *r_l, + Word16 exp_R0, + Word16 *sigpp, + Word16 frm_count, + Word16 prev_marker, + Word16 pprev_marker, + Word16 *marker); + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/FrameClassify.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/FrameClassify.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d8666b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/FrameClassify.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + FrameClassify.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __iLBC_FRAMECLASSIFY_H + #define __iLBC_FRAMECLASSIFY_H + + int FrameClassify( /* index to the max-energy sub-frame */ + iLBC_Enc_Inst_t *iLBCenc_inst, + /* (i/o) the encoder state structure */ + float *residual /* (i) lpc residual signal */ + ); + + + + + + + #endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/LPCdecode.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/LPCdecode.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b7fa417 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/LPCdecode.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + LPC_decode.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __iLBC_LPC_DECODE_H + #define __iLBC_LPC_DECODE_H + + void LSFinterpolate2a_dec( + float *a, /* (o) lpc coefficients for a sub-frame */ + float *lsf1, /* (i) first lsf coefficient vector */ + float *lsf2, /* (i) second lsf coefficient vector */ + float coef, /* (i) interpolation weight */ + int length /* (i) length of lsf vectors */ + ); + + void SimplelsfDEQ( + float *lsfdeq, /* (o) dequantized lsf coefficients */ + int *index, /* (i) quantization index */ + int lpc_n /* (i) number of LPCs */ + ); + + void DecoderInterpolateLSF( + float *syntdenum, /* (o) synthesis filter coefficients */ + float *weightdenum, /* (o) weighting denumerator + coefficients */ + float *lsfdeq, /* (i) dequantized lsf coefficients */ + int length, /* (i) length of lsf coefficient vector */ + iLBC_Dec_Inst_t *iLBCdec_inst + /* (i) the decoder state structure */ + ); + + #endif + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/LPCencode.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/LPCencode.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..17bae5f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/LPCencode.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + LPCencode.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __iLBC_LPCENCOD_H + #define __iLBC_LPCENCOD_H + + void LPCencode( + float *syntdenum, /* (i/o) synthesis filter coefficients + before/after encoding */ + float *weightdenum, /* (i/o) weighting denumerator coefficients + before/after encoding */ + int *lsf_index, /* (o) lsf quantization index */ + float *data, /* (i) lsf coefficients to quantize */ + iLBC_Enc_Inst_t *iLBCenc_inst + /* (i/o) the encoder state structure */ + ); + + #endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/StateConstructW.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/StateConstructW.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4e40a73 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/StateConstructW.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + StateConstructW.h + + + + + + + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __iLBC_STATECONSTRUCTW_H + #define __iLBC_STATECONSTRUCTW_H + + void StateConstructW( + int idxForMax, /* (i) 6-bit index for the quantization of + max amplitude */ + int *idxVec, /* (i) vector of quantization indexes */ + float *syntDenum, /* (i) synthesis filter denumerator */ + float *out, /* (o) the decoded state vector */ + int len /* (i) length of a state vector */ + ); + + #endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/StateSearchW.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/StateSearchW.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc9449b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/StateSearchW.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + StateSearchW.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __iLBC_STATESEARCHW_H + #define __iLBC_STATESEARCHW_H + + void AbsQuantW( + iLBC_Enc_Inst_t *iLBCenc_inst, + /* (i) Encoder instance */ + float *in, /* (i) vector to encode */ + float *syntDenum, /* (i) denominator of synthesis filter */ + float *weightDenum, /* (i) denominator of weighting filter */ + int *out, /* (o) vector of quantizer indexes */ + int len, /* (i) length of vector to encode and + vector of quantizer indexes */ + int state_first /* (i) position of start state in the + 80 vec */ + ); + + void StateSearchW( + iLBC_Enc_Inst_t *iLBCenc_inst, + /* (i) Encoder instance */ + float *residual,/* (i) target residual vector */ + float *syntDenum, /* (i) lpc synthesis filter */ + float *weightDenum, /* (i) weighting filter denuminator */ + int *idxForMax, /* (o) quantizer index for maximum + amplitude */ + int *idxVec, /* (o) vector of quantization indexes */ + int len, /* (i) length of all vectors */ + int state_first /* (i) position of start state in the + 80 vec */ + ); + + + #endif + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/anaFilter.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/anaFilter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..47388f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/anaFilter.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + anaFilter.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __iLBC_ANAFILTER_H + #define __iLBC_ANAFILTER_H + + void anaFilter( + + + + + + + float *In, /* (i) Signal to be filtered */ + float *a, /* (i) LP parameters */ + int len,/* (i) Length of signal */ + float *Out, /* (o) Filtered signal */ + float *mem /* (i/o) Filter state */ + ); + + #endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/constants.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/constants.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6b37aed --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/constants.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + constants.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __iLBC_CONSTANTS_H + #define __iLBC_CONSTANTS_H + + #include "iLBC_define.h" + + + /* ULP bit allocation */ + + + + + + + + extern const iLBC_ULP_Inst_t ULP_20msTbl; + extern const iLBC_ULP_Inst_t ULP_30msTbl; + + /* high pass filters */ + + extern float hpi_zero_coefsTbl[]; + extern float hpi_pole_coefsTbl[]; + extern float hpo_zero_coefsTbl[]; + extern float hpo_pole_coefsTbl[]; + + /* low pass filters */ + extern float lpFilt_coefsTbl[]; + + /* LPC analysis and quantization */ + + extern float lpc_winTbl[]; + extern float lpc_asymwinTbl[]; + extern float lpc_lagwinTbl[]; + extern float lsfCbTbl[]; + extern float lsfmeanTbl[]; + extern int dim_lsfCbTbl[]; + extern int size_lsfCbTbl[]; + extern float lsf_weightTbl_30ms[]; + extern float lsf_weightTbl_20ms[]; + + /* state quantization tables */ + + extern float state_sq3Tbl[]; + extern float state_frgqTbl[]; + + /* gain quantization tables */ + + extern float gain_sq3Tbl[]; + extern float gain_sq4Tbl[]; + extern float gain_sq5Tbl[]; + + /* adaptive codebook definitions */ + + extern int search_rangeTbl[5][CB_NSTAGES]; + extern int memLfTbl[]; + extern int stMemLTbl; + extern float cbfiltersTbl[CB_FILTERLEN]; + + /* enhancer definitions */ + + extern float polyphaserTbl[]; + extern float enh_plocsTbl[]; + + + + + + + + #endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/createCB.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/createCB.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..526405a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/createCB.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + createCB.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __iLBC_CREATECB_H + #define __iLBC_CREATECB_H + + void filteredCBvecs( + float *cbvectors, /* (o) Codebook vector for the + higher section */ + + + + + + + float *mem, /* (i) Buffer to create codebook + vectors from */ + int lMem /* (i) Length of buffer */ + ); + + void searchAugmentedCB( + int low, /* (i) Start index for the search */ + int high, /* (i) End index for the search */ + int stage, /* (i) Current stage */ + int startIndex, /* (i) CB index for the first + augmented vector */ + float *target, /* (i) Target vector for encoding */ + float *buffer, /* (i) Pointer to the end of the + buffer for augmented codebook + construction */ + float *max_measure, /* (i/o) Currently maximum measure */ + int *best_index,/* (o) Currently the best index */ + float *gain, /* (o) Currently the best gain */ + float *energy, /* (o) Energy of augmented + codebook vectors */ + float *invenergy/* (o) Inv energy of aug codebook + vectors */ + ); + + void createAugmentedVec( + int index, /* (i) Index for the aug vector + to be created */ + float *buffer, /* (i) Pointer to the end of the + buffer for augmented codebook + construction */ + float *cbVec /* (o) The construced codebook vector */ + ); + + #endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/doCPLC.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/doCPLC.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e84ed83 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/doCPLC.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + doCPLC.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __iLBC_DOLPC_H + #define __iLBC_DOLPC_H + + void doThePLC( + float *PLCresidual, /* (o) concealed residual */ + float *PLClpc, /* (o) concealed LP parameters */ + int PLI, /* (i) packet loss indicator + 0 - no PL, 1 = PL */ + float *decresidual, /* (i) decoded residual */ + float *lpc, /* (i) decoded LPC (only used for no PL) */ + int inlag, /* (i) pitch lag */ + iLBC_Dec_Inst_t *iLBCdec_inst + /* (i/o) decoder instance */ + ); + + #endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/enhancer.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/enhancer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bbdfa14 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/enhancer.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + enhancer.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + + + + + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __ENHANCER_H + #define __ENHANCER_H + + #include "iLBC_define.h" + + float xCorrCoef( + float *target, /* (i) first array */ + float *regressor, /* (i) second array */ + int subl /* (i) dimension arrays */ + ); + + int enhancerInterface( + float *out, /* (o) the enhanced recidual signal */ + float *in, /* (i) the recidual signal to enhance */ + iLBC_Dec_Inst_t *iLBCdec_inst + /* (i/o) the decoder state structure */ + ); + + #endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/filter.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/filter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b9b8b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/filter.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + filter.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + + + + + + + + #ifndef __iLBC_FILTER_H + #define __iLBC_FILTER_H + + void AllPoleFilter( + float *InOut, /* (i/o) on entrance InOut[-orderCoef] to + InOut[-1] contain the state of the + filter (delayed samples). InOut[0] to + InOut[lengthInOut-1] contain the filter + input, on en exit InOut[-orderCoef] to + InOut[-1] is unchanged and InOut[0] to + InOut[lengthInOut-1] contain filtered + samples */ + float *Coef,/* (i) filter coefficients, Coef[0] is assumed + to be 1.0 */ + int lengthInOut,/* (i) number of input/output samples */ + int orderCoef /* (i) number of filter coefficients */ + ); + + void AllZeroFilter( + float *In, /* (i) In[0] to In[lengthInOut-1] contain + filter input samples */ + float *Coef,/* (i) filter coefficients (Coef[0] is assumed + to be 1.0) */ + int lengthInOut,/* (i) number of input/output samples */ + int orderCoef, /* (i) number of filter coefficients */ + float *Out /* (i/o) on entrance Out[-orderCoef] to Out[-1] + contain the filter state, on exit Out[0] + to Out[lengthInOut-1] contain filtered + samples */ + ); + + void ZeroPoleFilter( + float *In, /* (i) In[0] to In[lengthInOut-1] contain filter + input samples In[-orderCoef] to In[-1] + contain state of all-zero section */ + float *ZeroCoef,/* (i) filter coefficients for all-zero + section (ZeroCoef[0] is assumed to + be 1.0) */ + float *PoleCoef,/* (i) filter coefficients for all-pole section + (ZeroCoef[0] is assumed to be 1.0) */ + int lengthInOut,/* (i) number of input/output samples */ + int orderCoef, /* (i) number of filter coefficients */ + float *Out /* (i/o) on entrance Out[-orderCoef] to Out[-1] + contain state of all-pole section. On + exit Out[0] to Out[lengthInOut-1] + contain filtered samples */ + ); + + + + + + + + void DownSample ( + float *In, /* (i) input samples */ + float *Coef, /* (i) filter coefficients */ + int lengthIn, /* (i) number of input samples */ + float *state, /* (i) filter state */ + float *Out /* (o) downsampled output */ + ); + + #endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/gainquant.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/gainquant.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc7418c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/gainquant.h @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + gainquant.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __iLBC_GAINQUANT_H + #define __iLBC_GAINQUANT_H + + float gainquant(/* (o) quantized gain value */ + float in, /* (i) gain value */ + float maxIn,/* (i) maximum of gain value */ + int cblen, /* (i) number of quantization indices */ + int *index /* (o) quantization index */ + ); + + float gaindequant( /* (o) quantized gain value */ + int index, /* (i) quantization index */ + float maxIn,/* (i) maximum of unquantized gain */ + int cblen /* (i) number of quantization indices */ + ); + + #endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/getCBvec.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/getCBvec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..50cc6cd --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/getCBvec.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + getCBvec.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __iLBC_GETCBVEC_H + #define __iLBC_GETCBVEC_H + + void getCBvec( + float *cbvec, /* (o) Constructed codebook vector */ + float *mem, /* (i) Codebook buffer */ + int index, /* (i) Codebook index */ + int lMem, /* (i) Length of codebook buffer */ + int cbveclen/* (i) Codebook vector length */ + ); + + #endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/helpfun.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/helpfun.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b20452 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/helpfun.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + helpfun.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __iLBC_HELPFUN_H + #define __iLBC_HELPFUN_H + + void autocorr( + float *r, /* (o) autocorrelation vector */ + const float *x, /* (i) data vector */ + int N, /* (i) length of data vector */ + int order /* largest lag for calculated + autocorrelations */ + ); + + void window( + float *z, /* (o) the windowed data */ + const float *x, /* (i) the original data vector */ + const float *y, /* (i) the window */ + int N /* (i) length of all vectors */ + ); + + void levdurb( + float *a, /* (o) lpc coefficient vector starting + with 1.0 */ + float *k, /* (o) reflection coefficients */ + float *r, /* (i) autocorrelation vector */ + int order /* (i) order of lpc filter */ + ); + + void interpolate( + + + + + + + float *out, /* (o) the interpolated vector */ + float *in1, /* (i) the first vector for the + interpolation */ + float *in2, /* (i) the second vector for the + interpolation */ + float coef, /* (i) interpolation weights */ + int length /* (i) length of all vectors */ + ); + + void bwexpand( + float *out, /* (o) the bandwidth expanded lpc + coefficients */ + float *in, /* (i) the lpc coefficients before bandwidth + expansion */ + float coef, /* (i) the bandwidth expansion factor */ + int length /* (i) the length of lpc coefficient vectors */ + ); + + void vq( + float *Xq, /* (o) the quantized vector */ + int *index, /* (o) the quantization index */ + const float *CB,/* (i) the vector quantization codebook */ + float *X, /* (i) the vector to quantize */ + int n_cb, /* (i) the number of vectors in the codebook */ + int dim /* (i) the dimension of all vectors */ + ); + + void SplitVQ( + float *qX, /* (o) the quantized vector */ + int *index, /* (o) a vector of indexes for all vector + codebooks in the split */ + float *X, /* (i) the vector to quantize */ + const float *CB,/* (i) the quantizer codebook */ + int nsplit, /* the number of vector splits */ + const int *dim, /* the dimension of X and qX */ + const int *cbsize /* the number of vectors in the codebook */ + ); + + + void sort_sq( + float *xq, /* (o) the quantized value */ + int *index, /* (o) the quantization index */ + float x, /* (i) the value to quantize */ + const float *cb,/* (i) the quantization codebook */ + int cb_size /* (i) the size of the quantization codebook */ + ); + + int LSF_check( /* (o) 1 for stable lsf vectors and 0 for + + + + + + + nonstable ones */ + float *lsf, /* (i) a table of lsf vectors */ + int dim, /* (i) the dimension of each lsf vector */ + int NoAn /* (i) the number of lsf vectors in the + table */ + ); + + #endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/hpInput.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/hpInput.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..69160c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/hpInput.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + hpInput.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __iLBC_HPINPUT_H + #define __iLBC_HPINPUT_H + + void hpInput( + float *In, /* (i) vector to filter */ + int len, /* (i) length of vector to filter */ + float *Out, /* (o) the resulting filtered vector */ + float *mem /* (i/o) the filter state */ + ); + + #endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/hpOutput.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/hpOutput.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..08a679c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/hpOutput.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + hpOutput.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __iLBC_HPOUTPUT_H + #define __iLBC_HPOUTPUT_H + + void hpOutput( + float *In, /* (i) vector to filter */ + int len,/* (i) length of vector to filter */ + float *Out, /* (o) the resulting filtered vector */ + float *mem /* (i/o) the filter state */ + ); + + #endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/iCBConstruct.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/iCBConstruct.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e63ba34 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/iCBConstruct.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + iCBConstruct.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + + + + + + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __iLBC_ICBCONSTRUCT_H + #define __iLBC_ICBCONSTRUCT_H + + void index_conv_enc( + int *index /* (i/o) Codebook indexes */ + ); + + void index_conv_dec( + int *index /* (i/o) Codebook indexes */ + ); + + void iCBConstruct( + float *decvector, /* (o) Decoded vector */ + int *index, /* (i) Codebook indices */ + int *gain_index,/* (i) Gain quantization indices */ + float *mem, /* (i) Buffer for codevector construction */ + int lMem, /* (i) Length of buffer */ + int veclen, /* (i) Length of vector */ + int nStages /* (i) Number of codebook stages */ + ); + + #endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/iCBSearch.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/iCBSearch.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..da7dc6c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/iCBSearch.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + iCBSearch.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __iLBC_ICBSEARCH_H + #define __iLBC_ICBSEARCH_H + + + + + + + + void iCBSearch( + iLBC_Enc_Inst_t *iLBCenc_inst, + /* (i) the encoder state structure */ + int *index, /* (o) Codebook indices */ + int *gain_index,/* (o) Gain quantization indices */ + float *intarget,/* (i) Target vector for encoding */ + float *mem, /* (i) Buffer for codebook construction */ + int lMem, /* (i) Length of buffer */ + int lTarget, /* (i) Length of vector */ + int nStages, /* (i) Number of codebook stages */ + float *weightDenum, /* (i) weighting filter coefficients */ + float *weightState, /* (i) weighting filter state */ + int block /* (i) the sub-block number */ + ); + + #endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/iLBC_decode.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/iLBC_decode.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7557041 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/iLBC_decode.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + iLBC_decode.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __iLBC_ILBCDECODE_H + #define __iLBC_ILBCDECODE_H + + #include "iLBC_define.h" + + short initDecode( /* (o) Number of decoded + samples */ + iLBC_Dec_Inst_t *iLBCdec_inst, /* (i/o) Decoder instance */ + int mode, /* (i) frame size mode */ + int use_enhancer /* (i) 1 to use enhancer + 0 to run without + enhancer */ + ); + + void iLBC_decode( + float *decblock, /* (o) decoded signal block */ + unsigned char *bytes, /* (i) encoded signal bits */ + iLBC_Dec_Inst_t *iLBCdec_inst, /* (i/o) the decoder state + structure */ + int mode /* (i) 0: bad packet, PLC, + 1: normal */ + + + + + + + ); + + #endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/iLBC_define.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/iLBC_define.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..904f370 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/iLBC_define.h @@ -0,0 +1,220 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + iLBC_define.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + #include <string.h> + + #ifndef __iLBC_ILBCDEFINE_H + #define __iLBC_ILBCDEFINE_H + + /* general codec settings */ + + #define FS (float)8000.0 + #define BLOCKL_20MS 160 + #define BLOCKL_30MS 240 + #define BLOCKL_MAX 240 + #define NSUB_20MS 4 + #define NSUB_30MS 6 + #define NSUB_MAX 6 + #define NASUB_20MS 2 + + + + + + + #define NASUB_30MS 4 + #define NASUB_MAX 4 + #define SUBL 40 + #define STATE_LEN 80 + #define STATE_SHORT_LEN_30MS 58 + #define STATE_SHORT_LEN_20MS 57 + + /* LPC settings */ + + #define LPC_FILTERORDER 10 + #define LPC_CHIRP_SYNTDENUM (float)0.9025 + #define LPC_CHIRP_WEIGHTDENUM (float)0.4222 + #define LPC_LOOKBACK 60 + #define LPC_N_20MS 1 + #define LPC_N_30MS 2 + #define LPC_N_MAX 2 + #define LPC_ASYMDIFF 20 + #define LPC_BW (float)60.0 + #define LPC_WN (float)1.0001 + #define LSF_NSPLIT 3 + #define LSF_NUMBER_OF_STEPS 4 + #define LPC_HALFORDER (LPC_FILTERORDER/2) + + /* cb settings */ + + #define CB_NSTAGES 3 + #define CB_EXPAND 2 + #define CB_MEML 147 + #define CB_FILTERLEN 2*4 + #define CB_HALFFILTERLEN 4 + #define CB_RESRANGE 34 + #define CB_MAXGAIN (float)1.3 + + /* enhancer */ + + #define ENH_BLOCKL 80 /* block length */ + #define ENH_BLOCKL_HALF (ENH_BLOCKL/2) + #define ENH_HL 3 /* 2*ENH_HL+1 is number blocks + in said second sequence */ + #define ENH_SLOP 2 /* max difference estimated and + correct pitch period */ + #define ENH_PLOCSL 20 /* pitch-estimates and pitch- + locations buffer length */ + #define ENH_OVERHANG 2 + #define ENH_UPS0 4 /* upsampling rate */ + #define ENH_FL0 3 /* 2*FLO+1 is the length of + each filter */ + #define ENH_VECTL (ENH_BLOCKL+2*ENH_FL0) + + + + + + + #define ENH_CORRDIM (2*ENH_SLOP+1) + #define ENH_NBLOCKS (BLOCKL_MAX/ENH_BLOCKL) + #define ENH_NBLOCKS_EXTRA 5 + #define ENH_NBLOCKS_TOT 8 /* ENH_NBLOCKS + + ENH_NBLOCKS_EXTRA */ + #define ENH_BUFL (ENH_NBLOCKS_TOT)*ENH_BLOCKL + #define ENH_ALPHA0 (float)0.05 + + /* Down sampling */ + + #define FILTERORDER_DS 7 + #define DELAY_DS 3 + #define FACTOR_DS 2 + + /* bit stream defs */ + + #define NO_OF_BYTES_20MS 38 + #define NO_OF_BYTES_30MS 50 + #define NO_OF_WORDS_20MS 19 + #define NO_OF_WORDS_30MS 25 + #define STATE_BITS 3 + #define BYTE_LEN 8 + #define ULP_CLASSES 3 + + /* help parameters */ + + #define FLOAT_MAX (float)1.0e37 + #define EPS (float)2.220446049250313e-016 + #define PI (float)3.14159265358979323846 + #define MIN_SAMPLE -32768 + #define MAX_SAMPLE 32767 + #define TWO_PI (float)6.283185307 + #define PI2 (float)0.159154943 + + /* type definition encoder instance */ + typedef struct iLBC_ULP_Inst_t_ { + int lsf_bits[6][ULP_CLASSES+2]; + int start_bits[ULP_CLASSES+2]; + int startfirst_bits[ULP_CLASSES+2]; + int scale_bits[ULP_CLASSES+2]; + int state_bits[ULP_CLASSES+2]; + int extra_cb_index[CB_NSTAGES][ULP_CLASSES+2]; + int extra_cb_gain[CB_NSTAGES][ULP_CLASSES+2]; + int cb_index[NSUB_MAX][CB_NSTAGES][ULP_CLASSES+2]; + int cb_gain[NSUB_MAX][CB_NSTAGES][ULP_CLASSES+2]; + } iLBC_ULP_Inst_t; + + /* type definition encoder instance */ + + + + + + + typedef struct iLBC_Enc_Inst_t_ { + + /* flag for frame size mode */ + int mode; + + /* basic parameters for different frame sizes */ + int blockl; + int nsub; + int nasub; + int no_of_bytes, no_of_words; + int lpc_n; + int state_short_len; + const iLBC_ULP_Inst_t *ULP_inst; + + /* analysis filter state */ + float anaMem[LPC_FILTERORDER]; + + /* old lsf parameters for interpolation */ + float lsfold[LPC_FILTERORDER]; + float lsfdeqold[LPC_FILTERORDER]; + + /* signal buffer for LP analysis */ + float lpc_buffer[LPC_LOOKBACK + BLOCKL_MAX]; + + /* state of input HP filter */ + float hpimem[4]; + + } iLBC_Enc_Inst_t; + + /* type definition decoder instance */ + typedef struct iLBC_Dec_Inst_t_ { + + /* flag for frame size mode */ + int mode; + + /* basic parameters for different frame sizes */ + int blockl; + int nsub; + int nasub; + int no_of_bytes, no_of_words; + int lpc_n; + int state_short_len; + const iLBC_ULP_Inst_t *ULP_inst; + + /* synthesis filter state */ + float syntMem[LPC_FILTERORDER]; + + /* old LSF for interpolation */ + + + + + + + float lsfdeqold[LPC_FILTERORDER]; + + /* pitch lag estimated in enhancer and used in PLC */ + int last_lag; + + /* PLC state information */ + int prevLag, consPLICount, prevPLI, prev_enh_pl; + float prevLpc[LPC_FILTERORDER+1]; + float prevResidual[NSUB_MAX*SUBL]; + float per; + unsigned long seed; + + /* previous synthesis filter parameters */ + float old_syntdenum[(LPC_FILTERORDER + 1)*NSUB_MAX]; + + /* state of output HP filter */ + float hpomem[4]; + + /* enhancer state information */ + int use_enhancer; + float enh_buf[ENH_BUFL]; + float enh_period[ENH_NBLOCKS_TOT]; + + } iLBC_Dec_Inst_t; + + #endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/iLBC_encode.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/iLBC_encode.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b993416 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/iLBC_encode.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + iLBC_encode.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __iLBC_ILBCENCODE_H + #define __iLBC_ILBCENCODE_H + + #include "iLBC_define.h" + + short initEncode( /* (o) Number of bytes + encoded */ + iLBC_Enc_Inst_t *iLBCenc_inst, /* (i/o) Encoder instance */ + int mode /* (i) frame size mode */ + ); + + void iLBC_encode( + + unsigned char *bytes, /* (o) encoded data bits iLBC */ + float *block, /* (o) speech vector to + encode */ + iLBC_Enc_Inst_t *iLBCenc_inst /* (i/o) the general encoder + state */ + ); + + #endif + + + + + + + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/lsf.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/lsf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2cea08c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/lsf.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + lsf.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __iLBC_LSF_H + #define __iLBC_LSF_H + + void a2lsf( + float *freq,/* (o) lsf coefficients */ + float *a /* (i) lpc coefficients */ + ); + + void lsf2a( + float *a_coef, /* (o) lpc coefficients */ + float *freq /* (i) lsf coefficients */ + ); + + #endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/packing.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/packing.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8bb1f36 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/packing.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + packing.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __PACKING_H + #define __PACKING_H + + void packsplit( + int *index, /* (i) the value to split */ + int *firstpart, /* (o) the value specified by most + significant bits */ + int *rest, /* (o) the value specified by least + significant bits */ + int bitno_firstpart, /* (i) number of bits in most + significant part */ + int bitno_total /* (i) number of bits in full range + of value */ + ); + + void packcombine( + int *index, /* (i/o) the msb value in the + combined value out */ + int rest, /* (i) the lsb value */ + int bitno_rest /* (i) the number of bits in the + lsb part */ + ); + + void dopack( + unsigned char **bitstream, /* (i/o) on entrance pointer to + place in bitstream to pack + new data, on exit pointer + to place in bitstream to + pack future data */ + int index, /* (i) the value to pack */ + int bitno, /* (i) the number of bits that the + value will fit within */ + int *pos /* (i/o) write position in the + current byte */ + ); + + + + + + + void unpack( + unsigned char **bitstream, /* (i/o) on entrance pointer to + place in bitstream to + unpack new data from, on + exit pointer to place in + bitstream to unpack future + data from */ + int *index, /* (o) resulting value */ + int bitno, /* (i) number of bits used to + represent the value */ + int *pos /* (i/o) read position in the + current byte */ + ); + + #endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/syntFilter.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/syntFilter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0dc4d3d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/ilbc/syntFilter.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + /****************************************************************** + + iLBC Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + + syntFilter.h + + Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). + All Rights Reserved. + + ******************************************************************/ + + #ifndef __iLBC_SYNTFILTER_H + #define __iLBC_SYNTFILTER_H + + void syntFilter( + float *Out, /* (i/o) Signal to be filtered */ + float *a, /* (i) LP parameters */ + int len, /* (i) Length of signal */ + float *mem /* (i/o) Filter state */ + ); + + #endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/inttypes.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/inttypes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4b3828a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/inttypes.h @@ -0,0 +1,305 @@ +// ISO C9x compliant inttypes.h for Microsoft Visual Studio +// Based on ISO/IEC 9899:TC2 Committee draft (May 6, 2005) WG14/N1124 +// +// Copyright (c) 2006 Alexander Chemeris +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: +// +// 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, +// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// +// 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +// documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +// +// 3. The name of the author may be used to endorse or promote products +// derived from this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED +// WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +// MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO +// EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +// PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; +// OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, +// WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR +// OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF +// ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +// +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _MSC_VER // [ +#error "Use this header only with Microsoft Visual C++ compilers!" +#endif // _MSC_VER ] + +#ifndef _MSC_INTTYPES_H_ // [ +#define _MSC_INTTYPES_H_ + +#if _MSC_VER > 1000 +#pragma once +#endif + +#include "stdint.h" + +// 7.8 Format conversion of integer types + +typedef struct { + intmax_t quot; + intmax_t rem; +} imaxdiv_t; + +// 7.8.1 Macros for format specifiers + +#if !defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS) // [ See footnote 185 at page 198 + +// The fprintf macros for signed integers are: +#define PRId8 "d" +#define PRIi8 "i" +#define PRIdLEAST8 "d" +#define PRIiLEAST8 "i" +#define PRIdFAST8 "d" +#define PRIiFAST8 "i" + +#define PRId16 "hd" +#define PRIi16 "hi" +#define PRIdLEAST16 "hd" +#define PRIiLEAST16 "hi" +#define PRIdFAST16 "hd" +#define PRIiFAST16 "hi" + +#define PRId32 "I32d" +#define PRIi32 "I32i" +#define PRIdLEAST32 "I32d" +#define PRIiLEAST32 "I32i" +#define PRIdFAST32 "I32d" +#define PRIiFAST32 "I32i" + +#define PRId64 "I64d" +#define PRIi64 "I64i" +#define PRIdLEAST64 "I64d" +#define PRIiLEAST64 "I64i" +#define PRIdFAST64 "I64d" +#define PRIiFAST64 "I64i" + +#define PRIdMAX "I64d" +#define PRIiMAX "I64i" + +#define PRIdPTR "Id" +#define PRIiPTR "Ii" + +// The fprintf macros for unsigned integers are: +#define PRIo8 "o" +#define PRIu8 "u" +#define PRIx8 "x" +#define PRIX8 "X" +#define PRIoLEAST8 "o" +#define PRIuLEAST8 "u" +#define PRIxLEAST8 "x" +#define PRIXLEAST8 "X" +#define PRIoFAST8 "o" +#define PRIuFAST8 "u" +#define PRIxFAST8 "x" +#define PRIXFAST8 "X" + +#define PRIo16 "ho" +#define PRIu16 "hu" +#define PRIx16 "hx" +#define PRIX16 "hX" +#define PRIoLEAST16 "ho" +#define PRIuLEAST16 "hu" +#define PRIxLEAST16 "hx" +#define PRIXLEAST16 "hX" +#define PRIoFAST16 "ho" +#define PRIuFAST16 "hu" +#define PRIxFAST16 "hx" +#define PRIXFAST16 "hX" + +#define PRIo32 "I32o" +#define PRIu32 "I32u" +#define PRIx32 "I32x" +#define PRIX32 "I32X" +#define PRIoLEAST32 "I32o" +#define PRIuLEAST32 "I32u" +#define PRIxLEAST32 "I32x" +#define PRIXLEAST32 "I32X" +#define PRIoFAST32 "I32o" +#define PRIuFAST32 "I32u" +#define PRIxFAST32 "I32x" +#define PRIXFAST32 "I32X" + +#define PRIo64 "I64o" +#define PRIu64 "I64u" +#define PRIx64 "I64x" +#define PRIX64 "I64X" +#define PRIoLEAST64 "I64o" +#define PRIuLEAST64 "I64u" +#define PRIxLEAST64 "I64x" +#define PRIXLEAST64 "I64X" +#define PRIoFAST64 "I64o" +#define PRIuFAST64 "I64u" +#define PRIxFAST64 "I64x" +#define PRIXFAST64 "I64X" + +#define PRIoMAX "I64o" +#define PRIuMAX "I64u" +#define PRIxMAX "I64x" +#define PRIXMAX "I64X" + +#define PRIoPTR "Io" +#define PRIuPTR "Iu" +#define PRIxPTR "Ix" +#define PRIXPTR "IX" + +// The fscanf macros for signed integers are: +#define SCNd8 "d" +#define SCNi8 "i" +#define SCNdLEAST8 "d" +#define SCNiLEAST8 "i" +#define SCNdFAST8 "d" +#define SCNiFAST8 "i" + +#define SCNd16 "hd" +#define SCNi16 "hi" +#define SCNdLEAST16 "hd" +#define SCNiLEAST16 "hi" +#define SCNdFAST16 "hd" +#define SCNiFAST16 "hi" + +#define SCNd32 "ld" +#define SCNi32 "li" +#define SCNdLEAST32 "ld" +#define SCNiLEAST32 "li" +#define SCNdFAST32 "ld" +#define SCNiFAST32 "li" + +#define SCNd64 "I64d" +#define SCNi64 "I64i" +#define SCNdLEAST64 "I64d" +#define SCNiLEAST64 "I64i" +#define SCNdFAST64 "I64d" +#define SCNiFAST64 "I64i" + +#define SCNdMAX "I64d" +#define SCNiMAX "I64i" + +#ifdef _WIN64 // [ +# define SCNdPTR "I64d" +# define SCNiPTR "I64i" +#else // _WIN64 ][ +# define SCNdPTR "ld" +# define SCNiPTR "li" +#endif // _WIN64 ] + +// The fscanf macros for unsigned integers are: +#define SCNo8 "o" +#define SCNu8 "u" +#define SCNx8 "x" +#define SCNX8 "X" +#define SCNoLEAST8 "o" +#define SCNuLEAST8 "u" +#define SCNxLEAST8 "x" +#define SCNXLEAST8 "X" +#define SCNoFAST8 "o" +#define SCNuFAST8 "u" +#define SCNxFAST8 "x" +#define SCNXFAST8 "X" + +#define SCNo16 "ho" +#define SCNu16 "hu" +#define SCNx16 "hx" +#define SCNX16 "hX" +#define SCNoLEAST16 "ho" +#define SCNuLEAST16 "hu" +#define SCNxLEAST16 "hx" +#define SCNXLEAST16 "hX" +#define SCNoFAST16 "ho" +#define SCNuFAST16 "hu" +#define SCNxFAST16 "hx" +#define SCNXFAST16 "hX" + +#define SCNo32 "lo" +#define SCNu32 "lu" +#define SCNx32 "lx" +#define SCNX32 "lX" +#define SCNoLEAST32 "lo" +#define SCNuLEAST32 "lu" +#define SCNxLEAST32 "lx" +#define SCNXLEAST32 "lX" +#define SCNoFAST32 "lo" +#define SCNuFAST32 "lu" +#define SCNxFAST32 "lx" +#define SCNXFAST32 "lX" + +#define SCNo64 "I64o" +#define SCNu64 "I64u" +#define SCNx64 "I64x" +#define SCNX64 "I64X" +#define SCNoLEAST64 "I64o" +#define SCNuLEAST64 "I64u" +#define SCNxLEAST64 "I64x" +#define SCNXLEAST64 "I64X" +#define SCNoFAST64 "I64o" +#define SCNuFAST64 "I64u" +#define SCNxFAST64 "I64x" +#define SCNXFAST64 "I64X" + +#define SCNoMAX "I64o" +#define SCNuMAX "I64u" +#define SCNxMAX "I64x" +#define SCNXMAX "I64X" + +#ifdef _WIN64 // [ +# define SCNoPTR "I64o" +# define SCNuPTR "I64u" +# define SCNxPTR "I64x" +# define SCNXPTR "I64X" +#else // _WIN64 ][ +# define SCNoPTR "lo" +# define SCNuPTR "lu" +# define SCNxPTR "lx" +# define SCNXPTR "lX" +#endif // _WIN64 ] + +#endif // __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS ] + +// 7.8.2 Functions for greatest-width integer types + +// 7.8.2.1 The imaxabs function +#define imaxabs _abs64 + +// 7.8.2.2 The imaxdiv function + +// This is modified version of div() function from Microsoft's div.c found +// in %MSVC.NET%\crt\src\div.c +#ifdef STATIC_IMAXDIV // [ +static +#else // STATIC_IMAXDIV ][ +_inline +#endif // STATIC_IMAXDIV ] +imaxdiv_t __cdecl imaxdiv(intmax_t numer, intmax_t denom) +{ + imaxdiv_t result; + + result.quot = numer / denom; + result.rem = numer % denom; + + if (numer < 0 && result.rem > 0) { + // did division wrong; must fix up + ++result.quot; + result.rem -= denom; + } + + return result; +} + +// 7.8.2.3 The strtoimax and strtoumax functions +#define strtoimax _strtoi64 +#define strtoumax _strtoui64 + +// 7.8.2.4 The wcstoimax and wcstoumax functions +#define wcstoimax _wcstoi64 +#define wcstoumax _wcstoui64 + + +#endif // _MSC_INTTYPES_H_ ] diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c4db4d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,5108 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H + +/** + * @file + * external API header + */ + +#include <errno.h> +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/cpu.h" +#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "libavcodec/version.h" +/** + * @defgroup libavc Encoding/Decoding Library + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavc_decoding Decoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_encoding Encoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_codec Codecs + * @{ + * @defgroup lavc_codec_native Native Codecs + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel Hardware Accelerators bridge + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures. + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities, + * allocating core structures, etc. + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream. + * The principle is roughly: + * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams. + * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams. + * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation + * details. + * + * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that + * 1. no value of a existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI), + * 2. Give it a value which when taken as ASCII is recognized uniquely by a human as this specific codec. + * This ensures that 2 forks can independently add AVCodecIDs without producing conflicts. + * + * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec + * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version. + */ +enum AVCodecID { + AV_CODEC_ID_NONE, + + /* video codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO_XVMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_H261, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV10, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV20, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB, + AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263P, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263I, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_H264, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP3, + AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAM, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV30, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV40, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3, + AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_AASC, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMP, + AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_NUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP5, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F, + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_GIF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGI, + AV_CODEC_ID_C93, + AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID, + AV_CODEC_ID_PTX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TXD, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_VB, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCX, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5, + AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_RL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124, + AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_BFI, + AV_CODEC_ID_CMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TQI, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210X, + AV_CODEC_ID_TMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210, + AV_CODEC_ID_DPX, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS, + AV_CODEC_ID_R210, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1, + AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_YOP, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5, + AV_CODEC_ID_R10K, + AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH, + AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES, + AV_CODEC_ID_JV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DFA, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY, + AV_CODEC_ID_V410, + AV_CODEC_ID_XWD, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP9, + AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX= MKBETAG('B','P','I','X'), + AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P = MKBETAG('Y','4','1','P'), + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130 = MKBETAG('E','1','3','0'), + AV_CODEC_ID_EXR = MKBETAG('0','E','X','R'), + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP = MKBETAG('A','V','R','P'), + + AV_CODEC_ID_012V = MKBETAG('0','1','2','V'), + AV_CODEC_ID_G2M = MKBETAG( 0 ,'G','2','M'), + AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI = MKBETAG('A','V','U','I'), + AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV = MKBETAG('A','Y','U','V'), + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216 = MKBETAG('T','2','1','6'), + AV_CODEC_ID_V308 = MKBETAG('V','3','0','8'), + AV_CODEC_ID_V408 = MKBETAG('V','4','0','8'), + AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4 = MKBETAG('Y','U','V','4'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SANM = MKBETAG('S','A','N','M'), + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO = MKBETAG('P','A','F','V'), + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN = MKBETAG('A','V','R','n'), + AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA = MKBETAG('C','P','I','A'), + AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE = MKBETAG('X','F','A','C'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE = MKBETAG('S','G','I','R'), + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1 = MKBETAG('M','V','C','1'), + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2 = MKBETAG('M','V','C','2'), + + /* various PCM "codecs" */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF, + AV_CODEC_ID_S302M, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR = MKBETAG(24,'P','S','P'), + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR = MKBETAG(32,'P','S','P'), + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR = MKBETAG('P','S','P',16), + + /* various ADPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC, + AV_CODEC_ID_VIMA = MKBETAG('V','I','M','A'), + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC = MKBETAG('A','F','C',' '), + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI = MKBETAG('O','K','I',' '), + + /* AMR */ + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB, + + /* RealAudio codecs*/ + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000, + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288, + + /* various DPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM, + + /* audio codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3 + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DTS, + AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format + AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2, + AV_CODEC_ID_COOK, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH, + AV_CODEC_ID_TTA, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7, + AV_CODEC_ID_MLP, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_VOXWARE, + AV_CODEC_ID_APE, + AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P, + AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT, + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_CELT, + AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1, + AV_CODEC_ID_G729, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RALF, + AV_CODEC_ID_IAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS_DEPRECATED, + AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TAK_DEPRECATED, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH = MKBETAG('F','F','W','S'), +#if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR <= 54 + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_RAW = MKBETAG('8','S','V','X'), +#endif + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC = MKBETAG('S','O','N','C'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS = MKBETAG('S','O','N','L'), + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO = MKBETAG('P','A','F','A'), + AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS = MKBETAG('O','P','U','S'), + AV_CODEC_ID_TAK = MKBETAG('t','B','a','K'), + AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC = MKBETAG('s','e','v','c'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SMV = MKBETAG('s','s','m','v'), + + /* subtitle codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text + AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SSA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRT, + AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD = MKBETAG('m','D','V','D'), + AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608 = MKBETAG('c','6','0','8'), + AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB = MKBETAG('J','S','U','B'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI = MKBETAG('S','A','M','I'), + AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT = MKBETAG('R','T','X','T'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1 = MKBETAG('S','b','V','1'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER = MKBETAG('S','u','b','V'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP = MKBETAG('S','R','i','p'), + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT = MKBETAG('W','V','T','T'), + AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2 = MKBETAG('M','P','L','2'), + AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER = MKBETAG('V','P','l','r'), + AV_CODEC_ID_PJS = MKBETAG('P','h','J','S'), + + /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT = MKBETAG('B','T','X','T'), + AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN = MKBETAG('X','B','I','N'), + AV_CODEC_ID_IDF = MKBETAG( 0 ,'I','D','F'), + AV_CODEC_ID_OTF = MKBETAG( 0 ,'O','T','F'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV = MKBETAG('K','L','V','A'), + + AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it + + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information. + +#if FF_API_CODEC_ID +#include "old_codec_ids.h" +#endif +}; + +#if FF_API_CODEC_ID +#define CodecID AVCodecID +#endif + +/** + * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an + * AVCodecID. + * @see avcodec_get_descriptor() + */ +typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor { + enum AVCodecID id; + enum AVMediaType type; + /** + * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and + * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric + * characters and '_' only. + */ + const char *name; + /** + * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL. + */ + const char *long_name; + /** + * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags. + */ + int props; +} AVCodecDescriptor; + +/** + * Codec uses only intra compression. + * Video codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY (1 << 0) +/** + * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only. + * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless + * compression modes + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY (1 << 1) +/** + * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS (1 << 2) +/** + * Subtitle codec is bitmap based + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB (1 << 16) + +#if FF_API_OLD_DECODE_AUDIO +/* in bytes */ +#define AVCODEC_MAX_AUDIO_FRAME_SIZE 192000 // 1 second of 48khz 32bit audio +#endif + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding. + * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read + * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.<br> + * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged + * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault. + */ +#define FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 16 + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + * minimum encoding buffer size + * Used to avoid some checks during header writing. + */ +#define FF_MIN_BUFFER_SIZE 16384 + + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + * motion estimation type. + */ +enum Motion_Est_ID { + ME_ZERO = 1, ///< no search, that is use 0,0 vector whenever one is needed + ME_FULL, + ME_LOG, + ME_PHODS, + ME_EPZS, ///< enhanced predictive zonal search + ME_X1, ///< reserved for experiments + ME_HEX, ///< hexagon based search + ME_UMH, ///< uneven multi-hexagon search + ME_ITER, ///< iterative search + ME_TESA, ///< transformed exhaustive search algorithm +}; + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + */ +enum AVDiscard{ + /* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some + * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */ + AVDISCARD_NONE =-16, ///< discard nothing + AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi + AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference + AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames + AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes + AVDISCARD_ALL = 48, ///< discard all +}; + +enum AVColorPrimaries{ + AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B + AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, + AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above + AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, + AVCOL_PRI_NB , ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic{ + AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 + AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7, + AVCOL_TRC_NB , ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +enum AVColorSpace{ + AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, + AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B + AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, + AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601 + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC / functionally identical to above + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, + AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = 8, ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16 + AVCOL_SPC_NB , ///< Not part of ABI +}; +#define AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG + +enum AVColorRange{ + AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges + AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, ///< the normal 2^n-1 "JPEG" YUV ranges + AVCOL_RANGE_NB , ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * X X 3 4 X X are luma samples, + * 1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions + * X X 5 6 X 0 is undefined/unknown position + */ +enum AVChromaLocation{ + AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< mpeg2/4, h264 default + AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< mpeg1, jpeg, h263 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< DV + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6, + AVCHROMA_LOC_NB , ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +enum AVAudioServiceType { + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB , ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + */ +typedef struct RcOverride{ + int start_frame; + int end_frame; + int qscale; // If this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead. + float quality_factor; +} RcOverride; + +#define FF_MAX_B_FRAMES 16 + +/* encoding support + These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization. + Note: Not everything is supported yet. +*/ + +#define CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE 0x0002 ///< Use fixed qscale. +#define CODEC_FLAG_4MV 0x0004 ///< 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H.263. +#define CODEC_FLAG_QPEL 0x0010 ///< Use qpel MC. +#define CODEC_FLAG_GMC 0x0020 ///< Use GMC. +#define CODEC_FLAG_MV0 0x0040 ///< Always try a MB with MV=<0,0>. +/** + * The parent program guarantees that the input for B-frames containing + * streams is not written to for at least s->max_b_frames+1 frames, if + * this is not set the input will be copied. + */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_INPUT_PRESERVED 0x0100 +#define CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 0x0200 ///< Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode. +#define CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 0x0400 ///< Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode. +#define CODEC_FLAG_GRAY 0x2000 ///< Only decode/encode grayscale. +#define CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE 0x4000 ///< Don't draw edges. +#define CODEC_FLAG_PSNR 0x8000 ///< error[?] variables will be set during encoding. +#define CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED 0x00010000 /** Input bitstream might be truncated at a random + location instead of only at frame boundaries. */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_NORMALIZE_AQP 0x00020000 ///< Normalize adaptive quantization. +#define CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT 0x00040000 ///< Use interlaced DCT. +#define CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY 0x00080000 ///< Force low delay. +#define CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER 0x00400000 ///< Place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe. +#define CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT 0x00800000 ///< Use only bitexact stuff (except (I)DCT). +/* Fx : Flag for h263+ extra options */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED 0x01000000 ///< H.263 advanced intra coding / MPEG-4 AC prediction +#define CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER 0x00000800 ///< loop filter +#define CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME 0x20000000 ///< interlaced motion estimation +#define CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP 0x80000000 +#define CODEC_FLAG2_FAST 0x00000001 ///< Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks. +#define CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT 0x00000004 ///< Skip bitstream encoding. +#define CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER 0x00000008 ///< Place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata. +#define CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE 0x00002000 ///< timecode is in drop frame format. DEPRECATED!!!! +#define CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP 0x00010000 ///< Discard cropping information from SPS. + +#if FF_API_MPV_GLOBAL_OPTS +#define CODEC_FLAG_CBP_RD 0x04000000 ///< Use rate distortion optimization for cbp. +#define CODEC_FLAG_QP_RD 0x08000000 ///< Use rate distortion optimization for qp selectioon. +#define CODEC_FLAG2_STRICT_GOP 0x00000002 ///< Strictly enforce GOP size. +#define CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_RD 0x00004000 ///< RD optimal MB level residual skipping +#endif +#define CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS 0x00008000 ///< Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries instead of only at frame boundaries. +#define CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL 0x00400000 ///< Show all frames before the first keyframe + +/* Unsupported options : + * Syntax Arithmetic coding (SAC) + * Reference Picture Selection + * Independent Segment Decoding */ +/* /Fx */ +/* codec capabilities */ + +#define CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND 0x0001 ///< Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback. +/** + * Codec uses get_buffer() for allocating buffers and supports custom allocators. + * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() at all or use operations that + * assume the buffer was allocated by avcodec_default_get_buffer. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_DR1 0x0002 +#define CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED 0x0008 +/* Codec can export data for HW decoding (XvMC). */ +#define CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL 0x0010 +/** + * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to + * give the complete and correct output. + * + * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with + * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode + * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec + * unless this flag is set. + * + * Decoders: + * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer + * returns frames. + * + * Encoders: + * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the + * encoder no longer returns data. + * + * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this + * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for + * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will + * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_DELAY 0x0020 +/** + * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size. + * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME 0x0040 +/** + * Codec can export data for HW decoding (VDPAU). + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL_VDPAU 0x0080 +/** + * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket + * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do + * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames. + * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a + * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming + * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carring such bitstreams thus + * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like + * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered + * as a last resort. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES 0x0100 +/** + * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * encoders + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0200 +/** + * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF 0x0400 + +/** + * Codec is able to deal with negative linesizes + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_NEG_LINESIZES 0x0800 + +/** + * Codec supports frame-level multithreading. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS 0x1000 +/** + * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS 0x2000 +/** + * Codec supports changed parameters at any point. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE 0x4000 +/** + * Codec supports avctx->thread_count == 0 (auto). + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS 0x8000 +/** + * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE 0x10000 +/** + * Codec is intra only. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY 0x40000000 +/** + * Codec is lossless. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS 0x80000000 + +//The following defines may change, don't expect compatibility if you use them. +#define MB_TYPE_INTRA4x4 0x0001 +#define MB_TYPE_INTRA16x16 0x0002 //FIXME H.264-specific +#define MB_TYPE_INTRA_PCM 0x0004 //FIXME H.264-specific +#define MB_TYPE_16x16 0x0008 +#define MB_TYPE_16x8 0x0010 +#define MB_TYPE_8x16 0x0020 +#define MB_TYPE_8x8 0x0040 +#define MB_TYPE_INTERLACED 0x0080 +#define MB_TYPE_DIRECT2 0x0100 //FIXME +#define MB_TYPE_ACPRED 0x0200 +#define MB_TYPE_GMC 0x0400 +#define MB_TYPE_SKIP 0x0800 +#define MB_TYPE_P0L0 0x1000 +#define MB_TYPE_P1L0 0x2000 +#define MB_TYPE_P0L1 0x4000 +#define MB_TYPE_P1L1 0x8000 +#define MB_TYPE_L0 (MB_TYPE_P0L0 | MB_TYPE_P1L0) +#define MB_TYPE_L1 (MB_TYPE_P0L1 | MB_TYPE_P1L1) +#define MB_TYPE_L0L1 (MB_TYPE_L0 | MB_TYPE_L1) +#define MB_TYPE_QUANT 0x00010000 +#define MB_TYPE_CBP 0x00020000 +//Note bits 24-31 are reserved for codec specific use (h264 ref0, mpeg1 0mv, ...) + +/** + * Pan Scan area. + * This specifies the area which should be displayed. + * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame. + */ +typedef struct AVPanScan{ + /** + * id + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int id; + + /** + * width and height in 1/16 pel + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int16_t position[3][2]; +}AVPanScan; + +#define FF_QSCALE_TYPE_MPEG1 0 +#define FF_QSCALE_TYPE_MPEG2 1 +#define FF_QSCALE_TYPE_H264 2 +#define FF_QSCALE_TYPE_VP56 3 + +#define FF_BUFFER_TYPE_INTERNAL 1 +#define FF_BUFFER_TYPE_USER 2 ///< direct rendering buffers (image is (de)allocated by user) +#define FF_BUFFER_TYPE_SHARED 4 ///< Buffer from somewhere else; don't deallocate image (data/base), all other tables are not shared. +#define FF_BUFFER_TYPE_COPY 8 ///< Just a (modified) copy of some other buffer, don't deallocate anything. + +#define FF_BUFFER_HINTS_VALID 0x01 // Buffer hints value is meaningful (if 0 ignore). +#define FF_BUFFER_HINTS_READABLE 0x02 // Codec will read from buffer. +#define FF_BUFFER_HINTS_PRESERVE 0x04 // User must not alter buffer content. +#define FF_BUFFER_HINTS_REUSABLE 0x08 // Codec will reuse the buffer (update). + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket + * + * Types and functions for working with AVPacket. + * @{ + */ +enum AVPacketSideDataType { + AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE, + AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le param_flags + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT) + * s32le channel_count + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT) + * u64le channel_layout + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE) + * s32le sample_rate + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS) + * s32le width + * s32le height + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of + * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the + * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190). + * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks, + * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller + * than the target payload size. + * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet + * u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock + * u8 GOB number + * u16le macroblock address within the GOB + * u8 horizontal MV predictor + * u8 vertical MV predictor + * u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3 + * u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3 + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO, + + /** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES=70, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that + * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV + * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used. + * @code + * u8 selected channels (0=mail/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO, + + /** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA, + + /** + * Subtitle event position + * @code + * u32le x1 + * u32le y1 + * u32le x2 + * u32le y2 + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION, + + /** + * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is + * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data + * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed + * by data. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL, +}; + +/** + * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers + * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and + * then passed to muxers. + * + * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may + * contain several compressed frames. + * + * AVPacket is one of the few structs in FFmpeg, whose size is a part of public + * ABI. Thus it may be allocated on stack and no new fields can be added to it + * without libavcodec and libavformat major bump. + * + * The semantics of data ownership depends on the destruct field. + * If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is valid + * indefinitely until av_free_packet() is called (which in turn calls the + * destruct callback to free the data). If destruct is not set, the packet data + * is typically backed by some static buffer somewhere and is only valid for a + * limited time (e.g. until the next read call when demuxing). + * + * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc() and is freed in + * av_free_packet(). + */ +typedef struct AVPacket { + /** + * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before + * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse + * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps + * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket. + */ + int64_t pts; + /** + * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the packet is decompressed. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + */ + int64_t dts; + uint8_t *data; + int size; + int stream_index; + /** + * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values + */ + int flags; + /** + * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container. + * Packet can contain several types of side information. + */ + struct { + uint8_t *data; + int size; + enum AVPacketSideDataType type; + } *side_data; + int side_data_elems; + + /** + * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order. + */ + int duration; + void (*destruct)(struct AVPacket *); + void *priv; + int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown + + /** + * Time difference in AVStream->time_base units from the pts of this + * packet to the point at which the output from the decoder has converged + * independent from the availability of previous frames. That is, the + * frames are virtually identical no matter if decoding started from + * the very first frame or from this keyframe. + * Is AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. + * This field is not the display duration of the current packet. + * This field has no meaning if the packet does not have AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY + * set. + * + * The purpose of this field is to allow seeking in streams that have no + * keyframes in the conventional sense. It corresponds to the + * recovery point SEI in H.264 and match_time_delta in NUT. It is also + * essential for some types of subtitle streams to ensure that all + * subtitles are correctly displayed after seeking. + */ + int64_t convergence_duration; +} AVPacket; +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY 0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted + +enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags { + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = 0x0001, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = 0x0002, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = 0x0004, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = 0x0008, +}; +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data. + * + * AVFrame must be allocated using avcodec_alloc_frame() and freed with + * avcodec_free_frame(). Note that this allocates only the AVFrame itself. The + * buffers for the data must be managed through other means. + * + * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold + * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a + * decoder). In such a case, avcodec_get_frame_defaults() should be used to + * reset the frame to its original clean state before it is reused again. + * + * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + * Similarly fields that are marked as to be only accessed by + * av_opt_ptr() can be reordered. This allows 2 forks to add fields + * without breaking compatibility with each other. + */ +typedef struct AVFrame { +#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8 + /** + * pointer to the picture/channel planes. + * This might be different from the first allocated byte + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: set by AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + */ + uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * Size, in bytes, of the data for each picture/channel plane. + * + * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel + * plane must be the same size. + * + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: set by AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + */ + int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * pointers to the data planes/channels. + * + * For video, this should simply point to data[]. + * + * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and + * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. + * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] + * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. + * + * Note: Both data and extended_data will always be set by get_buffer(), + * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data, + * extended_data must be used by the decoder in order to access all + * channels. + * + * encoding: set by user + * decoding: set by AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + */ + uint8_t **extended_data; + + /** + * width and height of the video frame + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int width, height; + + /** + * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + int nb_samples; + + /** + * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset + * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames, + * enum AVSampleFormat for audio) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int format; + + /** + * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int key_frame; + + /** + * Picture type of the frame, see ?_TYPE below. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. for coded_picture (and set by user for input). + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVPictureType pict_type; + + /** + * pointer to the first allocated byte of the picture. Can be used in get_buffer/release_buffer. + * This isn't used by libavcodec unless the default get/release_buffer() is used. + * - encoding: + * - decoding: + */ + uint8_t *base[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user) + * If AV_NOPTS_VALUE then frame_rate = 1/time_base will be assumed. + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int64_t pts; + + /** + * pts copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_pts; + + /** + * dts copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_dts; + + /** + * picture number in bitstream order + * - encoding: set by + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int coded_picture_number; + /** + * picture number in display order + * - encoding: set by + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int display_picture_number; + + /** + * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad)) + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. for coded_picture (and set by user for input). + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int quality; + + /** + * is this picture used as reference + * The values for this are the same as the MpegEncContext.picture_structure + * variable, that is 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame/both fields. + * Set to 4 for delayed, non-reference frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (before get_buffer() call)). + */ + int reference; + + /** + * QP table + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int8_t *qscale_table; + /** + * QP store stride + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int qstride; + + /** + * + */ + int qscale_type; + + /** + * mbskip_table[mb]>=1 if MB didn't change + * stride= mb_width = (width+15)>>4 + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + uint8_t *mbskip_table; + + /** + * motion vector table + * @code + * example: + * int mv_sample_log2= 4 - motion_subsample_log2; + * int mb_width= (width+15)>>4; + * int mv_stride= (mb_width << mv_sample_log2) + 1; + * motion_val[direction][x + y*mv_stride][0->mv_x, 1->mv_y]; + * @endcode + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int16_t (*motion_val[2])[2]; + + /** + * macroblock type table + * mb_type_base + mb_width + 2 + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + uint32_t *mb_type; + + /** + * DCT coefficients + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + short *dct_coeff; + + /** + * motion reference frame index + * the order in which these are stored can depend on the codec. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int8_t *ref_index[2]; + + /** + * for some private data of the user + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * error + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. if flags&CODEC_FLAG_PSNR. + * - decoding: unused + */ + uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * type of the buffer (to keep track of who has to deallocate data[*]) + * - encoding: Set by the one who allocates it. + * - decoding: Set by the one who allocates it. + * Note: User allocated (direct rendering) & internal buffers cannot coexist currently. + */ + int type; + + /** + * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed. + * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int repeat_pict; + + /** + * The content of the picture is interlaced. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (default 0) + */ + int interlaced_frame; + + /** + * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int top_field_first; + + /** + * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame. + * - encoding: ??? (no palette-enabled encoder yet) + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (default 0). + */ + int palette_has_changed; + + /** + * codec suggestion on buffer type if != 0 + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (before get_buffer() call)). + */ + int buffer_hints; + + /** + * Pan scan. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVPanScan *pan_scan; + + /** + * reordered opaque 64bit (generally an integer or a double precision float + * PTS but can be anything). + * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at + * that time, + * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque + * @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t reordered_opaque; + + /** + * hardware accelerator private data (FFmpeg-allocated) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + void *hwaccel_picture_private; + + /** + * the AVCodecContext which ff_thread_get_buffer() was last called on + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + struct AVCodecContext *owner; + + /** + * used by multithreading to store frame-specific info + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + void *thread_opaque; + + /** + * log2 of the size of the block which a single vector in motion_val represents: + * (4->16x16, 3->8x8, 2-> 4x4, 1-> 2x2) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + uint8_t motion_subsample_log2; + + /** + * Sample rate of the audio data. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: read by user + */ + int sample_rate; + + /** + * Channel layout of the audio data. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: read by user. + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; + + /** + * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int64_t best_effort_timestamp; + + /** + * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_pkt_pos(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_pos; + + /** + * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in + * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_pkt_duration(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_duration; + + /** + * metadata. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_metadata(frame) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of + * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there + * were errors during the decoding. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_decode_error_flags(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int decode_error_flags; +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2 + + /** + * number of audio channels, only used for audio. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_channels(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int channels; + + /** + * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed + * frame. It must be accessed using av_frame_get_pkt_size() and + * av_frame_set_pkt_size(). + * It is set to a negative value if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int pkt_size; +} AVFrame; + +/** + * Accessors for some AVFrame fields. + * The position of these field in the structure is not part of the ABI, + * they should not be accessed directly outside libavcodec. + */ +int64_t av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_duration (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_pkt_duration (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_pos (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_pkt_pos (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +int64_t av_frame_get_channel_layout (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_channel_layout (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +int av_frame_get_channels (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_channels (AVFrame *frame, int val); +int av_frame_get_sample_rate (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_sample_rate (AVFrame *frame, int val); +AVDictionary *av_frame_get_metadata (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_metadata (AVFrame *frame, AVDictionary *val); +int av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (AVFrame *frame, int val); +int av_frame_get_pkt_size(const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_pkt_size(AVFrame *frame, int val); + +struct AVCodecInternal; + +enum AVFieldOrder { + AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN, + AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE, + AV_FIELD_TT, //< Top coded_first, top displayed first + AV_FIELD_BB, //< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_TB, //< Top coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_BT, //< Bottom coded first, top displayed first +}; + +/** + * main external API structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * Please use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from user + * applications. + * sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVCodecContext { + /** + * information on struct for av_log + * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3 + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + int log_level_offset; + + enum AVMediaType codec_type; /* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx */ + const struct AVCodec *codec; + char codec_name[32]; + enum AVCodecID codec_id; /* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx */ + + /** + * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A'). + * This is used to work around some encoder bugs. + * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify the codec. + * If there are multiple such fields in a container then the demuxer should choose the one + * which maximizes the information about the used codec. + * If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits then the demuxer should + * remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or other structure. Alternatively a new + * extra_codec_tag + size could be added but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated + * first. + * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be used. + * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init. + */ + unsigned int codec_tag; + + /** + * fourcc from the AVI stream header (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A'). + * This is used to work around some encoder bugs. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init. + */ + unsigned int stream_codec_tag; + +#if FF_API_SUB_ID + /** + * @deprecated this field is unused + */ + attribute_deprecated int sub_id; +#endif + + void *priv_data; + + /** + * Private context used for internal data. + * + * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general + * libavcodec functions. + */ + struct AVCodecInternal *internal; + + /** + * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * the average bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. 0 or some bitrate if this info is available in the stream. + */ + int bit_rate; + + /** + * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference. + * the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2) + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bit_rate_tolerance; + + /** + * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame. + * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int global_quality; + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int compression_level; +#define FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT -1 + + /** + * CODEC_FLAG_*. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * CODEC_FLAG2_* + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags2; + + /** + * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables. + * mjpeg: Huffman tables + * rv10: additional flags + * mpeg4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here) + * The allocated memory should be FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger + * than extradata_size to avoid prolems if it is read with the bitstream reader. + * The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the architecture or CPU endianness. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user. + */ + uint8_t *extradata; + int extradata_size; + + /** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content, + * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be + * identically 1. + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame rate. + * Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame duration + * if no telecine is used ... + * + * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it to 2. + */ + int ticks_per_frame; + + /** + * Codec delay. + * + * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to + * the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec) + * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder + * as specified in the spec would produce. + * + * Video: + * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the + * encoded input. + * + * Audio: + * For encoding, this is the number of "priming" samples added to the + * beginning of the stream. The decoded output will be delayed by this + * many samples relative to the input to the encoder. Note that this + * field is purely informational and does not directly affect the pts + * output by the encoder, which should always be based on the actual + * presentation time, including any delay. + * For decoding, this is the number of samples the decoder needs to + * output before the decoder's output is valid. When seeking, you should + * start decoding this many samples prior to your desired seek point. + * + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int delay; + + + /* video only */ + /** + * picture width / height. + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + * Note: For compatibility it is possible to set this instead of + * coded_width/height before decoding. + */ + int width, height; + + /** + * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height if lowres enabled. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user before init if known. Codec should override / dynamically change if needed. + */ + int coded_width, coded_height; + +#define FF_ASPECT_EXTENDED 15 + + /** + * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int gop_size; + + /** + * Pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers. + * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec if known + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + + /** + * Motion estimation algorithm used for video coding. + * 1 (zero), 2 (full), 3 (log), 4 (phods), 5 (epzs), 6 (x1), 7 (hex), + * 8 (umh), 9 (iter), 10 (tesa) [7, 8, 10 are x264 specific, 9 is snow specific] + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_method; + + /** + * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec + * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not + * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities + * beforehand. + * When multithreading is used, it may be called from multiple threads + * at the same time; threads might draw different parts of the same AVFrame, + * or multiple AVFrames, and there is no guarantee that slices will be drawn + * in order. + * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs. + * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass + * the data needed for hardware render. + * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to + * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application + * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress + * or mark state. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * @param height the height of the slice + * @param y the y position of the slice + * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame + * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be read + */ + void (*draw_horiz_band)(struct AVCodecContext *s, + const AVFrame *src, int offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS], + int y, int type, int height); + + /** + * callback to negotiate the pixelFormat + * @param fmt is the list of formats which are supported by the codec, + * it is terminated by -1 as 0 is a valid format, the formats are ordered by quality. + * The first is always the native one. + * @return the chosen format + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user, if not set the native format will be chosen. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat (*get_format)(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); + + /** + * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames + * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_b_frames; + + /** + * qscale factor between IP and B-frames + * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_factor; + + /** obsolete FIXME remove */ + int rc_strategy; +#define FF_RC_STRATEGY_XVID 1 + + int b_frame_strategy; + +#if FF_API_MPV_GLOBAL_OPTS + /** + * luma single coefficient elimination threshold + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + attribute_deprecated int luma_elim_threshold; + + /** + * chroma single coeff elimination threshold + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + attribute_deprecated int chroma_elim_threshold; +#endif + + /** + * qscale offset between IP and B-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_offset; + + /** + * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder. + * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int has_b_frames; + + /** + * 0-> h263 quant 1-> mpeg quant + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mpeg_quant; + + /** + * qscale factor between P and I-frames + * If > 0 then the last p frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_factor; + + /** + * qscale offset between P and I-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_offset; + + /** + * luminance masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float lumi_masking; + + /** + * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float temporal_cplx_masking; + + /** + * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float spatial_cplx_masking; + + /** + * p block masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float p_masking; + + /** + * darkness masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float dark_masking; + + /** + * slice count + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user (or 0). + */ + int slice_count; + /** + * prediction method (needed for huffyuv) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int prediction_method; +#define FF_PRED_LEFT 0 +#define FF_PRED_PLANE 1 +#define FF_PRED_MEDIAN 2 + + /** + * slice offsets in the frame in bytes + * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL). + */ + int *slice_offset; + + /** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel. + * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for some video standards. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_cmp; + /** + * subpixel motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_sub_cmp; + /** + * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_cmp; + /** + * interlaced DCT comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int ildct_cmp; +#define FF_CMP_SAD 0 +#define FF_CMP_SSE 1 +#define FF_CMP_SATD 2 +#define FF_CMP_DCT 3 +#define FF_CMP_PSNR 4 +#define FF_CMP_BIT 5 +#define FF_CMP_RD 6 +#define FF_CMP_ZERO 7 +#define FF_CMP_VSAD 8 +#define FF_CMP_VSSE 9 +#define FF_CMP_NSSE 10 +#define FF_CMP_W53 11 +#define FF_CMP_W97 12 +#define FF_CMP_DCTMAX 13 +#define FF_CMP_DCT264 14 +#define FF_CMP_CHROMA 256 + + /** + * ME diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dia_size; + + /** + * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int last_predictor_count; + + /** + * prepass for motion estimation + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int pre_me; + + /** + * motion estimation prepass comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_pre_cmp; + + /** + * ME prepass diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int pre_dia_size; + + /** + * subpel ME quality + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_subpel_quality; + + /** + * DTG active format information (additional aspect ratio + * information only used in DVB MPEG-2 transport streams) + * 0 if not set. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by decoder. + */ + int dtg_active_format; +#define FF_DTG_AFD_SAME 8 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_4_3 9 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_16_9 10 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_14_9 11 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 13 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 14 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_SP_4_3 15 + + /** + * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units + * If 0 then no limit. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_range; + + /** + * intra quantizer bias + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int intra_quant_bias; +#define FF_DEFAULT_QUANT_BIAS 999999 + + /** + * inter quantizer bias + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int inter_quant_bias; + +#if FF_API_COLOR_TABLE_ID + /** + * color table ID + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Which clrtable should be used for 8bit RGB images. + * Tables have to be stored somewhere. FIXME + */ + attribute_deprecated int color_table_id; +#endif + + /** + * slice flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int slice_flags; +#define SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER 0x0001 ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD 0x0002 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG2 field pics) +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE 0x0004 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1) + + /** + * XVideo Motion Acceleration + * - encoding: forbidden + * - decoding: set by decoder + */ + int xvmc_acceleration; + + /** + * macroblock decision mode + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_decision; +#define FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE 0 ///< uses mb_cmp +#define FF_MB_DECISION_BITS 1 ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits +#define FF_MB_DECISION_RD 2 ///< rate distortion + + /** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t *intra_matrix; + + /** + * custom inter quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t *inter_matrix; + + /** + * scene change detection threshold + * 0 is default, larger means fewer detected scene changes. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int scenechange_threshold; + + /** + * noise reduction strength + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int noise_reduction; + +#if FF_API_INTER_THRESHOLD + /** + * @deprecated this field is unused + */ + attribute_deprecated int inter_threshold; +#endif + +#if FF_API_MPV_GLOBAL_OPTS + /** + * @deprecated use mpegvideo private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated int quantizer_noise_shaping; +#endif + + /** + * Motion estimation threshold below which no motion estimation is + * performed, but instead the user specified motion vectors are used. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_threshold; + + /** + * Macroblock threshold below which the user specified macroblock types will be used. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_threshold; + + /** + * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8 + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int intra_dc_precision; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_top; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_bottom; + + /** + * Border processing masking, raises the quantizer for mbs on the borders + * of the picture. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float border_masking; + + /** + * minimum MB lagrange multipler + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmin; + + /** + * maximum MB lagrange multipler + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmax; + + /** + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_penalty_compensation; + + /** + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bidir_refine; + + /** + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int brd_scale; + + /** + * minimum GOP size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int keyint_min; + + /** + * number of reference frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by lavc. + */ + int refs; + + /** + * chroma qp offset from luma + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int chromaoffset; + + /** + * Multiplied by qscale for each frame and added to scene_change_score. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int scenechange_factor; + + /** + * + * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mv0_threshold; + + /** + * Adjust sensitivity of b_frame_strategy 1. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int b_sensitivity; + + /** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + + /** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + + /** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + /** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + + /** + * This defines the location of chroma samples. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_sample_location; + + /** + * Number of slices. + * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized + * decoding. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int slices; + + /** Field order + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /* audio only */ + int sample_rate; ///< samples per second + int channels; ///< number of audio channels + + /** + * audio sample format + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt; ///< sample format + + /* The following data should not be initialized. */ + /** + * Number of samples per channel in an audio frame. + * + * - encoding: set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). Each submitted frame + * except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel. + * May be 0 when the codec has CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, then the + * frame size is not restricted. + * - decoding: may be set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size + */ + int frame_size; + + /** + * Frame counter, set by libavcodec. + * + * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far. + * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far. + * + * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in + * an error. + */ + int frame_number; + + /** + * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0 + * Used by some WAV based audio codecs. + */ + int block_align; + + /** + * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic") + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int cutoff; + +#if FF_API_REQUEST_CHANNELS + /** + * Decoder should decode to this many channels if it can (0 for default) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of request_channel_layout. + */ + int request_channels; +#endif + + /** + * Audio channel layout. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; + + /** + * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + uint64_t request_channel_layout; + + /** + * Type of service that the audio stream conveys. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVAudioServiceType audio_service_type; + + /** + * desired sample format + * - encoding: Not used. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Decoder will decode to this format if it can. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat request_sample_fmt; + + /** + * Called at the beginning of each frame to get a buffer for it. + * + * The function will set AVFrame.data[], AVFrame.linesize[]. + * AVFrame.extended_data[] must also be set, but it should be the same as + * AVFrame.data[] except for planar audio with more channels than can fit + * in AVFrame.data[]. In that case, AVFrame.data[] shall still contain as + * many data pointers as it can hold. + * + * if CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer() must call + * avcodec_default_get_buffer() instead of providing buffers allocated by + * some other means. + * + * AVFrame.data[] should be 32- or 16-byte-aligned unless the CPU doesn't + * need it. avcodec_default_get_buffer() aligns the output buffer properly, + * but if get_buffer() is overridden then alignment considerations should + * be taken into account. + * + * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer() + * + * Video: + * + * If pic.reference is set then the frame will be read later by libavcodec. + * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and + * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16. + * + * If frame multithreading is used and thread_safe_callbacks is set, + * it may be called from a different thread, but not from more than one at + * once. Does not need to be reentrant. + * + * @see release_buffer(), reget_buffer() + * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2() + * + * Audio: + * + * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting + * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer(). The decoder may, + * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples + * to a smaller value in the output frame. + * + * Decoders cannot use the buffer after returning from + * avcodec_decode_audio4(), so they will not call release_buffer(), as it + * is assumed to be released immediately upon return. In some rare cases, + * a decoder may need to call get_buffer() more than once in a single + * call to avcodec_decode_audio4(). In that case, when get_buffer() is + * called again after it has already been called once, the previously + * acquired buffer is assumed to be released at that time and may not be + * reused by the decoder. + * + * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and + * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer() + * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and + * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio + * since all planes must be the same size. + * + * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays() + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*get_buffer)(struct AVCodecContext *c, AVFrame *pic); + + /** + * Called to release buffers which were allocated with get_buffer. + * A released buffer can be reused in get_buffer(). + * pic.data[*] must be set to NULL. + * May be called from a different thread if frame multithreading is used, + * but not by more than one thread at once, so does not need to be reentrant. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + void (*release_buffer)(struct AVCodecContext *c, AVFrame *pic); + + /** + * Called at the beginning of a frame to get cr buffer for it. + * Buffer type (size, hints) must be the same. libavcodec won't check it. + * libavcodec will pass previous buffer in pic, function should return + * same buffer or new buffer with old frame "painted" into it. + * If pic.data[0] == NULL must behave like get_buffer(). + * if CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then reget_buffer() must call + * avcodec_default_reget_buffer() instead of providing buffers allocated by + * some other means. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*reget_buffer)(struct AVCodecContext *c, AVFrame *pic); + + + /* - encoding parameters */ + float qcompress; ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes (0.0-1.0) + float qblur; ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0) + + /** + * minimum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmin; + + /** + * maximum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmax; + + /** + * maximum quantizer difference between frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_qdiff; + + /** + * ratecontrol qmin qmax limiting method + * 0-> clipping, 1-> use a nice continuous function to limit qscale wthin qmin/qmax. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float rc_qsquish; + + float rc_qmod_amp; + int rc_qmod_freq; + + /** + * decoder bitstream buffer size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_buffer_size; + + /** + * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_override_count; + RcOverride *rc_override; + + /** + * rate control equation + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + const char *rc_eq; + + /** + * maximum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_max_rate; + + /** + * minimum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_min_rate; + + float rc_buffer_aggressivity; + + /** + * initial complexity for pass1 ratecontrol + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float rc_initial_cplx; + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, <value> of what can be used without an underflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_max_available_vbv_use; + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, <value> times the amount needed to prevent a vbv overflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_min_vbv_overflow_use; + + /** + * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_initial_buffer_occupancy; + +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_VLC 0 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_AC 1 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RAW 2 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RLE 3 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_DEFLATE 4 + /** + * coder type + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int coder_type; + + /** + * context model + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int context_model; + + /** + * minimum Lagrange multipler + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int lmin; + + /** + * maximum Lagrange multipler + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int lmax; + + /** + * frame skip threshold + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int frame_skip_threshold; + + /** + * frame skip factor + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int frame_skip_factor; + + /** + * frame skip exponent + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int frame_skip_exp; + + /** + * frame skip comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int frame_skip_cmp; + + /** + * trellis RD quantization + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int trellis; + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int min_prediction_order; + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_prediction_order; + + /** + * GOP timecode frame start number + * - encoding: Set by user, in non drop frame format + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec (timecode in the 25 bits format, -1 if unset) + */ + int64_t timecode_frame_start; + + /* The RTP callback: This function is called */ + /* every time the encoder has a packet to send. */ + /* It depends on the encoder if the data starts */ + /* with a Start Code (it should). H.263 does. */ + /* mb_nb contains the number of macroblocks */ + /* encoded in the RTP payload. */ + void (*rtp_callback)(struct AVCodecContext *avctx, void *data, int size, int mb_nb); + + int rtp_payload_size; /* The size of the RTP payload: the coder will */ + /* do its best to deliver a chunk with size */ + /* below rtp_payload_size, the chunk will start */ + /* with a start code on some codecs like H.263. */ + /* This doesn't take account of any particular */ + /* headers inside the transmitted RTP payload. */ + + /* statistics, used for 2-pass encoding */ + int mv_bits; + int header_bits; + int i_tex_bits; + int p_tex_bits; + int i_count; + int p_count; + int skip_count; + int misc_bits; + + /** + * number of bits used for the previously encoded frame + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int frame_bits; + + /** + * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char *stats_out; + + /** + * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer + * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here. + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char *stats_in; + + /** + * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected automatically. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int workaround_bugs; +#define FF_BUG_AUTODETECT 1 ///< autodetection +#define FF_BUG_OLD_MSMPEG4 2 +#define FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE 4 +#define FF_BUG_UMP4 8 +#define FF_BUG_NO_PADDING 16 +#define FF_BUG_AMV 32 +#define FF_BUG_AC_VLC 0 ///< Will be removed, libavcodec can now handle these non-compliant files by default. +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA 64 +#define FF_BUG_STD_QPEL 128 +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2 256 +#define FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE 512 +#define FF_BUG_EDGE 1024 +#define FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA 2048 +#define FF_BUG_DC_CLIP 4096 +#define FF_BUG_MS 8192 ///< Work around various bugs in Microsoft's broken decoders. +#define FF_BUG_TRUNCATED 16384 + + /** + * strictly follow the standard (MPEG4, ...). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will + * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower + * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all + * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal, + * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things + * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly + * (=strictly conform to the specs) + */ + int strict_std_compliance; +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT 2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT 1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL 0 +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things. + + /** + * error concealment flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int error_concealment; +#define FF_EC_GUESS_MVS 1 +#define FF_EC_DEBLOCK 2 + + /** + * debug + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug; +#define FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO 1 +#define FF_DEBUG_RC 2 +#define FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM 4 +#define FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE 8 +#define FF_DEBUG_QP 16 +#define FF_DEBUG_MV 32 +#define FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF 0x00000040 +#define FF_DEBUG_SKIP 0x00000080 +#define FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE 0x00000100 +#define FF_DEBUG_PTS 0x00000200 +#define FF_DEBUG_ER 0x00000400 +#define FF_DEBUG_MMCO 0x00000800 +#define FF_DEBUG_BUGS 0x00001000 +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_QP 0x00002000 +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MB_TYPE 0x00004000 +#define FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS 0x00008000 +#define FF_DEBUG_THREADS 0x00010000 + + /** + * debug + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug_mv; +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR 0x00000001 //visualize forward predicted MVs of P frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR 0x00000002 //visualize forward predicted MVs of B frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 //visualize backward predicted MVs of B frames + + /** + * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int err_recognition; +#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK (1<<0) +#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM (1<<1) +#define AV_EF_BUFFER (1<<2) +#define AV_EF_EXPLODE (1<<3) + +#define AV_EF_CAREFUL (1<<16) +#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT (1<<17) +#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE (1<<18) + + + /** + * opaque 64bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and + * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int64_t reordered_opaque; + + /** + * Hardware accelerator in use + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + struct AVHWAccel *hwaccel; + + /** + * Hardware accelerator context. + * For some hardware accelerators, a global context needs to be + * provided by the user. In that case, this holds display-dependent + * data FFmpeg cannot instantiate itself. Please refer to the + * FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill this + * is. e.g. for VA API, this is a struct vaapi_context. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + void *hwaccel_context; + + /** + * error + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags&CODEC_FLAG_PSNR. + * - decoding: unused + */ + uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dct_algo; +#define FF_DCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_DCT_FASTINT 1 +#define FF_DCT_INT 2 +#define FF_DCT_MMX 3 +#define FF_DCT_ALTIVEC 5 +#define FF_DCT_FAAN 6 + + /** + * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int idct_algo; +#define FF_IDCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_IDCT_INT 1 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLE 2 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX 3 +#define FF_IDCT_LIBMPEG2MMX 4 +#if FF_API_MMI +#define FF_IDCT_MMI 5 +#endif +#define FF_IDCT_ARM 7 +#define FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC 8 +#define FF_IDCT_SH4 9 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM 10 +#define FF_IDCT_IPP 13 +#define FF_IDCT_XVIDMMX 14 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE 16 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6 17 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEVIS 18 +#define FF_IDCT_FAAN 20 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON 22 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEALPHA 23 +#if FF_API_IDCT +#define FF_IDCT_H264 11 +#define FF_IDCT_VP3 12 +#define FF_IDCT_CAVS 15 +#define FF_IDCT_WMV2 19 +#define FF_IDCT_EA 21 +#define FF_IDCT_BINK 24 +#endif + +#if FF_API_DSP_MASK + /** + * Unused. + * @deprecated use av_set_cpu_flags_mask() instead. + */ + attribute_deprecated unsigned dsp_mask; +#endif + + /** + * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv). + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int bits_per_coded_sample; + + /** + * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + int bits_per_raw_sample; + + /** + * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int lowres; + + /** + * the picture in the bitstream + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVFrame *coded_frame; + + /** + * thread count + * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute() + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int thread_count; + + /** + * Which multithreading methods to use. + * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per thread, + * so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it. + * + * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + */ + int thread_type; +#define FF_THREAD_FRAME 1 ///< Decode more than one frame at once +#define FF_THREAD_SLICE 2 ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once + + /** + * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int active_thread_type; + + /** + * Set by the client if its custom get_buffer() callback can be called + * synchronously from another thread, which allows faster multithreaded decoding. + * draw_horiz_band() will be called from other threads regardless of this setting. + * Ignored if the default get_buffer() is used. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int thread_safe_callbacks; + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * @param count the number of things to execute + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg), void *arg2, int *ret, int count, int size); + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * Also see avcodec_thread_init and e.g. the --enable-pthread configure option. + * @param c context passed also to func + * @param count the number of things to execute + * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func + * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" values. May be NULL. + * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to count-1. + * threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS and so that no + * two instances of func executing at the same time will have the same threadnr. + * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement where when any call to func + * returns < 0 no further calls to func may be done and < 0 is returned. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute2)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg, int jobnr, int threadnr), void *arg2, int *ret, int count); + + /** + * thread opaque + * Can be used by execute() to store some per AVCodecContext stuff. + * - encoding: set by execute() + * - decoding: set by execute() + */ + void *thread_opaque; + + /** + * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparsion function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int nsse_weight; + + /** + * profile + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int profile; +#define FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN -99 +#define FF_PROFILE_RESERVED -100 + +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 28 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD 22 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD 38 + +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS 20 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES 30 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 40 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA 50 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA 60 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED (1<<9) // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA (1<<11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE 66 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66|FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN 77 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED 88 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH 100 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 110 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA (110|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 122 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA (122|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 144 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE 244 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA (244|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 44 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 5 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION 6 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE 7 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID 8 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME 9 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE 10 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING 11 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE 12 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO 14 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE 15 + + /** + * level + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int level; +#define FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN -99 + + /** + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_loop_filter; + + /** + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_idct; + + /** + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_frame; + + /** + * Header containing style information for text subtitles. + * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS + * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and + * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2()) + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2()) + */ + uint8_t *subtitle_header; + int subtitle_header_size; + + /** + * Simulates errors in the bitstream to test error concealment. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int error_rate; + + /** + * Current packet as passed into the decoder, to avoid having + * to pass the packet into every function. Currently only valid + * inside lavc and get/release_buffer callbacks. + * - decoding: set by avcodec_decode_*, read by get_buffer() for setting pkt_pts + * - encoding: unused + */ + AVPacket *pkt; + + /** + * VBV delay coded in the last frame (in periods of a 27 MHz clock). + * Used for compliant TS muxing. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + uint64_t vbv_delay; + + /** + * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_codec_{get,set}_pkt_timebase(avctx) + * - encoding unused. + * - decodimg set by user + */ + AVRational pkt_timebase; + + /** + * AVCodecDescriptor + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_codec_{get,set}_codec_descriptor(avctx) + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + const AVCodecDescriptor *codec_descriptor; + + /** + * Current statistics for PTS correction. + * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by user apps + * - encoding: unused + */ + int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_pts; /// Number of incorrect PTS values so far + int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_dts; /// Number of incorrect DTS values so far + int64_t pts_correction_last_pts; /// PTS of the last frame + int64_t pts_correction_last_dts; /// DTS of the last frame + + /** + * Current frame metadata. + * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by user apps + * - encoding: unused + */ + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * Character encoding of the input subtitles file. + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + char *sub_charenc; + + /** + * Subtitles character encoding mode. Formats or codecs might be adjusting + * this setting (if they are doing the conversion themselves for instance). + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + * - encoding: unused + */ + int sub_charenc_mode; +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_DO_NOTHING -1 ///< do nothing (demuxer outputs a stream supposed to be already in UTF-8, or the codec is bitmap for instance) +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_AUTOMATIC 0 ///< libavcodec will select the mode itself +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_PRE_DECODER 1 ///< the AVPacket data needs to be recoded to UTF-8 before being fed to the decoder, requires iconv +} AVCodecContext; + +AVRational av_codec_get_pkt_timebase (const AVCodecContext *avctx); +void av_codec_set_pkt_timebase (AVCodecContext *avctx, AVRational val); + +const AVCodecDescriptor *av_codec_get_codec_descriptor(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +void av_codec_set_codec_descriptor(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodecDescriptor *desc); + +/** + * AVProfile. + */ +typedef struct AVProfile { + int profile; + const char *name; ///< short name for the profile +} AVProfile; + +typedef struct AVCodecDefault AVCodecDefault; + +struct AVSubtitle; + +/** + * AVCodec. + */ +typedef struct AVCodec { + /** + * Name of the codec implementation. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective. + */ + const char *name; + /** + * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name. + * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + enum AVMediaType type; + enum AVCodecID id; + /** + * Codec capabilities. + * see CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; + const AVRational *supported_framerates; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0} + const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmts; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 + const int *supported_samplerates; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0 + const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 + const uint64_t *channel_layouts; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0 + uint8_t max_lowres; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + const AVProfile *profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN} + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + int priv_data_size; + struct AVCodec *next; + /** + * @name Frame-level threading support functions + * @{ + */ + /** + * If defined, called on thread contexts when they are created. + * If the codec allocates writable tables in init(), re-allocate them here. + * priv_data will be set to a copy of the original. + */ + int (*init_thread_copy)(AVCodecContext *); + /** + * Copy necessary context variables from a previous thread context to the current one. + * If not defined, the next thread will start automatically; otherwise, the codec + * must call ff_thread_finish_setup(). + * + * dst and src will (rarely) point to the same context, in which case memcpy should be skipped. + */ + int (*update_thread_context)(AVCodecContext *dst, const AVCodecContext *src); + /** @} */ + + /** + * Private codec-specific defaults. + */ + const AVCodecDefault *defaults; + + /** + * Initialize codec static data, called from avcodec_register(). + */ + void (*init_static_data)(struct AVCodec *codec); + + int (*init)(AVCodecContext *); + int (*encode_sub)(AVCodecContext *, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + const struct AVSubtitle *sub); + /** + * Encode data to an AVPacket. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket (may contain a user-provided buffer) + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw data to be encoded + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr encoder sets to 0 or 1 to indicate that a + * non-empty packet was returned in avpkt. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + */ + int (*encode2)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, const AVFrame *frame, + int *got_packet_ptr); + int (*decode)(AVCodecContext *, void *outdata, int *outdata_size, AVPacket *avpkt); + int (*close)(AVCodecContext *); + /** + * Flush buffers. + * Will be called when seeking + */ + void (*flush)(AVCodecContext *); +} AVCodec; + +/** + * AVHWAccel. + */ +typedef struct AVHWAccel { + /** + * Name of the hardware accelerated codec. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx + */ + enum AVMediaType type; + + /** + * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx + */ + enum AVCodecID id; + + /** + * Supported pixel format. + * + * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + + /** + * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities. + * see FF_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; + + struct AVHWAccel *next; + + /** + * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture. + * + * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * + * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0. + * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the frame data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*start_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Callback for each slice. + * + * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the slice data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*decode_slice)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Called at the end of each frame or field picture. + * + * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent + * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*end_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Size of HW accelerator private data. + * + * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before + * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after + * AVCodecContext.release_buffer(). + */ + int priv_data_size; +} AVHWAccel; + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_picture AVPicture + * + * Functions for working with AVPicture + * @{ + */ + +/** + * four components are given, that's all. + * the last component is alpha + */ +typedef struct AVPicture { + uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ///< number of bytes per line +} AVPicture; + +/** + * @} + */ + +enum AVSubtitleType { + SUBTITLE_NONE, + + SUBTITLE_BITMAP, ///< A bitmap, pict will be set + + /** + * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_TEXT, + + /** + * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_ASS, +}; + +#define AV_SUBTITLE_FLAG_FORCED 0x00000001 + +typedef struct AVSubtitleRect { + int x; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int y; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int w; ///< width of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int h; ///< height of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int nb_colors; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set + + /** + * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle. + * can be set for text/ass as well once they where rendered + */ + AVPicture pict; + enum AVSubtitleType type; + + char *text; ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text + + /** + * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line. + * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this + * struct. + */ + char *ass; + + int flags; +} AVSubtitleRect; + +typedef struct AVSubtitle { + uint16_t format; /* 0 = graphics */ + uint32_t start_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + uint32_t end_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + unsigned num_rects; + AVSubtitleRect **rects; + int64_t pts; ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE +} AVSubtitle; + +/** + * If c is NULL, returns the first registered codec, + * if c is non-NULL, returns the next registered codec after c, + * or NULL if c is the last one. + */ +AVCodec *av_codec_next(const AVCodec *c); + +/** + * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avcodec_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avcodec_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec license. + */ +const char *avcodec_license(void); + +/** + * Register the codec codec and initialize libavcodec. + * + * @warning either this function or avcodec_register_all() must be called + * before any other libavcodec functions. + * + * @see avcodec_register_all() + */ +void avcodec_register(AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Register all the codecs, parsers and bitstream filters which were enabled at + * configuration time. If you do not call this function you can select exactly + * which formats you want to support, by using the individual registration + * functions. + * + * @see avcodec_register + * @see av_register_codec_parser + * @see av_register_bitstream_filter + */ +void avcodec_register_all(void); + + +#if FF_API_ALLOC_CONTEXT +/** + * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The + * resulting struct can be deallocated by simply calling av_free(). + * + * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * @see avcodec_get_context_defaults + * + * @deprecated use avcodec_alloc_context3() + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVCodecContext *avcodec_alloc_context(void); + +/** THIS FUNCTION IS NOT YET PART OF THE PUBLIC API! + * we WILL change its arguments and name a few times! */ +attribute_deprecated +AVCodecContext *avcodec_alloc_context2(enum AVMediaType); + +/** + * Set the fields of the given AVCodecContext to default values. + * + * @param s The AVCodecContext of which the fields should be set to default values. + * @deprecated use avcodec_get_context_defaults3 + */ +attribute_deprecated +void avcodec_get_context_defaults(AVCodecContext *s); + +/** THIS FUNCTION IS NOT YET PART OF THE PUBLIC API! + * we WILL change its arguments and name a few times! */ +attribute_deprecated +void avcodec_get_context_defaults2(AVCodecContext *s, enum AVMediaType); +#endif + +/** + * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The + * resulting struct can be deallocated by calling avcodec_close() on it followed + * by av_free(). + * + * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults + * for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2() + * with a different codec. + * If NULL, then the codec-specific defaults won't be initialized, + * which may result in suboptimal default settings (this is + * important mainly for encoders, e.g. libx264). + * + * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * @see avcodec_get_context_defaults + */ +AVCodecContext *avcodec_alloc_context3(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Set the fields of the given AVCodecContext to default values corresponding + * to the given codec (defaults may be codec-dependent). + * + * Do not call this function if a non-NULL codec has been passed + * to avcodec_alloc_context3() that allocated this AVCodecContext. + * If codec is non-NULL, it is illegal to call avcodec_open2() with a + * different codec on this AVCodecContext. + */ +int avcodec_get_context_defaults3(AVCodecContext *s, const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_class(void); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVFrame. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_frame_class(void); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(void); + +/** + * Copy the settings of the source AVCodecContext into the destination + * AVCodecContext. The resulting destination codec context will be + * unopened, i.e. you are required to call avcodec_open2() before you + * can use this AVCodecContext to decode/encode video/audio data. + * + * @param dest target codec context, should be initialized with + * avcodec_alloc_context3(), but otherwise uninitialized + * @param src source codec context + * @return AVERROR() on error (e.g. memory allocation error), 0 on success + */ +int avcodec_copy_context(AVCodecContext *dest, const AVCodecContext *src); + +/** + * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using avcodec_free_frame(). + * + * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * @see avcodec_get_frame_defaults + */ +AVFrame *avcodec_alloc_frame(void); + +/** + * Set the fields of the given AVFrame to default values. + * + * @param frame The AVFrame of which the fields should be set to default values. + */ +void avcodec_get_frame_defaults(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it, + * e.g. extended_data. + * + * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + * + * @warning this function does NOT free the data buffers themselves + * (it does not know how, since they might have been allocated with + * a custom get_buffer()). + */ +void avcodec_free_frame(AVFrame **frame); + +#if FF_API_AVCODEC_OPEN +/** + * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this + * function the context has to be allocated. + * + * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(), + * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for + * retrieving a codec. + * + * @warning This function is not thread safe! + * + * @code + * avcodec_register_all(); + * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); + * if (!codec) + * exit(1); + * + * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); + * + * if (avcodec_open(context, codec) < 0) + * exit(1); + * @endcode + * + * @param avctx The context which will be set up to use the given codec. + * @param codec The codec to use within the context. + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error + * @see avcodec_alloc_context3, avcodec_find_decoder, avcodec_find_encoder, avcodec_close + * + * @deprecated use avcodec_open2 + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_open(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVCodec *codec); +#endif + +/** + * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this + * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3(). + * + * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(), + * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for + * retrieving a codec. + * + * @warning This function is not thread safe! + * + * @code + * avcodec_register_all(); + * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0); + * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); + * if (!codec) + * exit(1); + * + * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); + * + * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0) + * exit(1); + * @endcode + * + * @param avctx The context to initialize. + * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been + * previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or + * avcodec_get_context_defaults3() for this context, then this + * parameter MUST be either NULL or equal to the previously passed + * codec. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private options. + * On return this object will be filled with options that were not found. + * + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error + * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), avcodec_find_encoder(), + * av_dict_set(), av_opt_find(). + */ +int avcodec_open2(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodec *codec, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it + * (but not the AVCodecContext itself). + * + * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free + * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() / + * avcodec_get_context_defaults3() with a non-NULL codec. Subsequent calls will + * do nothing. + */ +int avcodec_close(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct. + * + * @param sub AVSubtitle to free. + */ +void avsubtitle_free(AVSubtitle *sub); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_packet + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Default packet destructor. + */ +void av_destruct_packet(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values. + * + * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be + * initialized separately. + * + * @param pkt packet + */ +void av_init_packet(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with + * default values. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size wanted payload size + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + */ +int av_new_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/** + * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size new size + */ +void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/** + * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet + */ +int av_grow_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int grow_by); + +/** + * @warning This is a hack - the packet memory allocation stuff is broken. The + * packet is allocated if it was not really allocated. + */ +int av_dup_packet(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Copy packet, including contents + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail + */ +int av_copy_packet(AVPacket *dst, AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Free a packet. + * + * @param pkt packet to free + */ +void av_free_packet(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Allocate new information of a packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size side information size + * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + int size); + +/** + * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size new side information size + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + */ +int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + int size); + +/** + * Get side information from packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional) + * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + int *size); + +int av_packet_merge_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); + +int av_packet_split_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_decoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char *name); + +int avcodec_default_get_buffer(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *pic); +void avcodec_default_release_buffer(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *pic); +int avcodec_default_reget_buffer(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *pic); + +/** + * Return the amount of padding in pixels which the get_buffer callback must + * provide around the edge of the image for codecs which do not have the + * CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE flag. + * + * @return Required padding in pixels. + */ +unsigned avcodec_get_edge_width(void); + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal + * padding. + * + * May only be used if a codec with CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + * If CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE is not set, the dimensions must have been increased + * according to avcodec_get_edge_width() before. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height); + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all + * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i]. + * + * May only be used if a codec with CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + * If CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE is not set, the dimensions must have been increased + * according to avcodec_get_edge_width() before. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions2(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height, + int linesize_align[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]); + +#if FF_API_OLD_DECODE_AUDIO +/** + * Wrapper function which calls avcodec_decode_audio4. + * + * @deprecated Use avcodec_decode_audio4 instead. + * + * Decode the audio frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into samples. + * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket, such + * decoders would then just decode the first frame. In this case, + * avcodec_decode_audio3 has to be called again with an AVPacket that contains + * the remaining data in order to decode the second frame etc. + * If no frame + * could be outputted, frame_size_ptr is zero. Otherwise, it is the + * decompressed frame size in bytes. + * + * @warning You must set frame_size_ptr to the allocated size of the + * output buffer before calling avcodec_decode_audio3(). + * + * @warning The input buffer must be FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE larger than + * the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream readers read 32 or 64 + * bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @warning The end of the input buffer avpkt->data should be set to 0 to ensure that + * no overreading happens for damaged MPEG streams. + * + * @warning You must not provide a custom get_buffer() when using + * avcodec_decode_audio3(). Doing so will override it with + * avcodec_default_get_buffer. Use avcodec_decode_audio4() instead, + * which does allow the application to provide a custom get_buffer(). + * + * @note You might have to align the input buffer avpkt->data and output buffer + * samples. The alignment requirements depend on the CPU: On some CPUs it isn't + * necessary at all, on others it won't work at all if not aligned and on others + * it will work but it will have an impact on performance. + * + * In practice, avpkt->data should have 4 byte alignment at minimum and + * samples should be 16 byte aligned unless the CPU doesn't need it + * (AltiVec and SSE do). + * + * @note Codecs which have the CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set have a delay + * between input and output, these need to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to return the remaining frames. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] samples the output buffer, sample type in avctx->sample_fmt + * If the sample format is planar, each channel plane will + * be the same size, with no padding between channels. + * @param[in,out] frame_size_ptr the output buffer size in bytes + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + * You can create such packet with av_init_packet() and by then setting + * data and size, some decoders might in addition need other fields. + * All decoders are designed to use the least fields possible though. + * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes + * used or zero if no frame data was decompressed (used) from the input AVPacket. + */ +attribute_deprecated int avcodec_decode_audio3(AVCodecContext *avctx, int16_t *samples, + int *frame_size_ptr, + AVPacket *avpkt); +#endif + +/** + * Decode the audio frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into frame. + * + * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket. Such + * decoders would then just decode the first frame. In this case, + * avcodec_decode_audio4 has to be called again with an AVPacket containing + * the remaining data in order to decode the second frame, etc... + * Even if no frames are returned, the packet needs to be fed to the decoder + * with remaining data until it is completely consumed or an error occurs. + * + * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE + * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream + * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @note You might have to align the input buffer. The alignment requirements + * depend on the CPU and the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] frame The AVFrame in which to store decoded audio samples. + * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting + * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer(). The + * decoder may, however, only utilize part of the buffer by + * setting AVFrame.nb_samples to a smaller value in the + * output frame. + * @param[out] got_frame_ptr Zero if no frame could be decoded, otherwise it is + * non-zero. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + * At least avpkt->data and avpkt->size should be set. Some + * decoders might also require additional fields to be set. + * @return A negative error code is returned if an error occurred during + * decoding, otherwise the number of bytes consumed from the input + * AVPacket is returned. + */ +int avcodec_decode_audio4(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame, + int *got_frame_ptr, const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Decode the video frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into picture. + * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket, such + * decoders would then just decode the first frame. + * + * @warning The input buffer must be FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE larger than + * the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream readers read 32 or 64 + * bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @warning The end of the input buffer buf should be set to 0 to ensure that + * no overreading happens for damaged MPEG streams. + * + * @note You might have to align the input buffer avpkt->data. + * The alignment requirements depend on the CPU: on some CPUs it isn't + * necessary at all, on others it won't work at all if not aligned and on others + * it will work but it will have an impact on performance. + * + * In practice, avpkt->data should have 4 byte alignment at minimum. + * + * @note Codecs which have the CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set have a delay + * between input and output, these need to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to return the remaining frames. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] picture The AVFrame in which the decoded video frame will be stored. + * Use avcodec_alloc_frame to get an AVFrame, the codec will + * allocate memory for the actual bitmap. + * with default get/release_buffer(), the decoder frees/reuses the bitmap as it sees fit. + * with overridden get/release_buffer() (needs CODEC_CAP_DR1) the user decides into what buffer the decoder + * decodes and the decoder tells the user once it does not need the data anymore, + * the user app can at this point free/reuse/keep the memory as it sees fit. + * + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVpacket containing the input buffer. + * You can create such packet with av_init_packet() and by then setting + * data and size, some decoders might in addition need other fields like + * flags&AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY. All decoders are designed to use the least + * fields possible. + * @param[in,out] got_picture_ptr Zero if no frame could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes + * used or zero if no frame could be decompressed. + */ +int avcodec_decode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *picture, + int *got_picture_ptr, + const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Decode a subtitle message. + * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used. + * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero. + * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub. + * Note that CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for + * simplicity, because the performance difference is expect to be negligible + * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform badly + * due to a potentially very different allocation pattern. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] sub The AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle will be stored, must be + freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set. + * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + */ +int avcodec_decode_subtitle2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVSubtitle *sub, + int *got_sub_ptr, + AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVCodecParserContext { + void *priv_data; + struct AVCodecParser *parser; + int64_t frame_offset; /* offset of the current frame */ + int64_t cur_offset; /* current offset + (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) */ + int64_t next_frame_offset; /* offset of the next frame */ + /* video info */ + int pict_type; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + /** + * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf. + * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame + * is compared to normal frame duration. + * + * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base + * + * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material. + */ + int repeat_pict; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + int64_t pts; /* pts of the current frame */ + int64_t dts; /* dts of the current frame */ + + /* private data */ + int64_t last_pts; + int64_t last_dts; + int fetch_timestamp; + +#define AV_PARSER_PTS_NB 4 + int cur_frame_start_index; + int64_t cur_frame_offset[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_pts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_dts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + int flags; +#define PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES 0x0001 +#define PARSER_FLAG_ONCE 0x0002 +/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset +#define PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET 0x0004 +#define PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS 0x1000 + + int64_t offset; ///< byte offset from starting packet start + int64_t cur_frame_end[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames. + * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag, + * old-style fallback using AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I picture type as key frames + * will be used. + */ + int key_frame; + + /** + * Time difference in stream time base units from the pts of this + * packet to the point at which the output from the decoder has converged + * independent from the availability of previous frames. That is, the + * frames are virtually identical no matter if decoding started from + * the very first frame or from this keyframe. + * Is AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. + * This field is not the display duration of the current frame. + * This field has no meaning if the packet does not have AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY + * set. + * + * The purpose of this field is to allow seeking in streams that have no + * keyframes in the conventional sense. It corresponds to the + * recovery point SEI in H.264 and match_time_delta in NUT. It is also + * essential for some types of subtitle streams to ensure that all + * subtitles are correctly displayed after seeking. + */ + int64_t convergence_duration; + + // Timestamp generation support: + /** + * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation. + * + * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined + * (default). + * + * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period + * SEI message. + */ + int dts_sync_point; + + /** + * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in + * units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain a valid timestamp offset. + * + * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero + * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of + * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay. + */ + int dts_ref_dts_delta; + + /** + * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame + * must not lie in the past). + * + * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation + * time of the frame. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay. + */ + int pts_dts_delta; + + /** + * Position of the packet in file. + * + * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts + */ + int64_t cur_frame_pos[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream. + */ + int64_t pos; + + /** + * Previous frame byte position. + */ + int64_t last_pos; + + /** + * Duration of the current frame. + * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate. + * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + */ + int duration; +} AVCodecParserContext; + +typedef struct AVCodecParser { + int codec_ids[5]; /* several codec IDs are permitted */ + int priv_data_size; + int (*parser_init)(AVCodecParserContext *s); + int (*parser_parse)(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + const uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + void (*parser_close)(AVCodecParserContext *s); + int (*split)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + struct AVCodecParser *next; +} AVCodecParser; + +AVCodecParser *av_parser_next(AVCodecParser *c); + +void av_register_codec_parser(AVCodecParser *parser); +AVCodecParserContext *av_parser_init(int codec_id); + +/** + * Parse a packet. + * + * @param s parser context. + * @param avctx codec context. + * @param poutbuf set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet finished. + * @param poutbuf_size set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet finished. + * @param buf input buffer. + * @param buf_size input length, to signal EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame can be output). + * @param pts input presentation timestamp. + * @param dts input decoding timestamp. + * @param pos input byte position in stream. + * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used. + * + * Example: + * @code + * while(in_len){ + * len = av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, &data, &size, + * in_data, in_len, + * pts, dts, pos); + * in_data += len; + * in_len -= len; + * + * if(size) + * decode_frame(data, size); + * } + * @endcode + */ +int av_parser_parse2(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + int64_t pts, int64_t dts, + int64_t pos); + +/** + * @return 0 if the output buffer is a subset of the input, 1 if it is allocated and must be freed + * @deprecated use AVBitstreamFilter + */ +int av_parser_change(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe); +void av_parser_close(AVCodecParserContext *s); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_encoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char *name); + +#if FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_AUDIO +/** + * Encode an audio frame from samples into buf. + * + * @deprecated Use avcodec_encode_audio2 instead. + * + * @note The output buffer should be at least FF_MIN_BUFFER_SIZE bytes large. + * However, for codecs with avctx->frame_size equal to 0 (e.g. PCM) the user + * will know how much space is needed because it depends on the value passed + * in buf_size as described below. In that case a lower value can be used. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] buf the output buffer + * @param[in] buf_size the output buffer size + * @param[in] samples the input buffer containing the samples + * The number of samples read from this buffer is frame_size*channels, + * both of which are defined in avctx. + * For codecs which have avctx->frame_size equal to 0 (e.g. PCM) the number of + * samples read from samples is equal to: + * buf_size * 8 / (avctx->channels * av_get_bits_per_sample(avctx->codec_id)) + * This also implies that av_get_bits_per_sample() must not return 0 for these + * codecs. + * @return On error a negative value is returned, on success zero or the number + * of bytes used to encode the data read from the input buffer. + */ +int attribute_deprecated avcodec_encode_audio(AVCodecContext *avctx, + uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + const short *samples); +#endif + +/** + * Encode a frame of audio. + * + * Takes input samples from frame and writes the next output packet, if + * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for + * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay, split, and combine input frames + * internally as needed. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket. + * The user can supply an output buffer by setting + * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the + * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not + * large enough, encoding will fail. If avpkt->data and + * avpkt->size are set, avpkt->destruct must also be set. All + * other AVPacket fields will be reset by the encoder using + * av_init_packet(). If avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will + * allocate it. The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size + * of the output packet. + * + * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be + * freed using av_free_packet() (i.e. avpkt->destruct will be + * called to free the user supplied buffer). + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio data to be encoded. + * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the + * CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. + * If CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame + * can have any number of samples. + * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to + * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. + * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the + * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is + * empty. If the function returns an error, the + * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the + * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should + * not be used. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + */ +int avcodec_encode_audio2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, + const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr); + +#if FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_VIDEO +/** + * @deprecated use avcodec_encode_video2() instead. + * + * Encode a video frame from pict into buf. + * The input picture should be + * stored using a specific format, namely avctx.pix_fmt. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] buf the output buffer for the bitstream of encoded frame + * @param[in] buf_size the size of the output buffer in bytes + * @param[in] pict the input picture to encode + * @return On error a negative value is returned, on success zero or the number + * of bytes used from the output buffer. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_encode_video(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + const AVFrame *pict); +#endif + +/** + * Encode a frame of video. + * + * Takes input raw video data from frame and writes the next output packet, if + * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for + * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay and reorder input frames + * internally as needed. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket. + * The user can supply an output buffer by setting + * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the + * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not + * large enough, encoding will fail. All other AVPacket fields + * will be reset by the encoder using av_init_packet(). If + * avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will allocate it. + * The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size of the + * output packet. The returned data (if any) belongs to the + * caller, he is responsible for freeing it. + * + * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be + * freed using av_free_packet() (i.e. avpkt->destruct will be + * called to free the user supplied buffer). + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw video data to be encoded. + * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the + * CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the + * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is + * empty. If the function returns an error, the + * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the + * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should + * not be used. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + */ +int avcodec_encode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, + const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr); + +int avcodec_encode_subtitle(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + const AVSubtitle *sub); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE +/** + * @defgroup lavc_resample Audio resampling + * @ingroup libavc + * @deprecated use libswresample instead + * + * @{ + */ +struct ReSampleContext; +struct AVResampleContext; + +typedef struct ReSampleContext ReSampleContext; + +/** + * Initialize audio resampling context. + * + * @param output_channels number of output channels + * @param input_channels number of input channels + * @param output_rate output sample rate + * @param input_rate input sample rate + * @param sample_fmt_out requested output sample format + * @param sample_fmt_in input sample format + * @param filter_length length of each FIR filter in the filterbank relative to the cutoff frequency + * @param log2_phase_count log2 of the number of entries in the polyphase filterbank + * @param linear if 1 then the used FIR filter will be linearly interpolated + between the 2 closest, if 0 the closest will be used + * @param cutoff cutoff frequency, 1.0 corresponds to half the output sampling rate + * @return allocated ReSampleContext, NULL if error occurred + */ +attribute_deprecated +ReSampleContext *av_audio_resample_init(int output_channels, int input_channels, + int output_rate, int input_rate, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt_out, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt_in, + int filter_length, int log2_phase_count, + int linear, double cutoff); + +attribute_deprecated +int audio_resample(ReSampleContext *s, short *output, short *input, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Free resample context. + * + * @param s a non-NULL pointer to a resample context previously + * created with av_audio_resample_init() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void audio_resample_close(ReSampleContext *s); + + +/** + * Initialize an audio resampler. + * Note, if either rate is not an integer then simply scale both rates up so they are. + * @param filter_length length of each FIR filter in the filterbank relative to the cutoff freq + * @param log2_phase_count log2 of the number of entries in the polyphase filterbank + * @param linear If 1 then the used FIR filter will be linearly interpolated + between the 2 closest, if 0 the closest will be used + * @param cutoff cutoff frequency, 1.0 corresponds to half the output sampling rate + */ +attribute_deprecated +struct AVResampleContext *av_resample_init(int out_rate, int in_rate, int filter_length, int log2_phase_count, int linear, double cutoff); + +/** + * Resample an array of samples using a previously configured context. + * @param src an array of unconsumed samples + * @param consumed the number of samples of src which have been consumed are returned here + * @param src_size the number of unconsumed samples available + * @param dst_size the amount of space in samples available in dst + * @param update_ctx If this is 0 then the context will not be modified, that way several channels can be resampled with the same context. + * @return the number of samples written in dst or -1 if an error occurred + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_resample(struct AVResampleContext *c, short *dst, short *src, int *consumed, int src_size, int dst_size, int update_ctx); + + +/** + * Compensate samplerate/timestamp drift. The compensation is done by changing + * the resampler parameters, so no audible clicks or similar distortions occur + * @param compensation_distance distance in output samples over which the compensation should be performed + * @param sample_delta number of output samples which should be output less + * + * example: av_resample_compensate(c, 10, 500) + * here instead of 510 samples only 500 samples would be output + * + * note, due to rounding the actual compensation might be slightly different, + * especially if the compensation_distance is large and the in_rate used during init is small + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_resample_compensate(struct AVResampleContext *c, int sample_delta, int compensation_distance); +attribute_deprecated +void av_resample_close(struct AVResampleContext *c); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_picture + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate memory for a picture. Call avpicture_free() to free it. + * + * @see avpicture_fill() + * + * @param picture the picture to be filled in + * @param pix_fmt the format of the picture + * @param width the width of the picture + * @param height the height of the picture + * @return zero if successful, a negative value if not + */ +int avpicture_alloc(AVPicture *picture, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Free a picture previously allocated by avpicture_alloc(). + * The data buffer used by the AVPicture is freed, but the AVPicture structure + * itself is not. + * + * @param picture the AVPicture to be freed + */ +void avpicture_free(AVPicture *picture); + +/** + * Fill in the AVPicture fields, always assume a linesize alignment of + * 1. + * + * @see av_image_fill_arrays() + */ +int avpicture_fill(AVPicture *picture, const uint8_t *ptr, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Copy pixel data from an AVPicture into a buffer, always assume a + * linesize alignment of 1. + * + * @see av_image_copy_to_buffer() + */ +int avpicture_layout(const AVPicture* src, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int width, int height, + unsigned char *dest, int dest_size); + +/** + * Calculate the size in bytes that a picture of the given width and height + * would occupy if stored in the given picture format. + * Always assume a linesize alignment of 1. + * + * @see av_image_get_buffer_size(). + */ +int avpicture_get_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +#if FF_API_DEINTERLACE +/** + * deinterlace - if not supported return -1 + * + * @deprecated - use yadif (in libavfilter) instead + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avpicture_deinterlace(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); +#endif +/** + * Copy image src to dst. Wraps av_image_copy(). + */ +void av_picture_copy(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Crop image top and left side. + */ +int av_picture_crop(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int top_band, int left_band); + +/** + * Pad image. + */ +int av_picture_pad(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, int height, int width, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int padtop, int padbottom, int padleft, int padright, int *color); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding + * (or neither). + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats + * + * Functions for working with pixel formats. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from + * the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor. + * + * This function asserts that pix_fmt is valid. See av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample + * for one that returns a failure code and continues in case of invalid + * pix_fmts. + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_h + * @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_w + * + * @see av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample + */ + +void avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int *h_shift, int *v_shift); + +/** + * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the + * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be + * found. + */ +unsigned int avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION 0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */ +#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH 0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE 0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */ +#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA 0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT 0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */ +#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA 0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */ + +/** + * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific + * pixel format to another. + * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. + * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will + * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to + * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of + * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss + * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. + * avcodec_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses + * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur + * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). + */ +int avcodec_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha); + +#if FF_API_FIND_BEST_PIX_FMT +/** + * @deprecated use avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() instead. + * + * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel + * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss + * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color + * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from + * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt() searches which of + * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss. + * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the + * pix_fmt_mask parameter. + * + * Note, only the first 64 pixel formats will fit in pix_fmt_mask. + * + * @code + * src_pix_fmt = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P; + * pix_fmt_mask = (1 << AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P) | (1 << AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24); + * dst_pix_fmt = avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt(pix_fmt_mask, src_pix_fmt, alpha, &loss); + * @endcode + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt_mask bitmask determining which pixel format to choose from + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur. + * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found. + */ +attribute_deprecated +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt(int64_t pix_fmt_mask, enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); +#endif /* FF_API_FIND_BEST_PIX_FMT */ + +/** + * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel + * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss + * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color + * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from + * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches which of + * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss. + * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the + * pix_fmt_list parameter. + * + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt_list AV_PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to choose from + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur. + * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list(enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmt_list, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +/** + * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel + * format and a selection of two destination pixel formats. When converting from + * one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. For example, when converting + * from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when + * converting from some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() selects which of + * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss. + * + * If one of the destination formats is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE the other pixel format (if valid) will be + * returned. + * + * @code + * src_pix_fmt = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P; + * dst_pix_fmt1= AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24; + * dst_pix_fmt2= AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8; + * dst_pix_fmt3= AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8; + * loss= FF_LOSS_CHROMA; // don't care about chroma loss, so chroma loss will be ignored. + * dst_pix_fmt = avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(dst_pix_fmt1, dst_pix_fmt2, src_pix_fmt, alpha, &loss); + * dst_pix_fmt = avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(dst_pix_fmt, dst_pix_fmt3, src_pix_fmt, alpha, &loss); + * @endcode + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt1 One of the two destination pixel formats to choose from + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt2 The other of the two destination pixel formats to choose from + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt Source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @param[in, out] loss_ptr Combination of loss flags. In: selects which of the losses to ignore, i.e. + * NULL or value of zero means we care about all losses. Out: the loss + * that occurs when converting from src to selected dst pixel format. + * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +attribute_deprecated +#if AV_HAVE_INCOMPATIBLE_FORK_ABI +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt2(enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmt_list, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); +#else +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); +#endif + + +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_default_get_format(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +void avcodec_set_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int width, int height); + +/** + * Put a string representing the codec tag codec_tag in buf. + * + * @param buf_size size in bytes of buf + * @return the length of the string that would have been generated if + * enough space had been available, excluding the trailing null + */ +size_t av_get_codec_tag_string(char *buf, size_t buf_size, unsigned int codec_tag); + +void avcodec_string(char *buf, int buf_size, AVCodecContext *enc, int encode); + +/** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const char *av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec *codec, int profile); + +int avcodec_default_execute(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2),void *arg, int *ret, int count, int size); +int avcodec_default_execute2(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2, int, int),void *arg, int *ret, int count); +//FIXME func typedef + +/** + * Fill AVFrame audio data and linesize pointers. + * + * The buffer buf must be a preallocated buffer with a size big enough + * to contain the specified samples amount. The filled AVFrame data + * pointers will point to this buffer. + * + * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for + * planar audio. + * + * @param frame the AVFrame + * frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the + * function. This function fills in frame->data, + * frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0]. + * @param nb_channels channel count + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param buf buffer to use for frame data + * @param buf_size size of buffer + * @param align plane size sample alignment (0 = default) + * @return >=0 on success, negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size in bytes required to store the samples in + * case of success, at the next libavutil bump + */ +int avcodec_fill_audio_frame(AVFrame *frame, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size, int align); + +/** + * Flush buffers, should be called when seeking or when switching to a different stream. + */ +void avcodec_flush_buffers(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +void avcodec_default_free_buffers(AVCodecContext *s); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format. + * @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big, + * -1 (or anything else) for native + * @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE + */ +enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an + * approximation. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return audio frame duration. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame_bytes size of the frame, or 0 if unknown + * @return frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to + * determine. + */ +int av_get_audio_frame_duration(AVCodecContext *avctx, int frame_bytes); + + +typedef struct AVBitStreamFilterContext { + void *priv_data; + struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter; + AVCodecParserContext *parser; + struct AVBitStreamFilterContext *next; +} AVBitStreamFilterContext; + + +typedef struct AVBitStreamFilter { + const char *name; + int priv_data_size; + int (*filter)(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc, + AVCodecContext *avctx, const char *args, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe); + void (*close)(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc); + struct AVBitStreamFilter *next; +} AVBitStreamFilter; + +void av_register_bitstream_filter(AVBitStreamFilter *bsf); +AVBitStreamFilterContext *av_bitstream_filter_init(const char *name); +int av_bitstream_filter_filter(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc, + AVCodecContext *avctx, const char *args, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe); +void av_bitstream_filter_close(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsf); + +AVBitStreamFilter *av_bitstream_filter_next(AVBitStreamFilter *f); + +/* memory */ + +/** + * Reallocate the given block if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing. + * + * @see av_realloc + */ +void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Contrary to av_fast_realloc the current buffer contents might not be + * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special + * handling to avoid memleaks is necessary. + * + * @param ptr pointer to pointer to already allocated buffer, overwritten with pointer to new buffer + * @param size size of the buffer *ptr points to + * @param min_size minimum size of *ptr buffer after returning, *ptr will be NULL and + * *size 0 if an error occurred. + */ +void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional + * FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will will always be 0. + * + * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes + * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear. + */ +void av_fast_padded_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always + * be 0-initialized after call. + */ +void av_fast_padded_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs. + * + * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long + * @param v size of extradata in bytes + * @return number of bytes written to the buffer. + */ +unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char *s, unsigned int v); + +/** + * Log a generic warning message about a missing feature. This function is + * intended to be used internally by FFmpeg (libavcodec, libavformat, etc.) + * only, and would normally not be used by applications. + * @param[in] avc a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is + * a pointer to an AVClass struct + * @param[in] feature string containing the name of the missing feature + * @param[in] want_sample indicates if samples are wanted which exhibit this feature. + * If want_sample is non-zero, additional verbage will be added to the log + * message which tells the user how to report samples to the development + * mailing list. + */ +void av_log_missing_feature(void *avc, const char *feature, int want_sample); + +/** + * Log a generic warning message asking for a sample. This function is + * intended to be used internally by FFmpeg (libavcodec, libavformat, etc.) + * only, and would normally not be used by applications. + * @param[in] avc a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is + * a pointer to an AVClass struct + * @param[in] msg string containing an optional message, or NULL if no message + */ +void av_log_ask_for_sample(void *avc, const char *msg, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Register the hardware accelerator hwaccel. + */ +void av_register_hwaccel(AVHWAccel *hwaccel); + +/** + * If hwaccel is NULL, returns the first registered hardware accelerator, + * if hwaccel is non-NULL, returns the next registered hardware accelerator + * after hwaccel, or NULL if hwaccel is the last one. + */ +AVHWAccel *av_hwaccel_next(AVHWAccel *hwaccel); + + +/** + * Lock operation used by lockmgr + */ +enum AVLockOp { + AV_LOCK_CREATE, ///< Create a mutex + AV_LOCK_OBTAIN, ///< Lock the mutex + AV_LOCK_RELEASE, ///< Unlock the mutex + AV_LOCK_DESTROY, ///< Free mutex resources +}; + +/** + * Register a user provided lock manager supporting the operations + * specified by AVLockOp. mutex points to a (void *) where the + * lockmgr should store/get a pointer to a user allocated mutex. It's + * NULL upon AV_LOCK_CREATE and != NULL for all other ops. + * + * @param cb User defined callback. Note: FFmpeg may invoke calls to this + * callback during the call to av_lockmgr_register(). + * Thus, the application must be prepared to handle that. + * If cb is set to NULL the lockmgr will be unregistered. + * Also note that during unregistration the previously registered + * lockmgr callback may also be invoked. + */ +int av_lockmgr_register(int (*cb)(void **mutex, enum AVLockOp op)); + +/** + * Get the type of the given codec. + */ +enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Get the name of a codec. + * @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL + */ +const char *avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it + * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise. + */ +int avcodec_is_open(AVCodecContext *s); + +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor *prev); + +/** + * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor + * exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/avfft.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/avfft.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d20a45 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/avfft.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H +#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_fft + * FFT functions + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions + * @ingroup lavc_misc + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef float FFTSample; + +typedef struct FFTComplex { + FFTSample re, im; +} FFTComplex; + +typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a complex FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse + */ +FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse); + +/** + * Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc(). + */ +void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); + +/** + * Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The + * input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done. + */ +void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); + +void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s); + +FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale); +void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s); + +/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */ + +enum RDFTransformType { + DFT_R2C, + IDFT_C2R, + IDFT_R2C, + DFT_C2R, +}; + +typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a real FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param trans the type of transform + */ +RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans); +void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data); +void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s); + +/* Discrete Cosine Transform */ + +typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext; + +enum DCTTransformType { + DCT_II = 0, + DCT_III, + DCT_I, + DST_I, +}; + +/** + * Set up DCT. + * @param nbits size of the input array: + * (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I + * (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I + * + * @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored + */ +DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type); +void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data); +void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac39e06 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +/* + * DXVA2 HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA_H +#define AVCODEC_DXVA_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 + * Public libavcodec DXVA2 header. + */ + +#if defined(_WIN32_WINNT) && _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0600 +#undef _WIN32_WINNT +#endif + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0600 +#endif + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <d3d9.h> +#include <dxva2api.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 DXVA2 + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards + +/** + * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data + * to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + */ +struct dxva_context { + /** + * DXVA2 decoder object + */ + IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder; + + /** + * DXVA2 configuration used to create the decoder + */ + const DXVA2_ConfigPictureDecode *cfg; + + /** + * The number of surface in the surface array + */ + unsigned surface_count; + + /** + * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder + */ + LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 *surface; + + /** + * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder + */ + uint64_t workaround; + + /** + * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation + */ + unsigned report_id; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/old_codec_ids.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/old_codec_ids.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ded4cc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/old_codec_ids.h @@ -0,0 +1,398 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_OLD_CODEC_IDS_H +#define AVCODEC_OLD_CODEC_IDS_H + +#include "libavutil/common.h" + +/* + * This header exists to prevent new codec IDs from being accidentally added to + * the deprecated list. + * Do not include it directly. It will be removed on next major bump + * + * Do not add new items to this list. Use the AVCodecID enum instead. + */ + + CODEC_ID_NONE = AV_CODEC_ID_NONE, + + /* video codecs */ + CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO, + CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding + CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO_XVMC, + CODEC_ID_H261, + CODEC_ID_H263, + CODEC_ID_RV10, + CODEC_ID_RV20, + CODEC_ID_MJPEG, + CODEC_ID_MJPEGB, + CODEC_ID_LJPEG, + CODEC_ID_SP5X, + CODEC_ID_JPEGLS, + CODEC_ID_MPEG4, + CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, + CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1, + CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2, + CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3, + CODEC_ID_WMV1, + CODEC_ID_WMV2, + CODEC_ID_H263P, + CODEC_ID_H263I, + CODEC_ID_FLV1, + CODEC_ID_SVQ1, + CODEC_ID_SVQ3, + CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO, + CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV, + CODEC_ID_CYUV, + CODEC_ID_H264, + CODEC_ID_INDEO3, + CODEC_ID_VP3, + CODEC_ID_THEORA, + CODEC_ID_ASV1, + CODEC_ID_ASV2, + CODEC_ID_FFV1, + CODEC_ID_4XM, + CODEC_ID_VCR1, + CODEC_ID_CLJR, + CODEC_ID_MDEC, + CODEC_ID_ROQ, + CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO, + CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3, + CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4, + CODEC_ID_RPZA, + CODEC_ID_CINEPAK, + CODEC_ID_WS_VQA, + CODEC_ID_MSRLE, + CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1, + CODEC_ID_IDCIN, + CODEC_ID_8BPS, + CODEC_ID_SMC, + CODEC_ID_FLIC, + CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1, + CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO, + CODEC_ID_MSZH, + CODEC_ID_ZLIB, + CODEC_ID_QTRLE, + CODEC_ID_SNOW, + CODEC_ID_TSCC, + CODEC_ID_ULTI, + CODEC_ID_QDRAW, + CODEC_ID_VIXL, + CODEC_ID_QPEG, + CODEC_ID_PNG, + CODEC_ID_PPM, + CODEC_ID_PBM, + CODEC_ID_PGM, + CODEC_ID_PGMYUV, + CODEC_ID_PAM, + CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF, + CODEC_ID_RV30, + CODEC_ID_RV40, + CODEC_ID_VC1, + CODEC_ID_WMV3, + CODEC_ID_LOCO, + CODEC_ID_WNV1, + CODEC_ID_AASC, + CODEC_ID_INDEO2, + CODEC_ID_FRAPS, + CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2, + CODEC_ID_BMP, + CODEC_ID_CSCD, + CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO, + CODEC_ID_ZMBV, + CODEC_ID_AVS, + CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO, + CODEC_ID_NUV, + CODEC_ID_KMVC, + CODEC_ID_FLASHSV, + CODEC_ID_CAVS, + CODEC_ID_JPEG2000, + CODEC_ID_VMNC, + CODEC_ID_VP5, + CODEC_ID_VP6, + CODEC_ID_VP6F, + CODEC_ID_TARGA, + CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO, + CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO, + CODEC_ID_TIFF, + CODEC_ID_GIF, + CODEC_ID_DXA, + CODEC_ID_DNXHD, + CODEC_ID_THP, + CODEC_ID_SGI, + CODEC_ID_C93, + CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID, + CODEC_ID_PTX, + CODEC_ID_TXD, + CODEC_ID_VP6A, + CODEC_ID_AMV, + CODEC_ID_VB, + CODEC_ID_PCX, + CODEC_ID_SUNRAST, + CODEC_ID_INDEO4, + CODEC_ID_INDEO5, + CODEC_ID_MIMIC, + CODEC_ID_RL2, + CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124, + CODEC_ID_DIRAC, + CODEC_ID_BFI, + CODEC_ID_CMV, + CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS, + CODEC_ID_TGV, + CODEC_ID_TGQ, + CODEC_ID_TQI, + CODEC_ID_AURA, + CODEC_ID_AURA2, + CODEC_ID_V210X, + CODEC_ID_TMV, + CODEC_ID_V210, + CODEC_ID_DPX, + CODEC_ID_MAD, + CODEC_ID_FRWU, + CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2, + CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS, + CODEC_ID_R210, + CODEC_ID_ANM, + CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO, + CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM, + CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1, + CODEC_ID_KGV1, + CODEC_ID_YOP, + CODEC_ID_VP8, + CODEC_ID_PICTOR, + CODEC_ID_ANSI, + CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI, + CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5, + CODEC_ID_R10K, + CODEC_ID_MXPEG, + CODEC_ID_LAGARITH, + CODEC_ID_PRORES, + CODEC_ID_JV, + CODEC_ID_DFA, + CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE, + CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE, + CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO, + CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO, + CODEC_ID_VBLE, + CODEC_ID_DXTORY, + CODEC_ID_V410, + CODEC_ID_XWD, + CODEC_ID_CDXL, + CODEC_ID_XBM, + CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC, + CODEC_ID_MSS1, + CODEC_ID_MSA1, + CODEC_ID_TSCC2, + CODEC_ID_MTS2, + CODEC_ID_CLLC, + CODEC_ID_Y41P = MKBETAG('Y','4','1','P'), + CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130 = MKBETAG('E','1','3','0'), + CODEC_ID_EXR = MKBETAG('0','E','X','R'), + CODEC_ID_AVRP = MKBETAG('A','V','R','P'), + + CODEC_ID_G2M = MKBETAG( 0 ,'G','2','M'), + CODEC_ID_AVUI = MKBETAG('A','V','U','I'), + CODEC_ID_AYUV = MKBETAG('A','Y','U','V'), + CODEC_ID_V308 = MKBETAG('V','3','0','8'), + CODEC_ID_V408 = MKBETAG('V','4','0','8'), + CODEC_ID_YUV4 = MKBETAG('Y','U','V','4'), + CODEC_ID_SANM = MKBETAG('S','A','N','M'), + CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO = MKBETAG('P','A','F','V'), + + /* various PCM "codecs" */ + CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs + CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000, + CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_S8, + CODEC_ID_PCM_U8, + CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW, + CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW, + CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD, + CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK, + CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR, + CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD, + CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY, + CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF, + CODEC_ID_S302M, + CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR, + + /* various ADPCM codecs */ + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC, + CODEC_ID_VIMA = MKBETAG('V','I','M','A'), + + /* AMR */ + CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000, + CODEC_ID_AMR_WB, + + /* RealAudio codecs*/ + CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000, + CODEC_ID_RA_288, + + /* various DPCM codecs */ + CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000, + CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM, + CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM, + CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM, + + /* audio codecs */ + CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000, + CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3 + CODEC_ID_AAC, + CODEC_ID_AC3, + CODEC_ID_DTS, + CODEC_ID_VORBIS, + CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO, + CODEC_ID_WMAV1, + CODEC_ID_WMAV2, + CODEC_ID_MACE3, + CODEC_ID_MACE6, + CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO, + CODEC_ID_FLAC, + CODEC_ID_MP3ADU, + CODEC_ID_MP3ON4, + CODEC_ID_SHORTEN, + CODEC_ID_ALAC, + CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1, + CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format + CODEC_ID_QDM2, + CODEC_ID_COOK, + CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH, + CODEC_ID_TTA, + CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO, + CODEC_ID_QCELP, + CODEC_ID_WAVPACK, + CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO, + CODEC_ID_IMC, + CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7, + CODEC_ID_MLP, + CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */ + CODEC_ID_ATRAC3, + CODEC_ID_VOXWARE, + CODEC_ID_APE, + CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER, + CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8, + CODEC_ID_SPEEX, + CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE, + CODEC_ID_WMAPRO, + CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS, + CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P, + CODEC_ID_EAC3, + CODEC_ID_SIPR, + CODEC_ID_MP1, + CODEC_ID_TWINVQ, + CODEC_ID_TRUEHD, + CODEC_ID_MP4ALS, + CODEC_ID_ATRAC1, + CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT, + CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT, + CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM, + CODEC_ID_QDMC, + CODEC_ID_CELT, + CODEC_ID_G723_1, + CODEC_ID_G729, + CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP, + CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB, + CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO, + CODEC_ID_RALF, + CODEC_ID_IAC, + CODEC_ID_ILBC, + CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH = MKBETAG('F','F','W','S'), + CODEC_ID_8SVX_RAW = MKBETAG('8','S','V','X'), + CODEC_ID_SONIC = MKBETAG('S','O','N','C'), + CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS = MKBETAG('S','O','N','L'), + CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO = MKBETAG('P','A','F','A'), + CODEC_ID_OPUS = MKBETAG('O','P','U','S'), + + /* subtitle codecs */ + CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs. + CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, + CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE, + CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text + CODEC_ID_XSUB, + CODEC_ID_SSA, + CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT, + CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE, + CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT, + CODEC_ID_SRT, + CODEC_ID_MICRODVD = MKBETAG('m','D','V','D'), + CODEC_ID_EIA_608 = MKBETAG('c','6','0','8'), + CODEC_ID_JACOSUB = MKBETAG('J','S','U','B'), + CODEC_ID_SAMI = MKBETAG('S','A','M','I'), + CODEC_ID_REALTEXT = MKBETAG('R','T','X','T'), + CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER = MKBETAG('S','u','b','V'), + + /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */ + CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs. + CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000, + CODEC_ID_BINTEXT = MKBETAG('B','T','X','T'), + CODEC_ID_XBIN = MKBETAG('X','B','I','N'), + CODEC_ID_IDF = MKBETAG( 0 ,'I','D','F'), + CODEC_ID_OTF = MKBETAG( 0 ,'O','T','F'), + + CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it + + CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information. + +#endif /* AVCODEC_OLD_CODEC_IDS_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/opt.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/opt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..55ca4ea --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/opt.h @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +/* + * AVOptions + * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_OPT_H +#define AVCODEC_OPT_H + +/** + * @file + * AVOptions + */ + +#include "libavutil/rational.h" +#include "avcodec.h" + +enum AVOptionType{ + FF_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, + FF_OPT_TYPE_INT, + FF_OPT_TYPE_INT64, + FF_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE, + FF_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT, + FF_OPT_TYPE_STRING, + FF_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL, + FF_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length + FF_OPT_TYPE_CONST=128, +}; + +/** + * AVOption + */ +typedef struct AVOption { + const char *name; + + /** + * short English help text + * @todo What about other languages? + */ + const char *help; + + /** + * The offset relative to the context structure where the option + * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants. + */ + int offset; + enum AVOptionType type; + + /** + * the default value for scalar options + */ + double default_val; + double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option + double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option + + int flags; +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA 4 ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ... +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32 +//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags + + /** + * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant + * options and corresponding named constants share the same + * unit. May be NULL. + */ + const char *unit; +} AVOption; + +/** + * AVOption2. + * THIS IS NOT PART OF THE API/ABI YET! + * This is identical to AVOption except that default_val was replaced by + * an union, it should be compatible with AVOption on normal platforms. + */ +typedef struct AVOption2 { + const char *name; + + /** + * short English help text + * @todo What about other languages? + */ + const char *help; + + /** + * The offset relative to the context structure where the option + * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants. + */ + int offset; + enum AVOptionType type; + + /** + * the default value for scalar options + */ + union { + double dbl; + const char *str; + } default_val; + + double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option + double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option + + int flags; +/* +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA 4 ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ... +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32 +*/ +//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags + + /** + * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant + * options and corresponding named constants share the same + * unit. May be NULL. + */ + const char *unit; +} AVOption2; + + +/** + * Looks for an option in obj. Looks only for the options which + * have the flags set as specified in mask and flags (that is, + * for which it is the case that opt->flags & mask == flags). + * + * @param[in] obj a pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass + * @param[in] name the name of the option to look for + * @param[in] unit the unit of the option to look for, or any if NULL + * @return a pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * has been found + */ +const AVOption *av_find_opt(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, int mask, int flags); + +#if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 53 +/** + * @see av_set_string2() + */ +attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_string(void *obj, const char *name, const char *val); + +/** + * @return a pointer to the AVOption corresponding to the field set or + * NULL if no matching AVOption exists, or if the value val is not + * valid + * @see av_set_string3() + */ +attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_string2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int alloc); +#endif + +/** + * Sets the field of obj with the given name to value. + * + * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an + * AVClass. + * @param[in] name the name of the field to set + * @param[in] val The value to set. If the field is not of a string + * type, then the given string is parsed. + * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported. + * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named + * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators + * is undefined. + * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric + * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag + * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags; + * similarly, '-' unsets a flag. + * @param[out] o_out if non-NULL put here a pointer to the AVOption + * found + * @param alloc when 1 then the old value will be av_freed() and the + * new av_strduped() + * when 0 then no av_free() nor av_strdup() will be used + * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of + * error: + * AVERROR(ENOENT) if no matching option exists + * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid + */ +int av_set_string3(void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int alloc, const AVOption **o_out); + +const AVOption *av_set_double(void *obj, const char *name, double n); +const AVOption *av_set_q(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational n); +const AVOption *av_set_int(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t n); +double av_get_double(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out); +AVRational av_get_q(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out); +int64_t av_get_int(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out); +const char *av_get_string(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out, char *buf, int buf_len); +const AVOption *av_next_option(void *obj, const AVOption *last); +int av_opt_show(void *obj, void *av_log_obj); +void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s); +void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_OPT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..815a27e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +/* + * Video Acceleration API (shared data between FFmpeg and the video player) + * HW decode acceleration for MPEG-2, MPEG-4, H.264 and VC-1 + * + * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Splitted-Desktop Systems + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VAAPI_H +#define AVCODEC_VAAPI_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi + * Public libavcodec VA API header. + */ + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi VA API Decoding + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * @{ + */ + +/** + * This structure is used to share data between the FFmpeg library and + * the client video application. + * This shall be zero-allocated and available as + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. All user members can be set once + * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling + * decoding functions. + */ +struct vaapi_context { + /** + * Window system dependent data + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + void *display; + + /** + * Configuration ID + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + uint32_t config_id; + + /** + * Context ID (video decode pipeline) + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + uint32_t context_id; + + /** + * VAPictureParameterBuffer ID + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + uint32_t pic_param_buf_id; + + /** + * VAIQMatrixBuffer ID + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + uint32_t iq_matrix_buf_id; + + /** + * VABitPlaneBuffer ID (for VC-1 decoding) + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + uint32_t bitplane_buf_id; + + /** + * Slice parameter/data buffer IDs + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + uint32_t *slice_buf_ids; + + /** + * Number of effective slice buffer IDs to send to the HW + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + unsigned int n_slice_buf_ids; + + /** + * Size of pre-allocated slice_buf_ids + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + unsigned int slice_buf_ids_alloc; + + /** + * Pointer to VASliceParameterBuffers + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + void *slice_params; + + /** + * Size of a VASliceParameterBuffer element + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + unsigned int slice_param_size; + + /** + * Size of pre-allocated slice_params + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + unsigned int slice_params_alloc; + + /** + * Number of slices currently filled in + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + unsigned int slice_count; + + /** + * Pointer to slice data buffer base + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + const uint8_t *slice_data; + + /** + * Current size of slice data + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + uint32_t slice_data_size; +}; + +/* @} */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VAAPI_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/vda.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/vda.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..de7070e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/vda.h @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ +/* + * VDA HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2011 Sebastien Zwickert + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VDA_H +#define AVCODEC_VDA_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vda + * Public libavcodec VDA header. + */ + +#include <stdint.h> + +// emmintrin.h is unable to compile with -std=c99 -Werror=missing-prototypes +// http://openradar.appspot.com/8026390 +#undef __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ + +#define Picture QuickdrawPicture +#include <VideoDecodeAcceleration/VDADecoder.h> +#undef Picture + +#include "libavcodec/version.h" + +#if FF_API_VDA_ASYNC +#include <pthread.h> +#endif + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vda VDA + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#if FF_API_VDA_ASYNC +/** + * This structure is used to store decoded frame information and data. + * + * @deprecated Use synchronous decoding mode. + */ +typedef struct { + /** + * The PTS of the frame. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec. + */ + int64_t pts; + + /** + * The CoreVideo buffer that contains the decoded data. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec. + */ + CVPixelBufferRef cv_buffer; + + /** + * A pointer to the next frame. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec. + */ + struct vda_frame *next_frame; +} vda_frame; +#endif + +/** + * This structure is used to provide the necessary configurations and data + * to the VDA FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + */ +struct vda_context { + /** + * VDA decoder object. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec. + */ + VDADecoder decoder; + + /** + * The Core Video pixel buffer that contains the current image data. + * + * encoding: unused + * decoding: Set by libavcodec. Unset by user. + */ + CVPixelBufferRef cv_buffer; + + /** + * Use the hardware decoder in synchronous mode. + * + * encoding: unused + * decoding: Set by user. + */ + int use_sync_decoding; + +#if FF_API_VDA_ASYNC + /** + * VDA frames queue ordered by presentation timestamp. + * + * @deprecated Use synchronous decoding mode. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec. + */ + vda_frame *queue; + + /** + * Mutex for locking queue operations. + * + * @deprecated Use synchronous decoding mode. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec. + */ + pthread_mutex_t queue_mutex; +#endif + + /** + * The frame width. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by user. + */ + int width; + + /** + * The frame height. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by user. + */ + int height; + + /** + * The frame format. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by user. + */ + int format; + + /** + * The pixel format for output image buffers. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by user. + */ + OSType cv_pix_fmt_type; + + /** + * The current bitstream buffer. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec. + */ + uint8_t *priv_bitstream; + + /** + * The current size of the bitstream. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec. + */ + int priv_bitstream_size; + + /** + * The reference size used for fast reallocation. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec. + */ + int priv_allocated_size; +}; + +/** Create the video decoder. */ +int ff_vda_create_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx, + uint8_t *extradata, + int extradata_size); + +/** Destroy the video decoder. */ +int ff_vda_destroy_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx); + +#if FF_API_VDA_ASYNC +/** + * Return the top frame of the queue. + * + * @deprecated Use synchronous decoding mode. + */ +vda_frame *ff_vda_queue_pop(struct vda_context *vda_ctx); + +/** + * Release the given frame. + * + * @deprecated Use synchronous decoding mode. + */ +void ff_vda_release_vda_frame(vda_frame *frame); +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VDA_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..df2aace --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +/* + * The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for + * hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1. + * + * Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H +#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau + * Public libavcodec VDPAU header. + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules + * - VDPAU decoding + * - VDPAU presentation + * + * The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg + * parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding. + * + * As per the current implementation, the actual decoding + * and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU + * presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include <vdpau/vdpau.h> +#include <vdpau/vdpau_x11.h> + +union FFVdpPictureInfo { + VdpPictureInfoH264 h264; + VdpPictureInfoMPEG1Or2 mpeg; + VdpPictureInfoVC1 vc1; + VdpPictureInfoMPEG4Part2 mpeg4; +}; + +/** + * This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and + * the client video application. + * The user shall zero-allocate the structure and make it available as + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once + * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling + * decoding functions. + */ +typedef struct AVVDPAUContext { + /** + * VDPAU decoder handle + * + * Set by user. + */ + VdpDecoder decoder; + + /** + * VDPAU decoder render callback + * + * Set by the user. + */ + VdpDecoderRender *render; + + /** + * VDPAU picture information + * + * Set by libavcodec. + */ + union FFVdpPictureInfo info; + + /** + * Allocated size of the bitstream_buffers table. + * + * Set by libavcodec. + */ + int bitstream_buffers_allocated; + + /** + * Useful bitstream buffers in the bitstream buffers table. + * + * Set by libavcodec. + */ + int bitstream_buffers_used; + + /** + * Table of bitstream buffers. + * The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep(). + * + * Set by libavcodec. + */ + VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers; +} AVVDPAUContext; + + +/** @brief The videoSurface is used for rendering. */ +#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_RENDER 1 + +/** + * @brief The videoSurface is needed for reference/prediction. + * The codec manipulates this. + */ +#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_REFERENCE 2 + +/** + * @brief This structure is used as a callback between the FFmpeg + * decoder (vd_) and presentation (vo_) module. + * This is used for defining a video frame containing surface, + * picture parameter, bitstream information etc which are passed + * between the FFmpeg decoder and its clients. + */ +struct vdpau_render_state { + VdpVideoSurface surface; ///< Used as rendered surface, never changed. + + int state; ///< Holds FF_VDPAU_STATE_* values. + + /** Describe size/location of the compressed video data. + Set to 0 when freeing bitstream_buffers. */ + int bitstream_buffers_allocated; + int bitstream_buffers_used; + /** The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep(). */ + VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers; + + /** picture parameter information for all supported codecs */ + union FFVdpPictureInfo info; +}; + +/* @}*/ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/version.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..67fdc25 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +/* + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H +#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec version macros. + */ + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 54 +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 92 +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_REQUEST_CHANNELS +#define FF_API_REQUEST_CHANNELS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ALLOC_CONTEXT +#define FF_API_ALLOC_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVCODEC_OPEN +#define FF_API_AVCODEC_OPEN (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_DECODE_AUDIO +#define FF_API_OLD_DECODE_AUDIO (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_TIMECODE +#define FF_API_OLD_TIMECODE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif + +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_AUDIO +#define FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_AUDIO (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_VIDEO +#define FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_VIDEO (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MPV_GLOBAL_OPTS +#define FF_API_MPV_GLOBAL_OPTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_COLOR_TABLE_ID +#define FF_API_COLOR_TABLE_ID (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_INTER_THRESHOLD +#define FF_API_INTER_THRESHOLD (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_SUB_ID +#define FF_API_SUB_ID (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_DSP_MASK +#define FF_API_DSP_MASK (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FIND_BEST_PIX_FMT +#define FF_API_FIND_BEST_PIX_FMT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_ID +#define FF_API_CODEC_ID (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VDA_ASYNC +#define FF_API_VDA_ASYNC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE +#define FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LIBMPEG2 +#define FF_API_LIBMPEG2 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MMI +#define FF_API_MMI (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_IDCT +#define FF_API_IDCT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_DEINTERLACE +#define FF_API_DEINTERLACE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/xvmc.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/xvmc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2bf518 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavcodec/xvmc.h @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2003 Ivan Kalvachev + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_XVMC_H +#define AVCODEC_XVMC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc + * Public libavcodec XvMC header. + */ + +#include <X11/extensions/XvMC.h> + +#include "avcodec.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc XvMC + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_XVMC_ID 0x1DC711C0 /**< special value to ensure that regular pixel routines haven't corrupted the struct + the number is 1337 speak for the letters IDCT MCo (motion compensation) */ + +struct xvmc_pix_fmt { + /** The field contains the special constant value AV_XVMC_ID. + It is used as a test that the application correctly uses the API, + and that there is no corruption caused by pixel routines. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int xvmc_id; + + /** Pointer to the block array allocated by XvMCCreateBlocks(). + The array has to be freed by XvMCDestroyBlocks(). + Each group of 64 values represents one data block of differential + pixel information (in MoCo mode) or coefficients for IDCT. + - application - set the pointer during initialization + - libavcodec - fills coefficients/pixel data into the array + */ + short* data_blocks; + + /** Pointer to the macroblock description array allocated by + XvMCCreateMacroBlocks() and freed by XvMCDestroyMacroBlocks(). + - application - set the pointer during initialization + - libavcodec - fills description data into the array + */ + XvMCMacroBlock* mv_blocks; + + /** Number of macroblock descriptions that can be stored in the mv_blocks + array. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int allocated_mv_blocks; + + /** Number of blocks that can be stored at once in the data_blocks array. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int allocated_data_blocks; + + /** Indicate that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT + coefficients and perform IDCT on them. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int idct; + + /** In MoCo mode it indicates that intra macroblocks are assumed to be in + unsigned format; same as the XVMC_INTRA_UNSIGNED flag. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int unsigned_intra; + + /** Pointer to the surface allocated by XvMCCreateSurface(). + It has to be freed by XvMCDestroySurface() on application exit. + It identifies the frame and its state on the video hardware. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + XvMCSurface* p_surface; + +/** Set by the decoder before calling ff_draw_horiz_band(), + needed by the XvMCRenderSurface function. */ +//@{ + /** Pointer to the surface used as past reference + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + XvMCSurface* p_past_surface; + + /** Pointer to the surface used as future reference + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + XvMCSurface* p_future_surface; + + /** top/bottom field or frame + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + unsigned int picture_structure; + + /** XVMC_SECOND_FIELD - 1st or 2nd field in the sequence + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + unsigned int flags; +//}@ + + /** Number of macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array + that have already been passed to the hardware. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer(). + A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may increment it + with filled_mb_block_num or zero both. + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int start_mv_blocks_num; + + /** Number of new macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array (after + start_mv_blocks_num) that are filled by libavcodec and have to be + passed to the hardware. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer() or after successful + ff_draw_horiz_band(). + - libavcodec - increment with one of each stored MB + */ + int filled_mv_blocks_num; + + /** Number of the next free data block; one data block consists of + 64 short values in the data_blocks array. + All blocks before this one have already been claimed by placing their + position into the corresponding block description structure field, + that are part of the mv_blocks array. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer(). + A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may zero it together + with start_mb_blocks_num. + - libavcodec - each decoded macroblock increases it by the number + of coded blocks it contains. + */ + int next_free_data_block_num; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_XVMC_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavdevice/avdevice.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavdevice/avdevice.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..93a044f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavdevice/avdevice.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H +#define AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H + +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavd + * Main libavdevice API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavd Special devices muxing/demuxing library + * @{ + * Libavdevice is a complementary library to @ref libavf "libavformat". It + * provides various "special" platform-specific muxers and demuxers, e.g. for + * grabbing devices, audio capture and playback etc. As a consequence, the + * (de)muxers in libavdevice are of the AVFMT_NOFILE type (they use their own + * I/O functions). The filename passed to avformat_open_input() often does not + * refer to an actually existing file, but has some special device-specific + * meaning - e.g. for x11grab it is the display name. + * + * To use libavdevice, simply call avdevice_register_all() to register all + * compiled muxers and demuxers. They all use standard libavformat API. + * @} + */ + +#include "libavformat/avformat.h" + +/** + * Return the LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avdevice_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavdevice build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avdevice_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavdevice license. + */ +const char *avdevice_license(void); + +/** + * Initialize libavdevice and register all the input and output devices. + * @warning This function is not thread safe. + */ +void avdevice_register_all(void); + +#endif /* AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavdevice/version.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavdevice/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e0c0ae --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavdevice/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVDEVICE_VERSION_H +#define AVDEVICE_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavd + * Libavdevice version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 54 +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 3 +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO 103 + +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVDEVICE_BUILD LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVDEVICE_IDENT "Lavd" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#endif /* AVDEVICE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavfilter/asrc_abuffer.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavfilter/asrc_abuffer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa34461 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavfilter/asrc_abuffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_ASRC_ABUFFER_H +#define AVFILTER_ASRC_ABUFFER_H + +#include "avfilter.h" + +/** + * @file + * memory buffer source for audio + * + * @deprecated use buffersrc.h instead. + */ + +/** + * Queue an audio buffer to the audio buffer source. + * + * @param abuffersrc audio source buffer context + * @param data pointers to the samples planes + * @param linesize linesizes of each audio buffer plane + * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel + * @param sample_fmt sample format of the audio data + * @param ch_layout channel layout of the audio data + * @param planar flag to indicate if audio data is planar or packed + * @param pts presentation timestamp of the audio buffer + * @param flags unused + * + * @deprecated use av_buffersrc_add_ref() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_asrc_buffer_add_samples(AVFilterContext *abuffersrc, + uint8_t *data[8], int linesize[8], + int nb_samples, int sample_rate, + int sample_fmt, int64_t ch_layout, int planar, + int64_t pts, int av_unused flags); + +/** + * Queue an audio buffer to the audio buffer source. + * + * This is similar to av_asrc_buffer_add_samples(), but the samples + * are stored in a buffer with known size. + * + * @param abuffersrc audio source buffer context + * @param buf pointer to the samples data, packed is assumed + * @param size the size in bytes of the buffer, it must contain an + * integer number of samples + * @param sample_fmt sample format of the audio data + * @param ch_layout channel layout of the audio data + * @param pts presentation timestamp of the audio buffer + * @param flags unused + * + * @deprecated use av_buffersrc_add_ref() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_asrc_buffer_add_buffer(AVFilterContext *abuffersrc, + uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + int sample_rate, + int sample_fmt, int64_t ch_layout, int planar, + int64_t pts, int av_unused flags); + +/** + * Queue an audio buffer to the audio buffer source. + * + * @param abuffersrc audio source buffer context + * @param samplesref buffer ref to queue + * @param flags unused + * + * @deprecated use av_buffersrc_add_ref() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_asrc_buffer_add_audio_buffer_ref(AVFilterContext *abuffersrc, + AVFilterBufferRef *samplesref, + int av_unused flags); + +#endif /* AVFILTER_ASRC_ABUFFER_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavfilter/avcodec.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavfilter/avcodec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f4209a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavfilter/avcodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_AVCODEC_H +#define AVFILTER_AVCODEC_H + +/** + * @file + * libavcodec/libavfilter gluing utilities + * + * This should be included in an application ONLY if the installed + * libavfilter has been compiled with libavcodec support, otherwise + * symbols defined below will not be available. + */ + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" // AVFrame +#include "avfilter.h" + +/** + * Copy the frame properties of src to dst, without copying the actual + * image data. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative number on error. + */ +int avfilter_copy_frame_props(AVFilterBufferRef *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Copy the frame properties and data pointers of src to dst, without copying + * the actual data. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative number on error. + */ +int avfilter_copy_buf_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFilterBufferRef *src); + +/** + * Create and return a picref reference from the data and properties + * contained in frame. + * + * @param perms permissions to assign to the new buffer reference + */ +AVFilterBufferRef *avfilter_get_video_buffer_ref_from_frame(const AVFrame *frame, int perms); + + +/** + * Create and return a picref reference from the data and properties + * contained in frame. + * + * @param perms permissions to assign to the new buffer reference + */ +AVFilterBufferRef *avfilter_get_audio_buffer_ref_from_frame(const AVFrame *frame, + int perms); + +/** + * Create and return a buffer reference from the data and properties + * contained in frame. + * + * @param perms permissions to assign to the new buffer reference + */ +AVFilterBufferRef *avfilter_get_buffer_ref_from_frame(enum AVMediaType type, + const AVFrame *frame, + int perms); + +#ifdef FF_API_FILL_FRAME +/** + * Fill an AVFrame with the information stored in samplesref. + * + * @param frame an already allocated AVFrame + * @param samplesref an audio buffer reference + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of + * failure + * @deprecated Use avfilter_copy_buf_props() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avfilter_fill_frame_from_audio_buffer_ref(AVFrame *frame, + const AVFilterBufferRef *samplesref); + +/** + * Fill an AVFrame with the information stored in picref. + * + * @param frame an already allocated AVFrame + * @param picref a video buffer reference + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of + * failure + * @deprecated Use avfilter_copy_buf_props() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avfilter_fill_frame_from_video_buffer_ref(AVFrame *frame, + const AVFilterBufferRef *picref); + +/** + * Fill an AVFrame with information stored in ref. + * + * @param frame an already allocated AVFrame + * @param ref a video or audio buffer reference + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of + * failure + * @deprecated Use avfilter_copy_buf_props() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avfilter_fill_frame_from_buffer_ref(AVFrame *frame, + const AVFilterBufferRef *ref); +#endif + +/** + * Add frame data to buffer_src. + * + * @param buffer_src pointer to a buffer source context + * @param frame a frame, or NULL to mark EOF + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_* + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code + * in case of failure + */ +int av_buffersrc_add_frame(AVFilterContext *buffer_src, + const AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +#endif /* AVFILTER_AVCODEC_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavfilter/avfilter.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavfilter/avfilter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1c80167 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavfilter/avfilter.h @@ -0,0 +1,852 @@ +/* + * filter layer + * Copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H +#define AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi + * external API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi Libavfilter + * @{ + */ + +#include <stddef.h> + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "libavfilter/version.h" + +/** + * Return the LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avfilter_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavfilter build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avfilter_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavfilter license. + */ +const char *avfilter_license(void); + +/** + * Get the class for the AVFilterContext struct. + */ +const AVClass *avfilter_get_class(void); + +typedef struct AVFilterContext AVFilterContext; +typedef struct AVFilterLink AVFilterLink; +typedef struct AVFilterPad AVFilterPad; +typedef struct AVFilterFormats AVFilterFormats; + +/** + * A reference-counted buffer data type used by the filter system. Filters + * should not store pointers to this structure directly, but instead use the + * AVFilterBufferRef structure below. + */ +typedef struct AVFilterBuffer { + uint8_t *data[8]; ///< buffer data for each plane/channel + + /** + * pointers to the data planes/channels. + * + * For video, this should simply point to data[]. + * + * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and + * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. + * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] + * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. + * + * Note: Both data and extended_data will always be set, but for planar + * audio with more channels that can fit in data, extended_data must be used + * in order to access all channels. + */ + uint8_t **extended_data; + int linesize[8]; ///< number of bytes per line + + /** private data to be used by a custom free function */ + void *priv; + /** + * A pointer to the function to deallocate this buffer if the default + * function is not sufficient. This could, for example, add the memory + * back into a memory pool to be reused later without the overhead of + * reallocating it from scratch. + */ + void (*free)(struct AVFilterBuffer *buf); + + int format; ///< media format + int w, h; ///< width and height of the allocated buffer + unsigned refcount; ///< number of references to this buffer +} AVFilterBuffer; + +#define AV_PERM_READ 0x01 ///< can read from the buffer +#define AV_PERM_WRITE 0x02 ///< can write to the buffer +#define AV_PERM_PRESERVE 0x04 ///< nobody else can overwrite the buffer +#define AV_PERM_REUSE 0x08 ///< can output the buffer multiple times, with the same contents each time +#define AV_PERM_REUSE2 0x10 ///< can output the buffer multiple times, modified each time +#define AV_PERM_NEG_LINESIZES 0x20 ///< the buffer requested can have negative linesizes +#define AV_PERM_ALIGN 0x40 ///< the buffer must be aligned + +#define AVFILTER_ALIGN 16 //not part of ABI + +/** + * Audio specific properties in a reference to an AVFilterBuffer. Since + * AVFilterBufferRef is common to different media formats, audio specific + * per reference properties must be separated out. + */ +typedef struct AVFilterBufferRefAudioProps { + uint64_t channel_layout; ///< channel layout of audio buffer + int nb_samples; ///< number of audio samples per channel + int sample_rate; ///< audio buffer sample rate + int channels; ///< number of channels (do not access directly) +} AVFilterBufferRefAudioProps; + +/** + * Video specific properties in a reference to an AVFilterBuffer. Since + * AVFilterBufferRef is common to different media formats, video specific + * per reference properties must be separated out. + */ +typedef struct AVFilterBufferRefVideoProps { + int w; ///< image width + int h; ///< image height + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; ///< sample aspect ratio + int interlaced; ///< is frame interlaced + int top_field_first; ///< field order + enum AVPictureType pict_type; ///< picture type of the frame + int key_frame; ///< 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not + int qp_table_linesize; ///< qp_table stride + int qp_table_size; ///< qp_table size + int8_t *qp_table; ///< array of Quantization Parameters +} AVFilterBufferRefVideoProps; + +/** + * A reference to an AVFilterBuffer. Since filters can manipulate the origin of + * a buffer to, for example, crop image without any memcpy, the buffer origin + * and dimensions are per-reference properties. Linesize is also useful for + * image flipping, frame to field filters, etc, and so is also per-reference. + * + * TODO: add anything necessary for frame reordering + */ +typedef struct AVFilterBufferRef { + AVFilterBuffer *buf; ///< the buffer that this is a reference to + uint8_t *data[8]; ///< picture/audio data for each plane + /** + * pointers to the data planes/channels. + * + * For video, this should simply point to data[]. + * + * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and + * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. + * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] + * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. + * + * Note: Both data and extended_data will always be set, but for planar + * audio with more channels that can fit in data, extended_data must be used + * in order to access all channels. + */ + uint8_t **extended_data; + int linesize[8]; ///< number of bytes per line + + AVFilterBufferRefVideoProps *video; ///< video buffer specific properties + AVFilterBufferRefAudioProps *audio; ///< audio buffer specific properties + + /** + * presentation timestamp. The time unit may change during + * filtering, as it is specified in the link and the filter code + * may need to rescale the PTS accordingly. + */ + int64_t pts; + int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown + + int format; ///< media format + + int perms; ///< permissions, see the AV_PERM_* flags + + enum AVMediaType type; ///< media type of buffer data + + AVDictionary *metadata; ///< dictionary containing metadata key=value tags +} AVFilterBufferRef; + +/** + * Copy properties of src to dst, without copying the actual data + */ +void avfilter_copy_buffer_ref_props(AVFilterBufferRef *dst, AVFilterBufferRef *src); + +/** + * Add a new reference to a buffer. + * + * @param ref an existing reference to the buffer + * @param pmask a bitmask containing the allowable permissions in the new + * reference + * @return a new reference to the buffer with the same properties as the + * old, excluding any permissions denied by pmask + */ +AVFilterBufferRef *avfilter_ref_buffer(AVFilterBufferRef *ref, int pmask); + +/** + * Remove a reference to a buffer. If this is the last reference to the + * buffer, the buffer itself is also automatically freed. + * + * @param ref reference to the buffer, may be NULL + * + * @note it is recommended to use avfilter_unref_bufferp() instead of this + * function + */ +void avfilter_unref_buffer(AVFilterBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * Remove a reference to a buffer and set the pointer to NULL. + * If this is the last reference to the buffer, the buffer itself + * is also automatically freed. + * + * @param ref pointer to the buffer reference + */ +void avfilter_unref_bufferp(AVFilterBufferRef **ref); + +/** + * Get the number of channels of a buffer reference. + */ +int avfilter_ref_get_channels(AVFilterBufferRef *ref); + +#if FF_API_AVFILTERPAD_PUBLIC +/** + * A filter pad used for either input or output. + * + * See doc/filter_design.txt for details on how to implement the methods. + * + * @warning this struct might be removed from public API. + * users should call avfilter_pad_get_name() and avfilter_pad_get_type() + * to access the name and type fields; there should be no need to access + * any other fields from outside of libavfilter. + */ +struct AVFilterPad { + /** + * Pad name. The name is unique among inputs and among outputs, but an + * input may have the same name as an output. This may be NULL if this + * pad has no need to ever be referenced by name. + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * AVFilterPad type. + */ + enum AVMediaType type; + + /** + * Input pads: + * Minimum required permissions on incoming buffers. Any buffer with + * insufficient permissions will be automatically copied by the filter + * system to a new buffer which provides the needed access permissions. + * + * Output pads: + * Guaranteed permissions on outgoing buffers. Any buffer pushed on the + * link must have at least these permissions; this fact is checked by + * asserts. It can be used to optimize buffer allocation. + */ + int min_perms; + + /** + * Input pads: + * Permissions which are not accepted on incoming buffers. Any buffer + * which has any of these permissions set will be automatically copied + * by the filter system to a new buffer which does not have those + * permissions. This can be used to easily disallow buffers with + * AV_PERM_REUSE. + * + * Output pads: + * Permissions which are automatically removed on outgoing buffers. It + * can be used to optimize buffer allocation. + */ + int rej_perms; + + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + int (*start_frame)(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterBufferRef *picref); + + /** + * Callback function to get a video buffer. If NULL, the filter system will + * use ff_default_get_video_buffer(). + * + * Input video pads only. + */ + AVFilterBufferRef *(*get_video_buffer)(AVFilterLink *link, int perms, int w, int h); + + /** + * Callback function to get an audio buffer. If NULL, the filter system will + * use ff_default_get_audio_buffer(). + * + * Input audio pads only. + */ + AVFilterBufferRef *(*get_audio_buffer)(AVFilterLink *link, int perms, + int nb_samples); + + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + int (*end_frame)(AVFilterLink *link); + + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + int (*draw_slice)(AVFilterLink *link, int y, int height, int slice_dir); + + /** + * Filtering callback. This is where a filter receives a frame with + * audio/video data and should do its processing. + * + * Input pads only. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. This function + * must ensure that frame is properly unreferenced on error if it + * hasn't been passed on to another filter. + */ + int (*filter_frame)(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterBufferRef *frame); + + /** + * Frame poll callback. This returns the number of immediately available + * samples. It should return a positive value if the next request_frame() + * is guaranteed to return one frame (with no delay). + * + * Defaults to just calling the source poll_frame() method. + * + * Output pads only. + */ + int (*poll_frame)(AVFilterLink *link); + + /** + * Frame request callback. A call to this should result in at least one + * frame being output over the given link. This should return zero on + * success, and another value on error. + * See ff_request_frame() for the error codes with a specific + * meaning. + * + * Output pads only. + */ + int (*request_frame)(AVFilterLink *link); + + /** + * Link configuration callback. + * + * For output pads, this should set the following link properties: + * video: width, height, sample_aspect_ratio, time_base + * audio: sample_rate. + * + * This should NOT set properties such as format, channel_layout, etc which + * are negotiated between filters by the filter system using the + * query_formats() callback before this function is called. + * + * For input pads, this should check the properties of the link, and update + * the filter's internal state as necessary. + * + * For both input and output pads, this should return zero on success, + * and another value on error. + */ + int (*config_props)(AVFilterLink *link); + + /** + * The filter expects a fifo to be inserted on its input link, + * typically because it has a delay. + * + * input pads only. + */ + int needs_fifo; +}; +#endif + +/** + * Get the name of an AVFilterPad. + * + * @param pads an array of AVFilterPads + * @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array it; is the caller's + * responsibility to ensure the index is valid + * + * @return name of the pad_idx'th pad in pads + */ +const char *avfilter_pad_get_name(AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx); + +/** + * Get the type of an AVFilterPad. + * + * @param pads an array of AVFilterPads + * @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array; it is the caller's + * responsibility to ensure the index is valid + * + * @return type of the pad_idx'th pad in pads + */ +enum AVMediaType avfilter_pad_get_type(AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx); + +/** + * Filter definition. This defines the pads a filter contains, and all the + * callback functions used to interact with the filter. + */ +typedef struct AVFilter { + const char *name; ///< filter name + + /** + * A description for the filter. You should use the + * NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. + */ + const char *description; + + const AVFilterPad *inputs; ///< NULL terminated list of inputs. NULL if none + const AVFilterPad *outputs; ///< NULL terminated list of outputs. NULL if none + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * Filter initialization function. Args contains the user-supplied + * parameters. FIXME: maybe an AVOption-based system would be better? + */ + int (*init)(AVFilterContext *ctx, const char *args); + + /** + * Filter uninitialization function. Should deallocate any memory held + * by the filter, release any buffer references, etc. This does not need + * to deallocate the AVFilterContext->priv memory itself. + */ + void (*uninit)(AVFilterContext *ctx); + + /** + * Queries formats/layouts supported by the filter and its pads, and sets + * the in_formats/in_chlayouts for links connected to its output pads, + * and out_formats/out_chlayouts for links connected to its input pads. + * + * @return zero on success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ + int (*query_formats)(AVFilterContext *); + + int priv_size; ///< size of private data to allocate for the filter + + /** + * Make the filter instance process a command. + * + * @param cmd the command to process, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. This must not change when the command is not supported. + * @param flags if AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST is set and the command would be + * time consuming then a filter should treat it like an unsupported command + * + * @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands + */ + int (*process_command)(AVFilterContext *, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + + /** + * Filter initialization function, alternative to the init() + * callback. Args contains the user-supplied parameters, opaque is + * used for providing binary data. + */ + int (*init_opaque)(AVFilterContext *ctx, const char *args, void *opaque); + + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< private class, containing filter specific options +} AVFilter; + +/** An instance of a filter */ +struct AVFilterContext { + const AVClass *av_class; ///< needed for av_log() + + AVFilter *filter; ///< the AVFilter of which this is an instance + + char *name; ///< name of this filter instance + + AVFilterPad *input_pads; ///< array of input pads + AVFilterLink **inputs; ///< array of pointers to input links +#if FF_API_FOO_COUNT + unsigned input_count; ///< @deprecated use nb_inputs +#endif + unsigned nb_inputs; ///< number of input pads + + AVFilterPad *output_pads; ///< array of output pads + AVFilterLink **outputs; ///< array of pointers to output links +#if FF_API_FOO_COUNT + unsigned output_count; ///< @deprecated use nb_outputs +#endif + unsigned nb_outputs; ///< number of output pads + + void *priv; ///< private data for use by the filter + + struct AVFilterCommand *command_queue; +}; + +/** + * A link between two filters. This contains pointers to the source and + * destination filters between which this link exists, and the indexes of + * the pads involved. In addition, this link also contains the parameters + * which have been negotiated and agreed upon between the filter, such as + * image dimensions, format, etc. + */ +struct AVFilterLink { + AVFilterContext *src; ///< source filter + AVFilterPad *srcpad; ///< output pad on the source filter + + AVFilterContext *dst; ///< dest filter + AVFilterPad *dstpad; ///< input pad on the dest filter + + enum AVMediaType type; ///< filter media type + + /* These parameters apply only to video */ + int w; ///< agreed upon image width + int h; ///< agreed upon image height + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; ///< agreed upon sample aspect ratio + /* These parameters apply only to audio */ + uint64_t channel_layout; ///< channel layout of current buffer (see libavutil/channel_layout.h) + int sample_rate; ///< samples per second + + int format; ///< agreed upon media format + + /** + * Define the time base used by the PTS of the frames/samples + * which will pass through this link. + * During the configuration stage, each filter is supposed to + * change only the output timebase, while the timebase of the + * input link is assumed to be an unchangeable property. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + /** + * Lists of formats and channel layouts supported by the input and output + * filters respectively. These lists are used for negotiating the format + * to actually be used, which will be loaded into the format and + * channel_layout members, above, when chosen. + * + */ + AVFilterFormats *in_formats; + AVFilterFormats *out_formats; + + /** + * Lists of channel layouts and sample rates used for automatic + * negotiation. + */ + AVFilterFormats *in_samplerates; + AVFilterFormats *out_samplerates; + struct AVFilterChannelLayouts *in_channel_layouts; + struct AVFilterChannelLayouts *out_channel_layouts; + + /** + * Audio only, the destination filter sets this to a non-zero value to + * request that buffers with the given number of samples should be sent to + * it. AVFilterPad.needs_fifo must also be set on the corresponding input + * pad. + * Last buffer before EOF will be padded with silence. + */ + int request_samples; + + /** stage of the initialization of the link properties (dimensions, etc) */ + enum { + AVLINK_UNINIT = 0, ///< not started + AVLINK_STARTINIT, ///< started, but incomplete + AVLINK_INIT ///< complete + } init_state; + + struct AVFilterPool *pool; + + /** + * Graph the filter belongs to. + */ + struct AVFilterGraph *graph; + + /** + * Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent + * frame(s), in AV_TIME_BASE units. + */ + int64_t current_pts; + + /** + * Index in the age array. + */ + int age_index; + + /** + * Frame rate of the stream on the link, or 1/0 if unknown; + * if left to 0/0, will be automatically be copied from the first input + * of the source filter if it exists. + * + * Sources should set it to the best estimation of the real frame rate. + * Filters should update it if necessary depending on their function. + * Sinks can use it to set a default output frame rate. + * It is similar to the r_frame_rate field in AVStream. + */ + AVRational frame_rate; + + /** + * Buffer partially filled with samples to achieve a fixed/minimum size. + */ + AVFilterBufferRef *partial_buf; + + /** + * Size of the partial buffer to allocate. + * Must be between min_samples and max_samples. + */ + int partial_buf_size; + + /** + * Minimum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is + * called with fewer samples, it will accumulate them in partial_buf. + * This field and the related ones must not be changed after filtering + * has started. + * If 0, all related fields are ignored. + */ + int min_samples; + + /** + * Maximum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is + * called with more samples, it will split them. + */ + int max_samples; + + /** + * The buffer reference currently being received across the link by the + * destination filter. This is used internally by the filter system to + * allow automatic copying of buffers which do not have sufficient + * permissions for the destination. This should not be accessed directly + * by the filters. + */ + AVFilterBufferRef *cur_buf_copy; + + /** + * True if the link is closed. + * If set, all attemps of start_frame, filter_frame or request_frame + * will fail with AVERROR_EOF, and if necessary the reference will be + * destroyed. + * If request_frame returns AVERROR_EOF, this flag is set on the + * corresponding link. + * It can be set also be set by either the source or the destination + * filter. + */ + int closed; + + /** + * Number of channels. + */ + int channels; +}; + +/** + * Link two filters together. + * + * @param src the source filter + * @param srcpad index of the output pad on the source filter + * @param dst the destination filter + * @param dstpad index of the input pad on the destination filter + * @return zero on success + */ +int avfilter_link(AVFilterContext *src, unsigned srcpad, + AVFilterContext *dst, unsigned dstpad); + +/** + * Free the link in *link, and set its pointer to NULL. + */ +void avfilter_link_free(AVFilterLink **link); + +/** + * Get the number of channels of a link. + */ +int avfilter_link_get_channels(AVFilterLink *link); + +/** + * Set the closed field of a link. + */ +void avfilter_link_set_closed(AVFilterLink *link, int closed); + +/** + * Negotiate the media format, dimensions, etc of all inputs to a filter. + * + * @param filter the filter to negotiate the properties for its inputs + * @return zero on successful negotiation + */ +int avfilter_config_links(AVFilterContext *filter); + +/** + * Create a buffer reference wrapped around an already allocated image + * buffer. + * + * @param data pointers to the planes of the image to reference + * @param linesize linesizes for the planes of the image to reference + * @param perms the required access permissions + * @param w the width of the image specified by the data and linesize arrays + * @param h the height of the image specified by the data and linesize arrays + * @param format the pixel format of the image specified by the data and linesize arrays + */ +AVFilterBufferRef * +avfilter_get_video_buffer_ref_from_arrays(uint8_t * const data[4], const int linesize[4], int perms, + int w, int h, enum AVPixelFormat format); + +/** + * Create an audio buffer reference wrapped around an already + * allocated samples buffer. + * + * See avfilter_get_audio_buffer_ref_from_arrays_channels() for a version + * that can handle unknown channel layouts. + * + * @param data pointers to the samples plane buffers + * @param linesize linesize for the samples plane buffers + * @param perms the required access permissions + * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel + * @param sample_fmt the format of each sample in the buffer to allocate + * @param channel_layout the channel layout of the buffer + */ +AVFilterBufferRef *avfilter_get_audio_buffer_ref_from_arrays(uint8_t **data, + int linesize, + int perms, + int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, + uint64_t channel_layout); +/** + * Create an audio buffer reference wrapped around an already + * allocated samples buffer. + * + * @param data pointers to the samples plane buffers + * @param linesize linesize for the samples plane buffers + * @param perms the required access permissions + * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel + * @param sample_fmt the format of each sample in the buffer to allocate + * @param channels the number of channels of the buffer + * @param channel_layout the channel layout of the buffer, + * must be either 0 or consistent with channels + */ +AVFilterBufferRef *avfilter_get_audio_buffer_ref_from_arrays_channels(uint8_t **data, + int linesize, + int perms, + int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, + int channels, + uint64_t channel_layout); + + + +#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE 1 ///< Stop once a filter understood the command (for target=all for example), fast filters are favored automatically +#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST 2 ///< Only execute command when its fast (like a video out that supports contrast adjustment in hw) + +/** + * Make the filter instance process a command. + * It is recommended to use avfilter_graph_send_command(). + */ +int avfilter_process_command(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + +/** Initialize the filter system. Register all builtin filters. */ +void avfilter_register_all(void); + +/** Uninitialize the filter system. Unregister all filters. */ +void avfilter_uninit(void); + +/** + * Register a filter. This is only needed if you plan to use + * avfilter_get_by_name later to lookup the AVFilter structure by name. A + * filter can still by instantiated with avfilter_open even if it is not + * registered. + * + * @param filter the filter to register + * @return 0 if the registration was successful, a negative value + * otherwise + */ +int avfilter_register(AVFilter *filter); + +/** + * Get a filter definition matching the given name. + * + * @param name the filter name to find + * @return the filter definition, if any matching one is registered. + * NULL if none found. + */ +AVFilter *avfilter_get_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * If filter is NULL, returns a pointer to the first registered filter pointer, + * if filter is non-NULL, returns the next pointer after filter. + * If the returned pointer points to NULL, the last registered filter + * was already reached. + */ +AVFilter **av_filter_next(AVFilter **filter); + +/** + * Create a filter instance. + * + * @param filter_ctx put here a pointer to the created filter context + * on success, NULL on failure + * @param filter the filter to create an instance of + * @param inst_name Name to give to the new instance. Can be NULL for none. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int avfilter_open(AVFilterContext **filter_ctx, AVFilter *filter, const char *inst_name); + +/** + * Initialize a filter. + * + * @param filter the filter to initialize + * @param args A string of parameters to use when initializing the filter. + * The format and meaning of this string varies by filter. + * @param opaque Any extra non-string data needed by the filter. The meaning + * of this parameter varies by filter. + * @return zero on success + */ +int avfilter_init_filter(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *args, void *opaque); + +/** + * Free a filter context. + * + * @param filter the filter to free + */ +void avfilter_free(AVFilterContext *filter); + +/** + * Insert a filter in the middle of an existing link. + * + * @param link the link into which the filter should be inserted + * @param filt the filter to be inserted + * @param filt_srcpad_idx the input pad on the filter to connect + * @param filt_dstpad_idx the output pad on the filter to connect + * @return zero on success + */ +int avfilter_insert_filter(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterContext *filt, + unsigned filt_srcpad_idx, unsigned filt_dstpad_idx); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavfilter/avfiltergraph.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavfilter/avfiltergraph.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3965412 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavfilter/avfiltergraph.h @@ -0,0 +1,271 @@ +/* + * Filter graphs + * copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H +#define AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H + +#include "avfilter.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +typedef struct AVFilterGraph { + const AVClass *av_class; + unsigned filter_count; + AVFilterContext **filters; + + char *scale_sws_opts; ///< sws options to use for the auto-inserted scale filters + char *resample_lavr_opts; ///< libavresample options to use for the auto-inserted resample filters + char *aresample_swr_opts; ///< swr options to use for the auto-inserted aresample filters, Access ONLY through AVOptions + + /** + * Private fields + * + * The following fields are for internal use only. + * Their type, offset, number and semantic can change without notice. + */ + + AVFilterLink **sink_links; + int sink_links_count; + + unsigned disable_auto_convert; +} AVFilterGraph; + +/** + * Allocate a filter graph. + */ +AVFilterGraph *avfilter_graph_alloc(void); + +/** + * Get a filter instance with name name from graph. + * + * @return the pointer to the found filter instance or NULL if it + * cannot be found. + */ +AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_get_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, char *name); + +/** + * Add an existing filter instance to a filter graph. + * + * @param graphctx the filter graph + * @param filter the filter to be added + */ +int avfilter_graph_add_filter(AVFilterGraph *graphctx, AVFilterContext *filter); + +/** + * Create and add a filter instance into an existing graph. + * The filter instance is created from the filter filt and inited + * with the parameters args and opaque. + * + * In case of success put in *filt_ctx the pointer to the created + * filter instance, otherwise set *filt_ctx to NULL. + * + * @param name the instance name to give to the created filter instance + * @param graph_ctx the filter graph + * @return a negative AVERROR error code in case of failure, a non + * negative value otherwise + */ +int avfilter_graph_create_filter(AVFilterContext **filt_ctx, AVFilter *filt, + const char *name, const char *args, void *opaque, + AVFilterGraph *graph_ctx); + +/** + * Enable or disable automatic format conversion inside the graph. + * + * Note that format conversion can still happen inside explicitly inserted + * scale and aconvert filters. + * + * @param flags any of the AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_* constants + */ +void avfilter_graph_set_auto_convert(AVFilterGraph *graph, unsigned flags); + +enum { + AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_ALL = 0, /**< all automatic conversions enabled */ + AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_NONE = -1, /**< all automatic conversions disabled */ +}; + +/** + * Check validity and configure all the links and formats in the graph. + * + * @param graphctx the filter graph + * @param log_ctx context used for logging + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int avfilter_graph_config(AVFilterGraph *graphctx, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Free a graph, destroy its links, and set *graph to NULL. + * If *graph is NULL, do nothing. + */ +void avfilter_graph_free(AVFilterGraph **graph); + +/** + * A linked-list of the inputs/outputs of the filter chain. + * + * This is mainly useful for avfilter_graph_parse() / avfilter_graph_parse2(), + * where it is used to communicate open (unlinked) inputs and outputs from and + * to the caller. + * This struct specifies, per each not connected pad contained in the graph, the + * filter context and the pad index required for establishing a link. + */ +typedef struct AVFilterInOut { + /** unique name for this input/output in the list */ + char *name; + + /** filter context associated to this input/output */ + AVFilterContext *filter_ctx; + + /** index of the filt_ctx pad to use for linking */ + int pad_idx; + + /** next input/input in the list, NULL if this is the last */ + struct AVFilterInOut *next; +} AVFilterInOut; + +/** + * Allocate a single AVFilterInOut entry. + * Must be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return allocated AVFilterInOut on success, NULL on failure. + */ +AVFilterInOut *avfilter_inout_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free the supplied list of AVFilterInOut and set *inout to NULL. + * If *inout is NULL, do nothing. + */ +void avfilter_inout_free(AVFilterInOut **inout); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param filters string to be parsed + * @param inputs pointer to a linked list to the inputs of the graph, may be NULL. + * If non-NULL, *inputs is updated to contain the list of open inputs + * after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @param outputs pointer to a linked list to the outputs of the graph, may be NULL. + * If non-NULL, *outputs is updated to contain the list of open outputs + * after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return non negative on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut **inputs, AVFilterInOut **outputs, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * @param[in] graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param[in] filters string to be parsed + * @param[out] inputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) inputs of the + * parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed + * by the caller using avfilter_inout_free(). + * @param[out] outputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) outputs of the + * parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed by the + * caller using avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + * + * @note the difference between avfilter_graph_parse2() and + * avfilter_graph_parse() is that in avfilter_graph_parse(), the caller provides + * the lists of inputs and outputs, which therefore must be known before calling + * the function. On the other hand, avfilter_graph_parse2() \em returns the + * inputs and outputs that are left unlinked after parsing the graph and the + * caller then deals with them. Another difference is that in + * avfilter_graph_parse(), the inputs parameter describes inputs of the + * <em>already existing</em> part of the graph; i.e. from the point of view of + * the newly created part, they are outputs. Similarly the outputs parameter + * describes outputs of the already existing filters, which are provided as + * inputs to the parsed filters. + * avfilter_graph_parse2() takes the opposite approach -- it makes no reference + * whatsoever to already existing parts of the graph and the inputs parameter + * will on return contain inputs of the newly parsed part of the graph. + * Analogously the outputs parameter will contain outputs of the newly created + * filters. + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse2(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut **inputs, + AVFilterInOut **outputs); + + +/** + * Send a command to one or more filter instances. + * + * @param graph the filter graph + * @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent + * "all" sends to all filters + * otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name + * which will send the command to all matching filters. + * @param cmd the command to sent, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. + * + * @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands + */ +int avfilter_graph_send_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + +/** + * Queue a command for one or more filter instances. + * + * @param graph the filter graph + * @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent + * "all" sends to all filters + * otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name + * which will send the command to all matching filters. + * @param cmd the command to sent, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanummeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param ts time at which the command should be sent to the filter + * + * @note As this executes commands after this function returns, no return code + * from the filter is provided, also AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE is not supported. + */ +int avfilter_graph_queue_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, int flags, double ts); + + +/** + * Dump a graph into a human-readable string representation. + * + * @param graph the graph to dump + * @param options formatting options; currently ignored + * @return a string, or NULL in case of memory allocation failure; + * the string must be freed using av_free + */ +char *avfilter_graph_dump(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *options); + +/** + * Request a frame on the oldest sink link. + * + * If the request returns AVERROR_EOF, try the next. + * + * Note that this function is not meant to be the sole scheduling mechanism + * of a filtergraph, only a convenience function to help drain a filtergraph + * in a balanced way under normal circumstances. + * + * Also note that AVERROR_EOF does not mean that frames did not arrive on + * some of the sinks during the process. + * When there are multiple sink links, in case the requested link + * returns an EOF, this may cause a filter to flush pending frames + * which are sent to another sink link, although unrequested. + * + * @return the return value of ff_request_frame(), + * or AVERROR_EOF if all links returned AVERROR_EOF + */ +int avfilter_graph_request_oldest(AVFilterGraph *graph); + +#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavfilter/buffersink.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavfilter/buffersink.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f8ac5c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavfilter/buffersink.h @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H +#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H + +/** + * @file + * memory buffer sink API for audio and video + */ + +#include "avfilter.h" + +/** + * Struct to use for initializing a buffersink context. + */ +typedef struct { + const enum AVPixelFormat *pixel_fmts; ///< list of allowed pixel formats, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE +} AVBufferSinkParams; + +/** + * Create an AVBufferSinkParams structure. + * + * Must be freed with av_free(). + */ +AVBufferSinkParams *av_buffersink_params_alloc(void); + +/** + * Struct to use for initializing an abuffersink context. + */ +typedef struct { + const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< list of allowed sample formats, terminated by AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + const int64_t *channel_layouts; ///< list of allowed channel layouts, terminated by -1 + const int *channel_counts; ///< list of allowed channel counts, terminated by -1 + int all_channel_counts; ///< if not 0, accept any channel count or layout + int *sample_rates; ///< list of allowed sample rates, terminated by -1 +} AVABufferSinkParams; + +/** + * Create an AVABufferSinkParams structure. + * + * Must be freed with av_free(). + */ +AVABufferSinkParams *av_abuffersink_params_alloc(void); + +/** + * Set the frame size for an audio buffer sink. + * + * All calls to av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref will return a buffer with + * exactly the specified number of samples, or AVERROR(EAGAIN) if there is + * not enough. The last buffer at EOF will be padded with 0. + */ +void av_buffersink_set_frame_size(AVFilterContext *ctx, unsigned frame_size); + +/** + * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() to read video/samples buffer + * reference, but not remove it from the buffer. This is useful if you + * need only to read a video/samples buffer, without to fetch it. + */ +#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_PEEK 1 + +/** + * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() not to request a frame from its input. + * If a frame is already buffered, it is read (and removed from the buffer), + * but if no frame is present, return AVERROR(EAGAIN). + */ +#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_NO_REQUEST 2 + +/** + * Get an audio/video buffer data from buffer_sink and put it in bufref. + * + * This function works with both audio and video buffer sinks. + * + * @param buffer_sink pointer to a buffersink or abuffersink context + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_* flags + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of + * failure + */ +int av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref(AVFilterContext *buffer_sink, + AVFilterBufferRef **bufref, int flags); + + +/** + * Get the number of immediately available frames. + */ +int av_buffersink_poll_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx); + +/** + * Get the frame rate of the input. + */ +AVRational av_buffersink_get_frame_rate(AVFilterContext *ctx); + +/** + * @defgroup libav_api Libav API + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Get a buffer with filtered data from sink and put it in buf. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a context of a buffersink or abuffersink AVFilter. + * @param buf pointer to the buffer will be written here if buf is non-NULL. buf + * must be freed by the caller using avfilter_unref_buffer(). + * Buf may also be NULL to query whether a buffer is ready to be + * output. + * + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of + * failure. + */ +int av_buffersink_read(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFilterBufferRef **buf); + +/** + * Same as av_buffersink_read, but with the ability to specify the number of + * samples read. This function is less efficient than av_buffersink_read(), + * because it copies the data around. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a context of the abuffersink AVFilter. + * @param buf pointer to the buffer will be written here if buf is non-NULL. buf + * must be freed by the caller using avfilter_unref_buffer(). buf + * will contain exactly nb_samples audio samples, except at the end + * of stream, when it can contain less than nb_samples. + * Buf may also be NULL to query whether a buffer is ready to be + * output. + * + * @warning do not mix this function with av_buffersink_read(). Use only one or + * the other with a single sink, not both. + */ +int av_buffersink_read_samples(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFilterBufferRef **buf, + int nb_samples); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavfilter/buffersrc.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavfilter/buffersrc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f3c8d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavfilter/buffersrc.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +/* + * + * This file is part of Libav. + * + * Libav is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * Libav is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with Libav; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H +#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H + +/** + * @file + * Memory buffer source API. + */ + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" +#include "avfilter.h" + +enum { + + /** + * Do not check for format changes. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_NO_CHECK_FORMAT = 1, + + /** + * Do not copy buffer data. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_NO_COPY = 2, + + /** + * Immediately push the frame to the output. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_PUSH = 4, + +}; + +/** + * Add buffer data in picref to buffer_src. + * + * @param buffer_src pointer to a buffer source context + * @param picref a buffer reference, or NULL to mark EOF + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_* + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code + * in case of failure + */ +int av_buffersrc_add_ref(AVFilterContext *buffer_src, + AVFilterBufferRef *picref, int flags); + +/** + * Get the number of failed requests. + * + * A failed request is when the request_frame method is called while no + * frame is present in the buffer. + * The number is reset when a frame is added. + */ +unsigned av_buffersrc_get_nb_failed_requests(AVFilterContext *buffer_src); + +#ifdef FF_API_BUFFERSRC_BUFFER +/** + * Add a buffer to the filtergraph s. + * + * @param buf buffer containing frame data to be passed down the filtergraph. + * This function will take ownership of buf, the user must not free it. + * A NULL buf signals EOF -- i.e. no more frames will be sent to this filter. + * @deprecated Use av_buffersrc_add_ref(s, picref, AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_NO_COPY) instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_buffersrc_buffer(AVFilterContext *s, AVFilterBufferRef *buf); +#endif + +/** + * Add a frame to the buffer source. + * + * @param s an instance of the buffersrc filter. + * @param frame frame to be added. + * + * @warning frame data will be memcpy()ed, which may be a big performance + * hit. Use av_buffersrc_buffer() to avoid copying the data. + */ +int av_buffersrc_write_frame(AVFilterContext *s, const AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavfilter/version.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavfilter/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29bc060 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavfilter/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_H +#define AVFILTER_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * Libavfilter version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 3 +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 42 +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 103 + +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFILTER_BUILD LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVFILTER_IDENT "Lavfi" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_AVFILTERPAD_PUBLIC +#define FF_API_AVFILTERPAD_PUBLIC (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 4) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FOO_COUNT +#define FF_API_FOO_COUNT (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 4) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FILL_FRAME +#define FF_API_FILL_FRAME (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 4) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_BUFFERSRC_BUFFER +#define FF_API_BUFFERSRC_BUFFER (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 4) +#endif + +#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavformat/avformat.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavformat/avformat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d23d0e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavformat/avformat.h @@ -0,0 +1,2135 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H +#define AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavf + * Main libavformat public API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup libavf I/O and Muxing/Demuxing Library + * @{ + * + * Libavformat (lavf) is a library for dealing with various media container + * formats. Its main two purposes are demuxing - i.e. splitting a media file + * into component streams, and the reverse process of muxing - writing supplied + * data in a specified container format. It also has an @ref lavf_io + * "I/O module" which supports a number of protocols for accessing the data (e.g. + * file, tcp, http and others). Before using lavf, you need to call + * av_register_all() to register all compiled muxers, demuxers and protocols. + * Unless you are absolutely sure you won't use libavformat's network + * capabilities, you should also call avformat_network_init(). + * + * A supported input format is described by an AVInputFormat struct, conversely + * an output format is described by AVOutputFormat. You can iterate over all + * registered input/output formats using the av_iformat_next() / + * av_oformat_next() functions. The protocols layer is not part of the public + * API, so you can only get the names of supported protocols with the + * avio_enum_protocols() function. + * + * Main lavf structure used for both muxing and demuxing is AVFormatContext, + * which exports all information about the file being read or written. As with + * most Libavformat structures, its size is not part of public ABI, so it cannot be + * allocated on stack or directly with av_malloc(). To create an + * AVFormatContext, use avformat_alloc_context() (some functions, like + * avformat_open_input() might do that for you). + * + * Most importantly an AVFormatContext contains: + * @li the @ref AVFormatContext.iformat "input" or @ref AVFormatContext.oformat + * "output" format. It is either autodetected or set by user for input; + * always set by user for output. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.streams "array" of AVStreams, which describe all + * elementary streams stored in the file. AVStreams are typically referred to + * using their index in this array. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context". It is either opened by lavf or + * set by user for input, always set by user for output (unless you are dealing + * with an AVFMT_NOFILE format). + * + * @section lavf_options Passing options to (de)muxers + * Lavf allows to configure muxers and demuxers using the @ref avoptions + * mechanism. Generic (format-independent) libavformat options are provided by + * AVFormatContext, they can be examined from a user program by calling + * av_opt_next() / av_opt_find() on an allocated AVFormatContext (or its AVClass + * from avformat_get_class()). Private (format-specific) options are provided by + * AVFormatContext.priv_data if and only if AVInputFormat.priv_class / + * AVOutputFormat.priv_class of the corresponding format struct is non-NULL. + * Further options may be provided by the @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context", + * if its AVClass is non-NULL, and the protocols layer. See the discussion on + * nesting in @ref avoptions documentation to learn how to access those. + * + * @defgroup lavf_decoding Demuxing + * @{ + * Demuxers read a media file and split it into chunks of data (@em packets). A + * @ref AVPacket "packet" contains one or more encoded frames which belongs to a + * single elementary stream. In the lavf API this process is represented by the + * avformat_open_input() function for opening a file, av_read_frame() for + * reading a single packet and finally avformat_close_input(), which does the + * cleanup. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_open Opening a media file + * The minimum information required to open a file is its URL or filename, which + * is passed to avformat_open_input(), as in the following code: + * @code + * const char *url = "in.mp3"; + * AVFormatContext *s = NULL; + * int ret = avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, NULL); + * if (ret < 0) + * abort(); + * @endcode + * The above code attempts to allocate an AVFormatContext, open the + * specified file (autodetecting the format) and read the header, exporting the + * information stored there into s. Some formats do not have a header or do not + * store enough information there, so it is recommended that you call the + * avformat_find_stream_info() function which tries to read and decode a few + * frames to find missing information. + * + * In some cases you might want to preallocate an AVFormatContext yourself with + * avformat_alloc_context() and do some tweaking on it before passing it to + * avformat_open_input(). One such case is when you want to use custom functions + * for reading input data instead of lavf internal I/O layer. + * To do that, create your own AVIOContext with avio_alloc_context(), passing + * your reading callbacks to it. Then set the @em pb field of your + * AVFormatContext to newly created AVIOContext. + * + * Since the format of the opened file is in general not known until after + * avformat_open_input() has returned, it is not possible to set demuxer private + * options on a preallocated context. Instead, the options should be passed to + * avformat_open_input() wrapped in an AVDictionary: + * @code + * AVDictionary *options = NULL; + * av_dict_set(&options, "video_size", "640x480", 0); + * av_dict_set(&options, "pixel_format", "rgb24", 0); + * + * if (avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, &options) < 0) + * abort(); + * av_dict_free(&options); + * @endcode + * This code passes the private options 'video_size' and 'pixel_format' to the + * demuxer. They would be necessary for e.g. the rawvideo demuxer, since it + * cannot know how to interpret raw video data otherwise. If the format turns + * out to be something different than raw video, those options will not be + * recognized by the demuxer and therefore will not be applied. Such unrecognized + * options are then returned in the options dictionary (recognized options are + * consumed). The calling program can handle such unrecognized options as it + * wishes, e.g. + * @code + * AVDictionaryEntry *e; + * if (e = av_dict_get(options, "", NULL, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Option %s not recognized by the demuxer.\n", e->key); + * abort(); + * } + * @endcode + * + * After you have finished reading the file, you must close it with + * avformat_close_input(). It will free everything associated with the file. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_read Reading from an opened file + * Reading data from an opened AVFormatContext is done by repeatedly calling + * av_read_frame() on it. Each call, if successful, will return an AVPacket + * containing encoded data for one AVStream, identified by + * AVPacket.stream_index. This packet may be passed straight into the libavcodec + * decoding functions avcodec_decode_video2(), avcodec_decode_audio4() or + * avcodec_decode_subtitle2() if the caller wishes to decode the data. + * + * AVPacket.pts, AVPacket.dts and AVPacket.duration timing information will be + * set if known. They may also be unset (i.e. AV_NOPTS_VALUE for + * pts/dts, 0 for duration) if the stream does not provide them. The timing + * information will be in AVStream.time_base units, i.e. it has to be + * multiplied by the timebase to convert them to seconds. + * + * If AVPacket.destruct is set on the returned packet, then the packet is + * allocated dynamically and the user may keep it indefinitely. + * Otherwise, if AVPacket.destruct is NULL, the packet data is backed by a + * static storage somewhere inside the demuxer and the packet is only valid + * until the next av_read_frame() call or closing the file. If the caller + * requires a longer lifetime, av_dup_packet() will make an av_malloc()ed copy + * of it. + * In both cases, the packet must be freed with av_free_packet() when it is no + * longer needed. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_seek Seeking + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_encoding Muxing + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_io I/O Read/Write + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_codec Demuxers + * @{ + * @defgroup lavf_codec_native Native Demuxers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_protos I/O Protocols + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * + */ + +#include <time.h> +#include <stdio.h> /* FILE */ +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#include "avio.h" +#include "libavformat/version.h" + +#if FF_API_AV_GETTIME +#include "libavutil/time.h" +#endif + +struct AVFormatContext; + + +/** + * @defgroup metadata_api Public Metadata API + * @{ + * @ingroup libavf + * The metadata API allows libavformat to export metadata tags to a client + * application when demuxing. Conversely it allows a client application to + * set metadata when muxing. + * + * Metadata is exported or set as pairs of key/value strings in the 'metadata' + * fields of the AVFormatContext, AVStream, AVChapter and AVProgram structs + * using the @ref lavu_dict "AVDictionary" API. Like all strings in FFmpeg, + * metadata is assumed to be UTF-8 encoded Unicode. Note that metadata + * exported by demuxers isn't checked to be valid UTF-8 in most cases. + * + * Important concepts to keep in mind: + * - Keys are unique; there can never be 2 tags with the same key. This is + * also meant semantically, i.e., a demuxer should not knowingly produce + * several keys that are literally different but semantically identical. + * E.g., key=Author5, key=Author6. In this example, all authors must be + * placed in the same tag. + * - Metadata is flat, not hierarchical; there are no subtags. If you + * want to store, e.g., the email address of the child of producer Alice + * and actor Bob, that could have key=alice_and_bobs_childs_email_address. + * - Several modifiers can be applied to the tag name. This is done by + * appending a dash character ('-') and the modifier name in the order + * they appear in the list below -- e.g. foo-eng-sort, not foo-sort-eng. + * - language -- a tag whose value is localized for a particular language + * is appended with the ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code. + * For example: Author-ger=Michael, Author-eng=Mike + * The original/default language is in the unqualified "Author" tag. + * A demuxer should set a default if it sets any translated tag. + * - sorting -- a modified version of a tag that should be used for + * sorting will have '-sort' appended. E.g. artist="The Beatles", + * artist-sort="Beatles, The". + * + * - Demuxers attempt to export metadata in a generic format, however tags + * with no generic equivalents are left as they are stored in the container. + * Follows a list of generic tag names: + * + @verbatim + album -- name of the set this work belongs to + album_artist -- main creator of the set/album, if different from artist. + e.g. "Various Artists" for compilation albums. + artist -- main creator of the work + comment -- any additional description of the file. + composer -- who composed the work, if different from artist. + copyright -- name of copyright holder. + creation_time-- date when the file was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + date -- date when the work was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + disc -- number of a subset, e.g. disc in a multi-disc collection. + encoder -- name/settings of the software/hardware that produced the file. + encoded_by -- person/group who created the file. + filename -- original name of the file. + genre -- <self-evident>. + language -- main language in which the work is performed, preferably + in ISO 639-2 format. Multiple languages can be specified by + separating them with commas. + performer -- artist who performed the work, if different from artist. + E.g for "Also sprach Zarathustra", artist would be "Richard + Strauss" and performer "London Philharmonic Orchestra". + publisher -- name of the label/publisher. + service_name -- name of the service in broadcasting (channel name). + service_provider -- name of the service provider in broadcasting. + title -- name of the work. + track -- number of this work in the set, can be in form current/total. + variant_bitrate -- the total bitrate of the bitrate variant that the current stream is part of + @endverbatim + * + * Look in the examples section for an application example how to use the Metadata API. + * + * @} + */ + +/* packet functions */ + + +/** + * Allocate and read the payload of a packet and initialize its + * fields with default values. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size desired payload size + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + */ +int av_get_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size); + + +/** + * Read data and append it to the current content of the AVPacket. + * If pkt->size is 0 this is identical to av_get_packet. + * Note that this uses av_grow_packet and thus involves a realloc + * which is inefficient. Thus this function should only be used + * when there is no reasonable way to know (an upper bound of) + * the final size. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size amount of data to read + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise, previous data + * will not be lost even if an error occurs. + */ +int av_append_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/*************************************************/ +/* fractional numbers for exact pts handling */ + +/** + * The exact value of the fractional number is: 'val + num / den'. + * num is assumed to be 0 <= num < den. + */ +typedef struct AVFrac { + int64_t val, num, den; +} AVFrac; + +/*************************************************/ +/* input/output formats */ + +struct AVCodecTag; + +/** + * This structure contains the data a format has to probe a file. + */ +typedef struct AVProbeData { + const char *filename; + unsigned char *buf; /**< Buffer must have AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE of extra allocated bytes filled with zero. */ + int buf_size; /**< Size of buf except extra allocated bytes */ +} AVProbeData; + +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX 100 ///< maximum score, half of that is used for file-extension-based detection +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4) +#define AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE 32 ///< extra allocated bytes at the end of the probe buffer + +/// Demuxer will use avio_open, no opened file should be provided by the caller. +#define AVFMT_NOFILE 0x0001 +#define AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER 0x0002 /**< Needs '%d' in filename. */ +#define AVFMT_SHOW_IDS 0x0008 /**< Show format stream IDs numbers. */ +#define AVFMT_RAWPICTURE 0x0020 /**< Format wants AVPicture structure for + raw picture data. */ +#define AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER 0x0040 /**< Format wants global header. */ +#define AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS 0x0080 /**< Format does not need / have any timestamps. */ +#define AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX 0x0100 /**< Use generic index building code. */ +#define AVFMT_TS_DISCONT 0x0200 /**< Format allows timestamp discontinuities. Note, muxers always require valid (monotone) timestamps */ +#define AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS 0x0400 /**< Format allows variable fps. */ +#define AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS 0x0800 /**< Format does not need width/height */ +#define AVFMT_NOSTREAMS 0x1000 /**< Format does not require any streams */ +#define AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH 0x2000 /**< Format does not allow to fallback to binary search via read_timestamp */ +#define AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH 0x4000 /**< Format does not allow to fallback to generic search */ +#define AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK 0x8000 /**< Format does not allow seeking by bytes */ +#define AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH 0x10000 /**< Format allows flushing. If not set, the muxer will not receive a NULL packet in the write_packet function. */ +#if LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR <= 54 +#define AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT 0x8020000 //we try to be compatible to the ABIs of ffmpeg and major forks +#else +#define AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT 0x20000 +#endif + /**< Format does not require strictly + increasing timestamps, but they must + still be monotonic */ + +#define AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS 0x4000000 /**< Seeking is based on PTS */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVOutputFormat { + const char *name; + /** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + const char *mime_type; + const char *extensions; /**< comma-separated filename extensions */ + /* output support */ + enum AVCodecID audio_codec; /**< default audio codec */ + enum AVCodecID video_codec; /**< default video codec */ + enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec; /**< default subtitle codec */ + /** + * can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_RAWPICTURE, + * AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER, AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS, + * AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS, AVFMT_NOSTREAMS, AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH, + * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT + */ + int flags; + + /** + * List of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, ordered by "better + * choice first". The arrays are all terminated by AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + */ + const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag; + + + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + struct AVOutputFormat *next; + /** + * size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper + */ + int priv_data_size; + + int (*write_header)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Write a packet. If AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH is set in flags, + * pkt can be NULL in order to flush data buffered in the muxer. + * When flushing, return 0 if there still is more data to flush, + * or 1 if everything was flushed and there is no more buffered + * data. + */ + int (*write_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt); + int (*write_trailer)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Currently only used to set pixel format if not YUV420P. + */ + int (*interleave_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *out, + AVPacket *in, int flush); + /** + * Test if the given codec can be stored in this container. + * + * @return 1 if the codec is supported, 0 if it is not. + * A negative number if unknown. + * MKTAG('A', 'P', 'I', 'C') if the codec is only supported as AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC + */ + int (*query_codec)(enum AVCodecID id, int std_compliance); + + void (*get_output_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream, + int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall); +} AVOutputFormat; +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVInputFormat { + /** + * A comma separated list of short names for the format. New names + * may be appended with a minor bump. + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + + /** + * Can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_SHOW_IDS, + * AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX, AVFMT_TS_DISCONT, AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH, + * AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH, AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK, AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * If extensions are defined, then no probe is done. You should + * usually not use extension format guessing because it is not + * reliable enough + */ + const char *extensions; + + const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag; + + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + struct AVInputFormat *next; + + /** + * Raw demuxers store their codec ID here. + */ + int raw_codec_id; + + /** + * Size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper. + */ + int priv_data_size; + + /** + * Tell if a given file has a chance of being parsed as this format. + * The buffer provided is guaranteed to be AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE bytes + * big so you do not have to check for that unless you need more. + */ + int (*read_probe)(AVProbeData *); + + /** + * Read the format header and initialize the AVFormatContext + * structure. Return 0 if OK. Only used in raw format right + * now. 'avformat_new_stream' should be called to create new streams. + */ + int (*read_header)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Read one packet and put it in 'pkt'. pts and flags are also + * set. 'avformat_new_stream' can be called only if the flag + * AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is used and only in the calling thread (not in a + * background thread). + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on error. + * When returning an error, pkt must not have been allocated + * or must be freed before returning + */ + int (*read_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt); + + /** + * Close the stream. The AVFormatContext and AVStreams are not + * freed by this function + */ + int (*read_close)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to the frames in + * stream component stream_index. + * @param stream_index Must not be -1. + * @param flags Selects which direction should be preferred if no exact + * match is available. + * @return >= 0 on success (but not necessarily the new offset) + */ + int (*read_seek)(struct AVFormatContext *, + int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, int flags); + + /** + * Get the next timestamp in stream[stream_index].time_base units. + * @return the timestamp or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if an error occurred + */ + int64_t (*read_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + int64_t *pos, int64_t pos_limit); + + /** + * Start/resume playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + */ + int (*read_play)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Pause playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + */ + int (*read_pause)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + */ + int (*read_seek2)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags); +} AVInputFormat; +/** + * @} + */ + +enum AVStreamParseType { + AVSTREAM_PARSE_NONE, + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL, /**< full parsing and repack */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_HEADERS, /**< Only parse headers, do not repack. */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_TIMESTAMPS, /**< full parsing and interpolation of timestamps for frames not starting on a packet boundary */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_ONCE, /**< full parsing and repack of the first frame only, only implemented for H.264 currently */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_RAW=MKTAG(0,'R','A','W'), /**< full parsing and repack with timestamp and position generation by parser for raw + this assumes that each packet in the file contains no demuxer level headers and + just codec level data, otherwise position generation would fail */ +}; + +typedef struct AVIndexEntry { + int64_t pos; + int64_t timestamp; /**< + * Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units, preferably the time from which on correctly decoded frames are available + * when seeking to this entry. That means preferable PTS on keyframe based formats. + * But demuxers can choose to store a different timestamp, if it is more convenient for the implementation or nothing better + * is known + */ +#define AVINDEX_KEYFRAME 0x0001 + int flags:2; + int size:30; //Yeah, trying to keep the size of this small to reduce memory requirements (it is 24 vs. 32 bytes due to possible 8-byte alignment). + int min_distance; /**< Minimum distance between this and the previous keyframe, used to avoid unneeded searching. */ +} AVIndexEntry; + +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEFAULT 0x0001 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DUB 0x0002 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL 0x0004 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_COMMENT 0x0008 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_LYRICS 0x0010 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_KARAOKE 0x0020 + +/** + * Track should be used during playback by default. + * Useful for subtitle track that should be displayed + * even when user did not explicitly ask for subtitles. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_FORCED 0x0040 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_HEARING_IMPAIRED 0x0080 /**< stream for hearing impaired audiences */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_VISUAL_IMPAIRED 0x0100 /**< stream for visual impaired audiences */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_CLEAN_EFFECTS 0x0200 /**< stream without voice */ +/** + * The stream is stored in the file as an attached picture/"cover art" (e.g. + * APIC frame in ID3v2). The single packet associated with it will be returned + * among the first few packets read from the file unless seeking takes place. + * It can also be accessed at any time in AVStream.attached_pic. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC 0x0400 + +/** + * Options for behavior on timestamp wrap detection. + */ +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_IGNORE 0 ///< ignore the wrap +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_ADD_OFFSET 1 ///< add the format specific offset on wrap detection +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_SUB_OFFSET -1 ///< subtract the format specific offset on wrap detection + +/** + * Stream structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVStream) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVStream { + int index; /**< stream index in AVFormatContext */ + /** + * Format-specific stream ID. + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: set by the user, replaced by libavformat if left unset + */ + int id; + /** + * Codec context associated with this stream. Allocated and freed by + * libavformat. + * + * - decoding: The demuxer exports codec information stored in the headers + * here. + * - encoding: The user sets codec information, the muxer writes it to the + * output. Mandatory fields as specified in AVCodecContext + * documentation must be set even if this AVCodecContext is + * not actually used for encoding. + */ + AVCodecContext *codec; +#if FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE + /** + * Real base framerate of the stream. + * This is the lowest framerate with which all timestamps can be + * represented accurately (it is the least common multiple of all + * framerates in the stream). Note, this value is just a guess! + * For example, if the time base is 1/90000 and all frames have either + * approximately 3600 or 1800 timer ticks, then r_frame_rate will be 50/1. + */ + AVRational r_frame_rate; +#endif + void *priv_data; + + /** + * encoding: pts generation when outputting stream + */ + struct AVFrac pts; + + /** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: set by libavformat in avformat_write_header. The muxer may use the + * user-provided value of @ref AVCodecContext.time_base "codec->time_base" + * as a hint. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * Decoding: pts of the first frame of the stream in presentation order, in stream time base. + * Only set this if you are absolutely 100% sure that the value you set + * it to really is the pts of the first frame. + * This may be undefined (AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * @note The ASF header does NOT contain a correct start_time the ASF + * demuxer must NOT set this. + */ + int64_t start_time; + + /** + * Decoding: duration of the stream, in stream time base. + * If a source file does not specify a duration, but does specify + * a bitrate, this value will be estimated from bitrate and file size. + */ + int64_t duration; + + int64_t nb_frames; ///< number of frames in this stream if known or 0 + + int disposition; /**< AV_DISPOSITION_* bit field */ + + enum AVDiscard discard; ///< Selects which packets can be discarded at will and do not need to be demuxed. + + /** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavformat. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * Average framerate + */ + AVRational avg_frame_rate; + + /** + * For streams with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC disposition, this packet + * will contain the attached picture. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat, must not be modified by the caller. + * encoding: unused + */ + AVPacket attached_pic; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * Stream information used internally by av_find_stream_info() + */ +#define MAX_STD_TIMEBASES (60*12+6) + struct { + int64_t last_dts; + int64_t duration_gcd; + int duration_count; + double (*duration_error)[2][MAX_STD_TIMEBASES]; + int64_t codec_info_duration; + int64_t codec_info_duration_fields; + int found_decoder; + + int64_t last_duration; + + /** + * Those are used for average framerate estimation. + */ + int64_t fps_first_dts; + int fps_first_dts_idx; + int64_t fps_last_dts; + int fps_last_dts_idx; + + } *info; + + int pts_wrap_bits; /**< number of bits in pts (used for wrapping control) */ + + // Timestamp generation support: + /** + * Timestamp corresponding to the last dts sync point. + * + * Initialized when AVCodecParserContext.dts_sync_point >= 0 and + * a DTS is received from the underlying container. Otherwise set to + * AV_NOPTS_VALUE by default. + */ + int64_t reference_dts; + int64_t first_dts; + int64_t cur_dts; + int64_t last_IP_pts; + int last_IP_duration; + + /** + * Number of packets to buffer for codec probing + */ +#define MAX_PROBE_PACKETS 2500 + int probe_packets; + + /** + * Number of frames that have been demuxed during av_find_stream_info() + */ + int codec_info_nb_frames; + + /** + * Stream Identifier + * This is the MPEG-TS stream identifier +1 + * 0 means unknown + */ + int stream_identifier; + + int64_t interleaver_chunk_size; + int64_t interleaver_chunk_duration; + + /* av_read_frame() support */ + enum AVStreamParseType need_parsing; + struct AVCodecParserContext *parser; + + /** + * last packet in packet_buffer for this stream when muxing. + */ + struct AVPacketList *last_in_packet_buffer; + AVProbeData probe_data; +#define MAX_REORDER_DELAY 16 + int64_t pts_buffer[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1]; + + AVIndexEntry *index_entries; /**< Only used if the format does not + support seeking natively. */ + int nb_index_entries; + unsigned int index_entries_allocated_size; + + /** + * stream probing state + * -1 -> probing finished + * 0 -> no probing requested + * rest -> perform probing with request_probe being the minimum score to accept. + * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API + */ + int request_probe; + /** + * Indicates that everything up to the next keyframe + * should be discarded. + */ + int skip_to_keyframe; + + /** + * Number of samples to skip at the start of the frame decoded from the next packet. + */ + int skip_samples; + + /** + * Number of internally decoded frames, used internally in libavformat, do not access + * its lifetime differs from info which is why it is not in that structure. + */ + int nb_decoded_frames; + + /** + * Timestamp offset added to timestamps before muxing + * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API + */ + int64_t mux_ts_offset; + + /** + * Internal data to check for wrapping of the time stamp + */ + int64_t pts_wrap_reference; + + /** + * Options for behavior, when a wrap is detected. + * + * Defined by AV_PTS_WRAP_ values. + * + * If correction is enabled, there are two possibilities: + * If the first time stamp is near the wrap point, the wrap offset + * will be subtracted, which will create negative time stamps. + * Otherwise the offset will be added. + */ + int pts_wrap_behavior; + +} AVStream; + +#define AV_PROGRAM_RUNNING 1 + +/** + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVProgram) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVProgram { + int id; + int flags; + enum AVDiscard discard; ///< selects which program to discard and which to feed to the caller + unsigned int *stream_index; + unsigned int nb_stream_indexes; + AVDictionary *metadata; + + int program_num; + int pmt_pid; + int pcr_pid; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + int64_t start_time; + int64_t end_time; + + int64_t pts_wrap_reference; ///< reference dts for wrap detection + int pts_wrap_behavior; ///< behavior on wrap detection +} AVProgram; + +#define AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER 0x0001 /**< signal that no header is present + (streams are added dynamically) */ + +typedef struct AVChapter { + int id; ///< unique ID to identify the chapter + AVRational time_base; ///< time base in which the start/end timestamps are specified + int64_t start, end; ///< chapter start/end time in time_base units + AVDictionary *metadata; +} AVChapter; + + +/** + * The duration of a video can be estimated through various ways, and this enum can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + */ +enum AVDurationEstimationMethod { + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, ///< Duration accurately estimated from PTSes + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, ///< Duration estimated from a stream with a known duration + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE ///< Duration estimated from bitrate (less accurate) +}; + +/** + * Format I/O context. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVFormatContext) must not be used outside libav*, use + * avformat_alloc_context() to create an AVFormatContext. + */ +typedef struct AVFormatContext { + /** + * A class for logging and AVOptions. Set by avformat_alloc_context(). + * Exports (de)muxer private options if they exist. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Can only be iformat or oformat, not both at the same time. + * + * decoding: set by avformat_open_input(). + * encoding: set by the user. + */ + struct AVInputFormat *iformat; + struct AVOutputFormat *oformat; + + /** + * Format private data. This is an AVOptions-enabled struct + * if and only if iformat/oformat.priv_class is not NULL. + */ + void *priv_data; + + /** + * I/O context. + * + * decoding: either set by the user before avformat_open_input() (then + * the user must close it manually) or set by avformat_open_input(). + * encoding: set by the user. + * + * Do NOT set this field if AVFMT_NOFILE flag is set in + * iformat/oformat.flags. In such a case, the (de)muxer will handle + * I/O in some other way and this field will be NULL. + */ + AVIOContext *pb; + + /* stream info */ + int ctx_flags; /**< Format-specific flags, see AVFMTCTX_xx */ + + /** + * A list of all streams in the file. New streams are created with + * avformat_new_stream(). + * + * decoding: streams are created by libavformat in avformat_open_input(). + * If AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in ctx_flags, then new streams may also + * appear in av_read_frame(). + * encoding: streams are created by the user before avformat_write_header(). + */ + unsigned int nb_streams; + AVStream **streams; + + char filename[1024]; /**< input or output filename */ + + /** + * Decoding: position of the first frame of the component, in + * AV_TIME_BASE fractional seconds. NEVER set this value directly: + * It is deduced from the AVStream values. + */ + int64_t start_time; + + /** + * Decoding: duration of the stream, in AV_TIME_BASE fractional + * seconds. Only set this value if you know none of the individual stream + * durations and also do not set any of them. This is deduced from the + * AVStream values if not set. + */ + int64_t duration; + + /** + * Decoding: total stream bitrate in bit/s, 0 if not + * available. Never set it directly if the file_size and the + * duration are known as FFmpeg can compute it automatically. + */ + int bit_rate; + + unsigned int packet_size; + int max_delay; + + int flags; +#define AVFMT_FLAG_GENPTS 0x0001 ///< Generate missing pts even if it requires parsing future frames. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNIDX 0x0002 ///< Ignore index. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NONBLOCK 0x0004 ///< Do not block when reading packets from input. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNDTS 0x0008 ///< Ignore DTS on frames that contain both DTS & PTS +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN 0x0010 ///< Do not infer any values from other values, just return what is stored in the container +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE 0x0020 ///< Do not use AVParsers, you also must set AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN as the fillin code works on frames and no parsing -> no frames. Also seeking to frames can not work if parsing to find frame boundaries has been disabled +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOBUFFER 0x0040 ///< Do not buffer frames when possible +#define AVFMT_FLAG_CUSTOM_IO 0x0080 ///< The caller has supplied a custom AVIOContext, don't avio_close() it. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_DISCARD_CORRUPT 0x0100 ///< Discard frames marked corrupted +#define AVFMT_FLAG_MP4A_LATM 0x8000 ///< Enable RTP MP4A-LATM payload +#define AVFMT_FLAG_SORT_DTS 0x10000 ///< try to interleave outputted packets by dts (using this flag can slow demuxing down) +#define AVFMT_FLAG_PRIV_OPT 0x20000 ///< Enable use of private options by delaying codec open (this could be made default once all code is converted) +#define AVFMT_FLAG_KEEP_SIDE_DATA 0x40000 ///< Don't merge side data but keep it separate. + + /** + * decoding: size of data to probe; encoding: unused. + */ + unsigned int probesize; + + /** + * decoding: maximum time (in AV_TIME_BASE units) during which the input should + * be analyzed in avformat_find_stream_info(). + */ + int max_analyze_duration; + + const uint8_t *key; + int keylen; + + unsigned int nb_programs; + AVProgram **programs; + + /** + * Forced video codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID video_codec_id; + + /** + * Forced audio codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID audio_codec_id; + + /** + * Forced subtitle codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec_id; + + /** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for the index of each stream. + * If the index exceeds this size, entries will be discarded as + * needed to maintain a smaller size. This can lead to slower or less + * accurate seeking (depends on demuxer). + * Demuxers for which a full in-memory index is mandatory will ignore + * this. + * muxing : unused + * demuxing: set by user + */ + unsigned int max_index_size; + + /** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for buffering frames + * obtained from realtime capture devices. + */ + unsigned int max_picture_buffer; + + unsigned int nb_chapters; + AVChapter **chapters; + + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * Start time of the stream in real world time, in microseconds + * since the unix epoch (00:00 1st January 1970). That is, pts=0 + * in the stream was captured at this real world time. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Unused. + */ + int64_t start_time_realtime; + + /** + * decoding: number of frames used to probe fps + */ + int fps_probe_size; + + /** + * Error recognition; higher values will detect more errors but may + * misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int error_recognition; + + /** + * Custom interrupt callbacks for the I/O layer. + * + * decoding: set by the user before avformat_open_input(). + * encoding: set by the user before avformat_write_header() + * (mainly useful for AVFMT_NOFILE formats). The callback + * should also be passed to avio_open2() if it's used to + * open the file. + */ + AVIOInterruptCB interrupt_callback; + + /** + * Flags to enable debugging. + */ + int debug; +#define FF_FDEBUG_TS 0x0001 + + /** + * Transport stream id. + * This will be moved into demuxer private options. Thus no API/ABI compatibility + */ + int ts_id; + + /** + * Audio preload in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + * - decoding: unused + */ + int audio_preload; + + /** + * Max chunk time in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_chunk_duration; + + /** + * Max chunk size in bytes + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_chunk_size; + + /** + * forces the use of wallclock timestamps as pts/dts of packets + * This has undefined results in the presence of B frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + */ + int use_wallclock_as_timestamps; + + /** + * Avoids negative timestamps during muxing + * 0 -> allow negative timestamps + * 1 -> avoid negative timestamps + * -1 -> choose automatically (default) + * Note, this is only works when interleave_packet_per_dts is in use + * - encoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + * - decoding: unused + */ + int avoid_negative_ts; + + /** + * avio flags, used to force AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + */ + int avio_flags; + + /** + * The duration field can be estimated through various ways, and this field can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + */ + enum AVDurationEstimationMethod duration_estimation_method; + + /** + * Skip initial bytes when opening stream + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + */ + unsigned int skip_initial_bytes; + + /** + * Correct single timestamp overflows + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user via AVOPtions (NO direct access) + */ + unsigned int correct_ts_overflow; + + /** + * Force seeking to any (also non key) frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user via AVOPtions (NO direct access) + */ + int seek2any; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * This buffer is only needed when packets were already buffered but + * not decoded, for example to get the codec parameters in MPEG + * streams. + */ + struct AVPacketList *packet_buffer; + struct AVPacketList *packet_buffer_end; + + /* av_seek_frame() support */ + int64_t data_offset; /**< offset of the first packet */ + + /** + * Raw packets from the demuxer, prior to parsing and decoding. + * This buffer is used for buffering packets until the codec can + * be identified, as parsing cannot be done without knowing the + * codec. + */ + struct AVPacketList *raw_packet_buffer; + struct AVPacketList *raw_packet_buffer_end; + /** + * Packets split by the parser get queued here. + */ + struct AVPacketList *parse_queue; + struct AVPacketList *parse_queue_end; + /** + * Remaining size available for raw_packet_buffer, in bytes. + */ +#define RAW_PACKET_BUFFER_SIZE 2500000 + int raw_packet_buffer_remaining_size; +} AVFormatContext; + +/** + * Returns the method used to set ctx->duration. + * + * @return AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, or AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE. + */ +enum AVDurationEstimationMethod av_fmt_ctx_get_duration_estimation_method(const AVFormatContext* ctx); + +typedef struct AVPacketList { + AVPacket pkt; + struct AVPacketList *next; +} AVPacketList; + + +/** + * @defgroup lavf_core Core functions + * @ingroup libavf + * + * Functions for querying libavformat capabilities, allocating core structures, + * etc. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avformat_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavformat build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avformat_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavformat license. + */ +const char *avformat_license(void); + +/** + * Initialize libavformat and register all the muxers, demuxers and + * protocols. If you do not call this function, then you can select + * exactly which formats you want to support. + * + * @see av_register_input_format() + * @see av_register_output_format() + */ +void av_register_all(void); + +void av_register_input_format(AVInputFormat *format); +void av_register_output_format(AVOutputFormat *format); + +/** + * Do global initialization of network components. This is optional, + * but recommended, since it avoids the overhead of implicitly + * doing the setup for each session. + * + * Calling this function will become mandatory if using network + * protocols at some major version bump. + */ +int avformat_network_init(void); + +/** + * Undo the initialization done by avformat_network_init. + */ +int avformat_network_deinit(void); + +/** + * If f is NULL, returns the first registered input format, + * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered input format after f + * or NULL if f is the last one. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_iformat_next(AVInputFormat *f); + +/** + * If f is NULL, returns the first registered output format, + * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered output format after f + * or NULL if f is the last one. + */ +AVOutputFormat *av_oformat_next(AVOutputFormat *f); + +/** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext. + * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and everything + * allocated by the framework within it. + */ +AVFormatContext *avformat_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Free an AVFormatContext and all its streams. + * @param s context to free + */ +void avformat_free_context(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVFormatContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avformat_get_class(void); + +/** + * Add a new stream to a media file. + * + * When demuxing, it is called by the demuxer in read_header(). If the + * flag AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in s.ctx_flags, then it may also + * be called in read_packet(). + * + * When muxing, should be called by the user before avformat_write_header(). + * + * @param c If non-NULL, the AVCodecContext corresponding to the new stream + * will be initialized to use this codec. This is needed for e.g. codec-specific + * defaults to be set, so codec should be provided if it is known. + * + * @return newly created stream or NULL on error. + */ +AVStream *avformat_new_stream(AVFormatContext *s, const AVCodec *c); + +AVProgram *av_new_program(AVFormatContext *s, int id); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +#if FF_API_PKT_DUMP +attribute_deprecated void av_pkt_dump(FILE *f, AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload); +attribute_deprecated void av_pkt_dump_log(void *avcl, int level, AVPacket *pkt, + int dump_payload); +#endif + +#if FF_API_ALLOC_OUTPUT_CONTEXT +/** + * @deprecated deprecated in favor of avformat_alloc_output_context2() + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVFormatContext *avformat_alloc_output_context(const char *format, + AVOutputFormat *oformat, + const char *filename); +#endif + +/** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext for an output format. + * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and + * everything allocated by the framework within it. + * + * @param *ctx is set to the created format context, or to NULL in + * case of failure + * @param oformat format to use for allocating the context, if NULL + * format_name and filename are used instead + * @param format_name the name of output format to use for allocating the + * context, if NULL filename is used instead + * @param filename the name of the filename to use for allocating the + * context, may be NULL + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of + * failure + */ +int avformat_alloc_output_context2(AVFormatContext **ctx, AVOutputFormat *oformat, + const char *format_name, const char *filename); + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find AVInputFormat based on the short name of the input format. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_find_input_format(const char *short_name); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_max A probe score larger that this is required to accept a + * detection, the variable is set to the actual detection + * score afterwards. + * If the score is <= AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX / 4 it is recommended + * to retry with a larger probe buffer. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format2(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_max); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_ret The score of the best detection. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format3(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_ret); + +/** + * Probe a bytestream to determine the input format. Each time a probe returns + * with a score that is too low, the probe buffer size is increased and another + * attempt is made. When the maximum probe size is reached, the input format + * with the highest score is returned. + * + * @param pb the bytestream to probe + * @param fmt the input format is put here + * @param filename the filename of the stream + * @param logctx the log context + * @param offset the offset within the bytestream to probe from + * @param max_probe_size the maximum probe buffer size (zero for default) + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_probe_input_buffer(AVIOContext *pb, AVInputFormat **fmt, + const char *filename, void *logctx, + unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size); + +/** + * Open an input stream and read the header. The codecs are not opened. + * The stream must be closed with av_close_input_file(). + * + * @param ps Pointer to user-supplied AVFormatContext (allocated by avformat_alloc_context). + * May be a pointer to NULL, in which case an AVFormatContext is allocated by this + * function and written into ps. + * Note that a user-supplied AVFormatContext will be freed on failure. + * @param filename Name of the stream to open. + * @param fmt If non-NULL, this parameter forces a specific input format. + * Otherwise the format is autodetected. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVFormatContext and demuxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note If you want to use custom IO, preallocate the format context and set its pb field. + */ +int avformat_open_input(AVFormatContext **ps, const char *filename, AVInputFormat *fmt, AVDictionary **options); + +attribute_deprecated +int av_demuxer_open(AVFormatContext *ic); + +#if FF_API_FORMAT_PARAMETERS +/** + * Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This + * is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This + * function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat + * frame mode. + * The logical file position is not changed by this function; + * examined packets may be buffered for later processing. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + * @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that + * we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need. + * + * @deprecated use avformat_find_stream_info. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_find_stream_info(AVFormatContext *ic); +#endif + +/** + * Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This + * is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This + * function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat + * frame mode. + * The logical file position is not changed by this function; + * examined packets may be buffered for later processing. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param options If non-NULL, an ic.nb_streams long array of pointers to + * dictionaries, where i-th member contains options for + * codec corresponding to i-th stream. + * On return each dictionary will be filled with options that were not found. + * @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + * + * @note this function isn't guaranteed to open all the codecs, so + * options being non-empty at return is a perfectly normal behavior. + * + * @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that + * we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need. + */ +int avformat_find_stream_info(AVFormatContext *ic, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Find the programs which belong to a given stream. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param last the last found program, the search will start after this + * program, or from the beginning if it is NULL + * @param s stream index + * @return the next program which belongs to s, NULL if no program is found or + * the last program is not among the programs of ic. + */ +AVProgram *av_find_program_from_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, AVProgram *last, int s); + +/** + * Find the "best" stream in the file. + * The best stream is determined according to various heuristics as the most + * likely to be what the user expects. + * If the decoder parameter is non-NULL, av_find_best_stream will find the + * default decoder for the stream's codec; streams for which no decoder can + * be found are ignored. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param type stream type: video, audio, subtitles, etc. + * @param wanted_stream_nb user-requested stream number, + * or -1 for automatic selection + * @param related_stream try to find a stream related (eg. in the same + * program) to this one, or -1 if none + * @param decoder_ret if non-NULL, returns the decoder for the + * selected stream + * @param flags flags; none are currently defined + * @return the non-negative stream number in case of success, + * AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND if no stream with the requested type + * could be found, + * AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND if streams were found but no decoder + * @note If av_find_best_stream returns successfully and decoder_ret is not + * NULL, then *decoder_ret is guaranteed to be set to a valid AVCodec. + */ +int av_find_best_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, + enum AVMediaType type, + int wanted_stream_nb, + int related_stream, + AVCodec **decoder_ret, + int flags); + +#if FF_API_READ_PACKET +/** + * @deprecated use AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN | AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE to read raw + * unprocessed packets + * + * Read a transport packet from a media file. + * + * This function is obsolete and should never be used. + * Use av_read_frame() instead. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt is filled + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_read_packet(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); +#endif + +/** + * Return the next frame of a stream. + * This function returns what is stored in the file, and does not validate + * that what is there are valid frames for the decoder. It will split what is + * stored in the file into frames and return one for each call. It will not + * omit invalid data between valid frames so as to give the decoder the maximum + * information possible for decoding. + * + * If pkt->destruct is NULL, then the packet is valid until the next + * av_read_frame() or until av_close_input_file(). Otherwise the packet is valid + * indefinitely. In both cases the packet must be freed with + * av_free_packet when it is no longer needed. For video, the packet contains + * exactly one frame. For audio, it contains an integer number of frames if each + * frame has a known fixed size (e.g. PCM or ADPCM data). If the audio frames + * have a variable size (e.g. MPEG audio), then it contains one frame. + * + * pkt->pts, pkt->dts and pkt->duration are always set to correct + * values in AVStream.time_base units (and guessed if the format cannot + * provide them). pkt->pts can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if the video format + * has B-frames, so it is better to rely on pkt->dts if you do not + * decompress the payload. + * + * @return 0 if OK, < 0 on error or end of file + */ +int av_read_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Seek to the keyframe at timestamp. + * 'timestamp' in 'stream_index'. + * @param stream_index If stream_index is (-1), a default + * stream is selected, and timestamp is automatically converted + * from AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base. + * @param timestamp Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units + * or, if no stream is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags flags which select direction and seeking mode + * @return >= 0 on success + */ +int av_seek_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, + int flags); + +/** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + * + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE, then all timestamps are in bytes and + * are the file position (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME, then all timestamps are in frames + * in the stream with stream_index (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * Otherwise all timestamps are in units of the stream selected by stream_index + * or if stream_index is -1, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, then non-keyframes are treated as + * keyframes (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * + * @param stream_index index of the stream which is used as time base reference + * @param min_ts smallest acceptable timestamp + * @param ts target timestamp + * @param max_ts largest acceptable timestamp + * @param flags flags + * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise + * + * @note This is part of the new seek API which is still under construction. + * Thus do not use this yet. It may change at any time, do not expect + * ABI compatibility yet! + */ +int avformat_seek_file(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags); + +/** + * Start playing a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream) at the + * current position. + */ +int av_read_play(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Pause a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream). + * + * Use av_read_play() to resume it. + */ +int av_read_pause(AVFormatContext *s); + +#if FF_API_CLOSE_INPUT_FILE +/** + * @deprecated use avformat_close_input() + * Close a media file (but not its codecs). + * + * @param s media file handle + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_close_input_file(AVFormatContext *s); +#endif + +/** + * Close an opened input AVFormatContext. Free it and all its contents + * and set *s to NULL. + */ +void avformat_close_input(AVFormatContext **s); +/** + * @} + */ + +#if FF_API_NEW_STREAM +/** + * Add a new stream to a media file. + * + * Can only be called in the read_header() function. If the flag + * AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is in the format context, then new streams + * can be added in read_packet too. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param id file-format-dependent stream ID + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVStream *av_new_stream(AVFormatContext *s, int id); +#endif + +#if FF_API_SET_PTS_INFO +/** + * @deprecated this function is not supposed to be called outside of lavf + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_set_pts_info(AVStream *s, int pts_wrap_bits, + unsigned int pts_num, unsigned int pts_den); +#endif + +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD 1 ///< seek backward +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE 2 ///< seeking based on position in bytes +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY 4 ///< seek to any frame, even non-keyframes +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME 8 ///< seeking based on frame number + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @{ + */ +/** + * Allocate the stream private data and write the stream header to + * an output media file. + * + * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context(). + * Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format; + * Its pb field must be set to an already openened AVIOContext. + * @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next. + */ +int avformat_write_header(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Write a packet to an output media file. + * + * The packet shall contain one audio or video frame. + * The packet must be correctly interleaved according to the container + * specification, if not then av_interleaved_write_frame must be used. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt The packet, which contains the stream_index, buf/buf_size, + * dts/pts, ... + * This can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), in + * order to immediately flush data buffered within the muxer, + * for muxers that buffer up data internally before writing it + * to the output. + * @return < 0 on error, = 0 if OK, 1 if flushed and there is no more data to flush + */ +int av_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Write a packet to an output media file ensuring correct interleaving. + * + * The packet must contain one audio or video frame. + * If the packets are already correctly interleaved, the application should + * call av_write_frame() instead as it is slightly faster. It is also important + * to keep in mind that completely non-interleaved input will need huge amounts + * of memory to interleave with this, so it is preferable to interleave at the + * demuxer level. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. Libavformat takes + * ownership of the data and will free it when it sees fit using the packet's + * @ref AVPacket.destruct "destruct" field. The caller must not access the data + * after this function returns, as it may already be freed. + * This can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), to flush the + * interleaving queues. + * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be set to the + * index of the corresponding stream in @ref AVFormatContext.streams + * "s.streams". + * It is very strongly recommended that timing information (@ref AVPacket.pts + * "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts" @ref AVPacket.duration "duration") is set to + * correct values. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_interleaved_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +#if FF_API_INTERLEAVE_PACKET +/** + * @deprecated this function was never meant to be called by the user + * programs. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_interleave_packet_per_dts(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *out, + AVPacket *pkt, int flush); +#endif + +/** + * Write the stream trailer to an output media file and free the + * file private data. + * + * May only be called after a successful call to avformat_write_header. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + */ +int av_write_trailer(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Return the output format in the list of registered output formats + * which best matches the provided parameters, or return NULL if + * there is no match. + * + * @param short_name if non-NULL checks if short_name matches with the + * names of the registered formats + * @param filename if non-NULL checks if filename terminates with the + * extensions of the registered formats + * @param mime_type if non-NULL checks if mime_type matches with the + * MIME type of the registered formats + */ +AVOutputFormat *av_guess_format(const char *short_name, + const char *filename, + const char *mime_type); + +/** + * Guess the codec ID based upon muxer and filename. + */ +enum AVCodecID av_guess_codec(AVOutputFormat *fmt, const char *short_name, + const char *filename, const char *mime_type, + enum AVMediaType type); + +/** + * Get timing information for the data currently output. + * The exact meaning of "currently output" depends on the format. + * It is mostly relevant for devices that have an internal buffer and/or + * work in real time. + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream stream in the media file + * @param[out] dts DTS of the last packet output for the stream, in stream + * time_base units + * @param[out] wall absolute time when that packet whas output, + * in microsecond + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR(ENOSYS) if the format does not support it + * Note: some formats or devices may not allow to measure dts and wall + * atomically. + */ +int av_get_output_timestamp(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream, + int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall); + + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavf_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavf + * @{ + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both muxing and demuxing + * (or neither). + */ + +/** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump_log, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 + */ +void av_hex_dump(FILE *f, const uint8_t *buf, int size); + +/** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 + */ +void av_hex_dump_log(void *avcl, int level, const uint8_t *buf, int size); + +/** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + */ +void av_pkt_dump2(FILE *f, AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, AVStream *st); + + +/** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + */ +void av_pkt_dump_log2(void *avcl, int level, AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, + AVStream *st); + +/** + * Get the AVCodecID for the given codec tag tag. + * If no codec id is found returns AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + */ +enum AVCodecID av_codec_get_id(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, unsigned int tag); + +/** + * Get the codec tag for the given codec id id. + * If no codec tag is found returns 0. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + */ +unsigned int av_codec_get_tag(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Get the codec tag for the given codec id. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id - codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param id codec id that should be searched for in the list + * @param tag A pointer to the found tag + * @return 0 if id was not found in tags, > 0 if it was found + */ +int av_codec_get_tag2(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id, + unsigned int *tag); + +int av_find_default_stream_index(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Get the index for a specific timestamp. + * @param flags if AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned index will correspond + * to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward + * is 0, then it will be >= + * if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise + * @return < 0 if no such timestamp could be found + */ +int av_index_search_timestamp(AVStream *st, int64_t timestamp, int flags); + +/** + * Add an index entry into a sorted list. Update the entry if the list + * already contains it. + * + * @param timestamp timestamp in the time base of the given stream + */ +int av_add_index_entry(AVStream *st, int64_t pos, int64_t timestamp, + int size, int distance, int flags); + + +/** + * Split a URL string into components. + * + * The pointers to buffers for storing individual components may be null, + * in order to ignore that component. Buffers for components not found are + * set to empty strings. If the port is not found, it is set to a negative + * value. + * + * @param proto the buffer for the protocol + * @param proto_size the size of the proto buffer + * @param authorization the buffer for the authorization + * @param authorization_size the size of the authorization buffer + * @param hostname the buffer for the host name + * @param hostname_size the size of the hostname buffer + * @param port_ptr a pointer to store the port number in + * @param path the buffer for the path + * @param path_size the size of the path buffer + * @param url the URL to split + */ +void av_url_split(char *proto, int proto_size, + char *authorization, int authorization_size, + char *hostname, int hostname_size, + int *port_ptr, + char *path, int path_size, + const char *url); + + +void av_dump_format(AVFormatContext *ic, + int index, + const char *url, + int is_output); + +/** + * Return in 'buf' the path with '%d' replaced by a number. + * + * Also handles the '%0nd' format where 'n' is the total number + * of digits and '%%'. + * + * @param buf destination buffer + * @param buf_size destination buffer size + * @param path numbered sequence string + * @param number frame number + * @return 0 if OK, -1 on format error + */ +int av_get_frame_filename(char *buf, int buf_size, + const char *path, int number); + +/** + * Check whether filename actually is a numbered sequence generator. + * + * @param filename possible numbered sequence string + * @return 1 if a valid numbered sequence string, 0 otherwise + */ +int av_filename_number_test(const char *filename); + +/** + * Generate an SDP for an RTP session. + * + * Note, this overwrites the id values of AVStreams in the muxer contexts + * for getting unique dynamic payload types. + * + * @param ac array of AVFormatContexts describing the RTP streams. If the + * array is composed by only one context, such context can contain + * multiple AVStreams (one AVStream per RTP stream). Otherwise, + * all the contexts in the array (an AVCodecContext per RTP stream) + * must contain only one AVStream. + * @param n_files number of AVCodecContexts contained in ac + * @param buf buffer where the SDP will be stored (must be allocated by + * the caller) + * @param size the size of the buffer + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + */ +int av_sdp_create(AVFormatContext *ac[], int n_files, char *buf, int size); + +/** + * Return a positive value if the given filename has one of the given + * extensions, 0 otherwise. + * + * @param extensions a comma-separated list of filename extensions + */ +int av_match_ext(const char *filename, const char *extensions); + +/** + * Test if the given container can store a codec. + * + * @param std_compliance standards compliance level, one of FF_COMPLIANCE_* + * + * @return 1 if codec with ID codec_id can be stored in ofmt, 0 if it cannot. + * A negative number if this information is not available. + */ +int avformat_query_codec(AVOutputFormat *ofmt, enum AVCodecID codec_id, int std_compliance); + +/** + * @defgroup riff_fourcc RIFF FourCCs + * @{ + * Get the tables mapping RIFF FourCCs to libavcodec AVCodecIDs. The tables are + * meant to be passed to av_codec_get_id()/av_codec_get_tag() as in the + * following code: + * @code + * uint32_t tag = MKTAG('H', '2', '6', '4'); + * const struct AVCodecTag *table[] = { avformat_get_riff_video_tags(), 0 }; + * enum AVCodecID id = av_codec_get_id(table, tag); + * @endcode + */ +/** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_video_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_audio_tags(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Guess the sample aspect ratio of a frame, based on both the stream and the + * frame aspect ratio. + * + * Since the frame aspect ratio is set by the codec but the stream aspect ratio + * is set by the demuxer, these two may not be equal. This function tries to + * return the value that you should use if you would like to display the frame. + * + * Basic logic is to use the stream aspect ratio if it is set to something sane + * otherwise use the frame aspect ratio. This way a container setting, which is + * usually easy to modify can override the coded value in the frames. + * + * @param format the format context which the stream is part of + * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of + * @param frame the frame with the aspect ratio to be determined + * @return the guessed (valid) sample_aspect_ratio, 0/1 if no idea + */ +AVRational av_guess_sample_aspect_ratio(AVFormatContext *format, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Check if the stream st contained in s is matched by the stream specifier + * spec. + * + * See the "stream specifiers" chapter in the documentation for the syntax + * of spec. + * + * @return >0 if st is matched by spec; + * 0 if st is not matched by spec; + * AVERROR code if spec is invalid + * + * @note A stream specifier can match several streams in the format. + */ +int avformat_match_stream_specifier(AVFormatContext *s, AVStream *st, + const char *spec); + +void avformat_queue_attached_pictures(AVFormatContext *s); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavformat/avio.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavformat/avio.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..17b341d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavformat/avio.h @@ -0,0 +1,475 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ +#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H +#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavf_io + * Buffered I/O operations + */ + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "libavutil/common.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#include "libavformat/version.h" + + +#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL 0x0001 /**< Seeking works like for a local file */ + +/** + * Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions. + * AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted + * function. During blocking operations, callback is called with + * opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the + * blocking operation will be aborted. + * + * No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if + * new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext + * or AVIOContext. + */ +typedef struct AVIOInterruptCB { + int (*callback)(void*); + void *opaque; +} AVIOInterruptCB; + +/** + * Bytestream IO Context. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*. + * + * @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called + * directly, they should only be set by the client application + * when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the + * function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context() + */ +typedef struct AVIOContext { + /** + * A class for private options. + * + * If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and + * passes the options down to protocols. + * + * If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by + * the caller. + * + * warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext + * to any av_opt_* functions in that case. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */ + int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */ + unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */ + unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than + buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned + less data than requested, e.g. for streams where + no more data has been received yet. */ + void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/... + functions. */ + int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence); + int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */ + int must_flush; /**< true if the next seek should flush */ + int eof_reached; /**< true if eof reached */ + int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */ + int max_packet_size; + unsigned long checksum; + unsigned char *checksum_ptr; + unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size); + int error; /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */ + /** + * Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS. + */ + int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause); + /** + * Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index. + * Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking + * to byte position. + */ + int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index, + int64_t timestamp, int flags); + /** + * A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable. + */ + int seekable; + + /** + * max filesize, used to limit allocations + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int64_t maxsize; + + /** + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + */ + int direct; + + /** + * Bytes read statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int64_t bytes_read; + + /** + * seek statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int seek_count; +} AVIOContext; + +/* unbuffered I/O */ + +/** + * Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions + * of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are + * masked by the value in flags. + * + * @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the + * checked resource may change its existence or permission status from + * one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value, + * unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the + * checked resource. + */ +int avio_check(const char *url, int flags); + +/** + * Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later + * freed with av_free(). + * + * @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext. + * The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends. + * @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance. + * For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize. + * For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb. + * @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise. + * @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data. + * @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL. + * @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL. + * The function may not change the input buffers content. + * @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL. + * + * @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context( + unsigned char *buffer, + int buffer_size, + int write_flag, + void *opaque, + int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size), + int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size), + int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence)); + +void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b); +void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size); +void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val); +void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val); +void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); + +/** + * Write a NULL-terminated string. + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it. + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Passing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional. + * If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0. + */ +#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000 + +/** + * Oring this flag as into the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonble + * means that can be extreemly slow. + * This may be ignored by the seek code. + */ +#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000 + +/** + * fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return new position or AVERROR. + */ +int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence); + +/** + * Skip given number of bytes forward + * @return new position or AVERROR. + */ +int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset); + +/** + * ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return position or AVERROR. + */ +static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s) +{ + return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR); +} + +/** + * Get the filesize. + * @return filesize or AVERROR + */ +int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * feof() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return non zero if and only if end of file + */ +int url_feof(AVIOContext *s); + +/** @warning currently size is limited */ +int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Force flushing of buffered data to the output s. + * + * Force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output, + * without to wait to fill the internal buffer. + */ +void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. + * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR + */ +int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size); + +/** + * @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext + * @{ + * + * @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is + * necessary + */ +int avio_r8 (AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s); +uint64_t avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s); +uint64_t avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either + * a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing + * more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it + * will be truncated if buf is too small. + * Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it + * might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings. + * + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen). + * If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than + * bytes actually read. + */ +int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); + +/** + * Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8. + * The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was + * encountered or maxlen bytes have been read. + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen) + */ +int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); +int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); + + +/** + * @name URL open modes + * The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following + * constants, optionally ORed with other flags. + * @{ + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_READ 1 /**< read-only */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2 /**< write-only */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE) /**< read-write pseudo flag */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Use non-blocking mode. + * If this flag is set, operations on the context will return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately. + * If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN). + * Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the + * context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on + * network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices). + * Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be + * silently ignored. + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8 + +/** + * Use direct mode. + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT 0x8000 + +/** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags); + +/** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level + * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return + * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options + * that were not found. May be NULL. + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags, + const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it. + * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). + * + * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the + * resource. + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. + * @see avio_closep + */ +int avio_close(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it + * and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL. + * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). + * + * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the + * resource. + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. + * @see avio_close + */ +int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s); + + +/** + * Open a write only memory stream. + * + * @param s new IO context + * @return zero if no error. + */ +int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s); + +/** + * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer + * must be freed with av_free(). + * Padding of FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer. + * + * @param s IO context + * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer + * @return the length of the byte buffer + */ +int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer); + +/** + * Iterate through names of available protocols. + * + * @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol. + * It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will + * be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols. + * @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols, + * otherwise over input protocols. + * + * @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL + */ +const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output); + +/** + * Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming + * protocol (e.g. MMS). + * @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume + */ +int avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause); + +/** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream. + * Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.). + * @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to. + * If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE + * units from the beginning of the presentation. + * If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support + * seeking based on component streams, the call will fail. + * @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units + * or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE + * and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore + * AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will + * fail if used and not supported. + * @return >= 0 on success + * @see AVInputFormat::read_seek + */ +int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index, + int64_t timestamp, int flags); + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavformat/version.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavformat/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..672b900 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavformat/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H +#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavf + * Libavformat version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 54 +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 63 +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 104 + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVIO +#define FF_API_OLD_AVIO (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_PKT_DUMP +#define FF_API_PKT_DUMP (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ALLOC_OUTPUT_CONTEXT +#define FF_API_ALLOC_OUTPUT_CONTEXT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_PARAMETERS +#define FF_API_FORMAT_PARAMETERS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NEW_STREAM +#define FF_API_NEW_STREAM (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_SET_PTS_INFO +#define FF_API_SET_PTS_INFO (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CLOSE_INPUT_FILE +#define FF_API_CLOSE_INPUT_FILE (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_APPLEHTTP_PROTO +#define FF_API_APPLEHTTP_PROTO (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_READ_PACKET +#define FF_API_READ_PACKET (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_INTERLEAVE_PACKET +#define FF_API_INTERLEAVE_PACKET (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AV_GETTIME +#define FF_API_AV_GETTIME (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE +#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/adler32.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/adler32.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e926ef6 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/adler32.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H +#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer. + * + * Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call + * allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though + * they were concatenated. + * + * @param adler initial checksum value + * @param buf pointer to input buffer + * @param len size of input buffer + * @return updated checksum + */ +unsigned long av_adler32_update(unsigned long adler, const uint8_t *buf, + unsigned int len) av_pure; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/aes.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/aes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..09efbda --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/aes.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H +#define AVUTIL_AES_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_aes AES + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_aes_size; + +struct AVAES; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAES context. + */ +struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVAES context. + * @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/attributes.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/attributes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..64b46f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/attributes.h @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H +#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > x || __GNUC__ == x && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= y) +#else +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0 +#endif + +#ifndef av_always_inline +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_always_inline __forceinline +#else +# define av_always_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef av_extern_inline +#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__) +# define av_extern_inline extern inline +#else +# define av_extern_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline)) +#else +# define av_noinline +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_pure __attribute__((pure)) +#else +# define av_pure +#endif + +#ifndef av_restrict +#define av_restrict restrict +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) +# define av_const __attribute__((const)) +#else +# define av_const +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) +# define av_cold __attribute__((cold)) +#else +# define av_cold +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) +# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten)) +#else +# define av_flatten +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated)) +#else +# define attribute_deprecated +#endif + +/** + * Disable warnings about deprecated features + * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and + * scheduled for removal. + */ +#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \ + code \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop") +#else +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code +#endif +#endif + + +#if defined(__GNUC__) +# define av_unused __attribute__((unused)) +#else +# define av_unused +#endif + +/** + * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it + * away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline + * assembler without the compiler being aware. + */ +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_used __attribute__((used)) +#else +# define av_used +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) +# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias)) +#else +# define av_alias +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && !defined(__clang__) +# define av_uninit(x) x=x +#else +# define av_uninit(x) x +#endif + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos))) +#else +# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0 +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) +# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn)) +#else +# define av_noreturn +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c76388 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +/* + * Audio FIFO + * Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles <justin.ruggles@gmail.com> + * + * This file is part of Libav. + * + * Libav is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * Libav is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with Libav; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Audio FIFO Buffer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "fifo.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer. + * + * - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level. + * - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format. + * - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer. + */ +typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo; + +/** + * Free an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to free + */ +void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Allocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param channels number of channels + * @param nb_samples initial allocation size, in samples + * @return newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error + */ +AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels, + int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reallocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reallocate + * @param nb_samples new allocation size, in samples + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Write data to an AVAudioFifo. + * + * The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space + * is less than nb_samples. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to write to + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to write + * @return number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR + * code on failure. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Read data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to read + * @return number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Drain data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * Removes the data without reading it. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to drain + * @param nb_samples number of samples to drain + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer. + * + * This empties all data in the buffer. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reset + */ +void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for reading + */ +int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for writing + */ +int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/audioconvert.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/audioconvert.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..300a67c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/audioconvert.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ + +#include "version.h" + +#if FF_API_AUDIOCONVERT +#include "channel_layout.h" +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/avassert.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/avassert.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..41f5e0e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/avassert.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert(). + * @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H +#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include "avutil.h" +#include "log.h" + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that is always enabled. + */ +#define av_assert0(cond) do { \ + if (!(cond)) { \ + av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_PANIC, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n", \ + AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__); \ + abort(); \ + } \ +} while (0) + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code. + * These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speedloss. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0 +#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#else +#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0) +#endif + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1 +#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#else +#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0) +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/avconfig.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/avconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ec333d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/avconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +/* Generated by ffconf */ +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0 +#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1 +#define AV_HAVE_INCOMPATIBLE_FORK_ABI 0 +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/avstring.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/avstring.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b078f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/avstring.h @@ -0,0 +1,315 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H +#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H + +#include <stddef.h> +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_string + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to + * the address of the first character in str after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If + * it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str + * after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack + * of the string needle. A zero-length string needle is considered to + * match at the start of haystack. + * + * This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr(). + * + * @param haystack string to search in + * @param needle string to search for + * @return pointer to the located match within haystack + * or a null pointer if no match + */ +char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle); + +/** + * Locate the first occurrence of the string needle in the string haystack + * where not more than hay_length characters are searched. A zero-length + * string needle is considered to match at the start of haystack. + * + * This function is a length-limited version of the standard strstr(). + * + * @param haystack string to search in + * @param needle string to search for + * @param hay_length length of string to search in + * @return pointer to the located match within haystack + * or a null pointer if no match + */ +char *av_strnstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, size_t hay_length); + +/** + * Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and + * null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is the same as BSD strlcpy(). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the length of src + * + * @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely + * _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond + * the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of + * no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when + * size <= strlen(dst). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the total length of src and dst + * + * @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these + * absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this + * will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of + * the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within + * the buffer. + * @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is + * appended) + * @param size total size of the destination buffer + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used + * @return the length of the string that would have been generated + * if enough space had been available + */ +size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + +/** + * Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto + * allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf(). + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used. + * @return the allocated string + * @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free(). + */ +char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2); + +/** + * Convert a number to a av_malloced string. + */ +char *av_d2str(double d); + +/** + * Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char, + * and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string. + * + * The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing + * whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are + * enclosed between ''. + * + * @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the + * terminating char + * @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars + * @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by + * the user, NULL in case of allocation failure + */ +char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term); + +/** + * Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by + * successive calls to av_strtok(). + * + * A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the + * set specified in delim. + * + * On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to + * parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s + * should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous + * call. + * + * This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1. + * + * @param s the string to parse, may be NULL + * @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL + * @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored + * information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same + * string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the + * first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated + * @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found + */ +char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr); + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isdigit. + */ +static inline int av_isdigit(int c) +{ + return c >= '0' && c <= '9'; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isgraph. + */ +static inline int av_isgraph(int c) +{ + return c > 32 && c < 127; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isspace. + */ +static inline int av_isspace(int c) +{ + return c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' || c == '\v'; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase. + */ +static inline int av_toupper(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase. + */ +static inline int av_tolower(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isxdigit. + */ +static inline int av_isxdigit(int c) +{ + c = av_tolower(c); + return av_isdigit(c) || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z'); +} + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b); + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n); + + +/** + * Thread safe basename. + * @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. + * @return pointer to the basename substring. + */ +const char *av_basename(const char *path); + +/** + * Thread safe dirname. + * @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. + * @return the path with the separator replaced by the string terminator or ".". + * @note the function may change the input string. + */ +const char *av_dirname(char *path); + +enum AVEscapeMode { + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_AUTO, ///< Use auto-selected escaping mode. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, ///< Use backslash escaping. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_QUOTE, ///< Use single-quote escaping. +}; + +/** + * Consider spaces special and escape them even in the middle of the + * string. + * + * This is equivalent to adding the whitespace characters to the special + * characters lists, except it is guaranteed to use the exact same list + * of whitespace characters as the rest of libavutil. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_WHITESPACE 0x01 + +/** + * Escape only specified special characters. + * Without this flag, escape also any characters that may be considered + * special by av_get_token(), such as the single quote. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_STRICT 0x02 + +/** + * Escape string in src, and put the escaped string in an allocated + * string in *dst, which must be freed with av_free(). + * + * @param dst pointer where an allocated string is put + * @param src string to escape, must be non-NULL + * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which + * need to be escaped, can be NULL + * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. + * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to + * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without + * notice. + * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_ macros + * @return the length of the allocated string, or a negative error code in case of error + * @see av_bprint_escape() + */ +int av_escape(char **dst, const char *src, const char *special_chars, + enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/avutil.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/avutil.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..78deff1 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/avutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H +#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H + +/** + * @file + * external API header + */ + +/** + * @mainpage + * + * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction + * + * This document describes the usage of the different libraries + * provided by FFmpeg. + * + * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library + * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph based frame editing library + * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library + * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing + * @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library + * @li @ref lsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu Common utility functions + * + * @brief + * libavutil contains the code shared across all the other FFmpeg + * libraries + * + * @note In order to use the functions provided by avutil you must include + * the specific header. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing + * + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_math Maths + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_misc Other + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_internal Internal + * + * Not exported functions, for internal usage only + * + * @{ + * + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_ver + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avutil_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avutil_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil license. + */ +const char *avutil_license(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type + * @brief Media Type + */ + +enum AVMediaType { + AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA + AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous + AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse + AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB +}; + +/** + * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type + * is unknown. + */ +const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type); + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_const Constants + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific + * + * @note those definition should move to avcodec + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7 +#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1<<FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT) +#define FF_QP2LAMBDA 118 ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda +#define FF_LAMBDA_MAX (256*128-1) + +#define FF_QUALITY_SCALE FF_LAMBDA_SCALE //FIXME maybe remove + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup lavu_time Timestamp specific + * + * FFmpeg internal timebase and timestamp definitions + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Undefined timestamp value + * + * Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide + * either pts or dts. + */ + +#define AV_NOPTS_VALUE ((int64_t)UINT64_C(0x8000000000000000)) + +/** + * Internal time base represented as integer + */ + +#define AV_TIME_BASE 1000000 + +/** + * Internal time base represented as fractional value + */ + +#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q (AVRational){1, AV_TIME_BASE} + +/** + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavu_picture Image related + * + * AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation. + * + * @{ + */ + +enum AVPictureType { + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I, ///< Intra + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P, ///< Predicted + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B, ///< Bi-dir predicted + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG4 + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI, ///< Switching Intra + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP, ///< Switching Predicted + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI, ///< BI type +}; + +/** + * Return a single letter to describe the given picture type + * pict_type. + * + * @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character + * representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown + */ +char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#include "common.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "version.h" +#include "mathematics.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "intfloat_readwrite.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +/** + * Return x default pointer in case p is NULL. + */ +static inline void *av_x_if_null(const void *p, const void *x) +{ + return (void *)(intptr_t)(p ? p : x); +} + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/base64.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/base64.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..514498e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/base64.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Ryan Martell. (rdm4@martellventures.com) + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BASE64_H +#define AVUTIL_BASE64_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * Decode a base64-encoded string. + * + * @param out buffer for decoded data + * @param in null-terminated input string + * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at + * least 3/4 of the length of in + * @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of + * invalid input + */ +int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size); + +/** + * Encode data to base64 and null-terminate. + * + * @param out buffer for encoded data + * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer (including the + * null terminator), must be at least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size) + * @param in input buffer containing the data to encode + * @param in_size size in bytes of the in buffer + * @return out or NULL in case of error + */ +char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size); + +/** + * Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes to a + * null-terminated string. + */ +#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x) (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1) + + /** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/blowfish.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/blowfish.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b00453 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/blowfish.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * Blowfish algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H +#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16 + +typedef struct AVBlowfish { + uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2]; + uint32_t s[4][256]; +} AVBlowfish; + +/** + * Initialize an AVBlowfish context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param key a key + * @param key_len length of the key + */ +void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr, + int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/bprint.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/bprint.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..df78916 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/bprint.h @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H +#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "avstring.h" + +/** + * Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size + * This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions. + */ +#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(size, ...) \ + __VA_ARGS__ \ + char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct { __VA_ARGS__ })]; + +/** + * Buffer to print data progressively + * + * The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated. + * The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is + * encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data. + * + * Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no + * memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed + * after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as + * declaring a local "char buf[512]". + * + * The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is + * then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total + * length. + * + * In other words, buf->len can be greater than buf->size and records the + * total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been + * enough memory. + * + * Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory + * allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length + * is still updated. This situation can be tested with + * av_bprint_is_complete(). + * + * The size_max field determines several possible behaviours: + * + * size_max = -1 (= UINT_MAX) or any large value will let the buffer be + * reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost. + * + * size_max = 0 prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total + * length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in + * a buffer with exactly the necessary size + * (using size_init = size_max = len + 1). + * + * size_max = 1 is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the + * structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The + * internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text, + * such as the current paragraph. + */ +typedef struct AVBPrint { + FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(1024, + char *str; /** string so far */ + unsigned len; /** length so far */ + unsigned size; /** allocated memory */ + unsigned size_max; /** maximum allocated memory */ + char reserved_internal_buffer[1]; + ) +} AVBPrint; + +/** + * Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max + * parameter. + */ +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1) +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1 +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0 + +/** + * Init a print buffer. + * + * @param buf buffer to init + * @param size_init initial size (including the final 0) + * @param size_max maximum size; + * 0 means do not write anything, just count the length; + * 1 is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage; + * any large value means that the internal buffer will be + * reallocated as needed up to that limit; -1 is converted to + * UINT_MAX, the largest limit possible. + * Check also AV_BPRINT_SIZE_* macros. + */ +void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max); + +/** + * Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer. + * + * The buffer will not be reallocated. + * + * @param buf buffer structure to init + * @param buffer byte buffer to use for the string data + * @param size size of buffer + */ +void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size); + +/** + * Append a formatted string to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Append char c n times to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n); + +struct tm; +/** + * Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer. + * + * param buf bprint buffer to use + * param fmt date and time format string, see strftime() + * param tm broken-down time structure to translate + * + * @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may + * produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and + * the bprint buffer is near the limit stated by the size_max option. + */ +void av_bprint_strftime(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm); + +/** + * Allocate bytes in the buffer for external use. + * + * @param[in] buf buffer structure + * @param[in] size required size + * @param[out] mem pointer to the memory area + * @param[out] actual_size size of the memory area after allocation; + * can be larger or smaller than size + */ +void av_bprint_get_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size, + unsigned char **mem, unsigned *actual_size); + +/** + * Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data. + */ +void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf); + +/** + * Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated). + * + * It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure + * or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary). + */ +static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(AVBPrint *buf) +{ + return buf->len < buf->size; +} + +/** + * Finalize a print buffer. + * + * The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards, + * but the len and size fields are still valid. + * + * @arg[out] ret_str if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the + * buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails; + * if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed + * @return 0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM)) + */ +int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str); + +/** + * Escape the content in src and append it to dstbuf. + * + * @param dstbuf already inited destination bprint buffer + * @param src string containing the text to escape + * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which + * need to be escaped, can be NULL + * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. + * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to + * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without + * notice. + * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_* macros + */ +void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars, + enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/bswap.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/bswap.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..06f6548 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/bswap.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * byte swapping routines + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H +#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_BFIN +# include "bfin/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_SH4 +# include "sh4/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/bswap.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00) | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff)) +#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16)) +#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32)) + +#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x) + +#ifndef av_bswap16 +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x) +{ + x= (x>>8) | (x<<8); + return x; +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap32 +static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x) +{ + return AV_BSWAP32C(x); +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap64 +static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x) +{ + return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32); +} +#endif + +// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian +// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +#define av_be2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#else +#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) (x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#endif + +#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x) +#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2906098 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h @@ -0,0 +1,216 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H +#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @file + * audio channel layout utility functions + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks + * + * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel. + * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels. + * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known. + * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels + * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as + * dual-mono. + * + * @{ + */ +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT 0x00000001 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00000002 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER 0x00000004 +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY 0x00000008 +#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT 0x00000010 +#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT 0x00000020 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER 0x00000040 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER 0x00000080 +#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER 0x00000100 +#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT 0x00000200 +#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT 0x00000400 +#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER 0x00000800 +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT 0x00001000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER 0x00002000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00004000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT 0x00008000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER 0x00010000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT 0x00020000 +#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT 0x20000000 ///< Stereo downmix. +#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT 0x40000000 ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT. +#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT 0x0000000080000000ULL +#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT 0x0000000100000000ULL +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT 0x0000000200000000ULL +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT 0x0000000400000000ULL +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 0x0000000800000000ULL + +/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout + to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output + to be the native codec channel order. */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel convenience macros + * @{ + * */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT) + +enum AVMatrixEncoding { + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found. + * + * name can be one or several of the following notations, + * separated by '+' or '|': + * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0, + * 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix); + * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC, + * SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR); + * - a number of channels, in decimal, optionally followed by 'c', yielding + * the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see + * av_get_default_channel_layout); + * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the + * AV_CH_* macros). + * + * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7" + */ +uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name); + +/** + * Return a description of a channel layout. + * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout. + * + * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer + */ +void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); + +struct AVBPrint; +/** + * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer. + */ +void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return the number of channels in the channel layout. + */ +int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels. + */ +int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels); + +/** + * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout. + * + * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be + * present in channel_layout. + * + * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR + * on error. + */ +int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout, + uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout. + */ +uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index); + +/** + * Get the name of a given channel. + * + * @return channel name on success, NULL on error. + */ +const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the description of a given channel. + * + * @param channel a channel layout with a single channel + * @return channel description on success, NULL on error + */ +const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout. + * + * @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0 + * @param[out] layout channel layout mask + * @param[out] name name of the layout + * @return 0 if the layout exists, + * <0 if index is beyond the limits + */ +int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout, + const char **name); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/common.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/common.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..beaf9f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/common.h @@ -0,0 +1,436 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * common internal and external API header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H +#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H + +#include <errno.h> +#include <inttypes.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <math.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_NE(be, le) (be) +#else +# define AV_NE(be, le) (le) +#endif + +//rounded division & shift +#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b)) +/* assume b>0 */ +#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b)) +#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b)) +#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b)) +#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) +#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1) + +#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c) +#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a)) +#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c) + +#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0) +#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0])) +#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1)) + +/* misc math functions */ + +/** + * Reverse the order of the bits of an 8-bits unsigned integer. + */ +#if FF_API_AV_REVERSE +extern attribute_deprecated const uint8_t av_reverse[256]; +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "config.h" +# include "intmath.h" +#endif + +/* Pull in unguarded fallback defines at the end of this file. */ +#include "common.h" + +#ifndef av_log2 +av_const int av_log2(unsigned v); +#endif + +#ifndef av_log2_16bit +av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v); +#endif + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFF)) return (-a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x80) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (-a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x8000) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a) +{ + if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF; + else return (int32_t)a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p) +{ + if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return -a >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1); + else return a; +} + +/** + * Add two signed 32-bit values with saturation. + * + * @param a one value + * @param b another value + * @return sum with signed saturation + */ +static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b) +{ + return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a + b); +} + +/** + * Add a doubled value to another value with saturation at both stages. + * + * @param a first value + * @param b value doubled and added to a + * @return sum with signed saturation + */ +static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b) +{ + return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b)); +} + +/** + * Clip a float value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** Compute ceil(log2(x)). + * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x)) + * @return computed ceiling of log2(x) + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x) +{ + return av_log2((x - 1) << 1); +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x) +{ + x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555; + x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333); + x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F; + x += x >> 8; + return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F; +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x) +{ + return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount(x >> 32); +} + +#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24)) +#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24)) + +/** + * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input. + * Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently + * assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer + * input, this could be *ptr++. + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + */ +#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\ + val= GET_BYTE;\ + {\ + uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\ + if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80)\ + ERROR\ + while (val & top) {\ + int tmp= GET_BYTE - 128;\ + if(tmp>>6)\ + ERROR\ + val= (val<<6) + tmp;\ + top <<= 5;\ + }\ + val &= (top << 1) - 1;\ + } + +/** + * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted + * to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times. + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + */ +#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\ + val = GET_16BIT;\ + {\ + unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\ + if (hi < 0x800) {\ + val = GET_16BIT - 0xDC00;\ + if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\ + ERROR\ + val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\ + }\ + }\ + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_BYTE. + * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination. + * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte. + * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be + * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to + * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted + * Unicode character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\ + {\ + int bytes, shift;\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x80) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_BYTE\ + } else {\ + bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\ + shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\ + tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + while (shift >= 6) {\ + shift -= 6;\ + tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + }\ + }\ + } + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_16BIT. + * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination + * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp + * as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" + * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\ + {\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x10000) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_16BIT\ + } else {\ + tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + }\ + }\ + + + +#include "mem.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "internal.h" +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */ + +/* + * The following definitions are outside the multiple inclusion guard + * to ensure they are immediately available in intmath.h. + */ + +#ifndef av_ceil_log2 +# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip +# define av_clip av_clip_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip64 +# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint8 +# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int8 +# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint16 +# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int16 +# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipl_int32 +# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uintp2 +# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_add32 +# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_dadd32 +# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipf +# define av_clipf av_clipf_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount +# define av_popcount av_popcount_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount64 +# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/cpu.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/cpu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8f34e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/cpu.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H +#define AVUTIL_CPU_H + +#include "attributes.h" + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */ + + /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions +// #if LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR <52 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1001000 ///< supports cmov instruction +// #else +// #define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction +// #endif + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5) + +/** + * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU. + * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used + * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in a application to + * detect the enabled cpu flags. + */ +int av_get_cpu_flags(void); + +/** + * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags. + * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags. + */ +void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags); + +/** + * Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags(). + * This function is mainly useful for testing. + * Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible + * + * @warning this function is not thread safe. + */ +attribute_deprecated void av_set_cpu_flags_mask(int mask); + +/** + * Parse CPU flags from a string. + * + * The returned flags contain the specified flags as well as related unspecified flags. + * + * This function exists only for compatibility with libav. + * Please use av_parse_cpu_caps() when possible. + * @return a combination of AV_CPU_* flags, negative on error. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_parse_cpu_flags(const char *s); + +/** + * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that. + * + * @return negative on error. + */ +int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s); + +/* The following CPU-specific functions shall not be called directly. */ +int ff_get_cpu_flags_arm(void); +int ff_get_cpu_flags_ppc(void); +int ff_get_cpu_flags_x86(void); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/crc.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/crc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2bdfca8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/crc.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H +#define AVUTIL_CRC_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <stddef.h> +#include "attributes.h" + +typedef uint32_t AVCRC; + +typedef enum { + AV_CRC_8_ATM, + AV_CRC_16_ANSI, + AV_CRC_16_CCITT, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */ + AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */ +}AVCRCId; + +/** + * Initialize a CRC table. + * @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024 + * @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest + * exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and + * actual CRC). + * If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc + * if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in + * most cases to e.g. bswap16): + * av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits)) + * @param bits number of bits for the CRC + * @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the + * representation as specified by le + * @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes + * @return <0 on failure + */ +int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size); + +/** + * Get an initialized standard CRC table. + * @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC + * @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure + */ +const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id); + +/** + * Calculate the CRC of a block. + * @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC + * @return CRC updated with the data from the given block + * + * @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter + */ +uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc, + const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/dict.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/dict.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..38f03a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/dict.h @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +/* + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Public dictionary API. + * @deprecated + * AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in + * implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is + * extremely slow with large dictionaries. + * It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h + * where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H +#define AVUTIL_DICT_H + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @brief Simple key:value store + * + * @{ + * Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create + * an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to + * av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever + * a pointer to an AVDictionary is required. + * Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all + * entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary + * and all its contents. + * + * @code + * AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary + * av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry + * + * char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated, + * char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this + * av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL); + * + * AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL; + * while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { + * <....> // iterate over all entries in d + * } + * + * av_dict_free(&d); + * @endcode + * + */ + +#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 +#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been + allocated with av_malloc() and children. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been + allocated with av_malloc() and chilren. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries. +#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no + delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */ + +typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry { + char *key; + char *value; +} AVDictionaryEntry; + +typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary; + +/** + * Get a dictionary entry with matching key. + * + * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next. + * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned. + * @param flags Allows case as well as suffix-insensitive comparisons. + * @return Found entry or NULL, changing key or value leads to undefined behavior. + */ +AVDictionaryEntry * +av_dict_get(AVDictionary *m, const char *key, const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags); + +/** + * Get number of entries in dictionary. + * + * @param m dictionary + * @return number of entries in dictionary + */ +int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m); + +/** + * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry. + * + * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL + * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm. + * @param key entry key to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags) + * @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags). + * Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted. + * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0 + */ +int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags); + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list and add to a dictionary. + * + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary. + * AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL + * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always + * be duplicated. + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, + int flags); + +/** + * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another. + * @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL, + * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst + * @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct + * @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst + * @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag + */ +void av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, AVDictionary *src, int flags); + +/** + * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct + * and all keys and values. + */ +void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/error.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/error.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f3fd7bb --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/error.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * error code definitions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H +#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H + +#include <errno.h> +#include <stddef.h> + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_error + * + * @{ + */ + + +/* error handling */ +#if EDOM > 0 +#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions. +#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value. +#else +/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */ +#define AVERROR(e) (e) +#define AVUNERROR(e) (e) +#endif + +#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d)) + +#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found +#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2 +#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small +#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found +#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found +#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found +#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file +#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted +#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library +#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found +#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input +#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found +#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found +#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome +#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found + +#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found +/** + * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG + * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value. + */ +#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ') +#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library +#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it. + +#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf. + * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the + * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic + * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf. + * + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written + * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf + * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum + * cannot be found + */ +int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size); + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string + * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum. + * + * @param errbuf a buffer + * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description + * @see av_strerror() + */ +static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum) +{ + av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size); + return errbuf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_err2str(errnum) \ + av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/eval.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/eval.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a1d1fe3 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/eval.h @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple arithmetic expression evaluator + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H +#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H + +#include "avutil.h" + +typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr; + +/** + * Parse and evaluate an expression. + * Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval(). + * + * @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of + * the expression, or NAN in case of error + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse an expression. + * + * @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed + * value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise. + * The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user + * when it is not needed anymore. + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Evaluate a previously parsed expression. + * + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @return the value of the expression + */ +double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque); + +/** + * Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse(). + */ +void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e); + +/** + * Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If + * the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain + * an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a + * floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case, + * returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value + * of numstr. + * + * @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of + * the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M', + * 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used + * instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value for + * 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This + * allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix. + * @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next + * after the last parsed character + */ +double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/fifo.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..849b9a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * a very simple circular buffer FIFO implementation + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "avutil.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +typedef struct AVFifoBuffer { + uint8_t *buffer; + uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end; + uint32_t rndx, wndx; +} AVFifoBuffer; + +/** + * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param size of FIFO + * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure + */ +AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size); + +/** + * Free an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free + */ +void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset + */ +void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the + * amount of data you can read from it. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @return size + */ +int av_fifo_size(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the + * amount of data you can write into it. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into + * @return size + */ +int av_fifo_space(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + */ +int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to + * @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a + * modifiable context by the function defined in func + * @param size number of bytes to write + * @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src, + * the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size. + * func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to + * indicate no more data available to write. + * If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data. + * @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO + */ +int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Resize an AVFifoBuffer. + * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize + * @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes + * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise + */ +int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size); + +/** + * Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer. + * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize + * @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size() + * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise + */ +int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space); + +/** + * Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param size amount of data to read in bytes + */ +void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size); + +/** + * Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset. + * The FIFO buffer is not modified. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL + * @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less + * than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will + * point outside to the buffer data. + * The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size(). + */ +static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs) +{ + uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs; + if (ptr >= f->end) + ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end); + else if (ptr < f->buffer) + ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr); + return ptr; +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/file.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/file.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b47ef80 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/file.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H +#define AVUTIL_FILE_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "avutil.h" + +/** + * @file + * Misc file utilities. + */ + +/** + * Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly + * allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available. + * In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and + * *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr. + * The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap(). + * + * @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging + * @param log_ctx context used for logging + * @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value + * corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure + */ +int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map(). + * + * @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned + * by av_file_map() + */ +void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size); + +/** + * Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw. + * Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible. + * *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally. + * @return file descriptor of opened file (or -1 on error) + * and opened file name in **filename. + * @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before + * calling this, av_tempfile() cant call umask itself as it is used in + * libraries and could interfere with the calling application. + */ +int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/hmac.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/hmac.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aef84c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/hmac.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2012 Martin Storsjo + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HMAC_H +#define AVUTIL_HMAC_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_hmac HMAC + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +enum AVHMACType { + AV_HMAC_MD5, + AV_HMAC_SHA1, +}; + +typedef struct AVHMAC AVHMAC; + +/** + * Allocate an AVHMAC context. + * @param type The hash function used for the HMAC. + */ +AVHMAC *av_hmac_alloc(enum AVHMACType type); + +/** + * Free an AVHMAC context. + * @param ctx The context to free, may be NULL + */ +void av_hmac_free(AVHMAC *ctx); + +/** + * Initialize an AVHMAC context with an authentication key. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param key The authentication key + * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes + */ +void av_hmac_init(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen); + +/** + * Hash data with the HMAC. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param data The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + */ +void av_hmac_update(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output the HMAC digest. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes + * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. + */ +int av_hmac_final(AVHMAC *ctx, uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); + +/** + * Hash an array of data with a key. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param data The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + * @param key The authentication key + * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes + * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes + * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. + */ +int av_hmac_calc(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len, + const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen, + uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HMAC_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/imgutils.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/imgutils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab32d66 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/imgutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H + +/** + * @file + * misc image utilities + * + * @addtogroup lavu_picture + * @{ + */ + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "pixdesc.h" + +/** + * Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a + * format described by pixdesc. + * + * The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of + * the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first + * byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same + * component. + * + * @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step + * for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel + * components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the + * component in the plane with the max pixel step. + * @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component + * for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL. + */ +void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4], + const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width + * width for the plane plane. + * + * @return the computed size in bytes + */ +int av_image_get_linesize(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane); + +/** + * Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * width width. + * + * @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width); + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * height height. + * + * @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane + * @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image + * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each + * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes() + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int height, + uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]); + +/** + * Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and + * fill pointers and linesizes accordingly. + * The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using + * av_freep(&pointers[0]). + * + * @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4], + int w, int h, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy image plane from src to dst. + * That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each. + * The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize + * bytes. + * + * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize + * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined. + * + * @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst + * @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src + */ +void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t *dst, int dst_linesize, + const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize, + int bytewidth, int height); + +/** + * Copy image in src_data to dst_data. + * + * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data + * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data + */ +void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4], + const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image + * parameters and the provided array. + * + * The fields of the given image are filled in by using the src + * address which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the + * specified pixel format, one or multiple image data pointers and + * line sizes will be set. If a planar format is specified, several + * pointers will be set pointing to the different picture planes and + * the line sizes of the different planes will be stored in the + * lines_sizes array. Call with src == NULL to get the required + * size for the src buffer. + * + * To allocate the buffer and fill in the dst_data and dst_linesize in + * one call, use av_image_alloc(). + * + * @param dst_data data pointers to be filled in + * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in + * @param src buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @param align the value used in src for linesize alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for src, a negative error code + * in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4], + const uint8_t *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an + * image with the given parameters. + * + * @param[in] align the assumed linesize alignment + */ +int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Copy image data from an image into a buffer. + * + * av_image_get_buffer_size() can be used to compute the required size + * for the buffer to fill. + * + * @param dst a buffer into which picture data will be copied + * @param dst_size the size in bytes of dst + * @param src_data pointers containing the source image data + * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the source image + * @param width the width of the source image in pixels + * @param height the height of the source image in pixels + * @param align the assumed linesize alignment for dst + * @return the number of bytes written to dst, or a negative value + * (error code) on error + */ +int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size, + const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesize[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all + * bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int. + * + * @param w the width of the picture + * @param h the height of the picture + * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx + * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL + * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +int avpriv_set_systematic_pal2(uint32_t pal[256], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/intfloat.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/intfloat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..38d26ad --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/intfloat.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of Libav. + * + * Libav is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * Libav is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with Libav; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H +#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "attributes.h" + +union av_intfloat32 { + uint32_t i; + float f; +}; + +union av_intfloat64 { + uint64_t i; + double f; +}; + +/** + * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float. + */ +static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double. + */ +static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/intfloat_readwrite.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/intfloat_readwrite.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9709f4d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/intfloat_readwrite.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_READWRITE_H +#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_READWRITE_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "attributes.h" + +/* IEEE 80 bits extended float */ +typedef struct AVExtFloat { + uint8_t exponent[2]; + uint8_t mantissa[8]; +} AVExtFloat; + +attribute_deprecated double av_int2dbl(int64_t v) av_const; +attribute_deprecated float av_int2flt(int32_t v) av_const; +attribute_deprecated double av_ext2dbl(const AVExtFloat ext) av_const; +attribute_deprecated int64_t av_dbl2int(double d) av_const; +attribute_deprecated int32_t av_flt2int(float d) av_const; +attribute_deprecated AVExtFloat av_dbl2ext(double d) av_const; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_READWRITE_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ee6977 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h @@ -0,0 +1,621 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H +#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" +#include "bswap.h" + +typedef union { + uint64_t u64; + uint32_t u32[2]; + uint16_t u16[4]; + uint8_t u8 [8]; + double f64; + float f32[2]; +} av_alias av_alias64; + +typedef union { + uint32_t u32; + uint16_t u16[2]; + uint8_t u8 [4]; + float f32; +} av_alias av_alias32; + +typedef union { + uint16_t u16; + uint8_t u8 [2]; +} av_alias av_alias16; + +/* + * Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of + * AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|48|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros. + * Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented + * as inline functions. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_MIPS +# include "mips/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_PPC +# include "ppc/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_TOMI +# include "tomi/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/intreadwrite.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +/* + * Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RB48) +# define AV_RB48(p) AV_RN48(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RB48) +# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RB48(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WB48) +# define AV_WB48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WB48) +# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WB48(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v) +# endif + +#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RL48) +# define AV_RL48(p) AV_RN48(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RL48) +# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RL48(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WL48) +# define AV_WL48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WL48) +# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WL48(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v) +# endif + +#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +/* + * Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided + * by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__) + +union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v)) + +#elif defined(__DECC) + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p))) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v)) + +#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#else + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[1]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, darg) do { \ + unsigned d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, darg) do { \ + unsigned d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[3]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, darg) do { \ + unsigned d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, darg) do { \ + unsigned d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RB##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v) +#else +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RL##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v) +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */ + +#ifndef AV_RN16 +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32 +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64 +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16 +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32 +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64 +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RB(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +# define AV_RL(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +#else +# define AV_RB(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +# define AV_RL(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +#endif + +#define AV_RB8(x) (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#define AV_WB8(p, d) do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0) + +#define AV_RL8(x) AV_RB8(x) +#define AV_WL8(p, d) AV_WB8(p, d) + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RB(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RL(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RB(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RL(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RB(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RL(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB24 +# define AV_RB24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[2]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB24 +# define AV_WB24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL24 +# define AV_RL24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL24 +# define AV_WL24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB48 +# define AV_RB48(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB48 +# define AV_WB48(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>40; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL48 +# define AV_RL48(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL48 +# define AV_WL48(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +/* + * The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data + * in a type-safe way. + */ + +#define AV_RNA(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#ifndef AV_RN16A +# define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32A +# define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64A +# define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16A +# define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32A +# define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64A +# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v) +#endif + +/* + * The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned + * memory locations. + */ + +#define AV_COPYU(n, d, s) AV_WN##n(d, AV_RN##n(s)); + +#ifndef AV_COPY16U +# define AV_COPY16U(d, s) AV_COPYU(16, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY32U +# define AV_COPY32U(d, s) AV_COPYU(32, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY64U +# define AV_COPY64U(d, s) AV_COPYU(64, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY128U +# define AV_COPY128U(d, s) \ + do { \ + AV_COPY64U(d, s); \ + AV_COPY64U((char *)(d) + 8, (const char *)(s) + 8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be + * naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX, + * so emms_c() must be called before using any float code + * afterwards. + */ + +#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \ + (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n) + +#ifndef AV_COPY16 +# define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY32 +# define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY64 +# define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY128 +# define AV_COPY128(d, s) \ + do { \ + AV_COPY64(d, s); \ + AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b)) + +#ifndef AV_SWAP64 +# define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b) +#endif + +#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0) + +#ifndef AV_ZERO16 +# define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO32 +# define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO64 +# define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO128 +# define AV_ZERO128(d) \ + do { \ + AV_ZERO64(d); \ + AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/lfg.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/lfg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec90562 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/lfg.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/* + * Lagged Fibonacci PRNG + * Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H +#define AVUTIL_LFG_H + +typedef struct AVLFG { + unsigned int state[64]; + int index; +} AVLFG; + +void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed); + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG. + * + * Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223, + * it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + return c->state[c->index++ & 63]; +} + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG. + * + * Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63]; + return c->state[c->index++ & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b; +} + +/** + * Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian + * generator using the random numbers issued by lfg. + * + * @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed + */ +void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/log.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/log.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ea95fa --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/log.h @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H +#define AVUTIL_LOG_H + +#include <stdarg.h> +#include "avutil.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +typedef enum { + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB, ///< not part of ABI/API +}AVClassCategory; + +struct AVOptionRanges; + +/** + * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an + * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an + * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.). + */ +typedef struct AVClass { + /** + * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the + * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated. + */ + const char* class_name; + + /** + * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context + * instance ctx associated with the class. + */ + const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx); + + /** + * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL + * + * @see av_set_default_options() + */ + const struct AVOption *option; + + /** + * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created. + * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major + * version bumps everywhere. + */ + + int version; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored. + * 0 means there is no such variable + */ + int log_level_offset_offset; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for + * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext + * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation + * could then leverage to display the parent context. + * The offset can be NULL. + */ + int parent_log_context_offset; + + /** + * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ + void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev); + + /** + * Return an AVClass corresponding to the next potential + * AVOptions-enabled child. + * + * The difference between child_next and this is that + * child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while + * child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children. + */ + const struct AVClass* (*child_class_next)(const struct AVClass *prev); + + /** + * Category used for visualization (like color) + * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory category; + + /** + * Callback to return the category. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx); + + /** + * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges. + * available since version (52.12) + */ + int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); +} AVClass; + +/* av_log API */ + +#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8 + +/** + * Something went really wrong and we will crash now. + */ +#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0 + +/** + * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible. + * For example, no header was found for a format which depends + * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used. + */ +#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8 + +/** + * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered. + * However, not all future data is affected. + */ +#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16 + +/** + * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not + * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'. + */ +#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24 + +#define AV_LOG_INFO 32 +#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40 + +/** + * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers. + */ +#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48 + +#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_DEBUG - AV_LOG_QUIET) + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different av_vlog callback + * function. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @see av_vlog + */ +void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + +void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list); +int av_log_get_level(void); +void av_log_set_level(int); +void av_log_set_callback(void (*)(void*, int, const char*, va_list)); +void av_log_default_callback(void* ptr, int level, const char* fmt, va_list vl); +const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx); +AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr); + +/** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formated line + * @param line_size size of the buffer + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + */ +void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, + char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); + +/** + * av_dlog macros + * Useful to print debug messages that shouldn't get compiled in normally. + */ + +#ifdef DEBUG +# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__) +#else +# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) do { if (0) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#endif + +/** + * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of + * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to + * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some + * bad luck. + * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must + * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end + */ +#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1 +void av_log_set_flags(int arg); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/lzo.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/lzo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6788054 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/lzo.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * LZO 1x decompression + * copyright (c) 2006 Reimar Doeffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LZO_H +#define AVUTIL_LZO_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** \defgroup errflags Error flags returned by av_lzo1x_decode + * \{ */ +//! end of the input buffer reached before decoding finished +#define AV_LZO_INPUT_DEPLETED 1 +//! decoded data did not fit into output buffer +#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_FULL 2 +//! a reference to previously decoded data was wrong +#define AV_LZO_INVALID_BACKPTR 4 +//! a non-specific error in the compressed bitstream +#define AV_LZO_ERROR 8 +/** \} */ + +#define AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING 8 +#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING 12 + +/** + * \brief Decodes LZO 1x compressed data. + * \param out output buffer + * \param outlen size of output buffer, number of bytes left are returned here + * \param in input buffer + * \param inlen size of input buffer, number of bytes left are returned here + * \return 0 on success, otherwise a combination of the error flags above + * + * Make sure all buffers are appropriately padded, in must provide + * AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING, out must provide AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING additional bytes. + */ +int av_lzo1x_decode(void *out, int *outlen, const void *in, int *inlen); + +/** + * \brief deliberately overlapping memcpy implementation + * \param dst destination buffer; must be padded with 12 additional bytes + * \param back how many bytes back we start (the initial size of the overlapping window) + * \param cnt number of bytes to copy, must be >= 0 + * + * cnt > back is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied, + * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of back. + */ +void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LZO_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/mathematics.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/mathematics.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..71f0392 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/mathematics.h @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H +#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <math.h> +#include "attributes.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "intfloat.h" + +#ifndef M_E +#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN2 +#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN10 +#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LOG2_10 +#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PHI +#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI +#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT1_2 +#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT2 +#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef NAN +#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000) +#endif +#ifndef INFINITY +#define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000) +#endif + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * @{ + */ + + +enum AVRounding { + AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero. + AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero. + AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity. + AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity. + AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero. + AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192, ///< Flag to pass INT64_MIN/MAX through instead of rescaling, this avoids special cases for AV_NOPTS_VALUE +}; + +/** + * Return the greatest common divisor of a and b. + * If both a and b are 0 or either or both are <0 then behavior is + * undefined. + */ +int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b); + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest. + * A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow. + */ +int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding. + * A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow. + * + * @return rescaled value a, or if AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX is set and a is + * INT64_MIN or INT64_MAX then a is passed through unchanged. + */ +int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers. + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding. + * + * @return rescaled value a, or if AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX is set and a is + * INT64_MIN or INT64_MAX then a is passed through unchanged. + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq, + enum AVRounding) av_const; + +/** + * Compare 2 timestamps each in its own timebases. + * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps + * is outside the int64_t range when represented in the others timebase. + * @return -1 if ts_a is before ts_b, 1 if ts_a is after ts_b or 0 if they represent the same position + */ +int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b); + +/** + * Compare 2 integers modulo mod. + * That is we compare integers a and b for which only the least + * significant log2(mod) bits are known. + * + * @param mod must be a power of 2 + * @return a negative value if a is smaller than b + * a positive value if a is greater than b + * 0 if a equals b + */ +int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod); + +/** + * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations. + * + * @param in_ts Input timestamp + * @param in_tb Input timesbase + * @param fs_tb Duration and *last timebase + * @param duration duration till the next call + * @param out_tb Output timesbase + */ +int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/md5.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/md5.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1d7be9f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/md5.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H +#define AVUTIL_MD5_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_md5_size; + +struct AVMD5; + +struct AVMD5 *av_md5_alloc(void); +void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx); +void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, const int len); +void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst); +void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, const int len); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/mem.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/mem.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ced9453 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/mem.h @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * memory handling functions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H +#define AVUTIL_MEM_H + +#include <limits.h> +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "avutil.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_mem + * @{ + */ + + +#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v +#elif defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) \ + AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \ + t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) \ + AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \ + static const t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v +#else + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) + #define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__)) +#else + #define av_malloc_attrib +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) + #define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__))) +#else + #define av_alloc_size(...) +#endif + +/** + * Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all + * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU). + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated. + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot + * be allocated. + * @see av_mallocz() + */ +void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Helper function to allocate a block of size * nmemb bytes with + * using av_malloc() + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot + * be allocated. + * @see av_malloc() + */ +av_alloc_size(1, 2) static inline void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size) +{ + if (size <= 0 || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size) + return NULL; + return av_malloc(nmemb * size); +} + +/** + * Allocate or reallocate a block of memory. + * If ptr is NULL and size > 0, allocate a new block. If + * size is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr. + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_malloc(z)() or av_realloc() or NULL. + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated. + * @return Pointer to a newly reallocated block or NULL if the block + * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block. + * @see av_fast_realloc() + */ +void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2); + +/** + * Allocate or reallocate a block of memory. + * This function does the same thing as av_realloc, except: + * - It takes two arguments and checks the result of the multiplication for + * integer overflow. + * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory + * leak with the classic "buf = realloc(buf); if (!buf) return -1;". + */ +void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or + * av_realloc(). + * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed. + * @note ptr = NULL is explicitly allowed. + * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead. + * @see av_freep() + */ +void av_free(void *ptr); + +/** + * Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all + * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and + * zero all the bytes of the block. + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated. + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated. + * @see av_malloc() + */ +void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a block of nmemb * size bytes with alignment suitable for all + * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and + * zero all the bytes of the block. + * The allocation will fail if nmemb * size is greater than or equal + * to INT_MAX. + * @param nmemb + * @param size + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated. + */ +void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Helper function to allocate a block of size * nmemb bytes with + * using av_mallocz() + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot + * be allocated. + * @see av_mallocz() + * @see av_malloc_array() + */ +av_alloc_size(1, 2) static inline void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size) +{ + if (size <= 0 || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size) + return NULL; + return av_mallocz(nmemb * size); +} + +/** + * Duplicate the string s. + * @param s string to be duplicated + * @return Pointer to a newly allocated string containing a + * copy of s or NULL if the string cannot be allocated. + */ +char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or + * av_realloc() and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL. + * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should + * be freed. + * @see av_free() + */ +void av_freep(void *ptr); + +/** + * Add an element to a dynamic array. + * + * @param tab_ptr Pointer to the array. + * @param nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array. + * @param elem Element to be added. + */ +void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); + +/** + * Multiply two size_t values checking for overflow. + * @return 0 if success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if overflow. + */ +static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r) +{ + size_t t = a * b; + /* Hack inspired from glibc: only try the division if nelem and elsize + * are both greater than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */ + if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b) + return AVERROR(EINVAL); + *r = t; + return 0; +} + +/** + * Set the maximum size that may me allocated in one block. + */ +void av_max_alloc(size_t max); + +/** + * @brief deliberately overlapping memcpy implementation + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param back how many bytes back we start (the initial size of the overlapping window), must be > 0 + * @param cnt number of bytes to copy, must be >= 0 + * + * cnt > back is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied, + * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of back. + */ +void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/old_pix_fmts.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/old_pix_fmts.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..57b6992 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/old_pix_fmts.h @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006-2012 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_OLD_PIX_FMTS_H +#define AVUTIL_OLD_PIX_FMTS_H + +/* + * This header exists to prevent new pixel formats from being accidentally added + * to the deprecated list. + * Do not include it directly. It will be removed on next major bump + * + * Do not add new items to this list. Use the AVPixelFormat enum instead. + */ + PIX_FMT_NONE = AV_PIX_FMT_NONE, + PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples) + PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr + PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB... + PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR... + PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples) + PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples) + PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) + PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp + PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bit with PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette + PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range + PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range + PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range + PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_MC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing + PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT, + PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1 + PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3 + PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb) + PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb) + PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb) + PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb) + PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) + PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB... + PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA... + PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR... + PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA... + + PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian + PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples) + PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range + PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples) + PIX_FMT_VDPAU_H264,///< H.264 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG1,///< MPEG-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG2,///< MPEG-2 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + PIX_FMT_VDPAU_WMV3,///< WMV3 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + PIX_FMT_VDPAU_VC1, ///< VC-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian + PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian + PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 0 + PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 0 + + PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian + PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian + PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 1 + PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 1 + + PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers + PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers + PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + + PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG4, ///< MPEG4 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer + + PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 0 + PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 0 + PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 1 + PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 1 + PIX_FMT_GRAY8A, ///< 8bit gray, 8bit alpha + PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + //the following 10 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth, thus + //If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately + //is better + PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_VDA_VLD, ///< hardware decoding through VDA + +#ifdef AV_PIX_FMT_ABI_GIT_MASTER + PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian +#endif + PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp + PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big endian + PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little endian + PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big endian + PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little endian + PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big endian + PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little endian + +#ifndef AV_PIX_FMT_ABI_GIT_MASTER + PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE=0x123, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian +#endif + PIX_FMT_0RGB=0x123+4, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, 0RGB0RGB... + PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGB0RGB0... + PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, 0BGR0BGR... + PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGR0BGR0... + PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples) + PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples) + + PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big endian + PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little endian + PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big endian + PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little endian + + PIX_FMT_NB, ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions +#endif /* AVUTIL_OLD_PIX_FMTS_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/opt.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/opt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..baf1b82 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/opt.h @@ -0,0 +1,733 @@ +/* + * AVOptions + * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H +#define AVUTIL_OPT_H + +/** + * @file + * AVOptions + */ + +#include "rational.h" +#include "avutil.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" + +/** + * @defgroup avoptions AVOptions + * @ingroup lavu_data + * @{ + * AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs + * ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible + * values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to. + * + * @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions + * This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct. + * + * All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore + * the first member of the struct should be a pointer to an AVClass describing it. + * The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array + * of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default + * value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must + * also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field + * associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct + * should also be set when applicable, but are not required. + * + * The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct: + * @code + * typedef struct test_struct { + * AVClass *class; + * int int_opt; + * char *str_opt; + * uint8_t *bin_opt; + * int bin_len; + * } test_struct; + * + * static const AVOption options[] = { + * { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { .i64 = -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING }, + * { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * + * static const AVClass test_class = { + * .class_name = "test class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = options, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * @endcode + * + * Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer + * is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() can be called to + * initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the + * AVOptions API. + * + * When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically + * free all the allocated string and binary options. + * + * Continuing with the above example: + * + * @code + * test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void) + * { + * test_struct *ret = av_malloc(sizeof(*ret)); + * ret->class = &test_class; + * av_opt_set_defaults(ret); + * return ret; + * } + * void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo) + * { + * av_opt_free(*foo); + * av_freep(foo); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting + * It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another + * AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in + * libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports + * codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the + * parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply + * implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_next() in the + * parent struct's AVClass. + * Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a + * child_struct field: + * + * @code + * typedef struct child_struct { + * AVClass *class; + * int flags_opt; + * } child_struct; + * static const AVOption child_opts[] = { + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * static const AVClass child_class = { + * .class_name = "child class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = child_opts, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * + * void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev) + * { + * test_struct *t = obj; + * if (!prev && t->child_struct) + * return t->child_struct; + * return NULL + * } + * const AVClass child_class_next(const AVClass *prev) + * { + * return prev ? NULL : &child_class; + * } + * @endcode + * Putting child_next() and child_class_next() as defined above into + * test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through + * test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on + * child_struct right after it is created). + * + * From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next() + * and child_class_next() are needed. The distinction is that child_next() + * iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_next() + * iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext + * was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its + * child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish + * iterating. OTOH child_class_next() on AVCodecContext.av_class will + * iterate over all available codecs with private options. + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants + * It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit + * field of the option the constants should apply to to a string and + * create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST + * with their unit field set to the same string. + * Their default_val field should contain the value of the named + * constant. + * For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option + * above, put the following into the child_opts array: + * @code + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" }, + * { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { .i64 = 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" }, + * @endcode + * + * @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions + * This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct. + * Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or + * AVFormatContext in libavformat. + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions + * The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates + * over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches + * for an option with the given name. + * + * The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct + * may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag + * to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively. + * + * For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to + * get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children + * (e.g. when constructing documentation). In that case you should call + * av_opt_child_class_next() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass. The + * second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its + * children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read + * from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and + * av_opt_next() on each result). + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions + * When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the + * user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For + * non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the + * option type. + * + * Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string + * which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you + * have to free it with av_free(). + * + * In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an + * AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this + * are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary + * filled with option as a parameter. This allows to set some options + * that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known + * before the file is actually opened. + */ + +enum AVOptionType{ + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64, + AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE, + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, + AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL, + AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length + AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST = 128, + AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE = MKBETAG('S','I','Z','E'), ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers + AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT = MKBETAG('P','F','M','T'), + AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT = MKBETAG('S','F','M','T'), +#if FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS + FF_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS = 0, + FF_OPT_TYPE_INT, + FF_OPT_TYPE_INT64, + FF_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE, + FF_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT, + FF_OPT_TYPE_STRING, + FF_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL, + FF_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length + FF_OPT_TYPE_CONST=128, +#endif +}; + +/** + * AVOption + */ +typedef struct AVOption { + const char *name; + + /** + * short English help text + * @todo What about other languages? + */ + const char *help; + + /** + * The offset relative to the context structure where the option + * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants. + */ + int offset; + enum AVOptionType type; + + /** + * the default value for scalar options + */ + union { + int64_t i64; + double dbl; + const char *str; + /* TODO those are unused now */ + AVRational q; + } default_val; + double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option + double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option + + int flags; +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA 4 ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ... +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering +//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags + + /** + * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant + * options and corresponding named constants share the same + * unit. May be NULL. + */ + const char *unit; +} AVOption; + +/** + * A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value. + */ +typedef struct AVOptionRange { + const char *str; + double value_min, value_max; ///< For string ranges this represents the min/max length, for dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count + double component_min, component_max; ///< For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII + int is_range; ///< if set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value +} AVOptionRange; + +/** + * List of AVOptionRange structs + */ +typedef struct AVOptionRanges { + AVOptionRange **range; + int nb_ranges; +} AVOptionRanges; + + +#if FF_API_FIND_OPT +/** + * Look for an option in obj. Look only for the options which + * have the flags set as specified in mask and flags (that is, + * for which it is the case that opt->flags & mask == flags). + * + * @param[in] obj a pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass + * @param[in] name the name of the option to look for + * @param[in] unit the unit of the option to look for, or any if NULL + * @return a pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * has been found + * + * @deprecated use av_opt_find. + */ +attribute_deprecated +const AVOption *av_find_opt(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, int mask, int flags); +#endif + +#if FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS +/** + * Set the field of obj with the given name to value. + * + * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an + * AVClass. + * @param[in] name the name of the field to set + * @param[in] val The value to set. If the field is not of a string + * type, then the given string is parsed. + * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported. + * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named + * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators + * is undefined. + * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric + * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag + * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags; + * similarly, '-' unsets a flag. + * @param[out] o_out if non-NULL put here a pointer to the AVOption + * found + * @param alloc this parameter is currently ignored + * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of + * error: + * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists + * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid + * @deprecated use av_opt_set() + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_set_string3(void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int alloc, const AVOption **o_out); + +attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_double(void *obj, const char *name, double n); +attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_q(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational n); +attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_int(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t n); + +double av_get_double(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out); +AVRational av_get_q(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out); +int64_t av_get_int(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out); +attribute_deprecated const char *av_get_string(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out, char *buf, int buf_len); +attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_next_option(void *obj, const AVOption *last); +#endif + +/** + * Show the obj options. + * + * @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags. + * @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags). + * @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options + */ +int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags); + +/** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + */ +void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s); + +#if FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS +attribute_deprecated +void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags); +#endif + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair + * found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the + * key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using + * AVOptions. + * + * @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to + * separate key from value + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + */ +int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); + +/** + * Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found, + * set the value of the corresponding option in ctx. + * + * @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on + * @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a + * delimiter + * @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand + * notation: if the first field in opts has no key part, + * the key is taken from the first element of shorthand; + * then again for the second, etc., until either opts is + * finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is + * found; after that, all options must be named + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + * + * Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _ + * Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each + * other. + */ +int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, + const char *const *shorthand, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); +/** + * Free all string and binary options in obj. + */ +void av_opt_free(void *obj); + +/** + * Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field. + * + * @param field_name the name of the flag field option + * @param flag_name the name of the flag to check + * @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set, + * isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist. + */ +int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name); + +/** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + */ +int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string. + * + * @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to + * point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep + * or the final NUL) + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below + * @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free() + * @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free() + * + * @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of error; in particular: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present + * + */ +int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, + unsigned flags, + char **rkey, char **rval); + +enum { + + /** + * Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned + * as NULL. + */ + AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1, +}; + +/** + * @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings + * @{ + * This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings + * and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(), + * except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass. + * @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated. + * @param val string to be evaluated. + * @param *_out value of the string will be written here. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure. + */ +int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out); +int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out); +int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out); +int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out); +int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out); +int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out); +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN 0x0001 /**< Search in possible children of the + given object first. */ +/** + * The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass + * instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is + * useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding + * object. + */ +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ 0x0002 + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + * + * @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable + * directly with av_set_string3(). Use special calls which take an options + * AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this + * flag. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags); + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be + * written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present + * in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj); + +/** + * Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj. + * + * @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an + * AVClass describing it. + * @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object + * or NULL + * @return next AVOption or NULL + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_next(void *obj, const AVOption *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ +void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL + */ +const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_next(const AVClass *parent, const AVClass *prev); + +/** + * @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions + * @{ + * Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value. + * + * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name the name of the field to set + * @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not + * of a string type, then the given string is parsed. + * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported. + * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named + * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators + * is undefined. + * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric + * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag + * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags; + * similarly, '-' unsets a flag. + * @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj. + * + * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of + * error: + * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists + * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid + */ +int av_opt_set (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_int (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_double(void *obj, const char *name, double val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_q (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_bin (void *obj, const char *name, const uint8_t *val, int size, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int w, int h, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, enum AVPixelFormat fmt, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int search_flags); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions + * @{ + * Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object. + * + * @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name name of the option to get. + * @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj. + * @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here + * @return 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +/** + * @note the returned string will av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller + */ +int av_opt_get (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t **out_val); +int av_opt_get_int (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *out_val); +int av_opt_get_double(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double *out_val); +int av_opt_get_q (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); +int av_opt_get_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int *w_out, int *h_out); +int av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVPixelFormat *out_fmt); +int av_opt_get_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVSampleFormat *out_fmt); +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct. + * This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or + * renamed since the application making the access has been compiled, + * + * @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read + * or written to. + */ +void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name); + +/** + * Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL. + */ +void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges); + +/** + * Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative errro code otherwise + */ +int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + +/** + * Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback + * and can be used as fallback from within the callback. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative errro code otherwise + */ +int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/parseutils.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/parseutils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3eb35fc --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/parseutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H + +#include <time.h> + +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * @file + * misc parsing utilities + */ + +/** + * Parse str and store the parsed ratio in q. + * + * Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is + * considered valid, so you should check on the returned value if you + * want to exclude those values. + * + * The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string. + * + * @param[in,out] q pointer to the AVRational which will contain the ratio + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * num:den, a float number or an expression + * @param[in] max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @param[in] log_offset log level offset which is applied to the log + * level of log_ctx + * @param[in] log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_ratio(AVRational *q, const char *str, int max, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +#define av_parse_ratio_quiet(rate, str, max) \ + av_parse_ratio(rate, str, max, AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET, NULL) + +/** + * Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values. + * + * @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * width value + * @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * height value + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * width x height or a valid video size abbreviation. + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str); + +/** + * Parse str and store the detected values in *rate. + * + * @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected + * frame rate + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str); + +/** + * Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color. + * + * @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of + * a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence, + * possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha + * component. + * The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an + * hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which + * represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent, + * 0xff/1.0 completely opaque). + * If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed. + * The string "random" will result in a random color. + * @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the + * color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string + * containing nothing else than the color. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of + * failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed). + */ +int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of + * microseconds. + * + * @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding + * to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it + * is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval. If + * the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of + * January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date. If timestr cannot + * be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN. + + * @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration. + * - If a date the syntax is: + * @code + * [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH:MM:SS[.m...]]]}|{HHMMSS[.m...]]]}}[Z] + * now + * @endcode + * If the value is "now" it takes the current time. + * Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is + * interpreted as UTC. + * If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current + * year-month-day. + * - If a duration the syntax is: + * @code + * [-][HH:]MM:SS[.m...] + * [-]S+[.m...] + * @endcode + * @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not + * zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration); + +/** + * Parse the input string p according to the format string fmt and + * store its results in the structure dt. + * This implementation supports only a subset of the formats supported + * by the standard strptime(). + * + * In particular it actually supports the parameters: + * - %H: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '23' + * - %J: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX + * - %M: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - %S: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - %Y: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar + * - %m: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12' + * - %d: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' + * through '31' + * - %%: a literal '%' + * + * @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this + * function call, or NULL in case the function fails to match all of + * the fmt string and therefore an error occurred + */ +char *av_small_strptime(const char *p, const char *fmt, struct tm *dt); + +/** + * Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL. + * + * syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done. + * Return 1 if found. + */ +int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info); + +/** + * Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value. + */ +time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca0722e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +/* + * pixel format descriptor + * Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H + +#include <inttypes.h> +#include "pixfmt.h" + +typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor{ + uint16_t plane :2; ///< which of the 4 planes contains the component + + /** + * Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels minus 1. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + uint16_t step_minus1 :3; + + /** + * Number of elements before the component of the first pixel plus 1. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + uint16_t offset_plus1 :3; + uint16_t shift :3; ///< number of least significant bits that must be shifted away to get the value + uint16_t depth_minus1 :4; ///< number of bits in the component minus 1 +}AVComponentDescriptor; + +/** + * Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are + * stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the + * subsampling factors and number of components. + * + * @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV + * and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values + * are stored not what these values represent. + */ +typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor{ + const char *name; + uint8_t nb_components; ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4) + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_width = -((-luma_width) >> log2_chroma_w) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_w; ///< chroma_width = -((-luma_width )>>log2_chroma_w) + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_height= -((-luma_height) >> log2_chroma_h) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_h; + uint8_t flags; + + /** + * Parameters that describe how pixels are packed. + * If the format has 2 or 4 components, then alpha is last. + * If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is 0. + * If the format has 3 or 4 components, + * if the RGB flag is set then 0 is red, 1 is green and 2 is blue; + * otherwise 0 is luma, 1 is chroma-U and 2 is chroma-V. + */ + AVComponentDescriptor comp[4]; +}AVPixFmtDescriptor; + +#define PIX_FMT_BE 1 ///< Pixel format is big-endian. +#define PIX_FMT_PAL 2 ///< Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette. +#define PIX_FMT_BITSTREAM 4 ///< All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end. +#define PIX_FMT_HWACCEL 8 ///< Pixel format is an HW accelerated format. +#define PIX_FMT_PLANAR 16 ///< At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane +#define PIX_FMT_RGB 32 ///< The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale) +/** + * The pixel format is "pseudo-paletted". This means that FFmpeg treats it as + * paletted internally, but the palette is generated by the decoder and is not + * stored in the file. + */ +#define PIX_FMT_PSEUDOPAL 64 + +#define PIX_FMT_ALPHA 128 ///< The pixel format has an alpha channel + + +#if FF_API_PIX_FMT_DESC +/** + * The array of all the pixel format descriptors. + */ +extern const AVPixFmtDescriptor av_pix_fmt_descriptors[]; +#endif + +/** + * Read a line from an image, and write the values of the + * pixel format component c to dst. + * + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of + * values to write to dst + * @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted + * format writes the values corresponding to the palette + * component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in + * data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted. + */ +void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], const int linesize[4], + const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component); + +/** + * Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an + * image line. + * + * @param src array containing the values to write + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the + * image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed. + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of + * values to write to the image line + */ +void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4], const int linesize[4], + const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, int x, int y, int c, int w); + +/** + * Return the pixel format corresponding to name. + * + * If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a + * pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian + * format of name. + * For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16", + * then for "gray16le". + * + * Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is + * unknown. + * + * @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string() + */ +const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with + * number pix_fmt, or an header if pix_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + */ +char *av_get_pix_fmt_string (char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format + * described by pixdesc. + * + * The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually + * used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are + * not counted. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * Return the number of bits per pixel for the pixel format + * described by pixdesc, including any padding or unused bits. + */ +int av_get_padded_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * @return a pixel format descriptor for provided pixel format or NULL if + * this pixel format is unknown. + */ +const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_get(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Iterate over all pixel format descriptors known to libavutil. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + */ +const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_next(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *prev); + +/** + * @return an AVPixelFormat id described by desc, or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if desc + * is not a valid pointer to a pixel format descriptor. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc); + +/** + * Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from + * the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor. + * + * See avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample() for a function that asserts a + * valid pixel format instead of returning an error code. + * Its recommanded that you use avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample unless + * you do check the return code! + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_h + * @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_w + * + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format + */ +int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int *h_shift, int *v_shift); + + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1c00ac4 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h @@ -0,0 +1,357 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H + +/** + * @file + * pixel format definitions + * + */ + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024 +#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256 + +/** + * Pixel format. + * + * @note + * PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA + * color is put together as: + * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B + * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on + * big-endian CPUs. + * + * @par + * When the pixel format is palettized RGB (PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized + * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in + * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is + * formatted the same as in PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is + * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB palette + * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255. + * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed + * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components. + * + * @par + * For all the 8bit per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like + * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function + * allocating the picture. + * + * @note + * Make sure that all newly added big-endian formats have pix_fmt & 1 == 1 + * and that all newly added little-endian formats have pix_fmt & 1 == 0. + * This allows simpler detection of big vs little-endian. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat { + AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bit with PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_MC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT, + AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1 + AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA... + AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA... + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_H264,///< H.264 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG1,///< MPEG-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG2,///< MPEG-2 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_WMV3,///< WMV3 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_VC1, ///< VC-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 0 + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 1 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 1 + + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG4, ///< MPEG4 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 1 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 1 + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A, ///< 8bit gray, 8bit alpha + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + //the following 10 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth, thus + //If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately + //is better + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_VDA_VLD, ///< hardware decoding through VDA + +#ifdef AV_PIX_FMT_ABI_GIT_MASTER + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian +#endif + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + + /** + * duplicated pixel formats for compatibility with libav. + * FFmpeg supports these formats since May 8 2012 and Jan 28 2012 (commits f9ca1ac7 and 143a5c55) + * Libav added them Oct 12 2012 with incompatible values (commit 6d5600e85) + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P_LIBAV, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P_LIBAV, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples) + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface + +#ifndef AV_PIX_FMT_ABI_GIT_MASTER + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE=0x123, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian +#endif + AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB=0x123+4, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, 0RGB0RGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGB0RGB0... + AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, 0BGR0BGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGR0BGR0... + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples) + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_NB, ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions + +#if FF_API_PIX_FMT +#include "old_pix_fmts.h" +#endif +}; + +#if AV_HAVE_INCOMPATIBLE_FORK_ABI +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P_LIBAV +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P_LIBAV +#endif + + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be +#else +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le +#endif + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE , GBRP9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE) + +#if FF_API_PIX_FMT +#define PixelFormat AVPixelFormat + +#define PIX_FMT_Y400A AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A +#define PIX_FMT_GBR24P AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P + +#define PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) + +#define PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 +#define PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 +#define PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 +#define PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 +#define PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 +#define PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 + +#define PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 +#define PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 +#define PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 +#define PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 +#define PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 +#define PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 +#define PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 +#define PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 +#define PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 + +#define PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 +#define PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 +#define PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 +#define PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 +#define PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 +#define PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 +#define PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 +#define PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 +#define PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 +#define PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 +#define PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 +#define PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 +#define PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 +#define PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 +#define PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 + +#define PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 +#define PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 +#define PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 +#define PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 +#define PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 +#define PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 +#define PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/random_seed.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/random_seed.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0462a04 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/random_seed.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier <baptiste.coudurier@gmail.com> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H +#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H + +#include <stdint.h> +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions. + * This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases. + * Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed. + * It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster + * PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform. + */ +uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/rational.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/rational.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..417e29e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/rational.h @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +/* + * rational numbers + * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * rational numbers + * @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H +#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * @{ + */ + +/** + * rational number numerator/denominator + */ +typedef struct AVRational{ + int num; ///< numerator + int den; ///< denominator +} AVRational; + +/** + * Compare two rationals. + * @param a first rational + * @param b second rational + * @return 0 if a==b, 1 if a>b, -1 if a<b, and INT_MIN if one of the + * values is of the form 0/0 + */ +static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){ + const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den; + + if(tmp) return ((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1; + else if(b.den && a.den) return 0; + else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31); + else return INT_MIN; +} + +/** + * Convert rational to double. + * @param a rational to convert + * @return (double) a + */ +static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){ + return a.num / (double) a.den; +} + +/** + * Reduce a fraction. + * This is useful for framerate calculations. + * @param dst_num destination numerator + * @param dst_den destination denominator + * @param num source numerator + * @param den source denominator + * @param max the maximum allowed for dst_num & dst_den + * @return 1 if exact, 0 otherwise + */ +int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max); + +/** + * Multiply two rationals. + * @param b first rational + * @param c second rational + * @return b*c + */ +AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Divide one rational by another. + * @param b first rational + * @param c second rational + * @return b/c + */ +AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Add two rationals. + * @param b first rational + * @param c second rational + * @return b+c + */ +AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Subtract one rational from another. + * @param b first rational + * @param c second rational + * @return b-c + */ +AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Invert a rational. + * @param q value + * @return 1 / q + */ +static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q) +{ + AVRational r = { q.den, q.num }; + return r; +} + +/** + * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational. + * inf is expressed as {1,0} or {-1,0} depending on the sign. + * + * @param d double to convert + * @param max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @return (AVRational) d + */ +AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const; + +/** + * @return 1 if q1 is nearer to q than q2, -1 if q2 is nearer + * than q1, 0 if they have the same distance. + */ +int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2); + +/** + * Find the nearest value in q_list to q. + * @param q_list an array of rationals terminated by {0, 0} + * @return the index of the nearest value found in the array + */ +int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..529711f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * Audio Sample Formats + * + * @par + * The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order. + * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed + * 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format. + * + * @par + * The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range + * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level. + * + * @par + * The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg + * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows: + * + * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane, + * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data + * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data + * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case, + * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat { + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically +}; + +/** + * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not + * recognized. + */ +const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + * on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the + * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the + * input. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar); + +/** + * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with + * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is + * unknown or in case of other errors + */ +char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +#if FF_API_GET_BITS_PER_SAMPLE_FMT +/** + * @deprecated Use av_get_bytes_per_sample() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_get_bits_per_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); +#endif + +/** + * Return number of bytes per sample. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given + * sample format + */ +int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Check if the sample format is planar. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect + * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved + */ +int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters. + * + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure + */ +int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample + * format sample_fmt. + * + * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes: + * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer, + * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only. + * + * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each + * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the + * buffer for all channels for packed layout. + * + * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples + * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size), + * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @todo return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer in case + * of success at the next bump + */ +int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, + const uint8_t *buf, + int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and + * linesize accordingly. + * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0]) + * Allocated data will be initialized to silence. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump + * @see av_samples_fill_arrays() + */ +int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, + int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy samples from src to dst. + * + * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes + * @param src source array of pointers to data planes + * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst + * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src + * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset, + int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Fill an audio buffer with silence. + * + * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes + * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling + * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples, + int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/sha.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/sha.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf4377e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/sha.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_sha SHA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_sha_size; + +struct AVSHA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVSHA context. + */ +struct AVSHA *av_sha_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/sha1.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/sha1.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3ff5804 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/sha1.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA1_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA1_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +extern const int av_sha1_size; + +struct AVSHA1; + +/** + * Initialize SHA-1 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size) + * @deprecated use av_sha_init() instead + */ +void av_sha1_init(struct AVSHA1* context); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + * @deprecated use av_sha_update() instead + */ +void av_sha1_update(struct AVSHA1* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + * @deprecated use av_sha_final() instead + */ +void av_sha1_final(struct AVSHA1* context, uint8_t digest[20]); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA1_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/time.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/time.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..90eb436 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/time.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIME_H +#define AVUTIL_TIME_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * Get the current time in microseconds. + */ +int64_t av_gettime(void); + +/** + * Sleep for a period of time. Although the duration is expressed in + * microseconds, the actual delay may be rounded to the precision of the + * system timer. + * + * @param usec Number of microseconds to sleep. + * @return zero on success or (negative) error code. + */ +int av_usleep(unsigned usec); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIME_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/timecode.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/timecode.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..56e3975 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/timecode.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Smartjog S.A.S, Baptiste Coudurier <baptiste.coudurier@gmail.com> + * Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Smartjog S.A.S, Clément Bœsch <clement.boesch@smartjog.com> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Timecode helpers header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "rational.h" + +#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 16 + +enum AVTimecodeFlag { + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_DROPFRAME = 1<<0, ///< timecode is drop frame + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_24HOURSMAX = 1<<1, ///< timecode wraps after 24 hours + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_ALLOWNEGATIVE = 1<<2, ///< negative time values are allowed +}; + +typedef struct { + int start; ///< timecode frame start (first base frame number) + uint32_t flags; ///< flags such as drop frame, +24 hours support, ... + AVRational rate; ///< frame rate in rational form + unsigned fps; ///< frame per second; must be consistent with the rate field +} AVTimecode; + +/** + * Adjust frame number for NTSC drop frame time code. + * + * @param framenum frame number to adjust + * @param fps frame per second, 30 or 60 + * @return adjusted frame number + * @warning adjustment is only valid in NTSC 29.97 and 59.94 + */ +int av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(int framenum, int fps); + +/** + * Convert frame number to SMPTE 12M binary representation. + * + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the SMPTE binary representation + * + * @note Frame number adjustment is automatically done in case of drop timecode, + * you do NOT have to call av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(). + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + * @note Color frame (CF), binary group flags (BGF) and biphase mark polarity + * correction (PC) bits are set to zero. + */ +uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum(const AVTimecode *tc, int framenum); + +/** + * Load timecode string in buf. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the buf parameter + * + * @note Timecode representation can be a negative timecode and have more than + * 24 hours, but will only be honored if the flags are correctly set. + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + */ +char *av_timecode_make_string(const AVTimecode *tc, char *buf, int framenum); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode + * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit + * is arbitrary + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the 25-bit timecode format (MPEG GOP format). + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tc25bit the 25-bits timecode + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_mpeg_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tc25bit); + +/** + * Init a timecode struct with the passed parameters. + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field + * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log) + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ... + * (see AVTimecodeFlag) + * @param frame_start the first frame number + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int frame_start, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse timecode representation (hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff). + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log). + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param str timecode string which will determine the frame start + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init_from_string(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, const char *str, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the timecode feature is available for the given frame rate + * + * @return 0 if supported, <0 otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_check_frame_rate(AVRational rate); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/timestamp.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/timestamp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c7348d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/timestamp.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * timestamp utils, mostly useful for debugging/logging purposes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H + +#include "common.h" + +#define AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32 + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @return the buffer in input + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_string(char *buf, int64_t ts) +{ + if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); + else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%"PRId64"", ts); + return buf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2str(ts) av_ts_make_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts) + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp time + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @param tb the timebase of the timestamp + * @return the buffer in input + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_time_string(char *buf, int64_t ts, AVRational *tb) +{ + if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); + else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%.6g", av_q2d(*tb) * ts); + return buf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2timestr(ts, tb) av_ts_make_time_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts, tb) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/version.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cd8226 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H +#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H + +/** + * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * String manipulation macros + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s) +#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s + +#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b +#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b) + +#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros + * + * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain + * backward compatibility. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) (a<<16 | b<<8 | c) +#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c +#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Libavutil version macros + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics + * + * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime + * which version of libavutil is in use. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 52 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 18 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION) + +/** + * @} + * + * @defgroup depr_guards Deprecation guards + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @{ + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_GET_BITS_PER_SAMPLE_FMT +#define FF_API_GET_BITS_PER_SAMPLE_FMT (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FIND_OPT +#define FF_API_FIND_OPT (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS +#define FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_PIX_FMT +#define FF_API_PIX_FMT (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CONTEXT_SIZE +#define FF_API_CONTEXT_SIZE (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_PIX_FMT_DESC +#define FF_API_PIX_FMT_DESC (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AV_REVERSE +#define FF_API_AV_REVERSE (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AUDIOCONVERT +#define FF_API_AUDIOCONVERT (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 +#define FF_API_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_SAMPLES_UTILS_RETURN_ZERO +#define FF_API_SAMPLES_UTILS_RETURN_ZERO (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LLS_PRIVATE +#define FF_API_LLS_PRIVATE (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53) +#endif + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/xtea.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/xtea.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0899c92 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libavutil/xtea.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/* + * A 32-bit implementation of the XTEA algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_XTEA_H +#define AVUTIL_XTEA_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_xtea XTEA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVXTEA { + uint32_t key[16]; +} AVXTEA; + +/** + * Initialize an AVXTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption + */ +void av_xtea_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_xtea_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_XTEA_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libpostproc/postprocess.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libpostproc/postprocess.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..928e01f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libpostproc/postprocess.h @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Michael Niedermayer (michaelni@gmx.at) + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H +#define POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lpp + * external API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lpp Libpostproc + * @{ + */ + +#include "libpostproc/version.h" + +/** + * Return the LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned postproc_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libpostproc build-time configuration. + */ +const char *postproc_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libpostproc license. + */ +const char *postproc_license(void); + +#define PP_QUALITY_MAX 6 + +#define QP_STORE_T int8_t + +#include <inttypes.h> + +typedef void pp_context; +typedef void pp_mode; + +#if LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT < (52<<16) +typedef pp_context pp_context_t; +typedef pp_mode pp_mode_t; +extern const char *const pp_help; ///< a simple help text +#else +extern const char pp_help[]; ///< a simple help text +#endif + +void pp_postprocess(const uint8_t * src[3], const int srcStride[3], + uint8_t * dst[3], const int dstStride[3], + int horizontalSize, int verticalSize, + const QP_STORE_T *QP_store, int QP_stride, + pp_mode *mode, pp_context *ppContext, int pict_type); + + +/** + * Return a pp_mode or NULL if an error occurred. + * + * @param name the string after "-pp" on the command line + * @param quality a number from 0 to PP_QUALITY_MAX + */ +pp_mode *pp_get_mode_by_name_and_quality(const char *name, int quality); +void pp_free_mode(pp_mode *mode); + +pp_context *pp_get_context(int width, int height, int flags); +void pp_free_context(pp_context *ppContext); + +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_MMX 0x80000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_MMX2 0x20000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_3DNOW 0x40000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_ALTIVEC 0x10000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_AUTO 0x00080000 + +#define PP_FORMAT 0x00000008 +#define PP_FORMAT_420 (0x00000011|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_422 (0x00000001|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_411 (0x00000002|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_444 (0x00000000|PP_FORMAT) + +#define PP_PICT_TYPE_QP2 0x00000010 ///< MPEG2 style QScale + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libpostproc/version.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libpostproc/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0d3d43 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libpostproc/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_VERSION_H +#define POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * Libpostproc version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR 52 +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR 2 +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBPOSTPROC_BUILD LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBPOSTPROC_IDENT "postproc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION) + +#endif /* POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libswresample/swresample.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libswresample/swresample.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..95e8a5a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libswresample/swresample.h @@ -0,0 +1,311 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Michael Niedermayer (michaelni@gmx.at) + * + * This file is part of libswresample + * + * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H +#define SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lswr + * libswresample public header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lswr Libswresample + * @{ + * + * Libswresample (lswr) is a library that handles audio resampling, sample + * format conversion and mixing. + * + * Interaction with lswr is done through SwrContext, which is + * allocated with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts(). It is opaque, so all parameters + * must be set with the @ref avoptions API. + * + * For example the following code will setup conversion from planar float sample + * format to interleaved signed 16-bit integer, downsampling from 48kHz to + * 44.1kHz and downmixing from 5.1 channels to stereo (using the default mixing + * matrix): + * @code + * SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc(); + * av_opt_set_int(swr, "in_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, 0); + * av_opt_set_int(swr, "out_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, 0); + * av_opt_set_int(swr, "in_sample_rate", 48000, 0); + * av_opt_set_int(swr, "out_sample_rate", 44100, 0); + * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "in_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, 0); + * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "out_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0); + * @endcode + * + * Once all values have been set, it must be initialized with swr_init(). If + * you need to change the conversion parameters, you can change the parameters + * as described above, or by using swr_alloc_set_opts(), then call swr_init() + * again. + * + * The conversion itself is done by repeatedly calling swr_convert(). + * Note that the samples may get buffered in swr if you provide insufficient + * output space or if sample rate conversion is done, which requires "future" + * samples. Samples that do not require future input can be retrieved at any + * time by using swr_convert() (in_count can be set to 0). + * At the end of conversion the resampling buffer can be flushed by calling + * swr_convert() with NULL in and 0 in_count. + * + * The delay between input and output, can at any time be found by using + * swr_get_delay(). + * + * The following code demonstrates the conversion loop assuming the parameters + * from above and caller-defined functions get_input() and handle_output(): + * @code + * uint8_t **input; + * int in_samples; + * + * while (get_input(&input, &in_samples)) { + * uint8_t *output; + * int out_samples = av_rescale_rnd(swr_get_delay(swr, 48000) + + * in_samples, 44100, 48000, AV_ROUND_UP); + * av_samples_alloc(&output, NULL, 2, out_samples, + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0); + * out_samples = swr_convert(swr, &output, out_samples, + * input, in_samples); + * handle_output(output, out_samples); + * av_freep(&output); + * } + * @endcode + * + * When the conversion is finished, the conversion + * context and everything associated with it must be freed with swr_free(). + * There will be no memory leak if the data is not completely flushed before + * swr_free(). + */ + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" + +#include "libswresample/version.h" + +#if LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR < 1 +#define SWR_CH_MAX 32 ///< Maximum number of channels +#endif + +#define SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE 1 ///< Force resampling even if equal sample rate +//TODO use int resample ? +//long term TODO can we enable this dynamically? + +enum SwrDitherType { + SWR_DITHER_NONE = 0, + SWR_DITHER_RECTANGULAR, + SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR, + SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR_HIGHPASS, + + SWR_DITHER_NS = 64, ///< not part of API/ABI + SWR_DITHER_NS_LIPSHITZ, + SWR_DITHER_NS_F_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_MODIFIED_E_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_IMPROVED_E_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NS_LOW_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NS_HIGH_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI +}; + +/** Resampling Engines */ +enum SwrEngine { + SWR_ENGINE_SWR, /**< SW Resampler */ + SWR_ENGINE_SOXR, /**< SoX Resampler */ + SWR_ENGINE_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI +}; + +/** Resampling Filter Types */ +enum SwrFilterType { + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_CUBIC, /**< Cubic */ + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_BLACKMAN_NUTTALL, /**< Blackman Nuttall Windowed Sinc */ + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_KAISER, /**< Kaiser Windowed Sinc */ +}; + +typedef struct SwrContext SwrContext; + +/** + * Get the AVClass for swrContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *swr_get_class(void); + +/** + * Allocate SwrContext. + * + * If you use this function you will need to set the parameters (manually or + * with swr_alloc_set_opts()) before calling swr_init(). + * + * @see swr_alloc_set_opts(), swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise + */ +struct SwrContext *swr_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize context after user parameters have been set. + * + * @return AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_init(struct SwrContext *s); + +/** + * Allocate SwrContext if needed and set/reset common parameters. + * + * This function does not require s to be allocated with swr_alloc(). On the + * other hand, swr_alloc() can use swr_alloc_set_opts() to set the parameters + * on the allocated context. + * + * @param s Swr context, can be NULL + * @param out_ch_layout output channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*) + * @param out_sample_fmt output sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param out_sample_rate output sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param in_ch_layout input channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*) + * @param in_sample_fmt input sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param in_sample_rate input sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param log_offset logging level offset + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * + * @see swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise + */ +struct SwrContext *swr_alloc_set_opts(struct SwrContext *s, + int64_t out_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat out_sample_fmt, int out_sample_rate, + int64_t in_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat in_sample_fmt, int in_sample_rate, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Free the given SwrContext and set the pointer to NULL. + */ +void swr_free(struct SwrContext **s); + +/** + * Convert audio. + * + * in and in_count can be set to 0 to flush the last few samples out at the + * end. + * + * If more input is provided than output space then the input will be buffered. + * You can avoid this buffering by providing more output space than input. + * Convertion will run directly without copying whenever possible. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, with parameters set + * @param out output buffers, only the first one need be set in case of packed audio + * @param out_count amount of space available for output in samples per channel + * @param in input buffers, only the first one need to be set in case of packed audio + * @param in_count number of input samples available in one channel + * + * @return number of samples output per channel, negative value on error + */ +int swr_convert(struct SwrContext *s, uint8_t **out, int out_count, + const uint8_t **in , int in_count); + +/** + * Convert the next timestamp from input to output + * timestamps are in 1/(in_sample_rate * out_sample_rate) units. + * + * @note There are 2 slightly differently behaving modes. + * First is when automatic timestamp compensation is not used, (min_compensation >= FLT_MAX) + * in this case timestamps will be passed through with delays compensated + * Second is when automatic timestamp compensation is used, (min_compensation < FLT_MAX) + * in this case the output timestamps will match output sample numbers + * + * @param pts timestamp for the next input sample, INT64_MIN if unknown + * @return the output timestamp for the next output sample + */ +int64_t swr_next_pts(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t pts); + +/** + * Activate resampling compensation. + */ +int swr_set_compensation(struct SwrContext *s, int sample_delta, int compensation_distance); + +/** + * Set a customized input channel mapping. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized + * @param channel_map customized input channel mapping (array of channel + * indexes, -1 for a muted channel) + * @return AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_set_channel_mapping(struct SwrContext *s, const int *channel_map); + +/** + * Set a customized remix matrix. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized + * @param matrix remix coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is + * the weight of input channel i in output channel o + * @param stride offset between lines of the matrix + * @return AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_set_matrix(struct SwrContext *s, const double *matrix, int stride); + +/** + * Drops the specified number of output samples. + */ +int swr_drop_output(struct SwrContext *s, int count); + +/** + * Injects the specified number of silence samples. + */ +int swr_inject_silence(struct SwrContext *s, int count); + +/** + * Gets the delay the next input sample will experience relative to the next output sample. + * + * Swresample can buffer data if more input has been provided than available + * output space, also converting between sample rates needs a delay. + * This function returns the sum of all such delays. + * The exact delay is not necessarily an integer value in either input or + * output sample rate. Especially when downsampling by a large value, the + * output sample rate may be a poor choice to represent the delay, similarly + * for upsampling and the input sample rate. + * + * @param s swr context + * @param base timebase in which the returned delay will be + * if its set to 1 the returned delay is in seconds + * if its set to 1000 the returned delay is in milli seconds + * if its set to the input sample rate then the returned delay is in input samples + * if its set to the output sample rate then the returned delay is in output samples + * an exact rounding free delay can be found by using LCM(in_sample_rate, out_sample_rate) + * @returns the delay in 1/base units. + */ +int64_t swr_get_delay(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t base); + +/** + * Return the LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned swresample_version(void); + +/** + * Return the swr build-time configuration. + */ +const char *swresample_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the swr license. + */ +const char *swresample_license(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libswresample/version.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libswresample/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..df9df48 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libswresample/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of libswresample + * + * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWR_VERSION_H +#define SWR_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * Libswresample version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR 0 +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR 17 +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO 102 + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_BUILD LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_IDENT "SwR" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION) + +#endif /* SWR_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libswscale/swscale.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libswscale/swscale.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f6ae0f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libswscale/swscale.h @@ -0,0 +1,355 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2001-2011 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H +#define SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lsws + * external API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lsws Libswscale + * @{ + */ + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * Return the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned swscale_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libswscale build-time configuration. + */ +const char *swscale_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libswscale license. + */ +const char *swscale_license(void); + +/* values for the flags, the stuff on the command line is different */ +#define SWS_FAST_BILINEAR 1 +#define SWS_BILINEAR 2 +#define SWS_BICUBIC 4 +#define SWS_X 8 +#define SWS_POINT 0x10 +#define SWS_AREA 0x20 +#define SWS_BICUBLIN 0x40 +#define SWS_GAUSS 0x80 +#define SWS_SINC 0x100 +#define SWS_LANCZOS 0x200 +#define SWS_SPLINE 0x400 + +#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_MASK 0x30000 +#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_SHIFT 16 + +#define SWS_PARAM_DEFAULT 123456 + +#define SWS_PRINT_INFO 0x1000 + +//the following 3 flags are not completely implemented +//internal chrominace subsampling info +#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INT 0x2000 +//input subsampling info +#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INP 0x4000 +#define SWS_DIRECT_BGR 0x8000 +#define SWS_ACCURATE_RND 0x40000 +#define SWS_BITEXACT 0x80000 +#define SWS_ERROR_DIFFUSION 0x800000 + +#if FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS +/** + * CPU caps are autodetected now, those flags + * are only provided for API compatibility. + */ +#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_MMX 0x80000000 +#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_MMXEXT 0x20000000 +#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_MMX2 0x20000000 +#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_3DNOW 0x40000000 +#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_ALTIVEC 0x10000000 +#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_BFIN 0x01000000 +#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_SSE2 0x02000000 +#endif + +#define SWS_MAX_REDUCE_CUTOFF 0.002 + +#define SWS_CS_ITU709 1 +#define SWS_CS_FCC 4 +#define SWS_CS_ITU601 5 +#define SWS_CS_ITU624 5 +#define SWS_CS_SMPTE170M 5 +#define SWS_CS_SMPTE240M 7 +#define SWS_CS_DEFAULT 5 + +/** + * Return a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace + * suitable for sws_setColorspaceDetails(). + * + * @param colorspace One of the SWS_CS_* macros. If invalid, + * SWS_CS_DEFAULT is used. + */ +const int *sws_getCoefficients(int colorspace); + +// when used for filters they must have an odd number of elements +// coeffs cannot be shared between vectors +typedef struct SwsVector { + double *coeff; ///< pointer to the list of coefficients + int length; ///< number of coefficients in the vector +} SwsVector; + +// vectors can be shared +typedef struct SwsFilter { + SwsVector *lumH; + SwsVector *lumV; + SwsVector *chrH; + SwsVector *chrV; +} SwsFilter; + +struct SwsContext; + +/** + * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported input format, 0 + * otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedInput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported output format, 0 + * otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedOutput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Allocate an empty SwsContext. This must be filled and passed to + * sws_init_context(). For filling see AVOptions, options.c and + * sws_setColorspaceDetails(). + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Initialize the swscaler context sws_context. + * + * @return zero or positive value on success, a negative value on + * error + */ +int sws_init_context(struct SwsContext *sws_context, SwsFilter *srcFilter, SwsFilter *dstFilter); + +/** + * Free the swscaler context swsContext. + * If swsContext is NULL, then does nothing. + */ +void sws_freeContext(struct SwsContext *swsContext); + +#if FF_API_SWS_GETCONTEXT +/** + * Allocate and return an SwsContext. You need it to perform + * scaling/conversion operations using sws_scale(). + * + * @param srcW the width of the source image + * @param srcH the height of the source image + * @param srcFormat the source image format + * @param dstW the width of the destination image + * @param dstH the height of the destination image + * @param dstFormat the destination image format + * @param flags specify which algorithm and options to use for rescaling + * @return a pointer to an allocated context, or NULL in case of error + * @note this function is to be removed after a saner alternative is + * written + * @deprecated Use sws_getCachedContext() instead. + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_getContext(int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat, + int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat, + int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter, + SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param); +#endif + +/** + * Scale the image slice in srcSlice and put the resulting scaled + * slice in the image in dst. A slice is a sequence of consecutive + * rows in an image. + * + * Slices have to be provided in sequential order, either in + * top-bottom or bottom-top order. If slices are provided in + * non-sequential order the behavior of the function is undefined. + * + * @param c the scaling context previously created with + * sws_getContext() + * @param srcSlice the array containing the pointers to the planes of + * the source slice + * @param srcStride the array containing the strides for each plane of + * the source image + * @param srcSliceY the position in the source image of the slice to + * process, that is the number (counted starting from + * zero) in the image of the first row of the slice + * @param srcSliceH the height of the source slice, that is the number + * of rows in the slice + * @param dst the array containing the pointers to the planes of + * the destination image + * @param dstStride the array containing the strides for each plane of + * the destination image + * @return the height of the output slice + */ +int sws_scale(struct SwsContext *c, const uint8_t *const srcSlice[], + const int srcStride[], int srcSliceY, int srcSliceH, + uint8_t *const dst[], const int dstStride[]); + +/** + * @param dstRange flag indicating the while-black range of the output (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) + * @param srcRange flag indicating the while-black range of the input (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) + * @param table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the output yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] + * @param inv_table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the input yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] + * @param brightness 16.16 fixed point brightness correction + * @param contrast 16.16 fixed point contrast correction + * @param saturation 16.16 fixed point saturation correction + * @return -1 if not supported + */ +int sws_setColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, const int inv_table[4], + int srcRange, const int table[4], int dstRange, + int brightness, int contrast, int saturation); + +/** + * @return -1 if not supported + */ +int sws_getColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, int **inv_table, + int *srcRange, int **table, int *dstRange, + int *brightness, int *contrast, int *saturation); + +/** + * Allocate and return an uninitialized vector with length coefficients. + */ +SwsVector *sws_allocVec(int length); + +/** + * Return a normalized Gaussian curve used to filter stuff + * quality = 3 is high quality, lower is lower quality. + */ +SwsVector *sws_getGaussianVec(double variance, double quality); + +/** + * Allocate and return a vector with length coefficients, all + * with the same value c. + */ +SwsVector *sws_getConstVec(double c, int length); + +/** + * Allocate and return a vector with just one coefficient, with + * value 1.0. + */ +SwsVector *sws_getIdentityVec(void); + +/** + * Scale all the coefficients of a by the scalar value. + */ +void sws_scaleVec(SwsVector *a, double scalar); + +/** + * Scale all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height. + */ +void sws_normalizeVec(SwsVector *a, double height); +void sws_convVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b); +void sws_addVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b); +void sws_subVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b); +void sws_shiftVec(SwsVector *a, int shift); + +/** + * Allocate and return a clone of the vector a, that is a vector + * with the same coefficients as a. + */ +SwsVector *sws_cloneVec(SwsVector *a); + +/** + * Print with av_log() a textual representation of the vector a + * if log_level <= av_log_level. + */ +void sws_printVec2(SwsVector *a, AVClass *log_ctx, int log_level); + +void sws_freeVec(SwsVector *a); + +SwsFilter *sws_getDefaultFilter(float lumaGBlur, float chromaGBlur, + float lumaSharpen, float chromaSharpen, + float chromaHShift, float chromaVShift, + int verbose); +void sws_freeFilter(SwsFilter *filter); + +/** + * Check if context can be reused, otherwise reallocate a new one. + * + * If context is NULL, just calls sws_getContext() to get a new + * context. Otherwise, checks if the parameters are the ones already + * saved in context. If that is the case, returns the current + * context. Otherwise, frees context and gets a new context with + * the new parameters. + * + * Be warned that srcFilter and dstFilter are not checked, they + * are assumed to remain the same. + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_getCachedContext(struct SwsContext *context, + int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat, + int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat, + int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter, + SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param); + +/** + * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 32 bits. + * + * The output frame will have the same packed format as the palette. + * + * @param src source frame buffer + * @param dst destination frame buffer + * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert + * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src + */ +void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette); + +/** + * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 24 bits. + * + * With the palette format "ABCD", the destination frame ends up with the format "ABC". + * + * @param src source frame buffer + * @param dst destination frame buffer + * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert + * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src + */ +void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked24(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for swsContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *sws_get_class(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/libswscale/version.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/libswscale/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c430f2d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/libswscale/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWSCALE_VERSION_H +#define SWSCALE_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * swscale version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR 2 +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR 2 +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWSCALE_BUILD LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBSWSCALE_IDENT "SwS" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_SWS_GETCONTEXT +#define FF_API_SWS_GETCONTEXT (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS +#define FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_SWS_FORMAT_NAME +#define FF_API_SWS_FORMAT_NAME (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3) +#endif + +#endif /* SWSCALE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/opencore-amrnb/interf_dec.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/opencore-amrnb/interf_dec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..98051f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/opencore-amrnb/interf_dec.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Copyright (C) 2009 Martin Storsjo + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either + * express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions + * and limitations under the License. + * ------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +#ifndef OPENCORE_AMRNB_INTERF_DEC_H +#define OPENCORE_AMRNB_INTERF_DEC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +void* Decoder_Interface_init(void); +void Decoder_Interface_exit(void* state); +void Decoder_Interface_Decode(void* state, const unsigned char* in, short* out, int bfi); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/opencore-amrnb/interf_enc.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/opencore-amrnb/interf_enc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b89b0c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/opencore-amrnb/interf_enc.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Copyright (C) 2009 Martin Storsjo + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either + * express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions + * and limitations under the License. + * ------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +#ifndef OPENCORE_AMRNB_INTERF_ENC_H +#define OPENCORE_AMRNB_INTERF_ENC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#ifndef AMRNB_WRAPPER_INTERNAL +/* Copied from enc/src/gsmamr_enc.h */ +enum Mode { + MR475 = 0,/* 4.75 kbps */ + MR515, /* 5.15 kbps */ + MR59, /* 5.90 kbps */ + MR67, /* 6.70 kbps */ + MR74, /* 7.40 kbps */ + MR795, /* 7.95 kbps */ + MR102, /* 10.2 kbps */ + MR122, /* 12.2 kbps */ + MRDTX, /* DTX */ + N_MODES /* Not Used */ +}; +#endif + +void* Encoder_Interface_init(int dtx); +void Encoder_Interface_exit(void* state); +int Encoder_Interface_Encode(void* state, enum Mode mode, const short* speech, unsigned char* out, int forceSpeech); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/opencore-amrwb/dec_if.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/opencore-amrwb/dec_if.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..56acdaa --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/opencore-amrwb/dec_if.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Copyright (C) 2009 Martin Storsjo + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either + * express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions + * and limitations under the License. + * ------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +#ifndef OPENCORE_AMRWB_DEC_IF_H +#define OPENCORE_AMRWB_DEC_IF_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define _good_frame 0 + +void* D_IF_init(void); +void D_IF_decode(void* state, const unsigned char* bits, short* synth, int bfi); +void D_IF_exit(void* state); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/opencore-amrwb/if_rom.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/opencore-amrwb/if_rom.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8977e03 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/opencore-amrwb/if_rom.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Copyright (C) 2009 Martin Storsjo + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either + * express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions + * and limitations under the License. + * ------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +#ifndef OPENCORE_AMRWB_IF_ROM_H +#define OPENCORE_AMRWB_IF_ROM_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include <stdint.h> +typedef int16_t Word16; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/pthread/implement.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/pthread/implement.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d96483 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/pthread/implement.h @@ -0,0 +1,710 @@ +/* + * implement.h + * + * Definitions that don't need to be public. + * + * Keeps all the internals out of pthread.h + * + * -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * Pthreads-win32 - POSIX Threads Library for Win32 + * Copyright(C) 1998 John E. Bossom + * Copyright(C) 1999,2005 Pthreads-win32 contributors + * + * Contact Email: rpj@callisto.canberra.edu.au + * + * The current list of contributors is contained + * in the file CONTRIBUTORS included with the source + * code distribution. The list can also be seen at the + * following World Wide Web location: + * http://sources.redhat.com/pthreads-win32/contributors.html + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library in the file COPYING.LIB; + * if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA + */ + +#ifndef _IMPLEMENT_H +#define _IMPLEMENT_H + +#ifdef _WIN32_WINNT +#undef _WIN32_WINNT +#endif +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x400 + +#include <windows.h> + +/* + * In case windows.h doesn't define it (e.g. WinCE perhaps) + */ +#ifdef WINCE +typedef VOID (APIENTRY *PAPCFUNC)(DWORD dwParam); +#endif + +/* + * note: ETIMEDOUT is correctly defined in winsock.h + */ +#include <winsock.h> + +/* + * In case ETIMEDOUT hasn't been defined above somehow. + */ +#ifndef ETIMEDOUT +# define ETIMEDOUT 10060 /* This is the value in winsock.h. */ +#endif + +#if !defined(malloc) +#include <malloc.h> +#endif + +#if !defined(INT_MAX) +#include <limits.h> +#endif + +/* use local include files during development */ +#include "semaphore.h" +#include "sched.h" + +#if defined(HAVE_C_INLINE) || defined(__cplusplus) +#define INLINE inline +#else +#define INLINE +#endif + +#if defined (__MINGW32__) || (_MSC_VER >= 1300) +#define PTW32_INTERLOCKED_LONG long +#define PTW32_INTERLOCKED_LPLONG long* +#else +#define PTW32_INTERLOCKED_LONG PVOID +#define PTW32_INTERLOCKED_LPLONG PVOID* +#endif + +#if defined(__MINGW32__) +#include <stdint.h> +#elif defined(__BORLANDC__) +#define int64_t ULONGLONG +#else +#define int64_t _int64 +#endif + +typedef enum +{ + /* + * This enumeration represents the state of the thread; + * The thread is still "alive" if the numeric value of the + * state is greater or equal "PThreadStateRunning". + */ + PThreadStateInitial = 0, /* Thread not running */ + PThreadStateRunning, /* Thread alive & kicking */ + PThreadStateSuspended, /* Thread alive but suspended */ + PThreadStateCancelPending, /* Thread alive but is */ + /* has cancelation pending. */ + PThreadStateCanceling, /* Thread alive but is */ + /* in the process of terminating */ + /* due to a cancellation request */ + PThreadStateException, /* Thread alive but exiting */ + /* due to an exception */ + PThreadStateLast +} +PThreadState; + + +typedef struct ptw32_thread_t_ ptw32_thread_t; + +struct ptw32_thread_t_ +{ +#ifdef _UWIN + DWORD dummy[5]; +#endif + DWORD thread; + HANDLE threadH; /* Win32 thread handle - POSIX thread is invalid if threadH == 0 */ + pthread_t ptHandle; /* This thread's permanent pthread_t handle */ + ptw32_thread_t * prevReuse; /* Links threads on reuse stack */ + volatile PThreadState state; + void *exitStatus; + void *parms; + int ptErrno; + int detachState; + pthread_mutex_t threadLock; /* Used for serialised access to public thread state */ + int sched_priority; /* As set, not as currently is */ + pthread_mutex_t cancelLock; /* Used for async-cancel safety */ + int cancelState; + int cancelType; + HANDLE cancelEvent; +#ifdef __CLEANUP_C + jmp_buf start_mark; +#endif /* __CLEANUP_C */ +#if HAVE_SIGSET_T + sigset_t sigmask; +#endif /* HAVE_SIGSET_T */ + int implicit:1; + void *keys; + void *nextAssoc; +}; + + +/* + * Special value to mark attribute objects as valid. + */ +#define PTW32_ATTR_VALID ((unsigned long) 0xC4C0FFEE) + +struct pthread_attr_t_ +{ + unsigned long valid; + void *stackaddr; + size_t stacksize; + int detachstate; + struct sched_param param; + int inheritsched; + int contentionscope; +#if HAVE_SIGSET_T + sigset_t sigmask; +#endif /* HAVE_SIGSET_T */ +}; + + +/* + * ==================== + * ==================== + * Semaphores, Mutexes and Condition Variables + * ==================== + * ==================== + */ + +struct sem_t_ +{ + int value; + pthread_mutex_t lock; + HANDLE sem; +#ifdef NEED_SEM + int leftToUnblock; +#endif +}; + +#define PTW32_OBJECT_AUTO_INIT ((void *) -1) +#define PTW32_OBJECT_INVALID NULL + +struct pthread_mutex_t_ +{ + LONG lock_idx; /* Provides exclusive access to mutex state + via the Interlocked* mechanism. + 0: unlocked/free. + 1: locked - no other waiters. + -1: locked - with possible other waiters. + */ + int recursive_count; /* Number of unlocks a thread needs to perform + before the lock is released (recursive + mutexes only). */ + int kind; /* Mutex type. */ + pthread_t ownerThread; + HANDLE event; /* Mutex release notification to waiting + threads. */ +}; + +struct pthread_mutexattr_t_ +{ + int pshared; + int kind; +}; + +/* + * Possible values, other than PTW32_OBJECT_INVALID, + * for the "interlock" element in a spinlock. + * + * In this implementation, when a spinlock is initialised, + * the number of cpus available to the process is checked. + * If there is only one cpu then "interlock" is set equal to + * PTW32_SPIN_USE_MUTEX and u.mutex is a initialised mutex. + * If the number of cpus is greater than 1 then "interlock" + * is set equal to PTW32_SPIN_UNLOCKED and the number is + * stored in u.cpus. This arrangement allows the spinlock + * routines to attempt an InterlockedCompareExchange on "interlock" + * immediately and, if that fails, to try the inferior mutex. + * + * "u.cpus" isn't used for anything yet, but could be used at + * some point to optimise spinlock behaviour. + */ +#define PTW32_SPIN_UNLOCKED (1) +#define PTW32_SPIN_LOCKED (2) +#define PTW32_SPIN_USE_MUTEX (3) + +struct pthread_spinlock_t_ +{ + long interlock; /* Locking element for multi-cpus. */ + union + { + int cpus; /* No. of cpus if multi cpus, or */ + pthread_mutex_t mutex; /* mutex if single cpu. */ + } u; +}; + +struct pthread_barrier_t_ +{ + unsigned int nCurrentBarrierHeight; + unsigned int nInitialBarrierHeight; + int iStep; + int pshared; + sem_t semBarrierBreeched[2]; +}; + +struct pthread_barrierattr_t_ +{ + int pshared; +}; + +struct pthread_key_t_ +{ + DWORD key; + void (*destructor) (void *); + pthread_mutex_t keyLock; + void *threads; +}; + + +typedef struct ThreadParms ThreadParms; +typedef struct ThreadKeyAssoc ThreadKeyAssoc; + +struct ThreadParms +{ + pthread_t tid; + void *(*start) (void *); + void *arg; +}; + + +struct pthread_cond_t_ +{ + long nWaitersBlocked; /* Number of threads blocked */ + long nWaitersGone; /* Number of threads timed out */ + long nWaitersToUnblock; /* Number of threads to unblock */ + sem_t semBlockQueue; /* Queue up threads waiting for the */ + /* condition to become signalled */ + sem_t semBlockLock; /* Semaphore that guards access to */ + /* | waiters blocked count/block queue */ + /* +-> Mandatory Sync.LEVEL-1 */ + pthread_mutex_t mtxUnblockLock; /* Mutex that guards access to */ + /* | waiters (to)unblock(ed) counts */ + /* +-> Optional* Sync.LEVEL-2 */ + pthread_cond_t next; /* Doubly linked list */ + pthread_cond_t prev; +}; + + +struct pthread_condattr_t_ +{ + int pshared; +}; + +#define PTW32_RWLOCK_MAGIC 0xfacade2 + +struct pthread_rwlock_t_ +{ + pthread_mutex_t mtxExclusiveAccess; + pthread_mutex_t mtxSharedAccessCompleted; + pthread_cond_t cndSharedAccessCompleted; + int nSharedAccessCount; + int nExclusiveAccessCount; + int nCompletedSharedAccessCount; + int nMagic; +}; + +struct pthread_rwlockattr_t_ +{ + int pshared; +}; + +/* + * MCS lock queue node - see ptw32_MCS_lock.c + */ +struct ptw32_mcs_node_t_ +{ + struct ptw32_mcs_node_t_ **lock; /* ptr to tail of queue */ + struct ptw32_mcs_node_t_ *next; /* ptr to successor in queue */ + LONG readyFlag; /* set after lock is released by + predecessor */ + LONG nextFlag; /* set after 'next' ptr is set by + successor */ +}; + +typedef struct ptw32_mcs_node_t_ ptw32_mcs_local_node_t; +typedef struct ptw32_mcs_node_t_ *ptw32_mcs_lock_t; + + +struct ThreadKeyAssoc +{ + /* + * Purpose: + * This structure creates an association between a thread and a key. + * It is used to implement the implicit invocation of a user defined + * destroy routine for thread specific data registered by a user upon + * exiting a thread. + * + * Graphically, the arrangement is as follows, where: + * + * K - Key with destructor + * (head of chain is key->threads) + * T - Thread that has called pthread_setspecific(Kn) + * (head of chain is thread->keys) + * A - Association. Each association is a node at the + * intersection of two doubly-linked lists. + * + * T1 T2 T3 + * | | | + * | | | + * K1 -----+-----A-----A-----> + * | | | + * | | | + * K2 -----A-----A-----+-----> + * | | | + * | | | + * K3 -----A-----+-----A-----> + * | | | + * | | | + * V V V + * + * Access to the association is guarded by two locks: the key's + * general lock (guarding the row) and the thread's general + * lock (guarding the column). This avoids the need for a + * dedicated lock for each association, which not only consumes + * more handles but requires that: before the lock handle can + * be released - both the key must be deleted and the thread + * must have called the destructor. The two-lock arrangement + * allows the resources to be freed as soon as either thread or + * key is concluded. + * + * To avoid deadlock: whenever both locks are required, the key + * and thread locks are always acquired in the order: key lock + * then thread lock. An exception to this exists when a thread + * calls the destructors, however this is done carefully to + * avoid deadlock. + * + * An association is created when a thread first calls + * pthread_setspecific() on a key that has a specified + * destructor. + * + * An association is destroyed either immediately after the + * thread calls the key destructor function on thread exit, or + * when the key is deleted. + * + * Attributes: + * thread + * reference to the thread that owns the + * association. This is actually the pointer to the + * thread struct itself. Since the association is + * destroyed before the thread exits, this can never + * point to a different logical thread to the one that + * created the assoc, i.e. after thread struct reuse. + * + * key + * reference to the key that owns the association. + * + * nextKey + * The pthread_t->keys attribute is the head of a + * chain of associations that runs through the nextKey + * link. This chain provides the 1 to many relationship + * between a pthread_t and all pthread_key_t on which + * it called pthread_setspecific. + * + * prevKey + * Similarly. + * + * nextThread + * The pthread_key_t->threads attribute is the head of + * a chain of assoctiations that runs through the + * nextThreads link. This chain provides the 1 to many + * relationship between a pthread_key_t and all the + * PThreads that have called pthread_setspecific for + * this pthread_key_t. + * + * prevThread + * Similarly. + * + * Notes: + * 1) As soon as either the key or the thread is no longer + * referencing the association, it can be destroyed. The + * association will be removed from both chains. + * + * 2) Under WIN32, an association is only created by + * pthread_setspecific if the user provided a + * destroyRoutine when they created the key. + * + * + */ + ptw32_thread_t * thread; + pthread_key_t key; + ThreadKeyAssoc *nextKey; + ThreadKeyAssoc *nextThread; + ThreadKeyAssoc *prevKey; + ThreadKeyAssoc *prevThread; +}; + + +#ifdef __CLEANUP_SEH +/* + * -------------------------------------------------------------- + * MAKE_SOFTWARE_EXCEPTION + * This macro constructs a software exception code following + * the same format as the standard Win32 error codes as defined + * in WINERROR.H + * Values are 32 bit values layed out as follows: + * + * 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + * +---+-+-+-----------------------+-------------------------------+ + * |Sev|C|R| Facility | Code | + * +---+-+-+-----------------------+-------------------------------+ + * + * Severity Values: + */ +#define SE_SUCCESS 0x00 +#define SE_INFORMATION 0x01 +#define SE_WARNING 0x02 +#define SE_ERROR 0x03 + +#define MAKE_SOFTWARE_EXCEPTION( _severity, _facility, _exception ) \ +( (DWORD) ( ( (_severity) << 30 ) | /* Severity code */ \ + ( 1 << 29 ) | /* MS=0, User=1 */ \ + ( 0 << 28 ) | /* Reserved */ \ + ( (_facility) << 16 ) | /* Facility Code */ \ + ( (_exception) << 0 ) /* Exception Code */ \ + ) ) + +/* + * We choose one specific Facility/Error code combination to + * identify our software exceptions vs. WIN32 exceptions. + * We store our actual component and error code within + * the optional information array. + */ +#define EXCEPTION_PTW32_SERVICES \ + MAKE_SOFTWARE_EXCEPTION( SE_ERROR, \ + PTW32_SERVICES_FACILITY, \ + PTW32_SERVICES_ERROR ) + +#define PTW32_SERVICES_FACILITY 0xBAD +#define PTW32_SERVICES_ERROR 0xDEED + +#endif /* __CLEANUP_SEH */ + +/* + * Services available through EXCEPTION_PTW32_SERVICES + * and also used [as parameters to ptw32_throw()] as + * generic exception selectors. + */ + +#define PTW32_EPS_EXIT (1) +#define PTW32_EPS_CANCEL (2) + + +/* Useful macros */ +#define PTW32_MAX(a,b) ((a)<(b)?(b):(a)) +#define PTW32_MIN(a,b) ((a)>(b)?(b):(a)) + + +/* Declared in global.c */ +extern PTW32_INTERLOCKED_LONG (WINAPI * + ptw32_interlocked_compare_exchange) + (PTW32_INTERLOCKED_LPLONG, PTW32_INTERLOCKED_LONG, PTW32_INTERLOCKED_LONG); + +/* Declared in pthread_cancel.c */ +extern DWORD (*ptw32_register_cancelation) (PAPCFUNC, HANDLE, DWORD); + +/* Thread Reuse stack bottom marker. Must not be NULL or any valid pointer to memory. */ +#define PTW32_THREAD_REUSE_EMPTY ((ptw32_thread_t *) 1) + +extern int ptw32_processInitialized; +extern ptw32_thread_t * ptw32_threadReuseTop; +extern ptw32_thread_t * ptw32_threadReuseBottom; +extern pthread_key_t ptw32_selfThreadKey; +extern pthread_key_t ptw32_cleanupKey; +extern pthread_cond_t ptw32_cond_list_head; +extern pthread_cond_t ptw32_cond_list_tail; + +extern int ptw32_mutex_default_kind; + +extern int ptw32_concurrency; + +extern int ptw32_features; + +extern BOOL ptw32_smp_system; /* True: SMP system, False: Uni-processor system */ + +extern CRITICAL_SECTION ptw32_thread_reuse_lock; +extern CRITICAL_SECTION ptw32_mutex_test_init_lock; +extern CRITICAL_SECTION ptw32_cond_list_lock; +extern CRITICAL_SECTION ptw32_cond_test_init_lock; +extern CRITICAL_SECTION ptw32_rwlock_test_init_lock; +extern CRITICAL_SECTION ptw32_spinlock_test_init_lock; + +#ifdef _UWIN +extern int pthread_count; +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/* + * ===================== + * ===================== + * Forward Declarations + * ===================== + * ===================== + */ + + int ptw32_is_attr (const pthread_attr_t * attr); + + int ptw32_cond_check_need_init (pthread_cond_t * cond); + int ptw32_mutex_check_need_init (pthread_mutex_t * mutex); + int ptw32_rwlock_check_need_init (pthread_rwlock_t * rwlock); + + PTW32_INTERLOCKED_LONG WINAPI + ptw32_InterlockedCompareExchange (PTW32_INTERLOCKED_LPLONG location, + PTW32_INTERLOCKED_LONG value, + PTW32_INTERLOCKED_LONG comparand); + + LONG WINAPI + ptw32_InterlockedExchange (LPLONG location, + LONG value); + + DWORD + ptw32_RegisterCancelation (PAPCFUNC callback, + HANDLE threadH, DWORD callback_arg); + + int ptw32_processInitialize (void); + + void ptw32_processTerminate (void); + + void ptw32_threadDestroy (pthread_t tid); + + void ptw32_pop_cleanup_all (int execute); + + pthread_t ptw32_new (void); + + pthread_t ptw32_threadReusePop (void); + + void ptw32_threadReusePush (pthread_t thread); + + int ptw32_getprocessors (int *count); + + int ptw32_setthreadpriority (pthread_t thread, int policy, int priority); + + void ptw32_rwlock_cancelwrwait (void *arg); + +#if ! defined (__MINGW32__) || defined (__MSVCRT__) + unsigned __stdcall +#else + void +#endif + ptw32_threadStart (void *vthreadParms); + + void ptw32_callUserDestroyRoutines (pthread_t thread); + + int ptw32_tkAssocCreate (ptw32_thread_t * thread, pthread_key_t key); + + void ptw32_tkAssocDestroy (ThreadKeyAssoc * assoc); + + int ptw32_semwait (sem_t * sem); + + DWORD ptw32_relmillisecs (const struct timespec * abstime); + + void ptw32_mcs_lock_acquire (ptw32_mcs_lock_t * lock, ptw32_mcs_local_node_t * node); + + void ptw32_mcs_lock_release (ptw32_mcs_local_node_t * node); + +#ifdef NEED_FTIME + void ptw32_timespec_to_filetime (const struct timespec *ts, FILETIME * ft); + void ptw32_filetime_to_timespec (const FILETIME * ft, struct timespec *ts); +#endif + +/* Declared in misc.c */ +#ifdef NEED_CALLOC +#define calloc(n, s) ptw32_calloc(n, s) + void *ptw32_calloc (size_t n, size_t s); +#endif + +/* Declared in private.c */ + void ptw32_throw (DWORD exception); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + + +#ifdef _UWIN_ +# ifdef _MT +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +# endif + _CRTIMP unsigned long __cdecl _beginthread (void (__cdecl *) (void *), + unsigned, void *); + _CRTIMP void __cdecl _endthread (void); + _CRTIMP unsigned long __cdecl _beginthreadex (void *, unsigned, + unsigned (__stdcall *) (void *), + void *, unsigned, unsigned *); + _CRTIMP void __cdecl _endthreadex (unsigned); +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif +#else +# include <process.h> +#endif + + +/* + * Defaults. Could be overridden when building the inlined version of the dll. + * See ptw32_InterlockedCompareExchange.c + */ +#ifndef PTW32_INTERLOCKED_COMPARE_EXCHANGE +#define PTW32_INTERLOCKED_COMPARE_EXCHANGE ptw32_interlocked_compare_exchange +#endif + +#ifndef PTW32_INTERLOCKED_EXCHANGE +#define PTW32_INTERLOCKED_EXCHANGE InterlockedExchange +#endif + + +/* + * Check for old and new versions of cygwin. See the FAQ file: + * + * Question 1 - How do I get pthreads-win32 to link under Cygwin or Mingw32? + * + * Patch by Anders Norlander <anorland@hem2.passagen.se> + */ +#if defined(__CYGWIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(NEED_CREATETHREAD) + +/* + * Macro uses args so we can cast start_proc to LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE + * in order to avoid warnings because of return type + */ + +#define _beginthreadex(security, \ + stack_size, \ + start_proc, \ + arg, \ + flags, \ + pid) \ + CreateThread(security, \ + stack_size, \ + (LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE) start_proc, \ + arg, \ + flags, \ + pid) + +#define _endthreadex ExitThread + +#endif /* __CYGWIN32__ || __CYGWIN__ || NEED_CREATETHREAD */ + + +#endif /* _IMPLEMENT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/pthread/md5.sum b/thirdparties/win32/include/pthread/md5.sum new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c18be9f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/pthread/md5.sum @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +073c29857b7ac652eb8ffe7468fd6d21 pthread.h +cb87e52a97ab095a92f7e30f5af21985 sched.h +3a6e2bd34633c620928c031f20d373d9 semaphore.h diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/pthread/pthread.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/pthread/pthread.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a1f9aa1 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/pthread/pthread.h @@ -0,0 +1,1368 @@ +/* This is an implementation of the threads API of POSIX 1003.1-2001. + * + * -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * Pthreads-win32 - POSIX Threads Library for Win32 + * Copyright(C) 1998 John E. Bossom + * Copyright(C) 1999,2005 Pthreads-win32 contributors + * + * Contact Email: rpj@callisto.canberra.edu.au + * + * The current list of contributors is contained + * in the file CONTRIBUTORS included with the source + * code distribution. The list can also be seen at the + * following World Wide Web location: + * http://sources.redhat.com/pthreads-win32/contributors.html + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library in the file COPYING.LIB; + * if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA + */ + +#if !defined( PTHREAD_H ) +#define PTHREAD_H + +/* + * See the README file for an explanation of the pthreads-win32 version + * numbering scheme and how the DLL is named etc. + */ +#define PTW32_VERSION 2,8,0,0 +#define PTW32_VERSION_STRING "2, 8, 0, 0\0" + +/* There are three implementations of cancel cleanup. + * Note that pthread.h is included in both application + * compilation units and also internally for the library. + * The code here and within the library aims to work + * for all reasonable combinations of environments. + * + * The three implementations are: + * + * WIN32 SEH + * C + * C++ + * + * Please note that exiting a push/pop block via + * "return", "exit", "break", or "continue" will + * lead to different behaviour amongst applications + * depending upon whether the library was built + * using SEH, C++, or C. For example, a library built + * with SEH will call the cleanup routine, while both + * C++ and C built versions will not. + */ + +/* + * Define defaults for cleanup code. + * Note: Unless the build explicitly defines one of the following, then + * we default to standard C style cleanup. This style uses setjmp/longjmp + * in the cancelation and thread exit implementations and therefore won't + * do stack unwinding if linked to applications that have it (e.g. + * C++ apps). This is currently consistent with most/all commercial Unix + * POSIX threads implementations. + */ +#if !defined( __CLEANUP_SEH ) && !defined( __CLEANUP_CXX ) && !defined( __CLEANUP_C ) +# define __CLEANUP_C +#endif + +#if defined( __CLEANUP_SEH ) && ( !defined( _MSC_VER ) && !defined(PTW32_RC_MSC)) +#error ERROR [__FILE__, line __LINE__]: SEH is not supported for this compiler. +#endif + +/* + * Stop here if we are being included by the resource compiler. + */ +#ifndef RC_INVOKED + +#undef PTW32_LEVEL + +#if defined(_POSIX_SOURCE) +#define PTW32_LEVEL 0 +/* Early POSIX */ +#endif + +#if defined(_POSIX_C_SOURCE) && _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199309 +#undef PTW32_LEVEL +#define PTW32_LEVEL 1 +/* Include 1b, 1c and 1d */ +#endif + +#if defined(INCLUDE_NP) +#undef PTW32_LEVEL +#define PTW32_LEVEL 2 +/* Include Non-Portable extensions */ +#endif + +#define PTW32_LEVEL_MAX 3 + +#if !defined(PTW32_LEVEL) +#define PTW32_LEVEL PTW32_LEVEL_MAX +/* Include everything */ +#endif + +#ifdef _UWIN +# define HAVE_STRUCT_TIMESPEC 1 +# define HAVE_SIGNAL_H 1 +# undef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# pragma comment(lib, "pthread") +#endif + +/* + * ------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * + * Module: pthread.h + * + * Purpose: + * Provides an implementation of PThreads based upon the + * standard: + * + * POSIX 1003.1-2001 + * and + * The Single Unix Specification version 3 + * + * (these two are equivalent) + * + * in order to enhance code portability between Windows, + * various commercial Unix implementations, and Linux. + * + * See the ANNOUNCE file for a full list of conforming + * routines and defined constants, and a list of missing + * routines and constants not defined in this implementation. + * + * Authors: + * There have been many contributors to this library. + * The initial implementation was contributed by + * John Bossom, and several others have provided major + * sections or revisions of parts of the implementation. + * Often significant effort has been contributed to + * find and fix important bugs and other problems to + * improve the reliability of the library, which sometimes + * is not reflected in the amount of code which changed as + * result. + * As much as possible, the contributors are acknowledged + * in the ChangeLog file in the source code distribution + * where their changes are noted in detail. + * + * Contributors are listed in the CONTRIBUTORS file. + * + * As usual, all bouquets go to the contributors, and all + * brickbats go to the project maintainer. + * + * Maintainer: + * The code base for this project is coordinated and + * eventually pre-tested, packaged, and made available by + * + * Ross Johnson <rpj@callisto.canberra.edu.au> + * + * QA Testers: + * Ultimately, the library is tested in the real world by + * a host of competent and demanding scientists and + * engineers who report bugs and/or provide solutions + * which are then fixed or incorporated into subsequent + * versions of the library. Each time a bug is fixed, a + * test case is written to prove the fix and ensure + * that later changes to the code don't reintroduce the + * same error. The number of test cases is slowly growing + * and therefore so is the code reliability. + * + * Compliance: + * See the file ANNOUNCE for the list of implemented + * and not-implemented routines and defined options. + * Of course, these are all defined is this file as well. + * + * Web site: + * The source code and other information about this library + * are available from + * + * http://sources.redhat.com/pthreads-win32/ + * + * ------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +/* Try to avoid including windows.h */ +#if defined(__MINGW32__) && defined(__cplusplus) +#define PTW32_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_H +#endif + +#ifdef PTW32_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_H +#include <windows.h> +#endif + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1300 || defined(__DMC__) +/* + * VC++6.0 or early compiler's header has no DWORD_PTR type. + */ +typedef unsigned long DWORD_PTR; +#endif +/* + * ----------------- + * autoconf switches + * ----------------- + */ + +#if HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif /* HAVE_CONFIG_H */ + +#ifndef NEED_FTIME +#include <time.h> +#else /* NEED_FTIME */ +/* use native WIN32 time API */ +#endif /* NEED_FTIME */ + +#if HAVE_SIGNAL_H +#include <signal.h> +#endif /* HAVE_SIGNAL_H */ + +#include <setjmp.h> +#include <limits.h> + +/* + * Boolean values to make us independent of system includes. + */ +enum { + PTW32_FALSE = 0, + PTW32_TRUE = (! PTW32_FALSE) +}; + +/* + * This is a duplicate of what is in the autoconf config.h, + * which is only used when building the pthread-win32 libraries. + */ + +#ifndef PTW32_CONFIG_H +# if defined(WINCE) +//# define NEED_ERRNO +# define NEED_SEM +# endif +# if defined(_UWIN) || defined(__MINGW32__) +# define HAVE_MODE_T +# endif +#endif + +/* + * + */ + +#if PTW32_LEVEL >= PTW32_LEVEL_MAX +#ifdef NEED_ERRNO +#include "need_errno.h" +#else +#include <errno.h> +#endif +#endif /* PTW32_LEVEL >= PTW32_LEVEL_MAX */ + +/* + * Several systems don't define some error numbers. + */ +#ifndef ENOTSUP +# define ENOTSUP 48 /* This is the value in Solaris. */ +#endif + +#ifndef ETIMEDOUT +# define ETIMEDOUT 10060 /* This is the value in winsock.h. */ +#endif + +#ifndef ENOSYS +# define ENOSYS 140 /* Semi-arbitrary value */ +#endif + +#ifndef EDEADLK +# ifdef EDEADLOCK +# define EDEADLK EDEADLOCK +# else +# define EDEADLK 36 /* This is the value in MSVC. */ +# endif +#endif + +#include <sched.h> + +/* + * To avoid including windows.h we define only those things that we + * actually need from it. + */ +#ifndef PTW32_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_H +#ifndef HANDLE +# define PTW32__HANDLE_DEF +# define HANDLE void * +#endif +#ifndef DWORD +# define PTW32__DWORD_DEF +# define DWORD unsigned long +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_TIMESPEC +#define HAVE_STRUCT_TIMESPEC 1 +struct timespec { + long tv_sec; + long tv_nsec; +}; +#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_TIMESPEC */ + +#ifndef SIG_BLOCK +#define SIG_BLOCK 0 +#endif /* SIG_BLOCK */ + +#ifndef SIG_UNBLOCK +#define SIG_UNBLOCK 1 +#endif /* SIG_UNBLOCK */ + +#ifndef SIG_SETMASK +#define SIG_SETMASK 2 +#endif /* SIG_SETMASK */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/* + * ------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * POSIX 1003.1-2001 Options + * ========================= + * + * Options are normally set in <unistd.h>, which is not provided + * with pthreads-win32. + * + * For conformance with the Single Unix Specification (version 3), all of the + * options below are defined, and have a value of either -1 (not supported) + * or 200112L (supported). + * + * These options can neither be left undefined nor have a value of 0, because + * either indicates that sysconf(), which is not implemented, may be used at + * runtime to check the status of the option. + * + * _POSIX_THREADS (== 200112L) + * If == 200112L, you can use threads + * + * _POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE (== 200112L) + * If == 200112L, you can control the size of a thread's + * stack + * pthread_attr_getstacksize + * pthread_attr_setstacksize + * + * _POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR (== -1) + * If == 200112L, you can allocate and control a thread's + * stack. If not supported, the following functions + * will return ENOSYS, indicating they are not + * supported: + * pthread_attr_getstackaddr + * pthread_attr_setstackaddr + * + * _POSIX_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING (== -1) + * If == 200112L, you can use realtime scheduling. + * This option indicates that the behaviour of some + * implemented functions conforms to the additional TPS + * requirements in the standard. E.g. rwlocks favour + * writers over readers when threads have equal priority. + * + * _POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT (== -1) + * If == 200112L, you can create priority inheritance + * mutexes. + * pthread_mutexattr_getprotocol + + * pthread_mutexattr_setprotocol + + * + * _POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT (== -1) + * If == 200112L, you can create priority ceiling mutexes + * Indicates the availability of: + * pthread_mutex_getprioceiling + * pthread_mutex_setprioceiling + * pthread_mutexattr_getprioceiling + * pthread_mutexattr_getprotocol + + * pthread_mutexattr_setprioceiling + * pthread_mutexattr_setprotocol + + * + * _POSIX_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED (== -1) + * If set, you can create mutexes and condition + * variables that can be shared with another + * process.If set, indicates the availability + * of: + * pthread_mutexattr_getpshared + * pthread_mutexattr_setpshared + * pthread_condattr_getpshared + * pthread_condattr_setpshared + * + * _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS (== 200112L) + * If == 200112L you can use the special *_r library + * functions that provide thread-safe behaviour + * + * _POSIX_READER_WRITER_LOCKS (== 200112L) + * If == 200112L, you can use read/write locks + * + * _POSIX_SPIN_LOCKS (== 200112L) + * If == 200112L, you can use spin locks + * + * _POSIX_BARRIERS (== 200112L) + * If == 200112L, you can use barriers + * + * + These functions provide both 'inherit' and/or + * 'protect' protocol, based upon these macro + * settings. + * + * ------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +/* + * POSIX Options + */ +#undef _POSIX_THREADS +#define _POSIX_THREADS 200112L + +#undef _POSIX_READER_WRITER_LOCKS +#define _POSIX_READER_WRITER_LOCKS 200112L + +#undef _POSIX_SPIN_LOCKS +#define _POSIX_SPIN_LOCKS 200112L + +#undef _POSIX_BARRIERS +#define _POSIX_BARRIERS 200112L + +#undef _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS +#define _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS 200112L + +#undef _POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE +#define _POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE 200112L + +/* + * The following options are not supported + */ +#undef _POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR +#define _POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR -1 + +#undef _POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT +#define _POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT -1 + +#undef _POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT +#define _POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT -1 + +/* TPS is not fully supported. */ +#undef _POSIX_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING +#define _POSIX_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING -1 + +#undef _POSIX_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED +#define _POSIX_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED -1 + + +/* + * POSIX 1003.1-2001 Limits + * =========================== + * + * These limits are normally set in <limits.h>, which is not provided with + * pthreads-win32. + * + * PTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS + * Maximum number of attempts to destroy + * a thread's thread-specific data on + * termination (must be at least 4) + * + * PTHREAD_KEYS_MAX + * Maximum number of thread-specific data keys + * available per process (must be at least 128) + * + * PTHREAD_STACK_MIN + * Minimum supported stack size for a thread + * + * PTHREAD_THREADS_MAX + * Maximum number of threads supported per + * process (must be at least 64). + * + * SEM_NSEMS_MAX + * The maximum number of semaphores a process can have. + * (must be at least 256) + * + * SEM_VALUE_MAX + * The maximum value a semaphore can have. + * (must be at least 32767) + * + */ +#undef _POSIX_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS +#define _POSIX_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS 4 + +#undef PTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS +#define PTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS _POSIX_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS + +#undef _POSIX_THREAD_KEYS_MAX +#define _POSIX_THREAD_KEYS_MAX 128 + +#undef PTHREAD_KEYS_MAX +#define PTHREAD_KEYS_MAX _POSIX_THREAD_KEYS_MAX + +#undef PTHREAD_STACK_MIN +#define PTHREAD_STACK_MIN 0 + +#undef _POSIX_THREAD_THREADS_MAX +#define _POSIX_THREAD_THREADS_MAX 64 + + /* Arbitrary value */ +#undef PTHREAD_THREADS_MAX +#define PTHREAD_THREADS_MAX 2019 + +#undef _POSIX_SEM_NSEMS_MAX +#define _POSIX_SEM_NSEMS_MAX 256 + + /* Arbitrary value */ +#undef SEM_NSEMS_MAX +#define SEM_NSEMS_MAX 1024 + +#undef _POSIX_SEM_VALUE_MAX +#define _POSIX_SEM_VALUE_MAX 32767 + +#undef SEM_VALUE_MAX +#define SEM_VALUE_MAX INT_MAX + + +#if __GNUC__ && ! defined (__declspec) +# error Please upgrade your GNU compiler to one that supports __declspec. +#endif + +/* + * When building the DLL code, you should define PTW32_BUILD so that + * the variables/functions are exported correctly. When using the DLL, + * do NOT define PTW32_BUILD, and then the variables/functions will + * be imported correctly. + */ +#ifndef PTW32_STATIC_LIB +# ifdef PTW32_BUILD +# define PTW32_DLLPORT __declspec (dllexport) +# else +# define PTW32_DLLPORT __declspec (dllimport) +# endif +#else +# define PTW32_DLLPORT +#endif + +/* + * The Open Watcom C/C++ compiler uses a non-standard calling convention + * that passes function args in registers unless __cdecl is explicitly specified + * in exposed function prototypes. + * + * We force all calls to cdecl even though this could slow Watcom code down + * slightly. If you know that the Watcom compiler will be used to build both + * the DLL and application, then you can probably define this as a null string. + * Remember that pthread.h (this file) is used for both the DLL and application builds. + */ +#define PTW32_CDECL __cdecl + +#if defined(_UWIN) && PTW32_LEVEL >= PTW32_LEVEL_MAX +# include <sys/types.h> +#else +/* + * Generic handle type - intended to extend uniqueness beyond + * that available with a simple pointer. It should scale for either + * IA-32 or IA-64. + */ +typedef struct { + void * p; /* Pointer to actual object */ + unsigned int x; /* Extra information - reuse count etc */ +} ptw32_handle_t; + +typedef ptw32_handle_t pthread_t; +typedef struct pthread_attr_t_ * pthread_attr_t; +typedef struct pthread_once_t_ pthread_once_t; +typedef struct pthread_key_t_ * pthread_key_t; +typedef struct pthread_mutex_t_ * pthread_mutex_t; +typedef struct pthread_mutexattr_t_ * pthread_mutexattr_t; +typedef struct pthread_cond_t_ * pthread_cond_t; +typedef struct pthread_condattr_t_ * pthread_condattr_t; +#endif +typedef struct pthread_rwlock_t_ * pthread_rwlock_t; +typedef struct pthread_rwlockattr_t_ * pthread_rwlockattr_t; +typedef struct pthread_spinlock_t_ * pthread_spinlock_t; +typedef struct pthread_barrier_t_ * pthread_barrier_t; +typedef struct pthread_barrierattr_t_ * pthread_barrierattr_t; + +/* + * ==================== + * ==================== + * POSIX Threads + * ==================== + * ==================== + */ + +enum { +/* + * pthread_attr_{get,set}detachstate + */ + PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE = 0, /* Default */ + PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED = 1, + +/* + * pthread_attr_{get,set}inheritsched + */ + PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED = 0, + PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED = 1, /* Default */ + +/* + * pthread_{get,set}scope + */ + PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS = 0, + PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM = 1, /* Default */ + +/* + * pthread_setcancelstate paramters + */ + PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE = 0, /* Default */ + PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE = 1, + +/* + * pthread_setcanceltype parameters + */ + PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS = 0, + PTHREAD_CANCEL_DEFERRED = 1, /* Default */ + +/* + * pthread_mutexattr_{get,set}pshared + * pthread_condattr_{get,set}pshared + */ + PTHREAD_PROCESS_PRIVATE = 0, + PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED = 1, + +/* + * pthread_barrier_wait + */ + PTHREAD_BARRIER_SERIAL_THREAD = -1 +}; + +/* + * ==================== + * ==================== + * Cancelation + * ==================== + * ==================== + */ +#define PTHREAD_CANCELED ((void *) -1) + + +/* + * ==================== + * ==================== + * Once Key + * ==================== + * ==================== + */ +#define PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT { PTW32_FALSE, 0, 0, 0} + +struct pthread_once_t_ +{ + int done; /* indicates if user function has been executed */ + void * lock; + int reserved1; + int reserved2; +}; + + +/* + * ==================== + * ==================== + * Object initialisers + * ==================== + * ==================== + */ +#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER ((pthread_mutex_t) -1) +#define PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER ((pthread_mutex_t) -2) +#define PTHREAD_ERRORCHECK_MUTEX_INITIALIZER ((pthread_mutex_t) -3) + +/* + * Compatibility with LinuxThreads + */ +#define PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER +#define PTHREAD_ERRORCHECK_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP PTHREAD_ERRORCHECK_MUTEX_INITIALIZER + +#define PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER ((pthread_cond_t) -1) + +#define PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER ((pthread_rwlock_t) -1) + +#define PTHREAD_SPINLOCK_INITIALIZER ((pthread_spinlock_t) -1) + + +/* + * Mutex types. + */ +enum +{ + /* Compatibility with LinuxThreads */ + PTHREAD_MUTEX_FAST_NP, + PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_NP, + PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK_NP, + PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMED_NP = PTHREAD_MUTEX_FAST_NP, + PTHREAD_MUTEX_ADAPTIVE_NP = PTHREAD_MUTEX_FAST_NP, + /* For compatibility with POSIX */ + PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL = PTHREAD_MUTEX_FAST_NP, + PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE = PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_NP, + PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK = PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK_NP, + PTHREAD_MUTEX_DEFAULT = PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL +}; + + +typedef struct ptw32_cleanup_t ptw32_cleanup_t; + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +/* Disable MSVC 'anachronism used' warning */ +#pragma warning( disable : 4229 ) +#endif + +typedef void (* PTW32_CDECL ptw32_cleanup_callback_t)(void *); + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +#pragma warning( default : 4229 ) +#endif + +struct ptw32_cleanup_t +{ + ptw32_cleanup_callback_t routine; + void *arg; + struct ptw32_cleanup_t *prev; +}; + +#ifdef __CLEANUP_SEH + /* + * WIN32 SEH version of cancel cleanup. + */ + +#define pthread_cleanup_push( _rout, _arg ) \ + { \ + ptw32_cleanup_t _cleanup; \ + \ + _cleanup.routine = (ptw32_cleanup_callback_t)(_rout); \ + _cleanup.arg = (_arg); \ + __try \ + { \ + +#define pthread_cleanup_pop( _execute ) \ + } \ + __finally \ + { \ + if( _execute || AbnormalTermination()) \ + { \ + (*(_cleanup.routine))( _cleanup.arg ); \ + } \ + } \ + } + +#else /* __CLEANUP_SEH */ + +#ifdef __CLEANUP_C + + /* + * C implementation of PThreads cancel cleanup + */ + +#define pthread_cleanup_push( _rout, _arg ) \ + { \ + ptw32_cleanup_t _cleanup; \ + \ + ptw32_push_cleanup( &_cleanup, (ptw32_cleanup_callback_t) (_rout), (_arg) ); \ + +#define pthread_cleanup_pop( _execute ) \ + (void) ptw32_pop_cleanup( _execute ); \ + } + +#else /* __CLEANUP_C */ + +#ifdef __CLEANUP_CXX + + /* + * C++ version of cancel cleanup. + * - John E. Bossom. + */ + + class PThreadCleanup { + /* + * PThreadCleanup + * + * Purpose + * This class is a C++ helper class that is + * used to implement pthread_cleanup_push/ + * pthread_cleanup_pop. + * The destructor of this class automatically + * pops the pushed cleanup routine regardless + * of how the code exits the scope + * (i.e. such as by an exception) + */ + ptw32_cleanup_callback_t cleanUpRout; + void * obj; + int executeIt; + + public: + PThreadCleanup() : + cleanUpRout( 0 ), + obj( 0 ), + executeIt( 0 ) + /* + * No cleanup performed + */ + { + } + + PThreadCleanup( + ptw32_cleanup_callback_t routine, + void * arg ) : + cleanUpRout( routine ), + obj( arg ), + executeIt( 1 ) + /* + * Registers a cleanup routine for 'arg' + */ + { + } + + ~PThreadCleanup() + { + if ( executeIt && ((void *) cleanUpRout != (void *) 0) ) + { + (void) (*cleanUpRout)( obj ); + } + } + + void execute( int exec ) + { + executeIt = exec; + } + }; + + /* + * C++ implementation of PThreads cancel cleanup; + * This implementation takes advantage of a helper + * class who's destructor automatically calls the + * cleanup routine if we exit our scope weirdly + */ +#define pthread_cleanup_push( _rout, _arg ) \ + { \ + PThreadCleanup cleanup((ptw32_cleanup_callback_t)(_rout), \ + (void *) (_arg) ); + +#define pthread_cleanup_pop( _execute ) \ + cleanup.execute( _execute ); \ + } + +#else + +#error ERROR [__FILE__, line __LINE__]: Cleanup type undefined. + +#endif /* __CLEANUP_CXX */ + +#endif /* __CLEANUP_C */ + +#endif /* __CLEANUP_SEH */ + +/* + * =============== + * =============== + * Methods + * =============== + * =============== + */ + +/* + * PThread Attribute Functions + */ +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_attr_init (pthread_attr_t * attr); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_attr_destroy (pthread_attr_t * attr); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_attr_getdetachstate (const pthread_attr_t * attr, + int *detachstate); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_attr_getstackaddr (const pthread_attr_t * attr, + void **stackaddr); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_attr_getstacksize (const pthread_attr_t * attr, + size_t * stacksize); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_attr_setdetachstate (pthread_attr_t * attr, + int detachstate); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_attr_setstackaddr (pthread_attr_t * attr, + void *stackaddr); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_attr_setstacksize (pthread_attr_t * attr, + size_t stacksize); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_attr_getschedparam (const pthread_attr_t *attr, + struct sched_param *param); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_attr_setschedparam (pthread_attr_t *attr, + const struct sched_param *param); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_attr_setschedpolicy (pthread_attr_t *, + int); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_attr_getschedpolicy (pthread_attr_t *, + int *); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_attr_setinheritsched(pthread_attr_t * attr, + int inheritsched); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_attr_getinheritsched(pthread_attr_t * attr, + int * inheritsched); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_attr_setscope (pthread_attr_t *, + int); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_attr_getscope (const pthread_attr_t *, + int *); + +/* + * PThread Functions + */ +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_create (pthread_t * tid, + const pthread_attr_t * attr, + void *(*start) (void *), + void *arg); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_detach (pthread_t tid); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_equal (pthread_t t1, + pthread_t t2); + +PTW32_DLLPORT void PTW32_CDECL pthread_exit (void *value_ptr); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_join (pthread_t thread, + void **value_ptr); + +PTW32_DLLPORT pthread_t PTW32_CDECL pthread_self (void); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_cancel (pthread_t thread); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_setcancelstate (int state, + int *oldstate); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_setcanceltype (int type, + int *oldtype); + +PTW32_DLLPORT void PTW32_CDECL pthread_testcancel (void); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_once (pthread_once_t * once_control, + void (*init_routine) (void)); + +#if PTW32_LEVEL >= PTW32_LEVEL_MAX +PTW32_DLLPORT ptw32_cleanup_t * PTW32_CDECL ptw32_pop_cleanup (int execute); + +PTW32_DLLPORT void PTW32_CDECL ptw32_push_cleanup (ptw32_cleanup_t * cleanup, + void (*routine) (void *), + void *arg); +#endif /* PTW32_LEVEL >= PTW32_LEVEL_MAX */ + +/* + * Thread Specific Data Functions + */ +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_key_create (pthread_key_t * key, + void (*destructor) (void *)); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_key_delete (pthread_key_t key); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_setspecific (pthread_key_t key, + const void *value); + +PTW32_DLLPORT void * PTW32_CDECL pthread_getspecific (pthread_key_t key); + + +/* + * Mutex Attribute Functions + */ +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_mutexattr_init (pthread_mutexattr_t * attr); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_mutexattr_destroy (pthread_mutexattr_t * attr); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_mutexattr_getpshared (const pthread_mutexattr_t + * attr, + int *pshared); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_mutexattr_setpshared (pthread_mutexattr_t * attr, + int pshared); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_mutexattr_settype (pthread_mutexattr_t * attr, int kind); +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_mutexattr_gettype (pthread_mutexattr_t * attr, int *kind); + +/* + * Barrier Attribute Functions + */ +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_barrierattr_init (pthread_barrierattr_t * attr); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_barrierattr_destroy (pthread_barrierattr_t * attr); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_barrierattr_getpshared (const pthread_barrierattr_t + * attr, + int *pshared); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_barrierattr_setpshared (pthread_barrierattr_t * attr, + int pshared); + +/* + * Mutex Functions + */ +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_mutex_init (pthread_mutex_t * mutex, + const pthread_mutexattr_t * attr); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_mutex_destroy (pthread_mutex_t * mutex); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_mutex_lock (pthread_mutex_t * mutex); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_mutex_timedlock(pthread_mutex_t *mutex, + const struct timespec *abstime); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_mutex_trylock (pthread_mutex_t * mutex); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_mutex_unlock (pthread_mutex_t * mutex); + +/* + * Spinlock Functions + */ +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_spin_init (pthread_spinlock_t * lock, int pshared); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_spin_destroy (pthread_spinlock_t * lock); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_spin_lock (pthread_spinlock_t * lock); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_spin_trylock (pthread_spinlock_t * lock); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_spin_unlock (pthread_spinlock_t * lock); + +/* + * Barrier Functions + */ +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_barrier_init (pthread_barrier_t * barrier, + const pthread_barrierattr_t * attr, + unsigned int count); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_barrier_destroy (pthread_barrier_t * barrier); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_barrier_wait (pthread_barrier_t * barrier); + +/* + * Condition Variable Attribute Functions + */ +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_condattr_init (pthread_condattr_t * attr); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_condattr_destroy (pthread_condattr_t * attr); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_condattr_getpshared (const pthread_condattr_t * attr, + int *pshared); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_condattr_setpshared (pthread_condattr_t * attr, + int pshared); + +/* + * Condition Variable Functions + */ +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_cond_init (pthread_cond_t * cond, + const pthread_condattr_t * attr); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_cond_destroy (pthread_cond_t * cond); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_cond_wait (pthread_cond_t * cond, + pthread_mutex_t * mutex); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_cond_timedwait (pthread_cond_t * cond, + pthread_mutex_t * mutex, + const struct timespec *abstime); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_cond_signal (pthread_cond_t * cond); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_cond_broadcast (pthread_cond_t * cond); + +/* + * Scheduling + */ +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_setschedparam (pthread_t thread, + int policy, + const struct sched_param *param); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_getschedparam (pthread_t thread, + int *policy, + struct sched_param *param); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_setconcurrency (int); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_getconcurrency (void); + +/* + * Read-Write Lock Functions + */ +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_rwlock_init(pthread_rwlock_t *lock, + const pthread_rwlockattr_t *attr); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_rwlock_destroy(pthread_rwlock_t *lock); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock(pthread_rwlock_t *); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_rwlock_trywrlock(pthread_rwlock_t *); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_rwlock_rdlock(pthread_rwlock_t *lock); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock(pthread_rwlock_t *lock, + const struct timespec *abstime); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_rwlock_wrlock(pthread_rwlock_t *lock); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock(pthread_rwlock_t *lock, + const struct timespec *abstime); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_rwlock_unlock(pthread_rwlock_t *lock); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_rwlockattr_init (pthread_rwlockattr_t * attr); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_rwlockattr_destroy (pthread_rwlockattr_t * attr); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared (const pthread_rwlockattr_t * attr, + int *pshared); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared (pthread_rwlockattr_t * attr, + int pshared); + +#if PTW32_LEVEL >= PTW32_LEVEL_MAX - 1 + +/* + * Signal Functions. Should be defined in <signal.h> but MSVC and MinGW32 + * already have signal.h that don't define these. + */ +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_kill(pthread_t thread, int sig); + +/* + * Non-portable functions + */ + +/* + * Compatibility with Linux. + */ +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np(pthread_mutexattr_t * attr, + int kind); +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_mutexattr_getkind_np(pthread_mutexattr_t * attr, + int *kind); + +/* + * Possibly supported by other POSIX threads implementations + */ +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_delay_np (struct timespec * interval); +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_num_processors_np(void); + +/* + * Useful if an application wants to statically link + * the lib rather than load the DLL at run-time. + */ +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_win32_process_attach_np(void); +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_win32_process_detach_np(void); +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_win32_thread_attach_np(void); +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_win32_thread_detach_np(void); + +/* + * Features that are auto-detected at load/run time. + */ +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthread_win32_test_features_np(int); +enum ptw32_features { + PTW32_SYSTEM_INTERLOCKED_COMPARE_EXCHANGE = 0x0001, /* System provides it. */ + PTW32_ALERTABLE_ASYNC_CANCEL = 0x0002 /* Can cancel blocked threads. */ +}; + +/* + * Register a system time change with the library. + * Causes the library to perform various functions + * in response to the change. Should be called whenever + * the application's top level window receives a + * WM_TIMECHANGE message. It can be passed directly to + * pthread_create() as a new thread if desired. + */ +PTW32_DLLPORT void * PTW32_CDECL pthread_timechange_handler_np(void *); + +#endif /*PTW32_LEVEL >= PTW32_LEVEL_MAX - 1 */ + +#if PTW32_LEVEL >= PTW32_LEVEL_MAX + +/* + * Returns the Win32 HANDLE for the POSIX thread. + */ +PTW32_DLLPORT HANDLE PTW32_CDECL pthread_getw32threadhandle_np(pthread_t thread); + + +/* + * Protected Methods + * + * This function blocks until the given WIN32 handle + * is signaled or pthread_cancel had been called. + * This function allows the caller to hook into the + * PThreads cancel mechanism. It is implemented using + * + * WaitForMultipleObjects + * + * on 'waitHandle' and a manually reset WIN32 Event + * used to implement pthread_cancel. The 'timeout' + * argument to TimedWait is simply passed to + * WaitForMultipleObjects. + */ +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthreadCancelableWait (HANDLE waitHandle); +PTW32_DLLPORT int PTW32_CDECL pthreadCancelableTimedWait (HANDLE waitHandle, + DWORD timeout); + +#endif /* PTW32_LEVEL >= PTW32_LEVEL_MAX */ + +/* + * Thread-Safe C Runtime Library Mappings. + */ +#ifndef _UWIN +# if defined(NEED_ERRNO) + PTW32_DLLPORT int * PTW32_CDECL _errno( void ); +# else +# ifndef errno +# if (defined(_MT) || defined(_DLL)) + __declspec(dllimport) extern int * __cdecl _errno(void); +# define errno (*_errno()) +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +/* + * WIN32 C runtime library had been made thread-safe + * without affecting the user interface. Provide + * mappings from the UNIX thread-safe versions to + * the standard C runtime library calls. + * Only provide function mappings for functions that + * actually exist on WIN32. + */ + +#if !defined(__MINGW32__) +#define strtok_r( _s, _sep, _lasts ) \ + ( *(_lasts) = strtok( (_s), (_sep) ) ) +#endif /* !__MINGW32__ */ + +#define asctime_r( _tm, _buf ) \ + ( strcpy( (_buf), asctime( (_tm) ) ), \ + (_buf) ) + +#define ctime_r( _clock, _buf ) \ + ( strcpy( (_buf), ctime( (_clock) ) ), \ + (_buf) ) + +#define gmtime_r( _clock, _result ) \ + ( *(_result) = *gmtime( (_clock) ), \ + (_result) ) + +#define localtime_r( _clock, _result ) \ + ( *(_result) = *localtime( (_clock) ), \ + (_result) ) + +#define rand_r( _seed ) \ + ( _seed == _seed? rand() : rand() ) + + +/* + * Some compiler environments don't define some things. + */ +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) +# define _ftime ftime +# define _timeb timeb +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus + +/* + * Internal exceptions + */ +class ptw32_exception {}; +class ptw32_exception_cancel : public ptw32_exception {}; +class ptw32_exception_exit : public ptw32_exception {}; + +#endif + +#if PTW32_LEVEL >= PTW32_LEVEL_MAX + +/* FIXME: This is only required if the library was built using SEH */ +/* + * Get internal SEH tag + */ +PTW32_DLLPORT DWORD PTW32_CDECL ptw32_get_exception_services_code(void); + +#endif /* PTW32_LEVEL >= PTW32_LEVEL_MAX */ + +#ifndef PTW32_BUILD + +#ifdef __CLEANUP_SEH + +/* + * Redefine the SEH __except keyword to ensure that applications + * propagate our internal exceptions up to the library's internal handlers. + */ +#define __except( E ) \ + __except( ( GetExceptionCode() == ptw32_get_exception_services_code() ) \ + ? EXCEPTION_CONTINUE_SEARCH : ( E ) ) + +#endif /* __CLEANUP_SEH */ + +#ifdef __CLEANUP_CXX + +/* + * Redefine the C++ catch keyword to ensure that applications + * propagate our internal exceptions up to the library's internal handlers. + */ +#ifdef _MSC_VER + /* + * WARNING: Replace any 'catch( ... )' with 'PtW32CatchAll' + * if you want Pthread-Win32 cancelation and pthread_exit to work. + */ + +#ifndef PtW32NoCatchWarn + +#pragma message("Specify \"/DPtW32NoCatchWarn\" compiler flag to skip this message.") +#pragma message("------------------------------------------------------------------") +#pragma message("When compiling applications with MSVC++ and C++ exception handling:") +#pragma message(" Replace any 'catch( ... )' in routines called from POSIX threads") +#pragma message(" with 'PtW32CatchAll' or 'CATCHALL' if you want POSIX thread") +#pragma message(" cancelation and pthread_exit to work. For example:") +#pragma message("") +#pragma message(" #ifdef PtW32CatchAll") +#pragma message(" PtW32CatchAll") +#pragma message(" #else") +#pragma message(" catch(...)") +#pragma message(" #endif") +#pragma message(" {") +#pragma message(" /* Catchall block processing */") +#pragma message(" }") +#pragma message("------------------------------------------------------------------") + +#endif + +#define PtW32CatchAll \ + catch( ptw32_exception & ) { throw; } \ + catch( ... ) + +#else /* _MSC_VER */ + +#define catch( E ) \ + catch( ptw32_exception & ) { throw; } \ + catch( E ) + +#endif /* _MSC_VER */ + +#endif /* __CLEANUP_CXX */ + +#endif /* ! PTW32_BUILD */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* End of extern "C" */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#ifdef PTW32__HANDLE_DEF +# undef HANDLE +#endif +#ifdef PTW32__DWORD_DEF +# undef DWORD +#endif + +#undef PTW32_LEVEL +#undef PTW32_LEVEL_MAX + +#endif /* ! RC_INVOKED */ + +#endif /* PTHREAD_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/pthread/sched.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/pthread/sched.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3dfd4a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/pthread/sched.h @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +/* + * Module: sched.h + * + * Purpose: + * Provides an implementation of POSIX realtime extensions + * as defined in + * + * POSIX 1003.1b-1993 (POSIX.1b) + * + * -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * Pthreads-win32 - POSIX Threads Library for Win32 + * Copyright(C) 1998 John E. Bossom + * Copyright(C) 1999,2005 Pthreads-win32 contributors + * + * Contact Email: rpj@callisto.canberra.edu.au + * + * The current list of contributors is contained + * in the file CONTRIBUTORS included with the source + * code distribution. The list can also be seen at the + * following World Wide Web location: + * http://sources.redhat.com/pthreads-win32/contributors.html + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library in the file COPYING.LIB; + * if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA + */ +#ifndef _SCHED_H +#define _SCHED_H + +#undef PTW32_LEVEL + +#if defined(_POSIX_SOURCE) +#define PTW32_LEVEL 0 +/* Early POSIX */ +#endif + +#if defined(_POSIX_C_SOURCE) && _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199309 +#undef PTW32_LEVEL +#define PTW32_LEVEL 1 +/* Include 1b, 1c and 1d */ +#endif + +#if defined(INCLUDE_NP) +#undef PTW32_LEVEL +#define PTW32_LEVEL 2 +/* Include Non-Portable extensions */ +#endif + +#define PTW32_LEVEL_MAX 3 + +#if !defined(PTW32_LEVEL) +#define PTW32_LEVEL PTW32_LEVEL_MAX +/* Include everything */ +#endif + + +#if __GNUC__ && ! defined (__declspec) +# error Please upgrade your GNU compiler to one that supports __declspec. +#endif + +/* + * When building the DLL code, you should define PTW32_BUILD so that + * the variables/functions are exported correctly. When using the DLL, + * do NOT define PTW32_BUILD, and then the variables/functions will + * be imported correctly. + */ +#ifndef PTW32_STATIC_LIB +# ifdef PTW32_BUILD +# define PTW32_DLLPORT __declspec (dllexport) +# else +# define PTW32_DLLPORT __declspec (dllimport) +# endif +#else +# define PTW32_DLLPORT +#endif + +/* + * This is a duplicate of what is in the autoconf config.h, + * which is only used when building the pthread-win32 libraries. + */ + +#ifndef PTW32_CONFIG_H +# if defined(WINCE) +//# define NEED_ERRNO +# define NEED_SEM +# endif +# if defined(_UWIN) || defined(__MINGW32__) +# define HAVE_MODE_T +# endif +#endif + +/* + * + */ + +#if PTW32_LEVEL >= PTW32_LEVEL_MAX +#ifdef NEED_ERRNO +#include "need_errno.h" +#else +#include <errno.h> +#endif +#endif /* PTW32_LEVEL >= PTW32_LEVEL_MAX */ + +#if defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(_UWIN) +#if PTW32_LEVEL >= PTW32_LEVEL_MAX +/* For pid_t */ +# include <sys/types.h> +/* Required by Unix 98 */ +# include <time.h> +#endif /* PTW32_LEVEL >= PTW32_LEVEL_MAX */ +#else +typedef int pid_t; +#endif + +/* Thread scheduling policies */ + +enum { + SCHED_OTHER = 0, + SCHED_FIFO, + SCHED_RR, + SCHED_MIN = SCHED_OTHER, + SCHED_MAX = SCHED_RR +}; + +struct sched_param { + int sched_priority; +}; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +PTW32_DLLPORT int __cdecl sched_yield (void); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int __cdecl sched_get_priority_min (int policy); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int __cdecl sched_get_priority_max (int policy); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int __cdecl sched_setscheduler (pid_t pid, int policy); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int __cdecl sched_getscheduler (pid_t pid); + +/* + * Note that this macro returns ENOTSUP rather than + * ENOSYS as might be expected. However, returning ENOSYS + * should mean that sched_get_priority_{min,max} are + * not implemented as well as sched_rr_get_interval. + * This is not the case, since we just don't support + * round-robin scheduling. Therefore I have chosen to + * return the same value as sched_setscheduler when + * SCHED_RR is passed to it. + */ +#define sched_rr_get_interval(_pid, _interval) \ + ( errno = ENOTSUP, (int) -1 ) + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* End of extern "C" */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#undef PTW32_LEVEL +#undef PTW32_LEVEL_MAX + +#endif /* !_SCHED_H */ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/pthread/semaphore.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/pthread/semaphore.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f00cf9c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/pthread/semaphore.h @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +/* + * Module: semaphore.h + * + * Purpose: + * Semaphores aren't actually part of the PThreads standard. + * They are defined by the POSIX Standard: + * + * POSIX 1003.1b-1993 (POSIX.1b) + * + * -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * Pthreads-win32 - POSIX Threads Library for Win32 + * Copyright(C) 1998 John E. Bossom + * Copyright(C) 1999,2005 Pthreads-win32 contributors + * + * Contact Email: rpj@callisto.canberra.edu.au + * + * The current list of contributors is contained + * in the file CONTRIBUTORS included with the source + * code distribution. The list can also be seen at the + * following World Wide Web location: + * http://sources.redhat.com/pthreads-win32/contributors.html + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library in the file COPYING.LIB; + * if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA + */ +#if !defined( SEMAPHORE_H ) +#define SEMAPHORE_H + +#undef PTW32_LEVEL + +#if defined(_POSIX_SOURCE) +#define PTW32_LEVEL 0 +/* Early POSIX */ +#endif + +#if defined(_POSIX_C_SOURCE) && _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199309 +#undef PTW32_LEVEL +#define PTW32_LEVEL 1 +/* Include 1b, 1c and 1d */ +#endif + +#if defined(INCLUDE_NP) +#undef PTW32_LEVEL +#define PTW32_LEVEL 2 +/* Include Non-Portable extensions */ +#endif + +#define PTW32_LEVEL_MAX 3 + +#if !defined(PTW32_LEVEL) +#define PTW32_LEVEL PTW32_LEVEL_MAX +/* Include everything */ +#endif + +#if __GNUC__ && ! defined (__declspec) +# error Please upgrade your GNU compiler to one that supports __declspec. +#endif + +/* + * When building the DLL code, you should define PTW32_BUILD so that + * the variables/functions are exported correctly. When using the DLL, + * do NOT define PTW32_BUILD, and then the variables/functions will + * be imported correctly. + */ +#ifndef PTW32_STATIC_LIB +# ifdef PTW32_BUILD +# define PTW32_DLLPORT __declspec (dllexport) +# else +# define PTW32_DLLPORT __declspec (dllimport) +# endif +#else +# define PTW32_DLLPORT +#endif + +/* + * This is a duplicate of what is in the autoconf config.h, + * which is only used when building the pthread-win32 libraries. + */ + +#ifndef PTW32_CONFIG_H +# if defined(WINCE) +//# define NEED_ERRNO +# define NEED_SEM +# endif +# if defined(_UWIN) || defined(__MINGW32__) +# define HAVE_MODE_T +# endif +#endif + +/* + * + */ + +#if PTW32_LEVEL >= PTW32_LEVEL_MAX +#ifdef NEED_ERRNO +#include "need_errno.h" +#else +#include <errno.h> +#endif +#endif /* PTW32_LEVEL >= PTW32_LEVEL_MAX */ + +#define _POSIX_SEMAPHORES + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#ifndef HAVE_MODE_T +typedef unsigned int mode_t; +#endif + + +typedef struct sem_t_ * sem_t; + +PTW32_DLLPORT int __cdecl sem_init (sem_t * sem, + int pshared, + unsigned int value); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int __cdecl sem_destroy (sem_t * sem); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int __cdecl sem_trywait (sem_t * sem); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int __cdecl sem_wait (sem_t * sem); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int __cdecl sem_timedwait (sem_t * sem, + const struct timespec * abstime); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int __cdecl sem_post (sem_t * sem); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int __cdecl sem_post_multiple (sem_t * sem, + int count); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int __cdecl sem_open (const char * name, + int oflag, + mode_t mode, + unsigned int value); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int __cdecl sem_close (sem_t * sem); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int __cdecl sem_unlink (const char * name); + +PTW32_DLLPORT int __cdecl sem_getvalue (sem_t * sem, + int * sval); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* End of extern "C" */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#undef PTW32_LEVEL +#undef PTW32_LEVEL_MAX + +#endif /* !SEMAPHORE_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..82ba016 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex.h @@ -0,0 +1,424 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2002-2006 Jean-Marc Valin*/ +/** + @file speex.h + @brief Describes the different modes of the codec +*/ +/* + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + are met: + + - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its + contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + this software without specific prior written permission. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR + CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, + EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, + PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR + PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF + LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING + NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS + SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*/ + +#ifndef SPEEX_H +#define SPEEX_H +/** @defgroup Codec Speex encoder and decoder + * This is the Speex codec itself. + * @{ + */ + +#include "speex/speex_bits.h" +#include "speex/speex_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Values allowed for *ctl() requests */ + +/** Set enhancement on/off (decoder only) */ +#define SPEEX_SET_ENH 0 +/** Get enhancement state (decoder only) */ +#define SPEEX_GET_ENH 1 + +/*Would be SPEEX_SET_FRAME_SIZE, but it's (currently) invalid*/ +/** Obtain frame size used by encoder/decoder */ +#define SPEEX_GET_FRAME_SIZE 3 + +/** Set quality value */ +#define SPEEX_SET_QUALITY 4 +/** Get current quality setting */ +/* #define SPEEX_GET_QUALITY 5 -- Doesn't make much sense, does it? */ + +/** Set sub-mode to use */ +#define SPEEX_SET_MODE 6 +/** Get current sub-mode in use */ +#define SPEEX_GET_MODE 7 + +/** Set low-band sub-mode to use (wideband only)*/ +#define SPEEX_SET_LOW_MODE 8 +/** Get current low-band mode in use (wideband only)*/ +#define SPEEX_GET_LOW_MODE 9 + +/** Set high-band sub-mode to use (wideband only)*/ +#define SPEEX_SET_HIGH_MODE 10 +/** Get current high-band mode in use (wideband only)*/ +#define SPEEX_GET_HIGH_MODE 11 + +/** Set VBR on (1) or off (0) */ +#define SPEEX_SET_VBR 12 +/** Get VBR status (1 for on, 0 for off) */ +#define SPEEX_GET_VBR 13 + +/** Set quality value for VBR encoding (0-10) */ +#define SPEEX_SET_VBR_QUALITY 14 +/** Get current quality value for VBR encoding (0-10) */ +#define SPEEX_GET_VBR_QUALITY 15 + +/** Set complexity of the encoder (0-10) */ +#define SPEEX_SET_COMPLEXITY 16 +/** Get current complexity of the encoder (0-10) */ +#define SPEEX_GET_COMPLEXITY 17 + +/** Set bit-rate used by the encoder (or lower) */ +#define SPEEX_SET_BITRATE 18 +/** Get current bit-rate used by the encoder or decoder */ +#define SPEEX_GET_BITRATE 19 + +/** Define a handler function for in-band Speex request*/ +#define SPEEX_SET_HANDLER 20 + +/** Define a handler function for in-band user-defined request*/ +#define SPEEX_SET_USER_HANDLER 22 + +/** Set sampling rate used in bit-rate computation */ +#define SPEEX_SET_SAMPLING_RATE 24 +/** Get sampling rate used in bit-rate computation */ +#define SPEEX_GET_SAMPLING_RATE 25 + +/** Reset the encoder/decoder memories to zero*/ +#define SPEEX_RESET_STATE 26 + +/** Get VBR info (mostly used internally) */ +#define SPEEX_GET_RELATIVE_QUALITY 29 + +/** Set VAD status (1 for on, 0 for off) */ +#define SPEEX_SET_VAD 30 + +/** Get VAD status (1 for on, 0 for off) */ +#define SPEEX_GET_VAD 31 + +/** Set Average Bit-Rate (ABR) to n bits per seconds */ +#define SPEEX_SET_ABR 32 +/** Get Average Bit-Rate (ABR) setting (in bps) */ +#define SPEEX_GET_ABR 33 + +/** Set DTX status (1 for on, 0 for off) */ +#define SPEEX_SET_DTX 34 +/** Get DTX status (1 for on, 0 for off) */ +#define SPEEX_GET_DTX 35 + +/** Set submode encoding in each frame (1 for yes, 0 for no, setting to no breaks the standard) */ +#define SPEEX_SET_SUBMODE_ENCODING 36 +/** Get submode encoding in each frame */ +#define SPEEX_GET_SUBMODE_ENCODING 37 + +/*#define SPEEX_SET_LOOKAHEAD 38*/ +/** Returns the lookahead used by Speex */ +#define SPEEX_GET_LOOKAHEAD 39 + +/** Sets tuning for packet-loss concealment (expected loss rate) */ +#define SPEEX_SET_PLC_TUNING 40 +/** Gets tuning for PLC */ +#define SPEEX_GET_PLC_TUNING 41 + +/** Sets the max bit-rate allowed in VBR mode */ +#define SPEEX_SET_VBR_MAX_BITRATE 42 +/** Gets the max bit-rate allowed in VBR mode */ +#define SPEEX_GET_VBR_MAX_BITRATE 43 + +/** Turn on/off input/output high-pass filtering */ +#define SPEEX_SET_HIGHPASS 44 +/** Get status of input/output high-pass filtering */ +#define SPEEX_GET_HIGHPASS 45 + +/** Get "activity level" of the last decoded frame, i.e. + how much damage we cause if we remove the frame */ +#define SPEEX_GET_ACTIVITY 47 + + +/* Preserving compatibility:*/ +/** Equivalent to SPEEX_SET_ENH */ +#define SPEEX_SET_PF 0 +/** Equivalent to SPEEX_GET_ENH */ +#define SPEEX_GET_PF 1 + + + + +/* Values allowed for mode queries */ +/** Query the frame size of a mode */ +#define SPEEX_MODE_FRAME_SIZE 0 + +/** Query the size of an encoded frame for a particular sub-mode */ +#define SPEEX_SUBMODE_BITS_PER_FRAME 1 + + + +/** Get major Speex version */ +#define SPEEX_LIB_GET_MAJOR_VERSION 1 +/** Get minor Speex version */ +#define SPEEX_LIB_GET_MINOR_VERSION 3 +/** Get micro Speex version */ +#define SPEEX_LIB_GET_MICRO_VERSION 5 +/** Get extra Speex version */ +#define SPEEX_LIB_GET_EXTRA_VERSION 7 +/** Get Speex version string */ +#define SPEEX_LIB_GET_VERSION_STRING 9 + +/*#define SPEEX_LIB_SET_ALLOC_FUNC 10 +#define SPEEX_LIB_GET_ALLOC_FUNC 11 +#define SPEEX_LIB_SET_FREE_FUNC 12 +#define SPEEX_LIB_GET_FREE_FUNC 13 + +#define SPEEX_LIB_SET_WARNING_FUNC 14 +#define SPEEX_LIB_GET_WARNING_FUNC 15 +#define SPEEX_LIB_SET_ERROR_FUNC 16 +#define SPEEX_LIB_GET_ERROR_FUNC 17 +*/ + +/** Number of defined modes in Speex */ +#define SPEEX_NB_MODES 3 + +/** modeID for the defined narrowband mode */ +#define SPEEX_MODEID_NB 0 + +/** modeID for the defined wideband mode */ +#define SPEEX_MODEID_WB 1 + +/** modeID for the defined ultra-wideband mode */ +#define SPEEX_MODEID_UWB 2 + +struct SpeexMode; + + +/* Prototypes for mode function pointers */ + +/** Encoder state initialization function */ +typedef void *(*encoder_init_func)(const struct SpeexMode *mode); + +/** Encoder state destruction function */ +typedef void (*encoder_destroy_func)(void *st); + +/** Main encoding function */ +typedef int (*encode_func)(void *state, void *in, SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Function for controlling the encoder options */ +typedef int (*encoder_ctl_func)(void *state, int request, void *ptr); + +/** Decoder state initialization function */ +typedef void *(*decoder_init_func)(const struct SpeexMode *mode); + +/** Decoder state destruction function */ +typedef void (*decoder_destroy_func)(void *st); + +/** Main decoding function */ +typedef int (*decode_func)(void *state, SpeexBits *bits, void *out); + +/** Function for controlling the decoder options */ +typedef int (*decoder_ctl_func)(void *state, int request, void *ptr); + + +/** Query function for a mode */ +typedef int (*mode_query_func)(const void *mode, int request, void *ptr); + +/** Struct defining a Speex mode */ +typedef struct SpeexMode { + /** Pointer to the low-level mode data */ + const void *mode; + + /** Pointer to the mode query function */ + mode_query_func query; + + /** The name of the mode (you should not rely on this to identify the mode)*/ + const char *modeName; + + /**ID of the mode*/ + int modeID; + + /**Version number of the bitstream (incremented every time we break + bitstream compatibility*/ + int bitstream_version; + + /** Pointer to encoder initialization function */ + encoder_init_func enc_init; + + /** Pointer to encoder destruction function */ + encoder_destroy_func enc_destroy; + + /** Pointer to frame encoding function */ + encode_func enc; + + /** Pointer to decoder initialization function */ + decoder_init_func dec_init; + + /** Pointer to decoder destruction function */ + decoder_destroy_func dec_destroy; + + /** Pointer to frame decoding function */ + decode_func dec; + + /** ioctl-like requests for encoder */ + encoder_ctl_func enc_ctl; + + /** ioctl-like requests for decoder */ + decoder_ctl_func dec_ctl; + +} SpeexMode; + +/** + * Returns a handle to a newly created Speex encoder state structure. For now, + * the "mode" argument can be &nb_mode or &wb_mode . In the future, more modes + * may be added. Note that for now if you have more than one channels to + * encode, you need one state per channel. + * + * @param mode The mode to use (either speex_nb_mode or speex_wb.mode) + * @return A newly created encoder state or NULL if state allocation fails + */ +void *speex_encoder_init(const SpeexMode *mode); + +/** Frees all resources associated to an existing Speex encoder state. + * @param state Encoder state to be destroyed */ +void speex_encoder_destroy(void *state); + +/** Uses an existing encoder state to encode one frame of speech pointed to by + "in". The encoded bit-stream is saved in "bits". + @param state Encoder state + @param in Frame that will be encoded with a +-2^15 range. This data MAY be + overwritten by the encoder and should be considered uninitialised + after the call. + @param bits Bit-stream where the data will be written + @return 0 if frame needs not be transmitted (DTX only), 1 otherwise + */ +int speex_encode(void *state, float *in, SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Uses an existing encoder state to encode one frame of speech pointed to by + "in". The encoded bit-stream is saved in "bits". + @param state Encoder state + @param in Frame that will be encoded with a +-2^15 range + @param bits Bit-stream where the data will be written + @return 0 if frame needs not be transmitted (DTX only), 1 otherwise + */ +int speex_encode_int(void *state, spx_int16_t *in, SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Used like the ioctl function to control the encoder parameters + * + * @param state Encoder state + * @param request ioctl-type request (one of the SPEEX_* macros) + * @param ptr Data exchanged to-from function + * @return 0 if no error, -1 if request in unknown, -2 for invalid parameter + */ +int speex_encoder_ctl(void *state, int request, void *ptr); + + +/** Returns a handle to a newly created decoder state structure. For now, + * the mode argument can be &nb_mode or &wb_mode . In the future, more modes + * may be added. Note that for now if you have more than one channels to + * decode, you need one state per channel. + * + * @param mode Speex mode (one of speex_nb_mode or speex_wb_mode) + * @return A newly created decoder state or NULL if state allocation fails + */ +void *speex_decoder_init(const SpeexMode *mode); + +/** Frees all resources associated to an existing decoder state. + * + * @param state State to be destroyed + */ +void speex_decoder_destroy(void *state); + +/** Uses an existing decoder state to decode one frame of speech from + * bit-stream bits. The output speech is saved written to out. + * + * @param state Decoder state + * @param bits Bit-stream from which to decode the frame (NULL if the packet was lost) + * @param out Where to write the decoded frame + * @return return status (0 for no error, -1 for end of stream, -2 corrupt stream) + */ +int speex_decode(void *state, SpeexBits *bits, float *out); + +/** Uses an existing decoder state to decode one frame of speech from + * bit-stream bits. The output speech is saved written to out. + * + * @param state Decoder state + * @param bits Bit-stream from which to decode the frame (NULL if the packet was lost) + * @param out Where to write the decoded frame + * @return return status (0 for no error, -1 for end of stream, -2 corrupt stream) + */ +int speex_decode_int(void *state, SpeexBits *bits, spx_int16_t *out); + +/** Used like the ioctl function to control the encoder parameters + * + * @param state Decoder state + * @param request ioctl-type request (one of the SPEEX_* macros) + * @param ptr Data exchanged to-from function + * @return 0 if no error, -1 if request in unknown, -2 for invalid parameter + */ +int speex_decoder_ctl(void *state, int request, void *ptr); + + +/** Query function for mode information + * + * @param mode Speex mode + * @param request ioctl-type request (one of the SPEEX_* macros) + * @param ptr Data exchanged to-from function + * @return 0 if no error, -1 if request in unknown, -2 for invalid parameter + */ +int speex_mode_query(const SpeexMode *mode, int request, void *ptr); + +/** Functions for controlling the behavior of libspeex + * @param request ioctl-type request (one of the SPEEX_LIB_* macros) + * @param ptr Data exchanged to-from function + * @return 0 if no error, -1 if request in unknown, -2 for invalid parameter + */ +int speex_lib_ctl(int request, void *ptr); + +/** Default narrowband mode */ +extern const SpeexMode speex_nb_mode; + +/** Default wideband mode */ +extern const SpeexMode speex_wb_mode; + +/** Default "ultra-wideband" mode */ +extern const SpeexMode speex_uwb_mode; + +/** List of all modes available */ +extern const SpeexMode * const speex_mode_list[SPEEX_NB_MODES]; + +/** Obtain one of the modes available */ +const SpeexMode * speex_lib_get_mode (int mode); + +#ifndef WIN32 +/* We actually override the function in the narrowband case so that we can avoid linking in the wideband stuff */ +#define speex_lib_get_mode(mode) ((mode)==SPEEX_MODEID_NB ? &speex_nb_mode : speex_lib_get_mode (mode)) +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/** @}*/ +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_bits.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_bits.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a26fb4c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_bits.h @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2002 Jean-Marc Valin */ +/** + @file speex_bits.h + @brief Handles bit packing/unpacking +*/ +/* + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + are met: + + - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its + contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + this software without specific prior written permission. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR + CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, + EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, + PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR + PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF + LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING + NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS + SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*/ + +#ifndef BITS_H +#define BITS_H +/** @defgroup SpeexBits SpeexBits: Bit-stream manipulations + * This is the structure that holds the bit-stream when encoding or decoding + * with Speex. It allows some manipulations as well. + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** Bit-packing data structure representing (part of) a bit-stream. */ +typedef struct SpeexBits { + char *chars; /**< "raw" data */ + int nbBits; /**< Total number of bits stored in the stream*/ + int charPtr; /**< Position of the byte "cursor" */ + int bitPtr; /**< Position of the bit "cursor" within the current char */ + int owner; /**< Does the struct "own" the "raw" buffer (member "chars") */ + int overflow;/**< Set to one if we try to read past the valid data */ + int buf_size;/**< Allocated size for buffer */ + int reserved1; /**< Reserved for future use */ + void *reserved2; /**< Reserved for future use */ +} SpeexBits; + +/** Initializes and allocates resources for a SpeexBits struct */ +void speex_bits_init(SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Initializes SpeexBits struct using a pre-allocated buffer*/ +void speex_bits_init_buffer(SpeexBits *bits, void *buff, int buf_size); + +/** Sets the bits in a SpeexBits struct to use data from an existing buffer (for decoding without copying data) */ +void speex_bits_set_bit_buffer(SpeexBits *bits, void *buff, int buf_size); + +/** Frees all resources associated to a SpeexBits struct. Right now this does nothing since no resources are allocated, but this could change in the future.*/ +void speex_bits_destroy(SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Resets bits to initial value (just after initialization, erasing content)*/ +void speex_bits_reset(SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Rewind the bit-stream to the beginning (ready for read) without erasing the content */ +void speex_bits_rewind(SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Initializes the bit-stream from the data in an area of memory */ +void speex_bits_read_from(SpeexBits *bits, char *bytes, int len); + +/** Append bytes to the bit-stream + * + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + * @param bytes pointer to the bytes what will be appended + * @param len Number of bytes of append + */ +void speex_bits_read_whole_bytes(SpeexBits *bits, char *bytes, int len); + +/** Write the content of a bit-stream to an area of memory + * + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + * @param bytes Memory location where to write the bits + * @param max_len Maximum number of bytes to write (i.e. size of the "bytes" buffer) + * @return Number of bytes written to the "bytes" buffer +*/ +int speex_bits_write(SpeexBits *bits, char *bytes, int max_len); + +/** Like speex_bits_write, but writes only the complete bytes in the stream. Also removes the written bytes from the stream */ +int speex_bits_write_whole_bytes(SpeexBits *bits, char *bytes, int max_len); + +/** Append bits to the bit-stream + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + * @param data Value to append as integer + * @param nbBits number of bits to consider in "data" + */ +void speex_bits_pack(SpeexBits *bits, int data, int nbBits); + +/** Interpret the next bits in the bit-stream as a signed integer + * + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + * @param nbBits Number of bits to interpret + * @return A signed integer represented by the bits read + */ +int speex_bits_unpack_signed(SpeexBits *bits, int nbBits); + +/** Interpret the next bits in the bit-stream as an unsigned integer + * + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + * @param nbBits Number of bits to interpret + * @return An unsigned integer represented by the bits read + */ +unsigned int speex_bits_unpack_unsigned(SpeexBits *bits, int nbBits); + +/** Returns the number of bytes in the bit-stream, including the last one even if it is not "full" + * + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + * @return Number of bytes in the stream + */ +int speex_bits_nbytes(SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Same as speex_bits_unpack_unsigned, but without modifying the cursor position + * + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + * @param nbBits Number of bits to look for + * @return Value of the bits peeked, interpreted as unsigned + */ +unsigned int speex_bits_peek_unsigned(SpeexBits *bits, int nbBits); + +/** Get the value of the next bit in the stream, without modifying the + * "cursor" position + * + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + * @return Value of the bit peeked (one bit only) + */ +int speex_bits_peek(SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Advances the position of the "bit cursor" in the stream + * + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + * @param n Number of bits to advance + */ +void speex_bits_advance(SpeexBits *bits, int n); + +/** Returns the number of bits remaining to be read in a stream + * + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + * @return Number of bits that can still be read from the stream + */ +int speex_bits_remaining(SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Insert a terminator so that the data can be sent as a packet while auto-detecting + * the number of frames in each packet + * + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + */ +void speex_bits_insert_terminator(SpeexBits *bits); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/* @} */ +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_buffer.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_buffer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..df56f5f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_buffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2007 Jean-Marc Valin + + File: speex_buffer.h + This is a very simple ring buffer implementation. It is not thread-safe + so you need to do your own locking. + + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + met: + + 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR + IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES + OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN + ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE + POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +*/ + +#ifndef SPEEX_BUFFER_H +#define SPEEX_BUFFER_H + +#include "speex/speex_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +struct SpeexBuffer_; +typedef struct SpeexBuffer_ SpeexBuffer; + +SpeexBuffer *speex_buffer_init(int size); + +void speex_buffer_destroy(SpeexBuffer *st); + +int speex_buffer_write(SpeexBuffer *st, void *data, int len); + +int speex_buffer_writezeros(SpeexBuffer *st, int len); + +int speex_buffer_read(SpeexBuffer *st, void *data, int len); + +int speex_buffer_get_available(SpeexBuffer *st); + +int speex_buffer_resize(SpeexBuffer *st, int len); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif + + + + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_callbacks.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_callbacks.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f450b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_callbacks.h @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2002 Jean-Marc Valin*/ +/** + @file speex_callbacks.h + @brief Describes callback handling and in-band signalling +*/ +/* + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + are met: + + - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its + contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + this software without specific prior written permission. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR + CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, + EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, + PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR + PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF + LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING + NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS + SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*/ + +#ifndef SPEEX_CALLBACKS_H +#define SPEEX_CALLBACKS_H +/** @defgroup SpeexCallbacks Various definitions for Speex callbacks supported by the decoder. + * @{ + */ + +#include "speex.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** Total number of callbacks */ +#define SPEEX_MAX_CALLBACKS 16 + +/* Describes all the in-band requests */ + +/*These are 1-bit requests*/ +/** Request for perceptual enhancement (1 for on, 0 for off) */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_ENH_REQUEST 0 +/** Reserved */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_RESERVED1 1 + +/*These are 4-bit requests*/ +/** Request for a mode change */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_MODE_REQUEST 2 +/** Request for a low mode change */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_LOW_MODE_REQUEST 3 +/** Request for a high mode change */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_HIGH_MODE_REQUEST 4 +/** Request for VBR (1 on, 0 off) */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_VBR_QUALITY_REQUEST 5 +/** Request to be sent acknowledge */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_ACKNOWLEDGE_REQUEST 6 +/** Request for VBR (1 for on, 0 for off) */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_VBR_REQUEST 7 + +/*These are 8-bit requests*/ +/** Send a character in-band */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_CHAR 8 +/** Intensity stereo information */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_STEREO 9 + +/*These are 16-bit requests*/ +/** Transmit max bit-rate allowed */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_MAX_BITRATE 10 + +/*These are 32-bit requests*/ +/** Acknowledge packet reception */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_ACKNOWLEDGE 12 + +/** Callback function type */ +typedef int (*speex_callback_func)(SpeexBits *bits, void *state, void *data); + +/** Callback information */ +typedef struct SpeexCallback { + int callback_id; /**< ID associated to the callback */ + speex_callback_func func; /**< Callback handler function */ + void *data; /**< Data that will be sent to the handler */ + void *reserved1; /**< Reserved for future use */ + int reserved2; /**< Reserved for future use */ +} SpeexCallback; + +/** Handle in-band request */ +int speex_inband_handler(SpeexBits *bits, SpeexCallback *callback_list, void *state); + +/** Standard handler for mode request (change mode, no questions asked) */ +int speex_std_mode_request_handler(SpeexBits *bits, void *state, void *data); + +/** Standard handler for high mode request (change high mode, no questions asked) */ +int speex_std_high_mode_request_handler(SpeexBits *bits, void *state, void *data); + +/** Standard handler for in-band characters (write to stderr) */ +int speex_std_char_handler(SpeexBits *bits, void *state, void *data); + +/** Default handler for user-defined requests: in this case, just ignore */ +int speex_default_user_handler(SpeexBits *bits, void *state, void *data); + + + +/** Standard handler for low mode request (change low mode, no questions asked) */ +int speex_std_low_mode_request_handler(SpeexBits *bits, void *state, void *data); + +/** Standard handler for VBR request (Set VBR, no questions asked) */ +int speex_std_vbr_request_handler(SpeexBits *bits, void *state, void *data); + +/** Standard handler for enhancer request (Turn enhancer on/off, no questions asked) */ +int speex_std_enh_request_handler(SpeexBits *bits, void *state, void *data); + +/** Standard handler for VBR quality request (Set VBR quality, no questions asked) */ +int speex_std_vbr_quality_request_handler(SpeexBits *bits, void *state, void *data); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/** @} */ +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_echo.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_echo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..53bcd28 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_echo.h @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +/* Copyright (C) Jean-Marc Valin */ +/** + @file speex_echo.h + @brief Echo cancellation +*/ +/* + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + met: + + 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR + IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES + OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN + ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE + POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +*/ + +#ifndef SPEEX_ECHO_H +#define SPEEX_ECHO_H +/** @defgroup SpeexEchoState SpeexEchoState: Acoustic echo canceller + * This is the acoustic echo canceller module. + * @{ + */ +#include "speex/speex_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** Obtain frame size used by the AEC */ +#define SPEEX_ECHO_GET_FRAME_SIZE 3 + +/** Set sampling rate */ +#define SPEEX_ECHO_SET_SAMPLING_RATE 24 +/** Get sampling rate */ +#define SPEEX_ECHO_GET_SAMPLING_RATE 25 + +/* Can't set window sizes */ +/** Get size of impulse response (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_ECHO_GET_IMPULSE_RESPONSE_SIZE 27 + +/* Can't set window content */ +/** Get impulse response (int32[]) */ +#define SPEEX_ECHO_GET_IMPULSE_RESPONSE 29 + +/** Internal echo canceller state. Should never be accessed directly. */ +struct SpeexEchoState_; + +/** @class SpeexEchoState + * This holds the state of the echo canceller. You need one per channel. +*/ + +/** Internal echo canceller state. Should never be accessed directly. */ +typedef struct SpeexEchoState_ SpeexEchoState; + +/** Creates a new echo canceller state + * @param frame_size Number of samples to process at one time (should correspond to 10-20 ms) + * @param filter_length Number of samples of echo to cancel (should generally correspond to 100-500 ms) + * @return Newly-created echo canceller state + */ +SpeexEchoState *speex_echo_state_init(int frame_size, int filter_length); + +/** Creates a new multi-channel echo canceller state + * @param frame_size Number of samples to process at one time (should correspond to 10-20 ms) + * @param filter_length Number of samples of echo to cancel (should generally correspond to 100-500 ms) + * @param nb_mic Number of microphone channels + * @param nb_speakers Number of speaker channels + * @return Newly-created echo canceller state + */ +SpeexEchoState *speex_echo_state_init_mc(int frame_size, int filter_length, int nb_mic, int nb_speakers); + +/** Destroys an echo canceller state + * @param st Echo canceller state +*/ +void speex_echo_state_destroy(SpeexEchoState *st); + +/** Performs echo cancellation a frame, based on the audio sent to the speaker (no delay is added + * to playback in this form) + * + * @param st Echo canceller state + * @param rec Signal from the microphone (near end + far end echo) + * @param play Signal played to the speaker (received from far end) + * @param out Returns near-end signal with echo removed + */ +void speex_echo_cancellation(SpeexEchoState *st, const spx_int16_t *rec, const spx_int16_t *play, spx_int16_t *out); + +/** Performs echo cancellation a frame (deprecated) */ +void speex_echo_cancel(SpeexEchoState *st, const spx_int16_t *rec, const spx_int16_t *play, spx_int16_t *out, spx_int32_t *Yout); + +/** Perform echo cancellation using internal playback buffer, which is delayed by two frames + * to account for the delay introduced by most soundcards (but it could be off!) + * @param st Echo canceller state + * @param rec Signal from the microphone (near end + far end echo) + * @param out Returns near-end signal with echo removed +*/ +void speex_echo_capture(SpeexEchoState *st, const spx_int16_t *rec, spx_int16_t *out); + +/** Let the echo canceller know that a frame was just queued to the soundcard + * @param st Echo canceller state + * @param play Signal played to the speaker (received from far end) +*/ +void speex_echo_playback(SpeexEchoState *st, const spx_int16_t *play); + +/** Reset the echo canceller to its original state + * @param st Echo canceller state + */ +void speex_echo_state_reset(SpeexEchoState *st); + +/** Used like the ioctl function to control the echo canceller parameters + * + * @param st Echo canceller state + * @param request ioctl-type request (one of the SPEEX_ECHO_* macros) + * @param ptr Data exchanged to-from function + * @return 0 if no error, -1 if request in unknown + */ +int speex_echo_ctl(SpeexEchoState *st, int request, void *ptr); + + + +struct SpeexDecorrState_; + +typedef struct SpeexDecorrState_ SpeexDecorrState; + + +/** Create a state for the channel decorrelation algorithm + This is useful for multi-channel echo cancellation only + * @param rate Sampling rate + * @param channels Number of channels (it's a bit pointless if you don't have at least 2) + * @param frame_size Size of the frame to process at ones (counting samples *per* channel) +*/ +SpeexDecorrState *speex_decorrelate_new(int rate, int channels, int frame_size); + +/** Remove correlation between the channels by modifying the phase and possibly + adding noise in a way that is not (or little) perceptible. + * @param st Decorrelator state + * @param in Input audio in interleaved format + * @param out Result of the decorrelation (out *may* alias in) + * @param strength How much alteration of the audio to apply from 0 to 100. +*/ +void speex_decorrelate(SpeexDecorrState *st, const spx_int16_t *in, spx_int16_t *out, int strength); + +/** Destroy a Decorrelation state + * @param st State to destroy +*/ +void speex_decorrelate_destroy(SpeexDecorrState *st); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + + +/** @}*/ +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_header.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_header.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f85b249 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_header.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2002 Jean-Marc Valin */ +/** + @file speex_header.h + @brief Describes the Speex header +*/ +/* + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + are met: + + - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its + contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + this software without specific prior written permission. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR + CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, + EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, + PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR + PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF + LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING + NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS + SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*/ + + +#ifndef SPEEX_HEADER_H +#define SPEEX_HEADER_H +/** @defgroup SpeexHeader SpeexHeader: Makes it easy to write/parse an Ogg/Speex header + * This is the Speex header for the Ogg encapsulation. You don't need that if you just use RTP. + * @{ + */ + +#include "speex/speex_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +struct SpeexMode; + +/** Length of the Speex header identifier */ +#define SPEEX_HEADER_STRING_LENGTH 8 + +/** Maximum number of characters for encoding the Speex version number in the header */ +#define SPEEX_HEADER_VERSION_LENGTH 20 + +/** Speex header info for file-based formats */ +typedef struct SpeexHeader { + char speex_string[SPEEX_HEADER_STRING_LENGTH]; /**< Identifies a Speex bit-stream, always set to "Speex " */ + char speex_version[SPEEX_HEADER_VERSION_LENGTH]; /**< Speex version */ + spx_int32_t speex_version_id; /**< Version for Speex (for checking compatibility) */ + spx_int32_t header_size; /**< Total size of the header ( sizeof(SpeexHeader) ) */ + spx_int32_t rate; /**< Sampling rate used */ + spx_int32_t mode; /**< Mode used (0 for narrowband, 1 for wideband) */ + spx_int32_t mode_bitstream_version; /**< Version ID of the bit-stream */ + spx_int32_t nb_channels; /**< Number of channels encoded */ + spx_int32_t bitrate; /**< Bit-rate used */ + spx_int32_t frame_size; /**< Size of frames */ + spx_int32_t vbr; /**< 1 for a VBR encoding, 0 otherwise */ + spx_int32_t frames_per_packet; /**< Number of frames stored per Ogg packet */ + spx_int32_t extra_headers; /**< Number of additional headers after the comments */ + spx_int32_t reserved1; /**< Reserved for future use, must be zero */ + spx_int32_t reserved2; /**< Reserved for future use, must be zero */ +} SpeexHeader; + +/** Initializes a SpeexHeader using basic information */ +void speex_init_header(SpeexHeader *header, int rate, int nb_channels, const struct SpeexMode *m); + +/** Creates the header packet from the header itself (mostly involves endianness conversion) */ +char *speex_header_to_packet(SpeexHeader *header, int *size); + +/** Creates a SpeexHeader from a packet */ +SpeexHeader *speex_packet_to_header(char *packet, int size); + +/** Frees the memory allocated by either speex_header_to_packet() or speex_packet_to_header() */ +void speex_header_free(void *ptr); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/** @} */ +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_jitter.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_jitter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d68674b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_jitter.h @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2002 Jean-Marc Valin */ +/** + @file speex_jitter.h + @brief Adaptive jitter buffer for Speex +*/ +/* + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + are met: + + - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its + contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + this software without specific prior written permission. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR + CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, + EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, + PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR + PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF + LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING + NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS + SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*/ + +#ifndef SPEEX_JITTER_H +#define SPEEX_JITTER_H +/** @defgroup JitterBuffer JitterBuffer: Adaptive jitter buffer + * This is the jitter buffer that reorders UDP/RTP packets and adjusts the buffer size + * to maintain good quality and low latency. + * @{ + */ + +#include "speex/speex_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** Generic adaptive jitter buffer state */ +struct JitterBuffer_; + +/** Generic adaptive jitter buffer state */ +typedef struct JitterBuffer_ JitterBuffer; + +/** Definition of an incoming packet */ +typedef struct _JitterBufferPacket JitterBufferPacket; + +/** Definition of an incoming packet */ +struct _JitterBufferPacket { + char *data; /**< Data bytes contained in the packet */ + spx_uint32_t len; /**< Length of the packet in bytes */ + spx_uint32_t timestamp; /**< Timestamp for the packet */ + spx_uint32_t span; /**< Time covered by the packet (same units as timestamp) */ + spx_uint16_t sequence; /**< RTP Sequence number if available (0 otherwise) */ + spx_uint32_t user_data; /**< Put whatever data you like here (it's ignored by the jitter buffer) */ +}; + +/** Packet has been retrieved */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_OK 0 +/** Packet is lost or is late */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_MISSING 1 +/** A "fake" packet is meant to be inserted here to increase buffering */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_INSERTION 2 +/** There was an error in the jitter buffer */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_INTERNAL_ERROR -1 +/** Invalid argument */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_BAD_ARGUMENT -2 + + +/** Set minimum amount of extra buffering required (margin) */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_SET_MARGIN 0 +/** Get minimum amount of extra buffering required (margin) */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_GET_MARGIN 1 +/* JITTER_BUFFER_SET_AVAILABLE_COUNT wouldn't make sense */ + +/** Get the amount of available packets currently buffered */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_GET_AVAILABLE_COUNT 3 +/** Included because of an early misspelling (will remove in next release) */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_GET_AVALIABLE_COUNT 3 + +/** Assign a function to destroy unused packet. When setting that, the jitter + buffer no longer copies packet data. */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_SET_DESTROY_CALLBACK 4 +/** */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_GET_DESTROY_CALLBACK 5 + +/** Tell the jitter buffer to only adjust the delay in multiples of the step parameter provided */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_SET_DELAY_STEP 6 +/** */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_GET_DELAY_STEP 7 + +/** Tell the jitter buffer to only do concealment in multiples of the size parameter provided */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_SET_CONCEALMENT_SIZE 8 +#define JITTER_BUFFER_GET_CONCEALMENT_SIZE 9 + +/** Absolute max amount of loss that can be tolerated regardless of the delay. Typical loss + should be half of that or less. */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_SET_MAX_LATE_RATE 10 +#define JITTER_BUFFER_GET_MAX_LATE_RATE 11 + +/** Equivalent cost of one percent late packet in timestamp units */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_SET_LATE_COST 12 +#define JITTER_BUFFER_GET_LATE_COST 13 + + +/** Initialises jitter buffer + * + * @param step_size Starting value for the size of concleanment packets and delay + adjustment steps. Can be changed at any time using JITTER_BUFFER_SET_DELAY_STEP + and JITTER_BUFFER_GET_CONCEALMENT_SIZE. + * @return Newly created jitter buffer state + */ +JitterBuffer *jitter_buffer_init(int step_size); + +/** Restores jitter buffer to its original state + * + * @param jitter Jitter buffer state + */ +void jitter_buffer_reset(JitterBuffer *jitter); + +/** Destroys jitter buffer + * + * @param jitter Jitter buffer state + */ +void jitter_buffer_destroy(JitterBuffer *jitter); + +/** Put one packet into the jitter buffer + * + * @param jitter Jitter buffer state + * @param packet Incoming packet +*/ +void jitter_buffer_put(JitterBuffer *jitter, const JitterBufferPacket *packet); + +/** Get one packet from the jitter buffer + * + * @param jitter Jitter buffer state + * @param packet Returned packet + * @param desired_span Number of samples (or units) we wish to get from the buffer (no guarantee) + * @param current_timestamp Timestamp for the returned packet +*/ +int jitter_buffer_get(JitterBuffer *jitter, JitterBufferPacket *packet, spx_int32_t desired_span, spx_int32_t *start_offset); + +/** Used right after jitter_buffer_get() to obtain another packet that would have the same timestamp. + * This is mainly useful for media where a single "frame" can be split into several packets. + * + * @param jitter Jitter buffer state + * @param packet Returned packet + */ +int jitter_buffer_get_another(JitterBuffer *jitter, JitterBufferPacket *packet); + +/** Get pointer timestamp of jitter buffer + * + * @param jitter Jitter buffer state +*/ +int jitter_buffer_get_pointer_timestamp(JitterBuffer *jitter); + +/** Advance by one tick + * + * @param jitter Jitter buffer state +*/ +void jitter_buffer_tick(JitterBuffer *jitter); + +/** Telling the jitter buffer about the remaining data in the application buffer + * @param jitter Jitter buffer state + * @param rem Amount of data buffered by the application (timestamp units) + */ +void jitter_buffer_remaining_span(JitterBuffer *jitter, spx_uint32_t rem); + +/** Used like the ioctl function to control the jitter buffer parameters + * + * @param jitter Jitter buffer state + * @param request ioctl-type request (one of the JITTER_BUFFER_* macros) + * @param ptr Data exchanged to-from function + * @return 0 if no error, -1 if request in unknown +*/ +int jitter_buffer_ctl(JitterBuffer *jitter, int request, void *ptr); + +int jitter_buffer_update_delay(JitterBuffer *jitter, JitterBufferPacket *packet, spx_int32_t *start_offset); + +/* @} */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_preprocess.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_preprocess.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f8eef2c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_preprocess.h @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2003 Epic Games + Written by Jean-Marc Valin */ +/** + * @file speex_preprocess.h + * @brief Speex preprocessor. The preprocess can do noise suppression, + * residual echo suppression (after using the echo canceller), automatic + * gain control (AGC) and voice activity detection (VAD). +*/ +/* + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + met: + + 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR + IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES + OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN + ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE + POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +*/ + +#ifndef SPEEX_PREPROCESS_H +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_H +/** @defgroup SpeexPreprocessState SpeexPreprocessState: The Speex preprocessor + * This is the Speex preprocessor. The preprocess can do noise suppression, + * residual echo suppression (after using the echo canceller), automatic + * gain control (AGC) and voice activity detection (VAD). + * @{ + */ + +#include "speex/speex_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** State of the preprocessor (one per channel). Should never be accessed directly. */ +struct SpeexPreprocessState_; + +/** State of the preprocessor (one per channel). Should never be accessed directly. */ +typedef struct SpeexPreprocessState_ SpeexPreprocessState; + + +/** Creates a new preprocessing state. You MUST create one state per channel processed. + * @param frame_size Number of samples to process at one time (should correspond to 10-20 ms). Must be + * the same value as that used for the echo canceller for residual echo cancellation to work. + * @param sampling_rate Sampling rate used for the input. + * @return Newly created preprocessor state +*/ +SpeexPreprocessState *speex_preprocess_state_init(int frame_size, int sampling_rate); + +/** Destroys a preprocessor state + * @param st Preprocessor state to destroy +*/ +void speex_preprocess_state_destroy(SpeexPreprocessState *st); + +/** Preprocess a frame + * @param st Preprocessor state + * @param x Audio sample vector (in and out). Must be same size as specified in speex_preprocess_state_init(). + * @return Bool value for voice activity (1 for speech, 0 for noise/silence), ONLY if VAD turned on. +*/ +int speex_preprocess_run(SpeexPreprocessState *st, spx_int16_t *x); + +/** Preprocess a frame (deprecated, use speex_preprocess_run() instead)*/ +int speex_preprocess(SpeexPreprocessState *st, spx_int16_t *x, spx_int32_t *echo); + +/** Update preprocessor state, but do not compute the output + * @param st Preprocessor state + * @param x Audio sample vector (in only). Must be same size as specified in speex_preprocess_state_init(). +*/ +void speex_preprocess_estimate_update(SpeexPreprocessState *st, spx_int16_t *x); + +/** Used like the ioctl function to control the preprocessor parameters + * @param st Preprocessor state + * @param request ioctl-type request (one of the SPEEX_PREPROCESS_* macros) + * @param ptr Data exchanged to-from function + * @return 0 if no error, -1 if request in unknown +*/ +int speex_preprocess_ctl(SpeexPreprocessState *st, int request, void *ptr); + + + +/** Set preprocessor denoiser state */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_DENOISE 0 +/** Get preprocessor denoiser state */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_DENOISE 1 + +/** Set preprocessor Automatic Gain Control state */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_AGC 2 +/** Get preprocessor Automatic Gain Control state */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_AGC 3 + +/** Set preprocessor Voice Activity Detection state */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_VAD 4 +/** Get preprocessor Voice Activity Detection state */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_VAD 5 + +/** Set preprocessor Automatic Gain Control level (float) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_AGC_LEVEL 6 +/** Get preprocessor Automatic Gain Control level (float) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_AGC_LEVEL 7 + +/** Set preprocessor dereverb state */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_DEREVERB 8 +/** Get preprocessor dereverb state */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_DEREVERB 9 + +/** Set preprocessor dereverb level */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_DEREVERB_LEVEL 10 +/** Get preprocessor dereverb level */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_DEREVERB_LEVEL 11 + +/** Set preprocessor dereverb decay */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_DEREVERB_DECAY 12 +/** Get preprocessor dereverb decay */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_DEREVERB_DECAY 13 + +/** Set probability required for the VAD to go from silence to voice */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_PROB_START 14 +/** Get probability required for the VAD to go from silence to voice */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_PROB_START 15 + +/** Set probability required for the VAD to stay in the voice state (integer percent) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_PROB_CONTINUE 16 +/** Get probability required for the VAD to stay in the voice state (integer percent) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_PROB_CONTINUE 17 + +/** Set maximum attenuation of the noise in dB (negative number) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_NOISE_SUPPRESS 18 +/** Get maximum attenuation of the noise in dB (negative number) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_NOISE_SUPPRESS 19 + +/** Set maximum attenuation of the residual echo in dB (negative number) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_ECHO_SUPPRESS 20 +/** Get maximum attenuation of the residual echo in dB (negative number) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_ECHO_SUPPRESS 21 + +/** Set maximum attenuation of the residual echo in dB when near end is active (negative number) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_ECHO_SUPPRESS_ACTIVE 22 +/** Get maximum attenuation of the residual echo in dB when near end is active (negative number) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_ECHO_SUPPRESS_ACTIVE 23 + +/** Set the corresponding echo canceller state so that residual echo suppression can be performed (NULL for no residual echo suppression) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_ECHO_STATE 24 +/** Get the corresponding echo canceller state */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_ECHO_STATE 25 + +/** Set maximal gain increase in dB/second (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_AGC_INCREMENT 26 + +/** Get maximal gain increase in dB/second (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_AGC_INCREMENT 27 + +/** Set maximal gain decrease in dB/second (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_AGC_DECREMENT 28 + +/** Get maximal gain decrease in dB/second (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_AGC_DECREMENT 29 + +/** Set maximal gain in dB (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_AGC_MAX_GAIN 30 + +/** Get maximal gain in dB (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_AGC_MAX_GAIN 31 + +/* Can't set loudness */ +/** Get loudness */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_AGC_LOUDNESS 33 + +/* Can't set gain */ +/** Get current gain (int32 percent) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_AGC_GAIN 35 + +/* Can't set spectrum size */ +/** Get spectrum size for power spectrum (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_PSD_SIZE 37 + +/* Can't set power spectrum */ +/** Get power spectrum (int32[] of squared values) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_PSD 39 + +/* Can't set noise size */ +/** Get spectrum size for noise estimate (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_NOISE_PSD_SIZE 41 + +/* Can't set noise estimate */ +/** Get noise estimate (int32[] of squared values) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_NOISE_PSD 43 + +/* Can't set speech probability */ +/** Get speech probability in last frame (int32). */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_PROB 45 + +/** Set preprocessor Automatic Gain Control level (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_AGC_TARGET 46 +/** Get preprocessor Automatic Gain Control level (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_AGC_TARGET 47 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/** @}*/ +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_resampler.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_resampler.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..54eef8d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_resampler.h @@ -0,0 +1,340 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2007 Jean-Marc Valin + + File: speex_resampler.h + Resampling code + + The design goals of this code are: + - Very fast algorithm + - Low memory requirement + - Good *perceptual* quality (and not best SNR) + + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + met: + + 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR + IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES + OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN + ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE + POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +*/ + + +#ifndef SPEEX_RESAMPLER_H +#define SPEEX_RESAMPLER_H + +#ifdef OUTSIDE_SPEEX + +/********* WARNING: MENTAL SANITY ENDS HERE *************/ + +/* If the resampler is defined outside of Speex, we change the symbol names so that + there won't be any clash if linking with Speex later on. */ + +/* #define RANDOM_PREFIX your software name here */ +#ifndef RANDOM_PREFIX +#error "Please define RANDOM_PREFIX (above) to something specific to your project to prevent symbol name clashes" +#endif + +#define CAT_PREFIX2(a,b) a ## b +#define CAT_PREFIX(a,b) CAT_PREFIX2(a, b) + +#define speex_resampler_init CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_init) +#define speex_resampler_init_frac CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_init_frac) +#define speex_resampler_destroy CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_destroy) +#define speex_resampler_process_float CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_process_float) +#define speex_resampler_process_int CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_process_int) +#define speex_resampler_process_interleaved_float CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_process_interleaved_float) +#define speex_resampler_process_interleaved_int CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_process_interleaved_int) +#define speex_resampler_set_rate CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_set_rate) +#define speex_resampler_get_rate CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_get_rate) +#define speex_resampler_set_rate_frac CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_set_rate_frac) +#define speex_resampler_get_ratio CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_get_ratio) +#define speex_resampler_set_quality CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_set_quality) +#define speex_resampler_get_quality CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_get_quality) +#define speex_resampler_set_input_stride CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_set_input_stride) +#define speex_resampler_get_input_stride CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_get_input_stride) +#define speex_resampler_set_output_stride CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_set_output_stride) +#define speex_resampler_get_output_stride CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_get_output_stride) +#define speex_resampler_get_input_latency CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_get_input_latency) +#define speex_resampler_get_output_latency CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_get_output_latency) +#define speex_resampler_skip_zeros CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_skip_zeros) +#define speex_resampler_reset_mem CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_reset_mem) +#define speex_resampler_strerror CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_strerror) + +#define spx_int16_t short +#define spx_int32_t int +#define spx_uint16_t unsigned short +#define spx_uint32_t unsigned int + +#else /* OUTSIDE_SPEEX */ + +#include "speex/speex_types.h" + +#endif /* OUTSIDE_SPEEX */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define SPEEX_RESAMPLER_QUALITY_MAX 10 +#define SPEEX_RESAMPLER_QUALITY_MIN 0 +#define SPEEX_RESAMPLER_QUALITY_DEFAULT 4 +#define SPEEX_RESAMPLER_QUALITY_VOIP 3 +#define SPEEX_RESAMPLER_QUALITY_DESKTOP 5 + +enum { + RESAMPLER_ERR_SUCCESS = 0, + RESAMPLER_ERR_ALLOC_FAILED = 1, + RESAMPLER_ERR_BAD_STATE = 2, + RESAMPLER_ERR_INVALID_ARG = 3, + RESAMPLER_ERR_PTR_OVERLAP = 4, + + RESAMPLER_ERR_MAX_ERROR +}; + +struct SpeexResamplerState_; +typedef struct SpeexResamplerState_ SpeexResamplerState; + +/** Create a new resampler with integer input and output rates. + * @param nb_channels Number of channels to be processed + * @param in_rate Input sampling rate (integer number of Hz). + * @param out_rate Output sampling rate (integer number of Hz). + * @param quality Resampling quality between 0 and 10, where 0 has poor quality + * and 10 has very high quality. + * @return Newly created resampler state + * @retval NULL Error: not enough memory + */ +SpeexResamplerState *speex_resampler_init(spx_uint32_t nb_channels, + spx_uint32_t in_rate, + spx_uint32_t out_rate, + int quality, + int *err); + +/** Create a new resampler with fractional input/output rates. The sampling + * rate ratio is an arbitrary rational number with both the numerator and + * denominator being 32-bit integers. + * @param nb_channels Number of channels to be processed + * @param ratio_num Numerator of the sampling rate ratio + * @param ratio_den Denominator of the sampling rate ratio + * @param in_rate Input sampling rate rounded to the nearest integer (in Hz). + * @param out_rate Output sampling rate rounded to the nearest integer (in Hz). + * @param quality Resampling quality between 0 and 10, where 0 has poor quality + * and 10 has very high quality. + * @return Newly created resampler state + * @retval NULL Error: not enough memory + */ +SpeexResamplerState *speex_resampler_init_frac(spx_uint32_t nb_channels, + spx_uint32_t ratio_num, + spx_uint32_t ratio_den, + spx_uint32_t in_rate, + spx_uint32_t out_rate, + int quality, + int *err); + +/** Destroy a resampler state. + * @param st Resampler state + */ +void speex_resampler_destroy(SpeexResamplerState *st); + +/** Resample a float array. The input and output buffers must *not* overlap. + * @param st Resampler state + * @param channel_index Index of the channel to process for the multi-channel + * base (0 otherwise) + * @param in Input buffer + * @param in_len Number of input samples in the input buffer. Returns the + * number of samples processed + * @param out Output buffer + * @param out_len Size of the output buffer. Returns the number of samples written + */ +int speex_resampler_process_float(SpeexResamplerState *st, + spx_uint32_t channel_index, + const float *in, + spx_uint32_t *in_len, + float *out, + spx_uint32_t *out_len); + +/** Resample an int array. The input and output buffers must *not* overlap. + * @param st Resampler state + * @param channel_index Index of the channel to process for the multi-channel + * base (0 otherwise) + * @param in Input buffer + * @param in_len Number of input samples in the input buffer. Returns the number + * of samples processed + * @param out Output buffer + * @param out_len Size of the output buffer. Returns the number of samples written + */ +int speex_resampler_process_int(SpeexResamplerState *st, + spx_uint32_t channel_index, + const spx_int16_t *in, + spx_uint32_t *in_len, + spx_int16_t *out, + spx_uint32_t *out_len); + +/** Resample an interleaved float array. The input and output buffers must *not* overlap. + * @param st Resampler state + * @param in Input buffer + * @param in_len Number of input samples in the input buffer. Returns the number + * of samples processed. This is all per-channel. + * @param out Output buffer + * @param out_len Size of the output buffer. Returns the number of samples written. + * This is all per-channel. + */ +int speex_resampler_process_interleaved_float(SpeexResamplerState *st, + const float *in, + spx_uint32_t *in_len, + float *out, + spx_uint32_t *out_len); + +/** Resample an interleaved int array. The input and output buffers must *not* overlap. + * @param st Resampler state + * @param in Input buffer + * @param in_len Number of input samples in the input buffer. Returns the number + * of samples processed. This is all per-channel. + * @param out Output buffer + * @param out_len Size of the output buffer. Returns the number of samples written. + * This is all per-channel. + */ +int speex_resampler_process_interleaved_int(SpeexResamplerState *st, + const spx_int16_t *in, + spx_uint32_t *in_len, + spx_int16_t *out, + spx_uint32_t *out_len); + +/** Set (change) the input/output sampling rates (integer value). + * @param st Resampler state + * @param in_rate Input sampling rate (integer number of Hz). + * @param out_rate Output sampling rate (integer number of Hz). + */ +int speex_resampler_set_rate(SpeexResamplerState *st, + spx_uint32_t in_rate, + spx_uint32_t out_rate); + +/** Get the current input/output sampling rates (integer value). + * @param st Resampler state + * @param in_rate Input sampling rate (integer number of Hz) copied. + * @param out_rate Output sampling rate (integer number of Hz) copied. + */ +void speex_resampler_get_rate(SpeexResamplerState *st, + spx_uint32_t *in_rate, + spx_uint32_t *out_rate); + +/** Set (change) the input/output sampling rates and resampling ratio + * (fractional values in Hz supported). + * @param st Resampler state + * @param ratio_num Numerator of the sampling rate ratio + * @param ratio_den Denominator of the sampling rate ratio + * @param in_rate Input sampling rate rounded to the nearest integer (in Hz). + * @param out_rate Output sampling rate rounded to the nearest integer (in Hz). + */ +int speex_resampler_set_rate_frac(SpeexResamplerState *st, + spx_uint32_t ratio_num, + spx_uint32_t ratio_den, + spx_uint32_t in_rate, + spx_uint32_t out_rate); + +/** Get the current resampling ratio. This will be reduced to the least + * common denominator. + * @param st Resampler state + * @param ratio_num Numerator of the sampling rate ratio copied + * @param ratio_den Denominator of the sampling rate ratio copied + */ +void speex_resampler_get_ratio(SpeexResamplerState *st, + spx_uint32_t *ratio_num, + spx_uint32_t *ratio_den); + +/** Set (change) the conversion quality. + * @param st Resampler state + * @param quality Resampling quality between 0 and 10, where 0 has poor + * quality and 10 has very high quality. + */ +int speex_resampler_set_quality(SpeexResamplerState *st, + int quality); + +/** Get the conversion quality. + * @param st Resampler state + * @param quality Resampling quality between 0 and 10, where 0 has poor + * quality and 10 has very high quality. + */ +void speex_resampler_get_quality(SpeexResamplerState *st, + int *quality); + +/** Set (change) the input stride. + * @param st Resampler state + * @param stride Input stride + */ +void speex_resampler_set_input_stride(SpeexResamplerState *st, + spx_uint32_t stride); + +/** Get the input stride. + * @param st Resampler state + * @param stride Input stride copied + */ +void speex_resampler_get_input_stride(SpeexResamplerState *st, + spx_uint32_t *stride); + +/** Set (change) the output stride. + * @param st Resampler state + * @param stride Output stride + */ +void speex_resampler_set_output_stride(SpeexResamplerState *st, + spx_uint32_t stride); + +/** Get the output stride. + * @param st Resampler state copied + * @param stride Output stride + */ +void speex_resampler_get_output_stride(SpeexResamplerState *st, + spx_uint32_t *stride); + +/** Get the latency in input samples introduced by the resampler. + * @param st Resampler state + */ +int speex_resampler_get_input_latency(SpeexResamplerState *st); + +/** Get the latency in output samples introduced by the resampler. + * @param st Resampler state + */ +int speex_resampler_get_output_latency(SpeexResamplerState *st); + +/** Make sure that the first samples to go out of the resamplers don't have + * leading zeros. This is only useful before starting to use a newly created + * resampler. It is recommended to use that when resampling an audio file, as + * it will generate a file with the same length. For real-time processing, + * it is probably easier not to use this call (so that the output duration + * is the same for the first frame). + * @param st Resampler state + */ +int speex_resampler_skip_zeros(SpeexResamplerState *st); + +/** Reset a resampler so a new (unrelated) stream can be processed. + * @param st Resampler state + */ +int speex_resampler_reset_mem(SpeexResamplerState *st); + +/** Returns the English meaning for an error code + * @param err Error code + * @return English string + */ +const char *speex_resampler_strerror(int err); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_stereo.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_stereo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a259713 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_stereo.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2002 Jean-Marc Valin*/ +/** + @file speex_stereo.h + @brief Describes the handling for intensity stereo +*/ +/* + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + are met: + + - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its + contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + this software without specific prior written permission. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR + CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, + EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, + PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR + PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF + LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING + NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS + SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +*/ + +#ifndef STEREO_H +#define STEREO_H +/** @defgroup SpeexStereoState SpeexStereoState: Handling Speex stereo files + * This describes the Speex intensity stereo encoding/decoding + * @{ + */ + +#include "speex/speex_types.h" +#include "speex/speex_bits.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** If you access any of these fields directly, I'll personally come and bite you */ +typedef struct SpeexStereoState { + float balance; /**< Left/right balance info */ + float e_ratio; /**< Ratio of energies: E(left+right)/[E(left)+E(right)] */ + float smooth_left; /**< Smoothed left channel gain */ + float smooth_right; /**< Smoothed right channel gain */ + float reserved1; /**< Reserved for future use */ + float reserved2; /**< Reserved for future use */ +} SpeexStereoState; + +/** Deprecated. Use speex_stereo_state_init() instead. */ +#define SPEEX_STEREO_STATE_INIT {1,.5,1,1,0,0} + +/** Initialise/create a stereo stereo state */ +SpeexStereoState *speex_stereo_state_init(); + +/** Reset/re-initialise an already allocated stereo state */ +void speex_stereo_state_reset(SpeexStereoState *stereo); + +/** Destroy a stereo stereo state */ +void speex_stereo_state_destroy(SpeexStereoState *stereo); + +/** Transforms a stereo frame into a mono frame and stores intensity stereo info in 'bits' */ +void speex_encode_stereo(float *data, int frame_size, SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Transforms a stereo frame into a mono frame and stores intensity stereo info in 'bits' */ +void speex_encode_stereo_int(spx_int16_t *data, int frame_size, SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Transforms a mono frame into a stereo frame using intensity stereo info */ +void speex_decode_stereo(float *data, int frame_size, SpeexStereoState *stereo); + +/** Transforms a mono frame into a stereo frame using intensity stereo info */ +void speex_decode_stereo_int(spx_int16_t *data, int frame_size, SpeexStereoState *stereo); + +/** Callback handler for intensity stereo info */ +int speex_std_stereo_request_handler(SpeexBits *bits, void *state, void *data); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/** @} */ +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_types.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_types.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..32dd8fe --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/speex/speex_types.h @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +/* speex_types.h taken from libogg */ +/******************************************************************** + * * + * THIS FILE IS PART OF THE OggVorbis SOFTWARE CODEC SOURCE CODE. * + * USE, DISTRIBUTION AND REPRODUCTION OF THIS LIBRARY SOURCE IS * + * GOVERNED BY A BSD-STYLE SOURCE LICENSE INCLUDED WITH THIS SOURCE * + * IN 'COPYING'. PLEASE READ THESE TERMS BEFORE DISTRIBUTING. * + * * + * THE OggVorbis SOURCE CODE IS (C) COPYRIGHT 1994-2002 * + * by the Xiph.Org Foundation http://www.xiph.org/ * + * * + ******************************************************************** + + function: #ifdef jail to whip a few platforms into the UNIX ideal. + last mod: $Id: os_types.h 7524 2004-08-11 04:20:36Z conrad $ + + ********************************************************************/ +/** + @file speex_types.h + @brief Speex types +*/ +#ifndef _SPEEX_TYPES_H +#define _SPEEX_TYPES_H + +#if defined(_WIN32) + +# if defined(__CYGWIN__) +# include <_G_config.h> + typedef _G_int32_t spx_int32_t; + typedef _G_uint32_t spx_uint32_t; + typedef _G_int16_t spx_int16_t; + typedef _G_uint16_t spx_uint16_t; +# elif defined(__MINGW32__) + typedef short spx_int16_t; + typedef unsigned short spx_uint16_t; + typedef int spx_int32_t; + typedef unsigned int spx_uint32_t; +# elif defined(__MWERKS__) + typedef int spx_int32_t; + typedef unsigned int spx_uint32_t; + typedef short spx_int16_t; + typedef unsigned short spx_uint16_t; +# else + /* MSVC/Borland */ + typedef __int32 spx_int32_t; + typedef unsigned __int32 spx_uint32_t; + typedef __int16 spx_int16_t; + typedef unsigned __int16 spx_uint16_t; +# endif + +#elif defined(__MACOS__) + +# include <sys/types.h> + typedef SInt16 spx_int16_t; + typedef UInt16 spx_uint16_t; + typedef SInt32 spx_int32_t; + typedef UInt32 spx_uint32_t; + +#elif (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) /* MacOS X Framework build */ + +# include <sys/types.h> + typedef int16_t spx_int16_t; + typedef u_int16_t spx_uint16_t; + typedef int32_t spx_int32_t; + typedef u_int32_t spx_uint32_t; + +#elif defined(__BEOS__) + + /* Be */ +# include <inttypes.h> + typedef int16_t spx_int16_t; + typedef u_int16_t spx_uint16_t; + typedef int32_t spx_int32_t; + typedef u_int32_t spx_uint32_t; + +#elif defined (__EMX__) + + /* OS/2 GCC */ + typedef short spx_int16_t; + typedef unsigned short spx_uint16_t; + typedef int spx_int32_t; + typedef unsigned int spx_uint32_t; + +#elif defined (DJGPP) + + /* DJGPP */ + typedef short spx_int16_t; + typedef int spx_int32_t; + typedef unsigned int spx_uint32_t; + +#elif defined(R5900) + + /* PS2 EE */ + typedef int spx_int32_t; + typedef unsigned spx_uint32_t; + typedef short spx_int16_t; + +#elif defined(__SYMBIAN32__) + + /* Symbian GCC */ + typedef signed short spx_int16_t; + typedef unsigned short spx_uint16_t; + typedef signed int spx_int32_t; + typedef unsigned int spx_uint32_t; + +#elif defined(CONFIG_TI_C54X) || defined (CONFIG_TI_C55X) + + typedef short spx_int16_t; + typedef unsigned short spx_uint16_t; + typedef long spx_int32_t; + typedef unsigned long spx_uint32_t; + +#elif defined(CONFIG_TI_C6X) + + typedef short spx_int16_t; + typedef unsigned short spx_uint16_t; + typedef int spx_int32_t; + typedef unsigned int spx_uint32_t; + +#elif ANDROID + + typedef short spx_int16_t; + typedef unsigned short spx_uint16_t; + typedef int spx_int32_t; + typedef unsigned int spx_uint32_t; + +#else + +//# include <speex/speex_config_types.h> + +#endif + +#endif /* _SPEEX_TYPES_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/aes.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/aes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d88ce40 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/aes.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/* + * aes.h + * + * header file for the AES block cipher + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef _AES_H +#define _AES_H + +#include "datatypes.h" +#include "gf2_8.h" +#include "err.h" + +/* aes internals */ + +typedef struct { + v128_t round[15]; + int num_rounds; +} aes_expanded_key_t; + +err_status_t +aes_expand_encryption_key(const uint8_t *key, + int key_len, + aes_expanded_key_t *expanded_key); + +err_status_t +aes_expand_decryption_key(const uint8_t *key, + int key_len, + aes_expanded_key_t *expanded_key); + +void +aes_encrypt(v128_t *plaintext, const aes_expanded_key_t *exp_key); + +void +aes_decrypt(v128_t *plaintext, const aes_expanded_key_t *exp_key); + +#if 0 +/* + * internal functions + */ + +void +aes_init_sbox(void); + +void +aes_compute_tables(void); +#endif + +#endif /* _AES_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/aes_cbc.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/aes_cbc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f92591d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/aes_cbc.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* + * aes_cbc.h + * + * Header for AES Cipher Blobk Chaining Mode. + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + * + */ + +#ifndef AES_CBC_H +#define AES_CBC_H + +#include "aes.h" +#include "cipher.h" + +typedef struct { + v128_t state; /* cipher chaining state */ + v128_t previous; /* previous ciphertext block */ + uint8_t key[32]; + int key_len; + aes_expanded_key_t expanded_key; /* the cipher key */ +} aes_cbc_ctx_t; + +err_status_t +aes_cbc_set_key(aes_cbc_ctx_t *c, + const unsigned char *key); + +err_status_t +aes_cbc_encrypt(aes_cbc_ctx_t *c, + unsigned char *buf, + unsigned int *bytes_in_data); + +err_status_t +aes_cbc_context_init(aes_cbc_ctx_t *c, const uint8_t *key, + int key_len); + +err_status_t +aes_cbc_set_iv(aes_cbc_ctx_t *c, void *iv, int direction); + +err_status_t +aes_cbc_nist_encrypt(aes_cbc_ctx_t *c, + unsigned char *data, + unsigned int *bytes_in_data); + +err_status_t +aes_cbc_nist_decrypt(aes_cbc_ctx_t *c, + unsigned char *data, + unsigned int *bytes_in_data); + +#endif /* AES_CBC_H */ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/aes_gcm_ossl.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/aes_gcm_ossl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e7711d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/aes_gcm_ossl.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* + * aes_gcm_ossl.h + * + * Header for AES Galois Counter Mode. + * + * John A. Foley + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + * + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2013, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef AES_GCM_OSSL_H +#define AES_GCM_OSSL_H + +#include "cipher.h" +#include "srtp.h" +#include <openssl/evp.h> +#include <openssl/aes.h> + +typedef struct { + v256_t key; + int key_size; + int tag_len; + EVP_CIPHER_CTX ctx; + cipher_direction_t dir; +} aes_gcm_ctx_t; + +#endif /* AES_GCM_OSSL_H */ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/aes_icm.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/aes_icm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b9f4ce --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/aes_icm.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* + * aes_icm.h + * + * Header for AES Integer Counter Mode. + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + * + */ + +#ifndef AES_ICM_H +#define AES_ICM_H + +#include "aes.h" +#include "cipher.h" + +typedef struct { + v128_t counter; /* holds the counter value */ + v128_t offset; /* initial offset value */ + v128_t keystream_buffer; /* buffers bytes of keystream */ + aes_expanded_key_t expanded_key; /* the cipher key */ + int bytes_in_buffer; /* number of unused bytes in buffer */ +} aes_icm_ctx_t; + + +err_status_t +aes_icm_context_init(aes_icm_ctx_t *c, + const unsigned char *key, + int key_len); + +err_status_t +aes_icm_set_iv(aes_icm_ctx_t *c, void *iv, int direction); + +err_status_t +aes_icm_encrypt(aes_icm_ctx_t *c, + unsigned char *buf, unsigned int *bytes_to_encr); + +err_status_t +aes_icm_output(aes_icm_ctx_t *c, + unsigned char *buf, unsigned int bytes_to_output); + +err_status_t +aes_icm_dealloc(cipher_t *c); + +err_status_t +aes_icm_encrypt_ismacryp(aes_icm_ctx_t *c, + unsigned char *buf, + unsigned int *enc_len, + int forIsmacryp); + +err_status_t +aes_icm_alloc_ismacryp(cipher_t **c, + int key_len, + int forIsmacryp); + +uint16_t +aes_icm_bytes_encrypted(aes_icm_ctx_t *c); + +#endif /* AES_ICM_H */ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/aes_icm_ossl.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/aes_icm_ossl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..90ec954 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/aes_icm_ossl.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/* + * aes_icm.h + * + * Header for AES Integer Counter Mode. + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + * + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2005,2012, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef AES_ICM_H +#define AES_ICM_H + +#include "cipher.h" +#include <openssl/evp.h> +#include <openssl/aes.h> + +#define SALT_SIZE 14 +#define AES_128_KEYSIZE AES_BLOCK_SIZE +#define AES_192_KEYSIZE AES_BLOCK_SIZE + AES_BLOCK_SIZE / 2 +#define AES_256_KEYSIZE AES_BLOCK_SIZE * 2 +#define AES_128_KEYSIZE_WSALT AES_128_KEYSIZE + SALT_SIZE +#define AES_192_KEYSIZE_WSALT AES_192_KEYSIZE + SALT_SIZE +#define AES_256_KEYSIZE_WSALT AES_256_KEYSIZE + SALT_SIZE + +typedef struct { + v128_t counter; /* holds the counter value */ + v128_t offset; /* initial offset value */ + v256_t key; + int key_size; + EVP_CIPHER_CTX ctx; +} aes_icm_ctx_t; + +err_status_t aes_icm_openssl_set_iv(aes_icm_ctx_t *c, void *iv, int dir); +err_status_t aes_icm_openssl_context_init(aes_icm_ctx_t *c, const uint8_t *key, int len); +err_status_t aes_icm_output(aes_icm_ctx_t *c, uint8_t *buffer, int num_octets_to_output); +uint16_t aes_icm_bytes_encrypted(aes_icm_ctx_t *c); + + +#endif /* AES_ICM_H */ + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/alloc.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/alloc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5980eed --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/alloc.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * alloc.h + * + * interface to memory allocation and deallocation, with optional debugging + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef CRYPTO_ALLOC_H +#define CRYPTO_ALLOC_H + +#include "datatypes.h" + +void * +crypto_alloc(size_t size); + +void +crypto_free(void *ptr); + +#endif /* CRYPTO_ALLOC_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/auth.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/auth.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b5e4b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/auth.h @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +/* + * auth.h + * + * common interface to authentication functions + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef AUTH_H +#define AUTH_H + +#include "datatypes.h" +#include "err.h" /* error codes */ +#include "crypto.h" /* for auth_type_id_t */ +#include "crypto_types.h" /* for values of auth_type_id_t */ + +typedef struct auth_type_t *auth_type_pointer; +typedef struct auth_t *auth_pointer_t; + +typedef err_status_t (*auth_alloc_func) + (auth_pointer_t *ap, int key_len, int out_len); + +typedef err_status_t (*auth_init_func) + (void *state, const uint8_t *key, int key_len); + +typedef err_status_t (*auth_dealloc_func)(auth_pointer_t ap); + +typedef err_status_t (*auth_compute_func) + (void *state, uint8_t *buffer, int octets_to_auth, + int tag_len, uint8_t *tag); + +typedef err_status_t (*auth_update_func) + (void *state, uint8_t *buffer, int octets_to_auth); + +typedef err_status_t (*auth_start_func)(void *state); + +/* some syntactic sugar on these function types */ + +#define auth_type_alloc(at, a, klen, outlen) \ + ((at)->alloc((a), (klen), (outlen))) + +#define auth_init(a, key) \ + (((a)->type)->init((a)->state, (key), ((a)->key_len))) + +#define auth_compute(a, buf, len, res) \ + (((a)->type)->compute((a)->state, (buf), (len), (a)->out_len, (res))) + +#define auth_update(a, buf, len) \ + (((a)->type)->update((a)->state, (buf), (len))) + +#define auth_start(a)(((a)->type)->start((a)->state)) + +#define auth_dealloc(c) (((c)->type)->dealloc(c)) + +/* functions to get information about a particular auth_t */ + +int +auth_get_key_length(const struct auth_t *a); + +int +auth_get_tag_length(const struct auth_t *a); + +int +auth_get_prefix_length(const struct auth_t *a); + +/* + * auth_test_case_t is a (list of) key/message/tag values that are + * known to be correct for a particular cipher. this data can be used + * to test an implementation in an on-the-fly self test of the + * correcness of the implementation. (see the auth_type_self_test() + * function below) + */ + +typedef struct auth_test_case_t { + int key_length_octets; /* octets in key */ + uint8_t *key; /* key */ + int data_length_octets; /* octets in data */ + uint8_t *data; /* data */ + int tag_length_octets; /* octets in tag */ + uint8_t *tag; /* tag */ + struct auth_test_case_t *next_test_case; /* pointer to next testcase */ +} auth_test_case_t; + +/* auth_type_t */ + +typedef struct auth_type_t { + auth_alloc_func alloc; + auth_dealloc_func dealloc; + auth_init_func init; + auth_compute_func compute; + auth_update_func update; + auth_start_func start; + char *description; + int ref_count; + auth_test_case_t *test_data; + debug_module_t *debug; + auth_type_id_t id; +} auth_type_t; + +typedef struct auth_t { + auth_type_t *type; + void *state; + int out_len; /* length of output tag in octets */ + int key_len; /* length of key in octets */ + int prefix_len; /* length of keystream prefix */ +} auth_t; + +/* + * auth_type_self_test() tests an auth_type against test cases + * provided in an array of values of key/message/tag that is known to + * be good + */ + +err_status_t +auth_type_self_test(const auth_type_t *at); + +/* + * auth_type_test() tests an auth_type against external test cases + * provided in an array of values of key/message/tag that is known to + * be good + */ + +err_status_t +auth_type_test(const auth_type_t *at, const auth_test_case_t *test_data); + +/* + * auth_type_get_ref_count(at) returns the reference count (the number + * of instantiations) of the auth_type_t at + */ + +int +auth_type_get_ref_count(const auth_type_t *at); + +#endif /* AUTH_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/cipher.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/cipher.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0d6b57 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/cipher.h @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ +/* + * cipher.h + * + * common interface to ciphers + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006,2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef CIPHER_H +#define CIPHER_H + +#include "datatypes.h" +#include "rdbx.h" /* for xtd_seq_num_t */ +#include "err.h" /* for error codes */ +#include "crypto.h" /* for cipher_type_id_t */ +#include "crypto_types.h" /* for values of cipher_type_id_t */ + + +/** + * @brief cipher_direction_t defines a particular cipher operation. + * + * A cipher_direction_t is an enum that describes a particular cipher + * operation, i.e. encryption or decryption. For some ciphers, this + * distinction does not matter, but for others, it is essential. + */ + +typedef enum { + direction_encrypt, /**< encryption (convert plaintext to ciphertext) */ + direction_decrypt, /**< decryption (convert ciphertext to plaintext) */ + direction_any /**< encryption or decryption */ +} cipher_direction_t; + +/* + * the cipher_pointer and cipher_type_pointer definitions are needed + * as cipher_t and cipher_type_t are not yet defined + */ + +typedef struct cipher_type_t *cipher_type_pointer_t; +typedef struct cipher_t *cipher_pointer_t; + +/* + * a cipher_alloc_func_t allocates (but does not initialize) a cipher_t + */ + +typedef err_status_t (*cipher_alloc_func_t) + (cipher_pointer_t *cp, int key_len, int tag_len); + +/* + * a cipher_init_func_t [re-]initializes a cipher_t with a given key + */ + +typedef err_status_t (*cipher_init_func_t) +(void *state, const uint8_t *key, int key_len); + +/* a cipher_dealloc_func_t de-allocates a cipher_t */ + +typedef err_status_t (*cipher_dealloc_func_t)(cipher_pointer_t cp); + +/* a cipher_set_segment_func_t sets the segment index of a cipher_t */ + +typedef err_status_t (*cipher_set_segment_func_t) + (void *state, xtd_seq_num_t idx); + +/* + * a cipher_set_aad_func_t processes the AAD data for AEAD ciphers + */ +typedef err_status_t (*cipher_set_aad_func_t) + (void *state, uint8_t *aad, unsigned int aad_len); + + +/* a cipher_encrypt_func_t encrypts data in-place */ + +typedef err_status_t (*cipher_encrypt_func_t) + (void *state, uint8_t *buffer, unsigned int *octets_to_encrypt); + +/* a cipher_decrypt_func_t decrypts data in-place */ + +typedef err_status_t (*cipher_decrypt_func_t) + (void *state, uint8_t *buffer, unsigned int *octets_to_decrypt); + +/* + * a cipher_set_iv_func_t function sets the current initialization vector + */ + +typedef err_status_t (*cipher_set_iv_func_t) + (cipher_pointer_t cp, void *iv, cipher_direction_t direction); + +/* + * a cipher_get_tag_funct_t function is used to get the authentication + * tag that was calculated by an AEAD cipher. + */ +typedef err_status_t (*cipher_get_tag_func_t) + (void *state, void *tag, int *len); + + +/* + * cipher_test_case_t is a (list of) key, salt, xtd_seq_num_t, + * plaintext, and ciphertext values that are known to be correct for a + * particular cipher. this data can be used to test an implementation + * in an on-the-fly self test of the correcness of the implementation. + * (see the cipher_type_self_test() function below) + */ + +typedef struct cipher_test_case_t { + int key_length_octets; /* octets in key */ + uint8_t *key; /* key */ + uint8_t *idx; /* packet index */ + int plaintext_length_octets; /* octets in plaintext */ + uint8_t *plaintext; /* plaintext */ + int ciphertext_length_octets; /* octets in plaintext */ + uint8_t *ciphertext; /* ciphertext */ + int aad_length_octets; /* octets in AAD */ + uint8_t *aad; /* AAD */ + int tag_length_octets; /* Length of AEAD tag */ + struct cipher_test_case_t *next_test_case; /* pointer to next testcase */ +} cipher_test_case_t; + +/* cipher_type_t defines the 'metadata' for a particular cipher type */ + +typedef struct cipher_type_t { + cipher_alloc_func_t alloc; + cipher_dealloc_func_t dealloc; + cipher_init_func_t init; + cipher_set_aad_func_t set_aad; + cipher_encrypt_func_t encrypt; + cipher_encrypt_func_t decrypt; + cipher_set_iv_func_t set_iv; + cipher_get_tag_func_t get_tag; + char *description; + int ref_count; + cipher_test_case_t *test_data; + debug_module_t *debug; + cipher_type_id_t id; +} cipher_type_t; + +/* + * cipher_t defines an instantiation of a particular cipher, with fixed + * key length, key and salt values + */ + +typedef struct cipher_t { + cipher_type_t *type; + void *state; + int key_len; + int algorithm; +} cipher_t; + +/* some syntactic sugar on these function types */ + +#define cipher_type_alloc(ct, c, klen, tlen) ((ct)->alloc((c), (klen), (tlen))) + +#define cipher_dealloc(c) (((c)->type)->dealloc(c)) + +#define cipher_init(c, k) (((c)->type)->init(((c)->state), (k), ((c)->key_len))) + +#define cipher_encrypt(c, buf, len) \ + (((c)->type)->encrypt(((c)->state), (buf), (len))) + +#define cipher_get_tag(c, buf, len) \ + (((c)->type)->get_tag(((c)->state), (buf), (len))) + +#define cipher_decrypt(c, buf, len) \ + (((c)->type)->decrypt(((c)->state), (buf), (len))) + +#define cipher_set_iv(c, n, dir) \ + ((c) ? (((c)->type)->set_iv(((cipher_pointer_t)(c)->state), (n), (dir))) : \ + err_status_no_such_op) +#define cipher_set_aad(c, a, l) \ + (((c) && (((c)->type)->set_aad)) ? \ + (((c)->type)->set_aad(((c)->state), (a), (l))) : \ + err_status_no_such_op) + +err_status_t +cipher_output(cipher_t *c, uint8_t *buffer, int num_octets_to_output); + + +/* some bookkeeping functions */ + +int +cipher_get_key_length(const cipher_t *c); + + +/* + * cipher_type_self_test() tests a cipher against test cases provided in + * an array of values of key/xtd_seq_num_t/plaintext/ciphertext + * that is known to be good + */ + +err_status_t +cipher_type_self_test(const cipher_type_t *ct); + + +/* + * cipher_type_test() tests a cipher against external test cases provided in + * an array of values of key/xtd_seq_num_t/plaintext/ciphertext + * that is known to be good + */ + +err_status_t +cipher_type_test(const cipher_type_t *ct, const cipher_test_case_t *test_data); + + +/* + * cipher_bits_per_second(c, l, t) computes (and estimate of) the + * number of bits that a cipher implementation can encrypt in a second + * + * c is a cipher (which MUST be allocated and initialized already), l + * is the length in octets of the test data to be encrypted, and t is + * the number of trials + * + * if an error is encountered, then the value 0 is returned + */ + +uint64_t +cipher_bits_per_second(cipher_t *c, int octets_in_buffer, int num_trials); + +#endif /* CIPHER_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/config.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/config.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f8e38a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/config.h @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +/* crypto/include/config.h. Generated by configure. */ +/* config_in.h. Generated from configure.in by autoheader. */ + +/* Define if building for a CISC machine (e.g. Intel). */ +#define CPU_CISC 1 + +/* Define if building for a RISC machine (assume slow byte access). */ +/* #undef CPU_RISC */ + +/* Path to random device */ +/* #undef DEV_URANDOM */ + +/* Define to compile in dynamic debugging system. */ +#define ENABLE_DEBUGGING 1 + +/* Report errors to this file. */ +/* #undef ERR_REPORTING_FILE */ + +/* Define to use logging to stdout. */ +#define ERR_REPORTING_STDOUT 1 + +/* Define this to use ISMAcryp code. */ +/* #undef GENERIC_AESICM */ + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <arpa/inet.h> header file. */ +/* #undef HAVE_ARPA_INET_H */ + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <byteswap.h> header file. */ +/* #undef HAVE_BYTESWAP_H */ + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `inet_aton' function. */ +/* #undef HAVE_INET_ATON */ + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int16_t'. */ +#define HAVE_INT16_T 1 + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int32_t'. */ +#define HAVE_INT32_T 1 + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int8_t'. */ +#define HAVE_INT8_T 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `socket' library (-lsocket). */ +/* #undef HAVE_LIBSOCKET */ + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <machine/types.h> header file. */ +/* #undef HAVE_MACHINE_TYPES_H */ + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/in.h> header file. */ +/* #undef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H */ + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigaction' function. */ +/* #undef HAVE_SIGACTION */ + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `socket' function. */ +/* #undef HAVE_SOCKET */ + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_STRING_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <syslog.h> header file. */ +/* #undef HAVE_SYSLOG_H */ + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/int_types.h> header file. */ +/* #undef HAVE_SYS_INT_TYPES_H */ + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/socket.h> header file. */ +/* #undef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H */ + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/uio.h> header file. */ +/* #undef HAVE_SYS_UIO_H */ + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint16_t'. */ +#define HAVE_UINT16_T 1 + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint32_t'. */ +#define HAVE_UINT32_T 1 + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint64_t'. */ +#define HAVE_UINT64_T 1 + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint8_t'. */ +#define HAVE_UINT8_T 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `usleep' function. */ +#define HAVE_USLEEP 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <windows.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_WINDOWS_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <winsock2.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_WINSOCK2_H 1 + +/* Define to use X86 inlined assembly code */ +#define HAVE_X86 1 + +/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ +#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "" + +/* Define to the full name of this package. */ +#define PACKAGE_NAME "" + +/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ +#define PACKAGE_STRING "" + +/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ +#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "" + +/* Define to the version of this package. */ +#define PACKAGE_VERSION "" + +/* The size of a `unsigned long', as computed by sizeof. */ +#define SIZEOF_UNSIGNED_LONG 4 + +/* The size of a `unsigned long long', as computed by sizeof. */ +#define SIZEOF_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG 8 + +/* Define to use GDOI. */ +/* #undef SRTP_GDOI */ + +/* Define to compile for kernel contexts. */ +/* #undef SRTP_KERNEL */ + +/* Define to compile for Linux kernel context. */ +/* #undef SRTP_KERNEL_LINUX */ + +/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */ +#define STDC_HEADERS 1 + +/* Write errors to this file */ +/* #undef USE_ERR_REPORTING_FILE */ + +/* Define to use syslog logging. */ +/* #undef USE_SYSLOG */ + +/* Define to 1 if your processor stores words with the most significant byte + first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel and VAX). */ +/* #undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN */ + +/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */ +/* #undef const */ + +/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler + calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */ +#ifndef __cplusplus +/* #undef inline */ +#endif + +/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */ +/* #undef size_t */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/crypto.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/crypto.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e9667d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/crypto.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* + * crypto.h + * + * API for libcrypto + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +#ifndef CRYPTO_H +#define CRYPTO_H + +/** + * @brief A cipher_type_id_t is an identifier for a particular cipher + * type. + * + * A cipher_type_id_t is an integer that represents a particular + * cipher type, e.g. the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES). A + * NULL_CIPHER is avaliable; this cipher leaves the data unchanged, + * and can be selected to indicate that no encryption is to take + * place. + * + * @ingroup Ciphers + */ +typedef uint32_t cipher_type_id_t; + +/** + * @brief An auth_type_id_t is an identifier for a particular authentication + * function. + * + * An auth_type_id_t is an integer that represents a particular + * authentication function type, e.g. HMAC-SHA1. A NULL_AUTH is + * avaliable; this authentication function performs no computation, + * and can be selected to indicate that no authentication is to take + * place. + * + * @ingroup Authentication + */ +typedef uint32_t auth_type_id_t; + +#endif /* CRYPTO_H */ + + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/crypto_kernel.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/crypto_kernel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..caccfa0 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/crypto_kernel.h @@ -0,0 +1,281 @@ +/* + * crypto_kernel.h + * + * header for the cryptographic kernel + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright(c) 2001-2006 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef CRYPTO_KERNEL +#define CRYPTO_KERNEL + +#include "rand_source.h" +#include "prng.h" +#include "cipher.h" +#include "auth.h" +#include "cryptoalg.h" +#include "stat.h" +#include "err.h" +#include "crypto_types.h" +#include "key.h" +#include "crypto.h" + +/* + * crypto_kernel_state_t defines the possible states: + * + * insecure - not yet initialized + * secure - initialized and passed self-tests + */ + +typedef enum { + crypto_kernel_state_insecure, + crypto_kernel_state_secure +} crypto_kernel_state_t; + +/* + * linked list of cipher types + */ + +typedef struct kernel_cipher_type { + cipher_type_id_t id; + cipher_type_t *cipher_type; + struct kernel_cipher_type *next; +} kernel_cipher_type_t; + +/* + * linked list of auth types + */ + +typedef struct kernel_auth_type { + auth_type_id_t id; + auth_type_t *auth_type; + struct kernel_auth_type *next; +} kernel_auth_type_t; + +/* + * linked list of debug modules + */ + +typedef struct kernel_debug_module { + debug_module_t *mod; + struct kernel_debug_module *next; +} kernel_debug_module_t; + + +/* + * crypto_kernel_t is the data structure for the crypto kernel + * + * note that there is *exactly one* instance of this data type, + * a global variable defined in crypto_kernel.c + */ + +typedef struct { + crypto_kernel_state_t state; /* current state of kernel */ + kernel_cipher_type_t *cipher_type_list; /* list of all cipher types */ + kernel_auth_type_t *auth_type_list; /* list of all auth func types */ + kernel_debug_module_t *debug_module_list; /* list of all debug modules */ +} crypto_kernel_t; + + +/* + * crypto_kernel_t external api + */ + + +/* + * The function crypto_kernel_init() initialized the crypto kernel and + * runs the self-test operations on the random number generators and + * crypto algorithms. Possible return values are: + * + * err_status_ok initialization successful + * <other> init failure + * + * If any value other than err_status_ok is returned, the + * crypto_kernel MUST NOT be used. + */ + +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_init(void); + + +/* + * The function crypto_kernel_shutdown() de-initializes the + * crypto_kernel, zeroizes keys and other cryptographic material, and + * deallocates any dynamically allocated memory. Possible return + * values are: + * + * err_status_ok shutdown successful + * <other> shutdown failure + * + */ + +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_shutdown(void); + +/* + * The function crypto_kernel_stats() checks the the crypto_kernel, + * running tests on the ciphers, auth funcs, and rng, and prints out a + * status report. Possible return values are: + * + * err_status_ok all tests were passed + * <other> a test failed + * + */ + +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_status(void); + + +/* + * crypto_kernel_list_debug_modules() outputs a list of debugging modules + * + */ + +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_list_debug_modules(void); + +/* + * crypto_kernel_load_cipher_type() + * + */ + +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_load_cipher_type(cipher_type_t *ct, cipher_type_id_t id); + +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_load_auth_type(auth_type_t *ct, auth_type_id_t id); + +/* + * crypto_kernel_replace_cipher_type(ct, id) + * + * replaces the crypto kernel's existing cipher for the cipher_type id + * with a new one passed in externally. The new cipher must pass all the + * existing cipher_type's self tests as well as its own. + */ +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_replace_cipher_type(cipher_type_t *ct, cipher_type_id_t id); + + +/* + * crypto_kernel_replace_auth_type(ct, id) + * + * replaces the crypto kernel's existing cipher for the auth_type id + * with a new one passed in externally. The new auth type must pass all the + * existing auth_type's self tests as well as its own. + */ +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_replace_auth_type(auth_type_t *ct, auth_type_id_t id); + + +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_load_debug_module(debug_module_t *new_dm); + +/* + * crypto_kernel_alloc_cipher(id, cp, key_len); + * + * allocates a cipher of type id at location *cp, with key length + * key_len octets. Return values are: + * + * err_status_ok no problems + * err_status_alloc_fail an allocation failure occured + * err_status_fail couldn't find cipher with identifier 'id' + */ + +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_alloc_cipher(cipher_type_id_t id, + cipher_pointer_t *cp, + int key_len, + int tag_len); + +/* + * crypto_kernel_alloc_auth(id, ap, key_len, tag_len); + * + * allocates an auth function of type id at location *ap, with key + * length key_len octets and output tag length of tag_len. Return + * values are: + * + * err_status_ok no problems + * err_status_alloc_fail an allocation failure occured + * err_status_fail couldn't find auth with identifier 'id' + */ + +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_alloc_auth(auth_type_id_t id, + auth_pointer_t *ap, + int key_len, + int tag_len); + + +/* + * crypto_kernel_set_debug_module(mod_name, v) + * + * sets dynamic debugging to the value v (0 for off, 1 for on) for the + * debug module with the name mod_name + * + * returns err_status_ok on success, err_status_fail otherwise + */ + +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_set_debug_module(char *mod_name, int v); + +/** + * @brief writes a random octet string. + * + * The function call crypto_get_random(dest, len) writes len octets of + * random data to the location to which dest points, and returns an + * error code. This error code @b must be checked, and if a failure is + * reported, the data in the buffer @b must @b not be used. + * + * @warning If the return code is not checked, then non-random + * data may be in the buffer. This function will fail + * unless it is called after crypto_kernel_init(). + * + * @return + * - err_status_ok if no problems occured. + * - [other] a problem occured, and no assumptions should + * be made about the contents of the destination + * buffer. + * + * @ingroup SRTP + */ +err_status_t +crypto_get_random(unsigned char *buffer, unsigned int length); + +#endif /* CRYPTO_KERNEL */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/crypto_math.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/crypto_math.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..52f0837 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/crypto_math.h @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ +/* + * math.h + * + * crypto math operations and data types + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef MATH_H +#define MATH_H + +#include "datatypes.h" + +unsigned char +v32_weight(v32_t a); + +unsigned char +v32_distance(v32_t x, v32_t y); + +unsigned int +v32_dot_product(v32_t a, v32_t b); + +char * +v16_bit_string(v16_t x); + +char * +v32_bit_string(v32_t x); + +char * +v64_bit_string(const v64_t *x); + +char * +octet_hex_string(uint8_t x); + +char * +v16_hex_string(v16_t x); + +char * +v32_hex_string(v32_t x); + +char * +v64_hex_string(const v64_t *x); + +int +hex_char_to_nibble(uint8_t c); + +int +is_hex_string(char *s); + +v16_t +hex_string_to_v16(char *s); + +v32_t +hex_string_to_v32(char *s); + +v64_t +hex_string_to_v64(char *s); + +/* the matrix A[] is stored in column format, i.e., A[i] is + the ith column of the matrix */ + +uint8_t +A_times_x_plus_b(uint8_t A[8], uint8_t x, uint8_t b); + +void +v16_copy_octet_string(v16_t *x, const uint8_t s[2]); + +void +v32_copy_octet_string(v32_t *x, const uint8_t s[4]); + +void +v64_copy_octet_string(v64_t *x, const uint8_t s[8]); + +void +v128_add(v128_t *z, v128_t *x, v128_t *y); + +int +octet_string_is_eq(uint8_t *a, uint8_t *b, int len); + +void +octet_string_set_to_zero(uint8_t *s, int len); + + + +/* + * the matrix A[] is stored in column format, i.e., A[i] is the ith + * column of the matrix +*/ +uint8_t +A_times_x_plus_b(uint8_t A[8], uint8_t x, uint8_t b); + + +#if 0 +#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN + +#define _v128_add(z, x, y) { \ + uint64_t tmp; \ + \ + tmp = x->v32[3] + y->v32[3]; \ + z->v32[3] = (uint32_t) tmp; \ + \ + tmp = x->v32[2] + y->v32[2] + (tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[2] = (uint32_t) tmp; \ + \ + tmp = x->v32[1] + y->v32[1] + (tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[1] = (uint32_t) tmp; \ + \ + tmp = x->v32[0] + y->v32[0] + (tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[0] = (uint32_t) tmp; \ +} + +#else /* assume little endian architecture */ + +#define _v128_add(z, x, y) { \ + uint64_t tmp; \ + \ + tmp = htonl(x->v32[3]) + htonl(y->v32[3]); \ + z->v32[3] = ntohl((uint32_t) tmp); \ + \ + tmp = htonl(x->v32[2]) + htonl(y->v32[2]) \ + + htonl(tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[2] = ntohl((uint32_t) tmp); \ + \ + tmp = htonl(x->v32[1]) + htonl(y->v32[1]) \ + + htonl(tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[1] = ntohl((uint32_t) tmp); \ + \ + tmp = htonl(x->v32[0]) + htonl(y->v32[0]) \ + + htonl(tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[0] = ntohl((uint32_t) tmp); \ +} + +#endif /* WORDS_BIGENDIAN */ +#endif + +#ifdef DATATYPES_USE_MACROS /* little functions are really macros */ + +#define v128_set_to_zero(z) _v128_set_to_zero(z) +#define v128_copy(z, x) _v128_copy(z, x) +#define v128_xor(z, x, y) _v128_xor(z, x, y) +#define v128_and(z, x, y) _v128_and(z, x, y) +#define v128_or(z, x, y) _v128_or(z, x, y) +#define v128_complement(x) _v128_complement(x) +#define v128_is_eq(x, y) _v128_is_eq(x, y) +#define v128_xor_eq(x, y) _v128_xor_eq(x, y) +#define v128_get_bit(x, i) _v128_get_bit(x, i) +#define v128_set_bit(x, i) _v128_set_bit(x, i) +#define v128_clear_bit(x, i) _v128_clear_bit(x, i) +#define v128_set_bit_to(x, i, y) _v128_set_bit_to(x, i, y) + +#else + +void +v128_set_to_zero(v128_t *x); + +int +v128_is_eq(const v128_t *x, const v128_t *y); + +void +v128_copy(v128_t *x, const v128_t *y); + +void +v128_xor(v128_t *z, v128_t *x, v128_t *y); + +void +v128_and(v128_t *z, v128_t *x, v128_t *y); + +void +v128_or(v128_t *z, v128_t *x, v128_t *y); + +void +v128_complement(v128_t *x); + +int +v128_get_bit(const v128_t *x, int i); + +void +v128_set_bit(v128_t *x, int i) ; + +void +v128_clear_bit(v128_t *x, int i); + +void +v128_set_bit_to(v128_t *x, int i, int y); + +#endif /* DATATYPES_USE_MACROS */ + +/* + * octet_string_is_eq(a,b, len) returns 1 if the length len strings a + * and b are not equal, returns 0 otherwise + */ + +int +octet_string_is_eq(uint8_t *a, uint8_t *b, int len); + +void +octet_string_set_to_zero(uint8_t *s, int len); + + +#endif /* MATH_H */ + + + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/crypto_types.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/crypto_types.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dbb50c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/crypto_types.h @@ -0,0 +1,248 @@ +/* + * crypto_types.h + * + * constants for cipher types and auth func types + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright(c) 2001-2006,2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef CRYPTO_TYPES_H +#define CRYPTO_TYPES_H + +/** + * @defgroup Algos Cryptographic Algorithms + * + * + * This library provides several different cryptographic algorithms, + * each of which can be selected by using the cipher_type_id_t and + * auth_type_id_t. These algorithms are documented below. + * + * Authentication functions that use the Universal Security Transform + * (UST) must be used in conjunction with a cipher other than the null + * cipher. These functions require a per-message pseudorandom input + * that is generated by the cipher. + * + * The identifiers STRONGHOLD_AUTH and STRONGHOLD_CIPHER identify the + * strongest available authentication function and cipher, + * respectively. They are resolved at compile time to the strongest + * available algorithm. The stronghold algorithms can serve as did + * the keep of a medieval fortification; they provide the strongest + * defense (or the last refuge). + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup Ciphers Cipher Types + * + * @brief Each cipher type is identified by an unsigned integer. The + * cipher types available in this edition of libSRTP are given + * by the #defines below. + * + * A cipher_type_id_t is an identifier for a cipher_type; only values + * given by the #defines above (or those present in the file + * crypto_types.h) should be used. + * + * The identifier STRONGHOLD_CIPHER indicates the strongest available + * cipher, allowing an application to choose the strongest available + * algorithm without any advance knowledge about the avaliable + * algorithms. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief The null cipher performs no encryption. + * + * The NULL_CIPHER leaves its inputs unaltered, during both the + * encryption and decryption operations. This cipher can be chosen + * to indicate that no encryption is to be performed. + */ +#define NULL_CIPHER 0 + +/** + * @brief AES Integer Counter Mode (AES ICM) + * + * AES ICM is the variant of counter mode that is used by Secure RTP. + * This cipher uses a 16-, 24-, or 32-octet key concatenated with a + * 14-octet offset (or salt) value. + */ +#define AES_ICM 1 + +/** + * @brief AES-128 Integer Counter Mode (AES ICM) + * AES-128 ICM is a deprecated alternate name for AES ICM. + */ +#define AES_128_ICM AES_ICM + +/** + * @brief SEAL 3.0 + * + * SEAL is the Software-Optimized Encryption Algorithm of Coppersmith + * and Rogaway. Nota bene: this cipher is IBM proprietary. + */ +#define SEAL 2 + +/** + * @brief AES Cipher Block Chaining mode (AES CBC) + * + * AES CBC is the AES Cipher Block Chaining mode. + * This cipher uses a 16-, 24-, or 32-octet key. + */ +#define AES_CBC 3 + +/** + * @brief AES-128 Cipher Block Chaining mode (AES CBC) + * + * AES-128 CBC is a deprecated alternate name for AES CBC. + */ +#define AES_128_CBC AES_CBC + +/** + * @brief Strongest available cipher. + * + * This identifier resolves to the strongest cipher type available. + */ +#define STRONGHOLD_CIPHER AES_ICM + +/** + * @brief AES-192 Integer Counter Mode (AES ICM) + * AES-192 ICM is a deprecated alternate name for AES ICM. + */ +#define AES_192_ICM 4 + +/** + * @brief AES-256 Integer Counter Mode (AES ICM) + * AES-256 ICM is a deprecated alternate name for AES ICM. + */ +#define AES_256_ICM 5 + +/** + * @brief AES-128_GCM Galois Counter Mode (AES GCM) + * + * AES-128 GCM is the variant of galois counter mode that is used by + * Secure RTP. This cipher uses a 16-octet key. + */ +#define AES_128_GCM 6 + +/** + * @brief AES-256_GCM Galois Counter Mode (AES GCM) + * + * AES-256 GCM is the variant of galois counter mode that is used by + * Secure RTP. This cipher uses a 32-octet key. + */ +#define AES_256_GCM 7 + +/** + * @} + */ + + + +/** + * @defgroup Authentication Authentication Function Types + * + * @brief Each authentication function type is identified by an + * unsigned integer. The authentication function types available in + * this edition of libSRTP are given by the #defines below. + * + * An auth_type_id_t is an identifier for an authentication function type; + * only values given by the #defines above (or those present in the + * file crypto_types.h) should be used. + * + * The identifier STRONGHOLD_AUTH indicates the strongest available + * authentication function, allowing an application to choose the + * strongest available algorithm without any advance knowledge about + * the avaliable algorithms. The stronghold algorithms can serve as + * did the keep of a medieval fortification; they provide the + * strongest defense (or the last refuge). + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief The null authentication function performs no authentication. + * + * The NULL_AUTH function does nothing, and can be selected to indicate + * that authentication should not be performed. + */ +#define NULL_AUTH 0 + +/** + * @brief UST with TMMH Version 2 + * + * UST_TMMHv2 implements the Truncated Multi-Modular Hash using + * UST. This function must be used in conjunction with a cipher other + * than the null cipher. + * with a cipher. + */ +#define UST_TMMHv2 1 + +/** + * @brief (UST) AES-128 XORMAC + * + * UST_AES_128_XMAC implements AES-128 XORMAC, using UST. Nota bene: + * the XORMAC algorithm is IBM proprietary. + */ +#define UST_AES_128_XMAC 2 + +/** + * @brief HMAC-SHA1 + * + * HMAC_SHA1 implements the Hash-based MAC using the NIST Secure + * Hash Algorithm version 1 (SHA1). + */ +#define HMAC_SHA1 3 + +/** + * @brief Strongest available authentication function. + * + * This identifier resolves to the strongest available authentication + * function. + */ +#define STRONGHOLD_AUTH HMAC_SHA1 + +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* CRYPTO_TYPES_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/cryptoalg.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/cryptoalg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9f0441 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/cryptoalg.h @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +/* + * cryptoalg.h + * + * API for authenticated encryption crypto algorithms + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef CRYPTOALG_H +#define CRYPTOALG_H + +#include "err.h" + +/** + * @defgroup Crypto Cryptography + * + * Zed uses a simple interface to a cryptographic transform. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief applies a crypto algorithm + * + * The function pointer cryptoalg_func_t points to a function that + * implements a crypto transform, and provides a uniform API for + * accessing crypto mechanisms. + * + * @param key location of secret key + * + * @param clear data to be authenticated but not encrypted + * + * @param clear_len length of data to be authenticated but not encrypted + * + * @param iv location to write the Initialization Vector (IV) + * + * @param protect location of the data to be encrypted and + * authenticated (before the function call), and the ciphertext + * and authentication tag (after the call) + * + * @param protected_len location of the length of the data to be + * encrypted and authenticated (before the function call), and the + * length of the ciphertext (after the call) + * + */ + +typedef err_status_t (*cryptoalg_func_t) + (void *key, + const void *clear, + unsigned clear_len, + void *iv, + void *protect, + unsigned *protected_len); + +typedef +err_status_t (*cryptoalg_inv_t) + (void *key, /* location of secret key */ + const void *clear, /* data to be authenticated only */ + unsigned clear_len, /* length of data to be authenticated only */ + void *iv, /* location of iv */ + void *opaque, /* data to be decrypted and authenticated */ + unsigned *opaque_len /* location of the length of data to be + * decrypted and authd (before and after) + */ + ); + +typedef struct cryptoalg_ctx_t { + cryptoalg_func_t enc; + cryptoalg_inv_t dec; + unsigned key_len; + unsigned iv_len; + unsigned auth_tag_len; + unsigned max_expansion; +} cryptoalg_ctx_t; + +typedef cryptoalg_ctx_t *cryptoalg_t; + +#define cryptoalg_get_key_len(cryptoalg) ((cryptoalg)->key_len) + +#define cryptoalg_get_iv_len(cryptoalg) ((cryptoalg)->iv_len) + +#define cryptoalg_get_auth_tag_len(cryptoalg) ((cryptoalg)->auth_tag_len) + +int +cryptoalg_get_id(cryptoalg_t c); + +cryptoalg_t +cryptoalg_find_by_id(int id); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* CRYPTOALG_H */ + + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/datatypes.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/datatypes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b18435f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/datatypes.h @@ -0,0 +1,516 @@ +/* + * datatypes.h + * + * data types for bit vectors and finite fields + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef _DATATYPES_H +#define _DATATYPES_H + +#include "integers.h" /* definitions of uint32_t, et cetera */ +#include "alloc.h" + +#include <stdarg.h> + +#ifndef SRTP_KERNEL +# include <stdio.h> +# include <string.h> +# include <time.h> +# ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H +# include <netinet/in.h> +# elif defined HAVE_WINSOCK2_H +# include <winsock2.h> +# endif +#endif + + +/* if DATATYPES_USE_MACROS is defined, then little functions are macros */ +#define DATATYPES_USE_MACROS + +typedef union { + uint8_t v8[2]; + uint16_t value; +} v16_t; + +typedef union { + uint8_t v8[4]; + uint16_t v16[2]; + uint32_t value; +} v32_t; + +typedef union { + uint8_t v8[8]; + uint16_t v16[4]; + uint32_t v32[2]; + uint64_t value; +} v64_t; + +typedef union { + uint8_t v8[16]; + uint16_t v16[8]; + uint32_t v32[4]; + uint64_t v64[2]; +} v128_t; + +typedef union { + uint8_t v8[32]; + uint16_t v16[16]; + uint32_t v32[8]; + uint64_t v64[4]; +} v256_t; + + +/* some useful and simple math functions */ + +#define pow_2(X) ( (unsigned int)1 << (X) ) /* 2^X */ + +#define pow_minus_one(X) ( (X) ? -1 : 1 ) /* (-1)^X */ + + +/* + * octet_get_weight(x) returns the hamming weight (number of bits equal to + * one) in the octet x + */ + +int +octet_get_weight(uint8_t octet); + +char * +octet_bit_string(uint8_t x); + +#define MAX_PRINT_STRING_LEN 1024 + +char * +octet_string_hex_string(const void *str, int length); + +char * +v128_bit_string(v128_t *x); + +char * +v128_hex_string(v128_t *x); + +uint8_t +nibble_to_hex_char(uint8_t nibble); + +char * +char_to_hex_string(char *x, int num_char); + +uint8_t +hex_string_to_octet(char *s); + +/* + * hex_string_to_octet_string(raw, hex, len) converts the hexadecimal + * string at *hex (of length len octets) to the equivalent raw data + * and writes it to *raw. + * + * if a character in the hex string that is not a hexadeciaml digit + * (0123456789abcdefABCDEF) is encountered, the function stops writing + * data to *raw + * + * the number of hex digits copied (which is two times the number of + * octets in *raw) is returned + */ + +int +hex_string_to_octet_string(char *raw, char *hex, int len); + +v128_t +hex_string_to_v128(char *s); + +void +v128_copy_octet_string(v128_t *x, const uint8_t s[16]); + +void +v128_left_shift(v128_t *x, int shift_index); + +void +v128_right_shift(v128_t *x, int shift_index); + +/* + * the following macros define the data manipulation functions + * + * If DATATYPES_USE_MACROS is defined, then these macros are used + * directly (and function call overhead is avoided). Otherwise, + * the macros are used through the functions defined in datatypes.c + * (and the compiler provides better warnings). + */ + +#define _v128_set_to_zero(x) \ +( \ + (x)->v32[0] = 0, \ + (x)->v32[1] = 0, \ + (x)->v32[2] = 0, \ + (x)->v32[3] = 0 \ +) + +#define _v128_copy(x, y) \ +( \ + (x)->v32[0] = (y)->v32[0], \ + (x)->v32[1] = (y)->v32[1], \ + (x)->v32[2] = (y)->v32[2], \ + (x)->v32[3] = (y)->v32[3] \ +) + +#define _v128_xor(z, x, y) \ +( \ + (z)->v32[0] = (x)->v32[0] ^ (y)->v32[0], \ + (z)->v32[1] = (x)->v32[1] ^ (y)->v32[1], \ + (z)->v32[2] = (x)->v32[2] ^ (y)->v32[2], \ + (z)->v32[3] = (x)->v32[3] ^ (y)->v32[3] \ +) + +#define _v128_and(z, x, y) \ +( \ + (z)->v32[0] = (x)->v32[0] & (y)->v32[0], \ + (z)->v32[1] = (x)->v32[1] & (y)->v32[1], \ + (z)->v32[2] = (x)->v32[2] & (y)->v32[2], \ + (z)->v32[3] = (x)->v32[3] & (y)->v32[3] \ +) + +#define _v128_or(z, x, y) \ +( \ + (z)->v32[0] = (x)->v32[0] | (y)->v32[0], \ + (z)->v32[1] = (x)->v32[1] | (y)->v32[1], \ + (z)->v32[2] = (x)->v32[2] | (y)->v32[2], \ + (z)->v32[3] = (x)->v32[3] | (y)->v32[3] \ +) + +#define _v128_complement(x) \ +( \ + (x)->v32[0] = ~(x)->v32[0], \ + (x)->v32[1] = ~(x)->v32[1], \ + (x)->v32[2] = ~(x)->v32[2], \ + (x)->v32[3] = ~(x)->v32[3] \ +) + +/* ok for NO_64BIT_MATH if it can compare uint64_t's (even as structures) */ +#define _v128_is_eq(x, y) \ + (((x)->v64[0] == (y)->v64[0]) && ((x)->v64[1] == (y)->v64[1])) + + +#ifdef NO_64BIT_MATH +#define _v128_xor_eq(z, x) \ +( \ + (z)->v32[0] ^= (x)->v32[0], \ + (z)->v32[1] ^= (x)->v32[1], \ + (z)->v32[2] ^= (x)->v32[2], \ + (z)->v32[3] ^= (x)->v32[3] \ +) +#else +#define _v128_xor_eq(z, x) \ +( \ + (z)->v64[0] ^= (x)->v64[0], \ + (z)->v64[1] ^= (x)->v64[1] \ +) +#endif + +/* NOTE! This assumes an odd ordering! */ +/* This will not be compatible directly with math on some processors */ +/* bit 0 is first 32-bit word, low order bit. in little-endian, that's + the first byte of the first 32-bit word. In big-endian, that's + the 3rd byte of the first 32-bit word */ +/* The get/set bit code is used by the replay code ONLY, and it doesn't + really care which bit is which. AES does care which bit is which, but + doesn't use the 128-bit get/set or 128-bit shifts */ + +#define _v128_get_bit(x, bit) \ +( \ + ((((x)->v32[(bit) >> 5]) >> ((bit) & 31)) & 1) \ +) + +#define _v128_set_bit(x, bit) \ +( \ + (((x)->v32[(bit) >> 5]) |= ((uint32_t)1 << ((bit) & 31))) \ +) + +#define _v128_clear_bit(x, bit) \ +( \ + (((x)->v32[(bit) >> 5]) &= ~((uint32_t)1 << ((bit) & 31))) \ +) + +#define _v128_set_bit_to(x, bit, value) \ +( \ + (value) ? _v128_set_bit(x, bit) : \ + _v128_clear_bit(x, bit) \ +) + + +#if 0 +/* nothing uses this */ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + +#define _v128_add(z, x, y) { \ + uint64_t tmp; \ + \ + tmp = x->v32[3] + y->v32[3]; \ + z->v32[3] = (uint32_t) tmp; \ + \ + tmp = x->v32[2] + y->v32[2] + (tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[2] = (uint32_t) tmp; \ + \ + tmp = x->v32[1] + y->v32[1] + (tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[1] = (uint32_t) tmp; \ + \ + tmp = x->v32[0] + y->v32[0] + (tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[0] = (uint32_t) tmp; \ +} + +#else /* assume little endian architecture */ + +#define _v128_add(z, x, y) { \ + uint64_t tmp; \ + \ + tmp = htonl(x->v32[3]) + htonl(y->v32[3]); \ + z->v32[3] = ntohl((uint32_t) tmp); \ + \ + tmp = htonl(x->v32[2]) + htonl(y->v32[2]) \ + + htonl(tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[2] = ntohl((uint32_t) tmp); \ + \ + tmp = htonl(x->v32[1]) + htonl(y->v32[1]) \ + + htonl(tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[1] = ntohl((uint32_t) tmp); \ + \ + tmp = htonl(x->v32[0]) + htonl(y->v32[0]) \ + + htonl(tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[0] = ntohl((uint32_t) tmp); \ +} +#endif /* WORDS_BIGENDIAN */ +#endif /* 0 */ + + +#ifdef DATATYPES_USE_MACROS /* little functions are really macros */ + +#define v128_set_to_zero(z) _v128_set_to_zero(z) +#define v128_copy(z, x) _v128_copy(z, x) +#define v128_xor(z, x, y) _v128_xor(z, x, y) +#define v128_and(z, x, y) _v128_and(z, x, y) +#define v128_or(z, x, y) _v128_or(z, x, y) +#define v128_complement(x) _v128_complement(x) +#define v128_is_eq(x, y) _v128_is_eq(x, y) +#define v128_xor_eq(x, y) _v128_xor_eq(x, y) +#define v128_get_bit(x, i) _v128_get_bit(x, i) +#define v128_set_bit(x, i) _v128_set_bit(x, i) +#define v128_clear_bit(x, i) _v128_clear_bit(x, i) +#define v128_set_bit_to(x, i, y) _v128_set_bit_to(x, i, y) + +#else + +void +v128_set_to_zero(v128_t *x); + +int +v128_is_eq(const v128_t *x, const v128_t *y); + +void +v128_copy(v128_t *x, const v128_t *y); + +void +v128_xor(v128_t *z, v128_t *x, v128_t *y); + +void +v128_and(v128_t *z, v128_t *x, v128_t *y); + +void +v128_or(v128_t *z, v128_t *x, v128_t *y); + +void +v128_complement(v128_t *x); + +int +v128_get_bit(const v128_t *x, int i); + +void +v128_set_bit(v128_t *x, int i) ; + +void +v128_clear_bit(v128_t *x, int i); + +void +v128_set_bit_to(v128_t *x, int i, int y); + +#endif /* DATATYPES_USE_MACROS */ + +/* + * octet_string_is_eq(a,b, len) returns 1 if the length len strings a + * and b are not equal, returns 0 otherwise + */ + +int +octet_string_is_eq(uint8_t *a, uint8_t *b, int len); + +void +octet_string_set_to_zero(uint8_t *s, int len); + + +#if !defined(SRTP_KERNEL_LINUX) && defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) + +/* + * Convert big endian integers to CPU byte order. + */ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +/* Nothing to do. */ +# define be32_to_cpu(x) (x) +# define be64_to_cpu(x) (x) +#elif defined(HAVE_BYTESWAP_H) +/* We have (hopefully) optimized versions in byteswap.h */ +# include <byteswap.h> +# define be32_to_cpu(x) bswap_32((x)) +# define be64_to_cpu(x) bswap_64((x)) +#else + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(HAVE_X86) +/* Fall back. */ +static inline uint32_t be32_to_cpu(uint32_t v) { + /* optimized for x86. */ + asm("bswap %0" : "=r" (v) : "0" (v)); + return v; +} +# else /* HAVE_X86 */ +# ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H +# include <netinet/in.h> +# elif defined HAVE_WINSOCK2_H +# include <winsock2.h> +# endif +# define be32_to_cpu(x) ntohl((x)) +# endif /* HAVE_X86 */ + +static inline uint64_t be64_to_cpu(uint64_t v) { +# ifdef NO_64BIT_MATH + /* use the make64 functions to do 64-bit math */ + v = make64(htonl(low32(v)),htonl(high32(v))); +# else + /* use the native 64-bit math */ + v= (uint64_t)((be32_to_cpu((uint32_t)(v >> 32))) | (((uint64_t)be32_to_cpu((uint32_t)v)) << 32)); +# endif + return v; +} + +#endif /* ! SRTP_KERNEL_LINUX */ + +#endif /* WORDS_BIGENDIAN */ + +/* + * functions manipulating bitvector_t + * + * A bitvector_t consists of an array of words and an integer + * representing the number of significant bits stored in the array. + * The bits are packed as follows: the least significant bit is that + * of word[0], while the most significant bit is the nth most + * significant bit of word[m], where length = bits_per_word * m + n. + * + */ + +#define bits_per_word 32 +#define bytes_per_word 4 + +typedef struct { + uint32_t length; + uint32_t *word; +} bitvector_t; + + +#define _bitvector_get_bit(v, bit_index) \ +( \ + ((((v)->word[((bit_index) >> 5)]) >> ((bit_index) & 31)) & 1) \ +) + + +#define _bitvector_set_bit(v, bit_index) \ +( \ + (((v)->word[((bit_index) >> 5)] |= ((uint32_t)1 << ((bit_index) & 31)))) \ +) + +#define _bitvector_clear_bit(v, bit_index) \ +( \ + (((v)->word[((bit_index) >> 5)] &= ~((uint32_t)1 << ((bit_index) & 31)))) \ +) + +#define _bitvector_get_length(v) \ +( \ + ((v)->length) \ +) + +#ifdef DATATYPES_USE_MACROS /* little functions are really macros */ + +#define bitvector_get_bit(v, bit_index) _bitvector_get_bit(v, bit_index) +#define bitvector_set_bit(v, bit_index) _bitvector_set_bit(v, bit_index) +#define bitvector_clear_bit(v, bit_index) _bitvector_clear_bit(v, bit_index) +#define bitvector_get_length(v) _bitvector_get_length(v) + +#else + +int +bitvector_get_bit(const bitvector_t *v, int bit_index); + +void +bitvector_set_bit(bitvector_t *v, int bit_index); + +void +bitvector_clear_bit(bitvector_t *v, int bit_index); + +unsigned long +bitvector_get_length(const bitvector_t *v); + +#endif + +int +bitvector_alloc(bitvector_t *v, unsigned long length); + +void +bitvector_dealloc(bitvector_t *v); + +void +bitvector_set_to_zero(bitvector_t *x); + +void +bitvector_left_shift(bitvector_t *x, int index); + +char * +bitvector_bit_string(bitvector_t *x, char* buf, int len); + +#ifdef TESTAPP_SOURCE +int base64_string_to_octet_string(char *raw, int *pad, char *base64, int len); +#endif + +#endif /* _DATATYPES_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/ekt.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/ekt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b0d888b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/ekt.h @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +/* + * ekt.h + * + * interface to Encrypted Key Transport for SRTP + * + * David McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2005 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + + +/* + * EKT implementation strategy + * + * use stream_template approach + * + * in srtp_unprotect, when a new stream appears, check if template has + * EKT defined, and if it does, then apply EKT processing + * + * question: will we want to allow key-sharing templates in addition + * to EKT templates? could define a new ssrc_type_t that's associated + * with an EKT, e.g. ssrc_any_ekt. + * + * + */ + +#ifndef EKT_H +#define EKT_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include "srtp_priv.h" + +#define EKT_CIPHER_DEFAULT 1 +#define EKT_CIPHER_AES_128_ECB 1 +#define EKT_CIPHER_AES_192_KEY_WRAP 2 +#define EKT_CIPHER_AES_256_KEY_WRAP 3 + +typedef uint16_t ekt_spi_t; + + +unsigned +ekt_octets_after_base_tag(ekt_stream_t ekt); + +/* + * an srtp_policy_t structure can contain a pointer to an + * ekt_policy_t structure + * + * this structure holds all of the high level EKT information, and it + * is passed into libsrtp to indicate what policy should be in effect + */ + +typedef struct ekt_policy_ctx_t { + ekt_spi_t spi; /* security parameter index */ + uint8_t ekt_cipher_type; + uint8_t *ekt_key; + struct ekt_policy_ctx_t *next_ekt_policy; +} ekt_policy_ctx_t; + + +/* + * an ekt_data_t structure holds the data corresponding to an ekt key, + * spi, and so on + */ + +typedef struct ekt_data_t { + ekt_spi_t spi; + uint8_t ekt_cipher_type; + aes_expanded_key_t ekt_enc_key; + aes_expanded_key_t ekt_dec_key; + struct ekt_data_t *next_ekt_data; +} ekt_data_t; + +/* + * an srtp_stream_ctx_t can contain an ekt_stream_ctx_t + * + * an ekt_stream_ctx_t structure holds all of the EKT information for + * a specific SRTP stream + */ + +typedef struct ekt_stream_ctx_t { + ekt_data_t *data; + uint16_t isn; /* initial sequence number */ + uint8_t encrypted_master_key[SRTP_MAX_KEY_LEN]; +} ekt_stream_ctx_t; + + + +err_status_t +ekt_alloc(ekt_stream_t *stream_data, ekt_policy_t policy); + +err_status_t +ekt_stream_init(ekt_stream_t e, + ekt_spi_t spi, + void *ekt_key, + unsigned ekt_cipher_type); + +err_status_t +ekt_stream_init_from_policy(ekt_stream_t e, ekt_policy_t p); + + + +err_status_t +srtp_stream_init_from_ekt(srtp_stream_t stream, + const void *srtcp_hdr, + unsigned pkt_octet_len); + + +void +ekt_write_data(ekt_stream_t ekt, + uint8_t *base_tag, + unsigned base_tag_len, + int *packet_len, + xtd_seq_num_t pkt_index); + +/* + * We handle EKT by performing some additional steps before + * authentication (copying the auth tag into a temporary location, + * zeroizing the "base tag" field in the packet) + * + * With EKT, the tag_len parameter is actually the base tag + * length + */ + +err_status_t +ekt_tag_verification_preproces(uint8_t *pkt_tag, + uint8_t *pkt_tag_copy, + unsigned tag_len); + +err_status_t +ekt_tag_verification_postproces(uint8_t *pkt_tag, + uint8_t *pkt_tag_copy, + unsigned tag_len); + + +/* + * @brief EKT pre-processing for srtcp tag generation + * + * This function does the pre-processing of the SRTCP authentication + * tag format. When EKT is used, it consists of writing the Encrypted + * Master Key, the SRTP ROC, the Initial Sequence Number, and SPI + * fields. The Base Authentication Tag field is set to the all-zero + * value + * + * When EKT is not used, this function is a no-op. + * + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_stream_srtcp_auth_tag_generation_preprocess(const srtp_stream_t *s, + uint8_t *pkt_tag, + unsigned pkt_octet_len); + +/* it's not clear that a tag_generation_postprocess function is needed */ + +err_status_t +srtcp_auth_tag_generation_postprocess(void); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* EKT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/err.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/err.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4f401a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/err.h @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +/* + * err.h + * + * error status codes + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef ERR_H +#define ERR_H + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdarg.h> + +/** + * @defgroup Error Error Codes + * + * Error status codes are represented by the enumeration err_status_t. + * + * @{ + */ + + +/* + * @brief err_status_t defines error codes. + * + * The enumeration err_status_t defines error codes. Note that the + * value of err_status_ok is equal to zero, which can simplify error + * checking somewhat. + * + */ +typedef enum { + err_status_ok = 0, /**< nothing to report */ + err_status_fail = 1, /**< unspecified failure */ + err_status_bad_param = 2, /**< unsupported parameter */ + err_status_alloc_fail = 3, /**< couldn't allocate memory */ + err_status_dealloc_fail = 4, /**< couldn't deallocate properly */ + err_status_init_fail = 5, /**< couldn't initialize */ + err_status_terminus = 6, /**< can't process as much data as requested */ + err_status_auth_fail = 7, /**< authentication failure */ + err_status_cipher_fail = 8, /**< cipher failure */ + err_status_replay_fail = 9, /**< replay check failed (bad index) */ + err_status_replay_old = 10, /**< replay check failed (index too old) */ + err_status_algo_fail = 11, /**< algorithm failed test routine */ + err_status_no_such_op = 12, /**< unsupported operation */ + err_status_no_ctx = 13, /**< no appropriate context found */ + err_status_cant_check = 14, /**< unable to perform desired validation */ + err_status_key_expired = 15, /**< can't use key any more */ + err_status_socket_err = 16, /**< error in use of socket */ + err_status_signal_err = 17, /**< error in use POSIX signals */ + err_status_nonce_bad = 18, /**< nonce check failed */ + err_status_read_fail = 19, /**< couldn't read data */ + err_status_write_fail = 20, /**< couldn't write data */ + err_status_parse_err = 21, /**< error parsing data */ + err_status_encode_err = 22, /**< error encoding data */ + err_status_semaphore_err = 23,/**< error while using semaphores */ + err_status_pfkey_err = 24 /**< error while using pfkey */ +} err_status_t; + +/** + * @} + */ + +typedef enum { + err_level_emergency = 0, + err_level_alert, + err_level_critical, + err_level_error, + err_level_warning, + err_level_notice, + err_level_info, + err_level_debug, + err_level_none +} err_reporting_level_t; + +/* + * err_reporting_init prepares the error system. If + * ERR_REPORTING_SYSLOG is defined, it will open syslog. + * + * The ident argument is a string that will be prepended to + * all syslog messages. It is conventionally argv[0]. + */ + +err_status_t +err_reporting_init(const char *ident); + +#ifdef SRTP_KERNEL_LINUX +extern err_reporting_level_t err_level; +#else + +/* + * keydaemon_report_error reports a 'printf' formatted error + * string, followed by a an arg list. The priority argument + * is equivalent to that defined for syslog. + * + * Errors will be reported to ERR_REPORTING_FILE, if defined, and to + * syslog, if ERR_REPORTING_SYSLOG is defined. + * + */ + +void +err_report(int priority, const char *format, ...); +#endif /* ! SRTP_KERNEL_LINUX */ + + +/* + * debug_module_t defines a debug module + */ + +typedef struct { + int on; /* 1 if debugging is on, 0 if it is off */ + const char *name; /* printable name for debug module */ +} debug_module_t; + +#ifdef ENABLE_DEBUGGING + +#define debug_on(mod) (mod).on = 1 + +#define debug_off(mod) (mod).on = 0 + +/* use err_report() to report debug message */ +#define debug_print(mod, format, arg) \ + if (mod.on) err_report(err_level_debug, ("%s: " format "\n"), mod.name, arg) +#define debug_print2(mod, format, arg1,arg2) \ + if (mod.on) err_report(err_level_debug, ("%s: " format "\n"), mod.name, arg1,arg2) + +#else + +/* define macros to do nothing */ +#define debug_print(mod, format, arg) + +#define debug_on(mod) + +#define debug_off(mod) + +#endif + +#endif /* ERR_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/getopt_s.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/getopt_s.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a6ece3 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/getopt_s.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* + * getopt.h + * + * interface to a minimal implementation of the getopt() function, + * written so that test applications that use that function can run on + * non-POSIX platforms + * + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef GETOPT_S_H +#define GETOPT_S_H + +/* + * getopt_s(), optarg_s, and optind_s are small, locally defined + * versions of the POSIX standard getopt() interface. + */ + +int +getopt_s(int argc, char * const argv[], const char *optstring); + +extern char *optarg_s; /* defined in getopt.c */ + +extern int optind_s; /* defined in getopt.c */ + +#endif /* GETOPT_S_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/gf2_8.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/gf2_8.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..098d37c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/gf2_8.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/* + * gf2_8.h + * + * GF(256) implementation + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef GF2_8_H +#define GF2_8_H + +#include "datatypes.h" /* for uint8_t definition */ + +typedef uint8_t gf2_8; + +#define gf2_8_field_polynomial 0x1B + +/* + * gf2_8_shift(x) returns + */ + +/* + * gf2_8_shift(z) returns the result of the GF(2^8) 'multiply by x' + * operation, using the field representation from AES; that is, the + * next gf2_8 value in the cyclic representation of that field. The + * value z should be an uint8_t. + */ + +#define gf2_8_shift(z) (((z) & 128) ? \ + (((z) << 1) ^ gf2_8_field_polynomial) : ((z) << 1)) + +gf2_8 +gf2_8_compute_inverse(gf2_8 x); + +void +test_gf2_8(void); + +gf2_8 +gf2_8_multiply(gf2_8 x, gf2_8 y); + +#endif /* GF2_8_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/hmac.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/hmac.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..875f45c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/hmac.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * hmac.h + * + * interface to hmac auth_type_t + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + * + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006,2013, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef HMAC_H +#define HMAC_H + +#include "auth.h" +#include "sha1.h" + +typedef struct { + uint8_t opad[64]; + sha1_ctx_t ctx; + sha1_ctx_t init_ctx; +#ifdef OPENSSL + int ctx_initialized; + int init_ctx_initialized; +#endif +} hmac_ctx_t; + +err_status_t +hmac_alloc(auth_t **a, int key_len, int out_len); + +err_status_t +hmac_dealloc(auth_t *a); + +err_status_t +hmac_init(hmac_ctx_t *state, const uint8_t *key, int key_len); + +err_status_t +hmac_start(hmac_ctx_t *state); + +err_status_t +hmac_update(hmac_ctx_t *state, const uint8_t *message, int msg_octets); + +err_status_t +hmac_compute(hmac_ctx_t *state, const void *message, + int msg_octets, int tag_len, uint8_t *result); + + +#endif /* HMAC_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/integers.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/integers.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed77210 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/integers.h @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +/* + * integers.h + * + * defines integer types (or refers to their definitions) + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef INTEGERS_H +#define INTEGERS_H + + +#ifdef SRTP_KERNEL + +#include "kernel_compat.h" + +#else /* SRTP_KERNEL */ + +/* use standard integer definitions, if they're available */ +#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H +# include <stdlib.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H +# include <stdint.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H +# include <inttypes.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +# include <sys/types.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_INT_TYPES_H +# include <sys/int_types.h> /* this exists on Sun OS */ +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_MACHINE_TYPES_H +# include <machine/types.h> +#endif + +/* Can we do 64 bit integers? */ +#if !defined(HAVE_UINT64_T) +# if SIZEOF_UNSIGNED_LONG == 8 +typedef unsigned long uint64_t; +# elif SIZEOF_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG == 8 +typedef unsigned long long uint64_t; +# else +# define NO_64BIT_MATH 1 +# endif +#endif + +/* Reasonable defaults for 32 bit machines - you may need to + * edit these definitions for your own machine. */ +#ifndef HAVE_UINT8_T +typedef unsigned char uint8_t; +#endif +#ifndef HAVE_UINT16_T +typedef unsigned short int uint16_t; +#endif +#ifndef HAVE_UINT32_T +typedef unsigned int uint32_t; +#endif + + +#if defined(NO_64BIT_MATH) && defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) +typedef double uint64_t; +/* assert that sizeof(double) == 8 */ +extern uint64_t make64(uint32_t high, uint32_t low); +extern uint32_t high32(uint64_t value); +extern uint32_t low32(uint64_t value); +#endif + +#endif /* SRTP_KERNEL */ + +/* These macros are to load and store 32-bit values from un-aligned + addresses. This is required for processors that do not allow unaligned + loads. */ +#ifdef ALIGNMENT_32BIT_REQUIRED +/* Note that if it's in a variable, you can memcpy it */ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +#define PUT_32(addr,value) \ + { \ + ((unsigned char *) (addr))[0] = (value >> 24); \ + ((unsigned char *) (addr))[1] = (value >> 16) & 0xff; \ + ((unsigned char *) (addr))[2] = (value >> 8) & 0xff; \ + ((unsigned char *) (addr))[3] = (value) & 0xff; \ + } +#define GET_32(addr) ((((unsigned char *) (addr))[0] << 24) | \ + (((unsigned char *) (addr))[1] << 16) | \ + (((unsigned char *) (addr))[2] << 8) | \ + (((unsigned char *) (addr))[3])) +#else +#define PUT_32(addr,value) \ + { \ + ((unsigned char *) (addr))[3] = (value >> 24); \ + ((unsigned char *) (addr))[2] = (value >> 16) & 0xff; \ + ((unsigned char *) (addr))[1] = (value >> 8) & 0xff; \ + ((unsigned char *) (addr))[0] = (value) & 0xff; \ + } +#define GET_32(addr) ((((unsigned char *) (addr))[3] << 24) | \ + (((unsigned char *) (addr))[2] << 16) | \ + (((unsigned char *) (addr))[1] << 8) | \ + (((unsigned char *) (addr))[0])) +#endif // WORDS_BIGENDIAN +#else +#define PUT_32(addr,value) *(((uint32_t *) (addr)) = (value) +#define GET_32(addr) (*(((uint32_t *) (addr))) +#endif + +#endif /* INTEGERS_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/kernel_compat.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/kernel_compat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..59d1898 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/kernel_compat.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/* + * kernel_compat.h + * + * Compatibility stuff for building in kernel context where standard + * C headers and library are not available. + * + * Marcus Sundberg + * Ingate Systems AB + */ +/* + * + * Copyright(c) 2005 Ingate Systems AB + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the author(s) nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef KERNEL_COMPAT_H +#define KERNEL_COMPAT_H + +#ifdef SRTP_KERNEL_LINUX + +#include <linux/kernel.h> +#include <linux/slab.h> +#include <linux/sched.h> +#include <linux/random.h> +#include <linux/byteorder/generic.h> + + +#define err_report(priority, ...) \ + do {\ + if (priority <= err_level) {\ + printk(__VA_ARGS__);\ + }\ + }while(0) + +#define clock() (jiffies) +#define time(x) (jiffies) + +/* rand() implementation. */ +#define RAND_MAX 32767 + +static inline int rand(void) +{ + uint32_t temp; + get_random_bytes(&temp, sizeof(temp)); + return temp % (RAND_MAX+1); +} + +/* stdio/stdlib implementation. */ +#define printf(...) printk(__VA_ARGS__) +#define exit(n) panic("%s:%d: exit(%d)\n", __FILE__, __LINE__, (n)) + +#endif /* SRTP_KERNEL_LINUX */ + +#endif /* KERNEL_COMPAT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/key.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/key.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7e0744 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/key.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * key.h + * + * key usage limits enforcement + * + * David A. Mcgrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef KEY_H +#define KEY_H + +#include "rdbx.h" /* for xtd_seq_num_t */ +#include "err.h" + +typedef struct key_limit_ctx_t *key_limit_t; + +typedef enum { + key_event_normal, + key_event_soft_limit, + key_event_hard_limit +} key_event_t; + +err_status_t +key_limit_set(key_limit_t key, const xtd_seq_num_t s); + +err_status_t +key_limit_clone(key_limit_t original, key_limit_t *new_key); + +err_status_t +key_limit_check(const key_limit_t key); + +key_event_t +key_limit_update(key_limit_t key); + +typedef enum { + key_state_normal, + key_state_past_soft_limit, + key_state_expired +} key_state_t; + +typedef struct key_limit_ctx_t { + xtd_seq_num_t num_left; + key_state_t state; +} key_limit_ctx_t; + +#endif /* KEY_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/null_auth.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/null_auth.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..44f9a4a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/null_auth.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/* + * null-auth.h + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + * + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef NULL_AUTH_H +#define NULL_AUTH_H + +#include "auth.h" + +typedef struct { + char foo; +} null_auth_ctx_t; + +err_status_t +null_auth_alloc(auth_t **a, int key_len, int out_len); + +err_status_t +null_auth_dealloc(auth_t *a); + +err_status_t +null_auth_init(null_auth_ctx_t *state, const uint8_t *key, int key_len); + +err_status_t +null_auth_compute (null_auth_ctx_t *state, uint8_t *message, + int msg_octets, int tag_len, uint8_t *result); + + +#endif /* NULL_AUTH_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/null_cipher.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/null_cipher.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..39da59a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/null_cipher.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * null-cipher.h + * + * header file for the null cipher + * + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef NULL_CIPHER_H +#define NULL_CIPHER_H + +#include "datatypes.h" +#include "cipher.h" + +typedef struct { + char foo ;/* empty, for now */ +} null_cipher_ctx_t; + + +/* + * none of these functions do anything (though future versions may keep + * track of bytes encrypted, number of instances, and/or other info). + */ + +err_status_t +null_cipher_init(null_cipher_ctx_t *c, const uint8_t *key, int key_len); + +err_status_t +null_cipher_set_segment(null_cipher_ctx_t *c, + unsigned long segment_index); + +err_status_t +null_cipher_encrypt(null_cipher_ctx_t *c, + unsigned char *buf, unsigned int *bytes_to_encr); + + +err_status_t +null_cipher_encrypt_aligned(null_cipher_ctx_t *c, + unsigned char *buf, int bytes_to_encr); + +#endif /* NULL_CIPHER_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/prng.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/prng.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c493383 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/prng.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* + * prng.h + * + * pseudorandom source + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +#ifndef PRNG_H +#define PRNG_H + +#include "rand_source.h" /* for rand_source_func_t definition */ +#include "aes.h" /* for aes */ +//FIXME: this is temporary until we pull in the code to use OpenSSL for RNG +#ifdef OPENSSL +#include "aes_icm_ossl.h" /* for aes ctr */ +#else +#include "aes_icm.h" /* for aes ctr */ +#endif + +#define MAX_PRNG_OUT_LEN 0xffffffffU + +/* + * x917_prng is an ANSI X9.17-like AES-based PRNG + */ + +typedef struct { + v128_t state; /* state data */ + aes_expanded_key_t key; /* secret key */ + uint32_t octet_count; /* number of octets output since last init */ + rand_source_func_t rand; /* random source for re-initialization */ +} x917_prng_t; + +err_status_t +x917_prng_init(rand_source_func_t random_source); + +err_status_t +x917_prng_get_octet_string(uint8_t *dest, uint32_t len); + + +/* + * ctr_prng is an AES-CTR based PRNG + */ + +typedef struct { + uint32_t octet_count; /* number of octets output since last init */ + aes_icm_ctx_t state; /* state data */ + rand_source_func_t rand; /* random source for re-initialization */ +} ctr_prng_t; + +err_status_t +ctr_prng_init(rand_source_func_t random_source); + +err_status_t +ctr_prng_get_octet_string(void *dest, uint32_t len); + + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/rand_source.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/rand_source.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b4c2110 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/rand_source.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/* + * rand_source.h + * + * implements a random source based on /dev/random + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright(c) 2001-2006 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef RAND_SOURCE +#define RAND_SOURCE + +#include "err.h" +#include "datatypes.h" + +err_status_t +rand_source_init(void); + +/* + * rand_source_get_octet_string() writes a random octet string. + * + * The function call rand_source_get_octet_string(dest, len) writes + * len octets of random data to the location to which dest points, + * and returns an error code. This error code should be checked, + * and if a failure is reported, the data in the buffer MUST NOT + * be used. + * + * warning: If the return code is not checked, then non-random + * data may inadvertently be used. + * + * returns: + * - err_status_ok if no problems occured. + * - [other] a problem occured, and no assumptions should + * be made about the contents of the destination + * buffer. + */ + +err_status_t +rand_source_get_octet_string(void *dest, uint32_t length); + +err_status_t +rand_source_deinit(void); + +/* + * function prototype for a random source function + * + * A rand_source_func_t writes num_octets at the location indicated by + * dest and returns err_status_ok. Any other return value indicates + * failure. + */ + +typedef err_status_t (*rand_source_func_t) + (void *dest, uint32_t num_octets); + +#endif /* RAND_SOURCE */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/rdb.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/rdb.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ccb144 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/rdb.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* + * replay-database.h + * + * interface for a replay database for packet security + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + + +#ifndef REPLAY_DB_H +#define REPLAY_DB_H + +#include "integers.h" /* for uint32_t */ +#include "datatypes.h" /* for v128_t */ +#include "err.h" /* for err_status_t */ + +/* + * if the ith least significant bit is one, then the packet index + * window_end-i is in the database + */ + +typedef struct { + uint32_t window_start; /* packet index of the first bit in bitmask */ + v128_t bitmask; +} rdb_t; + +#define rdb_bits_in_bitmask (8*sizeof(v128_t)) + +/* + * rdb init + * + * initalizes rdb + * + * returns err_status_ok on success, err_status_t_fail otherwise + */ + +err_status_t +rdb_init(rdb_t *rdb); + + +/* + * rdb_check + * + * checks to see if index appears in rdb + * + * returns err_status_fail if the index already appears in rdb, + * returns err_status_ok otherwise + */ + +err_status_t +rdb_check(const rdb_t *rdb, uint32_t rdb_index); + +/* + * rdb_add_index + * + * adds index to rdb_t (and does *not* check if index appears in db) + * + * returns err_status_ok on success, err_status_fail otherwise + * + */ + +err_status_t +rdb_add_index(rdb_t *rdb, uint32_t rdb_index); + +/* + * the functions rdb_increment() and rdb_get_value() are for use by + * senders, not receivers - DO NOT use these functions on the same + * rdb_t upon which rdb_add_index is used! + */ + + +/* + * rdb_increment(db) increments the sequence number in db, if it is + * not too high + * + * return values: + * + * err_status_ok no problem + * err_status_key_expired sequence number too high + * + */ +err_status_t +rdb_increment(rdb_t *rdb); + +/* + * rdb_get_value(db) returns the current sequence number of db + */ + +uint32_t +rdb_get_value(const rdb_t *rdb); + + +#endif /* REPLAY_DB_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/rdbx.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/rdbx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..146fb42 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/rdbx.h @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +/* + * rdbx.h + * + * replay database with extended packet indices, using a rollover counter + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + * + */ + +#ifndef RDBX_H +#define RDBX_H + +#include "datatypes.h" +#include "err.h" + +/* #define ROC_TEST */ + +#ifndef ROC_TEST + +typedef uint16_t sequence_number_t; /* 16 bit sequence number */ +typedef uint32_t rollover_counter_t; /* 32 bit rollover counter */ + +#else /* use small seq_num and roc datatypes for testing purposes */ + +typedef unsigned char sequence_number_t; /* 8 bit sequence number */ +typedef uint16_t rollover_counter_t; /* 16 bit rollover counter */ + +#endif + +#define seq_num_median (1 << (8*sizeof(sequence_number_t) - 1)) +#define seq_num_max (1 << (8*sizeof(sequence_number_t))) + +/* + * An xtd_seq_num_t is a 64-bit unsigned integer used as an 'extended' + * sequence number. + */ + +typedef uint64_t xtd_seq_num_t; + + +/* + * An rdbx_t is a replay database with extended range; it uses an + * xtd_seq_num_t and a bitmask of recently received indices. + */ + +typedef struct { + xtd_seq_num_t index; + bitvector_t bitmask; +} rdbx_t; + + +/* + * rdbx_init(rdbx_ptr, ws) + * + * initializes the rdbx pointed to by its argument with the window size ws, + * setting the rollover counter and sequence number to zero + */ + +err_status_t +rdbx_init(rdbx_t *rdbx, unsigned long ws); + + +/* + * rdbx_dealloc(rdbx_ptr) + * + * frees memory associated with the rdbx + */ + +err_status_t +rdbx_dealloc(rdbx_t *rdbx); + + +/* + * rdbx_estimate_index(rdbx, guess, s) + * + * given an rdbx and a sequence number s (from a newly arrived packet), + * sets the contents of *guess to contain the best guess of the packet + * index to which s corresponds, and returns the difference between + * *guess and the locally stored synch info + */ + +int +rdbx_estimate_index(const rdbx_t *rdbx, + xtd_seq_num_t *guess, + sequence_number_t s); + +/* + * rdbx_check(rdbx, delta); + * + * rdbx_check(&r, delta) checks to see if the xtd_seq_num_t + * which is at rdbx->window_start + delta is in the rdb + * + */ + +err_status_t +rdbx_check(const rdbx_t *rdbx, int difference); + +/* + * replay_add_index(rdbx, delta) + * + * adds the xtd_seq_num_t at rdbx->window_start + delta to replay_db + * (and does *not* check if that xtd_seq_num_t appears in db) + * + * this function should be called *only* after replay_check has + * indicated that the index does not appear in the rdbx, and a mutex + * should protect the rdbx between these calls if necessary. + */ + +err_status_t +rdbx_add_index(rdbx_t *rdbx, int delta); + + +/* + * rdbx_set_roc(rdbx, roc) initalizes the rdbx_t at the location rdbx + * to have the rollover counter value roc. If that value is less than + * the current rollover counter value, then the function returns + * err_status_replay_old; otherwise, err_status_ok is returned. + * + */ + +err_status_t +rdbx_set_roc(rdbx_t *rdbx, uint32_t roc); + +/* + * rdbx_get_roc(rdbx) returns the value of the rollover counter for + * the rdbx_t pointed to by rdbx + * + */ + +xtd_seq_num_t +rdbx_get_packet_index(const rdbx_t *rdbx); + +/* + * xtd_seq_num_t functions - these are *internal* functions of rdbx, and + * shouldn't be used to manipulate rdbx internal values. use the rdbx + * api instead! + */ + +/* + * rdbx_get_ws(rdbx_ptr) + * + * gets the window size which was used to initialize the rdbx + */ + +unsigned long +rdbx_get_window_size(const rdbx_t *rdbx); + + +/* index_init(&pi) initializes a packet index pi (sets it to zero) */ + +void +index_init(xtd_seq_num_t *pi); + +/* index_advance(&pi, s) advances a xtd_seq_num_t forward by s */ + +void +index_advance(xtd_seq_num_t *pi, sequence_number_t s); + + +/* + * index_guess(local, guess, s) + * + * given a xtd_seq_num_t local (which represents the highest + * known-to-be-good index) and a sequence number s (from a newly + * arrived packet), sets the contents of *guess to contain the best + * guess of the packet index to which s corresponds, and returns the + * difference between *guess and *local + */ + +int +index_guess(const xtd_seq_num_t *local, + xtd_seq_num_t *guess, + sequence_number_t s); + + +#endif /* RDBX_H */ + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/rtp.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/rtp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e0119c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/rtp.h @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +/* + * rtp.h + * + * rtp interface for srtp reference implementation + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + * + * data types: + * + * rtp_msg_t an rtp message (the data that goes on the wire) + * rtp_sender_t sender side socket and rtp info + * rtp_receiver_t receiver side socket and rtp info + * + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef RTP_H +#define RTP_H + +#ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H +# include <netinet/in.h> +#elif defined HAVE_WINSOCK2_H +# include <winsock2.h> +#endif + +#include "srtp.h" + +typedef struct rtp_sender_ctx_t *rtp_sender_t; + +typedef struct rtp_receiver_ctx_t *rtp_receiver_t; + +int +rtp_sendto(rtp_sender_t sender, const void* msg, int len); + +int +rtp_recvfrom(rtp_receiver_t receiver, void *msg, int *len); + +int +rtp_receiver_init(rtp_receiver_t rcvr, int sock, + struct sockaddr_in addr, unsigned int ssrc); + +int +rtp_sender_init(rtp_sender_t sender, int sock, + struct sockaddr_in addr, unsigned int ssrc); + +/* + * srtp_sender_init(...) initializes an rtp_sender_t + */ + +int +srtp_sender_init(rtp_sender_t rtp_ctx, /* structure to be init'ed */ + struct sockaddr_in name, /* socket name */ + sec_serv_t security_services, /* sec. servs. to be used */ + unsigned char *input_key /* master key/salt in hex */ + ); + +int +srtp_receiver_init(rtp_receiver_t rtp_ctx, /* structure to be init'ed */ + struct sockaddr_in name, /* socket name */ + sec_serv_t security_services, /* sec. servs. to be used */ + unsigned char *input_key /* master key/salt in hex */ + ); + + +int +rtp_sender_init_srtp(rtp_sender_t sender, const srtp_policy_t *policy); + +int +rtp_sender_deinit_srtp(rtp_sender_t sender); + +int +rtp_receiver_init_srtp(rtp_receiver_t sender, const srtp_policy_t *policy); + +int +rtp_receiver_deinit_srtp(rtp_receiver_t sender); + + +rtp_sender_t +rtp_sender_alloc(void); + +void +rtp_sender_dealloc(rtp_sender_t rtp_ctx); + +rtp_receiver_t +rtp_receiver_alloc(void); + +void +rtp_receiver_dealloc(rtp_receiver_t rtp_ctx); + + +/* + * RTP_HEADER_LEN indicates the size of an RTP header + */ +#define RTP_HEADER_LEN 12 + +/* + * RTP_MAX_BUF_LEN defines the largest RTP packet in the rtp.c implementation + */ +#define RTP_MAX_BUF_LEN 16384 + + +#endif /* RTP_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/rtp_priv.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/rtp_priv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1421386 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/rtp_priv.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* + * rtp_priv.h + * + * private, internal header file for RTP + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef RTP_PRIV_H +#define RTP_PRIV_H + +#include "srtp_priv.h" +#include "rtp.h" + +typedef srtp_hdr_t rtp_hdr_t; + +typedef struct { + srtp_hdr_t header; + char body[RTP_MAX_BUF_LEN]; +} rtp_msg_t; + +typedef struct rtp_sender_ctx_t { + rtp_msg_t message; + int socket; + srtp_ctx_t *srtp_ctx; + struct sockaddr_in addr; /* reciever's address */ +} rtp_sender_ctx_t; + +typedef struct rtp_receiver_ctx_t { + rtp_msg_t message; + int socket; + srtp_ctx_t *srtp_ctx; + struct sockaddr_in addr; /* receiver's address */ +} rtp_receiver_ctx_t; + + +#endif /* RTP_PRIV_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/sha1.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/sha1.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..84d1c65 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/sha1.h @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +/* + * sha1.h + * + * interface to the Secure Hash Algorithm v.1 (SHA-1), specified in + * FIPS 180-1 + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef SHA1_H +#define SHA1_H + +#include "err.h" +#ifdef OPENSSL +#include <openssl/evp.h> +#include <stdint.h> + +typedef EVP_MD_CTX sha1_ctx_t; + +/* + * sha1_init(&ctx) initializes the SHA1 context ctx + * + * sha1_update(&ctx, msg, len) hashes the len octets starting at msg + * into the SHA1 context + * + * sha1_final(&ctx, output) performs the final processing of the SHA1 + * context and writes the result to the 20 octets at output + * + * Return values are ignored on the EVP functions since all three + * of these functions return void. + * + */ + +inline void sha1_init (sha1_ctx_t *ctx) +{ + EVP_MD_CTX_init(ctx); + EVP_DigestInit(ctx, EVP_sha1()); +} + +inline void sha1_update (sha1_ctx_t *ctx, const uint8_t *M, int octets_in_msg) +{ + EVP_DigestUpdate(ctx, M, octets_in_msg); +} + +inline void sha1_final (sha1_ctx_t *ctx, uint32_t *output) +{ + unsigned int len = 0; + + EVP_DigestFinal(ctx, (unsigned char*)output, &len); +} +#else +#include "datatypes.h" + +typedef struct { + uint32_t H[5]; /* state vector */ + uint32_t M[16]; /* message buffer */ + int octets_in_buffer; /* octets of message in buffer */ + uint32_t num_bits_in_msg; /* total number of bits in message */ +} sha1_ctx_t; + +/* + * sha1(&ctx, msg, len, output) hashes the len octets starting at msg + * into the SHA1 context, then writes the result to the 20 octets at + * output + * + */ + +void +sha1(const uint8_t *message, int octets_in_msg, uint32_t output[5]); + +/* + * sha1_init(&ctx) initializes the SHA1 context ctx + * + * sha1_update(&ctx, msg, len) hashes the len octets starting at msg + * into the SHA1 context + * + * sha1_final(&ctx, output) performs the final processing of the SHA1 + * context and writes the result to the 20 octets at output + * + */ + +void +sha1_init(sha1_ctx_t *ctx); + +void +sha1_update(sha1_ctx_t *ctx, const uint8_t *M, int octets_in_msg); + +void +sha1_final(sha1_ctx_t *ctx, uint32_t output[5]); + +/* + * The sha1_core function is INTERNAL to SHA-1, but it is declared + * here because it is also used by the cipher SEAL 3.0 in its key + * setup algorithm. + */ + +/* + * sha1_core(M, H) computes the core sha1 compression function, where M is + * the next part of the message and H is the intermediate state {H0, + * H1, ...} + * + * this function does not do any of the padding required in the + * complete sha1 function + */ + +void +sha1_core(const uint32_t M[16], uint32_t hash_value[5]); + +#endif /* else OPENSSL */ + +#endif /* SHA1_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/srtp.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/srtp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..48416d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/srtp.h @@ -0,0 +1,1266 @@ +/* + * srtp.h + * + * interface to libsrtp + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef SRTP_H +#define SRTP_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "crypto.h" +#include "crypto_types.h" +#include "err.h" + +/** + * @defgroup SRTP Secure RTP + * + * @brief libSRTP provides functions for protecting RTP and RTCP. See + * Section @ref Overview for an introduction to the use of the library. + * + * @{ + */ + +/* + * SRTP_MASTER_KEY_LEN is the nominal master key length supported by libSRTP + */ + +#define SRTP_MASTER_KEY_LEN 30 + +/* + * SRTP_MAX_KEY_LEN is the maximum key length supported by libSRTP + */ +#define SRTP_MAX_KEY_LEN 64 + +/* + * SRTP_MAX_TAG_LEN is the maximum tag length supported by libSRTP + */ + +#define SRTP_MAX_TAG_LEN 12 + +/** + * SRTP_MAX_TRAILER_LEN is the maximum length of the SRTP trailer + * (authentication tag and MKI) supported by libSRTP. This value is + * the maximum number of octets that will be added to an RTP packet by + * srtp_protect(). + * + * @brief the maximum number of octets added by srtp_protect(). + */ +#define SRTP_MAX_TRAILER_LEN SRTP_MAX_TAG_LEN + +/* + * SRTP_AEAD_SALT_LEN is the length of the SALT values used with + * GCM mode. GCM mode requires an IV. The SALT value is used + * as part of the IV formation logic applied to each RTP packet. + */ +#define SRTP_AEAD_SALT_LEN 12 +#define AES_128_GCM_KEYSIZE_WSALT SRTP_AEAD_SALT_LEN + 16 +#define AES_192_GCM_KEYSIZE_WSALT SRTP_AEAD_SALT_LEN + 24 +#define AES_256_GCM_KEYSIZE_WSALT SRTP_AEAD_SALT_LEN + 32 + + + +/* + * nota bene: since libSRTP doesn't support the use of the MKI, the + * SRTP_MAX_TRAILER_LEN value is just the maximum tag length + */ + +/** + * @brief sec_serv_t describes a set of security services. + * + * A sec_serv_t enumeration is used to describe the particular + * security services that will be applied by a particular crypto + * policy (or other mechanism). + */ + +typedef enum { + sec_serv_none = 0, /**< no services */ + sec_serv_conf = 1, /**< confidentiality */ + sec_serv_auth = 2, /**< authentication */ + sec_serv_conf_and_auth = 3 /**< confidentiality and authentication */ +} sec_serv_t; + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_t describes a particular crypto policy that + * can be applied to an SRTP stream. + * + * A crypto_policy_t describes a particular cryptographic policy that + * can be applied to an SRTP or SRTCP stream. An SRTP session policy + * consists of a list of these policies, one for each SRTP stream + * in the session. + */ + +typedef struct crypto_policy_t { + cipher_type_id_t cipher_type; /**< An integer representing + * the type of cipher. */ + int cipher_key_len; /**< The length of the cipher key + * in octets. */ + auth_type_id_t auth_type; /**< An integer representing the + * authentication function. */ + int auth_key_len; /**< The length of the authentication + * function key in octets. */ + int auth_tag_len; /**< The length of the authentication + * tag in octets. */ + sec_serv_t sec_serv; /**< The flag indicating the security + * services to be applied. */ +} crypto_policy_t; + + +/** + * @brief ssrc_type_t describes the type of an SSRC. + * + * An ssrc_type_t enumeration is used to indicate a type of SSRC. See + * @ref srtp_policy_t for more informataion. + */ + +typedef enum { + ssrc_undefined = 0, /**< Indicates an undefined SSRC type. */ + ssrc_specific = 1, /**< Indicates a specific SSRC value */ + ssrc_any_inbound = 2, /**< Indicates any inbound SSRC value + (i.e. a value that is used in the + function srtp_unprotect()) */ + ssrc_any_outbound = 3 /**< Indicates any outbound SSRC value + (i.e. a value that is used in the + function srtp_protect()) */ +} ssrc_type_t; + +/** + * @brief An ssrc_t represents a particular SSRC value, or a `wildcard' SSRC. + * + * An ssrc_t represents a particular SSRC value (if its type is + * ssrc_specific), or a wildcard SSRC value that will match all + * outbound SSRCs (if its type is ssrc_any_outbound) or all inbound + * SSRCs (if its type is ssrc_any_inbound). + * + */ + +typedef struct { + ssrc_type_t type; /**< The type of this particular SSRC */ + unsigned int value; /**< The value of this SSRC, if it is not a wildcard */ +} ssrc_t; + + +/** + * @brief points to an EKT policy + */ +typedef struct ekt_policy_ctx_t *ekt_policy_t; + + +/** + * @brief points to EKT stream data + */ +typedef struct ekt_stream_ctx_t *ekt_stream_t; + + +/** + * @brief represents the policy for an SRTP session. + * + * A single srtp_policy_t struct represents the policy for a single + * SRTP stream, and a linked list of these elements represents the + * policy for an entire SRTP session. Each element contains the SRTP + * and SRTCP crypto policies for that stream, a pointer to the SRTP + * master key for that stream, the SSRC describing that stream, or a + * flag indicating a `wildcard' SSRC value, and a `next' field that + * holds a pointer to the next element in the list of policy elements, + * or NULL if it is the last element. + * + * The wildcard value SSRC_ANY_INBOUND matches any SSRC from an + * inbound stream that for which there is no explicit SSRC entry in + * another policy element. Similarly, the value SSRC_ANY_OUTBOUND + * will matches any SSRC from an outbound stream that does not appear + * in another policy element. Note that wildcard SSRCs &b cannot be + * used to match both inbound and outbound traffic. This restriction + * is intentional, and it allows libSRTP to ensure that no security + * lapses result from accidental re-use of SSRC values during key + * sharing. + * + * + * @warning The final element of the list @b must have its `next' pointer + * set to NULL. + */ + +typedef struct srtp_policy_t { + ssrc_t ssrc; /**< The SSRC value of stream, or the + * flags SSRC_ANY_INBOUND or + * SSRC_ANY_OUTBOUND if key sharing + * is used for this policy element. + */ + crypto_policy_t rtp; /**< SRTP crypto policy. */ + crypto_policy_t rtcp; /**< SRTCP crypto policy. */ + unsigned char *key; /**< Pointer to the SRTP master key for + * this stream. */ + ekt_policy_t ekt; /**< Pointer to the EKT policy structure + * for this stream (if any) */ + unsigned long window_size; /**< The window size to use for replay + * protection. */ + int allow_repeat_tx; /**< Whether retransmissions of + * packets with the same sequence number + * are allowed. (Note that such repeated + * transmissions must have the same RTP + * payload, or a severe security weakness + * is introduced!) */ + struct srtp_policy_t *next; /**< Pointer to next stream policy. */ +} srtp_policy_t; + + + + +/** + * @brief An srtp_t points to an SRTP session structure. + * + * The typedef srtp_t is a pointer to a structure that represents + * an SRTP session. This datatype is intentially opaque in + * order to separate the interface from the implementation. + * + * An SRTP session consists of all of the traffic sent to the RTP and + * RTCP destination transport addresses, using the RTP/SAVP (Secure + * Audio/Video Profile). A session can be viewed as a set of SRTP + * streams, each of which originates with a different participant. + */ + +typedef struct srtp_ctx_t *srtp_t; + + +/** + * @brief An srtp_stream_t points to an SRTP stream structure. + * + * The typedef srtp_stream_t is a pointer to a structure that + * represents an SRTP stream. This datatype is intentionally + * opaque in order to separate the interface from the implementation. + * + * An SRTP stream consists of all of the traffic sent to an SRTP + * session by a single participant. A session can be viewed as + * a set of streams. + * + */ +typedef struct srtp_stream_ctx_t *srtp_stream_t; + + + +/** + * @brief srtp_init() initializes the srtp library. + * + * @warning This function @b must be called before any other srtp + * functions. + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_init(void); + +/** + * @brief srtp_shutdown() de-initializes the srtp library. + * + * @warning No srtp functions may be called after calling this function. + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_shutdown(void); + +/** + * @brief srtp_protect() is the Secure RTP sender-side packet processing + * function. + * + * The function call srtp_protect(ctx, rtp_hdr, len_ptr) applies SRTP + * protection to the RTP packet rtp_hdr (which has length *len_ptr) using + * the SRTP context ctx. If err_status_ok is returned, then rtp_hdr + * points to the resulting SRTP packet and *len_ptr is the number of + * octets in that packet; otherwise, no assumptions should be made + * about the value of either data elements. + * + * The sequence numbers of the RTP packets presented to this function + * need not be consecutive, but they @b must be out of order by less + * than 2^15 = 32,768 packets. + * + * @warning This function assumes that it can write the authentication + * tag into the location in memory immediately following the RTP + * packet, and assumes that the RTP packet is aligned on a 32-bit + * boundary. + * + * @warning This function assumes that it can write SRTP_MAX_TRAILER_LEN + * into the location in memory immediately following the RTP packet. + * Callers MUST ensure that this much writable memory is available in + * the buffer that holds the RTP packet. + * + * @param ctx is the SRTP context to use in processing the packet. + * + * @param rtp_hdr is a pointer to the RTP packet (before the call); after + * the function returns, it points to the srtp packet. + * + * @param len_ptr is a pointer to the length in octets of the complete + * RTP packet (header and body) before the function call, and of the + * complete SRTP packet after the call, if err_status_ok was returned. + * Otherwise, the value of the data to which it points is undefined. + * + * @return + * - err_status_ok no problems + * - err_status_replay_fail rtp sequence number was non-increasing + * - @e other failure in cryptographic mechanisms + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_protect(srtp_t ctx, void *rtp_hdr, int *len_ptr); + +/** + * @brief srtp_unprotect() is the Secure RTP receiver-side packet + * processing function. + * + * The function call srtp_unprotect(ctx, srtp_hdr, len_ptr) verifies + * the Secure RTP protection of the SRTP packet pointed to by srtp_hdr + * (which has length *len_ptr), using the SRTP context ctx. If + * err_status_ok is returned, then srtp_hdr points to the resulting + * RTP packet and *len_ptr is the number of octets in that packet; + * otherwise, no assumptions should be made about the value of either + * data elements. + * + * The sequence numbers of the RTP packets presented to this function + * need not be consecutive, but they @b must be out of order by less + * than 2^15 = 32,768 packets. + * + * @warning This function assumes that the SRTP packet is aligned on a + * 32-bit boundary. + * + * @param ctx is the SRTP session which applies to the particular packet. + * + * @param srtp_hdr is a pointer to the header of the SRTP packet + * (before the call). after the function returns, it points to the + * rtp packet if err_status_ok was returned; otherwise, the value of + * the data to which it points is undefined. + * + * @param len_ptr is a pointer to the length in octets of the complete + * srtp packet (header and body) before the function call, and of the + * complete rtp packet after the call, if err_status_ok was returned. + * Otherwise, the value of the data to which it points is undefined. + * + * @return + * - err_status_ok if the RTP packet is valid. + * - err_status_auth_fail if the SRTP packet failed the message + * authentication check. + * - err_status_replay_fail if the SRTP packet is a replay (e.g. packet has + * already been processed and accepted). + * - [other] if there has been an error in the cryptographic mechanisms. + * + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_unprotect(srtp_t ctx, void *srtp_hdr, int *len_ptr); + + +/** + * @brief srtp_create() allocates and initializes an SRTP session. + + * The function call srtp_create(session, policy, key) allocates and + * initializes an SRTP session context, applying the given policy and + * key. + * + * @param session is a pointer to the SRTP session to which the policy is + * to be added. + * + * @param policy is the srtp_policy_t struct that describes the policy + * for the session. The struct may be a single element, or it may be + * the head of a list, in which case each element of the list is + * processed. It may also be NULL, in which case streams should be added + * later using srtp_add_stream(). The final element of the list @b must + * have its `next' field set to NULL. + * + * @return + * - err_status_ok if creation succeded. + * - err_status_alloc_fail if allocation failed. + * - err_status_init_fail if initialization failed. + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_create(srtp_t *session, const srtp_policy_t *policy); + + +/** + * @brief srtp_add_stream() allocates and initializes an SRTP stream + * within a given SRTP session. + * + * The function call srtp_add_stream(session, policy) allocates and + * initializes a new SRTP stream within a given, previously created + * session, applying the policy given as the other argument to that + * stream. + * + * @return values: + * - err_status_ok if stream creation succeded. + * - err_status_alloc_fail if stream allocation failed + * - err_status_init_fail if stream initialization failed. + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_add_stream(srtp_t session, + const srtp_policy_t *policy); + + +/** + * @brief srtp_remove_stream() deallocates an SRTP stream. + * + * The function call srtp_remove_stream(session, ssrc) removes + * the SRTP stream with the SSRC value ssrc from the SRTP session + * context given by the argument session. + * + * @param session is the SRTP session from which the stream + * will be removed. + * + * @param ssrc is the SSRC value of the stream to be removed. + * + * @warning Wildcard SSRC values cannot be removed from a + * session. + * + * @return + * - err_status_ok if the stream deallocation succeded. + * - [other] otherwise. + * + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_remove_stream(srtp_t session, unsigned int ssrc); + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_rtp_default() sets a crypto policy + * structure to the SRTP default policy for RTP protection. + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_rtp_default(&p) sets the + * crypto_policy_t at location p to the SRTP default policy for RTP + * protection, as defined in the specification. This function is a + * convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly with the policy + * data structure. You are encouraged to initialize policy elements + * with this function call. Doing so may allow your code to be + * forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that include more + * elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @return void. + * + */ + +void +crypto_policy_set_rtp_default(crypto_policy_t *p); + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_rtcp_default() sets a crypto policy + * structure to the SRTP default policy for RTCP protection. + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_rtcp_default(&p) sets the + * crypto_policy_t at location p to the SRTP default policy for RTCP + * protection, as defined in the specification. This function is a + * convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly with the policy + * data structure. You are encouraged to initialize policy elements + * with this function call. Doing so may allow your code to be + * forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that include more + * elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @return void. + * + */ + +void +crypto_policy_set_rtcp_default(crypto_policy_t *p); + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_128_hmac_sha1_80() sets a crypto + * policy structure to the SRTP default policy for RTP protection. + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_128_hmac_sha1_80() is a + * synonym for crypto_policy_set_rtp_default(). It conforms to the + * naming convention used in RFC 4568 (SDP Security Descriptions for + * Media Streams). + * + * @return void. + * + */ + +#define crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_128_hmac_sha1_80(p) crypto_policy_set_rtp_default(p) + + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_128_hmac_sha1_32() sets a crypto + * policy structure to a short-authentication tag policy + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_128_hmac_sha1_32(&p) + * sets the crypto_policy_t at location p to use policy + * AES_CM_128_HMAC_SHA1_32 as defined in RFC 4568. + * This policy uses AES-128 + * Counter Mode encryption and HMAC-SHA1 authentication, with an + * authentication tag that is only 32 bits long. This length is + * considered adequate only for protecting audio and video media that + * use a stateless playback function. See Section 7.5 of RFC 3711 + * (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3711.txt). + * + * This function is a convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly + * with the policy data structure. You are encouraged to initialize + * policy elements with this function call. Doing so may allow your + * code to be forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that + * include more elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @warning This crypto policy is intended for use in SRTP, but not in + * SRTCP. It is recommended that a policy that uses longer + * authentication tags be used for SRTCP. See Section 7.5 of RFC 3711 + * (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3711.txt). + * + * @return void. + * + */ + +void +crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_128_hmac_sha1_32(crypto_policy_t *p); + + + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_128_null_auth() sets a crypto + * policy structure to an encryption-only policy + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_128_null_auth(&p) sets + * the crypto_policy_t at location p to use the SRTP default cipher + * (AES-128 Counter Mode), but to use no authentication method. This + * policy is NOT RECOMMENDED unless it is unavoidable; see Section 7.5 + * of RFC 3711 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3711.txt). + * + * This function is a convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly + * with the policy data structure. You are encouraged to initialize + * policy elements with this function call. Doing so may allow your + * code to be forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that + * include more elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @warning This policy is NOT RECOMMENDED for SRTP unless it is + * unavoidable, and it is NOT RECOMMENDED at all for SRTCP; see + * Section 7.5 of RFC 3711 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3711.txt). + * + * @return void. + * + */ + +void +crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_128_null_auth(crypto_policy_t *p); + + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_null_cipher_hmac_sha1_80() sets a crypto + * policy structure to an authentication-only policy + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_null_cipher_hmac_sha1_80(&p) + * sets the crypto_policy_t at location p to use HMAC-SHA1 with an 80 + * bit authentication tag to provide message authentication, but to + * use no encryption. This policy is NOT RECOMMENDED for SRTP unless + * there is a requirement to forego encryption. + * + * This function is a convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly + * with the policy data structure. You are encouraged to initialize + * policy elements with this function call. Doing so may allow your + * code to be forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that + * include more elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @warning This policy is NOT RECOMMENDED for SRTP unless there is a + * requirement to forego encryption. + * + * @return void. + * + */ + +void +crypto_policy_set_null_cipher_hmac_sha1_80(crypto_policy_t *p); + + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_256_hmac_sha1_80() sets a crypto + * policy structure to a encryption and authentication policy using AES-256 + * for RTP protection. + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_256_hmac_sha1_80(&p) + * sets the crypto_policy_t at location p to use policy + * AES_CM_256_HMAC_SHA1_80 as defined in + * draft-ietf-avt-srtp-big-aes-03.txt. This policy uses AES-256 + * Counter Mode encryption and HMAC-SHA1 authentication, with an 80 bit + * authentication tag. + * + * This function is a convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly + * with the policy data structure. You are encouraged to initialize + * policy elements with this function call. Doing so may allow your + * code to be forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that + * include more elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @return void. + * + */ + +void crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_256_hmac_sha1_80(crypto_policy_t *p); + + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_256_hmac_sha1_32() sets a crypto + * policy structure to a short-authentication tag policy using AES-256 + * encryption. + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_256_hmac_sha1_32(&p) + * sets the crypto_policy_t at location p to use policy + * AES_CM_256_HMAC_SHA1_32 as defined in + * draft-ietf-avt-srtp-big-aes-03.txt. This policy uses AES-256 + * Counter Mode encryption and HMAC-SHA1 authentication, with an + * authentication tag that is only 32 bits long. This length is + * considered adequate only for protecting audio and video media that + * use a stateless playback function. See Section 7.5 of RFC 3711 + * (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3711.txt). + * + * This function is a convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly + * with the policy data structure. You are encouraged to initialize + * policy elements with this function call. Doing so may allow your + * code to be forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that + * include more elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @warning This crypto policy is intended for use in SRTP, but not in + * SRTCP. It is recommended that a policy that uses longer + * authentication tags be used for SRTCP. See Section 7.5 of RFC 3711 + * (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3711.txt). + * + * @return void. + * + */ + +void +crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_256_hmac_sha1_32(crypto_policy_t *p); + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_256_null_auth() sets a crypto + * policy structure to an encryption-only policy + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_256_null_auth(&p) sets + * the crypto_policy_t at location p to use the SRTP default cipher + * (AES-256 Counter Mode), but to use no authentication method. This + * policy is NOT RECOMMENDED unless it is unavoidable; see Section 7.5 + * of RFC 3711 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3711.txt). + * + * This function is a convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly + * with the policy data structure. You are encouraged to initialize + * policy elements with this function call. Doing so may allow your + * code to be forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that + * include more elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @warning This policy is NOT RECOMMENDED for SRTP unless it is + * unavoidable, and it is NOT RECOMMENDED at all for SRTCP; see + * Section 7.5 of RFC 3711 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3711.txt). + * + * @return void. + * + */ +void +crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_256_null_auth(crypto_policy_t *p); + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_aes_gcm_128_8_auth() sets a crypto + * policy structure to an AEAD encryption policy. + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_aes_gcm_128_8_auth(&p) sets + * the crypto_policy_t at location p to use the SRTP default cipher + * (AES-128 Galois Counter Mode) with 8 octet auth tag. This + * policy applies confidentiality and authentication to both the + * RTP and RTCP packets. + * + * This function is a convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly + * with the policy data structure. You are encouraged to initialize + * policy elements with this function call. Doing so may allow your + * code to be forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that + * include more elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @return void. + * + */ +void +crypto_policy_set_aes_gcm_128_8_auth(crypto_policy_t *p); + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_aes_gcm_256_8_auth() sets a crypto + * policy structure to an AEAD encryption policy + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_aes_gcm_256_8_auth(&p) sets + * the crypto_policy_t at location p to use the SRTP default cipher + * (AES-256 Galois Counter Mode) with 8 octet auth tag. This + * policy applies confidentiality and authentication to both the + * RTP and RTCP packets. + * + * This function is a convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly + * with the policy data structure. You are encouraged to initialize + * policy elements with this function call. Doing so may allow your + * code to be forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that + * include more elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @return void. + * + */ +void +crypto_policy_set_aes_gcm_256_8_auth(crypto_policy_t *p); + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_aes_gcm_128_8_only_auth() sets a crypto + * policy structure to an AEAD authentication-only policy + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_aes_gcm_128_8_only_auth(&p) sets + * the crypto_policy_t at location p to use the SRTP default cipher + * (AES-128 Galois Counter Mode) with 8 octet auth tag. This policy + * applies confidentiality and authentication to the RTP packets, + * but only authentication to the RTCP packets. + * + * This function is a convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly + * with the policy data structure. You are encouraged to initialize + * policy elements with this function call. Doing so may allow your + * code to be forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that + * include more elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @return void. + * + */ +void +crypto_policy_set_aes_gcm_128_8_only_auth(crypto_policy_t *p); + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_aes_gcm_256_8_only_auth() sets a crypto + * policy structure to an AEAD authentication-only policy + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_aes_gcm_256_8_only_auth(&p) sets + * the crypto_policy_t at location p to use the SRTP default cipher + * (AES-256 Galois Counter Mode) with 8 octet auth tag. This policy + * applies confidentiality and authentication to the RTP packets, + * but only authentication to the RTCP packets. + * + * This function is a convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly + * with the policy data structure. You are encouraged to initialize + * policy elements with this function call. Doing so may allow your + * code to be forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that + * include more elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @return void. + * + */ +void +crypto_policy_set_aes_gcm_256_8_only_auth(crypto_policy_t *p); + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_aes_gcm_128_16_auth() sets a crypto + * policy structure to an AEAD encryption policy. + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_aes_gcm_128_16_auth(&p) sets + * the crypto_policy_t at location p to use the SRTP default cipher + * (AES-128 Galois Counter Mode) with 16 octet auth tag. This + * policy applies confidentiality and authentication to both the + * RTP and RTCP packets. + * + * This function is a convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly + * with the policy data structure. You are encouraged to initialize + * policy elements with this function call. Doing so may allow your + * code to be forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that + * include more elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @return void. + * + */ +void +crypto_policy_set_aes_gcm_128_16_auth(crypto_policy_t *p); + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_aes_gcm_256_16_auth() sets a crypto + * policy structure to an AEAD encryption policy + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_aes_gcm_256_16_auth(&p) sets + * the crypto_policy_t at location p to use the SRTP default cipher + * (AES-256 Galois Counter Mode) with 16 octet auth tag. This + * policy applies confidentiality and authentication to both the + * RTP and RTCP packets. + * + * This function is a convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly + * with the policy data structure. You are encouraged to initialize + * policy elements with this function call. Doing so may allow your + * code to be forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that + * include more elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @return void. + * + */ +void +crypto_policy_set_aes_gcm_256_16_auth(crypto_policy_t *p); + + +/** + * @brief srtp_dealloc() deallocates storage for an SRTP session + * context. + * + * The function call srtp_dealloc(s) deallocates storage for the + * SRTP session context s. This function should be called no more + * than one time for each of the contexts allocated by the function + * srtp_create(). + * + * @param s is the srtp_t for the session to be deallocated. + * + * @return + * - err_status_ok if there no problems. + * - err_status_dealloc_fail a memory deallocation failure occured. + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_dealloc(srtp_t s); + + +/* + * @brief identifies a particular SRTP profile + * + * An srtp_profile_t enumeration is used to identify a particular SRTP + * profile (that is, a set of algorithms and parameters). These + * profiles are defined in the DTLS-SRTP draft. + */ + +typedef enum { + srtp_profile_reserved = 0, + srtp_profile_aes128_cm_sha1_80 = 1, + srtp_profile_aes128_cm_sha1_32 = 2, + srtp_profile_aes256_cm_sha1_80 = 3, + srtp_profile_aes256_cm_sha1_32 = 4, + srtp_profile_null_sha1_80 = 5, + srtp_profile_null_sha1_32 = 6, +} srtp_profile_t; + + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_from_profile_for_rtp() sets a crypto policy + * structure to the appropriate value for RTP based on an srtp_profile_t + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_rtp_default(&policy, profile) + * sets the crypto_policy_t at location policy to the policy for RTP + * protection, as defined by the srtp_profile_t profile. + * + * This function is a convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly + * with the policy data structure. You are encouraged to initialize + * policy elements with this function call. Doing so may allow your + * code to be forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that + * include more elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @return values + * - err_status_ok no problems were encountered + * - err_status_bad_param the profile is not supported + * + */ +err_status_t +crypto_policy_set_from_profile_for_rtp(crypto_policy_t *policy, + srtp_profile_t profile); + + + + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_from_profile_for_rtcp() sets a crypto policy + * structure to the appropriate value for RTCP based on an srtp_profile_t + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_rtcp_default(&policy, profile) + * sets the crypto_policy_t at location policy to the policy for RTCP + * protection, as defined by the srtp_profile_t profile. + * + * This function is a convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly + * with the policy data structure. You are encouraged to initialize + * policy elements with this function call. Doing so may allow your + * code to be forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that + * include more elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @return values + * - err_status_ok no problems were encountered + * - err_status_bad_param the profile is not supported + * + */ +err_status_t +crypto_policy_set_from_profile_for_rtcp(crypto_policy_t *policy, + srtp_profile_t profile); + +/** + * @brief returns the master key length for a given SRTP profile + */ +unsigned int +srtp_profile_get_master_key_length(srtp_profile_t profile); + + +/** + * @brief returns the master salt length for a given SRTP profile + */ +unsigned int +srtp_profile_get_master_salt_length(srtp_profile_t profile); + +/** + * @brief appends the salt to the key + * + * The function call append_salt_to_key(k, klen, s, slen) + * copies the string s to the location at klen bytes following + * the location k. + * + * @warning There must be at least bytes_in_salt + bytes_in_key bytes + * available at the location pointed to by key. + * + */ + +void +append_salt_to_key(unsigned char *key, unsigned int bytes_in_key, + unsigned char *salt, unsigned int bytes_in_salt); + + + +/** + * @} + */ + + + +/** + * @defgroup SRTCP Secure RTCP + * @ingroup SRTP + * + * @brief Secure RTCP functions are used to protect RTCP traffic. + * + * RTCP is the control protocol for RTP. libSRTP protects RTCP + * traffic in much the same way as it does RTP traffic. The function + * srtp_protect_rtcp() applies cryptographic protections to outbound + * RTCP packets, and srtp_unprotect_rtcp() verifies the protections on + * inbound RTCP packets. + * + * A note on the naming convention: srtp_protect_rtcp() has an srtp_t + * as its first argument, and thus has `srtp_' as its prefix. The + * trailing `_rtcp' indicates the protocol on which it acts. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief srtp_protect_rtcp() is the Secure RTCP sender-side packet + * processing function. + * + * The function call srtp_protect_rtcp(ctx, rtp_hdr, len_ptr) applies + * SRTCP protection to the RTCP packet rtcp_hdr (which has length + * *len_ptr) using the SRTP session context ctx. If err_status_ok is + * returned, then rtp_hdr points to the resulting SRTCP packet and + * *len_ptr is the number of octets in that packet; otherwise, no + * assumptions should be made about the value of either data elements. + * + * @warning This function assumes that it can write the authentication + * tag into the location in memory immediately following the RTCP + * packet, and assumes that the RTCP packet is aligned on a 32-bit + * boundary. + * + * @warning This function assumes that it can write SRTP_MAX_TRAILER_LEN+4 + * into the location in memory immediately following the RTCP packet. + * Callers MUST ensure that this much writable memory is available in + * the buffer that holds the RTCP packet. + * + * @param ctx is the SRTP context to use in processing the packet. + * + * @param rtcp_hdr is a pointer to the RTCP packet (before the call); after + * the function returns, it points to the srtp packet. + * + * @param pkt_octet_len is a pointer to the length in octets of the + * complete RTCP packet (header and body) before the function call, + * and of the complete SRTCP packet after the call, if err_status_ok + * was returned. Otherwise, the value of the data to which it points + * is undefined. + * + * @return + * - err_status_ok if there were no problems. + * - [other] if there was a failure in + * the cryptographic mechanisms. + */ + + +err_status_t +srtp_protect_rtcp(srtp_t ctx, void *rtcp_hdr, int *pkt_octet_len); + +/** + * @brief srtp_unprotect_rtcp() is the Secure RTCP receiver-side packet + * processing function. + * + * The function call srtp_unprotect_rtcp(ctx, srtp_hdr, len_ptr) + * verifies the Secure RTCP protection of the SRTCP packet pointed to + * by srtcp_hdr (which has length *len_ptr), using the SRTP session + * context ctx. If err_status_ok is returned, then srtcp_hdr points + * to the resulting RTCP packet and *len_ptr is the number of octets + * in that packet; otherwise, no assumptions should be made about the + * value of either data elements. + * + * @warning This function assumes that the SRTCP packet is aligned on a + * 32-bit boundary. + * + * @param ctx is a pointer to the srtp_t which applies to the + * particular packet. + * + * @param srtcp_hdr is a pointer to the header of the SRTCP packet + * (before the call). After the function returns, it points to the + * rtp packet if err_status_ok was returned; otherwise, the value of + * the data to which it points is undefined. + * + * @param pkt_octet_len is a pointer to the length in octets of the + * complete SRTCP packet (header and body) before the function call, + * and of the complete rtp packet after the call, if err_status_ok was + * returned. Otherwise, the value of the data to which it points is + * undefined. + * + * @return + * - err_status_ok if the RTCP packet is valid. + * - err_status_auth_fail if the SRTCP packet failed the message + * authentication check. + * - err_status_replay_fail if the SRTCP packet is a replay (e.g. has + * already been processed and accepted). + * - [other] if there has been an error in the cryptographic mechanisms. + * + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_unprotect_rtcp(srtp_t ctx, void *srtcp_hdr, int *pkt_octet_len); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup User data associated to a SRTP session. + * @ingroup SRTP + * + * @brief Store custom user data within a SRTP session. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief srtp_set_user_data() stores the given pointer into the SRTP + * session for later retrieval. + * + * @param ctx is the srtp_t context in which the given data pointer is + * stored. + * + * @param data is a pointer to the custom information (struct, function, + * etc) associated with the SRTP session. + * + * @return void. + * + */ + +void +srtp_set_user_data(srtp_t ctx, void *data); + +/** + * @brief srtp_get_user_data() retrieves the pointer to the custom data + * previously stored with srtp_set_user_data(). + * + * This function is mostly useful for retrieving data associated to a + * SRTP session when an event fires. The user can then get such a custom + * data by calling this function with the session field of the + * srtp_event_data_t struct as argument. + * + * @param ctx is the srtp_t context in which the given data pointer was + * stored. + * + * @return void* pointer to the user data. + * + */ + +void* +srtp_get_user_data(srtp_t ctx); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup SRTPevents SRTP events and callbacks + * @ingroup SRTP + * + * @brief libSRTP can use a user-provided callback function to + * handle events. + * + * + * libSRTP allows a user to provide a callback function to handle + * events that need to be dealt with outside of the data plane (see + * the enum srtp_event_t for a description of these events). Dealing + * with these events is not a strict necessity; they are not + * security-critical, but the application may suffer if they are not + * handled. The function srtp_set_event_handler() is used to provide + * the callback function. + * + * A default event handler that merely reports on the events as they + * happen is included. It is also possible to set the event handler + * function to NULL, in which case all events will just be silently + * ignored. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief srtp_event_t defines events that need to be handled + * + * The enum srtp_event_t defines events that need to be handled + * outside the `data plane', such as SSRC collisions and + * key expirations. + * + * When a key expires or the maximum number of packets has been + * reached, an SRTP stream will enter an `expired' state in which no + * more packets can be protected or unprotected. When this happens, + * it is likely that you will want to either deallocate the stream + * (using srtp_stream_dealloc()), and possibly allocate a new one. + * + * When an SRTP stream expires, the other streams in the same session + * are unaffected, unless key sharing is used by that stream. In the + * latter case, all of the streams in the session will expire. + */ + +typedef enum { + event_ssrc_collision, /**< + * An SSRC collision occured. + */ + event_key_soft_limit, /**< An SRTP stream reached the soft key + * usage limit and will expire soon. + */ + event_key_hard_limit, /**< An SRTP stream reached the hard + * key usage limit and has expired. + */ + event_packet_index_limit /**< An SRTP stream reached the hard + * packet limit (2^48 packets). + */ +} srtp_event_t; + +/** + * @brief srtp_event_data_t is the structure passed as a callback to + * the event handler function + * + * The struct srtp_event_data_t holds the data passed to the event + * handler function. + */ + +typedef struct srtp_event_data_t { + srtp_t session; /**< The session in which the event happend. */ + srtp_stream_t stream; /**< The stream in which the event happend. */ + srtp_event_t event; /**< An enum indicating the type of event. */ +} srtp_event_data_t; + +/** + * @brief srtp_event_handler_func_t is the function prototype for + * the event handler. + * + * The typedef srtp_event_handler_func_t is the prototype for the + * event handler function. It has as its only argument an + * srtp_event_data_t which describes the event that needs to be handled. + * There can only be a single, global handler for all events in + * libSRTP. + */ + +typedef void (srtp_event_handler_func_t)(srtp_event_data_t *data); + +/** + * @brief sets the event handler to the function supplied by the caller. + * + * The function call srtp_install_event_handler(func) sets the event + * handler function to the value func. The value NULL is acceptable + * as an argument; in this case, events will be ignored rather than + * handled. + * + * @param func is a pointer to a fuction that takes an srtp_event_data_t + * pointer as an argument and returns void. This function + * will be used by libSRTP to handle events. + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_install_event_handler(srtp_event_handler_func_t func); + +/** + * @brief Returns the version string of the library. + * + */ +const char *srtp_get_version_string(void); + +/** + * @brief Returns the numeric representation of the library version. + * + */ +unsigned int srtp_get_version(void); + +/** + * @} + */ +/* in host order, so outside the #if */ +#define SRTCP_E_BIT 0x80000000 +/* for byte-access */ +#define SRTCP_E_BYTE_BIT 0x80 +#define SRTCP_INDEX_MASK 0x7fffffff + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* SRTP_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/srtp_priv.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/srtp_priv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..170df5b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/srtp_priv.h @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ +/* + * srtp_priv.h + * + * private internal data structures and functions for libSRTP + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef SRTP_PRIV_H +#define SRTP_PRIV_H + +#include "config.h" +#include "srtp.h" +#include "rdbx.h" +#include "rdb.h" +#include "integers.h" +#include "crypto.h" +#include "cipher.h" +#include "auth.h" +#include "aes.h" +#include "key.h" +#include "crypto_kernel.h" + +#define SRTP_VER_STRING PACKAGE_STRING +#define SRTP_VERSION PACKAGE_VERSION + +/* + * an srtp_hdr_t represents the srtp header + * + * in this implementation, an srtp_hdr_t is assumed to be 32-bit aligned + * + * (note that this definition follows that of RFC 1889 Appendix A, but + * is not identical) + */ + +#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + +/* + * srtp_hdr_t represents an RTP or SRTP header. The bit-fields in + * this structure should be declared "unsigned int" instead of + * "unsigned char", but doing so causes the MS compiler to not + * fully pack the bit fields. + */ + +typedef struct { + unsigned char cc:4; /* CSRC count */ + unsigned char x:1; /* header extension flag */ + unsigned char p:1; /* padding flag */ + unsigned char version:2; /* protocol version */ + unsigned char pt:7; /* payload type */ + unsigned char m:1; /* marker bit */ + uint16_t seq; /* sequence number */ + uint32_t ts; /* timestamp */ + uint32_t ssrc; /* synchronization source */ +} srtp_hdr_t; + +#else /* BIG_ENDIAN */ + +typedef struct { + unsigned char version:2; /* protocol version */ + unsigned char p:1; /* padding flag */ + unsigned char x:1; /* header extension flag */ + unsigned char cc:4; /* CSRC count */ + unsigned char m:1; /* marker bit */ + unsigned char pt:7; /* payload type */ + uint16_t seq; /* sequence number */ + uint32_t ts; /* timestamp */ + uint32_t ssrc; /* synchronization source */ +} srtp_hdr_t; + +#endif + +typedef struct { + uint16_t profile_specific; /* profile-specific info */ + uint16_t length; /* number of 32-bit words in extension */ +} srtp_hdr_xtnd_t; + + +/* + * srtcp_hdr_t represents a secure rtcp header + * + * in this implementation, an srtcp header is assumed to be 32-bit + * alinged + */ + +#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + +typedef struct { + unsigned char rc:5; /* reception report count */ + unsigned char p:1; /* padding flag */ + unsigned char version:2; /* protocol version */ + unsigned char pt:8; /* payload type */ + uint16_t len; /* length */ + uint32_t ssrc; /* synchronization source */ +} srtcp_hdr_t; + +typedef struct { + unsigned int index:31; /* srtcp packet index in network order! */ + unsigned int e:1; /* encrypted? 1=yes */ + /* optional mikey/etc go here */ + /* and then the variable-length auth tag */ +} srtcp_trailer_t; + + +#else /* BIG_ENDIAN */ + +typedef struct { + unsigned char version:2; /* protocol version */ + unsigned char p:1; /* padding flag */ + unsigned char rc:5; /* reception report count */ + unsigned char pt:8; /* payload type */ + uint16_t len; /* length */ + uint32_t ssrc; /* synchronization source */ +} srtcp_hdr_t; + +typedef struct { + unsigned int version:2; /* protocol version */ + unsigned int p:1; /* padding flag */ + unsigned int count:5; /* varies by packet type */ + unsigned int pt:8; /* payload type */ + uint16_t length; /* len of uint32s of packet less header */ +} rtcp_common_t; + +typedef struct { + unsigned int e:1; /* encrypted? 1=yes */ + unsigned int index:31; /* srtcp packet index */ + /* optional mikey/etc go here */ + /* and then the variable-length auth tag */ +} srtcp_trailer_t; + +#endif + + +/* + * the following declarations are libSRTP internal functions + */ + +/* + * srtp_get_stream(ssrc) returns a pointer to the stream corresponding + * to ssrc, or NULL if no stream exists for that ssrc + */ + +srtp_stream_t +srtp_get_stream(srtp_t srtp, uint32_t ssrc); + + +/* + * srtp_stream_init_keys(s, k) (re)initializes the srtp_stream_t s by + * deriving all of the needed keys using the KDF and the key k. + */ + + +err_status_t +srtp_stream_init_keys(srtp_stream_t srtp, const void *key); + +/* + * srtp_stream_init(s, p) initializes the srtp_stream_t s to + * use the policy at the location p + */ +err_status_t +srtp_stream_init(srtp_stream_t srtp, + const srtp_policy_t *p); + + +/* + * libsrtp internal datatypes + */ + +typedef enum direction_t { + dir_unknown = 0, + dir_srtp_sender = 1, + dir_srtp_receiver = 2 +} direction_t; + +/* + * an srtp_stream_t has its own SSRC, encryption key, authentication + * key, sequence number, and replay database + * + * note that the keys might not actually be unique, in which case the + * cipher_t and auth_t pointers will point to the same structures + */ + +typedef struct srtp_stream_ctx_t { + uint32_t ssrc; + cipher_t *rtp_cipher; + auth_t *rtp_auth; + rdbx_t rtp_rdbx; + sec_serv_t rtp_services; + cipher_t *rtcp_cipher; + auth_t *rtcp_auth; + rdb_t rtcp_rdb; + sec_serv_t rtcp_services; + key_limit_ctx_t *limit; + direction_t direction; + int allow_repeat_tx; + ekt_stream_t ekt; + uint8_t salt[SRTP_AEAD_SALT_LEN]; /* used with GCM mode for SRTP */ + uint8_t c_salt[SRTP_AEAD_SALT_LEN]; /* used with GCM mode for SRTCP */ + struct srtp_stream_ctx_t *next; /* linked list of streams */ +} srtp_stream_ctx_t; + + +/* + * an srtp_ctx_t holds a stream list and a service description + */ + +typedef struct srtp_ctx_t { + srtp_stream_ctx_t *stream_list; /* linked list of streams */ + srtp_stream_ctx_t *stream_template; /* act as template for other streams */ + void *user_data; /* user custom data */ +} srtp_ctx_t; + + + +/* + * srtp_handle_event(srtp, srtm, evnt) calls the event handling + * function, if there is one. + * + * This macro is not included in the documentation as it is + * an internal-only function. + */ + +#define srtp_handle_event(srtp, strm, evnt) \ + if(srtp_event_handler) { \ + srtp_event_data_t data; \ + data.session = srtp; \ + data.stream = strm; \ + data.event = evnt; \ + srtp_event_handler(&data); \ +} + + +#endif /* SRTP_PRIV_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/stat.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/stat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e28b131 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/stat.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* + * stats.h + * + * interface to statistical test functions + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright(c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef STAT_H +#define STAT_H + +#include "datatypes.h" /* for uint8_t */ +#include "err.h" /* for err_status_t */ +#include "rand_source.h" /* for rand_source_func_t definition */ + +err_status_t +stat_test_monobit(uint8_t *data); + +err_status_t +stat_test_poker(uint8_t *data); + +err_status_t +stat_test_runs(uint8_t *data); + +err_status_t +stat_test_rand_source(rand_source_func_t rs); + +err_status_t +stat_test_rand_source_with_repetition(rand_source_func_t source, unsigned num_trials); + +#endif /* STAT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/ut_sim.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/ut_sim.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c25feeb --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/ut_sim.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * ut-sim.h + * + * an unreliable transport simulator + * (for testing replay databases and suchlike) + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + + +#ifndef UT_SIM_H +#define UT_SIM_H + +#include "integers.h" /* for uint32_t */ + +#define UT_BUF 160 /* maximum amount of packet reorder */ + +typedef struct { + uint32_t index; + uint32_t buffer[UT_BUF]; +} ut_connection; + +/* + * ut_init(&u) initializes the ut_connection + * + * this function should always be the first one called on a new + * ut_connection + */ + +void +ut_init(ut_connection *utc); + +/* + * ut_next_index(&u) returns the next index from the simulated + * unreliable connection + */ + +uint32_t +ut_next_index(ut_connection *utc); + + +#endif /* UT_SIM_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/xfm.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/xfm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5837149 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/srtp/xfm.h @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +/* + * xfm.h + * + * interface for abstract crypto transform + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +#ifndef XFM_H +#define XFM_H + +#include "crypto_kernel.h" +#include "err.h" + +/** + * @defgroup Crypto Cryptography + * + * A simple interface to an abstract cryptographic transform that + * provides both confidentiality and message authentication. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief applies a crypto transform + * + * The function pointer xfm_func_t points to a function that + * implements a crypto transform, and provides a uniform API for + * accessing crypto mechanisms. + * + * @param key location of secret key + * + * @param clear data to be authenticated only + * + * @param clear_len length of data to be authenticated only + * + * @param iv location to write the Initialization Vector (IV) + * + * @param protect location of the data to be encrypted and + * authenticated (before the function call), and the ciphertext + * and authentication tag (after the call) + * + * @param protected_len location of the length of the data to be + * encrypted and authenticated (before the function call), and the + * length of the ciphertext (after the call) + * + * @param auth_tag location to write auth tag + */ + +typedef err_status_t (*xfm_func_t) + (void *key, + void *clear, + unsigned clear_len, + void *iv, + void *protect, + unsigned *protected_len, + void *auth_tag + ); + +typedef +err_status_t (*xfm_inv_t) + (void *key, /* location of secret key */ + void *clear, /* data to be authenticated only */ + unsigned clear_len, /* length of data to be authenticated only */ + void *iv, /* location of iv */ + void *opaque, /* data to be decrypted and authenticated */ + unsigned *opaque_len, /* location of the length of data to be + * decrypted and authd (before and after) + */ + void *auth_tag /* location of auth tag */ + ); + +typedef struct xfm_ctx_t { + xfm_func_t func; + xfm_inv_t inv; + unsigned key_len; + unsigned iv_len; + unsigned auth_tag_len; +} xfm_ctx_t; + +typedef xfm_ctx_t *xfm_t; + +#define xfm_get_key_len(xfm) ((xfm)->key_len) + +#define xfm_get_iv_len(xfm) ((xfm)->iv_len) + +#define xfm_get_auth_tag_len(xfm) ((xfm)->auth_tag_len) + + +/* cryptoalgo - 5/28 */ + +typedef err_status_t (*cryptoalg_func_t) + (void *key, + void *clear, + unsigned clear_len, + void *iv, + void *opaque, + unsigned *opaque_len + ); + +typedef +err_status_t (*cryptoalg_inv_t) + (void *key, /* location of secret key */ + void *clear, /* data to be authenticated only */ + unsigned clear_len, /* length of data to be authenticated only */ + void *iv, /* location of iv */ + void *opaque, /* data to be decrypted and authenticated */ + unsigned *opaque_len /* location of the length of data to be + * decrypted and authd (before and after) + */ + ); + +typedef struct cryptoalg_ctx_t { + cryptoalg_func_t enc; + cryptoalg_inv_t dec; + unsigned key_len; + unsigned iv_len; + unsigned auth_tag_len; + unsigned max_expansion; +} cryptoalg_ctx_t; + +typedef cryptoalg_ctx_t *cryptoalg_t; + +#define cryptoalg_get_key_len(cryptoalg) ((cryptoalg)->key_len) + +#define cryptoalg_get_iv_len(cryptoalg) ((cryptoalg)->iv_len) + +#define cryptoalg_get_auth_tag_len(cryptoalg) ((cryptoalg)->auth_tag_len) + + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* XFM_H */ + + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/stdint.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/stdint.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..89ff614 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/stdint.h @@ -0,0 +1,251 @@ +// ISO C9x compliant stdint.h for Microsoft Visual Studio +// Based on ISO/IEC 9899:TC2 Committee draft (May 6, 2005) WG14/N1124 +// +// Copyright (c) 2006-2008 Alexander Chemeris +// +// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: +// +// 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, +// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +// +// 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +// documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +// +// 3. The name of the author may be used to endorse or promote products +// derived from this software without specific prior written permission. +// +// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED +// WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +// MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO +// EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +// PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; +// OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, +// WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR +// OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF +// ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +// +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _MSC_VER // [ +#error "Use this header only with Microsoft Visual C++ compilers!" +#endif // _MSC_VER ] + +#ifndef _MSC_STDINT_H_ // [ +#define _MSC_STDINT_H_ + +#if _MSC_VER > 1000 +#pragma once +#endif + +#include <limits.h> + +// For Visual Studio 6 in C++ mode and for many Visual Studio versions when +// compiling for ARM we should wrap <wchar.h> include with 'extern "C++" {}' +// or compiler give many errors like this: +// error C2733: second C linkage of overloaded function 'wmemchr' not allowed +#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) +# include <wchar.h> +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +# include <wchar.h> +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif + +// Define _W64 macros to mark types changing their size, like intptr_t. +#ifndef _W64 +# if !defined(__midl) && (defined(_X86_) || defined(_M_IX86)) && _MSC_VER >= 1300 +# define _W64 __w64 +# else +# define _W64 +# endif +#endif + + +// 7.18.1 Integer types + +// 7.18.1.1 Exact-width integer types + +// Visual Studio 6 and Embedded Visual C++ 4 doesn't +// realize that, e.g. char has the same size as __int8 +// so we give up on __intX for them. +#if (_MSC_VER < 1300) + typedef signed char int8_t; + typedef signed short int16_t; + typedef signed int int32_t; + typedef unsigned char uint8_t; + typedef unsigned short uint16_t; + typedef unsigned int uint32_t; +#else + typedef signed __int8 int8_t; + typedef signed __int16 int16_t; + typedef signed __int32 int32_t; + typedef unsigned __int8 uint8_t; + typedef unsigned __int16 uint16_t; + typedef unsigned __int32 uint32_t; +#endif +typedef signed __int64 int64_t; +typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t; + + +// 7.18.1.2 Minimum-width integer types +typedef int8_t int_least8_t; +typedef int16_t int_least16_t; +typedef int32_t int_least32_t; +typedef int64_t int_least64_t; +typedef uint8_t uint_least8_t; +typedef uint16_t uint_least16_t; +typedef uint32_t uint_least32_t; +typedef uint64_t uint_least64_t; + +// 7.18.1.3 Fastest minimum-width integer types +typedef int8_t int_fast8_t; +typedef int16_t int_fast16_t; +typedef int32_t int_fast32_t; +typedef int64_t int_fast64_t; +typedef uint8_t uint_fast8_t; +typedef uint16_t uint_fast16_t; +typedef uint32_t uint_fast32_t; +typedef uint64_t uint_fast64_t; + +// 7.18.1.4 Integer types capable of holding object pointers +#ifdef _WIN64 // [ + typedef signed __int64 intptr_t; + typedef unsigned __int64 uintptr_t; +#else // _WIN64 ][ + typedef _W64 signed int intptr_t; + typedef _W64 unsigned int uintptr_t; +#endif // _WIN64 ] + +// 7.18.1.5 Greatest-width integer types +typedef int64_t intmax_t; +typedef uint64_t uintmax_t; + + +// 7.18.2 Limits of specified-width integer types + +#if !defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS) // [ See footnote 220 at page 257 and footnote 221 at page 259 + +// 7.18.2.1 Limits of exact-width integer types +#define INT8_MIN ((int8_t)_I8_MIN) +#define INT8_MAX _I8_MAX +#define INT16_MIN ((int16_t)_I16_MIN) +#define INT16_MAX _I16_MAX +#define INT32_MIN ((int32_t)_I32_MIN) +#define INT32_MAX _I32_MAX +#define INT64_MIN ((int64_t)_I64_MIN) +#define INT64_MAX _I64_MAX +#define UINT8_MAX _UI8_MAX +#define UINT16_MAX _UI16_MAX +#define UINT32_MAX _UI32_MAX +#define UINT64_MAX _UI64_MAX + +// 7.18.2.2 Limits of minimum-width integer types +#define INT_LEAST8_MIN INT8_MIN +#define INT_LEAST8_MAX INT8_MAX +#define INT_LEAST16_MIN INT16_MIN +#define INT_LEAST16_MAX INT16_MAX +#define INT_LEAST32_MIN INT32_MIN +#define INT_LEAST32_MAX INT32_MAX +#define INT_LEAST64_MIN INT64_MIN +#define INT_LEAST64_MAX INT64_MAX +#define UINT_LEAST8_MAX UINT8_MAX +#define UINT_LEAST16_MAX UINT16_MAX +#define UINT_LEAST32_MAX UINT32_MAX +#define UINT_LEAST64_MAX UINT64_MAX + +// 7.18.2.3 Limits of fastest minimum-width integer types +#define INT_FAST8_MIN INT8_MIN +#define INT_FAST8_MAX INT8_MAX +#define INT_FAST16_MIN INT16_MIN +#define INT_FAST16_MAX INT16_MAX +#define INT_FAST32_MIN INT32_MIN +#define INT_FAST32_MAX INT32_MAX +#define INT_FAST64_MIN INT64_MIN +#define INT_FAST64_MAX INT64_MAX +#define UINT_FAST8_MAX UINT8_MAX +#define UINT_FAST16_MAX UINT16_MAX +#define UINT_FAST32_MAX UINT32_MAX +#define UINT_FAST64_MAX UINT64_MAX + +// 7.18.2.4 Limits of integer types capable of holding object pointers +#ifdef _WIN64 // [ +# define INTPTR_MIN INT64_MIN +# define INTPTR_MAX INT64_MAX +# define UINTPTR_MAX UINT64_MAX +#else // _WIN64 ][ +# define INTPTR_MIN INT32_MIN +# define INTPTR_MAX INT32_MAX +# define UINTPTR_MAX UINT32_MAX +#endif // _WIN64 ] + +// 7.18.2.5 Limits of greatest-width integer types +#define INTMAX_MIN INT64_MIN +#define INTMAX_MAX INT64_MAX +#define UINTMAX_MAX UINT64_MAX + +// 7.18.3 Limits of other integer types + +#ifdef _WIN64 // [ +# define PTRDIFF_MIN _I64_MIN +# define PTRDIFF_MAX _I64_MAX +#else // _WIN64 ][ +# define PTRDIFF_MIN _I32_MIN +# define PTRDIFF_MAX _I32_MAX +#endif // _WIN64 ] + +#define SIG_ATOMIC_MIN INT_MIN +#define SIG_ATOMIC_MAX INT_MAX + +#ifndef SIZE_MAX // [ +# ifdef _WIN64 // [ +# define SIZE_MAX _UI64_MAX +# else // _WIN64 ][ +# define SIZE_MAX _UI32_MAX +# endif // _WIN64 ] +#endif // SIZE_MAX ] + +// WCHAR_MIN and WCHAR_MAX are also defined in <wchar.h> +#ifndef WCHAR_MIN // [ +# define WCHAR_MIN 0 +#endif // WCHAR_MIN ] +#ifndef WCHAR_MAX // [ +# define WCHAR_MAX _UI16_MAX +#endif // WCHAR_MAX ] + +#define WINT_MIN 0 +#define WINT_MAX _UI16_MAX + +#endif // __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS ] + + +// 7.18.4 Limits of other integer types + +#if !defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) // [ See footnote 224 at page 260 + +// 7.18.4.1 Macros for minimum-width integer constants + +#define INT8_C(val) val##i8 +#define INT16_C(val) val##i16 +#define INT32_C(val) val##i32 +#define INT64_C(val) val##i64 + +#define UINT8_C(val) val##ui8 +#define UINT16_C(val) val##ui16 +#define UINT32_C(val) val##ui32 +#define UINT64_C(val) val##ui64 + +// 7.18.4.2 Macros for greatest-width integer constants +#define INTMAX_C INT64_C +#define UINTMAX_C UINT64_C + +#endif // __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS ] + + +#endif // _MSC_STDINT_H_ ] diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/svc_context.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/svc_context.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f4933f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/svc_context.h @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2013 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +/** + * SvcContext - input parameters and state to encode a multi-layered + * spatial SVC frame + */ + +#ifndef VPX_SVC_CONTEXT_H_ +#define VPX_SVC_CONTEXT_H_ + +#include "vpx/vp8cx.h" +#include "vpx/vpx_encoder.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef enum SVC_ENCODING_MODE { + INTER_LAYER_PREDICTION_I, + ALT_INTER_LAYER_PREDICTION_IP, + INTER_LAYER_PREDICTION_IP, + USE_GOLDEN_FRAME +} SVC_ENCODING_MODE; + +typedef enum SVC_LOG_LEVEL { + SVC_LOG_ERROR, + SVC_LOG_INFO, + SVC_LOG_DEBUG +} SVC_LOG_LEVEL; + +typedef struct { + // public interface to svc_command options + int spatial_layers; // number of layers + int first_frame_full_size; // set to one to force first frame full size + SVC_ENCODING_MODE encoding_mode; // svc encoding strategy + SVC_LOG_LEVEL log_level; // amount of information to display + int log_print; // when set, printf log messages instead of returning the + // message with svc_get_message + + // private storage for vpx_svc_encode + void *internal; +} SvcContext; + +/** + * Set SVC options + * options are supplied as a single string separated by spaces + * Format: encoding-mode=<i|ip|alt-ip|gf> + * layers=<layer_count> + * scaling-factors=<n1>/<d1>,<n2>/<d2>,... + * quantizers=<q1>,<q2>,... + */ +vpx_codec_err_t vpx_svc_set_options(SvcContext *svc_ctx, const char *options); + +/** + * Set SVC quantizer values + * values comma separated, ordered from lowest resolution to highest + * e.g., "60,53,39,33,27" + */ +vpx_codec_err_t vpx_svc_set_quantizers(SvcContext *svc_ctx, + const char *quantizer_values); + +/** + * Set SVC scale factors + * values comma separated, ordered from lowest resolution to highest + * e.g., "4/16,5/16,7/16,11/16,16/16" + */ +vpx_codec_err_t vpx_svc_set_scale_factors(SvcContext *svc_ctx, + const char *scale_factors); + +/** + * initialize SVC encoding + */ +vpx_codec_err_t vpx_svc_init(SvcContext *svc_ctx, vpx_codec_ctx_t *codec_ctx, + vpx_codec_iface_t *iface, + vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg); +/** + * encode a frame of video with multiple layers + */ +vpx_codec_err_t vpx_svc_encode(SvcContext *svc_ctx, vpx_codec_ctx_t *codec_ctx, + struct vpx_image *rawimg, vpx_codec_pts_t pts, + int64_t duration, int deadline); + +/** + * finished with svc encoding, release allocated resources + */ +void vpx_svc_release(SvcContext *svc_ctx); + +/** + * dump accumulated statistics and reset accumulated values + */ +const char *vpx_svc_dump_statistics(SvcContext *svc_ctx); + +/** + * get status message from previous encode + */ +const char *vpx_svc_get_message(const SvcContext *svc_ctx); + +/** + * return size of encoded data to be returned by vpx_svc_get_buffer + */ +size_t vpx_svc_get_frame_size(const SvcContext *svc_ctx); + +/** + * return buffer with encoded data + */ +void *vpx_svc_get_buffer(const SvcContext *svc_ctx); + +/** + * return spatial resolution of the specified layer + */ +vpx_codec_err_t vpx_svc_get_layer_resolution(const SvcContext *svc_ctx, + int layer, + unsigned int *width, + unsigned int *height); +/** + * return number of frames that have been encoded + */ +int vpx_svc_get_encode_frame_count(const SvcContext *svc_ctx); + +/** + * return 1 if last encoded frame was a keyframe + */ +int vpx_svc_is_keyframe(const SvcContext *svc_ctx); + +/** + * force the next frame to be a keyframe + */ +void vpx_svc_set_keyframe(SvcContext *svc_ctx); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif /* VPX_SVC_CONTEXT_H_ */ diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vp8.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vp8.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..056fa7a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vp8.h @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +/*!\defgroup vp8 VP8 + * \ingroup codecs + * VP8 is vpx's newest video compression algorithm that uses motion + * compensated prediction, Discrete Cosine Transform (DCT) coding of the + * prediction error signal and context dependent entropy coding techniques + * based on arithmetic principles. It features: + * - YUV 4:2:0 image format + * - Macro-block based coding (16x16 luma plus two 8x8 chroma) + * - 1/4 (1/8) pixel accuracy motion compensated prediction + * - 4x4 DCT transform + * - 128 level linear quantizer + * - In loop deblocking filter + * - Context-based entropy coding + * + * @{ + */ +/*!\file + * \brief Provides controls common to both the VP8 encoder and decoder. + */ +#ifndef VP8_H +#define VP8_H + +#include "./vpx_codec.h" +#include "./vpx_image.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/*!\brief Control functions + * + * The set of macros define the control functions of VP8 interface + */ +enum vp8_com_control_id { + VP8_SET_REFERENCE = 1, /**< pass in an external frame into decoder to be used as reference frame */ + VP8_COPY_REFERENCE = 2, /**< get a copy of reference frame from the decoder */ + VP8_SET_POSTPROC = 3, /**< set the decoder's post processing settings */ + VP8_SET_DBG_COLOR_REF_FRAME = 4, /**< set the reference frames to color for each macroblock */ + VP8_SET_DBG_COLOR_MB_MODES = 5, /**< set which macro block modes to color */ + VP8_SET_DBG_COLOR_B_MODES = 6, /**< set which blocks modes to color */ + VP8_SET_DBG_DISPLAY_MV = 7, /**< set which motion vector modes to draw */ + + /* TODO(jkoleszar): The encoder incorrectly reuses some of these values (5+) + * for its control ids. These should be migrated to something like the + * VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START range next time we're ready to break the ABI. + */ + VP9_GET_REFERENCE = 128, /**< get a pointer to a reference frame */ + VP8_COMMON_CTRL_ID_MAX, + VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START = 256 +}; + +/*!\brief post process flags + * + * The set of macros define VP8 decoder post processing flags + */ +enum vp8_postproc_level { + VP8_NOFILTERING = 0, + VP8_DEBLOCK = 1 << 0, + VP8_DEMACROBLOCK = 1 << 1, + VP8_ADDNOISE = 1 << 2, + VP8_DEBUG_TXT_FRAME_INFO = 1 << 3, /**< print frame information */ + VP8_DEBUG_TXT_MBLK_MODES = 1 << 4, /**< print macro block modes over each macro block */ + VP8_DEBUG_TXT_DC_DIFF = 1 << 5, /**< print dc diff for each macro block */ + VP8_DEBUG_TXT_RATE_INFO = 1 << 6, /**< print video rate info (encoder only) */ + VP8_MFQE = 1 << 10 +}; + +/*!\brief post process flags + * + * This define a structure that describe the post processing settings. For + * the best objective measure (using the PSNR metric) set post_proc_flag + * to VP8_DEBLOCK and deblocking_level to 1. + */ + +typedef struct vp8_postproc_cfg { + int post_proc_flag; /**< the types of post processing to be done, should be combination of "vp8_postproc_level" */ + int deblocking_level; /**< the strength of deblocking, valid range [0, 16] */ + int noise_level; /**< the strength of additive noise, valid range [0, 16] */ +} vp8_postproc_cfg_t; + +/*!\brief reference frame type + * + * The set of macros define the type of VP8 reference frames + */ +typedef enum vpx_ref_frame_type { + VP8_LAST_FRAME = 1, + VP8_GOLD_FRAME = 2, + VP8_ALTR_FRAME = 4 +} vpx_ref_frame_type_t; + +/*!\brief reference frame data struct + * + * Define the data struct to access vp8 reference frames. + */ +typedef struct vpx_ref_frame { + vpx_ref_frame_type_t frame_type; /**< which reference frame */ + vpx_image_t img; /**< reference frame data in image format */ +} vpx_ref_frame_t; + +/*!\brief VP9 specific reference frame data struct + * + * Define the data struct to access vp9 reference frames. + */ +typedef struct vp9_ref_frame { + int idx; /**< frame index to get (input) */ + vpx_image_t img; /**< img structure to populate (output) */ +} vp9_ref_frame_t; + +/*!\brief vp8 decoder control function parameter type + * + * defines the data type for each of VP8 decoder control function requires + */ +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_REFERENCE, vpx_ref_frame_t *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_COPY_REFERENCE, vpx_ref_frame_t *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_POSTPROC, vp8_postproc_cfg_t *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_DBG_COLOR_REF_FRAME, int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_DBG_COLOR_MB_MODES, int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_DBG_COLOR_B_MODES, int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_DBG_DISPLAY_MV, int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_GET_REFERENCE, vp9_ref_frame_t *) + +/*! @} - end defgroup vp8 */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vp8cx.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vp8cx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0424f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vp8cx.h @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ +#ifndef VP8CX_H +#define VP8CX_H + +/*!\defgroup vp8_encoder WebM VP8 Encoder + * \ingroup vp8 + * + * @{ + */ +#include "vp8.h" + +/*!\file + * \brief Provides definitions for using the VP8 encoder algorithm within the + * vpx Codec Interface. + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/*!\name Algorithm interface for VP8 + * + * This interface provides the capability to encode raw VP8 streams, as would + * be found in AVI files. + * @{ + */ +extern vpx_codec_iface_t vpx_codec_vp8_cx_algo; +extern vpx_codec_iface_t *vpx_codec_vp8_cx(void); + +/* TODO(jkoleszar): These move to VP9 in a later patch set. */ +extern vpx_codec_iface_t vpx_codec_vp9_cx_algo; +extern vpx_codec_iface_t *vpx_codec_vp9_cx(void); +extern vpx_codec_iface_t vpx_codec_vp9x_cx_algo; +extern vpx_codec_iface_t *vpx_codec_vp9x_cx(void); + +/*!@} - end algorithm interface member group*/ + + +/* + * Algorithm Flags + */ + +/*!\brief Don't reference the last frame + * + * When this flag is set, the encoder will not use the last frame as a + * predictor. When not set, the encoder will choose whether to use the + * last frame or not automatically. + */ +#define VP8_EFLAG_NO_REF_LAST (1<<16) + + +/*!\brief Don't reference the golden frame + * + * When this flag is set, the encoder will not use the golden frame as a + * predictor. When not set, the encoder will choose whether to use the + * golden frame or not automatically. + */ +#define VP8_EFLAG_NO_REF_GF (1<<17) + + +/*!\brief Don't reference the alternate reference frame + * + * When this flag is set, the encoder will not use the alt ref frame as a + * predictor. When not set, the encoder will choose whether to use the + * alt ref frame or not automatically. + */ +#define VP8_EFLAG_NO_REF_ARF (1<<21) + + +/*!\brief Don't update the last frame + * + * When this flag is set, the encoder will not update the last frame with + * the contents of the current frame. + */ +#define VP8_EFLAG_NO_UPD_LAST (1<<18) + + +/*!\brief Don't update the golden frame + * + * When this flag is set, the encoder will not update the golden frame with + * the contents of the current frame. + */ +#define VP8_EFLAG_NO_UPD_GF (1<<22) + + +/*!\brief Don't update the alternate reference frame + * + * When this flag is set, the encoder will not update the alt ref frame with + * the contents of the current frame. + */ +#define VP8_EFLAG_NO_UPD_ARF (1<<23) + + +/*!\brief Force golden frame update + * + * When this flag is set, the encoder copy the contents of the current frame + * to the golden frame buffer. + */ +#define VP8_EFLAG_FORCE_GF (1<<19) + + +/*!\brief Force alternate reference frame update + * + * When this flag is set, the encoder copy the contents of the current frame + * to the alternate reference frame buffer. + */ +#define VP8_EFLAG_FORCE_ARF (1<<24) + + +/*!\brief Disable entropy update + * + * When this flag is set, the encoder will not update its internal entropy + * model based on the entropy of this frame. + */ +#define VP8_EFLAG_NO_UPD_ENTROPY (1<<20) + + +/*!\brief VP8 encoder control functions + * + * This set of macros define the control functions available for the VP8 + * encoder interface. + * + * \sa #vpx_codec_control + */ +enum vp8e_enc_control_id { + VP8E_UPD_ENTROPY = 5, /**< control function to set mode of entropy update in encoder */ + VP8E_UPD_REFERENCE, /**< control function to set reference update mode in encoder */ + VP8E_USE_REFERENCE, /**< control function to set which reference frame encoder can use */ + VP8E_SET_ROI_MAP, /**< control function to pass an ROI map to encoder */ + VP8E_SET_ACTIVEMAP, /**< control function to pass an Active map to encoder */ + VP8E_SET_SCALEMODE = 11, /**< control function to set encoder scaling mode */ + /*!\brief control function to set vp8 encoder cpuused + * + * Changes in this value influences, among others, the encoder's selection + * of motion estimation methods. Values greater than 0 will increase encoder + * speed at the expense of quality. + * The full set of adjustments can be found in + * onyx_if.c:vp8_set_speed_features(). + * \todo List highlights of the changes at various levels. + * + * \note Valid range: -16..16 + */ + VP8E_SET_CPUUSED = 13, + VP8E_SET_ENABLEAUTOALTREF, /**< control function to enable vp8 to automatic set and use altref frame */ + VP8E_SET_NOISE_SENSITIVITY, /**< control function to set noise sensitivity */ + VP8E_SET_SHARPNESS, /**< control function to set sharpness */ + VP8E_SET_STATIC_THRESHOLD, /**< control function to set the threshold for macroblocks treated static */ + VP8E_SET_TOKEN_PARTITIONS, /**< control function to set the number of token partitions */ + VP8E_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER, /**< return the quantizer chosen by the + encoder for the last frame using the internal + scale */ + VP8E_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER_64, /**< return the quantizer chosen by the + encoder for the last frame, using the 0..63 + scale as used by the rc_*_quantizer config + parameters */ + VP8E_SET_ARNR_MAXFRAMES, /**< control function to set the max number of frames blurred creating arf*/ + VP8E_SET_ARNR_STRENGTH, /**< control function to set the filter strength for the arf */ + VP8E_SET_ARNR_TYPE, /**< control function to set the type of filter to use for the arf*/ + VP8E_SET_TUNING, /**< control function to set visual tuning */ + /*!\brief control function to set constrained quality level + * + * \attention For this value to be used vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t::g_usage must be + * set to #VPX_CQ. + * \note Valid range: 0..63 + */ + VP8E_SET_CQ_LEVEL, + + /*!\brief Max data rate for Intra frames + * + * This value controls additional clamping on the maximum size of a + * keyframe. It is expressed as a percentage of the average + * per-frame bitrate, with the special (and default) value 0 meaning + * unlimited, or no additional clamping beyond the codec's built-in + * algorithm. + * + * For example, to allocate no more than 4.5 frames worth of bitrate + * to a keyframe, set this to 450. + * + */ + VP8E_SET_MAX_INTRA_BITRATE_PCT, + + + /* TODO(jkoleszar): Move to vp9cx.h */ + VP9E_SET_LOSSLESS, + VP9E_SET_TILE_COLUMNS, + VP9E_SET_TILE_ROWS, + VP9E_SET_FRAME_PARALLEL_DECODING, + VP9E_SET_AQ_MODE, + + VP9E_SET_SVC, + VP9E_SET_SVC_PARAMETERS +}; + +/*!\brief vpx 1-D scaling mode + * + * This set of constants define 1-D vpx scaling modes + */ +typedef enum vpx_scaling_mode_1d { + VP8E_NORMAL = 0, + VP8E_FOURFIVE = 1, + VP8E_THREEFIVE = 2, + VP8E_ONETWO = 3 +} VPX_SCALING_MODE; + + +/*!\brief vpx region of interest map + * + * These defines the data structures for the region of interest map + * + */ + +typedef struct vpx_roi_map { + /*! An id between 0 and 3 for each 16x16 region within a frame. */ + unsigned char *roi_map; + unsigned int rows; /**< Number of rows. */ + unsigned int cols; /**< Number of columns. */ + // TODO(paulwilkins): broken for VP9 which has 8 segments + // q and loop filter deltas for each segment + // (see MAX_MB_SEGMENTS) + int delta_q[4]; /**< Quantizer deltas. */ + int delta_lf[4]; /**< Loop filter deltas. */ + /*! Static breakout threshold for each segment. */ + unsigned int static_threshold[4]; +} vpx_roi_map_t; + +/*!\brief vpx active region map + * + * These defines the data structures for active region map + * + */ + + +typedef struct vpx_active_map { + unsigned char *active_map; /**< specify an on (1) or off (0) each 16x16 region within a frame */ + unsigned int rows; /**< number of rows */ + unsigned int cols; /**< number of cols */ +} vpx_active_map_t; + +/*!\brief vpx image scaling mode + * + * This defines the data structure for image scaling mode + * + */ +typedef struct vpx_scaling_mode { + VPX_SCALING_MODE h_scaling_mode; /**< horizontal scaling mode */ + VPX_SCALING_MODE v_scaling_mode; /**< vertical scaling mode */ +} vpx_scaling_mode_t; + +/*!\brief VP8 token partition mode + * + * This defines VP8 partitioning mode for compressed data, i.e., the number of + * sub-streams in the bitstream. Used for parallelized decoding. + * + */ + +typedef enum { + VP8_ONE_TOKENPARTITION = 0, + VP8_TWO_TOKENPARTITION = 1, + VP8_FOUR_TOKENPARTITION = 2, + VP8_EIGHT_TOKENPARTITION = 3 +} vp8e_token_partitions; + + +/*!\brief VP8 model tuning parameters + * + * Changes the encoder to tune for certain types of input material. + * + */ +typedef enum { + VP8_TUNE_PSNR, + VP8_TUNE_SSIM +} vp8e_tuning; + +/*!\brief vp9 svc parameters + * + * This defines parameters for svc encoding. + * + */ +typedef struct vpx_svc_parameters { + unsigned int width; /**< width of current spatial layer */ + unsigned int height; /**< height of current spatial layer */ + int layer; /**< current layer number - 0 = base */ + int flags; /**< encode frame flags */ + int max_quantizer; /**< max quantizer for current layer */ + int min_quantizer; /**< min quantizer for current layer */ + int distance_from_i_frame; /**< frame number within current gop */ + int lst_fb_idx; /**< last frame frame buffer index */ + int gld_fb_idx; /**< golden frame frame buffer index */ + int alt_fb_idx; /**< alt reference frame frame buffer index */ +} vpx_svc_parameters_t; + +/*!\brief VP8 encoder control function parameter type + * + * Defines the data types that VP8E control functions take. Note that + * additional common controls are defined in vp8.h + * + */ + + +/* These controls have been deprecated in favor of the flags parameter to + * vpx_codec_encode(). See the definition of VP8_EFLAG_* above. + */ +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE_DEPRECATED(VP8E_UPD_ENTROPY, int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE_DEPRECATED(VP8E_UPD_REFERENCE, int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE_DEPRECATED(VP8E_USE_REFERENCE, int) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_ROI_MAP, vpx_roi_map_t *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_ACTIVEMAP, vpx_active_map_t *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_SCALEMODE, vpx_scaling_mode_t *) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9E_SET_SVC, int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9E_SET_SVC_PARAMETERS, vpx_svc_parameters_t *) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_CPUUSED, int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_ENABLEAUTOALTREF, unsigned int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_NOISE_SENSITIVITY, unsigned int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_SHARPNESS, unsigned int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_STATIC_THRESHOLD, unsigned int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_TOKEN_PARTITIONS, int) /* vp8e_token_partitions */ + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_ARNR_MAXFRAMES, unsigned int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_ARNR_STRENGTH, unsigned int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_ARNR_TYPE, unsigned int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_TUNING, int) /* vp8e_tuning */ +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_CQ_LEVEL, unsigned int) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9E_SET_TILE_COLUMNS, int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9E_SET_TILE_ROWS, int) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER, int *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER_64, int *) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_MAX_INTRA_BITRATE_PCT, unsigned int) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9E_SET_LOSSLESS, unsigned int) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9E_SET_FRAME_PARALLEL_DECODING, unsigned int) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9E_SET_AQ_MODE, unsigned int) + +/*! @} - end defgroup vp8_encoder */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vp8dx.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vp8dx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d3093c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vp8dx.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + + +#include "vp8.h" + +/*!\defgroup vp8_decoder WebM VP8 Decoder + * \ingroup vp8 + * + * @{ + */ +/*!\file + * \brief Provides definitions for using the VP8 algorithm within the vpx Decoder + * interface. + */ +#ifndef VP8DX_H +#define VP8DX_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/*!\name Algorithm interface for VP8 + * + * This interface provides the capability to decode raw VP8 streams, as would + * be found in AVI files and other non-Flash uses. + * @{ + */ +extern vpx_codec_iface_t vpx_codec_vp8_dx_algo; +extern vpx_codec_iface_t *vpx_codec_vp8_dx(void); + +/* TODO(jkoleszar): These move to VP9 in a later patch set. */ +extern vpx_codec_iface_t vpx_codec_vp9_dx_algo; +extern vpx_codec_iface_t *vpx_codec_vp9_dx(void); +/*!@} - end algorithm interface member group*/ + +/* Include controls common to both the encoder and decoder */ +#include "vp8.h" + + +/*!\enum vp8_dec_control_id + * \brief VP8 decoder control functions + * + * This set of macros define the control functions available for the VP8 + * decoder interface. + * + * \sa #vpx_codec_control + */ +enum vp8_dec_control_id { + /** control function to get info on which reference frames were updated + * by the last decode + */ + VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES = VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START, + + /** check if the indicated frame is corrupted */ + VP8D_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED, + + /** control function to get info on which reference frames were used + * by the last decode + */ + VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_USED, + + /** decryption function to decrypt encoded buffer data immediately + * before decoding. Takes a vp8_decrypt_init, which contains + * a callback function and opaque context pointer. + */ + VP8D_SET_DECRYPTOR, + + /** For testing. */ + VP9_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER, + + VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_MAX +}; + +/*!\brief Structure to hold decryption state + * + * Defines a structure to hold the decryption state and access function. + */ +typedef struct vp8_decrypt_init { + /** Decrypt n bytes of data from input -> output, using the decrypt_state + * passed in VP8D_SET_DECRYPTOR. + */ + void (*decrypt_cb)(void *decrypt_state, const unsigned char *input, + unsigned char *output, int count); + /*! Decryption state. */ + void *decrypt_state; +} vp8_decrypt_init; + +/*!\brief VP8 decoder control function parameter type + * + * Defines the data types that VP8D control functions take. Note that + * additional common controls are defined in vp8.h + * + */ + + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES, int *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED, int *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_USED, int *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_SET_DECRYPTOR, vp8_decrypt_init *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER, int) + +/*! @} - end defgroup vp8_decoder */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vpx_codec.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vpx_codec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3ea36d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vpx_codec.h @@ -0,0 +1,558 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + + +/*!\defgroup codec Common Algorithm Interface + * This abstraction allows applications to easily support multiple video + * formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes the interface + * common to all codecs (both encoders and decoders). + * @{ + */ + +/*!\file + * \brief Describes the codec algorithm interface to applications. + * + * This file describes the interface between an application and a + * video codec algorithm. + * + * An application instantiates a specific codec instance by using + * vpx_codec_init() and a pointer to the algorithm's interface structure: + * <pre> + * my_app.c: + * extern vpx_codec_iface_t my_codec; + * { + * vpx_codec_ctx_t algo; + * res = vpx_codec_init(&algo, &my_codec); + * } + * </pre> + * + * Once initialized, the instance is manged using other functions from + * the vpx_codec_* family. + */ +#ifndef VPX_CODEC_H +#define VPX_CODEC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include "vpx_integer.h" +#include "vpx_image.h" + + /*!\brief Decorator indicating a function is deprecated */ +#ifndef DEPRECATED +#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ +#define DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((deprecated)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +#define DEPRECATED +#else +#define DEPRECATED +#endif +#endif /* DEPRECATED */ + +#ifndef DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED +#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ +#define DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED /**< \copydoc #DEPRECATED */ +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +#define DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated) /**< \copydoc #DEPRECATED */ +#else +#define DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED /**< \copydoc #DEPRECATED */ +#endif +#endif /* DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED */ + + /*!\brief Decorator indicating a function is potentially unused */ +#ifdef UNUSED +#elif __GNUC__ +#define UNUSED __attribute__ ((unused)) +#else +#define UNUSED +#endif + + /*!\brief Current ABI version number + * + * \internal + * If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value + * must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing + * types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging + * fields to structures + */ +#define VPX_CODEC_ABI_VERSION (2 + VPX_IMAGE_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/ + + /*!\brief Algorithm return codes */ + typedef enum { + /*!\brief Operation completed without error */ + VPX_CODEC_OK, + + /*!\brief Unspecified error */ + VPX_CODEC_ERROR, + + /*!\brief Memory operation failed */ + VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR, + + /*!\brief ABI version mismatch */ + VPX_CODEC_ABI_MISMATCH, + + /*!\brief Algorithm does not have required capability */ + VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE, + + /*!\brief The given bitstream is not supported. + * + * The bitstream was unable to be parsed at the highest level. The decoder + * is unable to proceed. This error \ref SHOULD be treated as fatal to the + * stream. */ + VPX_CODEC_UNSUP_BITSTREAM, + + /*!\brief Encoded bitstream uses an unsupported feature + * + * The decoder does not implement a feature required by the encoder. This + * return code should only be used for features that prevent future + * pictures from being properly decoded. This error \ref MAY be treated as + * fatal to the stream or \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the current GOP. + */ + VPX_CODEC_UNSUP_FEATURE, + + /*!\brief The coded data for this stream is corrupt or incomplete + * + * There was a problem decoding the current frame. This return code + * should only be used for failures that prevent future pictures from + * being properly decoded. This error \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the + * stream or \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the current GOP. If decoding + * is continued for the current GOP, artifacts may be present. + */ + VPX_CODEC_CORRUPT_FRAME, + + /*!\brief An application-supplied parameter is not valid. + * + */ + VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM, + + /*!\brief An iterator reached the end of list. + * + */ + VPX_CODEC_LIST_END + + } + vpx_codec_err_t; + + + /*! \brief Codec capabilities bitfield + * + * Each codec advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its + * ::vpx_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra interfaces + * or functionality, and are not required to be supported. + * + * The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_CAP_* defines. + */ + typedef long vpx_codec_caps_t; +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_DECODER 0x1 /**< Is a decoder */ +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER 0x2 /**< Is an encoder */ +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_XMA 0x4 /**< Supports eXternal Memory Allocation */ + + + /*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling + * + * Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow for + * proper memory allocation. + * + * The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_USE_* defines. + */ + typedef long vpx_codec_flags_t; +#define VPX_CODEC_USE_XMA 0x00000001 /**< Use eXternal Memory Allocation mode */ + + + /*!\brief Codec interface structure. + * + * Contains function pointers and other data private to the codec + * implementation. This structure is opaque to the application. + */ + typedef const struct vpx_codec_iface vpx_codec_iface_t; + + + /*!\brief Codec private data structure. + * + * Contains data private to the codec implementation. This structure is opaque + * to the application. + */ + typedef struct vpx_codec_priv vpx_codec_priv_t; + + + /*!\brief Iterator + * + * Opaque storage used for iterating over lists. + */ + typedef const void *vpx_codec_iter_t; + + + /*!\brief Codec context structure + * + * All codecs \ref MUST support this context structure fully. In general, + * this data should be considered private to the codec algorithm, and + * not be manipulated or examined by the calling application. Applications + * may reference the 'name' member to get a printable description of the + * algorithm. + */ + typedef struct vpx_codec_ctx { + const char *name; /**< Printable interface name */ + vpx_codec_iface_t *iface; /**< Interface pointers */ + vpx_codec_err_t err; /**< Last returned error */ + const char *err_detail; /**< Detailed info, if available */ + vpx_codec_flags_t init_flags; /**< Flags passed at init time */ + union { + struct vpx_codec_dec_cfg *dec; /**< Decoder Configuration Pointer */ + struct vpx_codec_enc_cfg *enc; /**< Encoder Configuration Pointer */ + void *raw; + } config; /**< Configuration pointer aliasing union */ + vpx_codec_priv_t *priv; /**< Algorithm private storage */ + } vpx_codec_ctx_t; + + + /* + * Library Version Number Interface + * + * For example, see the following sample return values: + * vpx_codec_version() (1<<16 | 2<<8 | 3) + * vpx_codec_version_str() "v1.2.3-rc1-16-gec6a1ba" + * vpx_codec_version_extra_str() "rc1-16-gec6a1ba" + */ + + /*!\brief Return the version information (as an integer) + * + * Returns a packed encoding of the library version number. This will only include + * the major.minor.patch component of the version number. Note that this encoded + * value should be accessed through the macros provided, as the encoding may change + * in the future. + * + */ + int vpx_codec_version(void); +#define VPX_VERSION_MAJOR(v) ((v>>16)&0xff) /**< extract major from packed version */ +#define VPX_VERSION_MINOR(v) ((v>>8)&0xff) /**< extract minor from packed version */ +#define VPX_VERSION_PATCH(v) ((v>>0)&0xff) /**< extract patch from packed version */ + + /*!\brief Return the version major number */ +#define vpx_codec_version_major() ((vpx_codec_version()>>16)&0xff) + + /*!\brief Return the version minor number */ +#define vpx_codec_version_minor() ((vpx_codec_version()>>8)&0xff) + + /*!\brief Return the version patch number */ +#define vpx_codec_version_patch() ((vpx_codec_version()>>0)&0xff) + + + /*!\brief Return the version information (as a string) + * + * Returns a printable string containing the full library version number. This may + * contain additional text following the three digit version number, as to indicate + * release candidates, prerelease versions, etc. + * + */ + const char *vpx_codec_version_str(void); + + + /*!\brief Return the version information (as a string) + * + * Returns a printable "extra string". This is the component of the string returned + * by vpx_codec_version_str() following the three digit version number. + * + */ + const char *vpx_codec_version_extra_str(void); + + + /*!\brief Return the build configuration + * + * Returns a printable string containing an encoded version of the build + * configuration. This may be useful to vpx support. + * + */ + const char *vpx_codec_build_config(void); + + + /*!\brief Return the name for a given interface + * + * Returns a human readable string for name of the given codec interface. + * + * \param[in] iface Interface pointer + * + */ + const char *vpx_codec_iface_name(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface); + + + /*!\brief Convert error number to printable string + * + * Returns a human readable string for the last error returned by the + * algorithm. The returned error will be one line and will not contain + * any newline characters. + * + * + * \param[in] err Error number. + * + */ + const char *vpx_codec_err_to_string(vpx_codec_err_t err); + + + /*!\brief Retrieve error synopsis for codec context + * + * Returns a human readable string for the last error returned by the + * algorithm. The returned error will be one line and will not contain + * any newline characters. + * + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context. + * + */ + const char *vpx_codec_error(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx); + + + /*!\brief Retrieve detailed error information for codec context + * + * Returns a human readable string providing detailed information about + * the last error. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context. + * + * \retval NULL + * No detailed information is available. + */ + const char *vpx_codec_error_detail(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx); + + + /* REQUIRED FUNCTIONS + * + * The following functions are required to be implemented for all codecs. + * They represent the base case functionality expected of all codecs. + */ + + /*!\brief Destroy a codec instance + * + * Destroys a codec context, freeing any associated memory buffers. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * The codec algorithm initialized. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR + * Memory allocation failed. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_destroy(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx); + + + /*!\brief Get the capabilities of an algorithm. + * + * Retrieves the capabilities bitfield from the algorithm's interface. + * + * \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface + * + */ + vpx_codec_caps_t vpx_codec_get_caps(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface); + + + /*!\brief Control algorithm + * + * This function is used to exchange algorithm specific data with the codec + * instance. This can be used to implement features specific to a particular + * algorithm. + * + * This wrapper function dispatches the request to the helper function + * associated with the given ctrl_id. It tries to call this function + * transparently, but will return #VPX_CODEC_ERROR if the request could not + * be dispatched. + * + * Note that this function should not be used directly. Call the + * #vpx_codec_control wrapper macro instead. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * \param[in] ctrl_id Algorithm specific control identifier + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * The control request was processed. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR + * The control request was not processed. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM + * The data was not valid. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + int ctrl_id, + ...); +#if defined(VPX_DISABLE_CTRL_TYPECHECKS) && VPX_DISABLE_CTRL_TYPECHECKS +# define vpx_codec_control(ctx,id,data) vpx_codec_control_(ctx,id,data) +# define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(id, typ) +# define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE_DEPRECATED(id, typ) +# define VPX_CTRL_VOID(id, typ) + +#else + /*!\brief vpx_codec_control wrapper macro + * + * This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter + * to vpx_codec_control_(). + * + * \internal + * It works by dispatching the call to the control function through a wrapper + * function named with the id parameter. + */ +# define vpx_codec_control(ctx,id,data) vpx_codec_control_##id(ctx,id,data)\ + /**<\hideinitializer*/ + + + /*!\brief vpx_codec_control type definition macro + * + * This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter + * to vpx_codec_control_(). It defines the type of the argument for a given + * control identifier. + * + * \internal + * It defines a static function with + * the correctly typed arguments as a wrapper to the type-unsafe internal + * function. + */ +# define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(id, typ) \ + static vpx_codec_err_t \ + vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t*, int, typ) UNUSED;\ + \ + static vpx_codec_err_t \ + vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, int ctrl_id, typ data) {\ + return vpx_codec_control_(ctx, ctrl_id, data);\ + } /**<\hideinitializer*/ + + + /*!\brief vpx_codec_control deprecated type definition macro + * + * Like #VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE, but indicates that the specified control is + * deprecated and should not be used. Consult the documentation for your + * codec for more information. + * + * \internal + * It defines a static function with the correctly typed arguments as a + * wrapper to the type-unsafe internal function. + */ +# define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE_DEPRECATED(id, typ) \ + DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED static vpx_codec_err_t \ + vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t*, int, typ) DEPRECATED UNUSED;\ + \ + DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED static vpx_codec_err_t \ + vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, int ctrl_id, typ data) {\ + return vpx_codec_control_(ctx, ctrl_id, data);\ + } /**<\hideinitializer*/ + + + /*!\brief vpx_codec_control void type definition macro + * + * This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter + * to vpx_codec_control_(). It indicates that a given control identifier takes + * no argument. + * + * \internal + * It defines a static function without a data argument as a wrapper to the + * type-unsafe internal function. + */ +# define VPX_CTRL_VOID(id) \ + static vpx_codec_err_t \ + vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t*, int) UNUSED;\ + \ + static vpx_codec_err_t \ + vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, int ctrl_id) {\ + return vpx_codec_control_(ctx, ctrl_id);\ + } /**<\hideinitializer*/ + + +#endif + + + /*!\defgroup cap_xma External Memory Allocation Functions + * + * The following functions are required to be implemented for all codecs + * that advertise the VPX_CODEC_CAP_XMA capability. Calling these functions + * for codecs that don't advertise this capability will result in an error + * code being returned, usually VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE + * @{ + */ + + + /*!\brief Memory Map Entry + * + * This structure is used to contain the properties of a memory segment. It + * is populated by the codec in the request phase, and by the calling + * application once the requested allocation has been performed. + */ + typedef struct vpx_codec_mmap { + /* + * The following members are set by the codec when requesting a segment + */ + unsigned int id; /**< identifier for the segment's contents */ + unsigned long sz; /**< size of the segment, in bytes */ + unsigned int align; /**< required alignment of the segment, in bytes */ + unsigned int flags; /**< bitfield containing segment properties */ +#define VPX_CODEC_MEM_ZERO 0x1 /**< Segment must be zeroed by allocation */ +#define VPX_CODEC_MEM_WRONLY 0x2 /**< Segment need not be readable */ +#define VPX_CODEC_MEM_FAST 0x4 /**< Place in fast memory, if available */ + + /* The following members are to be filled in by the allocation function */ + void *base; /**< pointer to the allocated segment */ + void (*dtor)(struct vpx_codec_mmap *map); /**< destructor to call */ + void *priv; /**< allocator private storage */ + } vpx_codec_mmap_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_mmap */ + + + /*!\brief Iterate over the list of segments to allocate. + * + * Iterates over a list of the segments to allocate. The iterator storage + * should be initialized to NULL to start the iteration. Iteration is complete + * when this function returns VPX_CODEC_LIST_END. The amount of memory needed to + * allocate is dependent upon the size of the encoded stream. In cases where the + * stream is not available at allocation time, a fixed size must be requested. + * The codec will not be able to operate on streams larger than the size used at + * allocation time. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context. + * \param[out] mmap Pointer to the memory map entry to populate. + * \param[in,out] iter Iterator storage, initialized to NULL + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * The memory map entry was populated. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR + * Codec does not support XMA mode. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR + * Unable to determine segment size from stream info. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_get_mem_map(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + vpx_codec_mmap_t *mmap, + vpx_codec_iter_t *iter); + + + /*!\brief Identify allocated segments to codec instance + * + * Stores a list of allocated segments in the codec. Segments \ref MUST be + * passed in the order they are read from vpx_codec_get_mem_map(), but may be + * passed in groups of any size. Segments \ref MUST be set only once. The + * allocation function \ref MUST ensure that the vpx_codec_mmap_t::base member + * is non-NULL. If the segment requires cleanup handling (e.g., calling free() + * or close()) then the vpx_codec_mmap_t::dtor member \ref MUST be populated. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context. + * \param[in] mmaps Pointer to the first memory map entry in the list. + * \param[in] num_maps Number of entries being set at this time + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * The segment was stored in the codec context. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE + * Codec does not support XMA mode. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR + * Segment base address was not set, or segment was already stored. + + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_set_mem_map(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + vpx_codec_mmap_t *mmaps, + unsigned int num_maps); + + /*!@} - end defgroup cap_xma*/ + /*!@} - end defgroup codec*/ +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vpx_decoder.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vpx_decoder.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2dcd024 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vpx_decoder.h @@ -0,0 +1,334 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ +#ifndef VPX_DECODER_H +#define VPX_DECODER_H + +/*!\defgroup decoder Decoder Algorithm Interface + * \ingroup codec + * This abstraction allows applications using this decoder to easily support + * multiple video formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes + * the interface common to all decoders. + * @{ + */ + +/*!\file + * \brief Describes the decoder algorithm interface to applications. + * + * This file describes the interface between an application and a + * video decoder algorithm. + * + */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include "vpx_codec.h" + + /*!\brief Current ABI version number + * + * \internal + * If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value + * must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing + * types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging + * fields to structures + */ +#define VPX_DECODER_ABI_VERSION (2 + VPX_CODEC_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/ + + /*! \brief Decoder capabilities bitfield + * + * Each decoder advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its + * ::vpx_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra interfaces + * or functionality, and are not required to be supported by a decoder. + * + * The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_CAP_* defines. + */ +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_SLICE 0x10000 /**< Will issue put_slice callbacks */ +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_FRAME 0x20000 /**< Will issue put_frame callbacks */ +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_POSTPROC 0x40000 /**< Can postprocess decoded frame */ +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_ERROR_CONCEALMENT 0x80000 /**< Can conceal errors due to + packet loss */ +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_INPUT_FRAGMENTS 0x100000 /**< Can receive encoded frames + one fragment at a time */ + + /*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling + * + * Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow for + * proper memory allocation. + * + * The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_USE_* defines. + */ +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADING 0x200000 /**< Can support frame-based + multi-threading */ + +#define VPX_CODEC_USE_POSTPROC 0x10000 /**< Postprocess decoded frame */ +#define VPX_CODEC_USE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT 0x20000 /**< Conceal errors in decoded + frames */ +#define VPX_CODEC_USE_INPUT_FRAGMENTS 0x40000 /**< The input frame should be + passed to the decoder one + fragment at a time */ +#define VPX_CODEC_USE_FRAME_THREADING 0x80000 /**< Enable frame-based + multi-threading */ + + /*!\brief Stream properties + * + * This structure is used to query or set properties of the decoded + * stream. Algorithms may extend this structure with data specific + * to their bitstream by setting the sz member appropriately. + */ + typedef struct vpx_codec_stream_info { + unsigned int sz; /**< Size of this structure */ + unsigned int w; /**< Width (or 0 for unknown/default) */ + unsigned int h; /**< Height (or 0 for unknown/default) */ + unsigned int is_kf; /**< Current frame is a keyframe */ + } vpx_codec_stream_info_t; + + /* REQUIRED FUNCTIONS + * + * The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders. + * They represent the base case functionality expected of all decoders. + */ + + + /*!\brief Initialization Configurations + * + * This structure is used to pass init time configuration options to the + * decoder. + */ + typedef struct vpx_codec_dec_cfg { + unsigned int threads; /**< Maximum number of threads to use, default 1 */ + unsigned int w; /**< Width */ + unsigned int h; /**< Height */ + } vpx_codec_dec_cfg_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_dec_cfg */ + + + /*!\brief Initialize a decoder instance + * + * Initializes a decoder context using the given interface. Applications + * should call the vpx_codec_dec_init convenience macro instead of this + * function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number parameter + * is properly initialized. + * + * If the library was configured with --disable-multithread, this call + * is not thread safe and should be guarded with a lock if being used + * in a multithreaded context. + * + * In XMA mode (activated by setting VPX_CODEC_USE_XMA in the flags + * parameter), the storage pointed to by the cfg parameter must be + * kept readable and stable until all memory maps have been set. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context. + * \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use. + * \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL. + * \param[in] flags Bitfield of VPX_CODEC_USE_* flags + * \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to + * VPX_DECODER_ABI_VERSION + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * The decoder algorithm initialized. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR + * Memory allocation failed. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_dec_init_ver(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + vpx_codec_iface_t *iface, + vpx_codec_dec_cfg_t *cfg, + vpx_codec_flags_t flags, + int ver); + + /*!\brief Convenience macro for vpx_codec_dec_init_ver() + * + * Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set. + */ +#define vpx_codec_dec_init(ctx, iface, cfg, flags) \ + vpx_codec_dec_init_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, flags, VPX_DECODER_ABI_VERSION) + + + /*!\brief Parse stream info from a buffer + * + * Performs high level parsing of the bitstream. Construction of a decoder + * context is not necessary. Can be used to determine if the bitstream is + * of the proper format, and to extract information from the stream. + * + * \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface + * \param[in] data Pointer to a block of data to parse + * \param[in] data_sz Size of the data buffer + * \param[in,out] si Pointer to stream info to update. The size member + * \ref MUST be properly initialized, but \ref MAY be + * clobbered by the algorithm. This parameter \ref MAY + * be NULL. + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * Bitstream is parsable and stream information updated + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_peek_stream_info(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface, + const uint8_t *data, + unsigned int data_sz, + vpx_codec_stream_info_t *si); + + + /*!\brief Return information about the current stream. + * + * Returns information about the stream that has been parsed during decoding. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * \param[in,out] si Pointer to stream info to update. The size member + * \ref MUST be properly initialized, but \ref MAY be + * clobbered by the algorithm. This parameter \ref MAY + * be NULL. + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * Bitstream is parsable and stream information updated + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_get_stream_info(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + vpx_codec_stream_info_t *si); + + + /*!\brief Decode data + * + * Processes a buffer of coded data. If the processing results in a new + * decoded frame becoming available, PUT_SLICE and PUT_FRAME events may be + * generated, as appropriate. Encoded data \ref MUST be passed in DTS (decode + * time stamp) order. Frames produced will always be in PTS (presentation + * time stamp) order. + * If the decoder is configured with VPX_CODEC_USE_INPUT_FRAGMENTS enabled, + * data and data_sz can contain a fragment of the encoded frame. Fragment + * \#n must contain at least partition \#n, but can also contain subsequent + * partitions (\#n+1 - \#n+i), and if so, fragments \#n+1, .., \#n+i must + * be empty. When no more data is available, this function should be called + * with NULL as data and 0 as data_sz. The memory passed to this function + * must be available until the frame has been decoded. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * \param[in] data Pointer to this block of new coded data. If + * NULL, a VPX_CODEC_CB_PUT_FRAME event is posted + * for the previously decoded frame. + * \param[in] data_sz Size of the coded data, in bytes. + * \param[in] user_priv Application specific data to associate with + * this frame. + * \param[in] deadline Soft deadline the decoder should attempt to meet, + * in us. Set to zero for unlimited. + * + * \return Returns #VPX_CODEC_OK if the coded data was processed completely + * and future pictures can be decoded without error. Otherwise, + * see the descriptions of the other error codes in ::vpx_codec_err_t + * for recoverability capabilities. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_decode(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + const uint8_t *data, + unsigned int data_sz, + void *user_priv, + long deadline); + + + /*!\brief Decoded frames iterator + * + * Iterates over a list of the frames available for display. The iterator + * storage should be initialized to NULL to start the iteration. Iteration is + * complete when this function returns NULL. + * + * The list of available frames becomes valid upon completion of the + * vpx_codec_decode call, and remains valid until the next call to vpx_codec_decode. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * \param[in,out] iter Iterator storage, initialized to NULL + * + * \return Returns a pointer to an image, if one is ready for display. Frames + * produced will always be in PTS (presentation time stamp) order. + */ + vpx_image_t *vpx_codec_get_frame(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + vpx_codec_iter_t *iter); + + + /*!\defgroup cap_put_frame Frame-Based Decoding Functions + * + * The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders + * that advertise the VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_FRAME capability. Calling these functions + * for codecs that don't advertise this capability will result in an error + * code being returned, usually VPX_CODEC_ERROR + * @{ + */ + + /*!\brief put frame callback prototype + * + * This callback is invoked by the decoder to notify the application of + * the availability of decoded image data. + */ + typedef void (*vpx_codec_put_frame_cb_fn_t)(void *user_priv, + const vpx_image_t *img); + + + /*!\brief Register for notification of frame completion. + * + * Registers a given function to be called when a decoded frame is + * available. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * \param[in] cb Pointer to the callback function + * \param[in] user_priv User's private data + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * Callback successfully registered. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR + * Decoder context not initialized, or algorithm not capable of + * posting slice completion. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_register_put_frame_cb(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + vpx_codec_put_frame_cb_fn_t cb, + void *user_priv); + + + /*!@} - end defgroup cap_put_frame */ + + /*!\defgroup cap_put_slice Slice-Based Decoding Functions + * + * The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders + * that advertise the VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_SLICE capability. Calling these functions + * for codecs that don't advertise this capability will result in an error + * code being returned, usually VPX_CODEC_ERROR + * @{ + */ + + /*!\brief put slice callback prototype + * + * This callback is invoked by the decoder to notify the application of + * the availability of partially decoded image data. The + */ + typedef void (*vpx_codec_put_slice_cb_fn_t)(void *user_priv, + const vpx_image_t *img, + const vpx_image_rect_t *valid, + const vpx_image_rect_t *update); + + + /*!\brief Register for notification of slice completion. + * + * Registers a given function to be called when a decoded slice is + * available. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * \param[in] cb Pointer to the callback function + * \param[in] user_priv User's private data + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * Callback successfully registered. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR + * Decoder context not initialized, or algorithm not capable of + * posting slice completion. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_register_put_slice_cb(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + vpx_codec_put_slice_cb_fn_t cb, + void *user_priv); + + + /*!@} - end defgroup cap_put_slice*/ + + /*!@} - end defgroup decoder*/ +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vpx_encoder.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vpx_encoder.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..56752cf --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vpx_encoder.h @@ -0,0 +1,936 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ +#ifndef VPX_ENCODER_H +#define VPX_ENCODER_H + +/*!\defgroup encoder Encoder Algorithm Interface + * \ingroup codec + * This abstraction allows applications using this encoder to easily support + * multiple video formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes + * the interface common to all encoders. + * @{ + */ + +/*!\file + * \brief Describes the encoder algorithm interface to applications. + * + * This file describes the interface between an application and a + * video encoder algorithm. + * + */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include "vpx_codec.h" + + /*! Temporal Scalability: Maximum length of the sequence defining frame + * layer membership + */ +#define VPX_TS_MAX_PERIODICITY 16 + + /*! Temporal Scalability: Maximum number of coding layers */ +#define VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS 5 + + /*!\deprecated Use #VPX_TS_MAX_PERIODICITY instead. */ +#define MAX_PERIODICITY VPX_TS_MAX_PERIODICITY + + /*!\deprecated Use #VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS instead. */ +#define MAX_LAYERS VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS + +/*! Spatial Scalability: Maximum number of coding layers */ +#define VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS 5 + +/*! Spatial Scalability: Default number of coding layers */ +#define VPX_SS_DEFAULT_LAYERS 3 + + /*!\brief Current ABI version number + * + * \internal + * If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value + * must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing + * types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging + * fields to structures + */ +#define VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION (3 + VPX_CODEC_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/ + + + /*! \brief Encoder capabilities bitfield + * + * Each encoder advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its + * ::vpx_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra + * interfaces or functionality, and are not required to be supported + * by an encoder. + * + * The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_CAP_* defines. + */ +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_PSNR 0x10000 /**< Can issue PSNR packets */ + + /*! Can output one partition at a time. Each partition is returned in its + * own VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT, with the FRAME_IS_FRAGMENT flag set for + * every partition but the last. In this mode all frames are always + * returned partition by partition. + */ +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_OUTPUT_PARTITION 0x20000 + + + /*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling + * + * Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow + * for proper memory allocation. + * + * The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_USE_* defines. + */ +#define VPX_CODEC_USE_PSNR 0x10000 /**< Calculate PSNR on each frame */ +#define VPX_CODEC_USE_OUTPUT_PARTITION 0x20000 /**< Make the encoder output one + partition at a time. */ + + + /*!\brief Generic fixed size buffer structure + * + * This structure is able to hold a reference to any fixed size buffer. + */ + typedef struct vpx_fixed_buf { + void *buf; /**< Pointer to the data */ + size_t sz; /**< Length of the buffer, in chars */ + } vpx_fixed_buf_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_fixed_buf */ + + + /*!\brief Time Stamp Type + * + * An integer, which when multiplied by the stream's time base, provides + * the absolute time of a sample. + */ + typedef int64_t vpx_codec_pts_t; + + + /*!\brief Compressed Frame Flags + * + * This type represents a bitfield containing information about a compressed + * frame that may be useful to an application. The most significant 16 bits + * can be used by an algorithm to provide additional detail, for example to + * support frame types that are codec specific (MPEG-1 D-frames for example) + */ + typedef uint32_t vpx_codec_frame_flags_t; +#define VPX_FRAME_IS_KEY 0x1 /**< frame is the start of a GOP */ +#define VPX_FRAME_IS_DROPPABLE 0x2 /**< frame can be dropped without affecting + the stream (no future frame depends on + this one) */ +#define VPX_FRAME_IS_INVISIBLE 0x4 /**< frame should be decoded but will not + be shown */ +#define VPX_FRAME_IS_FRAGMENT 0x8 /**< this is a fragment of the encoded + frame */ + + /*!\brief Error Resilient flags + * + * These flags define which error resilient features to enable in the + * encoder. The flags are specified through the + * vpx_codec_enc_cfg::g_error_resilient variable. + */ + typedef uint32_t vpx_codec_er_flags_t; +#define VPX_ERROR_RESILIENT_DEFAULT 0x1 /**< Improve resiliency against + losses of whole frames */ +#define VPX_ERROR_RESILIENT_PARTITIONS 0x2 /**< The frame partitions are + independently decodable by the + bool decoder, meaning that + partitions can be decoded even + though earlier partitions have + been lost. Note that intra + predicition is still done over + the partition boundary. */ + + /*!\brief Encoder output packet variants + * + * This enumeration lists the different kinds of data packets that can be + * returned by calls to vpx_codec_get_cx_data(). Algorithms \ref MAY + * extend this list to provide additional functionality. + */ + enum vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind { + VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT, /**< Compressed video frame */ + VPX_CODEC_STATS_PKT, /**< Two-pass statistics for this frame */ + VPX_CODEC_PSNR_PKT, /**< PSNR statistics for this frame */ + VPX_CODEC_CUSTOM_PKT = 256 /**< Algorithm extensions */ + }; + + + /*!\brief Encoder output packet + * + * This structure contains the different kinds of output data the encoder + * may produce while compressing a frame. + */ + typedef struct vpx_codec_cx_pkt { + enum vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind kind; /**< packet variant */ + union { + struct { + void *buf; /**< compressed data buffer */ + size_t sz; /**< length of compressed data */ + vpx_codec_pts_t pts; /**< time stamp to show frame + (in timebase units) */ + unsigned long duration; /**< duration to show frame + (in timebase units) */ + vpx_codec_frame_flags_t flags; /**< flags for this frame */ + int partition_id; /**< the partition id + defines the decoding order + of the partitions. Only + applicable when "output partition" + mode is enabled. First partition + has id 0.*/ + + } frame; /**< data for compressed frame packet */ + struct vpx_fixed_buf twopass_stats; /**< data for two-pass packet */ + struct vpx_psnr_pkt { + unsigned int samples[4]; /**< Number of samples, total/y/u/v */ + uint64_t sse[4]; /**< sum squared error, total/y/u/v */ + double psnr[4]; /**< PSNR, total/y/u/v */ + } psnr; /**< data for PSNR packet */ + struct vpx_fixed_buf raw; /**< data for arbitrary packets */ + + /* This packet size is fixed to allow codecs to extend this + * interface without having to manage storage for raw packets, + * i.e., if it's smaller than 128 bytes, you can store in the + * packet list directly. + */ + char pad[128 - sizeof(enum vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind)]; /**< fixed sz */ + } data; /**< packet data */ + } vpx_codec_cx_pkt_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_cx_pkt */ + + + /*!\brief Rational Number + * + * This structure holds a fractional value. + */ + typedef struct vpx_rational { + int num; /**< fraction numerator */ + int den; /**< fraction denominator */ + } vpx_rational_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_rational */ + + + /*!\brief Multi-pass Encoding Pass */ + enum vpx_enc_pass { + VPX_RC_ONE_PASS, /**< Single pass mode */ + VPX_RC_FIRST_PASS, /**< First pass of multi-pass mode */ + VPX_RC_LAST_PASS /**< Final pass of multi-pass mode */ + }; + + + /*!\brief Rate control mode */ + enum vpx_rc_mode { + VPX_VBR, /**< Variable Bit Rate (VBR) mode */ + VPX_CBR, /**< Constant Bit Rate (CBR) mode */ + VPX_CQ, /**< Constrained Quality (CQ) mode */ + VPX_Q, /**< Constant Quality (Q) mode */ + }; + + + /*!\brief Keyframe placement mode. + * + * This enumeration determines whether keyframes are placed automatically by + * the encoder or whether this behavior is disabled. Older releases of this + * SDK were implemented such that VPX_KF_FIXED meant keyframes were disabled. + * This name is confusing for this behavior, so the new symbols to be used + * are VPX_KF_AUTO and VPX_KF_DISABLED. + */ + enum vpx_kf_mode { + VPX_KF_FIXED, /**< deprecated, implies VPX_KF_DISABLED */ + VPX_KF_AUTO, /**< Encoder determines optimal placement automatically */ + VPX_KF_DISABLED = 0 /**< Encoder does not place keyframes. */ + }; + + + /*!\brief Encoded Frame Flags + * + * This type indicates a bitfield to be passed to vpx_codec_encode(), defining + * per-frame boolean values. By convention, bits common to all codecs will be + * named VPX_EFLAG_*, and bits specific to an algorithm will be named + * /algo/_eflag_*. The lower order 16 bits are reserved for common use. + */ + typedef long vpx_enc_frame_flags_t; +#define VPX_EFLAG_FORCE_KF (1<<0) /**< Force this frame to be a keyframe */ + + + /*!\brief Encoder configuration structure + * + * This structure contains the encoder settings that have common representations + * across all codecs. This doesn't imply that all codecs support all features, + * however. + */ + typedef struct vpx_codec_enc_cfg { + /* + * generic settings (g) + */ + + /*!\brief Algorithm specific "usage" value + * + * Algorithms may define multiple values for usage, which may convey the + * intent of how the application intends to use the stream. If this value + * is non-zero, consult the documentation for the codec to determine its + * meaning. + */ + unsigned int g_usage; + + + /*!\brief Maximum number of threads to use + * + * For multi-threaded implementations, use no more than this number of + * threads. The codec may use fewer threads than allowed. The value + * 0 is equivalent to the value 1. + */ + unsigned int g_threads; + + + /*!\brief Bitstream profile to use + * + * Some codecs support a notion of multiple bitstream profiles. Typically + * this maps to a set of features that are turned on or off. Often the + * profile to use is determined by the features of the intended decoder. + * Consult the documentation for the codec to determine the valid values + * for this parameter, or set to zero for a sane default. + */ + unsigned int g_profile; /**< profile of bitstream to use */ + + + + /*!\brief Width of the frame + * + * This value identifies the presentation resolution of the frame, + * in pixels. Note that the frames passed as input to the encoder must + * have this resolution. Frames will be presented by the decoder in this + * resolution, independent of any spatial resampling the encoder may do. + */ + unsigned int g_w; + + + /*!\brief Height of the frame + * + * This value identifies the presentation resolution of the frame, + * in pixels. Note that the frames passed as input to the encoder must + * have this resolution. Frames will be presented by the decoder in this + * resolution, independent of any spatial resampling the encoder may do. + */ + unsigned int g_h; + + + /*!\brief Stream timebase units + * + * Indicates the smallest interval of time, in seconds, used by the stream. + * For fixed frame rate material, or variable frame rate material where + * frames are timed at a multiple of a given clock (ex: video capture), + * the \ref RECOMMENDED method is to set the timebase to the reciprocal + * of the frame rate (ex: 1001/30000 for 29.970 Hz NTSC). This allows the + * pts to correspond to the frame number, which can be handy. For + * re-encoding video from containers with absolute time timestamps, the + * \ref RECOMMENDED method is to set the timebase to that of the parent + * container or multimedia framework (ex: 1/1000 for ms, as in FLV). + */ + struct vpx_rational g_timebase; + + + /*!\brief Enable error resilient modes. + * + * The error resilient bitfield indicates to the encoder which features + * it should enable to take measures for streaming over lossy or noisy + * links. + */ + vpx_codec_er_flags_t g_error_resilient; + + + /*!\brief Multi-pass Encoding Mode + * + * This value should be set to the current phase for multi-pass encoding. + * For single pass, set to #VPX_RC_ONE_PASS. + */ + enum vpx_enc_pass g_pass; + + + /*!\brief Allow lagged encoding + * + * If set, this value allows the encoder to consume a number of input + * frames before producing output frames. This allows the encoder to + * base decisions for the current frame on future frames. This does + * increase the latency of the encoding pipeline, so it is not appropriate + * in all situations (ex: realtime encoding). + * + * Note that this is a maximum value -- the encoder may produce frames + * sooner than the given limit. Set this value to 0 to disable this + * feature. + */ + unsigned int g_lag_in_frames; + + + /* + * rate control settings (rc) + */ + + /*!\brief Temporal resampling configuration, if supported by the codec. + * + * Temporal resampling allows the codec to "drop" frames as a strategy to + * meet its target data rate. This can cause temporal discontinuities in + * the encoded video, which may appear as stuttering during playback. This + * trade-off is often acceptable, but for many applications is not. It can + * be disabled in these cases. + * + * Note that not all codecs support this feature. All vpx VPx codecs do. + * For other codecs, consult the documentation for that algorithm. + * + * This threshold is described as a percentage of the target data buffer. + * When the data buffer falls below this percentage of fullness, a + * dropped frame is indicated. Set the threshold to zero (0) to disable + * this feature. + */ + unsigned int rc_dropframe_thresh; + + + /*!\brief Enable/disable spatial resampling, if supported by the codec. + * + * Spatial resampling allows the codec to compress a lower resolution + * version of the frame, which is then upscaled by the encoder to the + * correct presentation resolution. This increases visual quality at + * low data rates, at the expense of CPU time on the encoder/decoder. + */ + unsigned int rc_resize_allowed; + + + /*!\brief Spatial resampling up watermark. + * + * This threshold is described as a percentage of the target data buffer. + * When the data buffer rises above this percentage of fullness, the + * encoder will step up to a higher resolution version of the frame. + */ + unsigned int rc_resize_up_thresh; + + + /*!\brief Spatial resampling down watermark. + * + * This threshold is described as a percentage of the target data buffer. + * When the data buffer falls below this percentage of fullness, the + * encoder will step down to a lower resolution version of the frame. + */ + unsigned int rc_resize_down_thresh; + + + /*!\brief Rate control algorithm to use. + * + * Indicates whether the end usage of this stream is to be streamed over + * a bandwidth constrained link, indicating that Constant Bit Rate (CBR) + * mode should be used, or whether it will be played back on a high + * bandwidth link, as from a local disk, where higher variations in + * bitrate are acceptable. + */ + enum vpx_rc_mode rc_end_usage; + + + /*!\brief Two-pass stats buffer. + * + * A buffer containing all of the stats packets produced in the first + * pass, concatenated. + */ + struct vpx_fixed_buf rc_twopass_stats_in; + + + /*!\brief Target data rate + * + * Target bandwidth to use for this stream, in kilobits per second. + */ + unsigned int rc_target_bitrate; + + + /* + * quantizer settings + */ + + + /*!\brief Minimum (Best Quality) Quantizer + * + * The quantizer is the most direct control over the quality of the + * encoded image. The range of valid values for the quantizer is codec + * specific. Consult the documentation for the codec to determine the + * values to use. To determine the range programmatically, call + * vpx_codec_enc_config_default() with a usage value of 0. + */ + unsigned int rc_min_quantizer; + + + /*!\brief Maximum (Worst Quality) Quantizer + * + * The quantizer is the most direct control over the quality of the + * encoded image. The range of valid values for the quantizer is codec + * specific. Consult the documentation for the codec to determine the + * values to use. To determine the range programmatically, call + * vpx_codec_enc_config_default() with a usage value of 0. + */ + unsigned int rc_max_quantizer; + + + /* + * bitrate tolerance + */ + + + /*!\brief Rate control adaptation undershoot control + * + * This value, expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, + * controls the maximum allowed adaptation speed of the codec. + * This factor controls the maximum amount of bits that can + * be subtracted from the target bitrate in order to compensate + * for prior overshoot. + * + * Valid values in the range 0-1000. + */ + unsigned int rc_undershoot_pct; + + + /*!\brief Rate control adaptation overshoot control + * + * This value, expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, + * controls the maximum allowed adaptation speed of the codec. + * This factor controls the maximum amount of bits that can + * be added to the target bitrate in order to compensate for + * prior undershoot. + * + * Valid values in the range 0-1000. + */ + unsigned int rc_overshoot_pct; + + + /* + * decoder buffer model parameters + */ + + + /*!\brief Decoder Buffer Size + * + * This value indicates the amount of data that may be buffered by the + * decoding application. Note that this value is expressed in units of + * time (milliseconds). For example, a value of 5000 indicates that the + * client will buffer (at least) 5000ms worth of encoded data. Use the + * target bitrate (#rc_target_bitrate) to convert to bits/bytes, if + * necessary. + */ + unsigned int rc_buf_sz; + + + /*!\brief Decoder Buffer Initial Size + * + * This value indicates the amount of data that will be buffered by the + * decoding application prior to beginning playback. This value is + * expressed in units of time (milliseconds). Use the target bitrate + * (#rc_target_bitrate) to convert to bits/bytes, if necessary. + */ + unsigned int rc_buf_initial_sz; + + + /*!\brief Decoder Buffer Optimal Size + * + * This value indicates the amount of data that the encoder should try + * to maintain in the decoder's buffer. This value is expressed in units + * of time (milliseconds). Use the target bitrate (#rc_target_bitrate) + * to convert to bits/bytes, if necessary. + */ + unsigned int rc_buf_optimal_sz; + + + /* + * 2 pass rate control parameters + */ + + + /*!\brief Two-pass mode CBR/VBR bias + * + * Bias, expressed on a scale of 0 to 100, for determining target size + * for the current frame. The value 0 indicates the optimal CBR mode + * value should be used. The value 100 indicates the optimal VBR mode + * value should be used. Values in between indicate which way the + * encoder should "lean." + */ + unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_bias_pct; /**< RC mode bias between CBR and VBR(0-100: 0->CBR, 100->VBR) */ + + + /*!\brief Two-pass mode per-GOP minimum bitrate + * + * This value, expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, indicates + * the minimum bitrate to be used for a single GOP (aka "section") + */ + unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_minsection_pct; + + + /*!\brief Two-pass mode per-GOP maximum bitrate + * + * This value, expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, indicates + * the maximum bitrate to be used for a single GOP (aka "section") + */ + unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_maxsection_pct; + + + /* + * keyframing settings (kf) + */ + + /*!\brief Keyframe placement mode + * + * This value indicates whether the encoder should place keyframes at a + * fixed interval, or determine the optimal placement automatically + * (as governed by the #kf_min_dist and #kf_max_dist parameters) + */ + enum vpx_kf_mode kf_mode; + + + /*!\brief Keyframe minimum interval + * + * This value, expressed as a number of frames, prevents the encoder from + * placing a keyframe nearer than kf_min_dist to the previous keyframe. At + * least kf_min_dist frames non-keyframes will be coded before the next + * keyframe. Set kf_min_dist equal to kf_max_dist for a fixed interval. + */ + unsigned int kf_min_dist; + + + /*!\brief Keyframe maximum interval + * + * This value, expressed as a number of frames, forces the encoder to code + * a keyframe if one has not been coded in the last kf_max_dist frames. + * A value of 0 implies all frames will be keyframes. Set kf_min_dist + * equal to kf_max_dist for a fixed interval. + */ + unsigned int kf_max_dist; + + /* + * Spatial scalability settings (ss) + */ + + /*!\brief Number of coding layers (spatial) + * + * This value specifies the number of coding layers to be used. + */ + unsigned int ss_number_layers; + + /*!\brief Number of coding layers + * + * This value specifies the number of coding layers to be used. + */ + unsigned int ts_number_layers; + + /*!\brief Target bitrate for each layer + * + * These values specify the target coding bitrate for each coding layer. + */ + unsigned int ts_target_bitrate[VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS]; + + /*!\brief Frame rate decimation factor for each layer + * + * These values specify the frame rate decimation factors to apply + * to each layer. + */ + unsigned int ts_rate_decimator[VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS]; + + /*!\brief Length of the sequence defining frame layer membership + * + * This value specifies the length of the sequence that defines the + * membership of frames to layers. For example, if ts_periodicity=8 then + * frames are assigned to coding layers with a repeated sequence of + * length 8. + */ + unsigned int ts_periodicity; + + /*!\brief Template defining the membership of frames to coding layers + * + * This array defines the membership of frames to coding layers. For a + * 2-layer encoding that assigns even numbered frames to one layer (0) + * and odd numbered frames to a second layer (1) with ts_periodicity=8, + * then ts_layer_id = (0,1,0,1,0,1,0,1). + */ + unsigned int ts_layer_id[VPX_TS_MAX_PERIODICITY]; + } vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_enc_cfg */ + + + /*!\brief Initialize an encoder instance + * + * Initializes a encoder context using the given interface. Applications + * should call the vpx_codec_enc_init convenience macro instead of this + * function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number parameter + * is properly initialized. + * + * If the library was configured with --disable-multithread, this call + * is not thread safe and should be guarded with a lock if being used + * in a multithreaded context. + * + * In XMA mode (activated by setting VPX_CODEC_USE_XMA in the flags + * parameter), the storage pointed to by the cfg parameter must be + * kept readable and stable until all memory maps have been set. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context. + * \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use. + * \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL. + * \param[in] flags Bitfield of VPX_CODEC_USE_* flags + * \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to + * VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * The decoder algorithm initialized. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR + * Memory allocation failed. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_init_ver(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + vpx_codec_iface_t *iface, + vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg, + vpx_codec_flags_t flags, + int ver); + + + /*!\brief Convenience macro for vpx_codec_enc_init_ver() + * + * Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set. + */ +#define vpx_codec_enc_init(ctx, iface, cfg, flags) \ + vpx_codec_enc_init_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, flags, VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION) + + + /*!\brief Initialize multi-encoder instance + * + * Initializes multi-encoder context using the given interface. + * Applications should call the vpx_codec_enc_init_multi convenience macro + * instead of this function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number + * parameter is properly initialized. + * + * In XMA mode (activated by setting VPX_CODEC_USE_XMA in the flags + * parameter), the storage pointed to by the cfg parameter must be + * kept readable and stable until all memory maps have been set. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context. + * \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use. + * \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL. + * \param[in] num_enc Total number of encoders. + * \param[in] flags Bitfield of VPX_CODEC_USE_* flags + * \param[in] dsf Pointer to down-sampling factors. + * \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to + * VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * The decoder algorithm initialized. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR + * Memory allocation failed. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_init_multi_ver(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + vpx_codec_iface_t *iface, + vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg, + int num_enc, + vpx_codec_flags_t flags, + vpx_rational_t *dsf, + int ver); + + + /*!\brief Convenience macro for vpx_codec_enc_init_multi_ver() + * + * Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set. + */ +#define vpx_codec_enc_init_multi(ctx, iface, cfg, num_enc, flags, dsf) \ + vpx_codec_enc_init_multi_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, num_enc, flags, dsf, \ + VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION) + + + /*!\brief Get a default configuration + * + * Initializes a encoder configuration structure with default values. Supports + * the notion of "usages" so that an algorithm may offer different default + * settings depending on the user's intended goal. This function \ref SHOULD + * be called by all applications to initialize the configuration structure + * before specializing the configuration with application specific values. + * + * \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use. + * \param[out] cfg Configuration buffer to populate + * \param[in] usage End usage. Set to 0 or use codec specific values. + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * The configuration was populated. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE + * Interface is not an encoder interface. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM + * A parameter was NULL, or the usage value was not recognized. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_config_default(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface, + vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg, + unsigned int usage); + + + /*!\brief Set or change configuration + * + * Reconfigures an encoder instance according to the given configuration. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * \param[in] cfg Configuration buffer to use + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * The configuration was populated. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE + * Interface is not an encoder interface. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM + * A parameter was NULL, or the usage value was not recognized. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_config_set(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + const vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg); + + + /*!\brief Get global stream headers + * + * Retrieves a stream level global header packet, if supported by the codec. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * + * \retval NULL + * Encoder does not support global header + * \retval Non-NULL + * Pointer to buffer containing global header packet + */ + vpx_fixed_buf_t *vpx_codec_get_global_headers(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx); + + +#define VPX_DL_REALTIME (1) /**< deadline parameter analogous to + * VPx REALTIME mode. */ +#define VPX_DL_GOOD_QUALITY (1000000) /**< deadline parameter analogous to + * VPx GOOD QUALITY mode. */ +#define VPX_DL_BEST_QUALITY (0) /**< deadline parameter analogous to + * VPx BEST QUALITY mode. */ + /*!\brief Encode a frame + * + * Encodes a video frame at the given "presentation time." The presentation + * time stamp (PTS) \ref MUST be strictly increasing. + * + * The encoder supports the notion of a soft real-time deadline. Given a + * non-zero value to the deadline parameter, the encoder will make a "best + * effort" guarantee to return before the given time slice expires. It is + * implicit that limiting the available time to encode will degrade the + * output quality. The encoder can be given an unlimited time to produce the + * best possible frame by specifying a deadline of '0'. This deadline + * supercedes the VPx notion of "best quality, good quality, realtime". + * Applications that wish to map these former settings to the new deadline + * based system can use the symbols #VPX_DL_REALTIME, #VPX_DL_GOOD_QUALITY, + * and #VPX_DL_BEST_QUALITY. + * + * When the last frame has been passed to the encoder, this function should + * continue to be called, with the img parameter set to NULL. This will + * signal the end-of-stream condition to the encoder and allow it to encode + * any held buffers. Encoding is complete when vpx_codec_encode() is called + * and vpx_codec_get_cx_data() returns no data. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * \param[in] img Image data to encode, NULL to flush. + * \param[in] pts Presentation time stamp, in timebase units. + * \param[in] duration Duration to show frame, in timebase units. + * \param[in] flags Flags to use for encoding this frame. + * \param[in] deadline Time to spend encoding, in microseconds. (0=infinite) + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * The configuration was populated. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE + * Interface is not an encoder interface. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM + * A parameter was NULL, the image format is unsupported, etc. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_encode(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + const vpx_image_t *img, + vpx_codec_pts_t pts, + unsigned long duration, + vpx_enc_frame_flags_t flags, + unsigned long deadline); + + /*!\brief Set compressed data output buffer + * + * Sets the buffer that the codec should output the compressed data + * into. This call effectively sets the buffer pointer returned in the + * next VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT packet. Subsequent packets will be + * appended into this buffer. The buffer is preserved across frames, + * so applications must periodically call this function after flushing + * the accumulated compressed data to disk or to the network to reset + * the pointer to the buffer's head. + * + * `pad_before` bytes will be skipped before writing the compressed + * data, and `pad_after` bytes will be appended to the packet. The size + * of the packet will be the sum of the size of the actual compressed + * data, pad_before, and pad_after. The padding bytes will be preserved + * (not overwritten). + * + * Note that calling this function does not guarantee that the returned + * compressed data will be placed into the specified buffer. In the + * event that the encoded data will not fit into the buffer provided, + * the returned packet \ref MAY point to an internal buffer, as it would + * if this call were never used. In this event, the output packet will + * NOT have any padding, and the application must free space and copy it + * to the proper place. This is of particular note in configurations + * that may output multiple packets for a single encoded frame (e.g., lagged + * encoding) or if the application does not reset the buffer periodically. + * + * Applications may restore the default behavior of the codec providing + * the compressed data buffer by calling this function with a NULL + * buffer. + * + * Applications \ref MUSTNOT call this function during iteration of + * vpx_codec_get_cx_data(). + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * \param[in] buf Buffer to store compressed data into + * \param[in] pad_before Bytes to skip before writing compressed data + * \param[in] pad_after Bytes to skip after writing compressed data + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * The buffer was set successfully. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM + * A parameter was NULL, the image format is unsupported, etc. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_set_cx_data_buf(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + const vpx_fixed_buf_t *buf, + unsigned int pad_before, + unsigned int pad_after); + + + /*!\brief Encoded data iterator + * + * Iterates over a list of data packets to be passed from the encoder to the + * application. The different kinds of packets available are enumerated in + * #vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind. + * + * #VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT packets should be passed to the application's + * muxer. Multiple compressed frames may be in the list. + * #VPX_CODEC_STATS_PKT packets should be appended to a global buffer. + * + * The application \ref MUST silently ignore any packet kinds that it does + * not recognize or support. + * + * The data buffers returned from this function are only guaranteed to be + * valid until the application makes another call to any vpx_codec_* function. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * \param[in,out] iter Iterator storage, initialized to NULL + * + * \return Returns a pointer to an output data packet (compressed frame data, + * two-pass statistics, etc.) or NULL to signal end-of-list. + * + */ + const vpx_codec_cx_pkt_t *vpx_codec_get_cx_data(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + vpx_codec_iter_t *iter); + + + /*!\brief Get Preview Frame + * + * Returns an image that can be used as a preview. Shows the image as it would + * exist at the decompressor. The application \ref MUST NOT write into this + * image buffer. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * + * \return Returns a pointer to a preview image, or NULL if no image is + * available. + * + */ + const vpx_image_t *vpx_codec_get_preview_frame(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx); + + + /*!@} - end defgroup encoder*/ +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vpx_image.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vpx_image.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c304bac --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vpx_image.h @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + + +/*!\file + * \brief Describes the vpx image descriptor and associated operations + * + */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#ifndef VPX_IMAGE_H +#define VPX_IMAGE_H + + /*!\brief Current ABI version number + * + * \internal + * If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value + * must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing + * types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging + * fields to structures + */ +#define VPX_IMAGE_ABI_VERSION (1) /**<\hideinitializer*/ + + +#define VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR 0x100 /**< Image is a planar format */ +#define VPX_IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP 0x200 /**< V plane precedes U plane in memory */ +#define VPX_IMG_FMT_HAS_ALPHA 0x400 /**< Image has an alpha channel component */ + + + /*!\brief List of supported image formats */ + typedef enum vpx_img_fmt { + VPX_IMG_FMT_NONE, + VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB24, /**< 24 bit per pixel packed RGB */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB32, /**< 32 bit per pixel packed 0RGB */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB565, /**< 16 bit per pixel, 565 */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB555, /**< 16 bit per pixel, 555 */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_UYVY, /**< UYVY packed YUV */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_YUY2, /**< YUYV packed YUV */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_YVYU, /**< YVYU packed YUV */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_BGR24, /**< 24 bit per pixel packed BGR */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB32_LE, /**< 32 bit packed BGR0 */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_ARGB, /**< 32 bit packed ARGB, alpha=255 */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_ARGB_LE, /**< 32 bit packed BGRA, alpha=255 */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB565_LE, /**< 16 bit per pixel, gggbbbbb rrrrrggg */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB555_LE, /**< 16 bit per pixel, gggbbbbb 0rrrrrgg */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_YV12 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | VPX_IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP | 1, /**< planar YVU */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_I420 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 2, + VPX_IMG_FMT_VPXYV12 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | VPX_IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP | 3, /** < planar 4:2:0 format with vpx color space */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_VPXI420 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 4, + VPX_IMG_FMT_I422 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 5, + VPX_IMG_FMT_I444 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 6, + VPX_IMG_FMT_444A = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | VPX_IMG_FMT_HAS_ALPHA | 7 + } vpx_img_fmt_t; /**< alias for enum vpx_img_fmt */ + +#if !defined(VPX_CODEC_DISABLE_COMPAT) || !VPX_CODEC_DISABLE_COMPAT +#define IMG_FMT_PLANAR VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR /**< \deprecated Use #VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR */ +#define IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP VPX_IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP /**< \deprecated Use #VPX_IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP */ +#define IMG_FMT_HAS_ALPHA VPX_IMG_FMT_HAS_ALPHA /**< \deprecated Use #VPX_IMG_FMT_HAS_ALPHA */ + + /*!\brief Deprecated list of supported image formats + * \deprecated New code should use #vpx_img_fmt + */ +#define img_fmt vpx_img_fmt + /*!\brief alias for enum img_fmt. + * \deprecated New code should use #vpx_img_fmt_t + */ +#define img_fmt_t vpx_img_fmt_t + +#define IMG_FMT_NONE VPX_IMG_FMT_NONE /**< \deprecated Use #VPX_IMG_FMT_NONE */ +#define IMG_FMT_RGB24 VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB24 /**< \deprecated Use #VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB24 */ +#define IMG_FMT_RGB32 VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB32 /**< \deprecated Use #VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB32 */ +#define IMG_FMT_RGB565 VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB565 /**< \deprecated Use #VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB565 */ +#define IMG_FMT_RGB555 VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB555 /**< \deprecated Use #VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB555 */ +#define IMG_FMT_UYVY VPX_IMG_FMT_UYVY /**< \deprecated Use #VPX_IMG_FMT_UYVY */ +#define IMG_FMT_YUY2 VPX_IMG_FMT_YUY2 /**< \deprecated Use #VPX_IMG_FMT_YUY2 */ +#define IMG_FMT_YVYU VPX_IMG_FMT_YVYU /**< \deprecated Use #VPX_IMG_FMT_YVYU */ +#define IMG_FMT_BGR24 VPX_IMG_FMT_BGR24 /**< \deprecated Use #VPX_IMG_FMT_BGR24 */ +#define IMG_FMT_RGB32_LE VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB32_LE /**< \deprecated Use #VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB32_LE */ +#define IMG_FMT_ARGB VPX_IMG_FMT_ARGB /**< \deprecated Use #VPX_IMG_FMT_ARGB */ +#define IMG_FMT_ARGB_LE VPX_IMG_FMT_ARGB_LE /**< \deprecated Use #VPX_IMG_FMT_ARGB_LE */ +#define IMG_FMT_RGB565_LE VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB565_LE /**< \deprecated Use #VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB565_LE */ +#define IMG_FMT_RGB555_LE VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB555_LE /**< \deprecated Use #VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB555_LE */ +#define IMG_FMT_YV12 VPX_IMG_FMT_YV12 /**< \deprecated Use #VPX_IMG_FMT_YV12 */ +#define IMG_FMT_I420 VPX_IMG_FMT_I420 /**< \deprecated Use #VPX_IMG_FMT_I420 */ +#define IMG_FMT_VPXYV12 VPX_IMG_FMT_VPXYV12 /**< \deprecated Use #VPX_IMG_FMT_VPXYV12 */ +#define IMG_FMT_VPXI420 VPX_IMG_FMT_VPXI420 /**< \deprecated Use #VPX_IMG_FMT_VPXI420 */ +#endif /* VPX_CODEC_DISABLE_COMPAT */ + + /**\brief Image Descriptor */ + typedef struct vpx_image { + vpx_img_fmt_t fmt; /**< Image Format */ + + /* Image storage dimensions */ + unsigned int w; /**< Stored image width */ + unsigned int h; /**< Stored image height */ + + /* Image display dimensions */ + unsigned int d_w; /**< Displayed image width */ + unsigned int d_h; /**< Displayed image height */ + + /* Chroma subsampling info */ + unsigned int x_chroma_shift; /**< subsampling order, X */ + unsigned int y_chroma_shift; /**< subsampling order, Y */ + + /* Image data pointers. */ +#define VPX_PLANE_PACKED 0 /**< To be used for all packed formats */ +#define VPX_PLANE_Y 0 /**< Y (Luminance) plane */ +#define VPX_PLANE_U 1 /**< U (Chroma) plane */ +#define VPX_PLANE_V 2 /**< V (Chroma) plane */ +#define VPX_PLANE_ALPHA 3 /**< A (Transparency) plane */ +#if !defined(VPX_CODEC_DISABLE_COMPAT) || !VPX_CODEC_DISABLE_COMPAT +#define PLANE_PACKED VPX_PLANE_PACKED +#define PLANE_Y VPX_PLANE_Y +#define PLANE_U VPX_PLANE_U +#define PLANE_V VPX_PLANE_V +#define PLANE_ALPHA VPX_PLANE_ALPHA +#endif + unsigned char *planes[4]; /**< pointer to the top left pixel for each plane */ + int stride[4]; /**< stride between rows for each plane */ + + int bps; /**< bits per sample (for packed formats) */ + + /* The following member may be set by the application to associate data + * with this image. + */ + void *user_priv; /**< may be set by the application to associate data + * with this image. */ + + /* The following members should be treated as private. */ + unsigned char *img_data; /**< private */ + int img_data_owner; /**< private */ + int self_allocd; /**< private */ + } vpx_image_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_image */ + + /**\brief Representation of a rectangle on a surface */ + typedef struct vpx_image_rect { + unsigned int x; /**< leftmost column */ + unsigned int y; /**< topmost row */ + unsigned int w; /**< width */ + unsigned int h; /**< height */ + } vpx_image_rect_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_image_rect */ + + /*!\brief Open a descriptor, allocating storage for the underlying image + * + * Returns a descriptor for storing an image of the given format. The + * storage for the descriptor is allocated on the heap. + * + * \param[in] img Pointer to storage for descriptor. If this parameter + * is NULL, the storage for the descriptor will be + * allocated on the heap. + * \param[in] fmt Format for the image + * \param[in] d_w Width of the image + * \param[in] d_h Height of the image + * \param[in] align Alignment, in bytes, of the image buffer and + * each row in the image(stride). + * + * \return Returns a pointer to the initialized image descriptor. If the img + * parameter is non-null, the value of the img parameter will be + * returned. + */ + vpx_image_t *vpx_img_alloc(vpx_image_t *img, + vpx_img_fmt_t fmt, + unsigned int d_w, + unsigned int d_h, + unsigned int align); + + /*!\brief Open a descriptor, using existing storage for the underlying image + * + * Returns a descriptor for storing an image of the given format. The + * storage for descriptor has been allocated elsewhere, and a descriptor is + * desired to "wrap" that storage. + * + * \param[in] img Pointer to storage for descriptor. If this parameter + * is NULL, the storage for the descriptor will be + * allocated on the heap. + * \param[in] fmt Format for the image + * \param[in] d_w Width of the image + * \param[in] d_h Height of the image + * \param[in] align Alignment, in bytes, of each row in the image. + * \param[in] img_data Storage to use for the image + * + * \return Returns a pointer to the initialized image descriptor. If the img + * parameter is non-null, the value of the img parameter will be + * returned. + */ + vpx_image_t *vpx_img_wrap(vpx_image_t *img, + vpx_img_fmt_t fmt, + unsigned int d_w, + unsigned int d_h, + unsigned int align, + unsigned char *img_data); + + + /*!\brief Set the rectangle identifying the displayed portion of the image + * + * Updates the displayed rectangle (aka viewport) on the image surface to + * match the specified coordinates and size. + * + * \param[in] img Image descriptor + * \param[in] x leftmost column + * \param[in] y topmost row + * \param[in] w width + * \param[in] h height + * + * \return 0 if the requested rectangle is valid, nonzero otherwise. + */ + int vpx_img_set_rect(vpx_image_t *img, + unsigned int x, + unsigned int y, + unsigned int w, + unsigned int h); + + + /*!\brief Flip the image vertically (top for bottom) + * + * Adjusts the image descriptor's pointers and strides to make the image + * be referenced upside-down. + * + * \param[in] img Image descriptor + */ + void vpx_img_flip(vpx_image_t *img); + + /*!\brief Close an image descriptor + * + * Frees all allocated storage associated with an image descriptor. + * + * \param[in] img Image descriptor + */ + void vpx_img_free(vpx_image_t *img); + +#endif +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vpx_integer.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vpx_integer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8483b67 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/vpx/vpx_integer.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + + +#ifndef VPX_INTEGER_H +#define VPX_INTEGER_H + +/* get ptrdiff_t, size_t, wchar_t, NULL */ +#include <stddef.h> + +#if (defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER < 1600)) || defined(VPX_EMULATE_INTTYPES) +typedef signed char int8_t; +typedef signed short int16_t; +typedef signed int int32_t; + +typedef unsigned char uint8_t; +typedef unsigned short uint16_t; +typedef unsigned int uint32_t; + +#if (defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER < 1600)) +typedef signed __int64 int64_t; +typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t; +#if !defined(INT64_MAX) +#define INT64_MAX _I64_MAX +#endif +#if !defined(INT16_MAX) +#define INT16_MAX _I16_MAX +#endif +#if !defined(INT16_MIN) +#define INT16_MIN _I16_MIN +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef _UINTPTR_T_DEFINED +typedef size_t uintptr_t; +#endif + +#else + +/* Most platforms have the C99 standard integer types. */ + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS) +#define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS +#endif +#include <stdint.h> + +#endif + +/* VS2010 defines stdint.h, but not inttypes.h */ +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +#define PRId64 "I64d" +#else +#include <inttypes.h> +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/win32/include/win-iconv/iconv.h b/thirdparties/win32/include/win-iconv/iconv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..455be3b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/win32/include/win-iconv/iconv.h @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +#include <stddef.h> +typedef void* iconv_t; +iconv_t iconv_open(const char *tocode, const char *fromcode); +int iconv_close(iconv_t cd); +size_t iconv(iconv_t cd, const char **inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char **outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft); |
